LI  E>  RAHY 

OF   THE 

U  N  IVERSITY 

Of    ILLINOIS 

418-3 
M72p 

1912 
v  ■    1  -  £ 

CLASSICS 


The  person  charging  this  material  is  re- 
sponsible for  its  return  to  the  library  from 
which  it  was  withdrawn  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,    mutilation,    and    underlining    of    books    are    reasons 
for    disciplinary    action    and    may    result    in    dismissal    from 
the  University. 
To  renew  call  Telephone  Center,  333-8400 

UNIVERSITY    OF    ILLINOIS    LIBRARY    AT    URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


L161— O-1096 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/palaestrabeingpr12avel 


4 


v 


<> 


C 


THE  TVSCVLAN  SYSTEM 


476.3 
M73f 


Ci 


A  £S  I  C  S 


THE  TVSCVLAN  SYSTEM 


AMIDST  the  numerous  and  honest 
efforts  put  forth  by  the  best  talents 
amongst  learned  and  enthusiastic  teach- 
ers of  modern  languages  to  devise  a 
practical  method,  whereby  a  person,  mas- 
tering a  language,  could  impart  his 
knowledge  to  those  who  are  eagerly 
endeavoring  to  acquire  that  language, 
quite  a  variety  of  "  methods  "  and  gram- 
mars came  into,  and  passed  out  of,  exist- 
ence. Many  of  these  were  based  on  the 
intuitive,  or  object  teaching,  principles, 
sometimes  pictures  taking  the  place  of 
the  real  objects.  These  methods  were 
styled  "  natural,"  whilst,  in  reality,  they 
are  artificial.  Though  all  of  them  that 
remain  suffer  from  one  fault,  that  they 
are  not  graded,  beginning  anywhere,  end- 
ing anywhere,  they  still  are  a  great 
improvement  over  the  old  methods, 
though  they  are  still  frowned  at  in  many 
Orthodox  institutions. 

Latin  grammar,  too,  has  seen  a  few 
attempts  at  improvements  by  which 
experienced  Latinists  have  ventured  to 
divorce  the  teaching  of  the  language 
from  analyzing  Caesar,  or  other  authors. 
Prof.  Paul  Traut,  for  instance,  has 
applied  Ollendorff  method;  Henn  tried 
Ahn's  method  in  teaching  Latin,  while  all 
the  other  independent  teachers,  such  as 
Booch-Arkossy,  Giambatista  Buonaven- 
tura,  and  many  others,  would  not  venture 
outside  the  texts  of  the  Roman  classics. 

Witnessing  this  hesitancy  on  the  part 
of  earnest  scholars  on  one  hand,  and  the 
sterile  drudgery  of  the  old  method  on  the 
other,  I  started  in  Philadelphia  with  an 
associate  of  mine  at  Rugby  Academy,  in 


April,  1893,  a  small  periodical,  called 
Tvscvlvm,  bringing,  out  seriatim  my  col- 
loquial Latin  primer,  the  Palestra, 
which  was  quickly  spread  in  all  parts  of 
the  known  world,  and  the  whole  edition 
was  quickly  exhausted.  Three  years 
later  I  started  rewriting  this  little  book; 
but,  all  my  resources  being  exhausted  in 
continuing  the  above  periodical,  bringing 
out  Arena,  a  colloquial  Reader,  and  in 
my  new  Latin  periodical,  Pr^eco  La- 
tinvs,  T  was  unable  to  complete  the 
primer,  stopping  short  with  the  Xth 
Lesson.  The  book  was  used  in  this  form 
in  many  schools,  in  various  countries,  and 
for  self-instruction,  until  1902,  when, 
after  eight  years  of  heroic  struggle,  I 
found  myself  forced  to  abandon  the 
whole  enterprise. 

My  agitation  in  behalf  of  spoken  Latin 
was  felt  in  Germany,  France,  Italy, 
Spain,  Chile,  producing  pamphlets,  at 
least  two  other  Latin  periodicals,  and  one 
French  in  Belgium,  and  an  Italian  in 
Italy,  an  International  Latin  Congress  at 
Rome,  Latin  popular  courses  at  the 
Berlin  University,  discussions  at  the 
Royal  Prussian  Academy  of  Sciences,  in 
the  French  Parliament,  and  in  govern- 
mental circles  in  Italy,  Russia,  Chile,  etc. 

In  1898  the  Educational  Department 
of  the  large  publishing  house  of  Messrs. 
Harper  &  Brothers  had  summoned  me 
up  to  discuss  the  publication  of  my 
primer  by  that  firm.  This  system,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  management,  was  the  most 
practical,  most  rational  and  the  most 
up-to-date,  and  this  opinion  was  based  on 
practical  tests  instituted  by   the-  educa- 


m. 


tional  department  of  the  firm,  and  thus 
gaining  direct  conviction,  would  not  hear 
of  any  venture  of  publishing  any  other 
book   than   Palcestra.      Seeing  this,   the 
interested  champions  of  the  old  system 
proposed  to  produce  a  "  better  book  in 
the  same  method,"  and  the  verbal  agree- 
ment reached  was,  that  Messrs.  Harper 
&  Brothers   would   publish  both  books, 
and  let  the  public  decide.    Time  went  on. 
The  promised  "  better  book  in  the  same 
method  "  was  not  forthcoming,  while  the 
famous  old  firm  in  the  mean  time  went 
into  new  hands,  which,  not  being  con- 
cerned   in    school-book   publication,    the 
threatening  revolution  was  averted. 

It  was  this  third,  newly-written  edition 
of  Palestra  which  was  to  be  published 
by    Messrs.    Harper    &    Brothers,    and 
which  was  dormant  since  their  going  out 
of  business.     Since  then  another  large 
publishing  house  has  taken  up  the  case, 
with  the  result  that  their  "  experts  "  have 
taken  stand  against  the  attempt,  and  a 
third  firm  has  also  made  overtures  in  the 
same    direction    with    much    the    same 
result.     Thus,  while  business  men,  prac- 
tical people,  were  ready  and  anxious  to 
invest  money  in  this  venture  and  effect  a 
change    for    the    better,    fertilizing    the 
barren  deserts  of  antiquarianism,  inter- 
ests, which  I  do  not  care  to  name,  have 
successfully     defeated     the     cause     of 
improvements  and  advancement. 

Neither  do   I   care  to  refer  to  other 


manifestations  of  hostility,  jealousy  and 
ill  will  of  those  enjoying  the  fruits  of 
the  perpetuation  of  the  notoriously  wrong 
old    system;   but   I    owe   that   much   to 
honest  truth,  to  the  honest  public  and  to 
myself,  that  I  explain  here  after  so  many 
years'  silence,  that  the  devising  and  the 
publishing  of  this  System  were  not  con- 
ceived and  executed  with  any  anarchical 
or  revolutionary  purpose,  nor  with  any 
secret    schemes,     hostile     spirit,    or    to 
destroy    reputation,   but   with  the   same 
honorable  mind  and  intention  as  guide 
other  modest  scholars  to  lay  before  the 
world  of  letters  their  fruits  of  knowledge 
and  industry. 

Times  have  changed  since,  and,  of 
course,  men  and  ideas  have  since  also 
changed,  and  many  a  foe  has  become  a 
friend,  many  have  regretted  their  silent 
victory  and  the  discontinuance  of  Pr^eco 
Latinvs.  These,  and  the  numerous 
friends  and  pupils  of  Palestra  in  all 
parts  of  the  world/  will  rejoice  to  see  that 
this  ill-fated  third  edition  of  their  old 
friend,  Palestra  will,  after  all,  appear, 
finer  and  better  than  ever  expected. 

With  this  hope,  and  in  this  spirit,  I 
send  forth  this  edition,  not  radically 
changed,  but  slightly  improved  and 
enlarged,  which,  I  feel  sure,  will  be 
highly  appreciated. 

Arcadivs  Avellanvs. 

Philadelphia. 


HOW  TO  USE  PAL/ESTRA 


T " 


A.  In  General. 
I  [E  MET]  [OD  employed  in  Pa- 
,ka  radically  differs  from  all 
methods  employed  in  schools  or  in  private 
teaching,  whether  they  be  called  "Nat- 
ural Methods/'  object  teaching,  or  those 

known  by  the  nam'-,  of  their  authors.      I 

do  not  consider  any  method  "  Natural," 


excepting  the  unconscious  acquisition  of 
a  language,  as  is  the  case  with  a  child,  or 
an  adult  learning  to  speak  a  tongue 
passively,  by  the  ears,  without  individual 
effort.  AH  other  methods  are  artificial 
Object  teaching  is  no  teaching  of  a  lan- 
guage, but  simply  an  attempt  at  com- 
municating the  names  of  a  few  obvious 


IV. 


objects.  That  contrivance  can  never 
serve  as  a  vehicle  for  conveying  complex 
ideas,  or  a  vocabulary  of  3,000  words, 
that  is,  a  whole  system  of  human  speech. 
•  Whilst  in  those  old  methods  it  is  quite 
feasible  for  a  teacher  to  undertake  to 
teach  a  language  without  knowing  the 
language,  just  as  one  teaches  geography 
from  maps,  telling  all  about  peoples, 
countries,  cities  which  he  has  never  seen : 
in  Palestra  this  cannot  be  done.  In 
the  old  methods  the  teacher  does  not 
treat  the  language,  but  the  philosophy 
of  language,  i.  e.,  grammar,  and  applies 
the  set  rules  and  exceptions  of  the  gram- 
mar without  the  safeguards  of  positive 
knowledge  of  the  tongue,  the  instincts 
of  the  ear,  and  the  balancing  power  of 
habit  of  speech,  and  the  result  often  is 
disastrous.  He  does  not  teach  the  lan- 
guage, he  preaches  and  lectures  about- 
the  language,  and  he  "  assigns  "  lessons 
from  the  book  for  the  pupils  to  "  make 
out  "  as  best  they  can. 

And  this  thing  is  carried  to  such  an 
extent  that  numbers  of  college  graduates 
get  imbued  with  the  idea  that  all  there 
is  of  Latin  is  in  their  text-books,  and  that 
Latin  is  a  set  of  cunning  philological 
devices  to  be  unraveled  by  translating 
same,  and  read  them  off  in  "  plain  Eng- 
lish." They  have  never  learned  during 
their  eight  years'^  course  of  Latin,  that 
Latin  were  as  much  a  language,  and 
more  so,  than  any  language  now  spoken. 

A  Palcestrites  (teacher  of  Palcestra), 
must  know  enough  Latin  to  master  his 
lesson.  He  must  speak  as  much  Latin 
as  his  lesson  demands,  and  through  the 
method  he  imparts  that  knowledge  to  his 
class. 

He  does  not  read  the  book,  or  translate 
the  lessons  for  his  pupils ;  he  memorizes 
the  lessons,  or  at  least  the  succession  of 
the  leading  thoughts  of  each  lesson,  and 
propounds  same  at  the  black-board,  as 
though  his  own  extempore  composition. 
Neither  he  nor  the  pupils  must  have  the 


books  in  sight;  these  only  are  for  refer- 
ence and  exercises :  all  attention  must  be 
directed  to  the  black-board,  the  teacher 
teaching  by  Latin  speech,  the  students 
learning  by  hearing,  seeing,  reading  and 
answering  questions. 

No  part  of  any  lesson  is  to  be 
"  explained,"  Anglicised  or  "  trans- 
lated ; "  all  must  be  uttered  in  living 
Latin  speech  without  hesitancy,  and  no 
English  must  be  mixed  into  it.  The  ver- 
nacular is  only  employed  in  the  gram- 
matical part,  expounding  the  forms  and 
principles. 

The  accidence  of  grammar,  i.  e.}  the 
cases,  endings,  declensions,  etc.,  are  scat- 
tered over  the  first  few  lessons,  to  be 
learned,  detached,  one  by  one,  carried 
home  by  Reading,  Writing  and  Spoken 
exercises,  and  gathered  into  one  in  the 
course  of  the  first  ten  lessons. 

All  books  are  removed  from  sight,  and 
the  students  copy  every  word  from  the 
black-board  into  an  appropriate  tablet  or 
pad. 

B.  In  the  Class  Room. 

The  Palaestrites  will  take  good  care 
to  ascertain  before  entering  the  class  that 
he  perfectly  masters  his  Pensum.  I 
would  advise  that  he  recite,  or  deliver  the 
lesson  to  some  friends  first,  before  step- 
ping into  the  presence  of  his  pupils.  The 
chief  pitfall  of  the  Pensum  Primum  is 
lurking  right  after  the  first  two  sentences, 
where  he  may  lose  his  thread ;  he  will  not 
know  what  follows  next.  Should  he  feel 
diffident  as  to  his  memory,  it  will  be  ad- 
visable to  mark  down  the  salient  points 
in  the  changes  and  turns  of  the  subject 
matter  on  a  small  slip  of  paper,  which  he 
may  conceal  in  his  palm,  or  sleeve,  to 
consult  in  case  of  perplexity. 

Stepping  before  the  black-board,  with 
chalk  in  hand,  the  teacher  writes  on  the 
upper  part  of  the  black-board,  Pensum 
Primum,  and  below  it,  Lesson  First,  pro- 
nouncing both  in  a  loud  and  clear  voice. 


A  trifle  below,  he  marks  a  dot,  writes 
below  it  the  word,  Punctum,  pronounc- 
ing it  aloud,  at  least  twice.  Now  he 
turns  to  his  left,  and  a  line  further  below, 
near  the  left  end  of  the  board,  he  marks 
another  dot,  and  writes  under  it 
"  punctum  hoc,"  underscoring  the  new 
word  every  time  one  occurs.  Turning 
half  way  towards  the  class,  he  nearly 
touches  the  dot  with  his  finger,  uttering 
the  word  hoc,  and  walks  immediately  to 
the  right  end  of  the  board,  marking  down 
another  dot,  and  writing  under  it  "  p 
(unnecessary  to  write  the  old  words 
every  time;  the  initial  letter  will  suffice) 
Mud,"  underscoring  the  new  word.  Now 
he  returns  to  the  left,  points  out  hoc 
once  more,  and  pointing  to  the  distant 
one,  repeats  "p(unctum)  illud."  Watch 
the  pupils  whether  they  will  not  misun- 
derstand, because  some  will  say  "  here  " 
and  "  there,"  but  the  majority  will  say 
"  this  "  and  "  that,"  and  this  should  be 
approved  with  a  nod.  Wipe  off  the 
"  punctum  hoc  "  now  (if  they  have  done 
copying),  and  substitute:  "hoc  est  p.," 
and :  "illud  est  p.,"  emphasizing  est, 
They  all  will  understand  it.  Repeat  the 
thing  twice,  half  facing  the  class. 

With  all  this  understood,  you  invert  the 
sentence  :  "  Est  hoc  punctum  ?  "  making 
it  interrogative,  ask  it  aloud,  answer  it 
yourself,  writing  down:  "  Ita  est;  hoc 
est  p. ;  est  illud  p.  ?  "  Thus  the  lesson 
is  started  and  continued.  Every  question 
must  first  be  answered  by  the  teacher; 
never  ask  a  question  that  has  not  been 
answered  by  yourself  first.  The  class 
will  feci  much  interested,  then  encour- 
aged,  finally  delighted,  and  all  question 
of  discipline  eliminated.  The  parents, 
the  brothers  and  sisters,  and  the  neigh- 
bor  will  know  of  your  work,  and  the 
town  will  resound  with  "  Quid  est  hoc?" 
"  Nonne  istud  est  punctum?" 

One  pensum  is  enough  for  a  week,  one 
section   for  an  hour. 

After  the  lesson  is  all  gone  over,  at  the 


last  period  the  Reading  Exercise  is  read 
aloud  alternately  by  the  pupils.  They 
need  not  translate  it;  the  intonation  and 
the  fluent  reading  will  tell  whether  and 
how  they  understand  it.  The  written 
exercise  shall  be  written  by  the  teacher 
on  the  black-board,  and  copied  by  the 
class,  and  read  aloud  by  the  pupils,  each 
one  reading  one  sentence,  verifying  the 
correct  copying.  The  sentences  are  to 
be  written  one  below  the  other,  and  the 
students  will  write  their  answers  at  home, 
in  the  opposite  column.  The  next  week's 
work  begins  with  revising  and  correcting 
the  exercises  of  the  class. 

The  Spoken  Exercise  must  be  memor- 
ized during  the  same  time,  at  home,  first 
going  through  it  in  the  school,  to  ascer- 
tain whether  the  sentences  are  under- 
stood. 

After  each  section,  the  teacher  may 
explain  in  the  vernacular  all  the  gram- 
matical principles  involved,  and  see  that 
a  vocabulary  is  constructed  by  each  stu- 
dent of  all  words  gleaned  during  the 
lecture ;  or  he  may  postpone  vernacular 
explanation  of  grammar  until  after  the 
end  of  the  three  sections. 

C.  For  Self-Instruction. 

Students  taking  this  course  without  a 
teacher  will  first  carefully  read  what  is 
said  in  the  foregoing  chapter  concerning 
class  work'.  Then,  taking  a  pad  or  tablet, 
with  the  book  before  them,  begin  to  read 
the  headlines,  "  Pensum  Primum,  Lesson 
First."  Now  they  know  two  words. 
They  then  copy  these  words  in  ink,  or 
pencil,  and  under  these  words  make  a 
dot,  writing  under  it,  Punctum.  The 
student  understands  now  that  the  name 
of  that  dot,  or  point,  in  Latin,  is  punctum. 
Should  he  fail  to  reason  out  this  much, 
let  him  glance  at  the  foot-notes  under 
No.  i ;  there  he  will  find  "  the  English 
of  it." 

Knowing  this  much,  he  should  make 
another  dot  at  his  left  hand,  as  indicated 


by  a  hand  in  the  book,  and  write  under 
it,  "  punctum  hoc,"  underscoring  the  new- 
word.  As  the  other  hand  points  far,  to 
the  other  edge  of  the  pad,  and  there  the 
words  are  to  be  written  "p.  (for 
punctum)  Mud,  the  contrast  will  suggest 
that  the  farther  dot,  with  Mud,  must 
mean  "  that,"  therefore  the  nearer  must 
mean  "  this."  Should  reasoning,  power 
again  fail,  the  foot-notes  will  help  out. 
The  next  sentence  will  be :  "  hoc  est 
punctum,"  and  "illud  est  p."  The  est  will 
need  no  explanation.  He  can  now  say: 
Hoc,  or,  illud  est  punctum ;  hoc,  or,  illud 
est  pensum  primum.     By  inverting  the 


sentence  and  writing  it  down,  he  will 
have:  Est  (or  tstne)  hoc  punctum?  est 
hoc  pensum  primum? — an  interrogative 
sentence. 

The  next  step  is  to  make  the  first  dif- 
ferentiation between  the  two  dots,  mark- 
ing one  as  A,  the  other  B,  as  if  by  names. 
Then  come  the  first  two  adjectives, 
helped  by  the  different  sizes  of  the  points. 
In  doubt,  use  the  foot-notes. 

When  once  so  started,  any  student  of 
ordinary  intelligence  will  find  his  way  in 
the  further  study,  as  have  others  suc- 
ceeded before  him. 


PRONUNCIATION 


WITH  us,  in  America,  the  pronun- 
ciation of  Latin  is  no  longer  a 
problem.  A  committee  of  college  pro- 
fessors has  been  delegated  some  thirty 
years  ago,  and  its  findings  have  been 
universally  adopted,  and  there  is  no  High 
School,  Academy,  or  College  of  any 
repute  that  would  still  cling  to  the  old 
barbarism  of  the  "  English  Pronuncia- 
tion." A  great  credit  is  due  to  American 
teachers  for  this  freedom  of  bias,  and 
courage  of  convictions. 

However,  one  must  not  infer  from  this 
circumstance  the  discovery  of  some 
epoch-making  truth;  for  all  the  facts  in 
the  case  have  been  known  to  scholars  for 
centuries,  and  Corssen's  work  in  Ger- 
many has  explained  all  the  facts  known  to 
the  world;  but  German  scholars  have 
lacked  the  courage  of  casting  off  their 
prejudices  and  of  accepting  truth. 

Neither  is  American  Latin  pronuncia- 
tion entirely  correct.  For,  aside  from  the 
consideration  that  they  affect  the  recon- 


struction of  the  pronunciation  of  Repub- 
lican Rome,  American  teachers  cannot 
rid  themselves  of  a  strong  English  accent 
in  uttering  many  Latin  sounds,  such  as  a 
flat  a,  a  slurred  r,  a  hissing  t,  an  uncer- 
tain at  for  ce,  and  above  all,  a  mythical 
w,  for  simple  v,  of  which  I  shall  speak 
a  little  below,  amongst  the  individual 
letters. 

Still,  on  general  principles,  America  is 
far  ahead  in  these  matters  of  all  other 
countries. 

But,  since  there  are  numbers  of  for- 
eigners in  this  country  interested  in 
Latin,  who  are  still  held  by  their  native, 
mostly  German  and  Italian,  prejudices, 
because  they  are  not  versed  in  the  ques- 
tion, and  are  not  acquainted  with  the  rea- 
sons why  we  all  say  Kikero,  instead  of 
their  Tzitzero,  Sisero  and  Tchitchero,  I 
deem  it  right  and  proper  to  advance  some 
of  the  reasons  justifying  our  Roman  pro- 
nunciation. These  are  the  principal 
reasons : 


vn. 


1.  That  there  were  no  tz,  tsh,  zh  or 
other  hissing  sounds  in  either  Latin  or 
Greek,  even  as  late  as  the  IVth  and  Vth 
centuries,  is  very  plain  from  Jerome's 
Latin  in  the  Vulgata,  and  from  the  writ- 
ings of  the  early  Fathers,  who  could  not 
express  in  Latin  some  Hebrew,  Arabic 
and  other  sounds,  like  sh  in  Yeru-sha- 
la-im  (Jerusalem),  Ye-shu-a  (Jesus, 
Ihesus),  7>ijjon  (Sion),  Shirzch, 
S7*'lomo  (Solomon).  Neither  could 
Tacitus,  during  the  early  empire,  writing 
about  the  German  and  the  British  barbar- 
ians record  one  single  barbarous  name 
with  any  of  those  sounds.  Nor  is  there 
any  such  sound  recorded  in  Caesar, 
Livius,  Iustinus,  Florus,  Ammianus  Mar- 
cellinus,  or  any  historian,  Pomponius 
Mela,  the  geographer ;  Plinius  Maior,  the 
naturalist  and  traveler. 

2.  On  the  other  hand,  Greeks  have 
always  rendered  the  names  of  Cicero, 
Caesar,  Cincinnatus,  Cethegus,  etc.,  as 
Kikeron,  Kaisar,  Kethegos;  while  the 
Germans  have  preserved  a  number  of 
Latin  names  and  words  as  they  heard 
them  pronounced  by  the  Romans,  as: 
Kaiser  (Pompae)  Circenses,  as  Kirche; 
career,  as  Kerker;  cellare,  as  Keller,  etc., 
and  cythara,  in  Spanish  guitar. 

3.  All  Roman  authors  are  absolutely 
reticent  on  the  alleged  rule  that,  if  c  is 
followed  1>y  e,  i,  y,  and  t  followed  by  i 
and  another  vowel,  such  and  such  will  be 
their  sounds.  Had  the  grammarians  for- 
got ten  to  mention  such  a  principle,  the 
comedians,  or  the  critics,  like  Aulus 
Gelliu  (or,  as  the  older  scholars  called 
him,  AgelUus),  or  Macrobius  would  have 
recorded  it;  as  it  is,  not  an  allusion  to  it 
occurs  in  any  Roman  author  from  Ennius 
down  to  Tertullianu  . 


4.  But  if  this  does  not  occur  in  all 
Roman  literature,  its  reverse,  the  most 
unquestionable  proof,  does  occur  in 
nearly  all  the  Roman  grammarians,  who 
treat  on  this  subject.  Quintilianus  says 
distinctly  that  the  letter  C  carries  its 
power  to  every  vowel,  so  that  K  is 
entirely  superfluous  in  Latin,  and  he 
keeps  this  letter  in  the  alphabet,  because 
it  sometimes  has  a  meaning  by  itself 
(meaning  that  it  stands  for  the  name 
Kcbso  and  some  other  abbreviations). 

5.  There  have  been,  and  are  still,  three 
K  sounding  letters  in  Latin :  Ce,  Kd,  and 
Qu.  As  their  names  indicate,  C  stands 
before  e,  as  well  as  before  i,  and  0;  K 
before  a,  and  Q  before  u,  followed  by 
another  vowel.  But  C  has  gradually  dis- 
lodged K  and  C  was  also  used  before 
ce,  gradually  also  before  a,  rendering  K 
entirely  useless,  this  latter  retaining  its 
power  in  a  few  words,  like  Karthago, 
Kaput,  Kalendse,  Kalo.  C  was  originally 
formed  from  the  Greek  gamma,  the  third 
letter  of  the  Greek  alphabet,  and  was 
used  as  such.  Witness  thereto  is  the 
columna  rostrata  of  Duilius,  bearing 
inscriptions  thus  spelled :  Leciones, 
Macistratos,  Exfociont,  (pu)cnadod 
Cartaciniensi,  for  legiones,  magistratus. 
effugiunt,  pugnando,  etc.  And  even 
to-day  vicesimus  and  vigesimus  are  cor- 
rect spellings. 

The  corruption  of  C  into  various  sibi- 
lants was  not  originated  in  Italy  before 
the  Vllth  century,  and  thence  spread  to 
other  countries. 

6.  On  the  other  hand,  Romans,  reduc- 
ing Greek  names  into  Latin  writing, 
though  K  and  Q  were  present  in  their 
alphabet,  have  always  employed  C  as  the 
equivalent  of  the  Greek  Kappa,  as: 
Cecrops  (Kekrops),  cedrus  (kedros), 
Celtcc  (Kcltai),  Cenceum  (Kenaion 
akron),  and  so  in  infinitum. 


VIII. 


THE    ROMAN    ALPHABET 


The  Roman  Alphabet,  originally 
adapted  from  the  Greek,  consisted  of  the 
following  23  capital  letters  : 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G,  H,  I,  K,  L,  M,  N, 
0,  P,  Q,  R,  S,  T,  V(  U ),  X,  Y,  Z. 

From  the  above,  in  the  course  of  time, 
a  set  of  smaller  kind  of  characters  was 
devised,  which  are  the  following: 

a,  b,  c,  d,  e,  f,  g,  h,  i,  k,  1,  m,  n,  o,  p,  q,  r, 
s,  t,  u,  v,  x,  y,  z. 

The  letter  J,  j,  a  mere  oblongated 
form  of  I,  i,  to  indicate  the  consonantal 
sound  of  the  latter  before  a  vowel,  is  not 
of  Roman  origin,  and  Latinists,  even  at 
the  present  time,  deny  it  a  place  in  the 
Latin  alphabet. 

The  same  is  the  case  with  U,  u, 
unknown  to  the  Romans,  and  it  only  indi- 
cates V,  v,  when  a  vowel;  otherwise,  at 
least  the  capital  form  is  never  used  in 
Latin  inscription,  but  the  smaller  form  is 
tolerated  by  all  Latinists  in  writing  and 
in  print. 

Of  the  Sound  of  the  Letters. 

Human  speech  is  a  chain  of  articulated 
sounds.  Single  links  of  this  sound-chain 
are  the  words,  and  the  conventional  signs 
expressing  the  elements  of  these  sound- 
links  are  the  letters.  It  is  not  the  letters 
that  make  words;  it  is  the  sounds 
expressed  by  these  conventional  signs, 
that  make  words,  and  the  ears  are  the  cri- 
teria thereof,  not  the  eyes.  Sounds  and 
speech  have  long  existed  before  letters, 
and  languages  do  exist  without  letters  or 
writing. 

The  opposite  process,  as  in  modern 
languages,  to  produce  words  from  letters 
on  a  preconceived  theory,  for  instance : 
this  letter  is  an  ache,  but  its  sound  is  a 
mere  breath ;  this  is  a  yu;  this  is  a  dshai; 
again  a  yu,  but  "  short,"  and  an  ess,  make 


a  hyudshas,  is  absurd,  because  the  word  is 
hooyoos. 

No  letters  are  as  neat,  as  adaptable  to 
so  many  fanciful  shapes,  and  yet  so  clear 
and  precise  as  are  the  Roman.  If  the 
barbarians  did  have  letters  of  their  own 
before  subdued  and  Christianized  by  the 
Romans,  they  have  lost  or  abandoned 
them  for  the  sake  of  the  superior  Roman 
letters.  The  so-called  "  Gothic,"  still  em- 
ployed by  Germans,  but  gradually  aban- 
doned, as  well  as  the  Gaelic,  are  but  the 
modifications  of  the  Roman  letters.  The 
Greeks,  their  civilization  being  anterior 
to  the  Roman,  are  still  using  their  own 
letters,  while  the  orthodox  Slavs,  con- 
verted by  the  Greeks,  are  also  using  a 
kind  of  hybrid  alphabet,  which  continues 
to  obstruct  Roman  civilization  amongst 
the  Eastern  Slavs.  For,  where  Roman 
letters  are  used  there  the  civilization  of 
Rome  and  its  vehicle,  the  Latin  language, 
will  forever  flourish. 

Following  are  the  Roman  letters  and 
the  sounds  they  do  represent : 

A,  a  =  ah,  short  or  long.  By  the  term 
"  long  '\  we  mean  that  the  time  to  utter 
its  sound  is  twice  as  long  as  that  of  the 
"  short."  Roman  a,  when  long,  sounds 
approximately  like  0  in  "  bother,"  or  a 
in  "  father " ;  when  short,  it  sounds 
almost  exactly  as  o  in  "  dot,"  "  shot," 
"  lot." 

B,  b  =  bay,  has  the  same  sound  as  in 
English.  But  that  this  sound  did  have  a 
leaning  toward  v  has  ample  proofs  in 
Roman  inscriptions,  like  oixit,  for  z/ixit, 
just  like  Beta  of  the  Greeks, as  is  also  seen 
in  Italian,  French,  Spanish  and  other  neo- 
Latin  tongues,  in  which  instances  like 
"  ta^erne,"  for  "  taoerna  " ;  "  aoocado," 
for  "  ad^ocatus,"  abound. 

C,  c  =  kay.  Being  but  an  adaptation 
of  the  Greek  T ,  gamma,  and  this  in  turn 
brought  from  Phenicia,  therefore  a  deriv- 
ative of  the  Hebrew   3,  gitnel,  kindred 


IX. 


with  other  Shemitic  signs  for  the  same 
sound:  stood  originally  for  G,  as  is  evi- 
denced by  the  Columna  Rostrata  of 
Duilius,  of  the  first  Punic  War,  where 
Leciones,  (Pv)cnadod,  Macistratos, 
Exfociont,  Cartaciniensi  are  read  for 
legiones,  magistratus,  effugiunt,  pug- 
nando.  A  Roman  grammarian  also  tells 
us  that  though  we  write  "  anguis,"  and 
"  sanguis,"  gu  being  =  cv  (qv)  they  are 
pronounced  as  though  written  "  anquis," 
and  "  sanquis,"  that  is,  ancuis,  sanoiis. 
Same  is  the  case  with  civis,  which  is  but 
a  different  spelling  for  quivis  (quivis 
Romanus  =  civis  Romanus),  coquus  and 
cocus,  hicque,  hocque,  ecque,  hicce, 
hocce,  ecce,  and  numerous  other 
instances,  where  c,  g  and  q  are  inter- 
changed, as  a  conclusive  evidence  that  c 
served  both  purposes,  that  of  ce  (kay) 
and  ge  (gay).  The  present  hissing,  or 
sibilant,  sounds,  sh,  tz,  s,  tsh,  are  out  of 
the  question  during  the  national  existence 
of  the  Roman  people,  and  those  sounds 
have  developed  amongst  the  various  bar- 
barians about  the  time  of  Mohammed, 
during  the  Vllth  century,  probably  due 
to  a  rapid  utterance  of  words,  as  when 
we  say  di-jezv-see,  for  did  you  see. 

D,  d  =  day,  sounds  like  in  English. 

E,  e  =  a  when  long,  like  a  in  day, 
hay;  like  eh,  or  e  in  let,  yes,  met,  when 
short. 

F,  f  =  eff ;  was  formed  from  the  Greek 
F,  digamma,  double  gamma,  particularly 
of  the  TEolians.  Priscianus  assures  us 
that  its  sound  was  that  of  p  with  the 
aspiration  h.  At  the  age  of  Priscianus 
ph  had  already  the  sound  it  now  has, 
whereas  in  the  classical  period,  Greek 
<p,  phi,  was  never  rendered  by  /,  but 
ph  or  p'h,  each  letter  uttered  separately. 
The  digamma  was  a  device  to  express 
a  dental  sound  between  v  and  our 
pr<   ent  f . 

G,  g  =  gay;  the  seventh  letter  of  the 
Alphabet,  instead  of  being  the  third,  as  is 
gamma  in  Greek,  because  this  letter  was 


no  part  of  the  first  Roman  Alphabet,  C 
representing  gamma,  as  shown  above,  the 
early  Romans  writing  PvcNAD(od), 
Acetare,  for  pugnatum,  agitare,  etc.  At 
about  the  time  of  the  second  Punic  War, 
a  freedman  of  Spurius  Carvilius  Ruga 
has  added  a  short  vertical  line  to  the 
lower  bend  of  C,  creating  thereby  a  new 
character,  G,  C  retaining  its  K  sound, 
G  representing  gamma  (g)  of  the 
Greeks,  never  any  other  sound. 

H,  h  =  hah,  its  form  being  borrowed 
from  the  ancient  shape  of  the  Greek 
spiritus  as  per,  which  was  later  changed 
to  an  inverted  comma,  or  crescent.  The 
Roman  grammarians  were  undecided 
whether  H  was  a  letter  or  a  simple  sign 
of  aspiration,  the  sound  being  a  more 
and  more  weakening  guttural,  often 
omitted  by  neglect,  or  transposed  as  an 
indifferent  matter,  or  placed  where  it 
did  not  belong,  as  c/zors,  for  colors, 
ahenum  for  aenum,  harena  for  arena,  etc. 

I,  i  —  ee,  a  short  or  long  vowel,  pro- 
nounced as  i  in  bit,  but  much  clearer,  if 
short;  as  ee,  like  feet,  if  long.  When  i 
is  followed  by  a  vowel  in  the  same  sylla- 
ble, it  is  hardened  into  a  consonantal 
sound,  as  leuinium,  which  is  pronounced 
yeh-yoo-ni-oom.  When  short  and  unac- 
cented, the  sound  of  i  so  closely 
approaches  the  sound  of  the  short  and 
unaccented  e,  that  Roman  writers,  follow- 
ing phonetics  rather  than  set  spelling, 
both  in  books  and  in  monumental  inscrip- 
tions, would  often  interchange  these  two 
letters,  suggested  by  the  similarity  of  the 
sound ;  thus,  they  would  write  V^rgilius, 
Mag<?ster,  Minerva,  her?,  etc.,  for  Vir- 
gilius,  magister,  Minerva,  heri,  etc. 
Hence  the  extravagant  claim  of  the  Ger- 
man professors,  as  though  V<?rgilius, 
Mauritania,  Gen<?tivus,  etc.,  were  the  cor- 
rect things  for  Wrgilius,  Mauritania, 
Gem'tivus,  omitting  hundreds  of  similar 
misspellings,  at  their  own  caprice,  which 
otherwise  could  have  been  foisted  upon 
our  school  books.    Equally  puerile  is  the 


claim,  as  though  the  genitive  singular  and 
nominative  plural  of  second  declension 
were  formed  in  single  i,  when  the  stem 
ended  in  an  i,  like  HoratM,  Livii,  gladii. 
The  truth  is  that  the  sculptors  and  writ- 
ers would  combine  the  two  i  letters  into 
one  of  double  size,  thus :  dI,  tvllI,  livI, 
and  the  like.  This  same  principle  was 
applied  to  the  small  i  when  two  or  more 
of  them  had  to  be  written  jointly  (as  in 
numerals  iii,  or  iiii  for  iv)  so  as  to  differ- 
entiate them  u,  u,  ui,  when  the  scribes, 
in  the  Middle  Ages,  toward  the  time  of 
the  Reformation,  would  elongate  the  last 
one  below  the  line,  thus:  ij,  iij  (whence 
also  grew  out  the  form  of  y),  and  this 
custom  gave  origin  to  the  new  character 
/,  still  later  applied  also  to  the  capital  I, 
producing  /;  but  this  character  was 
unknown  to  the  Romans.  There  are 
instances  in  the  MSS.,  and  in  the 
ingraved  monuments,  of  the  i  being  dou- 
bled, when  representing  a  consonantal 
sound,  as  :  cvmvs,  hviivs,  etc. 

K,  k  =  kdh,  originally  of  the  same 
function  in  Latin  as  kappa  in  Greek, 
whilst  C  was  representing  the  sound  of 
gamma  (g)  ;  but,  when  in  the  course  of 
time  G  was  introduced,  C  gradually  tak- 
ing the  place  of  K  entirely,  this  character 
was  restricted  in  its  power,  and  was  only 
used  in  a  few  words,  in  which  the  initial 
guttural  was  followed  by  an  a,  hence  its 
name,  Kd;  as  kalo,  kalendcc,  kalumnia, 
and  the  proper  name,  Kcuso.  But  even 
here  C  has  been  generally  substituted. 

L,  1  =  ell,  pronounced  like  in  English. 

M,  m  =  emm,  pronounced  like  in  Eng- 
lish. 

N,  n  =  enn,  pronounced  like  in  Eng- 
lish. 

0,0  =  o,  a  short  and  long  vowel,  like 
o  in  obey,  oblique,  when  short;  like  o  in 
no,  so,  when  long. 

P,  p  —  pay,  pronounced  like  final  p  in 
English,  as  in  tip. 

Q,  q  —  koo,  a  guttural,  in  sound  iden- 
tical with  C  and  K,  as  pronounced  by 


Italians,  who  do  not  utter  this  sound  with 
aspiration,  as  do  the  Germans  and  the 
English.  Its  form  is  supposed  to  have 
been  derived  from  an  ancient  Dorian  let- 
ter, Koppa  of  about  the  same  shape.  As 
its  name  indicates,  Q  was  employed  as  a 
C  or  K  sound  before  u,  followed  by  a 
vowel.  But  this  latter  condition  was 
often  overlooked,  and  used  promiscu- 
ously before  u,  as  peqvdes,  peqvnia, 
qvm,  etc.  On  the  other  hand,  those  who 
favored  C  for  all  places  wrote  acvae, 
anticvs,  etc.  Quintilianus  ridiculed 
quum;  others,  following  the  original  prin- 
ciple, insisted  on  this  spelling.  Modern 
Germans,  as  usual,  dogmatize  in  favor  of 
C,  also  the  French,  who,  however,  mark 
u  in  cum,  as  did  the  Romans,  to  differen- 
tiate the  adverb  from  the  preposition. 
The  whole  controversy  has  almost  exclu- 
sively been  always  turning  about  this  one 
word  quum,  since  nobody  seems  to  object 
to  the  forms  like  sequutus,  loquutus,  for 
secutus  and  looitus,  and  to-day,  Germans 
having  re-spelled  all  the  Roman  authors, 
have  fairly  obliterated  quum,  replacing 
it  everywhere  by  cum  (without  accent- 
ing u),  a  great  violence  has  been  done  to 
truth.  For  the  only  justifiable  spelling  of 
the  word  is  still  quum,  and  not  cum 
(accented).  Evidence  is  furnished  by 
the  sarcophagus  of  the  old  Scipio  Afri- 
canus,  where  we  find  qvi,  qvoivs,  qvoi, 
qvom,  almost  the  whole  declension  of 
qui,  quce,  quod,  the  above  being  ths  nom- 
inative, genitive,  dative  and  accusative. 
The  original  spelling,  therefore,  was : 
Nominative,  qui;  genitive,  quuius;  dative, 
quui;  accusative,  quum,  quam,  quod;  but, 
since  quum  was  employed  in  the  meaning 
of  since,  when,  quam,  on  the  other  hand 
for  comparing  adjectives,  they  had  to 
resort  to  a  third  declension  form,  quern, 
for  the  relative  pronoun,  and  to  the  cum- 
spelling  of  the  original  for  a  preposition. 
This  is  the  plain  truth,  German  dogmat- 
ical sophistry  to  the  contrary  notwith- 
standing. 


XI 


It,  r  =  err,  a  letter  of  grating  sound, 
which  Persius  calls  canina  littera,  as 
resembling  the  snarling  of  dogs ;  there- 
fore :  rrrr,  vibrating  our  tongue  at  the 
palate,  not  resembling  either  English  sub- 
stitute, or  French  and  German  gutturals. 
An  Italian,  Spaniard  or  other  non-Teuton 
should  be  heard  in  pronouncing  it. 

S,  s  =  ess,  keeping  this  sound  in  all  its 
combinations,  never  changing  to  z  or  sh 
or  other  sounds.  Do  not  say  menza, 
inzula,  consul,  inzulto,  and  the  like,  as  do 
Germans. 

T,  t  =  tay,  sounds  like  final  t  in  hat, 
hit,  in  English,  without  any  aspiration, 
the  initial  and  middle  t  in  English  being 
pronounced  both  with  a  spurious  ^  and  a 
strong  aspiration,  as  is  heard  in  two, 
twenty,  twinkle,  tribune,  etc.  Neither 
does  t  change  its  sound  in  any  combina- 
tion with  other  sounds  and  letters, 
whether  it  be  followed  by  h,  ia,  ie,  or  io; 
that  is,  it  is  never  sounded  as  sh  or  tz: 
natio,  pa/ietur,  palatum,  miliHa  are  pro- 
nounced as  nat-i-o,  pat-i-e-tur,  pa-lat- 
i-um,  mi-lit-i-a.  German  Doctors  of 
Philology,  always  contrary,  and  always 
intent  on  startling  the  world  with  some 
wonderful  discovery,  contend  that  con- 
ditio must  be  spelled  conditio,  adventi- 
fius  as  adventicius,  etc.  They  claim  in 
the  former  case  that  the  word  is  com- 
pounded from  con  and  dico.  This  is  not 
true ;  for,  if  it  were,  the  word  would  be 
con-dictio;  but  it  is  compounded  of  con 
and  dito  (from  dives),  to  enrich,  whence 
ditio,  controlling  power.  In  the  latter 
case  the  titius  is  a  formative  ending, 
forming  a  further  adjective  from  perfect 
participles,  either  real  or  imaginary,  as: 
pater,  patritus,  patritius;  dedo,  deditus, 
dedititius.  It  is  true  that  in  Roman 
orthography  Ho  and  cio  ehdings  were  fre- 
quently interchanged,  the  attius,  accius, 
actius  words  and  names  being  most 
notorious  instance  of  this  hesitancy  in 
spelling,  but  from  this  fact  does  not  fol- 
low that  /  or  c  had  a  sh  or  iz  sound,  this 


causing  the  confusion,  because  words  like 
an/lia  were  also  misspelled  as  andia. 

V,  v  =  vay  (U,  u  =  oo),  a  consonant 
as  well  as  a  short  and  long  vowel,  was 
shaped  from  the  Greek  capital  Upsilon. 
The  manifold  use  of  this  character  being 
too  cumbersome,  Emperor  Claudius 
introduced  the  iEolic  digamma,  an 
inverted  K,  to  express  its  labial,  present 
v  sound,  for  this  sound  was  not  present 
in  Greek,  which  is  evident  from  the  fact 
that  names  like  Virgilius  and  Valerius 
were  rendered  in  Greek  by  Birgilios,  Ber- 
gilios,  Ouirgilios,  Ouergilios,  Oualerios, 
etc.  Hence  the  supposition  that  Latin  v 
had  the  sound  of  an  English  w,  which  is 
a  mistake.  English  W  is,  in  reality,  a 
double  vee,  vv,  therefore  it  amounts  to 
saying  that  v  never  had  a  consonantal 
sound,  and  was,  not  a  double,  but  a  single 
u  =  oo,  which  is  contradicted  by  the 
notorious  fact  that  v  and  b  were  often 
interchanged.  This  is  further  corrobor- 
ated by  the  above  quoted  Greek  render- 
ing by  B,  and  Emperor  Claudius'  effort 
of  expressing  the  sound  in  question  by 
an  inverted  F. 

As  a  long  vowel,  v  had  the  sound  of 
oo  in  English,  ou  French,  uh  German; 
when  short,  but  accented,  it  sounds  like 
u  in  full,  pull;  when  unaccented,  its  sound 
was  identical  with  German  u,  French  u, 
and  for  this  reason  interchanged  with  i, 
as  maxzmus  and  maxwmus,  carm'fex  and 
carnwfex,  and  so  in  inscriptions :  capz/- 

TALIS,    NOMIN^S   LATINI,   SWmUS,    etc.,    for 

capttalis,  nommis  Latini,  simus.  In  Greek 
names  and  words  for  upsilon  at  first  v, 
later  y,  was  used,  which  was  also  intro- 
duced into  Latin,  or  Latinized  Greek 
words,  such  as  sylva,  lachryma,  the  name 
Sylla,  and  this  spelling  to-day,  when  we 
pronounce  u  as  oo,  is  preferable  to  sulva 
or  silva,  lacruma  or  lacrima,  Sulla  or 
Silla,  because  y,  by  its  distinct  shape, 
better  represents  French  u,  German  u 
sound. 

The  present  U,  u  forms  are  no  parts 


XII. 


of  the  Latin  alphabet,  though  the  small 
u  is  tolerated,  the  capital  not  at  all. 

X,  x  =  iks,  a  consonant  compounded  of 
the  sounds  of  c  and  ^,and  it  is  pronounced 
as  those  two  letters  combined  regardless 
to  its  place  in  a  word.  It  should  not  be 
uttered  as  z,  nor  as  gz.  Proxeneta,  Xen- 
odochium,  Xerxes  are  pronounced  as 
though  they  were  spelled  proxeneta, 
cjenodochiurm  Csercses. 

Y,  y  =  upsilon  (ipsilon),  a  vowel,  rep- 
resenting the  same  letter  and  its  sound  in 
Greek,  i.  c,  French  u,  German  u.    See  V. 

Z,  z  ==  zay,  like  the  two  preceding,  bor- 
rowed from  the  Greek,  but  it  is  one  of  the 
most  ancient  letters  in  the  Roman  alpha- 
bet. Its  sound  is  the  same  as  in  English, 
not  tz  or  ts,  as  the  Germans  teach.  Any 
number  of  instances  both  in  MSS.  and 
in  inscriptions  on  Roman  marbles  show 
that  it  was  frequently  interchanged  in 
Greek  names  and  words  with  s}  as : 
Zmyrna,  smaragdus,  for  Smyrna,  jma- 
ragdus,  which  would  not  have  been  the 
case  had  it  been  pronounced  by  the 
Romans  as  ds,  tz  (dzeta)  as  the  Italians 
and  Germans  claim. 

Compounds  with  h. 

Ch  =  che,  is  a  compound  to  represent 
Greek  chi  (jf),  and  is  uttered  like  its 
original,  not  like  k'h,hut  exactly  like  Ger- 
man ch  in  ich,  nicht.  Charta,  pulcher, 
Christus  are  not  to  be  pronounced  as 
carta,  puker,  Cristus,  but  with  deep  gut- 
tural sounds,  as  pronounced  by  Germans 
or  Slavs.  It  is  inconsistent  with  classical 
usage  to  teach  carus,  carta,  pulcer,  since 
it  is  a  notorious  fact  how  Ciceronian 
Rome  was  affecting  this  guttural,  even 
where  it  was  out  of  place,  like  chommodz, 
for  commoda,  as  ridiculed  by  Catullus. 

Ph  =  pay-hdh,  by  common  consensus 
of  all,  these  two  letters  are  contracted 
into  one  sound,  expressed  by  /.  By  the 
Romans  they  were  separately  pronounced 
as  a  softened  and  aspired  phf  of  which 
we  have  ample    evidences.     For,    while 


they  did  have  in  /  the  means  of  express- 
ing /-sound,  they  compounded  these  two 
letters  in  their  effort  to  reproduce  the 
sound  of  the  single  Greek  letter  (<p,  phi). 
Then,  too,  as  is  well  known,  triumphus 
and  trophccum  are  often  rendered  by 
trium/>us  and  tro/>3eum.  Besides,  we  have 
positive  assurances  of  the  grammarians 
and  an  anecdotic  illustration  by  Quinti- 
lianus,  in  the  instance  of  a  Roman 
farmer,  an  examining  attorney  and 
Amphion. 

Th  =  tay-hdh,  are  also  to  be  pro- 
nounced separately,  not  as  a  third,  sup- 
posed resulting  sound,  as  in  English,  but 
as  a  I  strongly  aspired,  nearly  as  we  do 
in  pronouncing  not  hit. 

Diphthongs. 

Since  all  vowels,  whether  they  do  or 
do  not  form  syllables,  must  be  pro- 
nounced separately,  as  aut,  ehen,  sen,  ceu, 
diphthongs  demand  no  especial  consid- 
eration, excepting  AE  and  OE. 

In  ante-Classical  times,  say  before  the 
Kimbrian  War,  these  two  compounds 
were  written  as  in  original  Greek,  AI, 
OI,  and  pronounced  as  such.  All  during 
that  century,  in  the  days  of  Caesar  and 
Cicero,  down  to  Octavianus  Augustus, 
AI  and  AE,  OI  and  OE  were  used 
promiscuously,  and  in  Augustus'  time  the 
former  was  already  obsolete  and  aban- 
doned, AE  being  universally  used.  Soon 
after  Tiberius,  there  are  inscriptions 
bearing  the  contracted  forms  7E,  CE ;  and 
from  the  second  century  on,  pretor  and 
pr^fectvs  abound,  showing  conclusively 
that  Romans  about  the  time  of  Christ 
began  using  plain  Cesar,  prefectus, 
iedus,  cetus  (for  ai,  ae,  oi,  oe),  though 
retaining  the  historical  or  archaic 
spelling  of  Grsar,  pr^fectus,  f<rdus, 
c<rtus,  and  this  pronunciation  has  finally 
crystallized,  and  lasted  for  at  least- 
four  hundred  years,  the  rest  of  the  life 
of  the  Roman  people.  Out.  of  this  phase 
of  the  Latin  language  have  the  Italian, 


xin. 


French,  Provengal,  Catalan,  Castellan, 
Romansh  (Ladin),  Portuguese  and  the 
Wallachian  languages  emerged  as  spread 
by  Christianity,  gradually  soaked  with 
neo-Hellenism  and  Hebraism,  none  hav- 
ing preserved  any  vestige  of  AI,  AE, 
OI,  OE,  or  even  of  their  contractions, 
M  and  CE. 

For  these  considerations  I  give  pre- 
cedence to  the  Imperial  Roman  pronun- 
ciation, and  the  vocabulary  as  well,  this 
having  been  the  choice  and  the  last  will 
of  the  Roman  people. 

The  Consonants. 

Consonants  are  letters  which  have  no 
articulated  sounds,  unless  a  vowel  is 
joined  to  them.  According  to  the  circum- 
stance as  the  vowels  are  placed  before  or 
after  them,  as  *11,  ^mm,  or  day,  gay,  are 
called  liquidce,  in  the  former  case,  mutes 
in  the  latter  case. 

Modern  grammarians  divide  the  latter 
into  following  groups:  I,  Labiales,  lip- 
sounds:  b,  p,  f.  2.  Gutturales,  throat- 
sounds:  c,  g  (k,  q)  ;  and,  3,  Linguales, 
tongue-sounds,  d,  t. 

The  Syllables. 

Consonants  alone  in  Latin  cannot  form 
a  syllable;  one  vowel  alone  can.  Thus 
i  is  a  syllable  and  a  word;  ii,  ei,  eo  are 
as  many  syllables  as  letters,  and  all  three 
are  words.  In  a-la,  a  is  a  syllable  by 
itself ;  -la  is  another  syllable.  In  ant  all 
three  letters  form  one  syllable. 

For  correctly  parting  Latin  syllables, 
the  following  principles  must  be 
observed : 

1.  When  a  consonant  stands  between 
two  vowels,  the  consonant  belongs  to  the 
second  syllable,  as:  a-ra,  fa-mi-li-a. 

2.  Two  consonants  are  separated,  as: 
ter-ra,  an-nus,  bel-lum,  al-tus,  vic-tus, 
cor-pus,  pul-vis. 

3.  Two  or  more  consonants  between 
two  vowels  belong  to  the  subsequent  syl- 
lable, if  there  be  Latin  words  commenc- 


ing with  such  consonants,  as :  rostrum 
(because  str  do  begin  Latin  words,  like 
strena.,  stramen)  ;  po-ples  (because 
pltnus)  ;  a-gri  (because  gravis)  ;  scri-psi 
(because  /mttacus),  etc. 

4.  Words  composed  of  two  or  more 
parts,  are  divided  into  the  constituent 
parts  of  composition,  as :  dt-ligo,  se-paTo, 
in-con-gru-um,  o/-ficium,'(o6-facio),  ex- 
struo,  can-spe-ctus,  />ra-stans,  oV-spectus, 
aw-traho ;  but :  prod-ero,  ^d-itio,  red-eo, 
because  the  prepositions  are  pro-,  se-,  re-, 
while  d  is  only  inserted  for  the  sake  of 
euphony,  to  avoid  a  gap  between  the 
vowels. 

Quantity. 

By  quantity  (rhythmos,  numerus) 
the  duration  is  meant  it  takes  to  utter 
a  syllable:  for  a  syllable  is  either 
short  or  long.  We  utter  a  short  sylla- 
ble in  half  the  time  it  takes  to  utter 
a  long  one.  From  the  natural  suc- 
cession of  these  changes,  adding  also 
accent  and  emphasis,  helped  by  gesticu- 
lation, a  sing-song  undulation  of  human 
voice,  or  speech,  arises.  When  quantity 
(metrum,  measure)  is  artificially  or  artis- 
tically arranged  according  to  certain 
plan,  which  is  taught  in  prosody,  song  is 
produced  which  in  mere  reading  or  reci- 
tation is  called  scansio  (scansion,  scann- 
ing), while  in  solemn  delivery,  or  as  a 
complete  whole,  is  a  song.  Whence 
Greek  and  Latin  poets  did  sing,  not 
figuratively,  but  in  fact,  accompanying 
their  modulation  with  beating  time  with 
their  feet,  and  rapidly  counting  the 
rhythmos,  or  numerus,  quantity,  with 
their  fingers.  This  is  still  practised  by 
Latinists  of  experience.  Years  ago  I 
used  to  furnish  samples  of  these  songs 
by  graphophonic  records. 

Students  may  know  from  the  above 
that  there  is  a  considerable  difference 
between  quantity  in  speech  and  quantity 
in  prosody,  or  poetry.  Quantity  sways 
poetry,  in  speech  accent  predominates* 


.mB9. 


Syllables,  that  is,  the  vowels  in  them, 
are  either  long,  in  school-books  marked 
by  an  horizontal  line  (  —  ),  or  short, 
marked  by  a  curved  line  (w),  or  com- 
mon (^).  Vowels  are  long  or  short  by 
nature  or  by  position.  Thus  a  is  long  by 
nature  in  dra  mater;  short  by  nature  in 
tiro,  ptlter ;  long  is  a  vowel  by  position 
when  it  is  followed  by  two  consonants,  as 
factum  axis  (x  being  a  double  conso- 
nant) ;  short  by  position  when  a  vowel  is 
followed  by  another  vowel  pertaining  to 
another  syllable,  as  debco,  conum.  Com- 
mon is  a  syllable  when  its  vowel  can  be 
taken  either  long  or  short,  as  in  the  case 
in  the  final  syllable  of  a  verse,  or  when  it 
stands  before  a  separable  mute  and  a 
liquid,  as  cerebrum,  tenc-brae,  lug#-bris, 
which  are  short  in  prose,  long  in  poetry. 

Accent. 

By  accent  (accentus  =  ad  +  cantus, 
to  +  singing)  the  stress  of  voice  is 
meant,  whereby  we  give  more  promi- 
nence to  one  syllable  in  a  word  than  to 
another,  as  when  we  say,  conspicuous, 
economy.  In  some  Latin  words  used  in 
English,  accent  sometimes  coincides  with 


the  original  Latin,  as  adversity,  adver- 
sitas;  sometimes  it  does  not,  as  cw/ture, 
culfwra;  philosophy,  philosophic.  Its 
principles  in  Latin  are  as  follows : 

1.  In  words  of  one  syllable,  the  first, 
or  the  only.,  vowel  bears  the  accent,  as 
hdud,  hcu,  i,  lex,  da,  qui,  sol. 

2.  In  words  of  two  syllables,  the 
paenultima,  or  last  but  one,  is  accented, 
as  villa,  chdrta,  homo,  pdnis,  dger. 

3.  In  words  of  three  or  more  syllables 
accent  is  governed  by  quantity,  so  that 
it  is  laid  on  the  paenultima,  :^  it  be  long, 
as  sondrus,  aequdlis ;  but  if  that  vowel  be 
short,  as  is  often  the  case,  the  accent  falls 
one  syllable  further  back,  as  sequdlitas, 
amdbilis,  sdllicitatidnibus  (similar  words 
having  two  accents),  habwimus,  obedi- 
cntia. 

4.  With  enclitics  (-que,  -ve,  -ne)  the 
immediately  preceding  syllable  bears  the 
accent  (a),  when  it  is  long,  as  homincsne, 
Dedsque;  (b)  when  a  short  syllable  pre- 
cedes the  last  as  folidque,  but  dmneque. 
Words  consisting  of  two  short  vowels 
retain  the  accent  on  the  radical,  as  sua.- 
que,  ftaque.  Accents  will  be  marked 
throughout  this  book. 


Sfc. 


I. 


PENSVM    PRIMVM 


LESSON  FIRST. 


punctum1 
•    hoc2  punctum 

illud3  punctum 

hoc  (.)  est4  punctum 
(.)  est  hoc  punctum  ? 
(.)  estne5  hoc  punctum  ? 
hocne  est  punctum? 
punctumne  est  illud? 

quids  est  (.)  hoc? 


illud  est  punctum 

ita  est,  hoc  est  punctum! 

est  punctum 

hoc  est  punctum 

illud  punctum  estl 

hoc  est  punctum 


istud  (hoc)  est  punctum  A, 
quod7  punctum  est  istud? 
est  hoc  punctum  A? 


illud  autein8  est  punctum  B, 
quod  punctum  est  illud? 
illud  autem  ? 


•   A  £    B 

punctum  parvum9  punctum  magnum10 

Punctum  A  est  parvum,  punctum  B  autem  est  magnum.  —  Utrum11 
punctum  est  parvum  ?  —  Punctum  A  est  parvum.  —  Utrum  punctum  est 


I. 
1  A  point,  a  dot,  a  puncture.  — 2  This,  at  my  hand.  — 3  That,  that  one.  —  4  Is.  —  Ita 
so,  thus,  in  that  manner.  —  5  An  interrogative  particle,  not  present  in  English.  It  is  called 
enclitic  (onleaning)  syllable,  itself  without  any  stress,  or  accent,  but  throwing  all  the  more 
heavy  stress  on  the  preceding  syllable.  It  is  attached  to  the  word  upon  which  the  question 
hinges.  —  6  What.  —  7  Which.  —  8  Not  present  in  English;  can  be  rendered  by  whilst 
that,  that,  on  the  other  hand.  —  9  Small,  little.  —  10  Large,  big,  great.  -  n  Which  of  the 


A?  —  Mud  punctum  est  A,  quod12  est  parvum.  —  Estne  punctum  iilud, 
quod  est  B,  magnum,  an13  parvum?  —  Mud  punctum,  quod  est  B,  est 
magnum.  —  Quale14  est  punctum  A?  —  Quale  est  punctum  B? 

Punctum  A  non15  est  magnum  sed  parvum ;  punctum  B  autem  non 
est  parvum,  sed  magnum.  —  Nonne16  punctum  B  est  magnum?  —  Ita 
est;  punctum  B  est  magnum.  —  Quale  est  illud  punctum  quod  non  est 
magnum?  — Nonne  istud  punctum,  quod  non  est  parvum,  est  ma- 
gnum ?  —  Utrum  punctum  est  parvum,  hoc,  an  istud  ?  —  Istud  nun- 
ctum  non  est  magnum,  sed  illud  est. 


NOMINA  SUBSTANTIVA 

pensum 
punctum 

PRONOMINA     DEMON  STRATIVA 

hoc 

Istud 

Illud 

PRONOMINA   INTERROGATIVA 

quid? 
quod? 
quale  ? 
utrum  ? 


VOCABVLARIVM  I. 

NOMINA   ADIECT1VA 

prlmum 
parvum 
magnum 

PRONOMEN    RELAT1VUM 

quod 

PARTICULA    INTERROGATIVA 


VERBUM    SUBSTANTIVUM 

est 

ADVERBIA 

ita 
non 

CONIUNCTIONES 

sed 
an 


II. 


^tiam3  haec 


Haec  una  (i)4  est 


Haec1  est  linea.2 


est  linea. 


linea  A,  ista  altera  autarn 


est  linea  B. 


Ea5  linea,  quae  est  A,  est  brevis,  altera  autem,  quae  est  B,  est  longa. 

Qme  linea  est  brevis  ?  —  Est  linea  A  brevis  ? 


two?  It  cannot  be  used  of  more  than  two.  —  12  Same  as  7,  used  relatively,  that  which.  — 
13  Or,  perhaps.  A  disjunctive  particle  (conjunction)  mostly  introducing  an  alternative  wth 
doubt.  —  u  No  equivalent  in  English;  it  is  rendered  by  the  circumlocution,  What  kind  ? 
What  sort?  of  what  quality  ?  It  elicits  an  adjective  for  an  answer,  whilst  quid  demants 
a  noun.  —  ]r'  Not,  no;  Sed,  but.  —  ]6  Isn't  it  so  that—? 

II. 
1  The  feminine  form  of  the  neuter  hoc,  this.  —  2  A  line:  really  a  linnen  thread.  ~- ■ 
3 Also,  too.  —  4  One;  *****  like  h«c,  thisx  pointing  further:  Altera,  other.  —  5  That,  tbr 


Qualis6  est  linea  A?  —  Nonne,  linea  A  est  brevis? 
Utra7  linea  est  brevis  ?  —  Utra  est  longa  ? 
Qualis  est  una  ?  —  Qualis  est  altera  ? 

Estne  utraque8  linea  brevis  ?  —  Utraque  linea  non  est  brevis:  una 
est  brevis,  altera  longa. 


brevis  &9  tenuis  longa  &  crassa 

Ista  linea,  quae  est  C,  est  brevis  et  (&)  tenuis;  altera  autem,  quae  est 
D,  est  longa  et  crassa.  —  Qualis  est  una  linea,  qualis  est  altera  ?  —  Utra 
linea  est  tenuis?  —  Utra  est  crassa?  —  Estne  linea  C  tenuis,  et  etiam 
crassa?  —  Estne  utraque  linea  tenuis?  —  Non;  altera  linea  tenuis  est, 
et  etiam  brevis,  altera  autem  longa  est,  et  etiam  crassa. 


et  brevis,  &  tenuis,  &  recta  nee  brevis,  nee  tenuis,  nee  recta, 

sed  et  longa,  &  crassa,  &  curva. 

Linea  E  non  solum10  brevis  est,  sed  etiam  tenuis  et  recta. 

Linea  autem  F  non  solum  brevis  non  est,  sed  nee11  tenuis,  neque 
recta;  ilia  nee  brevis  est,  nee  tenuis,  neque  recta,  sed  et  longa,  et  crassa 
et  etiam  curva. 

Estne  linea  E  talis,12  qualis  est  F?  —  Nequaquam.13  Ilia  nequa- 
quam  est  talis,  qualis  haec;  nam  ilia  est  longa,  crassa  &  curva,  haec 
autem  nee  longa  est,  nee  crassa,  neque  curva,  sed  et  brevis,  &  tenuis 
&  recta. 

VOCABVLARIVM   2. 


NOMEN    SUBSTANTIVUM 

NOMINA 

ADIECTIVA 

ADVERBIUM 

linea 

brevis 

tenuis 

nequaquam 

PRONOMINA     DEMONSTRATIVA 

longa 

crassa 

CONIUNCTIONES 

haec 

utraqua 

recta 

et             &           nee 

ista 
ea 

una 
altera 

curva 
tails 

etlam                   necte 
autem                  nam 

Ilia 

PRONOMINA 

INTERROGATIVA. 

non  solum  —  sed  etlam 

PRONOMEN    RELATIVUM 

quae 

quae 

qualis 

one;  q««»  feminine  for  the  neuter  quod,  relative  and  interrog.  pron.,  which;  brevis, 
short,  brief;  longa,  long.  —  6  Feminine,  for  neuter  quale,  what  kind,  of  what  quality.  — 
7  Feminine  for  the  neuter  utrum,  which  of  the  two.  —  8  Each  of  the  two.  The  -que,  is  a 
detachable  enclitic  particle,  but  here  inseperable,  materially  changing  the  meaning  of  the 
original  power  of  utra  (fern.,  which  of  the  two).  When  detachable,  it  means  and.  — 
9Et,  and  &  mean  and\  the  latter  is  a  monogram  of  the  former.  —  Tenuis,  thin;  crassa, 


III. 

•  on 

punctum  circulus  quadratum 

I  stud,  quod  est  punctum,  est  rotundum.1  —  ^Sed  etiam  hoc  alte- 
rum  est  rotundum,  tamen  non  est  punctum,  sed  circulus. 

Circulus  est  rotundus.2  —  Non  solum  iste3  unus  circulus  est  ro- 
tundus,  sed  omnis  circulus  est  rotundus,  nee  ullus  est  circulus  nisi 
rotundus.  —  Estne  etiam  omne4  punctum  rotundum?  —  Nequaquam; 
est  punctum  quod  non  est  rotundum;  aliquod5  punctum  est  b  quadra- 
tum, aliud  est  rotundum;  at  nullus  circulus  est  quadratus,  nee  ullum 
quadratum  est  rotundum. 

At  ille  circulus  est  magnus;  estne  circulus  rotundus  etiam  si6  est 
parvus  ?  —  Est,  sane;7  circulus  est  rotundus,  siye  parvus,  sive  ma- 
gnus. _  Anne8  est  circulus  qui  est  punctum  ?  —  Ita  sane;  aliqui9  cir- 
culus, qui  est  parvus,  est  punctum,  sed  non  omnis  circulus,  nee  omne 
quadratum  est  punctum. 

VOCABVLARIVM   3- 


NOMINA   SUBST. 

circulus 

quadratum  omnis  omne  pronomina  di 

iste 


coniunctiones 

at 

give-slve 

si 


NOM. 

ADIECTIVA 

rotundum 

urn 

omnis 

omne 

ulius 

ullum 

nullus 

nullum 

aliqui 

aliquod 

unus 

unum 

aliud 

PRONOMEN    RELATIVUM 

qui 


llle 
hie 


ADVERBIA 

sane 
tamen 


thick,  heavy.  —  10  Not  alone,  not  only  —  but  also.  Recta,  straight.  —  n  Nee  -  nee  .  neque, 
(for  nec+que),  neither  -  neither  -  nor;  —  i"a,  fern,  for  neut.  illud,  that,  that  one,  point- 
jng  far  _  Curva,  crooked.  — 22  Talis  -  qualis,  such  -  as,  of  like  quality  with...  —  13  Not 

at  all;  nam»  for,  since. 

III. 
1  Round;  —  yet;  —  a  circle.  —  2  Masculine  ending,  for  the  neuter  -um.  —  3  Iste, 
ista,  istud,  are  the  masculine,  fern,  and  neut.  forms  of  the  same  word;  the  same  as  to  unus, 
una,  unum;  omnia,  all;  ullus,  ulla,  ullum,  any,  any  one,  in  the  three  genders;  n'si,  unless, 
except;  nec  U,,U8  —  ni8i»  nor  is  (there)  any,  but.  —  4  The  neuter  form:  the  two  others 
being  onm'**-  —  r>  The  neuter  form  of  aliqui,  aliqua,  aliquod,  some,  any:  alius,  6lia,  aliud, 
another.  —  At,  a  more  emphatic  sed,  with  sharper  contrasting:  nullus,  nulla,  nullum,  the 
reverse  of  ullus,  -a,  -urn,  none,  not  one,  not  any.  —  °  If.  —  7  Indeed;  sive-sive,  whether, 
or.  —  '"  An  interrogation  with  strong  doubt,  as  though  "Do  you  think?"  "Do  you  ima- 
gine?" for  the  most  part  answered  negatively,  but  not  of  necessity.  —  9  See  5.  It  is  a 
compound  of  a,iu8.  a,la,  a,lu(,«  and  Qui»  <Juae»  <Juod»  aliqu*  in  the  feminine  form. 


PRINCIPIA   GRAMMATICS. 

1 .  The  Latin  language  employs  no  articles. 

2.  The  Latin  language  recognizes  three  genders,  genus  masculinum,  male  sex,  or 
masculine  gender;  genus  fcemininum,  0r  female  sex,  feminine  gender,  and  genus  neutrum, 
neither  sex,  or  neuter  gender.  These  differences  of  gender  in  nouns,  adjectives  and  pro- 
nouns are  expressed  by  endings,  or  terminations. 

3.  All  gender  endings  are  not  the  same  for  all  nouns,  adjectives  and  pronouns;  there 
are  several  groups  of  them ;  but  the  most  characteristic  are : 

m.  f.  n. 

-us  -a  -urn 

as,  circul-us  line-*  punct-um 

4.  Nouns,  Nomina  Substantia,  being  the  bearers  of  the  genders  or  qualities,  and 
adjectives,  Nomina  Adiectiva  being  the  expressions  of  qualities,  it  is  evident  that,  just  as 
the  qualities  follow  their  bearers,  the  things,  adjectives  have  to  follow  their  nouns,  and 
must  agree  with  them  in  gender;  that  is,  when  a  noun  is  masculine,  the  adjective,  too, 
must  be  masculine,  &c.     Accordingly: 

m.  f.  n. 

Noun  circul-us  line-*  punct-um 

Adj.  magn-us  long-*  parv-um 

5.  Some  adjectives  do  not  take  ="s  =a  -urn  endings,  as  brevis,  omnis  and  tenuis. 
The  former  type  we  may  call  Group  A,  the  latter  type  Group  B.  Their  agreement  can 
thus  be  illustrated: 

m.  f.  n. 

Noun  circul-us  line-*  punct-um 

Adj.  Gr.  A.  magn-us  long-*  parv-um 

Adj.  Gr.  B.  omn-is  omn-te  omn-* 

6.  The  place  of  an  adjective,  ordinarily,  is  after  the  noun,  as:  circulus  magnus, 
punctum  rotundum.  Should  the  quality  of  a  thing  be  more  important,  that  is,  more 
emphatic,  than  the  thing  itself ,  the  adjective  will  precede  its  noun,  as:  non  magnus  cir- 
culus, sed  parvus.  Particularly  is  this  the  case  with  the  numerals,  as,  primus,  omnis, 
nullus,  and  the  like:  thus:  omnis  linea;  nullum  punctum;  primum  pensum. 

7.  Pronouns  in  all  matters  are  subject  to  the  same  principles  as  the  adjectives,  but 
they  differ  in  endings;  they  are,  as  follows: 

m.  f.  n. 

hie  haec  hoc 

is  ea  id 

iste  ista  istud 

ille  ilia  illud 

qui  quae  quod 

aliqui  aliqua  aliquod 


ALL   OF    OUR   ADJECTIVES: 


Group  A 

m. 

/• 

n. 

unus 

una 

unum 

ullus 

ulla 

ullum 

nullus 

nulla 

nullum 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

alter 

altera 

alteram 

uter 

utra 

utrum 

ne*uter 

n£utra 

nSutrum 

uterque 

utraque 
Group  B 

utrumque 

m. 

/• 

brevis 

brevis 

tenuis 

tenuis 

omnis 

omnis 

qualis 

qualis 

talis 

talis 

m. 

f. 

n. 

parvus 

parva 

parvum 

magnus 

magna 

magnum 

longus 

longa 

longum 

rectus 

recta 

rectum 

crassus 

crassa 

crassum 

cur  v  us 

curva 

curvum 

primus 

prima 

primum 

n. 

breve 
t£nue 
omne 
quale 
tale 


as  do 
Some- 


8.  Est  is  called  a  verbum  neutrum,  or  neuter  verb,  for,  as  it  implies  no  action, 
other  verbs,  it  is  neither  active,  nor  passive,  but  merely  denotes  being,  existence, 
times  est  is  but  a  copula,  or  link,  connecting  the  subject  of  a  sentence  with  its  predicate, 
as:  Pensum  est  breve.  At  other  times  est  is  a  verb  with  its  full  meaning  of  existence,  or 
being,  in  which  event,  it  usually  begins  the  sentence,  as:  Est  punctum  quod  est  rotundum, 
est  etiam  quod  est  quadratum;  there  is,  or  there  exists  a  point  which  is  round,  there  also 
is,  or  exists  a  point  which  is  square.  Otherwise,  its  place  in  the  sentence  entirely  depends 
on  the  emphasis  it  bears  in  the  mind  of  the  writer.  For  special  stress,  or  for  entire  absence 
of  stress  it  is  often  the  last  word  of  the  sentence. 

9.  A  sentence  simply  declaring  a  state  or  condition,  is  called  a  declarative  sentence, 
as:  hoc  est  punctum.  By  changing  the  copula,  placing  it  before  hoc,  or  attaching  the 
enclitic  syllable  -ne  to  any  member  of  the  sentence,  it  becomes  an  interrogative  sentence, 
with  special  stress  on  the  word  to  which  the  particle  is  attached,  thus:  Est  hoc  pensum 
primum ?  Estnt  hoc-  • .  Hocnt  est- . •  ?  Pensumnt  primum  est  hoc?  Primumnt  est  hoc 
pensum  ? 

10.  We  answer  an  interrogation  by  repeating  the  verb,  or  other  emphatic  word,  upon 
which  the  question  turns,  as:  Quid  est  hoc?  Hoc  est--.  Est,  estnt  istud--- ?  Est! 
Omnisxit  circulus  est  rotundus?  Omnis  circulus  est  rotundus,  or,  rotundus  est.  Negat- 
ively: Nullumnt  quadratum  est  rotundum?  Nullum.  Omnisnt  linea  est  curva?  Non 
omnis  linea  est  curva;  or  Omnis  linea  non  est  curva.  —  One  may  also  give  a  general 
answer  by  the  word  lia,  or  ita  est,  it  is  so,  thus  it  is,  or  sic  est,  and  either  repeat  the 
sentence  or  not. 


EXERCITIVM  LEGENDI  * 

i.  Pensum  hoc  est  primum.  —  2.  Istud  Pensum,  quod  est  primum, 
est  breve,  non  longum.  —  3.  At  non  omne  pensum  est  breve.  —  4.  Est 
aliquod  pensum  quod  est  longum.  —  j.  Pensum  non  est  riomen  adiec- 
tivum,  sed  nomen  substantivum ;  sed  primum  est  nomen  adiectivum. 
—  6.  Ista  exercitatio**  est  legendi,  altera  autem  scribendi.  —  7.  Neutra 
(neither)  exercitatio  est  longa,  utraque  est  brevis.  —  8.  Circulus  non  est 
aliud  nisi  linea  curva.  —  9.  Non  omne  punctum  est  rotundum ;  sed  ta- 
men  aliquod  est  rotundum.  —  10.  Omnis  linea  nee  recta  est,  nee  brevis; 
aliqua  linea  est  curva,  et  etiam  crassa.  —  11.  Sane  nullus  circulus  est 
quadratus,  nee  ullum  quadratum  est  circulus;  sed  punctum  aliquod  est 
rotundum,  aliquod  autem  est  quadratum.  —  12.  Nulla  linea  curva  est 
quadratum. 

This  exercise  is  intended  for  reading  and  understanding  at  sight,  not  to  be 
translated.  Let  the  student  read  these  sentences  over  and  over  again,  until  he  acquires 
fluency.    All  reading  of  all  texts  in  this  book  must  be  done  aloud. 

The  exercises  for  writing  are  to  be  written  by  the  teacher  on  the  blackboard,  and 
copied  by  the  class.  In  self-instruction  they  are  to  be  copied  from  the  book,  read  aloud. 
The  questions  should  be  written  in  one  column,  the  answers  thereto  in  an  opposite  column. 

Cicero,  v/ith  all  writers  of  the  Classical  age  used  the  word  exercitatio.  The 
writers  of  Imperial  Rome  have  introduced  exerciiium,  wisely  difTerenciating  between  the 
abstract,  i.  e.,  the  act  of  exercising,  or  practicing,  and  the  concrete  means,  or  material  of 
such  exercise  or  practice. 

EXERCITIVM  SCRIBENDI. 

1.  Longumne  an  breve  est  pensum  istud,  quod  est  primum?  — 
2.  Utrum  est  nomen  substantivum,  pensum,  an  primum?  —  3.  Si 
punctum  non  est  nomen  adiectivum,  quid  est?  —  4.  Estne  solum  pun- 
ctum rotundum  ?  —  5.  Qualis  est  ilia  linea  quae  est  circulus  ?  —  6.  Si 

ista  linea —  nee  longa  est,  nee  tenuis,  neque  curva,  qualis  est?  — 

7.  Nonne  est  etiam  punctum  quod  non  est  rotundum,  estne.  etiam  cir- 
culus talis  qui  rotundus  non  est  ?  —  8.  Estne  ullum  quadratum  rotun- 
dum?—  9.  Anne  omne  punctum  est  rotundum?  —  10.  Anne  omnis 
linea  est  recta?  —  11.  Si  istud  pensum,  quod  est  primum,  longum  non 
est,  qualenam  est?  —  12.  Estne  omne  id  punctum,  quod  est  ro- 
tundum ? 


EXERCITIVM  LOQVENDI. 

;.  Mud  est  punctum. 
2.  Punctum  parvum. 
jt  Minime;  Mud  est  parvum   &  rotun- 
dum, istud  autem  magnum  &  quadratum. 

4.  Nequaquam;  est  punctum  quod  est 
parvum,  est  etiam  quod  magnum  &  qua- 
dratum est. 

5.  Non  omne  id  quod  rotundum  est 
est  etiam  punctum;  Me  est  circulus. 

6.  Qualis?  Talis,  qualis  omnis  circulus 
esf:  nempe,  roiundus. 

7.  Non  est  ita;  circulus  sane  est  tinea; 
sed  nulla  tinea,  nisi  curva,  est  circulus; 
itaque  non  tinea  est  rotunda,  sed  circulus 
est  rotundus. 

at  all,  least  of  all.  -  W™  1  adv.  so  then.  -  Nempe ;  conj.  to  wit.  - 
Alius,  alia,  aliud,  adj.  and  n.,  other,  another,  else. 


1.  Quid  est  hoc  (•)  ? 

2.  Sed  quale  punctum? 

3.  At  etiam  hoc  (■)  est  punctum,  estne 
istud  tale,  quale  illud? 

4.  Estne,  itaque,  omne  punctum  parvum 
&  rotundum? 

5.  Anne  etiam  hoc  (o)  est  punctum? 
nam  est  rotundum! 

6.  Sane  hie  est  circulus,  sed  qualis? 

7.  Sed  circulus  non  est  aliud  nisi  linea; 
est  itaque  omnis  linea  rotunda  ? 


Minlme;  adv.  not 


PENSVM  SECVNDVM 


i. 


Istud  pensum  non  est  primum  sed  secundum.1  Primum  pensum 
est  ununi2  (i);  etiam  istud  secundum  pensum  est  unum;  unum  et 
unum  sunt  duo  (i  +  i  =  2);  primum  pensum  et  secundum  pensum 
sunt  duo  pensa. 

A3  est  littera;  est  littera  una;  B  quoque  est  littera  una;  A  et  B  sunt 
litterse  duae. 

A,  B  et  C  sunt  litterae  tres.4 

A,  B,  G  et  D  sunt  litterae  quatuor.5 

A,  B,  G,  D  et  Z,  sunt  litterae  quinque.6 

Nonne  littera  A  est  una  ?  —  Quot7  litterae  sunt  A,  B  et  G  ?  —  Suntne 
A  et  B  litterae  duae  ?  —  Ita,  tot  sunt.  —  Suntne  A,  B,  G  totidein  litterae 
quot  A,  B  sunt  ?  —  Nequaquam;  A,  B,  G  sunt  tres  litterae,  A  et  B  autem 
sunt  solum  duae. 

A  est  littera  prima;8  B  est  secunda,  C  est  tertia,  D  est  quarta;  at 
Z  non  est  littera  quinta,  sed  ultima. 

Quae  littera  est  prima?  —  tertia?  —  ultima? 

Quota9  littera  est  A?  —  quota  est  G?  —  Estne  littera  Z  quinta?  — 
Estne  D  littera  ultima?  —  estne  prima?  —  quaenam  est  prima ?  —  quae 
ultima? 


} 

/OCABVLARIVM 

4. 

Nn.  Subst. 

Nna.  Adiect. 

Verbum 

littera 

unus,  a,  um 

primus,  a,  um 

quot 

sunt 

Coniunctio 

duo,  duae,  duo 

secundus,  a,  um 

quotus,  a,  um 

Partlcula  Interr. 

quoque 

tres,  tres,  tria 

tertius,  a,  um 

tot 

—nam 

quatuor 

quartus,  a,  um 

tdtidem 

quinque 

quintus,  a,  um 
ultimus,  a,  um 

I. 

1  Secundus,  secunda,  secundum,  the  three  respective  endings  for  masculine,  feminine 
nad  neuter  genders  of  the  adjectives  of  the  first  group.  It  means,  second.  Hereafter  we 
shall  mark  adjectives  of  this  group,  as  secundus,  a,  um,  and  also,  simply  -us,  -a,  -um. 

2  Unus,  a,  um,  one.  All  new  words  in  a  sentence  will  be  found  under  one  heading, 
Sfflnt,  is  the  plural  of  est,  —  Duo,  two;  accent  on  the  pasnultima  (u),  which  being  the  rule. 


1C 

II. 


1-ma  2-da  3-ia 


plana  obliqua  ad  perpendiculum 

Hie1  sunt  tres  linae:  ista,  quse  est  prima,  est  plana;  haec,  quae  est 
secunda,  est  obliqua;  ilia  autem,  quae  est  tertia  et  ultima,  est  ad 
perpendiculum. 

we  do  not  mark.  —  Pens*,  plural  of  pens-am ;  all  -urn  endings,  and  all  other  neuter  parts 
of  speech  form  their  plurals  in  -a  or  ='a,  as  below. 

3  As  a  word,  A,  is  an  indeclinable  neuter  noun,  wherefore  we  would  have  to  say 
primum  a,  hoc  A.  —  Littera,  a  letter,  a  feminine  noun,  as  most  nouns  in  =a  are,  and  here- 
after this  should  be  understood  without  marking;  in  all  other  cases  we  shall  simply  mark 
the  gender  by  the  letter  /.,  or  m.,  if  masculine,  n.,  if  neuter,  exepting  =um  endings,  it 
admitting  no  exeption.  —  Una,  /.  ending  of  unm,  a,  urn,  qualifying  littera.  —  Quoque, 
conj.,  too,  likevise,  also.  It  bears  absolutely  no  accent,  and  all  accent  is  thrown  and  con- 
centrated on  B.  —  Littem,  the  -«  is  the  plural  of  -a,/,  and  m.  endings.  —  Duae,/.  of 
duo,  which  is  the  m.  and  n.  form;  by  its  nature  it  has  no  singular. 

*  Tres,  three,  a  numeral  adj.,  this  is  its/,  and  m.  form;  no  singular. 

5  Qualuor,  u  very  short,  num.  adj.,  four;  pronounced  in  two  syllables;  takes  no  endings. 

e  Quinque,  num.  adj.  five;  two  syllables;  takes  no  endings. 

7  Quot?  num.  interrog.  and  rel.  adj.,  indeclinable,  taking  no  endings,  how  many} 
how  much?  as  many  as.  Corresponding  to  it  is  tot,  as  many;  and  totidem,  just  as  many, 
quite  as  many. 

8  Prima,  /.  0f  primus,  a,  um,  first.  —  Fern,  of  secundus,  a,  urn.  —  Tertia,  /.  0f  tertius, 
a,  um,  num.  adj.,  third.  —  Quarta,/.  0f  quartus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.,  fourth.  —  Quinta  /. 
of  quintm,  a,  um,  num.  ad],  fifth.  —  Ultima,/.  0f  ultimus,  a,  um,  adj.,  last. 

9  Quota,/  of  quotus,  a,  um,  interrog.  adj.  for  ordinal  numerals,  for  which  there  is  no 
equivalent  in  English,  but  if  we  were  allowed  to  form  one,  we  would  suggest  "the  how 
manieth  ?"  The  answer  to  it,  "the  first,"  "the  third,"  "the  last,"  makes  the  meaning  clear. 
—  Qucenam  ?  interr.  and  rel.  pron.  qui,  quce,  quod,  in  /  and  =nam  an  enclitic  particle 
emphacising  interrogation,  like  English  "which,  pray?" 

II. 
1  Hie,  adv.,  here;  different  from  hie  of  hie,  hcec,  hoc,  demonstr.  pronoun,  in  masc. 
form;  "here  are,"  or,  "There  are  here."  —  Plana,/.  0f  planus,  a,  um,  adi.,  plane,  level. 
horizontal  —  Obliqua,/.  0f  obliquus.  a,  um,  adj.  slanting,  oblique.  — Ad  perpendiculum, 
to,  along,  according  to  a  plumbline,  vertical,  perpendicular;  ad,  a  preposition,  perpendiculum 
a  neuter  noun,  a  plumbline,  a  thing  hanging  down  straight. 


11 


Quota  linea  est  plana  ?  —  Quota  est  ea,  quae  est  ad  perpendiculum? 
Qualis  est  ea  quae  secunda  est  ? 


Hae2  duae  primae  lineae  sunt  planae.  At  eae3  non  solum  planae  sunt,  sed 
gtiam  rectae.  Estne  utraque  tenuis? —  Non  est;  altera4  tenuis  est,  crassa 
altera.  Quales5  sunt  ambae  ?  Ambae  sunt  planae  et  breves. 

Istae  lineae,  quae  sunt  secundae,  sunt  tres  obliquae,  sed  eae  etiam 
breves  sunt,  non  tamen  cunctae6  (omnes)  tenues.  —  Quales  sunt 
lgitur?7  —  Duae  sunt  tenues,  una  autem  crassa.  —  Quae  sunt  tenues, 
quae  est  crassa?  —  Tenues  sunt  prima  et  tertia,  seu8  ultima,  crassa 
autem  ea  una,  quae  est  media.  —  Quales  sunt  cunctae  ?  —  Cunctae 
sunt  rectae,  breves  et  obliquae. 

lite,  denique,9  lineae,  quae  sunt  tertiae  &  ultimae,  sunt  quatuor 
breves,  et  ad  perpendiculum,  seu  perpendiculares.  —  Estne  ibi10 
ulla  linea  curva  et  crassa? —  Ibi  nulla  linea  est  crassa,  neque  curva, 
cunctae  &  singulae11  sunt  rectae,  tenues  &  breves,  suntque  cunctae  per- 
pendiculares. 

Quot  &  quote  sunt  illae  lineae  quae  sunt  obliquae?  —  Quales  sunt 
eae  lineae  quae  sunt  primae  ?  —  Sunt  ultimae  quoque  tales  ? 

2  Has,  is  the  plural  of  hcec,  /.,  of  the  demonstr.  pron.  hie,  ha3c,  hoc. 

3  Eae,  plural  of  ea,  the/,  of  is,  ea,  id,  dem.  pron.,  this  one,  this. 

*  Altera,  /.  0f  alter,  altera,  £lterum,  the  other;  here  correlated  with  another  alter, 
instead  of  una  tinuis,  altera  crassa,  which  would  be  just  as  good.  We  could  also  say:  una 
est  tenuis,  altera  crassa ;  or,  altera  tenuis,  altera  crassa. 

s  Quales  is  the  plur.  of  qualis,  so  is  the  plural  of  all  -is  endings,  as,  tenues,  breves, 
omnes;  tales,  only  in  m.  and/.  —  Ambas,/.  plur.  0f  arabo,  ambae,  ambo;  it  has  no  singular, 
both  of  them,  is  only  used  of  things  that  occur  in  pairs,  as  the  hands,  eyes,  &c;  of  other 
two  things  uterque,  utraque,  utruraque  each  of  the  two,  is  employed. 

6  Cunctae,  pi./.  0fcunctus,  cuncta,  cunctum,  the  pi.  cuncti,  cunctae,  cuacta,  the  more 
frequent  form,  adj.  all  of  it,  all  of  them.  It  differs  from  omnis,  omne  in  that  if  denotes  all 
of  a  given  group,  bunch,  number,  quantity,  while  the  latter  is  indefinite,  all,  absolutely. 

7  lgitur,  Conj.,  then,  so  then,  therefore. 

8  Seu,  adv.  that  is,  or,  otherwise.  —  Medius,  media,  medium,  adj.,  the  middle. 

9  Denique,  adv.,  finally,  lastly.  —  Perpendiculares,  pi.  0f  perpendicularis,  perpendiculare, 
adj.  of  perpendiculum  (see  1.).  Cassar  and  Cicero,  that  is,  Republican  Rome,  were  using 


12 


NOMEN    SUBST. 

perpendlculum 

CONIUNCTIO 

Jgitur 

PRjEPOSITIO 

ad 


VOCABVLARIVM   5- 

NOM.    ADI. 

planus,  a,  urn 
obllquus,  a,  um 
ambo,  se,  o 
cunctus,  a,  um 
medius,  a,  um 
per  pen  dicu  larls,  e 
slngull,  se,  a 


ADVERBIA 

geu 

denlque 

lbi 

blc 


III. 


o     o 


Hie  sunt  quatuor  circuli;1  duo  sunt  parvi,  et  totidem  magni  seu 
Srandes.  -  Suntne  cuncti  hi^  circuli  parvi?  -  Suntne  cuncti  grandes? 
-Nee  parvi  sunt  cuncti  neque  grandes:  aliqui*  sunt  parvi  ata  sunt 
grandes.  -  Quot  sunt  parvi?  -  quot  grandes?  -  Parvi  sunt  duo,  tdtiderti 
sunt  grandes.  -  Num*  primi  duo  sunt  grandes?  -  Nequaquam;  duo 
primi  sunt  parvi,  duo  alteri,  qui  sunt  ultimi,  sunt  grandes.  -  Utn  circuli 
sunt  primi?  -  Ii,  qui  sunt  parvi.  -  Utri  sunt  ultimi?  Ml  qui  sunt  grandes. 


Puncta*  hsec  sunt  sex,  sed  non  sunt  cuncta  parva,  nee  sunt  cuncta 

"ad  perpendiculum,"  which  was  considered  too  clumsy  by  Frontinus,  the  ^tinpi^ed 
engineer  of  the  first  century,  and  the  technical  writers  of  imperial  Rome  and  they  have 
formed  this  adjective,  which  has  survived  the  former  in  all  neo-Latin  languages,  as 
perpendicular,  vertical,  hanging  down  like  a  plumb  line. 

10  lbi,  adv.  there. 

ii  Singuli,  singula;,  singula,  adj.  seldom  sing.,  each,  singly,  every  one. 

111. 
iCircall,  plural  of  circuit  —  Magni,  pl.  of  tnagn-W  and  so  all  the  masc.  nouns 
and  adjectives  ending  in  -us  change  to  -i  in  plural  number.  -  Grandes,  pl.  oi  grandes 
l&iJarge,  big,  grand,  just  like  brevis,  tenuis,  omnis,  and  all  others  ■«,  «e  adjectives  in 

m.  and/. 

2  Hi,  pl.  of  hie,  dem.  pron.,  this. 

•'  Aliqui,  pl.  of  aliqui,  aliqua,  aliquod,  some,  certain;  composed  of  alius,  ana,  anua  ana 
qui,  quae,  quod.  —  Alius,  alia,  aliud,  other,  another. 

i  Num,  an  interrogative  particle,  with  no  equivalent  in  English  ;  by  circumlocution 
we  may  say  Is  it,  perhaps?  proposing  a  question,  to  which  we  expect  a  negative  answer 

•r>  Puncta,  the  pl  oipunct-um;  and  so  all -«ni,  and  all  other,  neuter  endings  of  all 
declinable  parts  of  speech.  -  Sex  a  numeral  adj.  taking  no  endings,  just  like  all  cardinal 


13 

magna,  seu  grandia,  non  igitur  sunt  paria,  sed  disparia.  -  Nulla  omnino6 
puncta  sunt  hie  paria  ?  -  Sunt  aliqua,  sed  non  cuncta.  -  Quaenam  sunt 
paria,  quenam  disparia?  -  Duo  prima  puncta  sunt  paria,  ita  sunt  etiam 
duo  ultima;  sed  duo  secunda,  quas  sunt  media,  disparia  sunt,  nam  sunt 
grandia,  alia  autem  quatuor  sunt  parva,  cuncta  igitur  non  sunt  paria, 
sed  disparia. 

Quota  puncta  sunt  parva?  -  Primum,  secundum,  quintum  atque 
sextiiiu7  sunt  parva.  -  Quota  magna?  -  Magna  sunt  tertium  atque 
quartum.  -  Quot  sunt  magna?  -  quot  parva?  -  Magna  sunt  duo,  parva 
autem  quatuor.  -  Estne  ullum  hie  quadratum?  -  Nullum  est;  cuncta 
sunt  rotunda. 

VOCABVLARIVM   6. 

NNA.    ADIECTIVA  ADVERBIA 

par  sex  omnino 

dlspar  sextus,  a,  urn  num 

grandia 

numerals  above  ties,  tria;  six.  —  Grandia,  the  n.  pi.  of  the  adjectives  in  Group  B.  — 
Paria,  disparia,  n.  plural  of  par,  and  dispar,  adj.  of  Group  B,  of  one  ending  for  all  three 
genders;  they  are  -*a  in  pi.,  not  -a,  as  the  adjectives  of  Group  A;  pair,  unpair,  that  is 
like  and  unlike. 

e  Omnino,  adv.,  no  endings,  altogether,  in  all;  n"Ha  omnino  puncta  absolutely  no  points. 

7  Sexais,  a,  urn,  numeral  adj.  of  the  ordinals,  the  sixth.  Here  it  is  in  n.,  because 
punctum  (a  neuter  noun)  is  understood. 

PRINCIPIA   GRAMMATICS. 

The  principles  of  Grammar  here  involved  refer  to  the  formation  of  the  plurals  of  all 
declinable  parts  of  speech,  such  as  nouns,  adjectives  and  pronouns, 

1 1 .  Plurals  are  formed  by  detaching  the  endings  of  the  singula)  number,  and  sub- 
stituting the  endings  of  the  plural  number. 

12.  In  applying  plural  endings  the  consideration  of  gender  is  decisive,  just  as  in 
adapting  adjectives  and  pronouns  to  nouns.  We  must,  therefore,  know  the  gender  of 
each  noun  in  order  to  know  what  plural  ending  to  substitute  into  the  place  of  the  singular 
ending  detached. 

13.  Nouns,  ending  in  -us  in  singular,  change  this  ending  into  c>  in  plural;  as: 
circul  us?  pi#>  circul-l 

14.  Adjectives  of  Group  A,  agreeing  with  a  masculine  noun,  and,  therefore,  taking 
their  -us  ending,  also  change  this  ending  to  -Mn  plural. 

15.  Adverbs,  whatever  be  their  masculine  ending  in  singular,  change  it  to  -i  in  plural. 

16.  Adjectives  of  Group  B,  whether  of  two  or  one  ending,  change  that  to  -es  in 
masculine  plural. 


14 


17.  Whence  the  following  paradigm  results: 

Mmerus  Singul&ris. 

Pronomlna.  Nomen  Substantivum.  Nomina  Adiectlva. 

hic  Group  A  Group  B 

is 


parv-  brev- 


iste                        circul-us                           maSn"  t6nu"       jc 

ille                                                               crass-  grand-     l0 

qui                                                               rotund-  US  omn- 

rect- 

plan- 

Mmerus  Plur&lis. 

hi                                                                 Group  A  Group  B 

..                                                                  parv-  brev- 

isti                         circul-i                            magn-  t£nu- 

ini                                                                crass-     .  grand-    CJ> 

qui                                                                 rotund-  '  omn- 

rect- 

plan- 

18.  Nouns  ending  in  -a  in  Sing,  whether  feminine,  as  most  are,  or  masculine,  change 
this  -a  into  »»  in  the  plural. 

19.  Adjectives  of  Group  A,  also  take  the  fern,  ending  -a,  and  similarly  change  it  to 
-*;  if  agreeing  with  a  masculine  noun,  the  above  paradigme  (under  17)  is  followed; 
adjectives  of  Group  B  change  their  -is  termination  to  -es. 

20.  Pronouns,  agreeing  with  zfem.  noun  in  -a  (also  of  any  other  ending)  change 
their  respective  singular  endings  to  ■*  in  Plural,  and  the  following  paradigm  results: 

Mmerus  Singul&ris. 

Ndmlna  Substantive.  Nomina  Adiectiva. 

Group  A  Group  B 

long-  brev- 

line-                                obliqu-  tenu- 

litter-  a                             plan-  tal-        j$ 

rect-       a  qual- 

prim-  omn- 
secund- 

Numerus  Plur&lis. 

Group  A  Group  B 

long-  brev- 

line-                                obliqu-  temi- 

litter-  ffi                           plan-  tal-        eS 

rect-       ffl  qual- 

prim-  omn- 
secund- 


Pronomina. 

haec 

ea 

ista 

ilia 

quaa 


hae 
ea; 
istae 

ilia; 
auae 


15 

21.  Nouns  in  -urn,  all  neuter,  change  this  ending  to  «a  in  Plural,  in  which  they  are 
followed  by  the  adjectives  of  Group  A,  while  those  of  Group  B  change  their  -is  into  *ia. 
Pronouns  follow  their  own  way.  As : 

Mmerus  Singularis. 


e 


Pronomlna. 

Nomina  Substantia. 

Nomina  Adiectiva. 

hoc 

Group  A 

Group  L 

id 

punct- 

magn- 

omn- 

istud 

pens-        um 

parv-     um 

tal- 

illud 

quadrat- 

rotund- 

qual- 

quod 

plan- 

grand- 

Numerus 

Plur&lis. 

haec 

Group  A 

Group  B 

ea 

punct- 

magn- 

omn- 

ista 

pens-        a 

parv-     a 

tal-        j 

ilia 

quadrat- 

rotund- 

qual- 

quae 

plan- 

grand- 

ia 


Examples:  hie  circulus,  qui....  iste  parvus  circulus,  qui....  ille  circulus  rotundus, 
qui....  hi  circuli  parvi  et  tinues,  qui....  non  isti  circuli  omnes,  qui....  cuncti  circuli  tales, 
qui....  omnis  numerus  talis,  qui....  cuncti  hi  talesque  numeri  grandes,  qui....  isti  &  omnes 
alii  numeri,  qui.... 

Haec  linea,  quae....  ista  parva  littera,  quae....  ilia  longa  &  tenuis  linea,  quae....  ea  ob- 
liqua  et  tenuis  linea,  quae....  non  omnis  littera  magna,  quae....  cunctae  eas  litteraa  grandes, 
quae....  hx  curvaa  et  breves  linear,  quae....  tamen  non  omnes  linear  crassae,  nee  omnes  litte- 
rae  istae,  quae.... 

Haec  puncta  magna,  quae...  cuncta  ista  et  talia  nomina  adiectiva,  atque  nomina  sub- 
stantia, quae....  nee  istud  punctum,  quod....  aliud  quadratum  parvum,  quod....  nullum 
pensum,  nee  hoc,  quod....  nee  illud,  quod....  quale  punctum  hoc,  quod....  omne  id,  quod.... 
omnia  ea,  quae....  cuncta  ilia,  quae....  illud  aliud,  non  hoc,  quod....  non  istud  pronomen, 
nee  illud,  nomen  adiectivum,  sed  hoc  nomen  substantivum. 

22.  When  a  noun,  or  pronoun,  the  subject  of  a  sentence,  is  in  plural  number,  the 
copula  est  must  agree  with  the  subject  in  number,  and  its  plural  form,  sunt,  must  be 
employed,  as:  hi  circuli  sunt  parvi;  ista  duo  pensa  sunt  br£via;  pensum  hoc  atque  secun- 
dum non  sunt  longa. 

23.  If  one  of  the  two  subjects  is  of  masculine  gender  and  the  other  is  feminine,  the 
predicate  may  agree  with  the  masculine  subject,  as:  numerus  et  littera  sunt  parv*« 

24.  If  there  be  several  subjects  of  masculine  and  feminine  gender;  the  predicate  may 
agree  with  the  last;  or  the  neuter  gender  may  be  used;  but  if  one  of  the  subject  is  of 
neuter  gender,  the  gender  of  the  predicate  must  be  neuter. 

Examples:  numerus,  circulus,  littera,  linea  sunc  rect«,  or,  recta-  —  Circuli,  puncta, 
lineae,  quadrata,  atque  litterae  sunt  magna.  —  Nee  omnis  littera  est  magna,  nee  omne 


16 


punctum  (est  magnum  understood).  -  Omnis  circulus  est  rotundus,  sed  nullum  c^ra- 

^SKSS*.-*^^-*1- are  adiectives  of  one 

ending  for  all  three  genders. 

26  Unus,  a,  urn  is  used  in  plural  occasionally:  urn.  unit,  «»a. 

27  The  plurals  of  the  other  declinable  particles: 

'  <n.,«  -ilia  iliud  «ii.  «i«.  ilia 

qu,,qu*.  quod,  quid  7:aut^qUurUX  u^unaunum 

uter.utra.utrum  utn,  utne,  utra  Llus  nulla,  nullum  null!,  nulla:,  nulla 

neuter,  neutra,  neutrum  neutri.  neutm.  neutra  ^^U,  slnirulum  sineuli,  sineufe  smsrula 

u.erque.utraque,  utrumque  u tnque  u    «ue;ut™<>ue  ^  fl^ra.  alteram  alteri.  alters,  altera 

aliqui,  allqua,  aliquod,  aliquid  aliqui.  aliamc,  al.quK 

EXERCITIVM  LEGENDI. 
,    Istud  secundum  pensum  longum  omnino  non  est,  tamen  nee 
breve."  -fonXirculuLt  linea  curva,  sed  omnis  llnea, curv; t  non  * 
Sis  -  *  Sunt  aliqua;  litters  quae  sunt  lineae  curvas,  totes  sunt  B,  C, 
t  etm  al£ ;  sed  litter.  A  &  Z,  qua,  sunt  prima  atque  «- 
mnm  sunt  line®  curva;,  sed  recta;,  obliquae  et  plana;.  -  4-  Hie  nul.a 
nuTta  sit  Srata,  sed  cuncta  sunt  rotunda.  -  f.  Sunt  ahqua  nomina 
substantW^    et  etiam  non  unum  nomen  adiectivum,  quae  sunt  longa, 
SSS^Hum."  "perpendiculum,"  '**?^*£^ 
at  sunt  etiam  brevia,  nee  unum,  quaha  sunt    pensum,      breve,    qua; 
nuinaue  e  sex  litter,  sunt  singula.  -  6.  Nee  omnis  circulus  est  par;  sun 
rrrotndi,  igitur  pares,  sea  non  cunctisive  parvi  sive  magn,  sun 
igitur  dispares.  -  7-  Nulla  linea,  qua,  est  ad  P^^gJ 
perpendicularis,  est  nisi  recta,  non  au  em  curva  -J 1  Si id    quod  longum 
non  est  est  breve,  etiam  exercitium  hoc  legend,  breve  est.  -  9-  At  hoc 
"on  est  ita •  nam  Id  quod  nee  longum  nee  breve  est,  est  medium;  exer- 
ciumegendi  istud  medium  igitur  est.  -  io.  Nonne  litter*  sunt  hne* ?- 
oudes  Stur  sunt  lines,  tales  suntlitterae:  si  linea;,  sunt  recta;  etiam 
StteS  su  rrecS.  -  . ..  Numerus  duo  (2)  est  par;  etiam  numen  quatuo 
Tsfx  sTnt  pares,  numeri  autem  unum,  tria,   quinque,  al.ique,  sunt, 
impares.  -  12.  Quod  medium  est,  rectum  est. 

EXERCITIVM  SCR1BEND1. 

,.  Quotum  est  pensum  istud?  -  2.  Estne  pensum  istud  et! illud  unum 

et  primum  pensum  ?  -  ,.  Quota;  litter*  sunt  C  et  D  ?  -  4-  <f  f^ 

to  litter:  A,  B,  C ?  -  quales  sunt iste :  a,  b,  c  ?  -  5.  Sun  ne a  b, ,1 totodem 

littera;  quot  a,  b,  c,  d,  Z?  -  quot  sunt  unae,  quot  altera;?  -  9-  Qu*  sunt 


17 

litterae  prima  et  ultima?-  7.  Quales  sunt  illae  lineas  quae  sunt  A  magnum? 
-8.  Omnesne  lineas  sunt  planas?-  quales' sunt?  -  9.  Estne  hie  ©  O  uter- 
que  circulus  magnus?  -  10.  Utrum  punctum  •  •  est  hie  magnum  ?  -  1 1. 
Suntne  hie  o  o  O  o  cuncti  circuli  pares?  -  quales  sunt?  -  12.  Quale  est 
id,  quod  nee  primum,  nee  ultimum  est  ? 


EXERCITIVM  LOQVENDI. 


1.  Num  hoc  pensum  est  primum  ? 
2-  Quotum  igitur  ? 

3.  Si  hoc  est  secundum,  est  £tiam  i\\ud 
aliquod  pensum  ? 

4.  Duo  numerus  est  par,  duo   quoque 
hxc  pensa  sunt  paYia  ? 

5-   Est    itaque  pensum    primum   aliud, 
iliud  quoque  pensum  secundum  ? 

6.  Anne  pensum  est  numerus  pluralis  ? 


/ .  Minime;  hoc  pensum  non  est  primum. 

2.  Istud  est  secundum  pensum. 

3.  Nullum  dliud  pensum  est  nisi  hoc 
atque  primum,  quae  sunt  duo  pensa. 

4.  Numeri  sunt  pares  ei  impares;  sed 
pensa  disparia  sunt. 

5.  Uirumque  sane  est  dliud;  primum  est 
numerus  singuldris,  dlterum  autem  nume- 
rus pluralis. 

6.  Pensum  non  est  numerus  pluralis, 
sed  circuli,  linece,  puncta,  atque  hcec  sunt 
"pensum  secundum" 


PENSVM   TERTIVM. 


i. 


2  Hie  sunt  tres  lineae.  Prima  est  supnC 1  secundam,  secunda 
autem  est  supra  tertiam. —  Linea  secunda  est  infrtf2 


lineam  primam,  tertia  autem  est  infra  secundam.  —  Linea  secunda 
est  inter3  duas  dlias  lineas,  unam  crassam,  tenuem  alteram. 

Ubi4  est  ea  linea  quae  est  crassa?  —  Estne  tenuis  ibi  ubi  est 
crassa?  Infra  quotam  lineam  est  linea  tenuis?  —  Supra  qualem  lineam 
est  ea  qu^e  est  curva?  —  Inter  quot  et  quales  lineas  est  secunda? 


3  2  1 

I 


Hse  sunt  ipsae5  eaedem  tres  lineae  quae  supra,  nisi  quod6 
sunt  ad  perpendiculum.  —  Ea,  quae  ibi  est  tertia,  hie  quoque 
est  tertia,  non  tamen  ultima,  sed  prima,  estque  ante7  secundam.— 
Linea  secunda  est  post8  tertiam,  sed  ante  primam,  haec  autem  est 
pone9  secundam.  —  Linea  tertia  est  anterior,10  prima  est  posterior, 
inter  has  autem  secunda  est  media. 

i. 

i  Supra,  prep,  over,  above,  up  ;  another  form,  super  (see  14,  below),  means  on,  upon. 
These,  and  all  other  prepositions  in  this  lesson,  demand  a  change  in  all  declinable  parts 
of  speech,  as  the  nouns,  adjectives  and  pronouns.  The  changes  in  this  case  are  expressed 
by  the  endings  -am,  -um,  =em  in  sing.,  -as,  =os,  -a,  -es,  -ia  in  plur.  Find  the  details  in  the 
"Principia". 

2  Infra,  prep.,  under,  below.  —  3  Inter,  prep,  between,  among. 

4  Ubi,  adv.,  interrogative  of  place,  where  ?  and  relative  of  place,  with  the  correspond- 
ing, ibi,  as  :  ubi  punctum  est,  ibi  non  est  linea,  where  there  is  a  point,  there  is  no  line. 
Also  used  of  time  relatively,  like  in  English  where. 

5  Ipgae  eaedem ;  the  former,  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  demonstr.  pron.  self,  he,  she,  it  (personal 
pron.  in  the  3d  person  not  being  present  in  Norn,  in  Latin),  himself,  herself,  itself \  the 
latter  idem,  eadem,  idem,  dem.  pron.,  same,  same  one  ;  'pse  idem,  ipsa  eadem,  ipsum  idem, 
or,  idem  ipse,  &c,  the  same  one,  he  himself,  the  self-same;  their  endings  :  ipsum  eundem, 
ipsam  eandem  (0r  eamdem)  ipsum  idem;  pi.  ipsi  iidem.  ipsse  easdem,  ipsa  £adem,  ipsos 
eosdem,  ipsas  easdem,  ipsa  eadem. 

i  Quod,  conj.y  nisi  quod,  excepting  that  •  .  .  because 

i  Ante,  prep,  befoie.  —  8  Post,  prep-,  after.  —  9  Pone,  prep,  bach  of,  behind. — 
io  Anterior,  adj.  anterior*  anterior,  anierius,  foremost,  that  at  the  front ;  posterior,  poste- 
rior, posterius,  adj.,  latter,  that  which  is  behind  another.  Endings  -em,  -es,  -a. 


19 

Ante  quales  lineas  est  linea  tenuis  ?  —  Quales  lineae  sunt  illae  quae 
sunt  pone  tenuem? —  Post  quam  lineam  est  ilia  quas  est  crassa? 
Ante  quotam  lineam  est  secunda?  —  Qualis  linea  est  post  anteriorem  ? 
—  Eademne  ipsa  linea  est  ante  posteriorem  ?  —  Ea  linea,  post  quam 
•st  nihil,  est  postrema,  ilia  autem,  ante  quam  nihil  est,  est  prima. 


rzzzi    Istae  duae  linese  sunt  parall&ffi.11 
Duae  lineas  parallels  duoque  circuli    obliqui      0  0      faciunt12 
cylindrum.     n o     Hie  est  cylindrus. 

Hie  cylindrus,  qui  habet13    brevem    lineolam    y  super14  se, 
est  candela. 

Candela  ista      j    ardet. 15  —  Candela    ardens  16   ft     est  super 

candelabrum.  —    <  Has  duae  lineae  oblique  faciunt  ciispidem; 17 

una  linea  non  facit18  ciispidem.  —  Cuspis,  atque  cylindrus  tenuis 
efficiunt 19      -  graphidem ;  hasc  est  graphis.  —  Graphis, 

quae  habet  ciispidem,  est  acuta.20  —  Ista  alia  res 21  acuta  —  ■-■ 

11  Parallels,  a,  um,  adj.,  two  equidistant  lines. 

12  Faciunt,  transitive  verb.  3d  pers.  pi.  make  (they),  form;  cylindrus,  n.,  a 
cylinder. 

13  Habet,  trans,  verb.  pi.  habent,  he,  she,  it,  has,  they  have.  Like  the  prepositions  — 
introduced  in  this  lesson,  so  the  transitive  verbs,  like  faciunt,  facit  and  habent,  habet, 
demand  -am,  -um,  -em,  -as,  -os,  -a,  -es,  -ia  endings  for  the  declinable  particles  upon  which 
they  act. 

14  Super  se ;  for  super,  see  1.  —  Se,  is  the  personal  pron.  of  the  3d  person,  sing,  and 
pi-,  after  the  above  prepositions  and  transitive  verbs  ;  it  has  no  gender  endings  :  himself, 
herself,  itself,  super  se,  on,  or  upon  itself. 

is  Ardet,  pi.  ardent,  intransitive  verb,  it  is  aflame,  it  is  burning.  —  16  Ardens,  present 
participle  of  ardet,  burning;  -um,  n.,  candlestick.  —  17  Cuspis,  fem.  n.,  a  pointed  edge, 
particularly  of  a  tool.  —  18  Sing,  of  faciunt.  —  19  Efficiunt  sing,  efficit,  compounded  from 
ex,  out,  from,  and  facit,  make  out,  makes  out,  effect.  —  Graphis,  graphidem,  a  f.  noun,  a 
pencil.  —  20  us,  a,  um,  adj.,  sharp,  edged-  —  Res,/,  noun,  a  thing;  endings :  rem,  res 


20 


est  penicillus,22  haec  autem  est  — $=»    gltfdius.23   Hie  cy- 

lindrus  longus,    atque    ctfpulum,24  J    sunt    Mcnlus.25 

Capulum,  quod  gladius  habet,  est  rectum,  quod  autem  baculus  habet, 
est  aduncum.26 

Candela  ardens  est  ad  illuminandum  ; 27  graphis  est  ad  scri- 
IWndum 28  et  delineandum ;  penicillus  est  ad  ping^ndum ; 29 
glddius  est  ad  caedendum  ; 30  baculus  est  ad  amfoulrindum ; 31 
capulus  est  ad  tenendum.32 

Is,  qui  habet  candelam  ardentem,33  illuminat;  qui  habet  gr£phi- 
dem,  scribit,  yel  delineat;  qui  habet  penicillum,  pingit;  qui  habet 
gladium,  caedit ;  qui  habet  baculum,  ambulat;  qui  yero34  habet 
dtpulum,  tenet. 


22  Penicillus,  a  noun,  a  painter's  brush.  —  23  Gliding,  a  n.,  a  sword.  —  24  Capulum  a  »., 
a  grip,  or  handle,  hilt,  — 25  Baculus,  an.,  a  staff,  a  cane  ;  a  small  one  is  bacillus.  — 
26  us,  a,  urn,  adj.,  hooked,  hook-shaped,  crooked. 

27  Ad  illuminandum ;  ad,  prep.,  illuminat,  -ant,  a  transitive  verb,  to  light  up,  com- 
pounded from  in,  prep.,  in,  into,  and  lumen,  a  neuter  noun,  light.  The  form  illuminandum 
is  the  future  passive  participle  of  the  verb,  used  as  a  noun,  and  is  called  the  gerundiumt 
which  is  rendered  in  English  by  the  prep,  for  and  the  present  participle  of  the  verb,  as, 
for  lighting. 

28  Gerundium  of  the  trans,  verb  scribit,  -bunt,  to  write.  —  Delineandum,  ger.  of  the 
trans,  verb  delineat,  -ant  (compounded  from  de,  prep,  down,  from,  and  linea)  —  to  line 
down,  to  outline,  to  draw,  to  design.  —  29  Ger.  of  tr.  v.  pi*iK't>  -unt,  to  paint.  —  30  Ger. 
of  tr.  v.  caedit,  -unt,  he  slashes,  they  slash,  cut.  — 31  Ger.  of  the  tr.  v.  ambulat,  -ant,  he 
walks,  they  walk.  —  32  Ger.  of  tr.  v.  tenet,  -ent,  he  holds,  they  hold. 

'•'■'•  Pres.  participle  of  ardens,  its  ending  after  transitive  verbs  and  the  mentioned  pre- 
positions, is  ardentem,  pl.  -tes,  in  neut,  sing.,  ardens,  in  pi.  ardentia.  —  Vel,  cony,  or,  as 
the  case  may  be. 

w  Vero,  properly  the  noun  verum,  what  is  true,  used  as  an  adv.,  but  the  meaning  is 
the  same  as  autem. 


21 

Is,  35  qui  illuminat,  est  illuminator ;  ^  qui  scribit,  est  scriptor  ; 
qui  delineat,  est  delineator ;  qui  pingit,  est  pictor  ;  qui  habet  gladium 
et  caedit,  est  miles ;  qui  ambulat,  est  ambulator. 

Quid  est  cylindrus  ?  —  Quid  roeatur  37  ea  res,  quse,  si  ardet,  illu- 
minat ?  —  Quot  et  quales  lineae  faciunt  ciispidem  ?  —  Quse  res  efficiunt 
graphidem  ?  —  Quas  res  est  ad  pingendum  ?  —  In  3«  quid  est  gladius  ? 
—  baculus  ?  — 

Quid  agit  is,  qui  habet  et  tenet  candelam  ardentem  ?  —  Quid 39 
tenet  penicillum  pictor  ?  —  Quid  tenet  miles  ?  —  in  quid  ? 


VOCABVLARIVM    7. 


Nna  Subst. 

Nna  Adlec. 

cylindrus 

anterior,  ius 

lineola 

posterior,  ius 

candela 

postre"mus,  a,  um 

candelabrum 

parallels,  a,  um 

cuspis 

acutus,  a,  um 

graphis,  f. 

aduncus,  a,  um 

penicfllus 

fiflidius 

Preposltiones 

ca"pulum 

supra" 

biculus 

infr* 

illuminator 

inter 

scriptor 

ante 

delineator 

post 

pictor 

pdne 

miles 

super 

ambulator 

in 

res 

Verba 

faciunt 

ffacitj 

efficiunt 

lefficitl 

habet 

JhabentJ 

illuminat 

scribit 

delineat 

ping-it 

caedit 

Imbulat 

tenet 

ardet 


Adverbla 
ubi 
vero 

Pronomina 

se 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum 

Idem,  e"adem  idem, 

Coniundlones 
quod 
vel 


Remarks:  The  Teacher,  begins  to  talk  the  instant  he  is  drawing  the  three  lines-  he 
must  never  draw  silently,  or  make  pause  in  speaking,  excepting  when  awaiting' the 
answers  of  his  pupils.  Neither  must  he  look  into  the  book,  or  allow  the  students  to  do  so- 
books  must  be  out  of  sight.  The  pictures  are  outlines,  so  that  the  Teacher  and  the  students 
should  be  able  readily  to  reproduce  them  in  teaching  and  studying. 

Students  must  not  merely  pick  out  words  from  these  foot-notes,  or  merely  read  them 
like  a  novel,  they  must  give  account  of  their  contents. 


Is  (ea,  id),  when  used  as  a  noun,  that  is,  not  joined  like  an  adj.  with  another  noun 

as,  is  circulus,  but  independently,  like  here,  means  a  man,  a  male  person:  be,  who  .  .  .- 

36  The  BOr  ending  always  impljes  a  maleperS0Hi  neyer  zfemakj  which'is  expressed 

by  the  ending  -tnx,  illuminat  beatrix,  doctrix  (not  doctor),  actrix,  imperatrix,  the  male 
being  actor,  doctor,  beator,  imperator;  much  less  a  neuter  thing,  as  is  usurped  in  English 
motor,  elevator,  factor;  the  Latin  ending  for  neuter  things  is  -orium.  The  abstraction  is 


22 


II. 

A       Istee  du«  line®  obliquae  faciunt  unum  fipicem »  et  unum 
/\    Unguium.    Apex  est  cuspis   extrst^   et    supra    lineas, 
angulus   autem    est    intrii    et    infra    duas    lineas,    ubi 
has  se  tatigunt.3 

formed  bv  the  ending  -io,  f.,  as,  Muminatio,  deliaeatio,  cassio,  ambulatio;  -iura,  as,  scrip*™, 

SZ&1B-5U*-  So,  also  scrips  the  *;  tfM  the  draftsman  the 
designer- pid™,  ^painter;  miles  (milifem,  milifes),  the  soldier  ;  ambulator,  the  mater. 
Their  endings:  illuminators,  -es;  illuminate,  doctrix,  &c,  illuminate**,  ■*»; 
doctrto>»,  -«s ;  scriptorew,  -es ;  pidarem,  -es,  &c. 

37  Quid  vocatur?  =  What  is  called  ?  In  colloquial  Latin  more  frequent  is  the  form 
Quomoio  vocatur  (quo  modo,  in  what  manner  ?  how?  how  is  this  thing  called  ?)•  The 
former  is  strictly  Roman,  for  the  latter  1  have  no  authority  except  tradition.  Grammati- 
cally both  forms  are  correct :  the  former,  because  vocatur,  passive,  demands  object  in 
Nominative,  vocal,  active,  an  object  case,  and  quid  is  both;  the  latter,  because  a  verb  is 
qualified  by  an  adverb,  and  quomodo  (or,  for  that  matter,  quo  modo,  in  two  words)  does 
so  qualify.  The  latter  is  also  borne  out  by  the  traditions  of  the  barbarians,  as  come, 

Italian,  and  comment  French.  ,.'.,*         w 

as  in  quid?— 39  Quid  tenet  pictor  penicillum .?  For  what?  what  for?  tor  what 
purpose?  to  what  end?  This,  apparently  so  simple  question  of  future  purpose,  different 
from  why  ?  on  what  account  ?  in  so  direct  a  form  as  in  quid  .?  does  not  occur  in  the 
existing  works  of  the  Roman  authors  until  Seneca  (first  half  of  I.  century)  who  uses  it 
repeatedly  (Mundus  in  quid  incessum  absolvit  ?  in  quid  sol  diem  extendit  ?  Benet.  IV-  \i. 
In  quid  amicum  paro  ?  Ep.  IX.  Thence,  as  a  correlative :  Laudari  in  id.  Ep.  59.  In  hoc 
pacem  peperi  ?  CI.  Caes.  In  ante-classical  and  in  classical  times  they  resorted  to ^  circum- 
locutions, qudmobrem  ?  (quam  ob  rem,  for  what  thing),  quam  ob  causam  ?  for  what 
cause?  quern  in  finem?  to  what  end.  Or,  simply,  quid  was  asked,  when  it  was  clear 
for  instance,  with  intransitive  verbs,  that  quid  was  not  the  object  of  the  verb,  as, .quid 
nisti?  what  did  you  come  for?  Or,  as  in  our  sentence:  quid  tenet  pictor  pemcihum? 
what  does  the  painter  hold  the  brush  (for)  ?  where  the  object,  penicillum,  plainly  shows 
Oat  quid  cannot  be  the  object,  just  as  in  English,  where  for  has  that  function.  Popular 
Latin  has  settled  on  ad  quid,  used  exclusively,  and  is  supported  by  the  Neo-Latin  idioms. 

II. 
i  Apex,  m.  n.,  the  summit,  the  top  point ;   -us,  a  corner,  an  angle.  —  2  E*<ra-  prep, 
and  adv.,   outside;   -intra,   prep.,   inside,   within.  —  3  Tanjit,   -uat,  tr.  v.,  he  touches, 
they  touch. 


23 


Hie  sunt  tres  lineae.  Dua-  recte  sed  oblique  linese  stant4  super 
unam  planam.  Ubi  earn  contingunt, 5  efficiunt  duos  alios  angulos ; 
habet  igitur  haec  figura e  tres  angulos,  rocaturque  triangulum. 

Triangulum,  itaque,  habet  tres  angulos,  duo  latera,  unum  apicem,  et 
unum  fundum.  Latera,  quas  triangulum  habet,  sunt  haec:  unum  latus 
est  linea  inter  litteras  A  et  B,  atque  A  et  C;  fundus  est  linea  inter  litteras 
B  et  C,  apex  autem,  ad  litteram  A,  ubi  duo  latera  se  tangunt. 

Facitne  una  linea  angulum  ?— Quot  linea?  faciunt  angulum?  — 
Anne  lineas  parallels  faciunt  angulum  ?—  Quales  linese  faciunt  angulum? 
Faciuntne  duas  linea?  duos  angulos  ?  —  Quid  vocatur  ea  figura,  quam 
tres  linea?  faciunt  ?  —  Quid  habet  triangulum  ?  —  Utrum  est  latus  unum? 
Ubi  stant  duo  latera  ?  —  Inter  quas  litteras  est  fundus  ? 

i.  AO      2.  OAO      3.  DOD       4. -£-      5.  ~^Q 

1.  Triangulum  est  iuxta7  circulum. 

2.  Circulus  est  ante  illud  triangulum  pone  quod  est  alter .  circulus. 
Triangulum  est  medium  inter  duos  circulos.  Triangulum  hoc  habet 
duos  circulos,  unum  ante  se,  alterum  post  (pone)  se. 

3.  Circulus  est  inter  duo  quadrata.  Circulus  habet  duo  quadrata 
iuxta  se,  unum  ante,  alterum  post.  Anterlus  quadratum  habet  circulum 
pone  se,  posterius  autem  quadratum  habet  circulum  ante  se. 

4.  Punctum  est  super  lineam,  infra  quam  est  circulus.  Iste  est  cir- 
culus, supra  quern  est  linea,  super  quam  autem  est  punctum. 

5.  Hasc  est  linea,  infra  quam  est  punctum,  iuxta  quam  autem  est 
circulus.  Ante  circulum  est  linea,  infra  quam  est  punctum. 

Infra  quam  rem  est  punctum  ?  Ubi  sunt  linea  et  punctum  ?  Ubi 
est  circulus  ?   Pone  quas  res  est  circulus  ?  Super  quam  rem  est  linea  ? 

*  Stat,  stant,  intr.  v.,  stands,  stand.  —  5  Contingit,  -unt,  tr.  v.,  touches  on,  touch  on 
(con  +  tangit).  The  -as  and  -os  endings  are  the/,  and  m.  pi.  object  endings.  —  6  Figura, 
/.  n.t  shape;  vocatur,  -antur,  tr.  v.,  passive  voice  (the  active  is  vocat,  -ant),  is,  are,  being 
called,  is  called,  are  called  ;  triangulum,  n.  n.y  three-corner,  triangle.  —  Latus,  n.  n,t  pi. 
latera,  a  side;  -us,  m.  n.,  a  bottom.  —  7  Iuxta,  prep,,  beside,  by. 


24 


Nna  SubBt. 


VOCABVLARIVM    .8 

Verba  Praeposltiones 


anftx  tang-unt  extrf 

angulus  stant 

figfira  continent  i«xt4 

triangulum  vocatur 

latus 

fundus 


in. 

A    Triangulum  est  super  quadratum.  I  stud  est  tnangu- 

□  lum,  infra  quod  est  quadratum. 
Infra  triangulum,  iuxta  quod  est  quadratum  oblongum  et 
obliquum,  est  quadratum,  quod  habet  iuxta  se  alterum 
quadratum  oblongum  et  obliquum.  Superiusi  quadratum  habet  super  se 
parvum  quadratum,  quod  est  caminus,  inferius  quadratum  autem, 
quod  est  latus  unum,  etiam  habet  parvum  quadratum,  quod  est  lanua, 
triangulum  autem,  atque  quadratum  quod  est  infra  se,  habent  tria  parva 
quadrata,  qua;  sunt  fenestra?.  Ha;c  omnia  efficiunt  casam.  Ista  figura 
est  casa.  Casa  est  domus  parva.  Casa  ista  habet  tres  fenestras, 
**»  Unam  ianuam,  unum  caminum  super  tectum,  et  quatuor  latera. 
Omnes  domus  habent  latera,  tecta,  ianuas,  fenestras  atque  ca- 
minos ;  non  tamen  omnes  domus  sunt  casa;. 

Ista  domus  est  alta2  habet  enini  quatuor  contignatio- 
nes,  sed  est  angusta;  hasc  autem  domus  ^=±==±=,  est  h"m\HS' 
quia  unam  tantum  contignationem  habet,  tCHSTD  sed  est  vawe 
lata.    Domus  magna;  aides,  aedes  autem  magna;    pa- 

latia  appellantur  (vocantur). 

in. 

'  Adjectives,  like  superior,  inferior,  interior,  exterior,  anterior,  posterior,  &c  are  in, 
what  is  called,  the  comparative  degree,  like  upper,  lower,  outer,  inner  &c,  in  English, 
and  their  endings  are,  -ior,  ».,  -ior,/.,  and  -™,  n.;  here  the  ending  *****?*£»* 
which  is  a  neuter  noun,  hence  the  neuter  ending.  -  Cam.aus,  a  chimney;  'anua  a  door, 
nestra,  a  window;  casa.  {hence,  bans,  bouse)  a  small  house,  cottage;  domus,  /.  n  house; 
tectum,  a  roof.  -  Domus  has  its  pi.  dom«s,  hence  omnes  dom**s;  the  pi.  object  can  be 
domo%. 


„ -a, -urn,  high;  enim,  conj.,  for,  surely,  clearly;  cootignatio, -nes, /.,  story   (has 
four  stories) ;  -t»a,  a,  um,  narrow;  •"", *.  adj.  Gr.  B,  low- «•>'«, conj., because;  valde,  adv., 


2  -US.   - 


25 


MALLUVIUM 


Omnis  domus,  sive  magna,  sive  parva,  habet  intra  se  cubicula ; 3 
quodlibet  cubiculum  autem  quamdam  supellectilem,  Yeluti  sel- 
lam  ad  sedendum,  mensam  ad  edendum,  grabatum  ad  cuban- 
dum,  lectum  ad  iacendum  et  dormiendum,  atque  malluyium, 

super  quod  est  pelvis,  super  earn  lirceus,  qui  aqiiaisi  continet,  iuxta 
earn  autem  smegma  et  sabanum  ad  se  layandum.  Omnis  quoque 
domus  habet  culinam,4  ubi  est  focus  pfe  ad  coquendum. 
Domus,  quas  omnem  hoc-genus5  supel-  Mm  lectilem  habet, 
vocatur  domus  instrueta.  EBB 

Quae  res  efficiunt  casam  ?  —  Quas  res  habet  casa  ?  —  Quid 
interest  (what  is  the  difference)  inter  casam  atque  aedes  ?  —  Quod 
genus  domus  habet  tres  vel  quatuor  contignationes  ?  —  Quas  partes6 


very;  -tus,  a,  urn,  wide;  «des,/.  n.t  sing,  and  pi.;  palatium,  =ia,  a  building  on  the  Palatine 
Hill  in  Rome,  a  palace;  passive  of  appellat,  -ant,  tr.  v.,  to  call,  name  (appeal). 

3  PI.  of  cubiculum  properly  a  sleeping  chamber,  in  wider  application,  room;  quilibet, 
qualibet,  quodlibet,  an  indefinite  pron.,  whatever,  each;  quidam,  qusedam,  f£uoddam,  0bj.  sing., 
quemd.,  quamd.,  quod.;  pi.,  quosd.,  quasd.,  quajdani;  0bj.  of  supeliex,  f.  n.,  outfit,  furniture; 
velut,  veluti,  indeclinable,  adv.,  as,  such  as;  seHa,  a  chair;  ger.  of  sedet,  ent,he  sits,  they  sit, 
for  sitting;  mensa,  a  table;  ger.  of  edit,  edunt,  -dum,  for  eating;  grabatum,  a  sofa,  or  couch; 
cubat,  -ant,  -dum,  for  lying  down,  (from  cubitus,  elbow);  lectus,  a  bed  ;  *acet,  -ent,  -dum, 
intr.  v.,  to  be  lying  ;  dormit,  -iunt,  -iendum,  intr.  v.,  for  sleeping;  malluvium,  a  washstand; 
pelvis,  obj.  pelvim,  pelves,  f.,  a  wash  basin;  urceus,  a  pitcher;  aqua,  water;  continet  (Con+ 
tenet),  -ent,  tr.  v.,  holds;  smegma,  nn.,  pi.  smegmata,  soap;  sabanum,  pi.  sabana,  a  towel 
lavat,  -ant,  -ndum,  for  washing. 

4  Obj.  of  culina,  a  kitchen;  focus,  a  fire  place;  coquit,  cequunt,  -dum\  for  cooking. 

5  Hoc  genus,  pronounced  like  one  word,  accent  on  hoc,  this  kind;  so  «d  genus  (idgenus), 
this  sort,  this  kind;  quod  genus  (quodgenus),  all  indeclinable,  what  sort?  what  kind  ?  — 
Domus  instrueta,  (m+struit,  struuni,  ad  struendum,  for  heaping,  piling,  laying  one  upon 
another,  structor,  structio,  structura,  a  builder  ;  a  mason  ;  the  act  of  building  ;  the  thing 
built),  a  furnished  house;  the  -tus,  ta,  turn  (0r  -sus  -sa,  -sum,)  are  the  endings  of  the  per- 
fect participle. 

6  PL  obj.  of  pars,/.,   sing  obj.  partem. 


26 

habent  omnes  domus  ?  —  Quid  habent  cubicula  intra  se  ?  —  In  quid 
sunt  selke,  mensae,  grabatum  ?  —  Quam  supellectilem  et  quas  res  habet 
is  qui  se  lavat  ?  —  Estne  focus  ad  dormiendum  ? 


VOCABVLARIVM    9- 


Nna  Subst. 

caminus 

palatium 

cubiculum 

ilnua 

asdes 

supe"llex 

fenestra 

sella 

pelvis 

casa 

mensa 

urceus 

domus 

grabitum 

aqua 

tectum 

lectus 

smegma 

contignltio 

malluvium 

sSbanum 

pars 

culina 

genus 

focus 

Nna  Adlec. 

Verba 

Coniuoctlonea 

oblong-us,  a,  um 

appellantur 

enim 

altus,  a,  um 

sedendum 

quia 

angrustus,  a,  um 

edendum 

humilis,  e 

cubandum 

Pron.  Indef. 

latus,  a,  um 

Adverbla 

valde 
v£luti 

iacendum 
dormiendum 
lavandum 
coquendum 

quodlibet 
quamdam 

instructa 
interest 

continet 

PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS. 


De  Partibus  Orationis.  —  Of  the  Parts  of  Speech, 


28.  Following  are  the  parts  of  Latin  speech:  1.  Nomina  Substantia,  names,  ex- 
pressive of  subsistence  of  things,  Nouns,  Substantive  Nouns;  2.  Nomina  Adiectiva, 
adjustable  nouns,  Adjectives-,  3.  Verba,  sayings,  words,  Verbs;  4.  tAdvetbia,^  accessories 
to  sayings,  Adverbs;  5.  Pronbmina,  name-substitutes,  Pronouns;  6.  Prcepositiones,  fore- 
settings,  Prepositions;  7.  Coniunciiones,  couplings,  Conjunctions;  and,  8.  InteriectioneSf 
throw-betweens,  Interjections. 

29.  Nouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  adverbs,  and  pronouns  are  subject  to  changes  when 
joined  into  coherent  speech  ;  prepositions,  conjunctions  and  interjections  do  not  change. 
Changes,  proper  to  the  former,  excepting  the  verb,  are  called  Declinaiio,  beending  off, 
Declension;  those,  proper  to  adjectives  and  adverbs,  bear  the  name  of  Comparatio,  pair- 
ing, measuring  together;  and  of  the  verbs,  are  known  as  Coniugatio,  yoking  together, 
Conjugation. 

NOTE:  The  more  ancient  of  the  Roman  grammarians  used  the  term  of  declinatlo  both  for 
nouns  and  verbs;  Soslpater  Charislus  (A.  U.  375)  applied  the  term  of  "ordines"  to  verbs,  but  he 
quotes  a  very  learned  grammarian,  Comminianus,  as  having  introduced  our  present  term*  Conlugatio. 


27 

De  Declinatione.  —  Of  the  Declension. 

30.  The  name  of  a  thing  (a  noun),  or  its  substitute  (pronoun),  or  the  word  expres- 
sive of  the  quality  of  a  thing  (adjective),  when  simply  uttered,  is  said  to  be  in  the  Casus 
Nominativus,  Nominative  (naming  case),  as  :  hcec  casa  bumilis. 

NOTE :  Since  these  terms  are  utterly  meaningless  in  English,  and  often  repel    students,  even 
to  the  point  of  abandoning  the  study  of  Latin,  I  add  the  following  explication  : 

In  the  conception  of  Roman  grammarians  the  declinable 
Latin  particles  had  two  forms:  one  the  original,  a  kind  of  parent 
stock,  and  another  resulting  from  the  accession  of  endings,  or 
terminations.  The  original  stock  was  then  conceived  as  being  a 
vertical  line,  from  which,  by  the  accession  of  the  endings,  the 
others  had  to  fall  away  (cado,3  cecidi,  casum),  a  fall  being  called 
casus;  or  had  to  decline,  bend  away,  (declino,1  declinavi,  dedina, 
turn,  whence  the  act  is  declinatio,  nis,  f.).  This  declining  away 
from  the  straight,  or  vertical  line  had  three  stages,  or  drops,  casus, 
from  R  to  P,  (or  G),  thence  to  D,  and  lastly,  to  Ac.  The  entire 
rout  from  R  to  Ac.  was,  then,  Declinatio,  the  drops  from  one 
stage  to  the  other,  were  the  Casus.  These  casus,  down  to  the  time 
of  Quintilianus  (A.  D.  95)  were  four,  the  Rectus,  R,  the  Patritius 
(Varro,  B.  C.  27),  Genitivus  (Quintilianus);  Patrius  (Gellius, 
'  A.  D.  175),  Paternus  (Priscianus,  A.  D.   500),  therefore  letters 

P  G  ;  Dativus,  D ;  Accusativus  Ac.  The  casus  vocativus  was  i  ntro- 
duced,  as  an  obverse  to  Rectus,  by  Gellius,  as  the  Vocativus  (noun),  by  Charisius.  Quintilianus  has 
introduced  the  Ablativus,  as  an  obverse  to  Dativus.  Several  grammarians  recognized  six,  others 
four,  others  seven  and  eight  cases.  Even  in  our  days  some  Berlin  philologists  advocate  two  more 
cases,  the  Locativus  and  Instrumentalis,  but  they  are  not  recognized,  because  neither  is  true  histori- 
cally; and  thus  Latin  declension  has  crystallized  in  six  cases. 

Although  the  first  and  general  division  of  the  declension  into  two  forms,  the  Casus  Rectus,  and 
all  the  others  Casus  Obliqui,  is  still  valid  and  true,  the  Rectus,  as  one  of  the  cases,  has  received  a 
special  name  from  its  function,  Nominativus,  given  by  M.  Terentius  Varro  himself,  whose  grammar 
was  the  chief  source  of  information  for  M.Tullius  Cicero,  whenever  he  set  about  to  deliver  an 
oration,  or  to  write  a  treatise;  and  this  name  has  come  down  to  us  unchanged.  The  Casus  Patritius, 
Patrius  and  Paternus,  trying  to  express  the  relation  existing  between  a  father  and  his  offspring,  was 
felicitously  expressed  by  Quintilianus  by  the  verb  of  that  relation,  gigno,3  genui,genitum,  as  Genitivus, 
which  has  ultimately  survived.  The  third  case  was  named  Dativus,  from  the  verb  do,1  dedi,  datum, 
to  give,  expressive  of  the  relation  between  the  giver  and  the  receiver,  the  motion  towards.  The  fourth 
received  the  name  of  Casus  Accusativus,  from  the  verb  accuso,i  vi,  turn,  to  charge,  to  accuse,  ito  ex- 
press the  relation  existing  between  an  acting  Subject,  and  a  suffering  Object.  The  Casus  Vocativus 
from  voco,i  vi,  turn,  to  call,  is  the  case,  in  which  the  name  of  a  person  or  thing  addressed,  or  spoken 
to,  stands;  it  is  the  obverse  of  the  Nominativus.  Lastly,  the  Casus  Ablativus,  from  aufero,3  abstuli 
ablatum,  to  take  away  expressing  the  idea  of  away,  off,  along,  with,  by  the  opposite  of  Dativus. 
For  students  the  following  brief  statement  will  suffice: 

31.  The  Latin  language  recognizes  six  cases  for  the  declinable  particles;  these  are  the 

1.  Casus  Nominatirus,  or  naming  case,  nominative- 

2.  „       GenitiYus,  or,  the  case  of  origine  and  possession,  genitive- 


28 

3    Casus  Dativus,  or,  giving,  and  approaching  case,  dative. 

4.  „       AccusatiTUS,  or,  the  case  of  suffering  the  action  of  others,  accusative. 

5.  ',',       Yocativus,  or,  the  addressing  case,  vocative. 

6.  ,','       Ablativus,  or,  the  case  of  departing,  off,  away,  with,  ablative. 
In  this  lesson  we  deal  with  the  ^Accusative  case. 

32.  If  we  understand  the  sentences,  casa  habet  unam  ianuam,  tres  fenestras,  quatuor 
latera  et  unum  caminum  super  tectum ;  cocus  stat  ante  ianuam;  miles  tenet  gladium,  we 
fairly  know  the  whole  theory  of  the  accusative  case.  To  make  the  matter  entirely  clear 
and  distinct,  we  divide  all  our  nouns  into  the  following  five  groups,  showing  the  relative 
position  of  the  accusative. 


Declinationes  Quinque.  —  The  Five  Declensions. 


Norn. 
Ace 


Sing. 
=am 


Plur. 
=ffi 


Slog. 

=us,  =um 

.ura 


II.  I». 

Plur.        Slog.  Plur. 

=i,  =a  |     —    |  =es,  =a,  M  \ 
=os,  =a  I    =em,  I  =es,  =a,  =ia 


IV. 

V. 

Sing.       Plur. 

Sing.      Plur. 

=us 

M 

=es  |     ses 

=um 

,U8 

=em  |     ses 

To  the  1.  Group,  therefore,  will  belong  all  those  particles,  nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns, 
which  have  -a  in  the  Norn-  Sing.,  and  -®  in  Norn.  PL 


NOMINA  SUBSTANTIVA.  -  SUBSTANTIVE  NOUNS. 


NOM.  SING. 

NOM.  PLUR. 

ACC.  SING. 

ACC.  PLUR. 

line-      lineol- 
litter-    candel-           ~ 
figur-    ianu-                ** 
cas-       fenestr- 

line-      lineol- 

litter-    candel-         ~ 

fisrur-    ianu-              ™ 

line-      lineol- 
litter-    candel- 
fig-ur-   ianu- 

am 

line-  lineol- 
litter-  candel- 
fig-ur-    ianu- 

cas-        fenestr- 

cas-       fenestr- 

cas-       fenestr- 

sell-       mens- 

sell-      mens- 

sell-       mens- 

sell-  mens- 
aqu-      culin- 

aqu-      culin- 

aqu-       culin- 

aqu-      culin- 

as 


NOMINA  AD1ECTIVA.  —   ADJECTIVES. 


parallel- 

acut- 

parallcl- 

acut- 

parallcl- 

acut- 

parallel- 

acut- 

adunc- 

postrem- 

adunc- 

postrcm- 

adunc- 

postrem- 

adunc- 

postrem 

oblontr- 

alt- 

oblon#- 

alt- 

oblong- 

alt- 

oblongr- 

alt- 

antrust- 

lat-         a 

parv- 

ansrust- 

lat"                 9B 

an«fust- 

lat-        am 

anjrust- 

lat- 

mafirn- 

matrn- 

parv- 

majgfn- 

parv- 

magn- 

parv- 

lonjr- 

rcct- 

lonjr- 

rect- 

lonfif- 

rect- 

lonsr- 

rect- 

crass- 

obliqu- 

crass- 

obliqu- 

crass- 

obliqu- 

crass- 

obliqu- 

rotund- 

curv- 

rotund- 

curv- 

rotund- 

curv- 

rotund- 

curv- 

as 


29 


circul- 

cylindr 

penicfll- 

gladi- 

bacul- 

angul- 

fund- 

camin- 

lect- 

urce- 

foc- 

NEUTRA 

candelabr- 

capul- 

triangul- 

tect- 

palati- 

grabat- 

malluvi- 

saban- 

CROUP    II. 
NOMINA    SUBSTANTIA.   —  SUBSTANTIVE  NOUNS. 


US 


urn 


circul- 

cylindr 

penicill- 

gladi- 

bacul- 

angul- 

fund- 

camin- 

lect- 

urce- 

foc- 

NEUTRA 

candelabr- 

capul- 

triangul- 

tect- 

palati- 

grabat- 

malluvi- 

saban- 

a 


MASC. 

&   NEUTRA 

circul- 

cylindr- 

penicill- 

g-ladi- 

bacul- 

angul- 

fund- 

camin- 

lect- 

urce- 

foc- 

candelabr- 

capul- 

triangul- 

tect- 

palati- 

grabat- 
malluvi- 

saban- 

Ulll 


circul- 

cylindr- 

penicill- 

gladi- 

bacul- 

angul- 

fund- 

camin- 

iect- 

urce- 

foc- 

NEUTRA 

candelabr- 

capul- 

triangul- 

tect- 

palati- 

grabat- 

malluvi- 

saban- 

OS 


a 


NOMINA  ADIECTIVA.  —  ADJECTIVES. 


parallel- 

adunc- 

oblong- 

angust- 

magn> 

long- 

crass- 

rotund- 


acut- 

postrem- 

alt- 

lat- 

parv« 

rect- 

obliqu- 

curv- 


MASC. 

US 


NEUTR. 

um 


parallel- 

adunc- 

oblong- 

angust- 

magn. 

long- 

crass- 

rotuna- 


acut- 

postrem- 

alt- 

lat- 

parv- 

rect- 

obliqu- 

curv- 


MASC. 

i 

NEUT. 

a 


parallel- 

adunc- 

oblong- 

angust- 

magn- 

long- 

crass- 

rotund- 


acut- 
postrem- 
alt- 
la  t- 

parv- 
rect- 
obliqu- 
curv- 


parallel- 

acut- 

adunc- 

postrem- 

MASC. 

oblong- 

alt- 

MASC. 

&    NEUT. 

angust- 

lat- 

OS 

um 

magn- 
long- 

parv- 
rect- 

NEUT. 

crass- 

obliqu- 

a 

rotund- 

curv- 

GROUP    III. 
NOMINA   SUBSTANTIA.  —  SUBSTANTIVE  NOUNS. 


;uspis,  graphis,  scriptor, 

cuspid 

- 

graphid- 

pictor,  miles,  contignatio 

scriptor- 

pictor- 

cdes,  apex,  pelvis 

milit- 

contignation- 
apic-                   CS 

iupellex,  latus,  pars 

»d- 

pelv- 

supellectil- 

latera, 

part- 

cuspid 

- 

graphid- 

cuspid- 

graphid- 

scriptor- 

pictor- 

scriptor- 

pictor- 

milit- 

contignation-         Awn 

milit- 

contignation 

aed- 

apic- 

C1I1 

aed- 

apic- 

pelv- 

supellectil- 

pelv- 

supellectil- 

la 

tus, 

part- 

latera. 

part- 

68 


3° 


GROUP    111. 
NOMINA    ADIECTIVA.  -  ADJECTIVES. 


NOM.  SING. 

MASC. 
A  FOeM. 

brev- 

tenu         omn- 

is 

humil- 

NEUTR 

e 

anter- 
poster- 

MASC.  &  FOeM. 

ior 

NEUT. 

ius 

infer- 

inter- 

exter- 

super 

ACCUS.  SING. 


brev- 
omn- 


anter- 

poster- 

infer- 

inter- 

exter- 

super  • 


brev- 
omn- 


anterior- 

posterior- 

inferior- 

interior- 

exterior- 

superior- 


tenu- 
humil- 


masc.  &  Foeiw. 

es 


tenu- 
humil- 


M.  A  F. 

iorem 


A.  4  F. 

em 


NEUT. 

e 


NEUT. 

ius 


M.   F. 

es 


NEUT. 

ia 


NEUT. 

a 


ACCUS. 

PLUR. 

brev- 
omn- 

tenu- 
humil- 

anterior- 

M.1F 

posterior- 

es 

inferior- 

nterior- 

exterior- 

superior- 

M.  4  F. 

es 


NEUT. 

ia 


NEUT. 

a 


manws 


GROUP    IV. 
manws  |  manww 


manws 


GROUP    V. 


res 


r£s 


rem 


r£s 


NOTES.  1.  The  stump  of  a  word,  to  which  the  endings  are  affixed,  is  called  the  stem. .The 
stem  in  all  cases  is  disclosed  by  the  oblique  cases,|some  times  by  the  Casus  Rectus  Thus:  in  I  me-, 
the  a  is  an  ending,  the  nominative,  whilst  in  doctor,  there  l.  no  case-ending  th^^eJ°^"?  * 
stem,  receiving  the  endings,  as,  doctores,  doctorem.  In  some  instances  the  oblique ^J««JV 
whole  new  syllable,  or  even  two,  which  is  called  an  increment,  as:  miles,  milltes;  supellex,  supel 
lectilem  ;  iter,  itinera  (way,  road,  journey). 

2.  The  I.  declension  contains  no  neuter  nouns,  ,nor  neuter  adjective  endings.  Excepting  a  very 
few  nouns,  denoting  men,  such  as  auriga,  a  coachman,  all  nouns  in  this  declension  are  femin ine  AH 
adjectives  of  Group  A,  in  their  -a,  or  feminine,  endings  belong  to  this  declension  **™W™™ 
Group  B  belong  to  this  declension.   If  a  noun  ends  in  -a  in  nom.  sing.,  and  Is  neuter,  cannot  belong 

hither;  all  such  belong  to  the  III.  nominative- 

3.  All  nouns  and  adjectives  in  the  II.  declensions  have  definite  endings  in  the  ^Mttve. 
these  are  -us,  -er  and  -urn  ;  the  first  two  masc.  or  f .,  the  third  neuter.  All  the  adjectives  of  Group  A, 
in  their  -us  (-er)and  -um  endings  are  declined  as  the  nouns  of  this  declension.  wherefore 

4.  The  III.  declension  has  no  set  nominative  endings,  all  other  declensions  have  wherefore, 
all  nouns,  which  are  excluded  by  these  set  endings  of  the  other  declensions,  wil IMongto^' Id, 
whatever  be  their  genders.    Excepting  the  -or  endings,  which  are  stems,  and  the  -is,   whicn, 


3i 

TU£h™h'S  S3ke  reC^efn  "D  b,ef°re  the  terminations,  all  nominatives  change  in  the  oblique  cases. 
These  changes  must  be  learned  with  each  individual  noun  and  adjective  as  we  go  along.  Nouns  and 
adjectives  in  -x,  as  this  is  a  compound  consonant,  consisting  of  c  and  s,  resume  their  c  in  the  oblique 
cases,  as:  apex ,  apicem;  doctrix,  doctricem,  &c.  Some  nouns,  like  pelvis,  form  their  accus.  sing,  in 
-In,  as,  pelvim,  though  pelvem  would  not  be  wrong.  All  -us  nouns  in  this  declension  are  irregular, 
therefore,  never  masc,  but  either  neuter,  or  fern.  All  adjectives  of  Group  B,  and  all  others  not 
hitherto  mentioned,  belong  to  this  declension;  no  adjectives  belong  to  IV  and  V 
.™J;  ^"Pf^l^y  spe^ng.  but  few  original  nouns,  and  no  adjectives  and  other  particles  be- 
ong  to  the  IVth :  declension;  a  large  portion  of  these  nouns  are  formations  from  verbs;  they  may  be- 
ong  to  any  of  the  three  genders.  As  we  had  no  applicable  noun  in  our  vocabularies  for  illustrating 
he  endings,  we  introduced  a  new  one,  manus,  f,  a  hand,  domus,  also  of  this  group,  being  an  irregu- 
lar, forming  its  ace.  pi.  in  the  II,  in  -os,  though  -us  also  occurs. 

nth-J^?^  df,C!ensi0n  has  scarce,y  more  than  50  n°uns  h  its  vocabulary  (and  no  adjectives  or 
other  particles),  all  fern.,  excepting  one,  which  is  both  m.  &  f.,  and  all  defective,  excepting,  perhaps 
two,  one  of  which  is  res,  serving  as  our  model. 

**«l'r AS  a  TZu  r^e,1  aH  m*  &  f'  accusatives  sing-  of  all  declensions,  end  in  -m,  with  the  charac- 
teristic vowel  of  the  declension  preceding,  as  a  for  I.,  u  for  II.,  e  for  III.,  u  for  IV.,  e  for  V.-   and   all 

m.&f.  accusatives  of  all  declensions  end  in  5,  with  characteristic  vowels  of  the  respective  declen- 
sions, as  a  for  i       f     ILi  ,  for  nLf  u  for  ^  e  fQr  yth<  _^q  neuter  ^^  ^^    h  J  s.n 

ending  in  any  declension:  all  employ  the  nomin.  endings.  All  neuter  nouns  and  adjectives  employ 
their  a  ox  ta  endings  in  their  accus.  pi.  of  all  declensions,  as:  Norn.  S.,  smegma,  Ace.  S.  smegma  Nom 
Pi.  smegmata,  Ace.  Pi.  smegmata.  ' 

8.  As  to  quantity,  at  the  present  stage,  it  will  suffice,  if  the  student  knows,  that  vowels  in  the 
endings  closed  by  a  consonant,  like  -am,  -urn,  are  short;  closed  by  s,  like  -es,  in  nom.  and  ace  pi. 
stress"*  m  SPe6Ch'  ^  merdy  emphacized  by  a  stress'  whiIst  the  short  are  uttered  without 

De  Usu  Casus  Accusatiyi  —  Of  the  Use  of  the  Accusatiye  Case. 

33.  The  accusative  case  has  two  principal  applications: 

(a)  It  is  governed  by  a  group  of  prepositions,  such  as  ante,  in,  post,  pone,  infra,  intra, 
super,  supra,  iuxta  &c,  so  that  whenever  any  of  these  prepositions  is  used,  the  declinable 
particles  to  which  they  refer,  must  follow  in  accusative  case  as  :  candela  ardens  stat  super 
mtr^am;  quis  sedet  iuxta  mttitem  ? 

(b)  The  accusative  is  the  case  of  the  object  0f  a  sentence,  as  is  the  nominative  the 
case  of  the  subject.  in  the  sentence,  miles  tenet   gladium,  mUes  is  the  subject  (subiectum) 
therefore  in  the  nominative  case,  gladium  is  the  object  (obiectum),  upon  which  the  subject 
acts  therefore  in  the  accusative,  or  objective  case,  whilst  the  verb,   tenet,  is  the  predicate 
(pradicatum),  announcing,  or  expressing  the  action  of  the  subject. 

De  YerMs  —  Of  the  Yerbs. 

34.  Verbs  are  words  denoting  the  doings  or  deeds  of  some  body  or  something  and 
the  bearing  of  the  consequences  of  such  doing  as:  scriptor  tenet  grapfaidem  ;  where  tenet  \s 
the  doing  of  the  scriptor;  but  if  we  invert  the  sentence  and  say,  graphis  tenets  and  take 
the  viewpoint  of  the  grapbis,  as  bearing  the  consequences  of  the  doing  of  the  scriptor,  the 
subject,  as  the  grammarians  express  it,  suffers  the  action  of  the  subject,  when  the  verb 
assumes  a  different  form,  which  is  called  the  suffering  form,  0r  forma  passiva,  and  this  is 


J2 

called  in  grammar  Vox  Passiva,  Passive  Voice.  Therefore,  tenet  is  an  active  verb,  tenetur 
caliea  in  gr a  transitive  verbs  can  become  passive. 

5  a  P35    Thrive  verbs  are  two  kinds:  transitive  and  intransitive,  called  verna  act.va  and 
verJnenla Vy Z 'Roman  grammarians.  Tr^veb^jrtwhidi^gven^ 
x       ■+•  ,«  ;c  orMrli  Hops  not*  as  to  write,  paint,  hold,  because  we  may  ask.    What 

stars  **£^:t%  ^ .  «*  *  ,** .  ^  *  ■«. . 

does  he  wr      u      ,  ?  ^  an  ,Hfi  sUnds  the 

S£  •£ SsTbe?^a  Se tttag^  For  this  reason  the  former  are  transitive 
verts',  the  Mter are ^intransitive  verbs;  the  former  are  said  to  have  d.rect  government,  the 

lat%rD!rtcUs\rgroTeernment.  when  between  the  verb  and  its  object  nothing  inter- 
venes; indirect  is  the  government,  when  it  is  effected  through  prepositions,  as  the  follow- 
ing  illustration  shows: 


Miles 
subject 


I    tenet  (transitive)  gladium 

£ -o-       -Accus- 


predicate 


object 


Miles 
subj. 


NUJU 

|    sedet,  stat,  dormit 

o — - 

predic.  (intrans) 


super  —  sellam 
ante  — casam 
iuxta  —  lectum 
infra  — mensam 


37    All  our  verbs  end  in   the  present  time,  3d  person  sing,  in  -at,  -d,  -it,  and  in  -ant, 
-ent,  -unU  -imi,  in  pi.;  whence  we  group  them  into  four  classes,  thus: 


ambulat 

illuminat 

delineat 

stat 

vocat 

appellat 

cubat 

lavat 


II. 


habet 
tenet 
ardet 
sedet 
iacet 
continet 


III. 


facit 
efficit 


coquit 
instrult 

scribit    contingit 

pinffit 

cadit 

tanffit 

edit 


IT, 


dormit 


Wemay  roughly  say,  that  the  first  is  the -a-  Conjugation,  the  second  is  the  -e-  Com 
jugation,  the  third  is  theshort  4-  Conjugation,  the  fourth  is  thelong -f  Conjugation,  the 
characteristic  vowels  being  -a  in  the  I.,  fin  the  II.,  short  -«  in  the  111.  and  long  -t  in  the 
IV.  Facit  with  l»cimi  in  pi.  should  not  mislead  the  student,  it  a  irregu ™- 

3K    When  we  said  c.ndela  ardens,  we  turned  the  verb  ardet  ,„to  its  Par..c,p,um    « 
sentis,  present  participle,  and  gave  it  a  form,  readily  used  as  an  adjective  v  a   noun,   and 
declined  in  the  111.,  as:  Nom.  S.  ardens,  N.  PI.  ardentes,  if  -.  &    ■  but  ardent,.,  ,f  n.,   Ace. 
S.  m.&  f.,  ardenteia,  n.  ardens;  Ace.  PI-  •"•  &  f  •  ardentes,  n.  ardentia. 


All  other  verbs  can  be  handled  similarly,  as:  ambulans,  stans,  vocans,  habens,  sedans, 
faciens,  tangens,  edens,  scribens,  coquens,  dormiens,  and  declined  like  ardent«m,  etnadres 
ardentfa,  &c 

39.  in  domus  instrucfa  we  have  an  example  of  the  Participium  Perfecti,  or  perfect  par- 
ticiple.  which  always  ends  in  -tus,  -ta,  -turn,  or  -sus%  -sa,  -sum,  always  passive,  therefore 
proper  to  the  transitive  verbs,  as:  illuminatus,  a,  um,  delineatus,  a,  urn,  vocatus,  lavatus,  ha- 
bitus, tentus,  factus,  effectus,  scriptus,  pictus,  csesus,  tactus,  esus,  a,  um.  There  is  also  status, 
the  standing,  but  that  is  derived  from  the  factitive  form  of  this  verb  (stat),  which  is  sisto,3 
stiti,  statum. 

40.  The  form,  ad  scribendum.vmgendum,  vocandum,  &c,  is  called  the  gerundium, 
which  is  nothing  else,  than  the  neuter  gender  of  the  Participium  Futuri  Passivum,  future 
passive  participle  (not  present  in  English,  meaning  a  thing  to  be  done), used  as  a  noun,  with- 
out a  nominative  and  without  plural  number;  examples:  miles  tenet  gladium  ad  caeden- 
dum;  pictor  tenet  penicillumad  pingendum  casam;  scriptor  vocatcocum  ad  ambulandum. 

41.  The  various  pronouns  are  thus  declined: 


NOM.  SING. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

bic 

bcec 

boc 

idem 

iadem 

idem 

is 

ea 

id 

iste 

ista 

istud 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

tile 

ilia 

illud 

qui 

quce 

quod 

quis 

quce 

quid 

NOM.  PLUR. 

bi 

bee 

bcec 

iidem 

ecedem 

eadem 

ii 

ece 

ea 

isti 

istce 

isla 

ipsi 

ipsce 

ipsa 

illi 

illce 

ilia 

qui 

qua 

quce 

qui 

quce 

quce 

ACCUS.  SING. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

hunc 

eundem 

banc         boc 
eandem     idem 

eum 
istum 
ipsum 
ilium 

earn 
istam 
ipsam 
illam 

id 

istud 
ipsum 
illud 

quern 
quern 

quam 
quam 

quod 
quid 

ACCUS.   PLUR. 

bos 
eosdem 

has 

easdem 

bcec 
eadem 

eos 
istos 
ipsos 
illos 

eas 
istas 
ipsas 
illas 

ea 
ista 
ipsa 
ilia 

quos 

quos 

quas 
quas 

quce 
qua 

Quidam,  quadam,  quoddam,  quilibet,  quaeiibet,  quodlibet  are  declined  like  qui,  quas,  quod 
Aliquis,  aliqua,  aliquid;  Norn.  plur.  aliqui,  aliquae,  aliqua;  Ace.  Sing,  fliquem,  i'llquam,  ill* 
<W»d;  Ace.  Plur.  aIiquQs,.quag.qua —  Siquis,  siqua,  slqnid,  like  fliquis- 


*4 


EXERCITIA  LEGENDI. 

i.  Cylindrus  est  figura,  quam  duae  lineae  parallels,  duoque  circuli 
parvi  obliqui  efficiunt  —  2.  Non  omnis  candela  illuminat   cubiculum, 
sed  ea  tantum  quae  ardet.  —  3.  Nonne  ille  delineator,  qui  ante  casam 
sedet  super  sellam,  habetque  graphidem,  ipsam  casam  delineat?  — 
4.  Suntne  illi  cuncti  tres  milites,  qui  iuxta  illas  altas  aedes  stant,  vel  am- 
bulant?— 5.  Illi  non  cuncti  sunt  milites,  sed  unus  tantum,  qui  est  anterior, 
quia  ille  habet  gladium;  alii  duo,  qui  sunt  posteriores,  non  sunt  milites; 
alter  enim  tenet  penicillum,  est  igitur  pictor,  alter  vero  tenet  baculum,  est 
ergo  aliquis  ambulator.  —  6.  Casae,  aliaequae  domus,  quatuor  latera  ha- 
bent,  at  non  singula  latera  habent  fenestras,  neque  ianuas,  sed  antenora 
tantum,  quia  unum  latus  aliam  domum  contingit ;  aliquae  autem  casae 
stant  inter  duas  al?as  domos,  atque  has  domus  duo  latera  tangunt.  — 
7.  Sunt  domus,  quae  etiam  tres  et  quatuor  contignationes  habent,  sed 
non  omnes  instructas,  quia  non  habent  supellectilem.  —  8.  Cubiculum 
est  instructum  etiam  si  nihil  aliud  continet  nisi  lectum  ad  dormiendum, 
malluvium    ad  lavandum,  aliquot  sellas  ad  sedendum,  et  mensam  ad 
scribendum.  —  0.  Tecta  idgenus,  quae  eandem  figuram  habent  quam 
triangula,  non  super  aedes  altas  sunt,  quia  hae  habent  tecta  plana,  sed 
super  domos  humiles,  vel  super  casas  angustas.  —  10.  Is  qui  pingit,  inter 
res,  quae  efficiunt  supellectilem,  habet  quoque  urceum,  aquam,  smegma, 
ad  lavandum,  atque  sabanum  ad  se  tergendum1 ;  quod  etiam  cocus2 
habet,  qui  ad  focum  stat  et  coquit.  —  n.  Verum,  si  cocus  cubat  super 
grabatum,  nee  coquit;  aut  si  focus  non  ardet,  aut  vero  nee  aqua,  nee 
ulla  alia  res  ad  coquendum  est  super  focum,  etiam  super  mensam  nihil 
est  ad  edendum.  —  1 2.  Gladius  acutus  non  est  res  ad  tangendum. 

1.  Ttrglt,  terjunt    he  wipes,  they  wipe,  for  wiping.  —  2.  Cocus,   a   male  cook,  coca, 
'*  female  cook. 


3? 


EXERCITIA  SCRIBENDI 


i.  Quales  sunt  priores  tres  linear  quas  istud  pensum  tertium 
habet?  —  2.  Quot  et  quales  sunt  posteriores?  —  3.  Quid  interest  inter 
candelam  primam  et  secundam  ?  —  4.  Quid  tenet  scriptor?—  5.  Ad 
quern  finem  est  penicillus?  —  6.  In  quid  est  baculus?  —  7.  Quid  voca- 
tur  ea  res,  quam  miles  habet  ?  —  8.  Quas  partes  habet  triangulum  ?  — 
9.  Quid  interest  inter  casam  atque  asdem  ?  —  10.  Ubi  stat  sella,  supra 
an  infra  mensam  ?  —  11.  Estne  focus  ad  illuminandum  domum  ?  — 
12.  Quam  supellectilem  habet  domus  instructa? 


EXERCITIA  LOQVENDL 


1.  A.  Qui  sunt  illi  duo  qui  sedent  ad 
mensam  ? 

2.  A.  Uter  est  pictor? 

3.  A.  Pingitne  ipse? 

4.  A.  Verum  est;  nullus  pictor  pingit  ad 
candelam.  Sed  quid  facit  alter  ? 

5.  A.  Quid  igitur  sedent  ad  mensam  ? 


6.  A.  Etiam  est  verum.  Caeterum.e  etjam 
cubiculum  ubi  illi  sedent,  non  est 
magnopere?  instructum. 


7.  A.  At  nunc  tertius  etiam  quidam 
adstat.10  Quis  est  ille?  Nonne  ille 
est  miles  ? 


B.  Inter  quos  candela  stat  ardens  super 
mensam?  sunt  pictor  aliquis  et  scriptor 
quidam. 

B.  Ille,  qui  habet  aliquot  penicillos 
ante  se. 

B.  Qudmodo  ?  —  Quis  pingit  ad  can- 
delam ?2 

B.  Nee  alter  facit  quidquam,3  tametsi* 
graphidem  tenet. 

B.  Quid  ?  Alii  non  sedent  ad  mensam, 
nisi  illi  qui  scribunt,  aut  edunt  ? '  Siquiss 
nihil  habet  ad  scribendum,  nihil  scribit. 
B.  Non,  profecto,  satis  8tamen  commode 
Certe  non  omnes  scriptores,  nee  omnes 
pictores  habent  palatia;  qui  autem  habent 
palatia,  vel  sedes  grandes,  raro  9  admodum 
sunt  sive  scriptores,  sive  pictores. 
B.  Nequaquam;  ille  est  cocus;  mensam 
sternitn  ad  edendum. 


1  Aliquis,  aliqua,  .liquid,  indef.  pron.  (cf.  Pens.  II.  III.  3.),  somebody,  some  one,  an 
uncertain  one;  the  neuter,  dliquid  something,  has  the  nature  of  a  substantive;  the  Miaul 
dhqua,  dliquod,  of  Pens.   Sec,  III.,  is  an   adjective  in   nature,  some,  jffiqiu  baculus 
aiqms  pictor :  the  former  of  m.f.  and  n.  things,  the  latter  of  m.  f.   persons,  and  of  n 
ttimgs.  -  Quidam,  quidam,  quoddam  (see  III.  3.  of  this  lesson),  indef.  pron.,  a  certain,  or 
Mier,  ^certain  one,  some  person.  -  2  Ad  candelam,  an  idiom,  by  the  lfcht  of  a  candle 


The  student  will  understand  that  we  are  using  the  idea  of  candle  and  candle  light  in  the 
way  of  exercise;  otherwise  we  would  have  to  employ  words  unknown  to  the  Romans 
were  we  to  speak  about  gas  (Germany's/,  Lat.  spiritus)  or  electric  (Greco-Latin,  dec 
tricos,  electrxus,  of  amber)  lights.  -  sQuisquam,  quaquam,  quidquam,  indef.  pron.,  any, 
any  one  anybody,  anything.  —  *  Tametsi,  conj.  etsi,  quamquam,  licet,  all  mean  though, 
although  albeit.  -  5  Siquis  (si  quis,  si  aliquis),  better  written  in  one  word,  if  a  body,  if 
a  person  —  6Ca3terum,  adv.  (German  Ubrigens),  as  for  the  rest  A  very  frequent  trans- 
ition from  one  subject  to  another.  -  7  Magnopere,  adv.  grandly,  in  a  great  style,  mightily. 
«  Satis  commode,  both  advs.,  enough,  and  confortably.  - 9  Raro  admodum,  both  advs., 
admodum,  very,  very  much,  qualifies  raro  (fr.  rams,  a,  urn,  scarce),  seldom.  —  ao+ 
stat,  stands  by,  is  present.  —  n  Sternit,  spreads- 


3t 


I.  PENSVM  QUARTVM. 

O  Hie  circulus  est  simplex*,  ©  iste  autem  est  duplex.  — 
Iste  duplex  circulus  ^  habet  intra  se  radios.2  Radii  hi  atque 
duplex  circulus  efficiunt  rotam.3 

Hie  sunt^  duo  pa'ria  rotrfrum.*    Inter  utrumque 


par   est   axis.5    Duo  axes  iungunt6   quatuor  rotas, 
Ro„  efficiuntque  duo  rotarum  paria. 

Hie  est  capsus,7  qui  intra  rotas,  super  axes,  imp<5- 
*    nitur,   et   fit   currus.   Hie  est   currus. 

Capsus 

Currus  habet  quatuor  rotas,  duos  axes,  unum  capsum, 

sed   habet   quoque    temonem.8     Ista   longa    res    est      Curru8 

temo  istius  currus. 

Sunt  curriis  TriMi™  generis.  Ille  currus  superior 
est  ad  vehenda  onera.1*  Vehiculum12  eius  generis 
vocatur  sarracum. 

Piientam  Sunt  vehicula  quaedem  non  ad  rectanda  13  grrf- 

Tia  6nera,  sed  ad   cel^riter   currendum.    Huiiis- 

modi14  vehicula  sunt  pilenta,  quae  habent  etiam  tecta; 

ciiiuB       atclue  cisia,  quae  non  habent;  item, m  rhedae,  quae 

sunt  graviores,  ac,  denique,   (Crcerae,   ad   vectandos 

1.  Simplex,  simplicis,  adj.  of  one  ending,  onefold,  simple,  duplex,  dfiplicis,  adj.  of  one 
ending,  twofold,  double;  and  so  triplex,   icis,  quadruplex,  quintuplex,  etc,  multiplex,  ids, 

manifold,  As  these  adjectives  have  no  gender-endings,  and  circulus,  linea,  punctum, 
would  be  always  but  simplex,  duplex,  etc.,  we  join  to  them  the  genitive,  or  case-ending 
saying,  simplex^impiic^  duplex,  duplicis,  etc. 

2.  Radius,  ii,  a  ray,  a  spoke,  [a  accented,  but  short).  —  3.  Rota,  a  wheel  (o  short). 
4.  Par,  paris,  w#j  a  pair;  we  have  seen  this  word  as  an  adjective,  par,  dispar,  impar, 

nere  it  is  a  noun;  pi.  n.  paria.  In  the  construction  duo  pdria  rotarum,  two  pairs  of 
wheels,  paria  is  in  nominative  pi,  rotarum,  on  the  other  hand,  is  in  genitive  pi.  Genitive 
singular  of  rota  is  rota;  gen.  s.  of  par  is  Paris  ;  gen.  pi.  is  pdrium.    Hereafter  we  shall 


?8 

segrtftos  in  yaletudindxia.    Utrumque  latus  arcerae 
fert  crucem  rubri,  vel  alt^rius  coloris. 

Denique  non  d&unt"  etiam  minora  vehicula 
onenfria,  uti  carpentum  quod  duos  nonnlsi  rotas 
habet,  atque  pabo,  qui  unam  solum  rotam,  duos  ca- 
pulos,  duosque  pedes  habet  Quotuplex"  est  circulus 
qui  facit  rotam?  — Quae  lineas  sunt  radii  rotae?1*  H 
Quot  rotas  iungit  unus  axis?-  Quot  pana  axium 
habet  carpentum?  -  Quid  P6nitur  super  axes  et  inter 
rotas?  -  tiling  quid  fit?  -  Omniane  vehicula  habent  unum  nonnisi 
temonem  ?  -  Quodgenus^  vehiculum  est  sarracum?  - Cuiusmodi 
vehiculum  est  pilentum?  -  Quo^  currit,  etquid  vehit  arcera ? -Quod 
sisnum23  solet  ferre  drcera  super  utrumque  latus  ?  (Answer :  Arcera, 
super  utrumque  latus,  signum  crucis,^  sive  rubri  sive  alterius  colons 
solet  ferre.)  -  In  quern  finem  sunt  carpenta  et  pabones?  ad  celenter 
currendum  ? 25 


VOCABULARIUM   10. 


Nna  Subst. 

radius,  li 
rota,  ae 
par,  is,  n. 
axis,  is,  m. 
capsus,  i 
currus,  us,  m. 
temo,  onis,  m. 
onus,  oneris,  n. 
vehiculum,  i 
sarracum,  i 
pilentum,  i 
cislum,  ii 


rheda,  ae 
arcera,  ae 
aegrrotus,  i 
valetudinSrium  ii 
crux,  crucis,  f. 
color,  is,  m. 
carpentum,  i 
pabo,  onis,  m. 
pes,  pedis,  m. 
signum,  i 
finis,  is,  m. 


Nna  Adi. 

simplex,  -pllcis 
duplex,  -plicis 
varius,  a,  urn 
gravis,  e 
ruber,  -bra.  urn 
minor,  or,  us 
onerarius,  a,  um 
qu6tuplex,  -plicis 
quddgenus 
cuiusmodi 
huiusmodl 


Verba 

iungit 
imponit 
fit,  fiunt 
vehit,  vehunt 
vectat,  -ant 
fert,  f erunt 
deest,  desunt 
p6nitur,  ponuntur 
solet,  solent 
ferre,  fert,  fcrunt 
currit.  -runt 


Adverkli 

celenter 
item 
n<5nnisi 
solum 
turn 

QUO 

uti 


always  add  the  gen.  ending  of  every  noun,  and  of  every  adj.  of  one  ending,  and  the  stu- 
dent must  pronounce  aloud,  and  study  nom.  and  gen.  together  as:  rota,  rot*;  Par  parts; 
simplex,  simpiicis.  -  5.  Jlxis,  is,  m.,  an  axle.  -  6.  lungo,  *nxit  nctum;  it  should  be  read: 
iungo,  iungere,  iunxi,  iunctum,  and  memorized  one  by  one.  All  verbs  will  be  so  given  here- 
after. The  figure  shows  the  group  whither  the  verb  belongs.  See  grammar.  "Iungunt  means 
(the  two  axles)  Join. 

7  Capsus,  i,  a  wagon-body;  imponilur,  pi.  imponuntur,  (compounded  from  in  + 
p6nitur),  the  passive  from  of  imponit,  (in  +  p6nit),  =  *  P«*»  is  placed,  is  being  put  oi 
placed  -  Fit,  fiunt,  corresponds  to  faeio,  facit,  faciunt,  in  a  reflexive  sense,  *  nappens,  tc 
become  something,  something  is  turned  into  something;  "et  fit  currus",  and  thus  it  *eco. 
mes  a  wagon,  or  a  wagon  arises.  -  Currus,  us,  m-;  a  wagon.  Take  notice  that  the  gen.  | 
not  -*,  but  -us,  yet  masculine. 


a  }9 

8.  Temo,  -nis,  m.,  a  wagon-pole- 

^k.9LJSSf>^?^£l£V  "^  ■«?«!  «f»  »h»  o*  <**.  **«,  bf«d;  so  also  alius, 
P..  would  be rru°raf  ^nT'  qU'S' 1S'  '"  a"  ^  ^  C™°*  here  is  in  ge,  sing.; 

in  I  .E  .ft*.'*?**'  gtn-  S>  of  ^'*s'  «•  "*.  ^d  ^»«5,  ^„ms,  a.,  of  various  kinds 
m  Latin  it  is  singular  number;  but  currtis,  as  sunt  shows  is  pi 

terialo1;  llit^f  °'T'  f°r  haUHng  burdenS'  wei*ht'  «•  °™'  *"*.  «•  a  ma- 
terial or  moral  burden;  adj.  oner6sus,  a,  um,  burdensome,  cumbersome     -  VeheldT* 
u   pass,  participle,  of  veho,  3,  vexi,  vectun,  to  carry>  ^  con  ™  ;„dus,  "^ 

rS0:"'  u.f  d  as  «  «*c  «ve,  and  in  this  application  called  a  ^ta 
not  to  be  confounded  with  ad  scribendum,  which  is  the  geruudi„m,  and  is  a  noun 

a  vJ i  -Sr/LSTatT  ^  Hb°Ve  ^  ~eCa  wagon, 

m.  to  be  read  and  studied:  wrfo,  vectdre,  vectdvi,  vectdtum,  tr.  to  practice  hauling 
carting,  to  cart  constantly.  This  type  of  verbs  is  called  freou^teflr  £  S  S  fa 
the  frequentative  of  veho.  -  Gravis,  e,  adj.  Or-  B.,  heavy,  weighty    '  ve  (Germ  n  Craf 

™^Zl6Z~ Cdmer- adv- — ■**■  ^-S^: 

fLw  Z^™' '' a"y ''Sht  vehicle,  buggy.  -  C«w,  ««««,«,   with  the  Roman 
a  hght,  two-wheeled  vehicle,  a  cabriolet,  a  pony-cart,  to-day,  any  light  open  vehicle    to 

SivToTSsT  //m'  f  -  TlarIy'  t00'  **  "*>  *•  a  coactSilf  »L 
parative  of  g  av.s,  here  in  pi.  -  Arcera,  ce,  an  ambulance;  cegrotus,  i,  an  adi  standing  tor 
a  noun,  a  s.ck  (person).  _  ^letudindriunt,  ii,  a  hospital  there  were  such    n  Rnt,  f 

ESS! ES  S£ft *■""■  -^ its principal --™/"-  <«- 

o       y,  to  near,  to  Uch  (wlth  prepositions:  affero,  confero,  defero,  effero  infero  nnrfrrn 
It™'  Pl°fr°'  refer°'  SUffer°'  differo)'  a  W  ™<*  used  verb.  -  Crlc    cr^f  °' 

red  L~  *"*? f  *"*'' "^  rM*ra'  *w'  red;  «**  »*.  m..  a  co.on  in  gen    s    of 
red  color.  -  Alterius,  gen.  s-  of  alter,  a,  um,  another;  see  9  *  ' 

aot  lackinV^f'  (de  +  !U,nt;  de~est>  =  is  awa^  oflf)'  they  lack,  non  deest,  non  desunt,  it  is 
r   2w       Y  3re  "0t  hCkmg-  ~  mmr'  oris<  comparative  of  parvus,  n,  um,  pl    n  u 

^Mi~mrd1Uprm'f-°f  °aas'eris'  weight-  burde«.  ^-ri   . 

wo  wheek  nf  th^  '  "'  ^  a"d  COnj-  "S'  SUch  aS"  ~  C^«/*0»,  «,  a  cart;  (h 
le-buO  nf/  T  Cartoad  "°  SP°keS' they  Weresolid-  -  Nonnii  (non^nsi 
^S  *:  TS:  ~  Pab°'  ^  ^  a  ^  b™-  -  **-•  ad-  a'on,  only.' 

i7-  Qiwtuplex?  how  many  fold? 

18.  Genit.  s.  of  rota.  —  Axium,  see  4. 

29.  Tz/m,  adv.,  then;  what  happens  then? 

^l^dgenUS  GnStead  °f  "Cuius  ^neris/<  which  ™™  "of  what  gender?")  and  is 
rm^^  •«•  M  like  tas,   iSuesr,  eiai- 

JJ.  &c  —  21.  Cuiusmodi?  see  the  preceding 


4o 

22.  Quo}  adv.,  does  not  change;  whither? 

23  SifWKm,  i  a  mark,  a  sign.  -  Soletferre;  the  English  phrases,  As  a  rule;  As  is 
wont  to  be;  ordinarily,  usually,  is  expressed  by  the  verb  soleo,  satire  solitus  sum  with 
the  principal  verb  (here  fero»  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  to  carry,  to  bear)  in  the  Infinitive  Mood 
(here  ferre):  soleo  scribere,  1  used  to  write,  I  usually  write,  1  am  given  to  writing. 

24  Signum  cruets;  when  two  nouns  are  related  in  a  sentence,  one  of  them  is  in  ge- 
nitive (crucis);  the  other  may  stand  in  any  case,  it  may  also  stand  in  genitive  thus: 
sigui  crucis,  of  the  sign  of  cross.  -Rubri  coloris,  the  quality  of  color  is  expressed  by  ge- 
nitive- Cuius  coloris?  of  what  color?  -  rubri,  of  red;  alterius  coloris,  of  another  color. 

25  Ad  celkiter  currendum;  though  currendum  is  a  gerundium,  therefore,  a  noun, 
it  still  retains  its  verbal  power,  and  is  called  a  "verbal  noun,' '  it  is  qualified  by  an  adverb 
(celeriter),  and  it  could  not  be  qualified  by  an  adjective. 


4i 


II. 


fabrica 


Non  solum  currus  habet  rotas  yerum1  etiam 
aedificia  sunt  quaedam,  quae  intra  se  rotas  habent,  nee 
duas,  vel  quatuor,  sed  inultas,  maiores  et  minores, 
omnis  generis.  Hocgenus  cedificium  M>rica2  appella- 
tur.  Caminus  fabrics  celsus3  et  procerus  esse  solet, 
atque  atrum  (nigrum)  fumiim,  Yomere.  Is  qui  habet  fabricam,  est 
doininus4  fabrics,  estque  fabricator,  quia  aliquas  res,  veluti,  vehicula, 
supellectilem  fabricator. 

Multa  quoque  sunt  aedificia,  quorum  partes  anteriores 

fere5  nihil  aliud  sunt  nisi  iBgentes  fenestras.  Idgenus 

aedificia  tabern^  vocantur.  Dominus  tabern^e  est  taber- 

na'rins,  qui  est  mercator,  quia  ipse  eas  res,  quas  fabrica- 

t6res  fabricantur,  emit,  in  tabernam  suam   d^vehit,  ibi  Thibet  et 

rendit.  Hae  res  sunt  merces7,  qui  eas  vendit,  est  mercator,  qui  autem 

emit,  est  emptor. 


1.  Verum,  a  n.  noun,  used  as  an  adv.  particularly  in  negative  constructions,  non  so- 
!um_verum  etiam;  non  solum-sed  etiam;  non  tantum  -verum  etiam;  a  much  stronger  ad- 
versative than  sed.  —  /Edifidum  (aedes+facio),  »,  a  building.  -  Multus,  a,  um,  many, 
much.  —  Maior,  or,  us,  comparative  of  magnus,  a,  um,  bigger,  larger.  —  2.  Fabrica,  #, 
a  factory.  —  3.  Celsus,  a,  urn,  lofty;  procerus,  a,  um,  tall.  —  '  Esse,  is  the  present  infini- 
tive of  est,  to  be,  on  account  of  solet.  Two  verbs,  one  of  them  in  the  infinitive.  -  Aier, 
Ira,  hum,  black,  fork;  fiimus,  i,  smoke;  vom0,  3,  vdmui,  vomitum,  to  vomit.  —  4.  Do- 
wwitf,  1,  (from  domiw,  m,  a  house),  a  landlord,  an  ownen /^r^/or,  is,  m.,  a  manu- 
facturer; fabncorjabricdnjabricdtus  sum,  to  manufacture.  This  is  the  form  of  a  regular 
passive  verb,  although  Latin  has  a  class  of  verbs,  like  the  present  called  verba  deponentia, 
or  deponent  verbs,  which  are  only  passive  in  form,  while  in  meaning  they  n  active. 


42 

Alius  generis  aedificium  est  scliola8,  quae  etiam  ludus 
litterarius  appellari  solet.  Dominus  scholae  est  ludima- 
pster.9  Fabricatores,  mercatores,  scriptores  solent  suos10 
Alios  et  Alias  in  scholam,  vel  ludum,  ad  ludimagistrum 
schoia  mittere,  qui  eos  litteras  legere,  scribere,  numerare,  et 
recte  loqui  docet.  Filii  et  filiae  sunt  pueri  et  puellae.  Hi  omnes  sunt 
discipuli  et  discipulsB  ludimagistri,  quia  discunt ;  id  autem  quod 
discunt,  est  disciplina,  quod  vero  ludimagister  docet,  est  doctrma 
litteraruni.  Palus12  iuxta  scholam  fert  yexilluiik 

Maxima13  et  ornatissima  aedes  inter  domos  solet 
esse  templum,  quod  et  ecclesia  vulgo  appellatur. 
Templum  iuxta  se  ant14  ante  se,  turrim  celsam  solet 
habere.  Templum  est  dormu  Dei,15  quam  non  tantum 
pueri  et  puellae,  sed  etiam  eorum  parentes,  hoc  est, 
patres  et  niatres,  aliique  yiri  et  mulieres  frequeutaut,  ibiqua 
orant  et  canunt,  verlbum  Dei,  quod  sacerdos  prsedicat,  audiunt, 
sicque  Deum  colunt. 

VOCABVLARIVM  II. 


templum 


aedificium,  ii 
flbrica,  as 
fumus,  i 
d6minus,  I 
fabricator,  is,  m, 
taberna,  ai 
tabernirius.  ii 
mercltor,  is,  m. 
merx,  cis,  f. 
emptor,  is,  m. 
schoia,  ai 


NOMINA   SUBSTANTIVA 

ludus,  i 

ludimagister,  tri 
filius,  ii 
filia,  ■& 
puer.  i 
puella,  x. 
discipulus,  i 
discipula,  ze 
disciplina,  ae 
doctrina,  ae 
palus,  i 


ADVEKB1A 

verum  rccte 

fere  vulgo 


vexillum,  i 

turris 

templum,  i 

ecclesia,  ae 

Deus,  i 

parens,  tis,  m.  f. 

pater,  tris 

vir,  viri 

mulier,  eris 

verbum,  bi 

sacerdos,  dotis,  m.  f. 

PRONOJVUNA 

suus,  a,  urn 


NNA.  ADI. 

multus,  a,  um 
maior,  is 
celsus,  a,  um 
procerus,  a,  um 
ater,  atra,  um 
ingens,  tis 
litterarius,  a,  um 
mlximus,  a,  um 

VERBA 

esse 

vomo,  3,  ui,  itum 
flbricor,  1,  atus  sum 
emo,  3,  emi,  ptum 
ddveho,  3,  xi,  ctum 


exhibeo,  2.  ui.  iturr 
vendo,  3,  didi,  itum 
mitto,  3,  misi,  ssum 
leg-o,  3,  gi,  ctum 
scribo,  3,  psi,  ptum 
numero,  1,  vi,  turn 
loquor,  qui,  cutus,  sum 
doceo,  2,  cui,  ctum 
disco,  3,  didici 
habeo,  2.  ui,  itum 
frequento,  1,  vi,  turn 
oro,  1,  vi,  turn 
cano,  3.  cecini,  cantum 
praidico,  1.  vi,  turn 
colo,  3,  colui,  cultum 
audio,  4.  ivi,  itum 


8.  Schoia,  a,  (not  skola  but  with  deep,  guttural  ch),  a school;  alius  generis,  0f  another 
kind;  Indus,  i,  a  game,  a  play;  -ius,  a,  um,  literary,  particularly  the  elementary  school; 
Jlppellari,  pres-  infin.  passive  of  appellor  (-/o).  —  9.  Ludimagister,  tri,  m.,  a  schoolmaster. 
—  10.  Suus,  a,  um,  the  possessive  pronoun  of  the  3rd  person,  sing  and  plur.,  his,  hers,  its; 
inflected  just  like  other  adjectives.  —  Filius,  ii,  a  son;  filia,  x,  a  daughter.  —  Mitto, 3 
misi,  missum,  to  send;  infinit.  on  account  of  solet.  —  Lego,3  legi,  tectum,  to  rezd',numero, 
'  vijum,  to  reckon,  calculate;  recte,  adv.,  fr.  rectus,  a,  um,  right,  plain,  straight,  r\ght\y, 
properly,  correctly.  Loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum,  dep.,  to  speak;  infin.  on  account  of  docet. 
D6teo%  doctre,  docut,  doctum,  to  teach.  —  10.  Puer,  pueri,  «*•>  a  boy;  puella,  at,  (a  dimi- 
DUtive,  fern,  of  puer),  a  girl.  —  11.  Hi,  m.  pi.  of  hie;  masculine  precedes  the  feminine  in 


43 

agreement,  so  that  hi  includes  also  the  feminine;  disMpulus,  i%  a  male  pupil,  or  disciple; 
discipula,  <z,  the  fern,  pupil,  or  disciple;  disco,  discere,  didici,  to  learn;  discipline  ce,  the 
thing  one  learns;  doctrina,  ce,  the  thing  taught.  —  12.  Palus,  i,  a  pole;  vexillum,  i,  a  flag, 
banner. 

13-  Mdximus,  a,  urn,  superlative  of  magnus,  a,  um,  the  largest;  ornatissimus,  a,  urn, 
superl.  of  ornatus,  a,  urn,  perf .  participle  of  orno,  J  vi,  turn,  to  adorn,  ornament,  decorate, 
the  handsomest,  the  finest;  templum,  i,  a  church;  et,  in  this  application  it  is  equivalent  with 
etiam;  ecclesia,  ce,  a  meeting,  assembly  of  the  Greek  people;  in  this  sense  known  to  Plini- 
us,  as  a  house  of  worship,  a  church,  is  used  by  Aurelius  Augustinus  (430  A.  D-),  and  all 
Christian  authors.  —  Vulgo,  from  vulgus,  i,  common  people:  philologists  maintain  that 
it  is  a  noun  in  ablative,  used  adverbially  (like  many  others),  but  this  is  not  true;  vulgo  Js 
a  dative  sing.,  and  is  also  used  as  an  adv.,  ordinarily,  commonly,  in  common  parlance,  in 
the  language  of  the  people  (as  if,  to  the  people).  —  14.  Aut,  or,  or  else.  —  Turrim,  obj. 
fr.  turris,  is,  f.,  a  tower. 

15.  Deus,  i,  pi.  dii,  m>  God,  the  gods.  —  Eorum,  gen.  pi.  of  is,  their Parens,  tist 

m-  &  f-,  properly  the  pres.  participle  of  pdrio,  par  ere,  peperi,  partum,  to  bear  a  child,  a 
bearing  one,  a  parent,  applied  to  both,  father  and  mother.  —  Hoc  est,  same  as  id  est,  that 
is.  —  Pater,  tris,  m.,  a  father;  mater,  iris,  *.,  a  mother;  vir,  viri,  m-»  a  man  (not  a  boy 
or  a  women);  mulier,  is,  U  a  woman  (particularly  a  married  one),  also  as  opposed  tc 
vir.  —  Frequento,1  vi,  turn,  to  go  habitually  (transitive).  —  Oro,  1  vi,  turn, from  os,oris, 
a.,  a  mouth,  to  pray,  to  talk;  cano, 3  cecini,  cantum,  to  sing;  verbum,  i,  a  word,  verbum 
Dei,  in  Christian  phraseology,  the  word  of  God.  —  Sacerdos,  otis,  m.  &  *.,  a  priest,  a 
priestess,  a  clergyman;  pt&dico,  1  vi,  turn,  to  announce,  to  proclaim,  to  praise,  commend. 
—  Audio, 4  vi,  turn,  to  hear;  sicque,  and  thus;  colo, 3  ui,  cultum,  to  cultivate,  to  respect, 
to  worship. 

III. 

*gv  *  Diico1  lineam.  —  Quid  ago  ?2  Diico  lineam.  — 

\JL    Quid  diico  ?  —  Lineam.  —  Quis3  diicit  lineam  ?  —  Ego.4 
Ista  est  linea  quam  ego  duxi.5  —  Quis  duxit  illam 
lineam,  aliquisne  discipulorum,  an  ego,  magister  ?  Tune 
duxisti  illam  lineam  ?  —  Non  tu  earn  duxisti,  sed  ego  duxi. 

*  The  teacher  simply  draws  a  line  on  the  black  board;  he  should  not  draw  the  hand, 
which  is  meant  to  suggest  the  manner  of  handling  the  subject.  Neither  should  he  draw 
the  next  picture,  but  designs  letter  A.  In  both  cases  he  must  utter  the  sentences  simulta- 
neously with  drawing.  Speech  and  action  must  go  together. 

1.  T)uco,  is  the  1st  person  sing,  in  the  present  tense  of  the  Indicative  Mode,  of  the 
active  verb  duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum,  1  draw,  I  pull.  All  Latin  verbs  in  the  active  voice, 
in  the  1st  person  sing,  present  tense,  Indie.  Mode,  end  in  0,  which  expresses  the  subject, 
or  doer,  I,  wherefore,  the  personal  pronoun,  unless  other  considerations  demand  it,  is  not 
-employed. 


44 


ego  scripsi 


Quid  ago  nunc?0  —  Nunc  scrifco7  litteram  ma- 
iusculam  A.  —  lam8  non  scribo,  iam  scripsi  litteram  ft, 
—  Quid  egi  1  —  Scripsi.  —  Quid  scripsi  ?  —  Scripsi  litte- 
ram ft.  —  Quis  scripsit  istam  litteram  ?  —  Ego.  —  Tune 
scripsisti  illam  litteram  ?  —  Non  tu  earn  scripsisti,  sed 


2.  *Ago, 3  egi,  actum,  to  drive,  to  be  acting,  to  do.  Quid  ago?  what  am  I  doing?  — 
The  small  numerals  after  the  verbs,  like  oro1,  doceo2,  duco3,  audio4,  indicate  the  groups, 
called  conjugations  (coniugationes,^  yoking  together)  to  which  each  of  them  belongs. 
Hence  1  indicates  first  group,  the  infinitive  of  which  is  -are;  the  2nd,  -ere;  the  3rd,  -ere; 
the  4th,  he;  we  read  them:  oro,  i  vi,  turn  =  oro,  ordre,  oraVi,  oratum;  doceo  2  ui,  ctum  = 
doceo,  doc£re,d<5cui,  doctum;  ago  3  egi,  actum- igo,  feere,  £gi,  actum;  audio  4  vi,  turn, 
2udio,  audire,  audivi,  auditum. 

3.  Quis,  interrogative  pronoun  for  male  persons,  quce,  for  females,  or  fern,  things, 
quid,  for  neuter  things.  It  is  sometimes  employed  for  masc.  things,  though  qui  is  the 
proper  interrogative  there.  Who  draws  the  line? 

4.  Ego,  the  personal  pron.  of  the  first  person,  without  regard  to  sex,  h  employed 
when  emphasis  demands. 

5.  Duxi,  ist  the  1st  person  sing,  of  the  past  time,  or,  as  grammarians  say,  perfect 
tense  (in  Latin  Tempus  Praeteritum  Perfectum  Indicativi)  of  the  Indicative  Mode.  I  have  fed, 
or  drawn.  The  Latin  expresses  the  idea  with  one  word,  or  directly,  whilst  the  English 
employs  three  words;  this  is  called  circumlocution  (circum-f  locutio),  or  periphrasis.  Mark 
this  latter  term.  Ego  is  emphatic  here:  This  is  the  line  which  I  have  drawn.  <Duxii  is  the 
3rd  person  of  the  same  time  and  Mode.  —  Aliquis  discipulorum,  some  one  of  the  pupils. 
—  Ego,  magister,  I,  the  master  (an  apposition).  —  Tu,  thou,  is  the  pronoun  (pronomen) 
of  the  2nd  person  sing.  —  Duxisti,  the  2nd  person  of  the  verb  diico,  -m  the  past  time, 
thou  hast  drawn;  tu  is  emphatic.  In  Latin  we  address  the  person  we  are  speaking  to  in 
the  2nd  person,  sing.,  tu,  thou,  not  in  plural  you,  as  in  English. 

6.  Nunc,  adv.,  now;  what  am  1  doing  now? 

7.  Scribo,  the  1st  person  sing,  present  time,  Indicative  Mode,  I  write,  or  I  am  wri'ing; 
ego  is  superfluous.  The  other  persons  are:  scribis,  scribit,  scribimus,  scribitis,  scribunt.  — 
Maiusculus,  a,  um,  diminutive  of  maior,  or,  us,  the  larger  kind,  a  term  applied  to  letters, 
capital  letters,  but  can  be  used  for  other  thing  as  well. 

8.  lam%  adv.,  the  German  schon,  French  deja,  in  some  applications  it  corresponds  to 
English  already;  "now,  at  this  minute,  I  am  writing  no  more;  1  have  already  done  writing-" 

Quid  egi?  the  past  of  ago;  what  have  I  done?  The  other  persons:  eglsti,   egii,   egimus 
egistis,  egerunU  Ago,  3  egi,  actum. 


4? 

O  Facio9  circulum.  —  Quid  ago  ?  —  Facio  circuium.  —  Quid 
<*gi  ?  —  Feci  circulum.  —  Quid  feci  ?  —  Feci  circulum.  —  Quis  fecit 
circulum,  ego  an  tu  ?10  —  Ego  feci  circulum,  non  tu  fecisti !  —  Quid 
tu  fecisti  ? 

Nunc  iterum11  sumo  cretam,  ut  aliquid  scribam.—  Quamob- 
rem  sumo  cretam  ?  —  Ut  aliquid  scribam,  vel  lineas  ducam,  vel  vero 
litteras  faciam. 

Delebo12  igitur  istas  res,  ut  alias  litteras  scribere  possim;13  nisi 
enim  deleam,  scribere  non  possum-  —  lam  delevi; 14  nunc  scribam 
litteras : 


9.  Facio,  *  feci,  factum,  to  do,  to  make,  to  perform,  to  act.  Itrunsiftcio,  facis,  facit, 
faamus,  faatis,  faciunt;  past:  tea,  fecisti,  fecit,  feamus,  fecistis,  fecemnt.  —  10.  Ego  an 
tu?  I  or  thou?  The  1st  person  has  precedence  over  the  2nd,  this  over  the  3rd;  hence,  we 
can  not  say  in  Latin  "You  and  I,"  but  must  say  "I  and  thou,"  ego  et  tu.  it  WOuld'  not 
make  any  difference,  who  the  2nd  and  3d  persons  would  be,  as  the  king,  my  father  and  I, 
in  Latin  we  would  say :  Ego,  tu,  mi  pater,  atque  rex;  0r,  ego  et  mater;  0r,  ego,  tu,  mater  meai 
atque  rcgina,  I,  thou,  my  mother,  and  the  queen- 

11.  Iterum,  (German,  wiederum),  adv.,  again,  once  more;  sumo, 3  sumpsi, sumptum, 
to  take;  creta,  ce,  a  chalk;  ut,  cony,  in  order  that .  .  .,  for  the  purpose  of  .  •  .,  that .  .  .; 
scribam,  (-bas,  -bat  -bamus,  -batis,  -bant),  the  1st  person  sing.,  of  the  present  time  of 
the  Modus  Coniunctivus,  so  called,  because  it  most  frequently  employed  after  conjunctions 
like  ut:  "Now  I  again  take  the  chalk,  in  order  that  I  write,  that  I  be  writing  something." 
—  Similarly,  ducam,  -as,  -at,  -amus,  -atis,  -ant;  and  faciam,  -as,  -at  -amus,  -atis,  -ant 
(see  Indicativus  under  9.) 

12.  Delebo;  its  principal  parts:  deleo, 2  vi,  turn,  (pres.  Indie,  dfleo,  deles,  delet,  dele- 
mus,deletis,delent).  This  form  is  the  future  time,  with  these  endings:  delefo,  -bis,  -bit, 
-bimus,  -biiis,  -bunt,  I  shall  wipe  out,  I  shall  wipe,  blot  out. 

13.  Possim,  the  1st  person  sing,  of  present  time  of  Coniunctivus,  or  Tempus  Pra- 
sens  Coniunctivi:  ut  alias  litteras  scribere  possim,  in  order  that  I  could  write,  or  be  enabled 
to  write  other  letters.  The  Indicativus  runs:  possum,  potes,  potest,  possumus,  potestis,  possunt; 
Coniunctivus:  possim,  possis,  possit,  possimus,  possitis,  possint,  I  can,  thou  canst,  &o  In 
order  that  I  be  able,  that  I  can,  have  the  ability,  power,  permission,' &r.  —  Deleam,  again 
Coniunctivus  on  account  of  nisi;  nisi  enim  =  for,  unless  I  be  wiping  it,  on  unless  I  wipe 
(thou  wipe,  he  wipe);  scribere  non  possum,  I  cannot  write. 

14.  ^/m,  del^visti,  delevit,  del^vimus,  delevistis,  delev^runt;  the  past  time  of  the 
Indie  Mode:  I  have  wiped  away,  out,  off,  thou  hast  wiped,  &c.  —  Scribam,  scribes,  scri- 
be, scribemus,  senheiis,  scribenl,  I  shall  write,  thou  wilt  write,  &c.  This  is  the  future  time 
of  the  Indie  Mode,  and  it  should  not  be  confounded  with  scribam,  scribas,  scribal,  &c, 
(see  11)  of  the  present  of  the  Coniunctivus. 


46' 


a,    b,    m,    g,    r,    t,    1, 


hie  sunt  aliquot  litter*  minuscul*  Romany  quas  ego  scripsi;  - 
ennntiabo^eas:   a,  b,  m,  g,  r,  t,  1,  s.  -  1st*  sunt  octo  (8)« 


Utterae7sed  non  faciunt  Yocabulum.    "M  e  r  c  a  t  o  r 

octo  litter*,  sed  faciunt  vocabulum  Latinum.18 


sunt  etiam 


Lltterae. 


Mult*  litterae,  qu*  faciunt  vocabula,  efficiunt 
litteras.19  —  H*  sunt  eiusmodi  litterae  quas  ad 
amicos20  scribere  solemus.  —  Mult*  litter*  doctae2i 
efficiunt  librum.  —  Qui  librum  doctum  scribit,  est 
sciptor  doctus,  et  est  auctor  bonus.    Cicero  fuit 


Liber 


auctor  bonorum  librorum 


VOCABVLARIVM  12. 


NNA.   SUBST- 

NNA.  ADI. 

creta,  ae 

maiusculus   a,  um 

voclbulum,  i 

Romanus,  a,  um 

litterae,  arum 

Latinus,  a,  um 

amicus,  i 

doctus,  a,  um 

liber,  bri,  m 

bonus,  a,  um 

auctor,  oris 

Sliquot 

Cicero,  nis 

Sliquis,  ^liquid 

VERBA 

PRONOMINA 

ADVERBIA 

duco,  3,  xi,  ctum 

egro 

nunc 

ago,  3,  eg-i,  actum 

tu 

iterum 

scribo,  3,  scripsi,  ptum 

quis 

quamobrem 

facio,  3.  feci,  factum 

iam 

sumo,  3,  psi,  sumptum 

CONIUNCTIO 

d£leo,  2,  vl,  turn 

Ut 

possum,  posse,  potui 

enuntio,  1,  vi,  turn 

s61eo,  2,  itus  sum 

fuit 

15   Romanus,  a,  um,  of  the  city  of  Rome,  like  the  dwellers  of  Rome,   Roman;  the 
characters,  or  letters,  all  the  western  nations  are  using,  are  neither  French,  Italian,  or 

English,  but  Roman.  .,'...       •    a.  .  j-    r 

-  16.  Enuntidbo,  is  the  1st  person  sing,  of  the  verb  enuntw, »  w,  turn,  in  the  Indicative 
Mode  in  the  future  time,  and  it  runs:  enuntii&o,  -ibis,  -dbit,  -dbimus,  -dbttis,  -abunt.  — 
Mark  well,  that  the  future  of  this  verb  is  -abo,  -abis,  -abit,  &C,  and  with  deleo  we  had 
-«*bo  -Ms  -Ait,  -ebimus,  -«9>itis,  -Aunt.  These  differences  always  depend  on  the  charac. 
(eristic  vowel  of  the  present  of  the  Infinitive  of  each  verb.  In  eniint.o,  or  nuntio,  that  Infi- 
nitive is  -d't,  in  deleo  it  is  -<!«  (nuntiare,  delete).  These  two  types  of  verbs,  called  1st  and 
U  conjugations,  form  a  distinct  group  in  the  formation  of  the  future,  making  it  -abo, 
and  ibo  respectively,  whilst  the  3d,  and  the  4th  form  another  group,  having  their  futures 
■m-am,'-es,-ct, -emus, -eiis,-ent(*sscfMm,  ■**,-«,  &c,  facia-.  ..es,  .et,  &c)  and 
■iam  -ies  -id  -iemus,  -ictis,  -ient,  as:  audiam,  audies,  audiet,  audiemus,  audietis, 
audient-  \  shall  hear,  &c  Enunliabo,  therefore  will  mean:  Now  I  shall  ««er  them. 

17.  Octo  an  indeclinable  numeral  adjective,  eight.  Vocabulum,  i,  a  n.  noun  from 
the  verb  VOCO, '  vi,  turn,  to  call,  a  thing  called  by  some  name,  a  word.  We  have  used  this 
verb  in  passive  form,  vocatur,  is  being  called,  as  also  appellatur,  in  the  same  meaning. 


4~y 

18.  Latinus,  a,  um,  after  the  manner  of  the  Latins,  the  inhabitants  of  ancient  Latium, 
in  which  the  city  of  Rome  was  situated,  now  Campagna  di  Roma,  jn  Italy.  The  vernacular 
or  native  tongue  of  the  Latin  people  was  the  Latin  language,  which  all  the  civilized  world 
is  still  studying. 

19.  Litter x,  arum,  in  pi.  this  word  means  an  epistle,  a  letter,  and  also  letters,  literary 
works,  literature.  —  20.  Amicus,  i,  fr.  amo, 1  vi,  turn,  to  love,  is  a  Mend.  —  Solemus,  we 
are  wont.  —  Doctus,  a,  urn,  perf.  participle  of  doceo,  taught,  learned,  scientific.  —  Liber, 
bri,  m.,  a  book.  —  Auctor,  is,  m.,  fr.  augeo,  2  xi,  cttim,  to  cause  increase,  an  author  (a  cor- 
rupt spelling  of  the  above,  introduced  in  the  Middle  Ages  by  Latin  writers).  —  Bonus,  a, 
urn,  good.  —  Cicero,  nis,  the  cognomen,  surname  of  Marcus  Tullius,  a  Roman  Consul,  Ge- 
neral, Philosopher,  a  brilliant  writer,  and  the  greatest  Orator  of  Rome,  killed  in  the'  43d 
year  B.C.  —  Fuit,  is  the  past  time  (perfect  tense)  of  the  neuter  verb  sum,  essejui,  to  be, 
ordinarily  called  sum,  es,  est,  1  am>  thou  art,  he,  she,  it  is;  pi.  sumus,  estis,  sunt.  Past, /w/, 
fuistufuitjuimus,  fuislis,  fuerunt.  -  Bonorum  librorum,  gen.  pi.  of  bonus  liber,  a  good 
book. 


PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS. 
De  Nominibus  Substantivis. 

42.  The  principal  feature  of  this  Pensum  is  the  introduction  of  the  endings  of  the 
Casus  Genitivus,  or  genitive  case.  This  being  the  first  of  the  oblique  cases,  it  contains  the 
stem  of  each  declinable  particle,  ready  to  receive  any  of  the  endings  of  the  other  oblique 
cases.  Therefore  the  stem  of  any  declinable  particle  is  found  by  leaving  off  the  genitive 
ending,  as:  temon-/5j  miliWs,  radi-/,  ax./s,  oner-/5,  sign-*;  curr-ws,  rot.^. 

43.  As  it  is  the  genitive  ending  which  decides  to  which  declension  each  and  every 
noun  belongs,  the  genitive  ending  must  be  studied  along  with  the  nominative  in  each  and 
every  noun,  and  adjective  of  one  ending,  when  we  memorize  them,  pronouncing  them 
along  in  this  manner: 

rota,  rot«  capsus,  capsi  vehiculum,  vehiculi 

radius,  radii        currus,  currus  sarrtcum,  sarr&i 

par,  paris  temo,  temdnis  coior,  coloris 

axis,  axis  onus,  oneris  pab0,  pab6nis 


simplex,  simplicis 
duplex,  duplicis 
minor,  mindris 


44.  The  following  table  exhibits  all  our  case-endings  hitherto  acquired: 


Casus 

I 

II 

III 

IT 

y 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing, 

Plur. 

NOMINAL 

-a 

-a; 

-us 
«er 
-urn 

•a 

any 

.es 

-a 

■ia 

-us 

-us 
-ua 

-es 

-& 

GENITIVUS 

-03 

-arum 

-i 

-orum 

-is 

-um 
-ium 

-us 

-uum 

-ei 

•erum 

ACCUSAL 

-am 

=as 

=um 

-OS 

-em 

-any 

-es 

-a 

-ia 

-um 
=u 

-us 
=ua 

-em 

-es 

48 

Examples  of  Genitiyes:  line*,  linearum;  Utter*,  litterarum;  Cas*,  casarum;  can- 
del*  candelarum;  mens*,  mens"™;  fenestra  fenestrarum;  pens?,  pensorum;  circuit  cir- 
culorum;  quadrat*,  quadrate™;  baculi,  baculorum;  gladU,  gladiorum;  tecti,  tectum;  ax", 
axium;  gdphidis,  graphidum;  mflith  militum;  pelvis,  pelvium;  Uteris,  laterum;  generis, 
g^nerum;  domes,  domuum;  manes,  m^nuum;  rei,  rerum. 

De  Noniinitms  Adiectivis. 

45  The  adjectives  of  Group  A,  or  -us,  -a,  =um,  as  has  been  stated,  when  making  use 
of  their' =«s  and  -em  endings,  follow  the  11  declension;  when  they  employ  their  -a  ending, 
they  belong  to  the  I.,  thus: 

II  I  H 

MASCULINE  FEMININE  NEUTER 


NOMIN, 
SING. 


magnws 

parvus 

latws 

altws 

ruber 


magna 

parva 

lata 

alta 

rubra 


wherefore,  they  will  form  their  genitives  in  this  manner: 

II  I 


GENITITUS 
SING. 


GENITITUS 
PLUR. 


magm 

parvz 

latx 

alt/ 

rubn' 

magnorww 

parvorwm 

tetorum 

zMorum 

rubrorum 


magn# 
parv<£ 
lat# 
alt# 

rubra? 

magnarwm 

parvarww 

\2\arum 

2\iaium 

rubrarum 


magnum 

parvww 

latum 

Htum 
rubrum 

II 

magm 

parv/ 

latx 

alti 

rubn' 

mzgnorum 

parvorww 

Iziorum 

dttorum 

rubrorum 


46.  All  other  adjectives,  of  whatever  ending,  that  are  not  -««,  -a,  -um,  -er, 
or  even  these,  when  they  chansre  their  endings  in  the  comparative  degree  into  -»<>r, 
belong  to  Group  B,  and  are  declined  in  the  III.  declension,  as: 


■ior, 


NQM.    SING. 


MASC. 

brew's 

tenw's 

omn/s 

quahs 

raaior 

simple 

ingens 


FEM. 

brtvis 

tenuis 

omnis 

quail's 

maior 

simple 

mgens 


NEUTER 

breve 

tinue 

omn^ 

quale 

mains 

simple 

mgens 


■uis, 


49 


GENITIYUS  SING. 

m.  f.  n. 

brew's 

tenuis 

omnis 

qual/s 

maion's 

simpkWs 

mgentis 


GENITIYUS  PLUR. 

m.  f.  n. 

brbjium 
ttnuium 

6mntum 

qualium 

vcmoxum 

simplidz/m 

ingentium 


Examples:  line®  brev's  et  crass®;  linearum  breVium  et  crassarum  ;  litter®  tenuis  et 
rubr«;  litterarum  tenuium  et  rubramra ;  Cas®  lat®  et  hum«'Iis ;  casarum  latarum  et  humilium; 
candel®  rotund®  et  ardent's  ;  candelarura  rotundarum  et  ardentium  ;  0mnis  pensi  primi ; 
omnium  pensorum  primorum  ;  minor  baculus  adunc«s,  Gen.  minoris  baculi  adunc" ; 
minorum  baculorum  aduncorum  ;  graphics  acut®  maioris  ;  graphidum  acutarura  maiorum  \ 
var«i  generis;  variorum  g£neruni;  gravis  man"srect®;gra'vium  man«um  rectarum;  rei  parv® 
et  simplicis;  rerum  parvarum  et  simplicium. 

47.  The  following  nine  adjectival  particles,  and  three  plural  numerals  are  thus  de- 
clined: 


NOM.  SING. 

anus,  a,  um 
ullus  a,  um 
nullus,  a,  um 
solus,  a,  um 
totus,  a,  um 
alius,  a,  ud 
uter,  tra,  um 
alter,  a,  um 
neuter,  tra,  um 


NOM.  PL. 

uni,  x,  a 
ulli,  se,  a 
nulli,  33,  a 
soli,  aa,  a 
toti,  33,  a 
alii,  33,  a 
utri,  33,  a 
alteri,  33,  a 
neutri,  33,  a 


ACC  SING. 

unum,  am,  um 
ullum,  am,  um 
nullum,  am,    um 
solum,  am,  um 
totum,  am,  um 
alium,  am,  ud 
utrum,  am,   um 
alterum,  am,  um 
neutrum,  am,  um 


ACC.  PL. 

unos,  as,  a 
ullos,  as,  a 
nullos,  as,  a 
solos,  as,  a 
totos,  as,  a 
alios,  as,  a 
utros,  as,  a 
alteros,  as,  a 
neutros,  as,  a 


GENITIYUS  SING. 


m, 


f.    n. 

unius 

uWius 

nullius 

so\ius 

totius 

i\ius 

utrius 

alten^s 

neutnws 


GENITIYUS  PL. 


not  in  use 

ullorum,  arum,  orum 
nullorum,  arum,  orum 
solorum,  arum,  orum 
totorum,  arum,  orum 
aliorum,  arum,  orum 
utrorum,  arum,  orum 
alterorum,  arum,  orum 
neutrorum,  arum,  orum 


V 


NOM.  PL. 

duo,  duae,  duo 
ambo,  amb£,  ambo 
tres,  tres,  tria 


ACC.  PL. 

duos,  -as,  duo 
ambos,  -as,  -bo 
tres,  tres,  tria 


GENITIYUS  PL. 

duorum,  duarum,   duorum 
amborum,  ambarum,  amborum 
trium,  trium,  trium 


De  Pronominibus. 

48.  The  various  pronouns  form  their  genitives  in  this  way: 


NOM.  SING. 

m.  f.  n. 

hie       hcec     hoc 
is        ea        id 
idem,  eadem  idem 
iste     ista      istud 
ipse     ipsa     ipsum 
Me     ilia       Mud 
qui     quce      quod 
quis    quce      quid 


GEN.  SING. 
m.  f.  n. 

huius 

eius 

eiusdem 

istius 

ipsius 

Mius 

t  cuius 


GEN.  PLUR. 

m.  f.  n. 

horum       harum  horum 

eorum        earum  eorum 
eorumdem  earumdem  eotumdem 

istorum      istarum  istorum 

ipsorum     ipsarum  ipsorum 

illorum     illarum  illorum 

quorum      quarum      quorum 


Mixed  Examples:  Illius  scriptoris  magni;  illorum  scriptorum  magnorum;  huim 
casae  humilis;  harum  casarum humilium;  cuius  pictoris  parvi;  quorum  pictorum  parvorum; 
eius  fabric*  maioris  et  atrae;  earum  fabricarum  maiorum  et  atrarum;  solius  patns  httera- 
rii;  solorum  patrum  litterariorum ;  nullius  filias  maioris;  nullarum  filiarum  maiorum;  alius 
pueri  minoris;  aliorum  puerorum  minorum. 

49.  Whenever  two  nouns,  dependent  on  one  another,  occur  in  a  sentence,  one  of 
them  will  be  in  the  genitive  case;  the  other  may  be  in  any  case,  but  it  also  may  be  in 
genitive.  If  there  be  three  nouns,  two  will  be  in  genitive;  as:  rota  pilenti;  rota  pilent»  fabri- 
catoris.  _  If  these  nouns  are  joined  by  conjunctions,  like  et,  vel,  aut,  &c.,  or  divided  by 
commas,  they  are  not  related,  but  enumerated,  in  which  case  the  above  rule  does  not 
apply,  as:  pabo,  arcera,  sardcum,  pilentum  sunt  currus,  vel  vehicula. 

50.  This  relation  of  two  nouns  may  express  that  relation  which  exists  between  a 
father  and  his  son,  as,  filius  patris,  that  is,  of  origin  and  source,  or  of  possessor  and  posses- 
sion, as,  taberna  mercatorls,  or  of  quality,  as,  crux  rubri  coloris,  and  some  others. 

51.  The  relation  of  the  possessor  and  possessed  being  the  most  typical  and  most 
frequent  application  of  genitive,  it  may  be  stated  as  a  rule,  that  the  possessor  is  placed 
into  the  genitive  case,  the  possession  into  any  case,  and,  that  the  possession  precedes,  the 
possessor  follows  in  the  order,  as:  templum  est  domus  Dei,  not  Deidomus;  unless  some  spe- 
cial consideration  demands  the  inversion. 


De  Terbis. 

52.  Verbs,  in  all  languages,  are  of  two  kinds  by  form,  or  voice :  Verba  Acti  va,  and 
Verba  Pass.ra,  0r  verbs  of  active  voice,  and  verbs  of  passive  voice.  The  Latin  lansruare 
has  a  third  class  of  verbs  called  Verba  Deponentia,  or  deponent  verbs,  which  bear  a  passive 
form,  but  by  meaning  they  are  active  either  transitive,  or  intransitive,  but  they  cannot  be 
used  passively,  as:  fabricor,  loquor. 

53.  Again,  all  verbs  are  either  laifnita,  0r  Finita.    The  Infinita  are  those  that  are  not 
circumscribed,  or  limited,  by  persons,   as,  for  instance,  to  write,  to  walk  (since  we  do  not 
specify,  or  limit,  who  does  it);  Finita  are  those  that  are  so  limited  to  persons,  as  I  write 
"e  walks.  > 

54.  This  limitation  of  the  powers  of  the  verbs  is  effected  by  the  manner  (modus)  in 
which  we  utter  them;  the  time,  in  which  the  action  of  the  verb  takes  place;  and  by  the 
person  performing,  or  suffering  the  action  of  the  verb. 

A)  As  to  manner,  or  mode,  of  uttering,  four  Modi  are  distinguished:  (1)  (Modus 
Infimtus  or  Infinitivus   (Infinitive  mode);  (2)  modus  Indications  (Indicative  mode)  ; 

3)  Modus  Conmnciivus  (Conjunctive,  also  called  Subjunctive,  mode);  and  (4)  Modus 
Imperaiivus  (Imperative,  or  commanding  mode). 

B)  As  to  the  time  which  specifies  the  action  of  the  verb,  we  distinguish  these  six- 
Tempus  Praams  now-time,  present  time,  or  tense)  ;  TemPus  Prceteritum  lmperjedum 
the  time  not  completely  passed  (imperfect);  Tempus  Prceieritum  Perfectum,  the  completely 
passed  time  (perfect  tense) ;  Tempus  Prceteritum  Plus-quam- Perfectum,  the  time,  more  than 
completely  passed  (pluperfect  tense);  Tempus  Futurum  Simplex,  the  simple  time  to-come 
(simple future);  and,  Tempus  FuturumExactum,  thedone-time  yet  to-come  (future  perfect 
ense).  -  Of  these  the  Present,  the  Past,  and  the  Future  are  called  Primary  Tenses,  the 

Imperfect,  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect,  are  called  Secondary  Tenses. 

C)  As  to  the  persons  restricting  the  power  of  the  verb,  we  distinguish  three-  the  First 
tZ2  ( Pe/SO-P»mf^h^oer,  or  speaker;  the  Second  Person  (Person,  Secunda 
towards  which  he  first  person  acts,  or  speaks  to;   and  Third  Person  (Persona  Tertia) 

Persons,       thcSt  P?°U  aCtS  °r  Speaks  or  the  Person  spoken  about.   -  These 
persons  are  either  in  Singular,  or  in  Plural  Number. 

di„mD)  B'sides*hese. the  L»tin  verb  has  the  following  parts:  four  Participia,  one  Oernn. 
dium,  one  Oerundlvnm,  and  two  Supina. 

De  Temporibu8  Primitivis. 

4u   t55'  F°r„*e  .classification  of  *e  verbs,  and  for  the  finding  of  the  various  time-endines 
the  Tempora  Pr.nmiva,  or  Principal  Parts,  furnish  the  clews.  These  are:  *  ' 

1st  person  Praes.  prat 

Pres.Indic  Infinit  Indic.  Jm 

,!-        v°co'  vocare'  vocavi,  vocatum 

•        doceo,  OocSre,  d6cui,  doctum 

"'        icn*°>  scribere>  scripsi,  scriptum 

1V'       mdi0<  audire<  audivi,  auditum 


52 

From  these  four  stems  are  all  other  tenses  formed,  as  will  be  explained  later  on. 
56  The  present  of  the  Infinitive  decides  in  each  verb  to  which  conjugation  that  verb 
belongs,  it  has  a  different  characteristic  vowel  for  each  of  the  four  conjugations,  as: 

1.  -ire,     —     2.  -<?re,     —     3.  -«re,     —    4.  -in 

When  verbs  are  registered  in  the  footnotes,  or  anywhere,  numerals  are  employed  to 
denoted  infinitive,  and  thereby  the  conjugation,  with  the  respective  endings  of  the 
principal  parts. 

The  supinum  is  nothing  else  than  the  real,  or  an  assumed  accusative  of  the  IV.  declen- 
sion to  express  the  end  of  motion,  instead  of  an  infinitive,  after  verbs  of  mot.on,  as:  mercator 
it  m'erces  emptum;  the  merchant  is  going  to  purchase  goods. 

57  Latin  verbs  require  no  personal  pronouns  I.  tnon,  he,  &c.,  the  endings  of  the  verbs 
perfectly  Express  h  persons,  so  that  voco  means  I  call;  vocavi,  .  h.ve  catle  vocntnm,  for 
Sng  The  following are  the  full  endings  of  the  four  conjugations,  ,n  the  three  primary 
tenses,  in  the  active  voice: 


SINd. 

1  v6co 

2  voc«s 

3  voc*t 

PLUR. 

\  yocamus 

2  vocatis 
^  vfcant 


CONIYGATIO 

YERBOBYM. 

MODUS  INDICAT1VVS. 

Tempus  1 

'raesens. 

SINO. 

1  doceo 

2  doces 

3  docet 

SING. 

1  scribo 

2  scribis 

3  scrib»t 

PLUR. 

1  docemus 

2  docetis 

3  docent 

PLUR. 

1  scribimus 

2  scribes 

3  scribunt 

SINQ. 


1  4udio 

2  aud«s 

3  aud«t 


PLUR. 


1  audimus 

2  aud'tis 

3  dudiunt 


vocavi 

vocavisti 

vocavit 

vocavimus 

vocavistis 

vocaverunt 

or  vocavere 


Tempus  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


d6c"» 
dociiisti 

d6cuit 
docuimus 
doc«istis 
docuemnt 
or  docuere 


scripsi 


scrip 


sisti 


scrip* 


)Sit 
scripsimus 

scripsistis 


scrip 


serunt 


or  scrip 


sere 


aud'vi 

audivisti 

audivit 

aud'vimus 

audivistis 

audiverunt 

or  audfrere 


5J 


Tempus  Puturum  Simplex. 

vocabo 

docebo 

scribam 

a'udiam 

vocabis 

docebis 

scribes 

a*udies 

vocabit 

docebit 

scribet 

a*udiet 

vocabiraus 

docebimus 

scribemus 

audiemus 

vocabitis 

docebitis 

scribetis 

audietis 

vocabunt 

docebunt 

scribent 

a'udient 

v6cem 

voces 

vocet 

voce^us 

vocetis 

vocent 


MODUS  CONIUNCTIYUS. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


d6ceam 

doceas 

doccat. 

doceamus 

doceatis 

doceant 


scribam 

scribas 

scribat 

scribamus 

scribatis 

scribant 


a'udiam 

^udias 

^udiat 

audiamus 

audiatis 

audiant 


?4 


EXERCITIA  LEGENDI. 


i    Filii  et  filise  cunctorum  virorum  gravium1,  item  mercatorum,  mili- 
tum  scriptorum  fabricatorumque,  ludos  litterarios  frequentare  solent,  ut 
ibi  p'rincipia2  litterarum  discant.  —  2.  Ilia  sarraca  rubra  sunt  mercatons, 
cuius  taberna  est  iuxta  templum.  —  ?.  Celsasturres  multorum  templorum 
signum  crucis  ferre  solent.  —  4-  Domini  tabernarum  non  eo3  emunt 
merces  nee  eo  vehunt  in  suas  tabernas  ut  easdem  ipsi  habeant,  sed  ut 
maioris  pretii*  quam  ipsi  emerunt,  vendant.  —  5.  Omnes  qui  docti  sunt, 
aut  fuerunt,  scholas  frequentaverunt,  et  litterarum  disciplinas  pueris  dldl_ 
cerunt.  —  6.  Tu  quoque  doctusfies,6  si  scholam  frequentes,  multumque 
discas.  —  7.  Easne  litteras  legis,  quas  pater  amici  tui  ad  te  misit?  — 
8.  Pilentum  pedes  non  habet,  tamen  celeriter  currit.  —  9-  Merces,  quas 
mercator  emit  et  in  suam  tabernam  devexit,  ibidem?  exhibebit.  —  10. 
Discimus  litteras  Latinas,  ut  libros  Ciceronis,  aliorumque  auctorum 
Romanorum  legere  possimus.8  —n.  Templa  frequentamus,  ut  sacerdo- 
tem,  verbum  Dei  prsedicantem,9  audiamus,  item,  ut  canamus,  oremus, 
et  si'c  Deum  colamus.  —  12.   Dominus  ingentis  fabrics,  amicus  ludi- 
magistri,  est  valde  gegrotus;  duo  igitur  viri  vocaverunt  arceram,  eum 
imposuerunt,  quae  eum  celeriter  in  valetudinarium  devexit. 

1.  Here  in  the  meaning  of  worthy,  dignified,  grave.  -  2.  Princlpium,  ii;  the  beginning 
the  foundation,  the  elements.  -  3.  Eo.  adv.,  to  that  place,  thither,  to  that  end,  «»r  that 
purpose.  -  4  Pretii,  price,  understood;  so  also  p!<»™,  gen.  of  pi™,  more.  <""><>»«.  emere 
or  vendere,  to  buy,  or  to  sell  for  a  higher,  larger,  more  price;  less,  smaller  price;  dearer, 
cheaper.  -  5.  Mm  didicerunt,  have  learned,  or  studied  »»  boys.  -  6.  Future  of  Co. «'», 
fit,  fimus,  fitis,  tiunt,  to  become;  thou  too  wilt  become  learned  ;  **  **,  to  thee;  lame",  and 
yet.  -  7.  Adv.  at  the  same  place.  -  8.  Pra;s.  Coni.,  that  we  may  -  9.  Pres-  partic  in 
accus.,  like  ardentem. 


55 


EXERCITIA  SCRIBENDI. 


i.  Qudmodo  fit  currus?  -  2.  Qua?  vehicula  vectaverunt  merces 
mercatorum  in  suas  tabernas  ?  -  j.  Quo  vehuntur  ^groti  ?  —  4  Quod- 
genus  vthiculum  est  carpentum?  _  j.  Quos  viros  et  mulieres  vocamus 
parentes  ?  —  6.  In  quid  fabricantur  merces  domini  fabricarum  ?  —  Quid 
solet  cocus  agere  quum  (when)  caminus  ^dium  fumat?  -  8  Quis  fit 
doctus?  —  9.  Quid  est  doctrina?  —  disciplina?  —  Quis  fuit  M  T 
Cicero  ?  —  1 1.  Quid  solent  agere  ii,  qui  templa  frequentant  ?  —  12  Num 
tabernarn  minons  vendunt  suas  merces  ut  maioris  emant  ?  —  Quid  fit 
(what  happens  ?)  ?  v 

EXERCITIA  LOQUENDI. 


1.  A.  Heus}  puer,  quid  agis  ? 

2.  A.  At  ego  iam  hdbeo  totum  exercitium 
scriptum,3  tu  autem  non  habes. 

3.  A.  AtquP  habuisti;  quo  posuisti  earn? 

4.  A.  Quid  igitur  ages?  iam  non  habes 
multum  temporis. 


5. 


6. 


A.  Tenesne6  cuncta  verba  qu£  magister 
te  docuit?  Si  non  teneas,  legam  ea  ut 
audias.  Hstne  grammatica  tua  Latina  ad 
manum? 

A.  Ages  igitur,  curre  in  tabernarn  gvi- 
phidem  emptum,9  turn  recurras  domum 
cele*riter.  Ego  et  amicus  Pictor  interea  hie 
sed£bimus. 


A.  Tu  autem  facn  ut  in  tabernarn  cur- 
ras,  non  autem  ut  soles,  post  pilenta 
curses ! 


B.  Quid  agam?2  Id  quod  tu,  nempe,  nihil. 

B.  Verum,  profectoest,  sedhabebo;  prius 
tamen  emam  gdphidem,  nullam  enim 
habeo- 

B.  Inter  libros  patris,  supermensam,  sed 
iam  non  est  ibi. 

B.  Curram  protinuss  \n  tabernarn,  emam, 
feram  domum,  atque  pensum  illico  descn- 
bam- 

B.  Gratias7  tibl  Mbeo  et  ago  mfcimas; 
multa  eorum  verborum  tineo,  non  tamen 
cuncta. 

B.  Curram  ergo  celemme  quam10  pedes 
me  ferre  possunt.  Tu  autem  atque  amicus 
Pictor,  si  ita  placet,  aliquid  legetis:  nam  ego 
et  pater  multos  bonosque  habemus  libros. 
InteVea  valete ! 

B.  Non  faciam!12 


be  di? -tstr.  ir  cof  ;m?ying  fthe  question  'do  you  ask  me>  what  ■ 

s    At  JL         rv     .       '  Partlc-  Perf-  '**> "'  nln•  written.  —  *  Yet.   — 

l\h,M       ,'  7  Dlrectclon'  whither?  with  accus.:  domum,  home.  -  illico  =  protinus  • 
I  shall  write  down.  _  eDost  thou  ho|d  (mentally).  thee;  ^  (taag<  %  umy  /"!: 


56 

7  Qritia,  «,  In  such  case  usually  in  pi.  «W.  to  thee;  grati.s  habeo,  and  V-  ago,  or  both 
toeether,  I  thank  you  (1  have  and  do  thanks  to  thee) ;  many  of  those  words  ...  -     Im- 
Ztol ofZ,  go  ahead  then.  -  •  Ecptum,  see  Principle  56,  on  sup.num;  -cums  thou 
wi     un  back  (re-contraction  of  retro,  backward) ;  i»terea,  i„  the  mean  time-  -      Cele  - 
rimequam  .  .  .  Most  swiftly  than  .  .  .  (my)  feet  can  carry  me;  placet?  ^personally,, 
it  so  pleases  (ye),  if  you  please.  -  Vale.,*  «i,  itum,  ,  am  in  my  usual  «>busUond,hon  of 
health;  I  have  the  health,  bodily  strength,  ability,  mental  vigor  hence  valetudo,  ...  ,  i. 
5S  co.valesc.,3  ui,  ,  am  regaining  my  vigorous  health  ;  vale  udmanum  an  hospita    o 
r8a.itari.m  (a  word  of  no  Roman  authority) ;  hence  also  valed.co,  va.ed.C.o,  from  va.  te ! 
farewell'  1  say 'farewell',  'farewell-saying.   -  »  Whilst  thou  see  to  it,  that . . .  fac. 
imperat.  of  «acio,  make  it  happen.  -  This  «t  is  an  adv.  as,  ut  soles,  as  thou  art  wont,  as 
you  are  accustomed  to  do.  -  Cm,'  v.  ..,  habitually  running,  to  run  forward  and  back- 
ward to  roam;  frequentative  of  c«rro,3  and  its  own  frequentative  form  is  curs.to,  to  run 
ceaselessly,  to  run  up  and  down,  back  and  forth,  to  be  given  (particularly  to  vain)  running; 
here,  as  boys  do,  to  run  after  buggies,  wagons.  —  12     hall  not  do  (so) ! 


57 


PENSVM  QVINTVW. 
i. 

O  Iterum  circulum  simplicem  descripsi.  —  Hiiic1  circulo  alterum 
maiorem?circiimdabo®?utsit2circulus  duplex.  —  His3  duofous 

drculis  tertium  addam  exterius,  ita,  ut  circulus  sit  triplex     (?§n) 

—  Nunc  ponam  punctum  ill4      ((0©)))     medium  trium  circulorum.  — 


Circulus  exterior,  qui  est  maximus,  est  circum5  interiorem,  minorem, 
iile  vero  est  circum  lntimuin,  &  minimum,  in  medio  cuius  est  pun- 
ctum. Punctum  est  in  medio  circulo  minimo,  cui6  maior  estcircumdatus; 
hunc  maiorem  autem  maximus  cingit. 

1.  Huic,  is  the  dative  case  of  hie,  hac,  hoc,  for  all  three  genders  ;  circulo  i5  the  dative 
case  of  circulus  ;  maiorem,  [s  the  accus.  s.,  m.  &  f.  of  maior,  comparative  m.  &  f .  of  ma- 
gnus,  a.  um,  circumdabo  js  the  simple  future  of  circumdoi,  dedi,  datum,  to  surround,  to  put 
around.  —  Though  of  the  I.  conjugation,  the  a  and  e,  radical  vowels,  are  very  short,  and 
they  throw  the  accent  back  upon  the  u  0f  circum,  as,  circumdare,  circumdabo  ;  I  shall  put 
(give)  around  (to)  this  circle  another,  larger  one. 

2.  Sit,  3d  pers.  sing.  pres.  tense,  Coniunctivus  of  sum,  es,  est,  =  be,  it  be  ;  "t  sit,  in 
order  that  it  be.  It  runs:  sim,  sis,  sit,  simus,  sitis,  sint,  be  I,  be  thou,  be  he,  she,  it ;  be  we, 
be  ye,  be  they. 

3.  Dat.  pi.  of  hie,  hax,  hoc,  of  duo,  and  of  circulus  ;  to  these  two  circles ;  ad  +  do  3 
didi,  ditum,  fut.  addam,  =des,  *6et,  =demus,  detis,  -dent,  I  shall  give  to,  I  shall  add.    Take 
notice  that  do,  with  its  compounds,  governs  two  cases,  the  accus.,  of  what  one  gives,  or 
adds ;  we  cannot  say  in  Latin  I  give  him  a  book,  two  accusatives,  but  I  give  to  him  a  book 
do  ei  librum.  Triplex,  treble,  triple  threefold  ;  exterius,  adv.,  outward- 

4.  In,  prepos.  when  it  means  direction,  like  into,  it  governs  accus.,  like  here,  I  put  a 
dot  into  the  middle  of  the  three  circles  ;  otherwise,  when  it  answers  the  question  where? 
(not  whither?),  it  is  joined  with  abl.,  as  in  the  next  sentence,  ia  medio. 

5.  Prep.,  around,  w.  ace;  minorem,  compar.  of  parvus,  a,  urn,  in  ace  m.  &  f.;  inti- 
mus,  a,  um,  innermost,  in  ace;  minimus,  a,  um,  superl  of  parvus,  the  smallest. 

6.  Cui,  dat.  of  all  three  genders  of  qui,  quae,  quod,  to  whom,  to  which;  -datus,  a,  um, 
perf.  partic  of  circumdo;  this  puts  qui  into  dative,  cui.  —  Cingo?  xi,  ctum,  to  girdle,  to 
surround  w-  something,  to  encircle. 


?8 

Istis7  tribus  circulis,  cum  puncto  in  medio,  quadratum 
extrinsecus  circumduct  quo  facto,8  fit  scopus. 

Scopi   fieri9  solent  e10  pliiribus  tabulis  commissis, 

E-  albo11  et  nigro  colore  distinctis,  quod12  hi  colores  e  longin- 
quoclarius  yideri&disceruipossunt  —  Hae  tabulae  pictae13 
deinde  palo,  in  terram  defosso,  &  in  altitudiuem  plunum 
scopus    pedum  erecto,  afflguntur. 

7   Dative  pis-  of  iste,  tres,  circulus.  -  Cum,  prep.,  with,  always  w.  abl.,  with  a  dot 
in  the  middle.  -  Like  exterius,  on  the  outside,  outward,  -  *e  _  very  short,  accent  on 

eXt™8  Abl  s.  of  quod  ;  abl.  sin.  of  factum,  perf.  part-  neuter  of  facio,  done,  quo  f ado  a 
pure  abl.  without  prepos-  cum;  (with)  which  done,  with  this  done,  this  being  done,  after 
this  is  done,  fit  scopus,  a  target  arises,  a  target  turns  out.  Mark  this  Latinism  ;  it  is  exceed- 
ingly frequent;  we  shall  have  many  of  them. 

9.  Fieri  solent  e  tdbulis,  they  are  usually  made  of  boards.  F,o,  fieri,  facta.  sum  is 
supposed  to  be  the  passive  form  of  facio,  but  it  is  not  quite  so.  It  rather  seems  to  be  the 
Greek  fU6,  to  beget,  it  furnishing  the  perfect  of  sum,  as  fni,  receiving  in  return  its  own 
perfect  from  facio  (f  actus  sum);  hence  the  supposition  that  it  is  the  passive  of  facio.  Some 
idioms-  ut  fit,  as  is  usually  the  case;  «t  fieri  solet,  assolet,  as  it  usually  happens;  f»en  potest 
it  is  quite  possible,  perhaps  it  is  so  ;  fiat  lux !  be  there  light!  (in  the  Bible) ;  Hat  voluntas  tua 
happen  thy  will!  (not  thy  will  be  made  0r  done) ;  fieri  quod  tibi  uou  vis,  alter!  ne  fecerk] 
that  which  thou  dost  not  will  to  happen  to  thee,  thou  wilt  not  do  to  another.  Fiat  money, 
come-into-being-money,  whereas  sit  would  mean  be  K  being! 

10.  E  pluribus  tdbulis  commissis,  out  of  several  (more)  boards  joined  or  jointed, 
fitted,  moulded,  or  grooved,  or  glued.  E  before  consonants  ex  before  vowels  and  h  (this 
principle  is  not  strictly  observed),  a  preposition,  governing  ablative  case;  therefore  plus, 
tabula  and  commissus  are  in  abl-  pi-  whose  endings  are  -is,  in  I.  and  II.,  -ibus  in  III.  and 
IV.,  -ibus  in  V.  —  Committor  si,  ssum,  fr.  con,  together  and  mUto,  in  perf.  partic,  sent, 
put'  joined,  jointed  together  ;  commissura,  ae,  is  the  seam,  or  line  of  jointure. 

11.  Mbus,  a,  urn,  white  ;  nigertgra,  urn,  black.  —  Hereafter  I  shall  mark  adjectives 
of  this  kind  by  -us,  a,  urn,  or  er,  a,  urn  &c.  —  Perf-  partic.  of  disiinguo?  xi,  ctum,  pro- 
perly to  touch  asunder,  stain  or  paint  in  two  different  colors,  so  as  to  make  a  thing  easily 
discernible,  to  make  the  difference  apparent,  to  distinguish  ;  in  abl.  pi.,  qualifying  tabulis, 
then:  Targets  are  usually  made  of  several  (pieces  of)  boards,  joined  together,  painted  (in, 
with;  white  and  black  color(s).  -  -  Note  (a)  the  -is  abl.  pi.  endings,  all  governed  by* 
(tx);  (b)  the  -o  and  -e  abl.  sing,  endings,  not  governed  by  any  preposition ;  this  latter  is 
again  a  pure  abl-  ,  . 

12.  As,  since,  because  ;  e  longinquo  (-urn,  i),  from  a  distance,  from  far.  —  Clarius, 
adv.  In  comparative,  more  dearly;  pass.  Inf.  of  videre,  to  be  seen;  pass  Inf.  of  discerno 
(dis  ■  asunder,  apart  )■'  crevi,  creium,  to  pick  out,  or  single  out  one,  or  more  by  sight 
from  a  crowd;  "as  these  colors  can  more  clearly  be  seen  and  known  apart  from  afar." 

13.  -US.  a%  «m,  perf.  part,  of  pingo,  painted.  —  -usx  i%  a  pole,  dat.  s.;  terra,  ce>  earth, 


?9 

Scopus  est  res  eiusmodi,  in  quam  arma"  nostra  iaculatoria 
collineamus,  ac  tela  nostra,  veluti  sagittas  ex  arcu,  glandes 
&  globos  funda,  aut  sclopeto  coniicimus  &  iaculamur,  sicque  nos 

in  iaculando  exercemus. 

Quaestiones1*:  Quid  egi  iterum  ?  —  Quomodo  est  circulus  triplex 
factus  ?16  —  Quam  rem  circumdedi  circulo  ?  —  Ubi  est  punctum  ?  — 
Cui  rei  est  circulus  maximus  circumdatus?  —  Quomodo  fit  scopus  ?  — 
Quibus17  coloribus  distinguuntur  tabulae  ?  —  Ob  quam  causam  ?18  — 
In  quern  lisum19  est  scopus? 


VOCABVLARIVM  13. 

Nna  Adi. 

Verba 

Adverbia 

triplex,  icis 

circumdo,  dare,  dedi,  datum 

exterius,  ctfrius 

intimus,  a,  um 
minimus,  a,  um 

sit 

addo  3,  didi,  ditum 

extrinsecus 

plus,  pluris 
albus,  a,  um 

cingx>3.  xi  ctum 
circumduco  3,  xi,  ctum 

Pronomlna 

nig-er,  gra,  um 
long-inquus,  a,  um 
iaculatorius,  a,  um 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum 
committo  3,  si  ssum 
disting-uo  3,  xi,  ctum 

nos 

noster,  tra,  um 

maior,  ior,  ius 

video  2,  di,  sum 

minor,  or,  nus 

discerno  3,  crevi,  turn 
defodio  3,  di,  ssum 

Praepositiones 

erigro  3,  rexi,  ctum 
affigo  3,  xi,  xum 

circum 

collineo  1,  vi,  turn 

cum 

coniicio  3,  ieci,  ctum 

e,  ex 

iaculor  1 ,  atus  sum 

in 

exerceo  2,  ui,  itum 

Nna  Subst. 

scopus,  i 
tabula,  32 
palus,  i 
terra,  as 
altitudo,  inis,  f. 
arma,  orum,  n. 
telum,  i 
sagitta,  ae 
arcus,  us 
glans,  dis,  f. 
globus,  i 
funda,  as 
sclopetum,  i 
causa,  as 
quasstio,  nis,  f. 
usus,  us,  m 
medium,  ii 


ground,  accus.  sing,  on  ac.  of  in;  -defossus,  a,  um,  perf.  part,  of  defddio*  dissum  to  dig 
down,  qualifies  palo,  to  a  pole,  dug  down  into  the  ground  ;  altitudo,  inis,  f.,  height,  or 
depth;  perf.  part,  of  erigo*  erexi,erecium,  fr.  e,  ex  +  rego*  xi,  ctum,  to  straighten,' fr 
rex,  regio,  regula,  rectus,  a,um,  to  raise  upright,  in  dat.  s. ;  affigo**  xi,  xum  (ad+figo,3  xi,' 
xum)  to  fasten,  to  attach,  in  passive  form  ;  "are  fastened  (fixed)  to  a  pole,  dug  down 
into  the  ground  and  raised  to  the  height  of  several  feet". 

14.  Jlrma,  armorum,  only  pi.,  fr.  armus,  i,  the  shoulder  joints  ;  hence  such  weapons 
as  are  carried  on,  or  leaning  against  the  shoulder,  as  spears,  battle-axes,  arches,  in  our 
times, guns;  the  others,  like  swords,  darts,  slings,  are  tela,  (telum,  i);  arms;  —  Noster, 
tta,  um,  poss.  pron.  of  more  possessors,  our,  ours.  —Iaculatorius,  a,  um,  fitted  for  shoot- 
ing. —  Collineo,1  vi,  turn,  to  aim.  —  Sagitta,  ce,  an  arrow;  arcus,  us,  m.,  an  arch,  a  bow, 
mzbl;  glans,  dis,  an  acorn,  leaden  bullets,  used  by  Roman  slingers,  with  the  sentence 
engraved  on  several  found  :  ROMA  FERI  (O  Godess  Rome,  strike!);  globus,  i  a  ball  ; 
funda,  03,  a  sling;  sclopetum,  i,  a  gun,  our  present  fire-arms.  —  This  word  was  employed 
by  all  Europe  since  fire  arms  came  into  use,  and  I  want  to  perpetuate  it  here,  though  not 
known  to  the  Romans.  The  Roman  root  is  scloppo}  vi,  turn,  to  pop,  the  sound  of  the 
explosion  of  a  gun,  or  any  similar  crack.  Because  some  stray  MSS.  presented  the  spelling 


6o 

as  stloppo,  or  even  stlopo,  the  inferences  and  speculations  of  German  philologers  and  doctors 
should  not  be  listened  to.  This  is  the  tradition.  —  Coniicio?  iid9  tectum  to  throw,  to  hurl; 
iaculor}  aius  saw,  to  hurl,  to  shoot,  to  fire:  a  verbum  deponens.  —  Nos,  nom.  pi.  of 
ego,  we,  and  its  accus.,  as  here;  taculando,  abl.  of  ger.  by  shooting;  exerceo2,  m,  citum, 
to  exercise,  to  practice  "our  selves  in  shooting." 

15.  Quastiones,  nom.  pi.  of  qucestio,  nisj.,  an  asking,  a  question,  fr.  qucero*  sivi, 
itum,  to  seek,  inquire,  ask. 

16.  Perf •  part,  of  tacio,  made. 

17.  Abl.  pi.  of  qu',  QUffi»  Quod'  and  Q«is,  QuaB'  Quid;  by  or  with  what  colors  .  .  . 

18.  Causa,  ce,  cause,  reason;  for  what  reason? 

19.  Usus,  us,  m.,  fr.  utor,3  usus  sum,  to  make  use,  in  accus.  s.,  for  what  use  ? 

II. 


o 


/^\  Alter  horum  circulorum  est  integer,1  alter  vero 

(       j  dimidiatus  ;  du«  partes  dimidiae  huius  sunt  duo 

V — /  semi-circuli. 

Lineolae,  quas  priori  circulo  lindique2  appli- 
cui,  eff iciunt,  ut  haec  figura  speciem  solis  re. 

ferat;  circulus  enim  ipse  erit  sol,  lineolae  autem 
radii  eius  erimt.  —  Iuxta  solem  ponimus  par 

Luna  Sol  Stella 

semi-circulorum,  alterum  in  altero,  in  similitudinem3  lunae,    ac,  de- 
nique,  ex  altera  parte  parvulum  solem  collocabimus;  ea  est  Stella. 

1.  Integer,  gra,  urn,  declined  like  =us,  a,  am;  accent  on  in-;  whole,  unbroken,  unda- 
maged, not  spoiled,  -us,  a,  urn,  perf.  part,  of  dimidio1,  vi,  atum,  to  half,  cut  into  halves; 
-dius,  a,  urn,  and  as  a  noun-dium,  ii,  a  half.  —  Semis,  semissis,  m.,  the  half,  the  half 
part  of  a  thing,  derived  from  it  an  idecl.  particle,  semi-,  half  (Greek  ncmi  French  demi, 
which  latter  is  the  corruption  of  Latin  dimi-dium),  used  in  forming  compounds  like  semi, 
circulus,  semi-vivus,  semesus,  &c. 

2.  IJndique,  adv.,  accent  strongly  on  un-  from  all  parts,  all  around;  -co,1  avi,  alum, 
Hum,  both  forms  used,  both  good;  perhaps  the  ««,  itum  form  is  prevalent.  —Species,  eij., 
form,  appearance,  what  is  seen  (specto);  s6l,  is,  ».,  the  sun  ;  refero,3  retuli,  relatum,  to 
bring  back;  speciem  alicuius  rei  referre  =  to  have,  to  carry  resemblance  of  a  thing.  —  Erit' 
pi.  erunt,  is  Futurum  simplex  of  Sum,  es,  est,  (he,  she,  it)  will  be,  (they)  will  be. 

3.  In  similitudinem,  -ludo,  tudinis,  resemblance,  just  as  we  say  "in  memoriam,"  in  s. 
lunae  (hma,  xj  into,  in  the  likeness  of  the  moon;  the  -  ul  -  is  a  diminutive  particle;  colloco1, 
r.  (hereafter  1  shall  mark  by  r  all  regular  verbs,  that  is  those  ending  in  -vi,  turn),  fr.  locus 
i,  place,  =  we  shall  place;  stella,  az,  a  star. 


Quoniam^sol,  luna  atque  stellae  in  coelo  sunt,  idcirco  corpora 

coelestia  appellantur;  ea  autem  6mnia,  quae  in  terra  videmus,   res  ter- 
restres  vocantur. 


hora  6-ta,  vdspera 


horizon 


hora  6-ta,  mane 


horizon 


Sol  est  in  medio  coelo.  —  Sol  est  in  summo*  vertice  coeli.  Veriim- 
tamenesol  non  est  semper  in  eodem  coeli  puncto;  subinde  est  in 
homonte :  sol  surgit  in  horizonte.  -  Quum?  sol  surgit,  vel  oritur, 
est  hora  sexta  (6)  matutma ;  est  mane. 

Antequams  sol  horizdntem  attingit,  est  dilueulum;  quum  vero 

4  Adv.  since,  as;  caelum,  i,  n.  in  s,  the  sky;  but  in  ecclesiastical  Latin  it  is  m.  in 
pi.  ,cceh  Chorum, ;  pi.  ,„  class.  L.  does  not  occur.  -  Adv.,  for  that  reason;  on  that  account- 
corpus,  -pons,  n.  111.,  pi.  -ra;  ccelestis,  e,  heavenly;  terrestris,  e,  earthly. 

5.  Summus  vertex  -us,  a,  urn;  -ex,  ids,  m. ,  the  greatest  the  uppermost  the  highest 
r.  super,  superus  supenor,  sup^us,  and  summm>  a>  f  3P£  Z^Tttt 

turning  point  of  any thing  sloping  to  a  peak,  as  a  mountain,  as  the  sky,  according  to 
popular  conception,  of  the  head,  &c  turning  10 

6.  Adv.  however;  adv.  always ;  eodem  puncto,  at  the  same     int        f     t  . 

SJtori ^ a*"neTrath,g  the-earih  3nd  the  ^thehLon;^ S 
f*'  *°  1Se:_  7-  Adv>  when;  »w.  ™H  orius  sum,  dep.  v.,  to  rise,  to  spring,  to 
draw  its  beginnings,  noun,  origo,  Ms,  t,  the  rise,  the  origin,  said  of  the  sun  stars  rivers 
nations,  &c.  -Hora,  ae,  an  hour,  likely  of  Shemitic  (Phenician?)  orig n  fir  to'  wa  h' 
whence  Greek  hora.  The  Romans  have  divided  the  day-time,  from  sunris  to  sunset    S 

shorter  Thei?  T?  ^  7T  "  °f  the  ^  the  hours  -re  longe  or 

Lh  L  prLa  i  nrr  d  f°  f°Ur  "***■  WSkeS'  Vi£ilS'  0f  three  ho^'  duration 

each,  the  pr  ma  v,g,l,a  beginning  at  sunset,  the  quarta  ending  at  sunrise.    This  must  be 

borne  in  mind  for  understanding  Roman   writings,   -tus,  a  urn,  the  sixth    bourT  d  ys 

s.  "he^s:a,s- are  counted  by  the  °rdinai  — ;  --•  «.  -.  S  of  s 

8.  Adv.  ere,  before  than;  -go?  -tigi,  -factum   ( ad + tango)  to  reach,  attain,  touch , 


62 

primos  radios  nitilos  in  ccelum  dispe^git,  est  aur6ra,  quse  idem 
sonat  atque  'aurea  hora'.  -  Sole",  denique,  oriente,  totum  ccelum  radns 
fulgentibus  coruscat;  postquamvero  in  cceliconvexum  perTenit, 
orbem  terrarum  uniYersum  lumine  ac  splendore  perfundit. 

Ab™  hora  sexta  matutina  sol,  secundum  horas  septimam  7  , 
octavam  (8),  nonam  (9),  decimam  (io),  undtfciniani  (11  ,  veluti 
per  gradus,  pedetentim  ascendit,  donee,  hora  duodecima  (12)  ver- 
ticem  summum  attingit:  tunc  est  meridies.  -  At  sol  nee  hie  consi- 
Btit,"  nequemora-tur,sed  iter  suum  prosequitur,  ac  puncto  tempons 

.urn,  i,  twilight,  daybreak;  -us,  a,  um,  reddish,  also  the  color  of  red  hair;  -go?  Ja^to 
scatter,  disseminate  (dis+spargo*);  I.,  the  dawn;  -no}  ui,itum  to  ^^£  T£  * 
signifies-  idem  -ac  before  consonants,  except,  perhaps  c  and  t.  before  which  the  other  is 
preferable  (aurora  is  supposed  to  be  the  contraction  of  aurea  hora,  golden  hour). 

9.  Sole  oriente,  instead  of  <—  -1  oritar,  a  very  frequent  contraction  in  case  of  two 
statements  (sol  oritur,  ccelum  coruscat)  of  two  events  taking  place  at  the  same  time  the 
"when"  then  is  omitted,  the  subject  of  the  first  sentence  is  put  into  abl.  (sole),  «d  ita 
predicate  verb  into  corresponding  participle  (present,  past  or  future),  and  ,t  is  made  to 
agree  with  its  subject  in  number  and  case  (oriente).  This  is  again  one  of  the  pure  ablatives, 
ungoverned.  We  shall  meet  it  often;  fMgeo?  si  -  to  shine,  glea m    pres.  part  ab   pi., 
qualifying  radiis;  corusco}  -  to  glitter,  said  of  tremulons light, flash  (the  sky  is  glittering 
Sh  brilliant  rays).  -  Adv.  after  than;  -um,  i,  the  inside  hollow  part  of  a  thing,  like  a 
ten    a  globe,  a  dome,  the  sky;  -nio*  ni,  turn,  fr.  per,  through,  all  the way  +  W  J 
turn,  to  come,  after  (that)  that  the  sun  has  arrived;  -is,  is,  m.  a  «"»;""  !s  »  l'a"y 
pi.  ;hen  it  means  the  earth  ball;  -us,  a,  um,  the  entire,  the  whole;  -or,  is,  m.,  brfihancy, 
splendor;  -do.'fudi,  fusum,  fr.  per,  through,  all  the  way,  throughout,  +  fundo,  fud,,  fu- 
sum, to  pour,  to  overpour,  overwhelm.  ,      „hc„.„„rn 
10  \Ab,  prep.,  before  vowels  and  h,  a,  before  consonants  (not  strictly  observed), 
from,  since,  off,  away,  departing,  movingaway  on  the  same  level  with the .object,  a  way 
with  ablative  ;  secundum,  prep.  w.  ace,  along,  acceding  to  i   the  following  a  e  ordinal 
numerals  from  seventh  till  twelfth,  all  -us,  a,  um,  adjs.;  -us,  us,  m.  ace  pi   ™  to  P   ' 
a  prep,  governing  accus. ,  by  steps,  fr.  grddior?  gressus  sum,  to  step,  hence  7*^^  «»• 
stepping  together;  adv.  step  by  step,  fr.  pes;  -do?  di,  sum,  fr.  ad+scando  a        sum,  to 
mount,  to  go  up,  ascend;  adv.  until;  adv.  then;  -es,  M,  /.,  noon.  fr.  med.us+dies. 

,  \  Jo  ■  stk  slitum,  fr.  con+sisto,  the  transitive  form  of  *..  to  come  to  standstill, 
to  stop!  moror*,  atus  sum,  v.  dep.  to  tarry,  also  transit  to  delay,  to  detain  somebody  ; 
iter  Uneris,  ».  a  road,  a  way,  a  journey,  marching,  -«er  facere,  to  travel  to  march 
1  r>  cuius  sum,  v.  dep.  fr.  pro+sequor*.  cuius  sum,  forward-follow  to  continue,  follow, 
to  pro  ecute;  a  phrase,  l-.ta.tl,.  immediately  ;  -no}  -  to  bend,  to  incline;  adv. down  wad. 
SuTZ  upward;  -dior?  gressus  sum,  fr.  ad  +  gradior,  1  step  to,  hence aggressw,  ms  step- 
p      to  somebody  w.  hostile  intentions,  to  begin,  to  start,  to  step  on  his  downward  way. 


6: 


molinat,  iterque  deorsum  aggreMitur.   Deinceps^  fit  hora  prima 

secunda,  tertia,  quarta,  quinta,  ac  turn  demum  ad  horizontem  vergens 
occidit  &  ocoumblt.  -  Sole  ad  ocddnnm"  horizontem  veS 
lumen  sensim  deminuitur:  tunc  est  crepiisculum:  postauam  ml 
honzdntem  descendit,  est  vesper,  vel  vespera  Q 

A  mane  usque"  ad  meridiem  sunt  sex  hora,  inde,  usque  ad  ve- 

frsTdTodlrf  eVH°r£e:  3b  °/tU  igitUr  S0'iS  ^  ad  «£™ 

pus%r  nduTsS(;2peS:  qU°d  ^^^  SPa'tiUm  «*  Ve'  'tem- 

Dumissolin  coeli  convexo  moratur,  aer  est  lucid  us,  quia  lux 

sin  cTerSareS  ^^  "*  ^^  Ut  e*  Clarissime  ^  pos- 
1  oX?i6VeH°  CO,rPOrf  COeI&tia  °b  eandem  Iucem  cer"i  "on  possint, 
Locus,i6  ubi  sol  oritur,  est  tiriens;  ubi  occidit,  est  ticcidens,  ve. 

usually  bec^rshoriened  L^ZZ  ttfZSgSST*,?  **  ^ 
*,'  «M,  AfMta,  fr.  ob+cubo,:  t0  lie  do^  to  d";  '  °f  **  ^  t0  "* 

cend'  tr     '  '  fr0m  ab°Ve'  +SCand°'3  "''  sam<  to  mount,  to  go  down  to  des 

cend,  -per,  t,  or  -«,  m.  or  -*,  *,  the  evening,  Vesper,  is,  evening  star. 

14.  Adv.  till,  until,  usually  with  a  0r  ad   as-  a  temnlo  usnnA  *  r 

ad  tempi.*  usque,  „gque  ad  templum   unti°  as  'fa  '  as  ftTTT'  ?     "*  ^ *  ^  Chl"'Ch 
there  are  sixhni>r*-,w„  ^      «.  !'  the  church:  from  morning  tiil  nooi 

ZJn!  rfdSdb  turn    ;'d         ^  ^  ^^  SimiMy'  'V'' the  risi^  IV  •  setting 

theothes    'h^.ad;.  ln  su^rIat-.  most  clearly,  very  clearly;  a**,  *  a<  usu  ^  pl., 

^^to^'?cS-w"acc;'?n  ac,count' for- samelight:  ^'^i 

apart,  to'see,  to  view  '  "^  t0  ^  °Ut  by  Sight'  t0  discern  »*  «*.  to  know 

books  w«7'i  TJnpS';,^^,,' ln  Pl"  '  PlaC6' in  Ph  loca>  orum<  Pla«s;  torf,  passages  in 
vS -'-for  to  Ini  f  \T'!-$'  m-'  (S0'  iS  ""derstood),  the  West;  -us,  us,  m  the 
West,  to,  r.,  to  look,  to  be  lookmg  toward  (whither  he  looks,  or,  is  turned);  ' ZriS 


64 

Occasus;  quo  spectat  meridie,  est  Meridies,  vel  Auster;  e  regione 

auTem  huic  est  Sept^mtrio,  vel  Aquilo;  hae  sunt  coeli  quatuor  plag*. 
"  Recensio:17  Qualem  circulum  vocamus  integrum  ?  —  Quae  res  rete- 
runt  sDeciem  solis?  -  lurce?  Cur  vocantur  sol,  luna,  atque  stellae  cor- 
po iSS?- Quota  hbmest  sol  in  vertice  coeli ?  Quando^est 
meridies?  -  Ubiet  quando  oritur  sol?  -  Quando  est  diluculum?  — 
quando  crepusculum?  -  Num  sol  consistit  aut  moratur  in  vertice  cceh? 
-  auid  aeit?  -  Ubi  &  quando  occidit  sol? -  Quo  tempore  est  lux?  - 
Ob  quam  causam  cetera  corpora  caelestia  non  videntur  interdiu  ?  - 
Quae  sunt  quatuor  regiones,  vel  plagae  coeli? 

VOCABVLARIVM  14- 


Nna.  Subst. 

species,  ei,  f. 
sol,  is,  m. 
similitude  inis,  f. 
luna,  ae 
Stella,  ae 
coelum,  i 
corpus,  oris,  n. 
vertex,  icis,  m. 
horizon,  tis,  m. 
hora ,  ae 

mane,  n.  indecl. 
diluculum,  i 
aurora,  at 
convexumi,  i 
orbis,  is,  m. 
splendor,  is,  m. 
gradus,  us,  m. 
meridies,  i'u  f. 
iter,  itineris,  n. 
crepusculum,  i, 

vesper,  eris,  eri,  m. 

vespera,  ae 

ortus,  us,  m. 

occasus,  us,  m. 

spatium,  ii 

dies,  ei,  m.  &  f. 

aer,  is,  m. 

locus,  i,  m.  pi.  m.  n. 

oriens,  tis,  m. 

occidens,  tis,  m. 

auster,  tri,  m. 

reglo,  nis,  f. 

septemtrio,  nis,  m. 
aquilo,  nis,  m. 
plaga,  ae 
recensio.  nis, 


Nna.  Adi. 

integer,  gra,  um 
dimidiatus,  a,  um 
dimidius,  a,  um 
semis,  issis 
coelestis,  e 
terrestris,  e 
summus,  a,  um 
sextus,  a,  um 
matutinus.a,  um 
rutilus,  a,  um 
universus,  a,  um 
septimus,  a,  um 
octavus,  a,  um 
nonus,  a,  um 
deamus.  a,  um 
unde'eimus,  a  um 
duoddcimus,  a,  um 
duodeni,  ae,  a 
diurnus,  a,  um 
lucidus,  a,  um 
caeteri,  ae,  \ 

Adverbia 

quoniam 

idcirco 

verumtamen 

semper 

antequam 

quum 

postquam 

pedetentim 

donee 

tunc 

deorsum 

deinceps 

demum 


sensim 

usque 

inde 

perinde 

dum 

quia 

clarissime 

cur? 

quando? 


Verba 

applico  1 ,  ui,  vi,  itum,  atum 

refero,  referre,  tuli,  latum 

erit,  erunt 

colloco  1,  vi,  turn 

surgo  3,  rrexi,  ctum 

orior  4,  ortus  sum 

attingo  3,  attigi,  attactum 

dispergo  3,  si,  sum 

sono,  1,  ui,  itum 

corusco  1,  vi,  atum 

pervenio  4,  veni,  ntum 
perfundo  3,  fudi,  fusum 
ascendo  3,  di,  sum 
consisto  3,  stiti.  stitum 
moror  1,  atus  sum 
prosequor  3,  cutussum 
inclino  1,  vi,  atum 
aggredior  3,  gressus  sum 
vergo  3     —     — 
occido  3,  cidi,  casum 
occumbo  3,  cubui,  cubitum 
deminuo  3,  ui,  utum 
descendo  3,  di,  sum 
collustro  1,  vi,  Itum 
cerno  3,  crevi.  cr£tum 
specto,  1 ,  vi,  Stum 

Praepositiones 

ab,  a 
sub 

secundum 
ob 


cenbiu,  ma.  •    •       j  U1 

SCT?«lSXh«n<Sd)  So^;eregione  (;fio   nis  fO .  «d adv^bia Jy. 

opposite;  -trie,  nis,  (the  7  stars),  North;  -lo,  ms   ™    North;  I.,  a  track,  trail,  the  four 
cardinal  points.  -   17.  to,  nis,  f.,  review.  —  C«r=wny? 
18.  Interrog-  adv.,  when? 


6; 


in. 


VX  e  coelo  et  e  terra  cum  sole  pariter1  evan&cit.  Eo  enim2 
L    sub  horizontem  merso  t^nebrse  obrepunt,  fitque  nox.    Nox 

non  est  lucida,  sed  opaca ;  est  enim  umbra  terrae. 

Nocte,  vel  nocturno3  tempore,  sol  non  est  in  coelo ;  eius  loco 
plerumque  luna  illuminat  terram  atque  stellae.  Harum  lumen  tamen 
lene4  est  et  languidum.  Attamen,  interdum  nee  sol,  nee  luna,  neque 
stellar  lucent;  tunc  est  caligo5  densissima.  Verumtamen  noctibus  cali- 
ginosis,  coelum  serenum6  ac  stellatum  visu  &  asp^ctu  pulch^rri- 
mum  &  iucundissimum  est. 

Prope7  polum  coeli  conspicimus  septem  grandia  astra,  in  spe- 
ciem  currus,  quae  septem  triones  appellantur,  vel  etiam  Ursa  Maior 

1.  Adv.,  like  a  pair,  along  together,  simultaneously,  at  the  same  time;  -esco?  ui,  — 
fr.  vanus,  a,  um,  empty,  vain;  to  wane,  to  disappear;  most  verbs  in  -sco,  called  incipient 
verbs,  lack  their  supina. 

2.  Conj.  for,  like  nam.,  only  the  latter  always  begins  a  sentence,  the  former  never; 
merso,  perf.  part,  of  mergo,3  si,  sum,  to  sink,  transit.,  to  make  sink,  to  merge,  in  abl. 
agreeing  with  eo,  abl.  s.  (with)  he  being  sunk  (the  perf.  part,  always  being  passive,  the 
present  always  active),  or,  with  him  sunk,  after  he  is  sunk  ;  the  same  construction  as  "sole 

oriente",  (see  II.  9.)  in  perfect,  or  past  time,  always  passive- brce,  mum,  accent  on 

first  syll-  in  prose,  first  or  second  in  poetry,  plur.  only,  darkness  ;  -po?  si,  pium,  fr. 
ob  +  repo,s  psi,  ptum,  to  creep;  the  creep  over,  to  steal  upon;  nox,  noctis,  *-,  night.  —  -us, 
a,  urn,  shady,  shadowy,  dark,  as  tenebraj  is  a  noun.;  I.,  shadow,  shade. 

3.  -us,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  nox,  nightly,  in  abl.  like  "°cte,  for  the  reason  stated  under  II. 
16,  meridie,  "abl.  of  time",  or  point  of  time;  adv.,  for  the  most  part. 

4.  -is,  e,  gentle,  mild,  light  (of  colors);  -us,  a,  um,  faint. 

5.  -go,  inis,  f.,  black  darkness;  -us,  a,  um,  thick,  said  of  darkness,  fog,  things  woven, 
and  similar.  Superlatives  in  Latin,  as  a  rule,  only  mean  "very." 

6.  -us,  a,  um,  clear,  bright,  not  cloudy,  fair;  -#s»  a,  um,  p.  perf.,  covered  with  stars; 
-ms,  us,  m.  IV.  abl.  fr.  video?  di,  sum,  to  see;  sight,  for  sight,  for  seeing;  -us,  us,  m.,  IV. 
abl.,  fr.  aspicio3  (ad  +  specto),  xi,  cium,  to  look  at,  for  looking,  for  gazing;  pulcher, 
chra,  um,  beautiful;  this  and  all  adjectives  of  -er  ending  form  their  comparatives  and 
superlatives  in  -rior,  -rior,  rius,  -errimus,  -errima,  -errimum  ;  -dus,  a,  um,  -dior,  ior,  ius, 
-issimus,  a,  am,  most  pleasant,  very  agreeable,  pleasing.  Mark  the  use  of  this  particular 
abl:  coelum  est  pulchrum  et  iucundura  visu;  iucundum  auditu;  difficile  factu,  dictu,  it  is  difficult 
to  do,  it  is  hard  to  say. 

7.  Prep,  and  adv.,  as  prep.,  it  governs  accus.,  near;  -us,  i,   also  axis,  the  north  and 


66 

a  qua  non  procul  Ursa  Minor  visui  sese  offert.  Pra&ter8  haec  et  alia 
sidera,  secundum  tempora,  intuentium  oculis  obversantur,  veluti 
ingens  sidus  venatoris  Orionis,  Canis  Minoris,  cum  Sirio;  alias 
autem  Via  Lactea,  cumstellarum  micantiuii],et  orbium  palsintium 
innumerabili  multitudine,  in  coelo  silentioso,  circum  eundem  polum 
yertuntur.  Evemt9  quandoque  ut  singular  stellae,tamquam  orbes 
ardentes,  e  profiindo  coelo  in  ima  labi,  et  interram  eadere  videantur. 

south  poles,  or  imaginary  points  of  the  sky  around  which  the  constellations  seem  to  turn; 
-do,3  xi,  ctum,  to  behold,  to  look,  to  see;  astrum,  i,  poet,  for  stelia,  also  constellation, 
heavens  :  trio,  nis,  only  used  in  pi.,  triones,  -urn,  according  to  Varro,  originally  ploughing 
oxen,  now  the  word  has  no  other  meaning  than  the  seven  stars  forming  the  great  Bear, 
Ursa  Maior,  also  the  Ursa  Minor;  adv.  far,  with  the  prep,  a,  »b,  some  times  without.  — 
Visui,  dat.  of  IV.  to  our  sight ;  sese,  accus.  of  the  personal  pronoun  in  3d  person,  se 
(having  no  nomin.),  the  single  form  is  used  when  the  3d  person  speaks  of  the  actions  of 
another  person;  the  double  is  used  when  he  relates  his  own  acts.  —  Offero3  obtuii,  obia- 
turn,  (ob,  for,  +  fero,  to  bring),  to  bring  up,  forward,  in  front,  to  offer;  offers  herself  ta 
sight;  agreement  with  the  last  named. 

8.  Prep.  w.  accus.,  besides;  -dus,  eris,  n.  a  constellation  ;  pres.  part,  in  gen.  pi.  ^* 
-eor,2  itus,  sum,  v.  dep-,  to  look  at,  to  contemplate,  hence  intuitio,  nsst  looking  into,  gaz- 
ing; -us,  i,  the  eye,  dat.  pi.;  obversor,1  atus  sum,  v.  dep.,  steadily  running,  turning  ..p  in 
sight  (turning,  heaving  into  the  eyes  of  the  onlookers).  —  Venator,  is,  m.,  a  burner,  fr. 
venor,1  atus  sum,  to  hunt.  —  Orion,  is,  name  of  giant,  and  hunter,  the  handsomest  man 
of  this  race,  in  Greek  mythology.  —  Canis  {Maior,  Bigger  Dog,  (-nis,  is,  n,.)  and  C. 
{Minor,  constellations  rising  after  Orion,  in  winter  nights,  the  brightest  star  ot  the  latter 
being  Sirius,  with  bluish  glow,  the  most  brilliant  of  the  fixed  stars;  called  also  ^anicula,  &, 
the-doggie;  because  Sirius  rises  with  the  sun  from  about  July  3d,  until  A»*.g.  Uth  and 
that  period  being  the  hottest  of  the  year,  it  is  called  canicula  (the  anglicized  name  "dog 
days''  is  misleading;  so,  also,  "dog  star'*,  unless  we  know  Roman  tradition;  better  retain 
the  Latin  name)  frequently  referred  to  by  Roman  poets,  with  various  adjectives.  —  Adv., 
at  another  time:  I.,  a  way,  road,  street;  -us,  a,  um,  from  lac,  laciis,  ".♦  milk,  Milky  Way 
called  also  Galaxias,ix.  Greek,  and  Galaxy.  —  Pres  part- gen.  pi.  of  mico}  ui,  — ,  here, 
to  twinkle;  -is,  is,  a  globe;  -to,1  r.,  — ,  to  stroll  away  from  the  herd,  company,  straggle; 
-is,  e,  that  cannot  be  counted;  -do,  inis,i>,  manyness.  crowd,  multitude;  -sus,  a,  um, 
still,  noiseless,  in  abl.  s.  w.  crelo;  tor,3  versus  sum,  passive  of  verfo,2  ti,  sum,  to  turn. 

9.  -nio*  ni,  turn,  fr.  ex  +  venio,  to  come  out,  it  comes  to  pass;  quandoque  =subinde, 
interdum);  -//',  ce,  a,  solitary,  lonely,  individual;  adv.,  just  like;  -dus,  a,  um,  deep,  high; 
imum,  i,  the  depth;  down  into  depth;  -bor,H  psus  sum,  v.  d.  to  slide,  glide,  tumble,  fall; 
-do,''  recidi,  casum,  to  drop,  to  fall;  videantur,  (videos  di,  sum,  to  see)  passive  in  Tps. 
Praes.  Couiunctivi  to  seem,  as  though  they  be  dropping  upon  the  earth;  these  are  the 
"sidera  cadentia"  of  the  poets,  the  "falling  stars". 


6? 

Luna  non  sua,  sed  ali^na10  luce  splendet,  nempe  a  sole  iiiutuata. 

Nee  est  bicornis11  siderum  regina  omni  nocte  in  ceIo:  noctes  tales 
sunt  illiiaes,  tempus  autem  interlunium.  Quum  vero  ipsa  sese  visui 
nostro12  iterum  praebet,  fit  nova  luna,  vel  crescens,  turn  dimidia,  ter- 
tia,  mox  fit  plena,  quod  plenilunium  vocatur,  ac  tandem  decrescit, 
senescit,  fit  quarta  et  ultima,  non  raro  etiam  laborat,  quin  etiam 
deficit,  quum  earn  umbra  solis  obruit. 

Intdrdiu,13  luce  solis,  per  fenestras,  domus  quoque  nostras  collus- 
trantur,  ita  ut  in  cubiculis  nostris  commode  legere,  scribere,  laborare 
queamiis;  at  noctu  candelam,  lampades,  vel  lucernas  quaslibet 
accendimus,  sine  quibus  laborare,  aut  qiiidquam  agere  nequinuis. 
Attamen  ad  somnum14  capiendum  (dormiendum)  luce  non  egenius. 

10.  -us,  a,  urn,  others',  belonging  to  others,  in  abl.,  as  is  sua,  which,  the  a,  e,  6,  i, 
abl.  endings  being  long  and  emphatic,  I  mark,  both  referring  to '«ce,  f.;  -deo? — ,  —  (Aur. 
Augustinus  uses  spiendui),  to  shine;  -us,  a,  urn,  P-  P-  fr.  mutuor,1  atus  sum,  to  borrow; 
with  light  borrowed  from  the  sun.  Luce  is  again  an  abl.  without  a  prep. ;  this  kind  is  called 
by  the  grammarians  "ablative  of  means' '. 

1 1.  -77/s,  e,  fr.  cornu,  us,  n.,  a  horn,  +  bis,  twice,  the  two  horned  queen  (-na,  ce,  the 
masc.  is  rex,  gis,  king)  of  the  stars;  -nis,  e,  moonless  period- 

12.  Noster,  tra,um,  possessive  pron.  of  more  possessors,  one  possession,  our,  \n 
dative  m.,  the  2d  person  in  pi.  is  vester,  tra,  urn,  your;  -beo,2  ui,  itum,  to  reach,  to  hand 
a  thing  to  somebody,  to  lend  one's  self,  "when  she  again  offers  herself  to  our  view";  -us,  a, 
urn,  new;  pres.  part,  of  cresco,3  crevi,  cteium,  to  grow;  -us,  a,  urn,  full  ;  -ium,  it,  Plinius 
Maior's  word,  full-moon;  in  late  Latin  there  is  also  a  novilunium;  -sco,3  crevi,  turn,  oppo- 
site of  crcsco,  to  decrease;  not  to  be  confounded  with  decretum,  i,  i  ruling,  a  decree,  this 
is  derived  from  decemo,3  crevi,  decretum;  -sco,3  ui,  — ,  to  grow  old;  adv.,  seldom,  rarely; 
-ro*  7.  to  work,  to  toil,  to  be  pressed  hard,  verging  on  collapse;  here,  struggling  (with 
the  shadow  of  the  earth  during  an  eclipse);  conj  ,  nay,  indeed;  -cio3  feci,  fecium  intr.  to 
fail  to  lack,  (deficit,  defectus,  it  is  absent,  wanting,  not  there,  insufficient;  a  fault,  some- 
thing missing);  here,  she  is  eclipsed;  -ruo,3  rui,  ruium,  (accent  on  6),  to  overwhelm, 
cover  over. 

13.  Adv.  in  day  time;  prep.  w.  ace,  through;  queo, quire,  quivi,  quii,  quitum  ('short) 
a  defective  werb,  I  can,  like  possum;  its  reverse  is  nequeo,*  vi,  ii,  Hum,  I  can  not;  here, 
Pros-  Coni.  so  that  we  be  enabled  confortably  to;  adv.,  at  night;  -pas,  dis,  (Greek,  accus. 
lampad'J,  Latin,  -denn  f.,  a  iamp;  the  former,  originally  a  torch,  then  a  lamp  carried  at 
mght;  the  latter,  an  oil  lamp;  but  they  are  used  promiscuously;  quilibet,  qucelibet,  quod- 
libct,  whatever,  like  qui,  quae,  quod;  -do3  di,  sum,  to  kindle,  to  set  on  fire,  to  light;  prep, 
w.  abl.  without,  the  reverse  of  cum,  sine,  quibus,  without  which,  pi.;  indef.  pron.  quisquam, 
qucequam.  qiiidquam,  anybody,  anything;  nequeo,  as  above,  "can  not  do  anything." 


68 


Rec&isio:  Quando  est  nox?  —  Qualis  est  nox?  —  quam  ob  cau- 
sam  p  _  Quando  est  luna  in  coelo  ?  — -  Quando  est  coelum  visu  iucun- 
dum  ?  _  Quae  sidera  obversantur  oculis  circa15  polum  coeli  ?  —  Num 
ilia  astra  stant  ?  —  Num  Orion  atque  Via  Lactea  eodem  tempore  yisun- 
tur?16  _  Quid  de17  stellis  cadentibus?  —  Quali  luce  splendet  luna?  — 
Estne  luna  in  coelo  die  -  noctiique  ?18  —  quid  quum  non  est  ?  —  Quid 
fit  post  plenilunium?  —  Quando  dicitur19  luna  'deficere?'  —  Quid 
agimus  in  domibus  ut  vesperi  et  nocte  legere  queamus  ?  —  Ad  quid 
agendum  non  egemus  luce  ? 

14.  -nus,  l  sleep;  -*o,3  cepi,  captum,  to  catch,  capere  somnum,  to  get  a  sleep;  egeo? 
Ul^  __  to  need,  to  be  in  need  of,  governs  abl.  like  in  English  we  are  not  in  need  of  light. 

15.  Prep.  w.  ace,  about.  —  16.  Viso?  visi,  visum,  v.  frequentativum  0f  video,  here 
pass-,  are  seen,  can  be  seen;  a  further  frequent,  of  this  is  visito,1  r.,  to  see  often,  to  go  to 
see.  --17.  De,  prep.,  w.  abl.,  of,  off,  down  from,  from  above,  about,  concerning.  — 
18.  Adv.,  day-and-night.  —  19.  Pass,  of  dico?  xi,  ctum,  to  say,  "when  the  moon  is 
said.  .  .'?" 


Nna  Subst. 

t^nebrae,  arum 
nox,  ctis,  f. 
umbra,  x 
calisro,  inis,  f. 
visus,  us,  m. 
aspectus,  us,  m. 
polus,  i 
astrum,  i 
trio,  nis,  m, 
ursa.  ae 
sidus,  eris,  n, 
<5culus,  i 
venator,  is,  m. 
Orion,  is,  m. 
canis,  Is,  m. 
Sirius,  ii 
via,  ae 

mu'.titudo,  inis,  f. 
reffina,  ae 
intcrlunium,  ii 
plenilunium,  ii 
llmpas,  adis,  f. 
luccrna,  ae 
jomnus,  i 

Conlunct. 

cnim 
quin 

Vraeposltlones 

prope 
sine 
per 
dc 


VOCABVLARIVM  15. 

Nna.  Adiect. 

opacus,  a,  um 
nocturnus,  a,  um 
lenis,  e 

lansruidus,  a,  um 
densus,  a,  um 
serenus,  a,  um 
siellatus,  a,  um 
pulchcr,  chra,  um 
iucundus.  a,  um 
lacteus,  a.  um 
innumerlbilis,  c 
silentiosu?,  a,  um 
sintruli,  ae.  a 
profundus,  a,  um 
imus,  a,  um 
alie"nus,  a.  um 
bicornis.  e 
Munis,  e 
novus,  a,  um 
plenus,  a,  um 

Adverbla 

pirlter 

plerumque 

procul 

quanddquc 

tamquam 

raro 

inte"rdiu 

noctu 

die-noctuque 

Proaamlna 

sese 

quisquam, 

quaequam 

quidquam 

quillbet. 

quaelibet 

quodlibet 


Verba 

evandsco  3,  ui,  - 

mergro  3,  si,  sum 

obre*po  3,  psi,  ptum 

conspicio  3,  xi,  ctum 

dffero  3,  obtuli.  oblatum 

intueor  2,  itus  sum 

obversor  1 ,  atus  sum 

mico  1,  cui,  — 

palo  1,  vi,  turn 

verto  3,  ti  sum 

£venit  4,  [ev£n!o  4,  ni.  ntum] 

labor  3,  lapsus  sum 

cado  3,  ce"cidi,  casum 

splendeo  2,  ui  — 

mutuor  I,  Itus  sum 

praebco  2,  ui,  itum 

crcsco  3.  crevi,  cretum 

decrcsco  3,  vi,  turn 

senesco  3,  ui,  — 

labdro  1,  vi,  turn 

deficio  3,  feci,  ctum 

<5bruo  3,  ui,  rutum 

queo,  quivi,  quii,  quitum 

nequeo  4,  vi,  ii,  ftum 

accendo  3,  di,  sum 

cipio  3,  cepi  captum 

e"freo  2,  ui,  — 

viso  3.  si,  sum 

dico  3,  xi,  ctum 


69 

PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATIC/E. 

De  Noniinibus  Substantivis  et  Adiectiris. 

58.  Two  new  cases  are  presented  in  this  lesson,  the  Casus  Dativus  and  the  Casus  Ab- 
lativus.  The  former  is  the  case  of  approaching,  nearing,  the  latter  is  the  case  of  departing, 
receding.  Their  endings  are  summed  up  in  the  following  table: 


CASUS 

1. 

II. 

ill. 

IV. 

V. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Nominativus 

-a 

-33 

-us,-er 
-um 

-i,-a 

— 

-es, -a 
-ia 

-us 

-us 

-t; 

-es 

Genitivus 

-a* 

-arum 

-i 

-drum 

-is 

-um, 
-ium 

-us 

-uum 

•ei 

-erum 

Dativus 

-ce 

is 

-6 

-is 

-* 

•ibus 

~ui 

subi- 

-ei 

-ibus 

Accusativus 

-am 

-as 

-um 

-6s, -a 

-em, 

-es,  a, 
-ia 

-um 

-us 

-em 

-es 

Ablativus 

-a 

* 

•6 

-is 

-ey-i} 

-ibus 

-u 

-ibus 

-e 

ebus 

Note  1.  Observe  that  the  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  of  the  I.  and  II.  end  in  -is,  whilst  the  III., 
IV.,  and  V.  end  in  -bus,  with  the  respective  characteristic  vowels  added,  which  are  i  in  the 
III.,  i  or  u  (German  u)  in  the  IV.  and  e  in  the  V-  Of  the  u  (")  I  shall  speak  later  on. 

Note  2.  A  few  nouns,  such  as  have  ■■«  ending  for  the  male,  an<i  a  for  the  female 
person,  like  Alius,  and  fill*!  deus  and  dea  (a  female  god,  or  goddess),  and  a  few  others,  as 
we  shall  see,  form  their  datives  and  ablatives  in  pi.  in  -abus  for  the  feminine,  so  that  we 
shall  say  fHiis  for  the  male,  and  filiabus  for  the  female.  The  two  adjectives  duo  and  ambo 
follow  the  same  principle,  and  are  declined,  duobus,  dudbus,  duobus,  and  ambobus,  am- 
bdbus,  ambobus;  for  instance  :  pater  ambulat  cum  suis  duobus  filiis  et  duabus  filiabus,  ego 
autem  Iaboro  ambabus  raaoibus. 

Note  3.  The  student  will  find  in  the  above  table  all  the  quantities  of  the  divers  endings 
marked;  those  vov/els  which  are  not  so  marked,  are  short,  as  the  nom.  sy,  accus.  s.,  abl. 
s.  in  e  of  the  III.,  and  the  -ibus  endings,  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  of  the  III.  and  IV.  As  has  been 
said  in  the  Introduction,  diphthongs  (in  the  present  case  only  ce)  are  always  long.  How- 
ever, quantity  must  not  interfere  with  speech;  for  if  we  measured  syllables  in  our  speech, 
we  would  scan  and  sing.  In  speech  emphasis  marks  the  quantity;  but,  when  we  utter 
individual  words,  as,  when  quoting  examples,  the  quantity  must  be  expressed;  whereas 
in  scanning,  or  in  reciting  poetry,  quantity  replaces  accent  and  emphasis,  and  the  speech 
becomes  a  song:  a  military  march  in  the  hexameters,  a  sad,  echo-like  melody  in  the  dis- 
ticha,  and  different  other  melodies  according  to  the  set  forms* 


7o 


Declinatio  Nominum  Substantivorum 


I. 

II.-ws 

W.-um 

ll.-er,  m 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom.  haec  stella 

hie  palus 

hoc  telum 

hie  magister 

Gen.  huius  stellae 

huius  pali 

huius  teli 

huius  magistri 

Dat.  huic  stellae 

huic  palo 

huic  telo 

huic  magistro 

Ace.  hanc  stellam 

hunc  palum 

hoc  teUim 

hunc  magistrum 

Abl.  (ab)  hac  stelli 

h6c  palo 

hoc  telo 

hoc  magistro 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nora,  hae  stellae 

hi  pali 

haec  tela 

hi  magistri 

Gen.harumstellarum 

horum  palorum 

horum  telorum 

horum  magistrorum 

Dat.  his  stellis 

his  palis 

his  telis 

his  magistris 

Ace.  his  stellis 

h6s  pal6s 

haec  tela 

hos  magistros 

Abl.  his  stellis 

his  palis 

his  telis 

his  magistris 

Ill-is 

Wl-ex 

M-£«S 

HI. -or 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Siag. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom.  hie  orbis 

hie  vertex 

hie  parens 

hie  pictor 

Gen.  huius  orbis 

huius  verticis 

huius  parentis 

huius  pictoris 

Dat.  huic  orbi 

huic  veVtici 

huic  parenti 

huic  pictori 

Ace.  hunc  orbem 

hunc  verticem 

hunc  parentem 

hunc  pictorem 

Abl.  h6c  orbe 

hoc  ve*rtice 

hoc  parente 

h6c  pictore 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nom.  hi  orbes 

hi  ver  ices 

hi  parentes 

hi  pictores 

Gen.  horum  orbium 

horum  v£rticum 

horum  parentum 

horum  pictorum 

Dat.  his  6rbibus 

his  verticibus 

his  parentibus 

his  pictdribus 

Ace.  hos  orbes 

hos  vertices 

hos  parentes 

hos  pictores 

Abl.  his  6rbibus 

his  verticibus 

his  parentibus 

his  pictoribus 

111.-* 

M-to 

III.  us,  n. 

UUfl,  n. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom.  h.cc  nox 

hxc  quaestio 

hoc  latus 

hoc  smegma 

Gen.  huius  noctis 

huius  quasstionis 

huius  Uteris 

huius  smegmatis 

Dat.  huic  nocti 

huic  quaestioni 

huic  Uteri 

huic  smegmati 

Ace.  hanc  noctem 

hanc  quaestionem 

hoc  latus 

hoc  smegma 

Abl.  hac  nocte 

hac  quaestione 

h6c  Mere 

hoc  smegmite 

7i 


Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nora,  hx  noctes 
Gen.  harum  noctiam 
Dst.  his  ncctibus 
Ace.  has  noctes 
Abl.  his  noctibus 

has  quaestiones 
harum  quaestionum 
his  quxstionibus 
has  quaestiones 
his  quaestionibus 

haec  ldtera 
horum  la'terum 
his  latiribus 
hxc  litera 
his  latiribus 

hxc  sm£gmata 
horum  sm£gmatum 
his  smegrndtibus 
hxc  sm£gmata 
his  smegmitibus 

IV. 

domus,  us 

V. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom.  hie  currus 
Gc;!.  huius  currus 
Dat.  huic  ciirrui 
Ace.  hunc  curium 
Abl.  hoc  curru 

hxc  domus 
huius  domus 
huius  domi 
huic  domui 
hanc  domum 
hac  domo 

hxc  species 
huius  specie! 
huic  special 
hanc  sp^ciem 
hac  specie 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nora,  hi  currus 
Gen.  horum  curruu 
Daf.  his  curribus 
Ace.  hos  currus 
Abl.  his  curribus 

m 

hx  domus 
harum  domorum 
harum  domuum 
his  domibus 
has  domos 
his  domibus 

hx  species 
harum  specierum 
his  speci£bus 
has  spexies 
his  speci£bus 

Note  5.  Domus  is  used  adverbially  to  answer  the  questions  where?  ubi?  whither,  quo? 
and  whence?  und.  ?  thus:  ubi  es?  sum  domi,  I  am  at  home;  or  qualified  with  the  possessive 
pronouns  m'ne»  thine,  his  (hers,  its)  others'  :  sum  domi  mtx,  fui  domi  tux,  eramus  domi 
su£,  erunt  domi  ali£nas.  Quo  is,  0r,  Quo  vadis,  whither  dost  thou  go  ?  Eo  domum;  vado 
domum,  i  g0  home;  I^us  domum  tuam,  we  go  to  thee,  thy  home;  «nde  venis?  whence  dost 
thou  come?  Domo  v£nio;  domo  nostra  venio,  1  come  from  our  home. 


60.  Declinatio  Nominuni  Adiectivorum, 
GROUP  A. 


II. 

I. 

II. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom. 

longus 

longa 

longum 

Gen. 

longi 

longas 

longi 

Dat. 

longo 

longas 

longo 

Ace. 

longum 

longam 

longum 

Abl. 

long6 

longa' 

longd 

II 


I. 

Nrus.  Sing. 


H. 


pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

pulchri 

pulchri 

pulchri 

pulchro 

pulchri 

pulchro 

pulchrum 

pulchram 

pulchrum 

pulchr6 

pulchri 

pulchro 

72 


Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus. 

Plur. 

Nom. 

longi           longas 

longa 

pulchri 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Gen. 

longorum    longarum 

long6rum 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

Dat. 

longis         longis 

longis 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace. 

longos        longas 

longa 

pulchros 

pulchris 

pulchra 

Abl. 

longis         longis 

longis 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

sum,  a,  urn 

noster,  tra,  urn 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nom. 

suus           sua 

suum 

noster 

nostra 

nostrum 

Geo. 

sui                SU33 

sui 

nostri 

nostras 

nostri 

Dat. 

suo             suae 

su6 

nostro 

nostras 

nostr6 

Ace. 

suum          suam 

suum 

nostrum 

nostram 

nostrum 

Abl. 

su6             sua* 
Nrus.  Sing. 

su6 
GROT 

nostro 
JF>  B. 

nostra 
Nrus.  Sing. 

nostro 

m.                 f. 

n. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

Nom. 

brevis         brevis 

breve 

maior 

maior 

maius 

Geo. 

brevis         brevis 

brevis 

maioris 

Dat. 

brevi           brevi 

brevi 

maiori 

Ace, 

brevem       brevem 

breve 

maiorem 

maiorem 

maius 

Abl. 

brevi           brevi 
Nrus.  Plur. 

brevi 

maiori 
Nrus  Plur. 

Nom. 

breves         breves 

br£via 

Gen. 

breVium 

maiores 

maiores 
maiorum 

maiora 

Dat. 

br£vibus 

maioribus 

Ace. 

breves         breves 

breVia 

maiores 

maiores 

maiora 

Abl. 

breVibus 

mai6ribus 

Nom.  Sing. 

61.  Pronomina. 

m.  f.  n. 

hie      haec 

hoc 

ille 

ilia        illud 

Nom. 

ingens 

huius 

illius 

Gen. 

ingentis 

huic 

illi 

Dat. 

ingenti 

hunc  hanc 

hoc 

ilium     ilium     illud 

Ace. 

ingentem,    ingentem,     i 

ngens 

h6c     hie 

h6c 

ill6 

ill*        illo 

Abl. 

ingenti 

Nrus.  Plur 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.   Plur. 

hi        has 

hrc 

illi 

illas      ilia 

Nom. 

ingentes      ingentes 

ingentia 

horum   harum    horum 

illorum  -arum  -orum 

Gen. 

inglntium 

his 

illis 

Dat. 

inge*ntibus 

Ace. 

ingentes         ingentes 

inglntia 

hos,      has 

hasc 

illos 

illas    ilia 

Abl. 

ingentibus 

his 

illis 

73 


Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Nrus.  Sing. 

Norn. 

ipse      ipsa 

ipsum 

qui 

quae 

quod 

is 

ea           id 

Gen. 

ipsius 

cuius 

eius 

Dat. 

ipsi 

cui 

ei 

Ace. 

ipsum    ipsam 

ipsum 

quern 

quam 

quod 

eum 

earn        id 

Abl. 

ipso       ipsa* 

ipso 

quo 

qui 

quo 

e6 

ti          e6 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Nrus.  Plur. 

Norn. 

ipsi          ipsae 

ipsa 

qui 

quae 

quae 

ii 

eae           ea 

Gen. 

ipsorum  -arum 

-orum 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

eorum 

earum      eorum 

Dat. 

ipsis 

quibus 

iis  (eis) 

Ace. 

ipsos       ipsas 

ipsa 

quos 

quas 

quae 

eos 

eas           ea 

Abl. 

ipsis 

quibus 

iis  (eis) 

Like  >s  ea  id,  js  also  declined  Mem  eadem,  idem;  like  qui,  quae  quod,  quidam,  quaedam, 
quoddam,  quis  quae  quis,  aliquis*  aliqua,  aliquid,  quisquam  quaequam  quidquam,  quilibet, 
quivis,  quiscunque- 


EXAMPLES  FOR  PRACTICE. 


Pron.  hffic,  noun  candela  (I.),  participle  ardens,  m.,  f.  Norn.  s. :  hasc  cand£la  ardens  ; 
Gen.,  huius  candelae  ardentis;  Dat. /;#/«;  (one syllable)  candelae  ardent/;  Ace,  hanc  cand£lam 
ardentem;  Abl.,  hdc  candeli  ardent/. 

Note  4.  Nouns,  as  a  rule,  take  e  in  the  abl.  of  III.;  adjectives  receive  the  i\  participles, 
when  used  as  nouns,  follow  the  rule  of  the  nouns,  if  they  are  employed  as  adjectives,  take 
the  i  as  do  the  adjectives,  as  is  the  case  here  with  ardenti.  When  a  participle  is  used  as  a 
participle  with  verbal  power,  as  is  the  case  with  the  Ablativus  Absolutus  (soleoriente)  the 
e  ending  is  used.  All  those  nouns  and  adjectives,  that  receive  »  in  the  abl.,  will  take  the 
-ium  ending  in  gen.  pi.,  and  -ia  in  nom.  and  ace.  pi.;  if  neuter. 

N°ra.  pl.:  hae  candelae  ardentis;  Gen.,  harum  candelarum  ardent/ww;  Dat.  his  candel/s 
zrdtntibus;  Ace.,  has  candelas  ardentis;  Abl.,  his  candel/s  ardenttfws. 

Hie  eirailus  integer  (11. )  — ;  huius  circuli  integri;  huic  circuld  integro,  hunc  circulum 
integrum;  hoe  circulo  integrd;  hi  circuli  integri;  h6rum  circul6rum  integrorum;  his  circuits 
Integra;  hos  circulos  integros;  his  circul/s  integr/s. 

Iste  vir  (II.,  m.)  magnus;  istius  viri  magni;  ist/  vird  magnd;  istum  virum  magnum; 
iStd  vird  magnd;  isti  viri  magni;  istorum  virorum  magnorum;  istis  vin's  magn/s;  istos 
viros  magnos;  ist/s  vir/s  magn/s. 

Illepuer  (II-  m.)  mdior  (comparat.  m.  of  magnus,  III.);  illius  pueri  maidris;  Mi 
puerd  maior/;  ilium  puerum  maiorem;  illd  puerd  maior/;  illi  pueri  maior£s;  ill6rum  pue- 
r6rum  maiorum;  ill/s  pilaris  mzloribus;  illos  pueros  maiore's;  ill/s  puer/s  maiortfws. 


74 

Hoc  tectum  (II.  n.)  ^///«s  (compar.  of  aHum,  m.,  n.);  huius  tecti  altioris;  huic  tecto 
altiori;  hoc  tectum  iltius;  h6c  tectd  alti6ri;  haac  ticta  altidra;  h6rum  tectorum  altitfrum; 
his  tectis  altidribus;  hsec  tecta  alti6ra;  his  tectis  alti6ribus. 

Quis  miles  (III.  m.)  novus  (II.  m.);  cuius  militisnovi;  cui{  one  syllable)  militi  novo; 
quern  militem  novum;  quo  milite  nov6;  qui  militesnovi;  quorum  militum  nov6rum; quibus 
mWitibus  nov/s;  qu6s  milit£s  nov6s;  quibus  militibus  novis. 

Is  auctor  (III.,  m.)  Romanus  (II.,  m.);  eius  auctoris  Romim;  ei  auctori  Roman6; 
eum  auctorem  Rominum;  eo  auctore  Romano;  ii  auctores  Romini;  eorum  auct6rum 
Roman6rum;  Us  (eis)  aucttfribus  Rominis;  e6s  auctores  Rominos;  iis  (eis)  auctoribus 
Rominis. 

Quisque  sacerdos  doctus;  cuiiisque  sacerdotis  docti;  cuique  sacerdoti  docto;  quemque 
sacerdotem  doctum;  qu6que  sacerdote  docto;  quique  sacerdotes  docti;  quorumque  sacer- 
d6tum  doctorum;  quibusque  sacerd6tibus  doctis;  quosque  sacerdotes  doctos;  quibusque 
sacerddtibus  doctis. 

Ulla  turris  celsa;  ullius  turris  celsas;  ulli  turri  celsae;  ullam  turrim  celsam;  ulla"  turri 
celsi;  ullae  turres  celsae;  ullirum  turrium  celsarum;  ullis  turribus  celsis;  ullas  turret  celsis; 
ullis  turribus  celsis. 

Noster  pater  (III.,  m.)  bonus  (II.,  m.);  nostri  patris  boni;  nostra  patri  bono;  nos- 
trum patrem  bonum;  nostra  pitre  bon6;  nostri  patris  boni;  nostrorum  patrum  bonorum; 
n6stris  paribus  bonis;  nostras  patr£s  bonds;  nostris  paribus  bonis. 

Quae  mater  (III.,  f.)  clara  (I.);  cuius  matris  claras;  cui  matri  clarae;  quam  matrem 
claram;  qua  matre  clad;  qua?  matres  clarae,  quirum  mitrum  clarirum;  quibus  matribus 
Claris;  quis  matres  Clara's;  quibus  mitribus  Claris. 

Allerum  corpus  (III.,  n-)  coeleste  (III.,  n.),  alteYius  corporis  coelestis;  ilteri  corpori 
coelesti;  alteram  corpus  coeleste;  alter6  corp6re  coelesti;  Altera  corpora  coelestia;  alterorum 
corporum  coelestium;  alteris  corpdribus  coelestibus,  iltera  corpora  coel£stia;  alteris  corpo- 
ribus  coelestibus. 

llludtempus  (III.,  n.)  prceteritum  (II.,  n.);  illius  t£mporis  praet^riti;  illi  timpori  prae- 
terit6;  illud  tern  pus  praeteritum;  ill6  tempore  praet^ritd ;  ilia  timpora  praetirita;  illdrum 
t£mporum  prasterittfrum;  illis  temp6ribus  praetiritis;  ilia  timpora  pratiritajillistemporibus 
praet£ritis. 

Eadem  merx  (III.,  f.)  tenuis  (III.,  f.)  eiusdem  mercis  tinuis;  eidemmerci  tinui;  ean- 
dem  (eamdem)  mercem  t£nuem;  eaedem  merc£s  tenuis;  einindem  meVciumteniiium;  iisdem 
(eisdem)  m£rcibus  tenuibus;  eisdem  merce*s  tenuis;  iisdem  meVcibus  teniiibus. 

Una  manus  (IV.,  f.)  recta  (I-,  f.);  unius  mantis  rectae;  uni  minui  rectas;  unam 
manum  rectam;  una'  manii  recti;  duas  manus  recta:;  duirum  minuum  rectarum;  duibus 
minibus  rectis;  duis  manus  recta's;  duibus  minibus  rectis. 

Uterque  dies  (V.,  m.)  pulcher;  utriusque  dial  pulchri;  utrique  di£i  pulchr6;  utrumque 
diem  pulchrum;  utr6que  die  pulchro;  utrique  dies  pulchri;  utrdrumque  dieVum  pulchrd- 
rum ;  utrisque  di£bus  pulchris;  utrdsquc  di£s  pulchros;  utrisque  di£bus  pulchris. 


75 
EXERCITIA  LEGENDL 

i.  His  (circulis  quinque)  sextus  accedit,  *  qui  superiorem  partem 
mundi2  ab  inferiori  secernit . . .  Dimidia  enim  pars  mundi  semper  supra 
dimidia  infra  est.  Hanc  lineam,  quae  inter  aperta3  &  occulta  est  Grseci4 
horizonta  vocant,  nostri5  finitortem  dixere,  alii  finientem.  Adiiciendus6 
est  ad  hunc  meridianus  circulus,  qui  horizonta  rectis  angulis  secat.  — 
Ergo  horizon,  siva  finiens  circulus,  quinque  illos  orbes  —  secat,  et 
efficit  decern  partes  :  quinque  ab  ortu  quinque  ab  occasu.  Meridianus 
circulus,  qui  in  horizonta  incurrit, 7  regiones  duasadiicit. — 

Sen.    Nat.     Quaest.  V.    17. 

i.  Goes  to,  is  added.  — 2.  Gen.    mundus,    i,   world;   =no,3   crevi,   turn,  to 

separate.  —  3.  Accus.  pi.  n.,  open  and  hidden  (=io,4  ui,  turn,  to  open,  occulo,3 
ui,  ltum,  hidden,  concealed)  the  part  above  the  line,  therefore  seen,  the  other, 
beneath  it,  hidden.  4.  The  Greeks;  =ta,  Greek  accus.,  the  Latin  is  =era.  —  5. 
Ours,  i.  e.,  the  Romans;  -ere:  same  as  =£runt,  have  said,  called,  finitor  (an 
ender,  a  boundary  line.  —  6.  Must  be  added;  =io,  pi.  abl.  at .  . .  —  7.  Runs  into; 
throws,  adds  two  more  .  .  . 

2.  Quos  nostri  Septem  solid1  vocitare  Triones, 

Cic.  N.  D.,  Aart.  II.  41. 

1.  Soleo,2  tus  sum;  frequent,  of  voco,  used  to    call .  .  . 

3.  Septimodie  (Galli)  ferventes1 glandes,  fundis,2  et   ferve- 

facta  iacuia in  casas  iacere  coeperunt. 

Caesar,  B.  G.,  V.  35. 
1.  Hot.  —  2.  Abl,  of  funda;  heated;  -um,  i,  a  dart;  to  throw;  to  begin. 

4.  Quod  e  tabulis  vehiculum  erat  factum,  ut  area,1  arcera  dictum 
—  Varro,  LL.  5. 

1 .  Like  a  chest,  box. 

5.  A  septemtrionali  latere  summus  est  Aquilo,  medius  Septemtrio, 
imus  Thracias.  —Sen.  N.  Qu.  V.  16. 

6.  Hie1  mutat  mercessurgentea  sole,  adeum2quo  Vespertinatepet3 
re§i°.  Hor.  S.  1.4.29—30. 

1.    This  man;  -to,  V.,  to  change,  exchange;  from  the  East. —  2.  To  him  (to  that 


76 

sun);  from  which.  -  3,  Becomes  warm;  the  evening  region,  West;  trading  from  till 
Orient  to  the  farthest  West. 

7.  Hie  vertex  nobis  semper  sublimis1;  at  ilium 

Sub  pedibus  Styx2  atra  videt,  manesque  profundi. 

Virg.  G.  I.,  242—3. 

1.  is,  e,  high,  too  high;  for  us;  but  that  one  (accus.).— 2.  -jris,  f.,  the  lower 
world;  -nes,  ium,  the  departed  souls  (see  the  other  zenith,  or  nadir  of  the  sky). 

8.  Illic1  sera  rubens  accendit  lumina  Vesper.  Vir.  Q.  1.  251. 

1  Ibi- late;  reddish;  evening  star;  a  very  pretty  poetical  image;  the  belated 
evening  star  (in  summer)  lights  up,  kindles,  the  lights  of  the  heavens,  as  she  is 
the  first  to  appear. 

9.  Vertitur  interea  coelum  &  ruit1  Oceano  nox, 
Involvens  umbra  magna  terramque  polumque. 

Virg.  /En.  II.  250—1 

1.    Dashes;  from  the  Ocean  (from  the  West);  -vo3,  vi,    utum,  to    enwrap; 
both,  the  earth  and  the  heavens  (polus). 

10.  (Litteras)  multo  mane  mihi  dedit.  Cic.  Att.  5.  4.  1. 
1.    Very  early  morning;  to  me. 

1 1.  A  mane  usque  ad  vesperam.  Suet*  Ca,i2-  ,8« 

12.  Hora  quota  est?  Hor.  S.  II.,  6,  44. 

I*  lam  nox  humida1  coelo 

Prsecipitat,  suadentque2  cadentia  sidera  somnos. 

Virg., /En.  II.,  8—9. 

1.    Damp;  to.1  r.,  to  fall  headlong  (nox  e  coelo). —  2.  -eo,2  si,  sum,  to  advise, 
suggest.     This,  with  many  others,  well  deserves  to  be  memorized. 

14.   Esseda1  festinant,  pilenta,  petorita,  naves.    Hor.  Ep.,  II.,  1,  192. 

1.    um,  i,  a  wagon;  hurry;  petoritum,  like  sarracum,a  heavy  wagon,  or  dray; 
ships. 

I* sed  tamquam  in  eodem  valetudinario  iaceam. 

Sen.  Ep.  27. 


77 

i6.   Supplices1  audi  pueros  Apollo; 

Siderum  regina  bicornis  audi, 

Luna,  puellas. 

Carmen  Saeculare,  35. 

I  -lex,  icis,  beseeching;  imperative  of  audio,  -Io,  inis,  god  of  the  sun;  the  sun. 

EXERCITIA  SCRIBENDI. 

i.    Quomodo  facimus  scopum?  —  2.  E  quibus  rebus  solet  scopus 

fieri?   3.     Quibus    coloribus    distinguimus  eas  tabulas?    —   quare 

(why)  ?  _  4.  Cui  rei  affiguntur  tabulae  pictse?  —  5.  Quidagimusfundis 
et  sclopetis?  —  6.  Quae  sunt  corpora  ccelestia?— quare  vocantur  ita?— 
7.  Quid  fit  hora  sexta  matutina?  —  hora  duodecima?  —  hora  sexta 
vespertina?  —  B.  Quid  est  dies?  —  9.  Quxt  sunt  cceli  plagae?  —  10. 
Quo  tempore  fit  nox?  —  11.  Quae  sidera  videntur  tempore  nocturno, 
ccelo  claro?  —  12.  Quando  laborat  et  deficit  luna?—  13.  Quid  facimus 
in  domibus  nostris  quum  sunt  tenebrse,  atque  idcirco  non  videmus?  — 
14.  Ad  quid  agendum  non  egemus  luce? 


EXERCITIA  LOQVENDI. 
Pueri   Marcus  et   Publius  colloquuntur. 


1.  M.  Eho/Publi,  usque  domi  lates' 
Fortasse2  modo  surrexisti. 


2.  M.  Oh  ego  non  sum  tain  seden- 
tarius5  quam  tu,  nee  mihi  cum  sole 
surgere  placet,  sed  in  aprico  versari. 
Nunc  curram6  visum  milites  qui  iacula- 
tum,  exercitationis  causa,  prodiverunt. 

3 
arcus  sagittasaue  non  euro 
quidem  placet  iaculari,  sed  sclopeto  et 
glandibus,  ut  milites;  quam12  cupiosclo- 
petum  habere! 

4.  M.  Tune14  vis  pueros  dienoctuque 
libris    incumbere    oportere?     Ego    vero 


M.    O  te f ortunatum !10attamen,  ego 
11 ;  ne    funda 


1.  P.  Sum2  profecto  usque  domi;  at 
non  modo  surgo;  nam  quotidie  cum  sole 
consuevi  surgere.  Sed  quid  novi?4  quo 
tu  paras  ire? 

2.  P.  At,  Marce7  mi  chare,  quid  tua 
interest  milites  scopo  se  exercentes  spec- 
tare?  Vide8,  sis,  ego  habeo  arcum  & 
sagittas,  quando  libet9,  his  rebus  domi 
nostra?  memet  exerceo. 

3.  P.  Vana13  sunt  quae  memoras, 
amice;  ego  omnia  quae  ad  venatumspec- 
tant,  habeo:  subinde  quum  vacat,  etiam 
scopo  me  exerceo;  tamen  litteras  nugis 
antep6no. 

4.  P.  Ego  autem  aliteri6  sumapatre 
avoque  doctus:  apud  me   officia  praece. 


78 


dunt,  quibus  persolutis,  litteris  aut  bonis 
artibus  vaco,autambulo,  vesperi  autem, 
ccelo  sereno,  cum  patre  miro  aspectu 
siderum  delectamur. 

5.  P.  Ego  autem  sic18audivi  a  magi- 
stro: 

"Tibi  aras,  tibi  occis,  tibi  seris,  tibi 
eidem  et  metes." 


schola  finita,  libellis16  valedico,  per  reli- 
quum  autem  tempus  aut  domesticus  otioi , 
aut  vero  foris  vagor. 


5.  M.  Sibi17quisquehabeatquodsuum 
est.  Ego  vero  sidera  noncuro,  sedhora 
octava  aut  nona  cubitum  eo. 

1.  Hello,  vocative  of  Publius  -eo,2  ui,  —  to   lurk,    to    skulk.    —   2.    Adv., 
perhaps;  adv.,  just   now.   — 3.  I  am;  still  at  home;  adv.,  every  day;  -sco,3   suevi, 
suetism,  I  am  wont.  —  4.  What  news;  -ro,1  r.,  to  prepare;  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  to  go. 
5.  -us,  a,  um,  given  to  sitting;  then  thou,  mihi  — placet,  pleases  me  (mini,  dative 
of  ego;  placeo2,  ui,  itum,  to  please)  =  I  don't  feel  like.  ..;=cum,i,  out-doors,  in  the 
sunshine;  -sor,1  atus  sum,  to  move  about.  —  6.  Fut.  of  curro;  to  see;   causa -nis 
for  the  sake  of  practicing;  -deo  (pro  +d+eo),  go  out,  forth,    perf.    Indie.    —   7. 
Vocative;  take  notice  that  the  ending  here  is  e,  whilst  in  the  other  it  is  i,    becuse, 
P.  ends  in  -ius,  M.  in  us;  vocat.  of  meus,  mine;  us,  a,  um,  dear;  mea,    tua,  sua, 
&c.    interest,  what  interest  of  yours,  how  does  it  concern  you?     -to,   r.,  to  look  on. 
—  8.  Imper.  of  video;  sis,  (-=si  vis,  if  you  will).  —  9.  Impersonal,  when    it  pleas- 
es   rne;  meniet,  me,  accus.  of  ego,  +met,  a   particle  strengthening   the   pronoun, 
I  exercise  myself  at  (our)  home.  —  10.  =us,  a,  um,  lucky,  fortunate;  te,   accus,  of 
tu  thou,  obeserve  that  in  similar  exclamations  accusative  is   employed.  —  11.  -ro1 
r.,tocare;ne  —  quidem,    nor  even.  —  12.  Oh    how!1  =io,   ivi,  itum,  to   yearn    to 
long,  to  be  wistful.  —  13.  -us,  a,  um,  vain,  usless;  -ro,1  r.,  to  mention,  =  allyou, 
say  is  a  vain  talk;  -us,  i,  friend,  in  vocative;   -us,  us,  hunting;    all  pertaining   to; 
vacat,1  impersonal,  when  I  am  at  leisure;  iiuga?,  arum,  trifles,   in  dative,  because 
of  antepeno,3  sui,  itum,  to  place  before,  to  give  preference;  very  many   compound 
verbs  govern  dative.  —  14.  Tu,  thou+ne,  vis,  is  the  2d  pers.  sing.  Indie,  of  volo, 
velle,  volui,  to  will  (volo,  vis,  vult,  volumus,  vultis,  volunt);=bo,3cubui,  cubitum, 
to  lie  upon,  to  pour  over  (libris  dat.  pi.,  owing  to  the  compounded    verb),  =  thou 
wilt  all  boys  .  .  .  Oportet,  ere,  it  is  necessary;  all  boys    be    obliged.  —  15.    -us,  i, 
diminutive  of  liber,  quite    frequent;    in    dative    on    account   of    compound,    verb, 
valedico,  to  bid  'good  bye;'  -us,  a,  um,  the  rest;  -us,  a,  um,  being  at  home;  otior,1 
atus  sum,  to  idle;  adv.  from, fores,  ium,  door,  double  door,  —  outdoors,    abroad; 
-gor,1  atus  sum,  to  stroll,  to  rove,  ramble.  —  16.  Adv.,  otherwise;  -us,    i,    grand- 
father (both  abl,  because  of  a,  from;  here  by);  -us,  a,  um,    pp.    of   doceo    taught; 
prep.  w.  accus.  with  me,  French  chez,  Germ,  bei;  -um,  ii,  duty;  -do,3  cessi,  ssum 
Cprae,  fore,  before-f-cedo,  I  go),  goes  in  front,  precede;     solvo,3  vi,    solutum,    to 
pay  up,  to  fulfillfconstruction  like  sole  oriente,  in  pres.,  sole  orto,  in  perfect);ars, 
artis,  f. ,  an  art,  dat.  pi.  on  account;  of  vaco,1  r. ,    to    devote    one's    time    to  .  .  .; 
-rus,  a,  um,  wonderful;  -tor,1  atus  sum,    to  rejoyce,  delight,  w.  abl.  —  17.  Dat.  s. 
and  pi.  of  se,  to  himself;  quisque,  quaeque,  quidque,  everybody,  every    one;   Pra^s. 
Coni.,  should  have;  =  overbody  should  have  what  belongs    to    him;    euro,1  r. ,    to 
care,  sidera  non  euro  ~  I  do  not  care   (for    the)  stars;    cubitum    eo,  I  go   to    bed 
(properly,  -bo,1  ui,  itum,  to  lie  down).  —  18.  Sic,  thus  for  thee;  co,1  r.,  to  harrow; 
-ro,"  sevi,  satum,  to  sow;self-same;et  =  etiam;  -to,3  ssui,  ssum,  to  mow,  to  harvest, 


na. 


79 

PENSVM  SEXTVM. 

FIGVRA   ista   imago1   est   equi.    —  Equus   est 
animal2  quadrupes,  domesticum,  quia  habet  quat- 
uor  pedes,  et  quia  circa  domos  habitat,  estque  homi- 
ni  in  laboribus  adiumento.  Habitaculum3  equi  est 
Equus  stabulum. 

Genera  equorum,  sectinduni4  miinera  quae  perficiunt,suntva- 
Celeres  equi  sunt  cursores,5  qui  longinqua  itinera  percurrunt, 
sunt  veredi,  quo  spectant  etiam  parhippi.  Hi  veredarios,  vel  alios 
equites  in  tergo  vehunt.  Ephippium6  enim  est  in  tergo,  unde  utrim- 
que  stapise  pendent.    Eques  equum  conscensurus7  alterum  pedem 

i.  Imago,  inis,  f.,  a  likeness,  picture,  image.  —  2.  -al,  is,  n.,  a  breathing 
being,  fr.  animd,1  r.,  to  breathe,  an  animal;  abl.  -i,  N.  pi.  -ia,  Gen.  -ium;  — 
-pes,  pedis,  four  footed,  adj.  of  one  ending;  -us,  a,  urn,  belonging  to,  or  used  to, 
a  house;  house-animal,  domestic  a.;  piep.  w.  ace,  about;  -to1  r.  (regular,  that  is, 
-vi,  -turn),  to  dwell;  dat.  of  homo,  for  man,  to  man;  -bor,  is,  m.,  work,  abl.  pi., 
in  (his)  labors;  -turn,  i,  help,  assistance,  dat.  S.,  to,  for  help,  =  homini  adiu- 
mento est,  is  a  help  to  men;  mark  this  double  dative.  —  3.  -um,  h  dwelling  place; 
-urn,  i,  fr.  sto,  a  standing  place,  a  stable. 

4.    Prep  w.    ace,  according,   along; us,  eris,  n.,  duty,  office; to,3  feci, 

ctum  (per  +  facio),  to  perform,  to  do  from  end  to  end  —  according  to  the  func- 
tions the  horses  perform.  —  5.  -or,  is,  m.,a  runner,  a  racer  (the  swift  horses);  iter, 
itineris,  n.,  a  road,  a  way,  a  journey,  i.  longinqua,  long  journeys;  -ro,3  percu- 
curri,  -cursum,  run  through;  -dus,  i,  a  post-horse;  such  were  held  in  readiness  at 
stations,  to  changed  carrying  messengers  with  letters,  orders,  etc.,  to  distant 
points,  before  modern  appliances  in  this  line  had  developed;  quo  spectant,  quo 
adv.  whither,  -to,1  r.,  to  look  on,  =  whither  belongs,  to  which  is  to  be  added,  (a 
frequent  expression);  parhippus,  i,  an  extra  horse  for  certain  officials  when  tra- 
veling through  the  post-stations.  —  ius,  ii,  a  messenger; -es,  itis,  m.,    a    rider,    a 

horseman,  a  cavalier;  -urn,  i,  the  back. 

6.  -urn,  i,  with  the  Romans  a  horse-blanket,  as  they  knew  no  saddles,  later, 
and  with  us,  a  saddle;  enim  =  nam,  but  never  begins  a  sentence,  nam  does;  adv. 
on,  or,  from,  both  sides;  (I.  first  decl.)  later  stapedia,  and  stapes,  a  stirrup,  not 
known  till  the  last  periods  of  Rome,  -deo2  pependi,  —  to  hang  down,  intransitive. 

7.  Part.  fut.  act.,  of  conscendo,3di,  sum,  to  mount:  eques  conscensurus,  "the 
to  be  mounting  rider  ;"  -ro,3  ui,  rtum,to    plant  in,  set  in,w.  dat.  aliquid  alicui   rei 


8o 

stapise  inserit,  ea  se  siiblevat,  altero  pede  autem  transposito,  ephip- 
pio  insidet,  sicque  equitat.  Mannus  rhedas  vehit,  mannulis  pueri 
equitant;  caballi,  denique,  sunt  plerumque  equi  veterani,  senectute 
laboribusque  confecti  ac  decrepiti. 

Equi  secundum  colores  quoque  inter  se  differunt.8  Plurlmi  sunt 
badii,  vel  spadices;  alii  furvi,  turn  varii,  ac,  denique,  albi,  vel  can- 
didi,  et  cani. 

Dominis  equorum  sollicitse9  curse  est,  uti  sui  equi  mundi  ser= 
ventur.    Munere  equos  et  stabulum  curandi10acpurgandi  agasoet 

insero,  set  something  to  (into)  something,  stapise,  dat.;  abl.  s.  of  ea  (is,  ea,  id) 
=  by  that,  by  the  means  of  that  (stapia);=vo,J  r.,  (sub+levo),to  lift  up,  se,  self; 
perf.  part,  of  transpono,3  sui,  itum,  put  across,  =  with  (his)  other  leg  put,  lifted 
across;  insideo,2  sedi,  sessum,  also  insido,3  sedi,  sessum,  i  long  and  emphatic  in 
both  cases,  to  seat  one's  self  into;  and  thus;  -to,1  r.,  ride.  —  us,  i,  a  carriage-horse; 
-Ius,  i,  a  diminutive  of  the  former,  a  pony;  -us,  i,  originally  an  outworn,  old  horse, 
later  the  heavy  draft-horse,  lastly,  any  and  all  horses,  whence  caballo,  cheval, 
whence  cavalleria,  chevalier,  cavalry;  adv.,  for  the  most  part;  =us,  a,  urn,  grown 
old  in  service,  -us,  utis,  f.,  old  age  ;  all  -tus,  tutis  form  a  group  of  feminine 
nouns,  belongig  to  the  III.,  as,  iuventus,  utis,  servitus,  utis,  virtus,  utis,  young 
age  ;  slavery,  or  being  in  service;  virtue;  part,  praet.  of  conficio3  feci,  ctum,  to 
finish  up,  use  up,  wear  out  by  use;  -tus,  a,  um,  fr.  de+crepo,3ui,  itum,  to  rattle, 
to  rattle  away,  =  a  rattle-bone,  said  vulgarly  of  lean  and  old  people  and  animals 
(German  philological  interpretation  notwithstanding)  whence,  veterinarius,  a 
caretaker  of  old  and  sick  animals^ 

8.  =ro,3  distuli,  dilatum,  fr.  dis,  asunder,  +  fero,3  tuli,  latum,  to  carry,  part 
asunder,  to  divide  apart,  to  differ  (by,  according  to  colors).  —  Plurimus,  a,  um, 
superl.  of  multus,  a,  um,  compar.  plus;  =  most,  very  many;  -us,  a,  um,  bay, 
color  of  a  horse;  -dix,  icis,  adj.  of  i  ending,  yellowish  bay;  -us,  a,  um,  black,  said 
of  a  horse;  -us,  a,  um,  spotted,  dappled,  checkered;  -us,  a,  um,  and  -us,  a,  um, 
white,  the  former  ordinary,  the  latter  shiny;  -us,  a,  um,  gray. 

9.  -us,  a,  um,  anxious,  solicitous;  I  care;  dominis  (mihi,  tibi,  nobis,)  curse 
est,  =  the  owners  (I,  thou,  we)  are  deeply  concerned,  two  datives;  same  as  uf ; 
-us,  a,  um,  his,  theirs,  their,  -us,  a,  um,  clean;  vo,1  r.,  to  keep,  in  Passive  Voice 
I'nesens  Coniunctivi,  =  that  their  horses  be  kept  clean.  —  10.  -ro,1  r.,  to  care  for; 
go,1  r. ,  to  cleanse,  here  said  of  the  stable;  -so,  nis,  m.,  a  groom;  I.  m.,  a  coach- 
man; -gor,  #i,  ctus  sum,  w.  abl.  munere,  officio  fungor,  I  discharge,  I  administer 
an  office,  I  function  as  .  .  . ;  munus  curandi,  the  duty,  office,  of  caring  for,  a  de- 
ponent  verb. 


8i 


Mandra 


auriga  funguntur.  Horum11  igitur  est  pilos  equorum,  item  setas, 
quo  nomine  iubae  et  caudse  slgnlficantur,strigili  quotidiediligen- 
ter  pectere  ac  panno  detergere  et  perfricare.  Videndum  quoque  iis12 
est,  ut  ungulse  equorum  laventur  et  perungantur,  utque  soleisfer= 
reis  nunquam  non  munitse  sint. 

Singula13  stabula  plerumque  plures  equos 
alunt;  sua  tamen  quisque  equus  mandra 
gaudet.  IlSic,14  ad  parietem  est  prsesepe, 
ad  quod  equus  capistro  deligatur,  et  ex 
quo  pabulum  suum  capit.  Supra  id,  e  pa- 
riete14  falisca  pendet,  fceno  semper  referta, 

ut  id  equus  ad  liifoitum  carpere  possit. 

Tabulatum,15sub  pedibuseqvai,  stramine  est  constratum,  quod 

ii.  Horum  est,  (the  duty,  the  business)  of  these  (it)  is;  II.,  hair  I.,  a  bristle, 
any  coarse  hair;  abl.  of  quod  nomen,  by  which  name;  I.,  mane;  I.,  tail,  =co,!  r.,  to 
indicate,  designate,  mean,  denote,  signify,  passively,  =  the  manes  and  tails  of  the 
horses  are  called,  designated;  -is,  is,  f. ,  a  tool  to  scrape  the  skin  with,  a  curry 
comb;  adv.,  every  day,  daily;  diligently;  to,3  pexi  (pexui),  pexum  (pectitum),  to 
comb;  II.,  a  cloth,  a  rag;  =geo,2  si,  sum,  to  wipe,  wipe  down,  off;  co,1  ui,  ctum  to 
rub  all  over.  —  12.  Dat.  pi.  of  is,  ea,  id,  =  they  must  also  see  (to  it);  I.  a  hoof, 
laver,  eris,  etur,  =emur,  emini,  entur,  that  I,  thou,  he,  we,  ye,  they  be  washed; 
Pass.  Voice,  Prses.  Coni:  =go,3  unxi,  unctum,  to  smear,  to  grease,  to  anoint;  I., 
a  slipper;  ferreus,  a,  um,  of  iron,  iron  slippers,  a  horse  shoe;  the  Roman  horse 
shoes  were  strapped  on  the  hoofs  of  the  horses;  abl.  pi.,  =nio,4  vi,  turn  to  fortify 
strengthen,  protect;  praes.  Coni.  passive,  be  protected;  nunquam  non,  at  no  time 
not,  two  negatives  forming  a  special  kind  of  affirmative,  =  they  should  be  at  al; 
times  .  .  . 

13.  =us,  a,  um,  mostly  pi.  single,  individual;  =lo,3  ui,  Itum,  to  support,  to 
give  a  living;  pi.,  ace.  of. plus,  more;  quisque,  quaeque,  quidque.  each  one;  I.,  a 
stall,  an  inclosure;  =deo,2  gavisus  sum,  to  enjoy,  to  reojice  in  having,  to  have.  — 
Adv.  =  ibi;  paries,  etis,  m.,  a  wall;  =pe,  is,  11.,  a  manger,  =um,  i,  a  halter;  -go,1 
r.,  to  tie  down  (where  they  tie  down),  the  English  passive  does  not  express  the 
Latin  passive;  =um,  i,  a  food  =  takes  his  food.  —  14.  From  the  wall;  I.,  a  hay- 
rack; =um,  i,  hay;  fr,  refercio,4  si,  rtum,  fr,  re,  +  farcio,  to  stuff,  is  full  of  stuffed 
with;  ad  lubitum  (fr.  lubet,  the  u  sounding  like  German  ii  which  is  interchang- 
ible  with  i,  whence  the  difference  of  spelling,  and,  consequently  the  learned  hair- 
splittings of  the  German  philologers:  it  pleases,  it  is  one's  choice,  whence  German 
lieben,  English  love,  perhaps  all    from  Hebrew  leb,  heart),  at    his   pleasure;  =po, 


82 

stramentum,  quotidie  refectum,  equo  molle  praebet  cubile,  ubi, 
exantlatis  diei    laboribus,  meritam   quietem   capere,  artusque 

fessos  commode  porrigere  possit.  Sic  iacentibus16  sopor  obrepit,  ac 
placide  obdormiscunt.  Nam  et  equi  dormiunt,  quin17  et  non  raro 
stertunt. 

Recensio:  Quid  est  equus?1  —  Cuiiismodi  animal  vocatur  "dome- 
sticum  ?"  —  Quid  est  stabulum  ?  —  Qust  sunt  genera  equorum  ?  — 
Quomodo  conscendit  eques  equum?  —  Qui  sunt  colores  equorum  ?  — 
Quae  sunt  munera  agasonum  et  aurigarum  ? —  Quae  est  supellex  mandrse  ? 
Quid  et  qualis  est  lectus  equi  ?  — "Quando  et  quomodo  quiescit  equus? 


psi,  ptum,  to    pluck;  possim,    possis,    possit,    possimus,  possitis,  possint,  that    I 
can,  that  I  be  enabled,  Praes.  Coni.,  =  so  he  can  pluck  it  at  his  pleasure. 

15.  -urn,  i,  board-floor;  =en,  inis,  n.,  straw,  abl.;  perf.  part.,  of  consterno,0 
constravi,  turn,  to  bestrew,  to  cover  over;  -turn,  i,  a  litter,  a  bed  for  animals;  p. 
part,  of  reficio,3  feci,  fectum,  to  make  a  fresh,  to  renew;  -lis,  e,  soft; -=eo,2  ui, 
itum,  to  reach,  to  offer,  give;  =le,  is,  n.,  a  lying  place,  bed;  exantlo,1  r.,  to  ex- 
haust, to  draw,  or  pump  out  to  the  last,  =  having  done  a  full  day's  work,  abl. 
absolutus;  -reo,2  ui,  itum,  to  earn,  merita  quies,  a  well  earned  rest;  =io,3  cepi, 
captum,  to  take;  -us,  us,  m.,  limbs;  -go,3  porrexi,  ctum,  to  stretch  out. 

16.  Dat.  pi.  of  the  Part.  Praes.  of  iaceo,2  ui,  itum,  to  be  lying,  =  to  them 
thus  lying;  dat.  on  account  of  the  compounded  verb  obrepo,3  psi,  ptum,  to  steal 
upon,  to  creep  upon;  adv.,  pleasantly,  sweetly;  -sco,3 — , — ,  to  fall  asleep.  —  17. 
Coni.,  nay,  rather;  adv.,  seldom,  -to,3  ui,  — ,  to  snore. 

VOCABVLARIVM     16. 
Nna.    5abs.  Nna.    Adi. 


imago,  inis,  f. 
equus.  i 
animal,  is,  n. 
labor,  is,  in. 
adiumentum.  i 
habitaculum,  i 
stabulum,  i 
tuunus,  ei  is,  n. 
cursor,  is.   m. 
iter,  itineris,  n. 
veredus,  i 
parhippus,  i 
veredarius,  ii 

ins,  m,  f. 
tergum.  i 

ephipptom,  ii 

stapia,  n: 


mannus,  1 
mannulus,  i 
caballus,  i 
senectus,  utis,  f, 
cura  ae 
agaso,  nis,  m. 
auriga,  ae,  in. 
pilus,  i 
seta,  ae 
iuba,  ae 
cauda,  ae 
strigilis,  is,  f, 
pannus.  i 
ungula,  ae 
solea,  ;•: 
mandra,  ae 
paries,  etis,  m. 
prajsepe,  is,  n 
capistrum,  t 


pabulum,  i 

quadrupes,  dis 

falisca,  ae 

dcmesticus,  a,  um 

fcenum,  i, 

celer,  is,  e 

lubitum,  i 

longinquus,  a,  um 

tabulatum,  i 

veteranus,  a.  um 

stramen,  inis.  n. 

decrepitus,  a,  um 

stramentum,  i 

badius.  a,  um 

cubile.  is,  n. 

spadix,  icis 

artus,  us,  m. 

furrus.  a,  um 

sopor,  is,  m. 

varius,  a.  um 

Adverbia. 

quo 

utrimque 

plerumque 

quotidie 

illic 

candidus,  a,  um 
sollicitus,  a,  um 
mundus,  a,  um 
fe:reus,  a,  um 
singulus,  a,  um 
plus,  pluris 

cdmmode 
placide 

mollis,  e 
fessus,  a,  um 

item 

S3 


VERBA. 


habito,1!-. 

servo.1  r. 

refercio.4si.  rtum 

perficio,3  feci,  tectum 

euro,1  r. 

carpo,3  psi,  ptum 

percurro,3  cucurri,  cursum 

purgo.ir. 

consterno,3stravi,  turn 

specto^r, 

fungor,  gi,  ctus  sum 

reficio,3feci,  fectum 

pendeo,2pependi.  — 

significo,1  r. 

praebeo,2  ui,  itum 

conscendo,3  di,  nsum 

pecto.3  xi.  xum 

exantlo^r. 

insero,3ui,  turn 

detergeo,2si,  sum 

mereo,2ui,  itum 

sublevo,1  r. 

perfrico,1  cui,  ctum 

porrigo,3  rexi,  ctum 

transpono,3  sui,  situm 

perungo,3  xi,  ctum 

iaceo,2ui,  itum 

insideo  2di,  ssum 

munio,*  vi.  turn 

obrepo,3  psi,  ptum 

equito^r. 

alo,3  ui,  altum,  itum 

obdormisco,3 

conficio,3feci,  ctum 

gaudeo,2  visus  sum 

sterto,3  ui,  — 

differo,3  distuli,  dilatum 

deligo,1  r. 

PR/EPOSITIONES 

circa 

secundum 

II. 

CI.1  C.  Mutius  Scsevola,  vir   indole   prseclarus,   dominus  stabuli, 
duos  habebat  f ilios :  Marcum,  ruvenem  vicenum    annorum,    atque   Iu- 


i.  Clarissimus,  a,  urn,  superl.  of  clams,  a,  um,  renowned,  distinguished, 
here  used  in  the  manner  of  later  imperial  Rome,  and  ever  since  the  world  over  in 
Latin  letters  and  speech,  it  also  giving  origin  to  titles  placed  before  the  names  of 
distinguished  men  of  all  nations.  In  our  days  of  democratic  usages,  everybody  is 
deemed  to  be  worthy  of  equal  titles,  and  CI.  is  so  used,  either  with  the  name  or 
for  further  distinction  "Vir"  is  added.  In  republican  Rome  extolling  and  praising 
adjectives  were  always  used  at  least  after  the  names  of  great  public  men  either 
living  or  dead;  but  also  wicked  and  dispised  men  received  epithets  after  their 
names,  as  (for  good  men)  Vir  Clarissimus,  Vir  Ornatissimus^Vir  Amplissimus; 
(great  Jurists  of  Imperial  Rome)  Vir  Spectabilis,  Spectatissimus;  Patres  Con- 
scripti,  Quirites,  etc.;  for  the  wicked:  Homo  ille  nequam,  sceleratus,  furcifer  ille, 
nebulo,  bipedem  nequissimus  (the  most  wicked  amongst  two  feeted  beings)  etc. — 
C.  =  Cams,  pronounced  Gaius,  because  C  originally  stood  for  gamma,  g,  of  the 
Greeks.  Germans,  and  their  disciples,  are  trying  to  foist  upon  the  student  world 
the  spelling  Gains :  this  should  be  utterly  rejected  by  all  honest  Latinists,  as 
contrary  to  history  and  Roman  usage.  This  attempt  at  Vandalism  is  all  the  more 
intolerable  as  the  same  people  are  manufacturing  archaisms  to  sicken  the  stomach. 
—  Mutius,  this  and  kindred  names,  are  constantly  spelled  by  the  above  philolo- 
gists as  Mucius,  because  many  Romans  did    the   same.     It  should  be  spelled  and 


84 

Hum,  fratre  biennio  minorem.  Uterque  ephebus2  insigni  erat  in  pa- 
rentem  viduum  pietate.  Hi  igitur  tres  viri,  tripartite)3  labore,  om- 
nem  rem  rusticam  pecuariamque  sui  prsedii  singulari  industria 
sciteque  administraverunt. 

"luli  mi/'4  sic  Marcus  quondam  fratrem  affatur,  "eras  moiitum 

ibimus.  *  * 


pronounced  as  given  by  me,  for  the  word  is  derived  from  mutus,  dumb,  not 
mucus,  snivel,  and  it  explains  the  myth  of  its  first  bearer  having  burned  his  right 
hand  to  a  crisp,  without  uttering  a  word.  —  Scaevola,  dimin.  of  scaevus,  a,  urn, 
left  handed,  further  explaining  the  above  legend.  —  Indoles,  is,  f.,  inclination, 
quality,  character,  in  abl.,  -us,  a,  um,  excellent,  praiseworthy  (of,  or  with  an 
excellent  character); -bat,  3d  pers.  s.  of  the  imperf.  indie,  of  habeo ;  it  runs: 
habebam,  bas,  bat,  bamus,  batis,  bant,  I  had,  thou  hadst,  etc.  —  Marcus,  i,  here 
a  proper  name;  the  word  itself  means  a  sledge  hammer;  its  diminutive  is  mar= 
cellus,  and  martellus;  =is,  is,  m.  f.  here  a  noun,  a  youth;  =ni,  ae,  a,  distrib.  nume- 
ral, about,  or  as  many  as,  twenty,  its  genit.  pi.  regularly  is  orum,  but  most  fre- 
quently contracted  into  -um,  as  of  many  other  words;  genit.  is  one  of  the  ways  of 
expressing  age,  =  a  youth  of  about  20  years;  Iulius,  ii,here  a  proper  name,  masc, 
an  adj.  of  lulus,  (three  syllables),  the  name  of  ^Eneas' grandson,  whence  the 
Iiilia  gens,  to  which  C.  Caesar  belonged,  derived  its  origin;  the  word  itself  is 
Greek,  but  used  in  Latin,  meaning  the  wooly  stalks  of  plants;  -ter,  tris,  m.,  a 
brother;  =um,  ii,  two  years1  time;  -or,  us,  compar.  of  parvus,  =  by  two  years 
younger. 

2.  -us,  i,  a  lad;  =is,  e,  prominent,  excellent;  eram,  eras,  erat,  eramus,  eratis, 
erant,  1  was,  thou  wert  etc.;  =ns,  tis,  parent,  here  father;  -tas,  atis,  etc.  loyalty, 
devotion  to;  -us,  a,  urn,  widowed,  -us  =  a  widower,  -a,  =  a  widow. 

3.  Tripartitus,  a,  um,  properly  a  perf.  part.,  but  without  a  verb;  also  tri= 
pertitus,  a,  um,  adv.  tripartito,  to  divide  into  three  parts,  shares;  -us,  a,  um,  fr. 
rus,  ruris,  n.,  field,  res  rustica,  field  work,  affairs;  -arius,  a,  um,  fr.  pecu  and 
pecus,  oris,  n.,  cattle,  live  stock,  the  affairs  thereof; -um,  ii,  farm;  -is,  e,  singular, 
particular;  I.,  diligence,  industry;  adv.  fr.  scio,  cleverly;  -tro,1  r.,  perf.  Indie.  3d, 
pi.,  it  runs:  -vi,  visti,  vit,  vimus,  vistis,  verunt,  to  attend  to.  t©  administer,  ad- 
ministrate. 

4.  Vocative  of  meus  (not  of  mea,  or  meum),  mine;  adv.  at  some  time,  on  an 
occassion;  ad  +  fari,  speak  to,  not  in  the  1st  person,  to  address;  adv-  to  morrow, 
-lo/'  ui,  itum,  to  grind  grain;  fut.  Indie,  of  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  to  go;  eras  m61i= 
turn  ibimus,  to-morrow  we  shall  go  to  (have  our  grain  ground)  grind.  Here  the 
rule  of  all  languages,  that  a  verb  governs  another  verb  into  Infinitive,  as,  I    like 


85 

Cui5  ille,  ''Quid  ita,  mi  Marce?"  inquit,  "die,  amabo,  quid  rei  sit? 
Anne  coca  sic  depleverit6  cameram  penariam,   ut  iam  peniiria 

annonse  laboremus?" 

Turn  Marcus,  "Recte7  mones, "  inquit,  "sic coca  adpatremretulit; 
negat  enim  ipsa  satis  penus  habere,  unde  coquere,  panemque  facere 
possit,  nee  ego  reperio  unde  pecori  pabulum  parem.   Quocirca8  pla= 


to  write,  is  overruled  by  a  special  Latin  principle:  when  this  governing  verb  indi- 
cates motion,  the  verb  so  governed  is  put  into  the  supinum;  as:  eo  m6Htum, 
imus  scriptum,  ambulatum,  emptum,  etc. 

5.  Dat.  of  quis:  ille,  there  being  no  pers.  pron.  (he,  she,  it)  in  Latin,  de- 
monstr.  pronouus  are  used,  to  whom,  he,  the  verb  is  inquit,  says,  which  runs: 
inquam,  inquis,  inquit,  —  inquiunt,  say  I,  etc.  used  only  in  quoting  like  the 
English  "said  I."  Quid  ita?  how  so?  Mark  the  vocatives  of  luli,  and  Marce:  the 
former  is  ending  in  ius,  its  Voc.  is  i,  the  latter  is  us,  Voc.  e.;  die,  amabo,  tell  me, 
please,  dico  in  Imperative;  amabo  is  the  fut.  Indie,  I  shall  like;  quid  rei  sit, 
what  be  the  matter?  The  question  is  indirect  (because  "tell  me  please"),  there- 
fore sit,  Coniunct.,  instead  of  est,  Indie. 

6.  =eo,2  vi, — ,  to  draw  off,  to  empty;  perf.  of  Coni.,  =verim,  veris,  verit, 
verimus,  veritis,  verint;  I.,  chamber;  -us,  a,  urn,  later  -uarius,  a,  urn,  fr.  penus, 
us,  m.,  later  penus,  oris,  u.,  last  penu,  indecl.,  a  larder,  stores,  provisions;  I., 
need,  destitution;  I.,  food  supply;  laboro  aliqua  re,  ex  aliqua  re,  I  am  suffering 
from  something;  here  pres.  Coni. 

7.  Adv.,  rightly;  =eo,2  ui,  itum,  to  warn;  here  a  common  phrase:  you  are  right; 
refero,  referre,  retuli,  relatum,  perf.  Indie.  =  that  is  how  the  (she)  cook  has  re- 
ported to  father;  -go,1  r.,  to  deny;  "She  denies  her  (self)  to  have;"  that  is,  she  re- 
ports that  she  does  not  have  enough  (satis,  indecl.)  of  provisions;  adv.  whence; 
=rio,4  ri,  rtum,  to  find  (by  searching);  -ro,1  r.,  to  make  ready,  to  prepare,  pres. 
Coni.,  the  verb  depending  on  unde.  —  8.  Wherefore;  =ceo,2  ui,  itum,  to  be  pleas- 
ing; very  frequently  used  about  those  in  authority  in  the  sense  of  the  phrase,  "it 
seemed  best  to.  . . "  especially  about  the  Senate  "placuit  Senatui;"  placuit  patri  de- 
mandare  nobis,  our  father  thought  best  to  order  us,  bid  us;  nobis  dat.  of  nos;  mihi, 
tibi,  datives  of  ego  and  tu;  -do,1  r.,  to  bid,  order,  downward  to  commit  something 
to  somebody;  misunderstood  by  the  Italians  and  distorted  into  domandare  to 
demand,  French  demander,  to  ask;  scilicet,  as  is  evident,  namely,  to  wit;  per  me, 
through  me;  early;  fifty;  II,  bushel;  -urn,  i,  wheat;  =le,  is,  n.,  rye;  I.,  originally 
large  baskets,  a  bin;  =ium,  ii,  granary,  storehouse  for  grains;  =mo,3  psi,  ptum,   to 


86 


cuit  patri  nobis,  scilicet  mihi,  ac  per  me  tibi,  demandare,  uti  eras, 
prima  luce,  quinquaginta  (50)  modios  tritici  secalisque  e  cumeris 
granarii  depromptosin  molam  deveheremus,  atque  molitos  quo  ocy« 
us  domum  referremus.  Tenesne?" 

"Quam9  optime, "  inquit  Iulius,  aequi  &  boni  facio  patris  consi- 
lium; at,  Marce,  die,  velim,  quam  partem  coepti  vis  ego  capiam? 

"/Equum10  mihi  videtur, "  ait  ille,  "litpote  quum  te  sim  adiil= 
tior  et  fortior,  ut  ego  saccos  complerem  et  ad  sarracum  baiula- 
rem ;  tu  vero,  setate  viribusque  quum  me  sis  minor,  interea  equos 
cibares  et  currum  apparares?  Placetne?" 

"Perquam,"  u  inquit  hie,  "Marce  mi;  faustam  tibi  noctem." 


produce,  take  out,  perf.  part.;  I.,  a  mill;  ground;  adv.  superlative,  ocyssime,  soon, 
quo  ocyus,  eo  melius,  the  sooner,  the  better;  imperii.  Coni.  we  should  bring 
back;  domum,  accus.,  because  "end  of  motion."  Dost  thou  hold.?  =  do  you  un- 
derstand. 

9.  "Like  one  who  best"  (understands),  most  exactly;  an  idiom;  I  am  fully 
satisfied,  I  take  my  father's  will  (consilium,  mind,  resolution,  determination)  as 
most  fair,  I  acquiesce  in,  I  take  it  for  the  best:  velim,  velis,  veiit,  velimus,  veli- 
tis,  velint.  Prass.  Coni.  of  volo,  vis,  vult,  v61umus,  vultis,  volunt,  German 
wollen,  to  will,  as  a  verb;  die,  velim,  tell  me,  pray;  c(Bptum,  i,  cOepi,  c(Bpisse,  to 
begin,  an  enterprise,  undertaking;  capio,3  cepi,  captum,  to  take,  get  hold,  =  what 
part  of  the  enterprise  do  you  want  me  to  take  (upon  myself)?  Prses.  Coni. 

10.  -us,  a,  um,  equitable,  reasonable,  fair,  =  it  seems  to  me  fair;  coni.,  as 
one  who;  -tus,  a,  um,  compar.  -tior,  fr.  adolesco,  to  grow  up,  =  since  1  be  older 
than  you,  thy  elder,  te  abl.  of  comparison  (next  Pensum);  -tis,  e,  comp.  -tior, 
ius,  stronger;  -eo,2  vi,  turn,  to  fill,  fill  up;  Imperf.  Coni.;  -lo,1  r.,  to  carry  some- 
thing heavy,  to  lug;  aetas,  tis,  f.,  age;  same  abl.,  vires,  ium,  f.,  strength,  same 
abl.,  pi.;  since  thou  be  my  younger;  adv.  in  the  mean  time;  -bo,1  r.,  to  feed,  Im- 
perf.  Coni.  -rem,  res,  ret,  remus,  r£tis,  rent.;  -ro,1  r.,  ad  +  paro,  to  fit  up,  get 
ready;  .',ame  mood  and  tense;  art  thou  pleased,  are  you  satisfied? 

11.  Very  much; -us,  a,  um,  fortunate,  lucky,  auspicious,  nox  in  accus.,  be- 
cause the  object  of  precor,  I  wish  to  you,  is  understood,  =  I  wish  to  you  a  good 
night!  Though  not  a  regular  form  of  Roman  greeting,  but  such  sentences  have 
been  used,  and  can  be  used  now  with  full  propriety. 


87 

Postero12  die,  prima  luce,  ut  inter  fratres  convenerat,  Iulius,  so- 
lita  sua  pernicitate  ad  stabulum  decurrit,  ostium  reserat,  pandit, 
et  ad  equos  intrat.  Audito13  strepitu,  hi  subito  in  pedes  subsili= 
unt,  arrectisque  auribus,  herum  suum  iuvenem  cum  hinnitu  ex- 
cipiunt. 

"Heus14  equuli, "  affatur  eos  Iulius,  'iamne  surrexistis?  etiamne 
esuritis?  este  bono  animo,  iam  ego  indigentiis  vestris  illico  mini- 
strabo.  " 

His  dictis,15  e  loculamento  promit  sacculum  avense  paratum,  e 
sacco  maiori  haurit  f  lirfurem  quantum  satis,  utrumque  in  alveolo 
miscet,  turn  adlata  situla  aquae,  farraginem  prsesepi  infiindit, 
aqua  cito  conspergit.  Equi  interea,  morse16  impatientes,  ab  esu 
vix  arceri  &  cohiberi  poterant.  Copia17  denique  edendi  data,  equi 
cibum  prius  degustare,  turn  demum  avide  vorare  coeperunt. 

12.  Posterus,  a,  um,  rior,  tremus,  a,  um,  the  next  following;  first  light,  abl., 
=  the  next  day,  bright  and  early;  ut,  =  as;  -venio,4  ni,  turn,  plus  quam  perfec- 
tum,  =ram,  ras,  rat,  ramus,  ratis,  rant,  as  was  agreed;  perf.  p.  of  soleo,2  itus 
sum,  half  deponent,  the  usual;  -tas,  tatis,  f. ,  nimbleness;  -ro,1  r.,  to  unlock;  -do,3 
di,sum,  or  passum,  to  throw  openj-tro,1  r.,to  enter. — 13.  Perf.  of  audio,4  vi,  turn, 
in  abl.;  IV.,  noise,  =  with  the  noise  heard,  abl.,  abs.;  adv.  at  once;  -Ho,4  lui,  — , 
to  jump  up;  -go,3  rrexi,  rectum,  p.  p.  pi.;  auris,  is,  f.,  ear,  with  erected  ears;  II., 
master;  IV.,  neighing;  -pio,3  -cepi,  ptum,  to  receive. 

14.  Interj.,  hello!  horsies;  perf.  Indie,  of  -go,3  rrexi,  ctum,  -xi,  xisti,  xit, 
ximus,  xistis,  xerunt,  to  rise;  -rio,4  vi,  turn,  pres.  Indie.  2d  pi.  -io,  is,  it,  imus, 
itis,  iunt,  tu  hunger;  Imperat.  pi.  of  sum,  be  ye!  II.,  mental  disposition,  =  be  of 
good  cheer;  I.,  needs; -ter,  tra,  um,  your:  adv.  at  once;  -tro,1  r.,  fut.  to  serve, 
minister. 

15.  Abl.  abs.,  with  these  said;  -um,  i>  a  shelf,  "pigeonhole,"  &c;  -mo,  is,  it, 
imus,  itis,  unt,  take  out;  dimin.  of  saccus;  I.,  oats;  p.  p.  of  paro1,  r.,  ready;  -rio,4 
si,  stum,  to  scoop,  dip;  furfur,  is,  m.,  bran;  us,  a,  um,  as  much  as;  -us,  i,  m- ,  a 
small  trough;  =eo2  ui,  xtum,  to  mix,  blend;  pp.  of  adfero,3  tuli,  latum,  abl.  abs., 
I.,  a  bucket;  -go,  inis,  f .,  forage;  dat.  because  of  compounded  verb  -do,3  di,  sum, 
to  pour  in;  adv.,  quickly;  -go,3  si,  sum,  to  besprinkle.  —  16.  I.,  delay;  adj.  fr. 
patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  to  suffer,  =  unsuffering,  impatient;  IV.,  eating;  adv., 
scarcely;  =ceo2  ui,  ctum,  to  hinder,  prevent,  restrain;  -eo,2  ui,  itum,  keep  in  check, 
both  pass.  Infin.;  possum,  potes,  potest,  possumus,  potestis,  possunt;  Imperf.: 
poteram,  as,  at,  amus,  atis,  erant,  =  they  could  scarcely  be  restrained. 
—  17.  I.,  chance,  permission,  abl.  abs.;  pp.  of  do,  dare,    dedi,    datum,  =  with   a 


88 

Dum  equi  ientaculo18  vires  recreant,  famemque  explent, 
Iulius  grundam  petit  visurus,  utrum  sarracum  oneri  vehendo  ex  omni 
parte  idoneum  firmumque  sit.  Quapropter19  rotas  detrahit,  modi- 
olum,  canthos,  absides  tentat,  et  experitur,  axem  axungia  Unit, 
rotas  reponit,  et  quum  omnia  sarta  tecta  reperiret,  in  stabulum  red- 
it,  ut  equos  loris  in  aream  ad  alveum  educat  et  adaquet.  Postquam20 
equi  sitim  quoque  longo  haustu  restinxissent,  sequo  animo  exspe- 
ctabant  donee  eos  ad  sarracum  perductos,  Iulius  hamaxaret. 

Itaque21  ille  profert  lora,  eaque  primum  uni,  turn  alteri,  aptarein- 
cipit.  Levato22  freno,  ori  equi  oreas  inserit,  frenum  imponit  capiti, 
idque  a  latere  revincit.  Mox  helcium23  per  caput  infert  collo,  mo- 


chance  for   eating  obtained;  -to,1  r.,  to  get   a   taste,    Infin.;   adv.,    finally;  adv. 
eagerly;  -ro,1   r.,  to  eat  ravenously;  coepi,  isti,  it,  imus,  istis,  erunt,  have   begun. 

18.  =um,  i,  breakfast;  abl.  of  means;  -o1,  r.,  to  restore,  renew;  es,is,  f.,=pleo,2 
vi,  turn,  to  fill  out;  I.,  shed;  -to,3  ivi,  itum,  to  seek,  to  go  somewhere;  Part.  Fut. 
Act.  of  video,2  di,  sum,  to  see,  for  the  purpose  of  seeing;  ex  omni  parte,  in  all 
respects;  -us,  a,  um,  in  fit  condition,  suitable;  -us,  a,  um,  firm,  solid. 

19.  Quamobrem;  -ho,3  xi,  ctum,  ho  his,  hit,  himus,  hitis,  hunt,  to  pull  off;  II., 
the  hub;  II.,  the  tire;  -sis,  sidis,  f.,  the  fellies;  -to,1  r.  to  try;  -rior,  iri,  rtus  sum, 
to  try;  I.,  axlegrease;  -no,3  levi,  litum  (i  short);  to  smear;  -no,3  sui,  itum,  to  put 
back;  sartus  tectus,  us  a,  um,  fr.  sarcio  and  tego,  properly  of  buildings,  tropically 
of  anything,  in  good  repair;  redeo,4  ivi,  itum,  fr.  re  +  d  +  eo,  d  for  euphony,  to 
go  back;  -um,  i,  a  strap;  I.,  the  yard;  II.,  a  trough;  -co,3  xi,  ctum,  Praes.  Coni. 
-cam,  as,  at,  amus,  atis,  ant,  to  lead  out;  -quo,1  r.,  to  water  (horses),  Praes. 
Coni.  —  20.  After  that  .  ..  afterward  that;  -is,  is,  f.,  thirst;  IV.,  a  draught, 
drinking;  -guo,3  xi,  ctum,  to  quench,  Plusquam  Perf.  Coni.;  sequus  animus,  with 
acquiesecence,  equanimity,  -to,1  r.  Imperf.  Ind.  —  bam,  bas,  bat,  bamus,  batis, 
bant,  awaited;  until;  pp.  of  perduco,3  xi,  ctum,  lead;  -xo,1  r.,  to  harness,  to  hitch 
up,  Imp.  Coni.  rem,  res,  ret,  remus,  retis,  rent. 

21.  Therefore;  -ro,3  tuli,  latum,  to  bring  forward;  harness;  adv.,  firsti-to,1  r., 
to  fit.  —  22.  -vo,1  r.,  to  lift,  abl.  abs.;  um.  i,  a  bridle;  dat.  of  os,  oris,  n.,  mouth; 
I.,  pi.  only,  the  bit;  -ro,3  rui,  rtum,  to  put  in;  caput,  itis,  n.,  the  head,  dat.  after 
a  compound  verb;  a  latere,  on  the  side;  -cio,4  nxi,  nctum,  to  tie,  fasten. — 23.  -um, 
-ii,  horse-collar;  -ro,3  tuli,  illatum,  to  bring  over  in;  -um,  i,  the  neck;  =le,  is,  n. ,  the 
yoke-strap;  a  strap  on  the  neck  of  Roman  horses,  ornamented  with  brass  plates, 
buttons,  etc.;  -to,3  xui,  xi,  xum,  II  ,  a  ring;  II.,  a  hook;  -um,  ii,  or  molile,  is,  11., 
the   traces;   -um,    i,  the  end;  II.,  a  hook;  -um,  i,  properly  a  small  beam,  here  the 


89 

nile  nectit  annulo  temonis;  hamo  nelcii  pendit  epirhedium  (vel 
molile),  eiusque  extrema  unco,  tigilli  destinat;  tandem  habenas 
extremas  ore-is  per  fibulas  adstringit.  Eadem24  cum  altero  equo  re= 
petit.  His  rebus  finitis  equi  currui,  currus  autem  equis  erant  iuncti. 
Interim  opus25  suum  sane  arduum  Marcus  quoque  consummat, 
ultimumque  saccum  frumento  gravem  ad  currum  baiulat.  Totus26  eius 
vultus  sudore  niadet.  Nunc  demum  fratres  in  sediie2*  conscendunt, 
Marcus  prehendit  habenas,  editoque  rnastigiae  crepitu,  equos  in- 
citat.  Hi  connitiintur:28  pedes  movere,  currum  trahere  incipiunt. 
Pariter29  cum  equis  trahentibus  rotse  moveri,  turn  circumagi,  dein  vol= 


whiffle-tree,  a  mere  conjecture,  particularly  with  the  adjective  sororeum,  pointing 
to,  if  not  originating  a  Roman  legend,  connected  with  the  Horatii  et  Curiatii, 
fratres  trigemini;— no!r.,  to  fasten  down;  I.,  pi.,  only,  the  reins,  lines;  ends;  I., 
a  buckle;  —  -go,3  nxi,  ctum,  to  bind,  tie.  —  24.  Ace.  pi.  of  idem,  n.,  the  same 
(things);  -to,3  vi,  Hum,  to  repeat;  -go3  nxi,  ctum,  to  join.  Cicero  speaks  some- 
where of  a  wagon  as  being  hitched  to  the  horse;  this  sentence  is  a  reference 
thereto. 

25.  Opus,  eris,  n.,  work  as  completed  or  under  way;  adv.,  really;  -us,  a,  um, 
steep,  difficult;  -mo1,  r.,  to  complete; -turn,  i,  fr.,  fruor,  frui  fruitus,  fructus  sum, 
to  enjoy,  means  the  cereals,  bread-stuff,  wheat,  rye,  barley,  oats,  to  which  Indian 
corn  may  be  added;  abi.  s.,  heavy  with  fr.— 26.  -us,  a,  um,  the  whole;  IV.,  coun- 
tenance;  -or,  is,  m.,  sweat,  -deo,2  ui,  — ,  the  adj.  is  -didus,  a,  um,  wet.  —  27. 
4e,  is,  n.,  a  seat;  -do,5  di,  sum,  to  grab,  seize;  edo,3  edidi,  turn,  fr.  ex  +  do,  to 
give  out,  forth;  not  to  be  confounded  with  edo,3  edi,  esum,  to  eat;  1. ,  a  whip;  likely 
of  Asiatic  origine,  for  the  Romans  until  the  later  emperors  have  not  used  fiagrum, 
flagellum,  nor  any  other  cruel  whips  for  horses,  but  a  light  switch,  or  twig;  IV., 
a  crack;  -to,1  r.,  to  incite. 


28. 


Connitor,  ti,  nixus  sum  (also  nisus),  to  set  one's  body  against  a  thing 
an  effort  to  move,  push,  overthrow  it;  -tor,  eris,  itur,  imur,  imini,  untur;  -veo,2 
vi,  turn,  to  move.  Infin.  pres.,  because  of  the  other  verb,  incipiunt;-ho,3  xi,ctum, 
o  pull,  draw.— 29.  Adv.,  simultaneously,  equally,  at  the  same  time;  Part.  Prses. 
of  traho,abl.,  pi.,  w.  the  horses  pulling,  Inf.  pass,  of  movere;  same  of  ago;  then; 
Inf.  pass,  of  volvo,3  vi,  utum,  to  roll;  Inf.  p.  of  verso,1  r.,  to  keep  turning;  adv., 
lastly;  -um,  ii,  same  as  grunda,  wagon-shed;  Inf.  p.  of  provolvo,3  vi,  utum,  to 
roll  forward.  Mark  here  the  infinitives  without  the  necessary  governing  verb, 
which  is  invariably  the  defective  verb  ccepi,  ccepisse,  in  its  3d  per.  s.,  ccepit,  or 
pi.,  as  here,  Cceperunt.    In  descriptions  of  this  sort,  when  the  details  of  an   event 


90 

vi  et  versari,  denique  currus  e  loco  moved,  postremo  e  subgrundio  in 
aream  provolvi.  Tunc  equi  citato30  gressu  aream  percurrunt,  hinc  in 
viam  vicinalem,  illinc  denique  paulopost  in  viam  regiam  iter  fle= 

ctunt. 

Recensio:  Quis  fuit  dominus  stabuli?  —  Quos  habuit  filios?  — 
Quid  et  quomodo  hi  administraverunt?  —  Quid  dicit  Marcus  Iulio?  — 
Quidillerespondet?  —  Quid  ait  Marcus  de  coca?  —  Quid  placuit 
patri?  —  Quid  convenit  inter  fratres?  —  Quid  dicit  Iulius  a  Marco 
discedens?  —  Quid  agit  Iulius  postero  mane?  —  Quomodo  cibat 
equos?  — Posteaquoit?  —  Quid  agit  in  grunda?  —  Quomodo  haj 
maxat?— Interim  quid  agit  Marcus?  —  Quomodo  evehunt  equi  currum 
oneratum  e  grunda? 


VOCABVLARIVM    17, 


Nna.  Subst. 

indoles,  is,  f. 

secale,  is,  n. 

loculamentum. 

marcus.  i 

cuinera.  ae 

saccuhis,  i 

annus,  i 

granarium,  ii 

avena,  ae 

frater,  tris 

mola,  33 

furfur,  is,  in. 

biennium,  ii 

consilium,  ii 

alveolus,  i 

ephebus.  i 

pars,  tis.  f 

situla,  33 

pietas,  atis,  f. 

coeptum,  i 

farrago,  inis,  f 

praedium,  ii 

saccus,  i 

mora,  as 

industria,  ae 

setas,  atis.  f. 

esus,  us,  m. 

camera,  ae 

vis  vim.  vi.  f. 

copia     33 

penuria,  ae 

pernicitas,  atis.  f. 

ientaculum,  i 
fames,  is,  f. 

annona,  33 

strepitus,  us.  m. 

penus,  us,  m. 
panis,  is,  m. 
pecus.  oris,  n. 

auris,  is,  f. 
herus.  i 
hinnitus.  us,  m. 

grunda-  33 
modiolus,  i 
canthus,  i 

•nodius.  ii 

animus,  i 

abses.  idis.  f. 

triticum.  i 

indigentia,  33 

axungia,  ae 

sarta tecta 
lorum,  i 
area,  ae 
sitis,is,f. 
haustus,  us,  m. 
frenum,  i 
os,  oris,  n. 
oreae,  arum 
caput,  itis,  n. 
helcium,  ii 
collum,  i 

monile,  is,  n. 

annulus,  i 

hamus.  i 

epirhedium,  i 

molile,  is,  n. 

cxtremum,  i 


are  narrated,  and  presented  like  in  a  picture,  this  general  governing  verb,  for  the 
sake  of  abruptness  and  resulting  effect,  is  omitted.  A  mighty  field  for  German 
philological  speculation.  As  narratives  of  this  kind  by  their  very  nature,  must 
be  held  in  the  present  time,  German  doctors  of  philology  give  it  a  special  name 
of  "Historical  Present,1'  and  the  construction  of  these  defective  Infinitives  is 
called  the  ''Historical  Infinitive."  Students  should  pay  no  attention  to  the 
sophistry  at  all ;  what  I  have  said,  and  my  examples  explain  the  whole  matter. 

30.— Perf.  p.  of  cito1,  r.,  to  accelerate;  IV.,  a  step,  =  with  accelerated  steps; 
-ro,3  curri,  or  percucurri,  percursum,  to  run  through;  I.,  way,  road;  -lis,  e, 
neighboring,  via  vicinalis,  country-road,  thence,  soon  after,  V.  regia  (us,  a,  urn) 
royal  highway,  -to,3  xi,  xum,  to  bend;  -do,3  cessi,  ssum,  to  depart,  pres.  part. 


9i 


uncus,  i 
tigilluin    i 
liabena*  arum 
libula.  a? 
opus  ens  n. 
frumentum.  i 
vultus,  us,  m. 
sudor,  is,  in. 
sedile,  is.  n. 
mastigiaas 
crepitus  us 
locus,  i 


subgrundium,  ii 
gressus,  us.  m. 
via.  ae 

Nna  Adi. 

clarus.  a.  uni 
caius.  a 
mutius,  a,  urn 
scaevus,  a,  urn 
praeclarus,  a,  uni 
viceni,  ae,  a 
insignis,  e 
viduus,  a,  um 


tnpartitus.  a.  um 
rusticus,  a,  uni 
pecuai  ius,  a,  um 
satis 

quinquaginta 
asquus,  a.  uni 
bonus,  a,  um 
adultus,  a,  um 
fortis,  e 
minor,  or,  us 
faustus.  a,  um 
posterus,  u,  um 


solitus,  a,  um 
paratus,  a,  uin 
quantus.  a,  um 
impatiens,  tis 
idoneus,  a,  um 
firmus,  a  um 
estremus.  a,  um 
arduus,  a,  um 
totus.  a,  um 
citatus,  a,  um 
vicinaiis,  e 
regius,  a,  um 


"V    E     IR    IB     .A.. 


administro,1  r. 
aff  ari,  affatus  sum 
molo,3ui,  itum 
eo.*  ivi,  itum 


depleo,2  vi,  — 
laboro^r. 
moneo  2ui,  itum 
refero,3tuli,  latum 


nego 


repeno,*  pen 


paro 


placeo,2  ui,  itum 
demando^r. 
depromo,3psi,  ptum 
volo.  velle.  volui 
capio,3  cepi,  captum 
videor,2sus  sum 
compleo,2  vi,  turn 
baiulo,1  r. 
cibo^r. 


apparo,1  r- 

convenio.*  ni,  turn 

decurro,3decucur.  i  i,  sum 

resero,1  r. 

pando,3di,  pansum,  passum 


audio,*  r. 
subsilio,*ui,  — 
arrigo,3rrexi,  ctum 
excipio,3cepi,  ptum 
esurio,4  r. 
ministro,1  r. 
haurio,*si  stum 
misceo,2cui,  xtum 
affero,3  adtuli,  latum 
infundo.3  fudi,  fucum 
conspergo,3  si,  sum 
arceo.2ui,  ctum 
cohibeo,2ui,itum 
degusto,1  r. 
voro,1  r. 
coepi,  ccepisse 


expleo,2r. 
peto,3  ivi,  itum 
detraho,3xi,  ctum 
tento,1  r. 

experior,*  rtus  sum 
lino,3  levi,  litum 
repono,3posui,  itum 
redeo.Mvi,  itum 
educo.3duxi,  ctum 
adaquo.1  r. 
restinguo,3xi.  ctum 
exspecto,1  r. 
perduco,3  xi,  ctum 
hamaxo,1  r. 
profero,3  tuli,  latum 
apto,1  r. 
levo,1  r. 

insero,3ui.  r»um 
revincio.4nxi,  ctum 
jnfero,3  tuli.  illatum 
necto,3  xui,  xi,  xum 


pendo,3pependi,  pensum 
d>  stino,1  r. 

adstringo,3nxj.  strictum 
repeto,3r. 
finio,4  r. 
ungo,3  xi.  ctum 
consummo,1  r. 
madeo,2ui,  — 
prehendo,3di,  sum 
edo,3  didi,  tun 
incito,1  r. 

connitor,3  xus.  sus,  sum 
moveo,2vi,  turn 
circumago,3egi.  actum 
volvo,3  vi.  utum 
versor,1  atus  sum 
provolvo.3  vi,  utum 
percurro,3  percucurri,  per- 

cursum 
flecto,3xi,  xum 
discedo,3  cessi,  ssuni 
dveho,3xi,  xum 


Adverbia. 

scite 

optime 

quondam 

perquam 

eras 

subito 

recte 

illico 

quocirca 

avide 

scilicet 

interim 

ocyus 

sane 

pariter 
postremo 
illico 
paulopost 


Interiectio. 


beus 


92 


III. 


MOLA 


1VTON    desunt1    domus,    quae   iuxta     se    rotas,    et    sub    iis    aquam 
1M      habent;   domus   eius  generis  est  mol        Aqua  autem  sub  rota 
molari2   non  stat,    sed  fluit:   aqua  vero   fluens  fluvius,   vel 
rivus  vocatur. 

Omnis  rivus  fluit  in  alveo,  inter  duas  ripas,3  quas,  in  nonniillis 
locis,  pontes  iungunt,  ut,  qui  velint,  transire  possint.  Verumtamen4 
aqua  e  fluvio  non  recta  decurritin  rotam  aquariam,  sed  pontem  inter 
&  molam  aggeribus  et  cataracta  coarctatur  et  reprimitur,  ut 
piscinam  efficiat,  utque  cataracta  ope  vectis  levata,  aqua  per 
canalem  eo  maiori  vi  ac  pondere  rotse  irruat,   seque  palmulis  eius 


i.  Desum,  deesse,  defui,    to  be  missing,  absent,  lacking;  non  desunt,  are  not 

wanting;  prep.,  under;  abl.  pi.  of  is,  governed  by  sub,  under  them.  I.,  a  mill,  a 
grist  mill  alone,  all  else  is  fabrica;mostly  pi.  because  of  the  two  stones,  the  origi- 
nal meaning;  here,  also  the  building  is  so  named.  The  Romans  had  but  hand-mills, 
and  a  larger  kind  turned  by  mules,  donkeys,  mola  asinaria;  usually  combined  with  a 
bakery,  when  it  is  called  a  pistrina.— 2.  Adj.  of  mola,  -is  e,  whence  dentes 
molares,  the  grinding,  milling  teeth;  fluo,3  fluxi,  xum,  to  flow;  pres.  p.  -ens,  tis, 
flowing;  II.,  II.,  a  stream,  a  river. 

3  I.,  a  bank;  -us,  a,  urn,  some;  II.,  a  place;  pons,  pontis,  a  bridge;  Prs.  Coni- 
of  volo,  velle,  volui,  velim,  velis,  velit,  -imus,  itis,  int,  whoever  willed  (wanted) 
possim,  is,  it,  imus,  itis,  int,  could;  transeo,4  vi,  turn,  to  go  across,  to  cross. 

4.  Adv.,  however;  adv.,  straightway;  -us,  a,  um,  water-,  watery;  prepositions 
often  stand  between  the  two  nouns  they  govern;  -er,  is,  m.,  a  mound,  a  dike;  I.,  a 
flood-gate,  abl.  of  means;  -to,1  r.,  to  press  into  a  narrow  place;  <=mo,3  pressi,  ssum, 
to  squeeze,  press  back,  passive;  I.,  originally  a  fish-pond,  a  pond,  a  mill-pond; 
-is,  is,  m.,  a  lever,  genit.,  ope  vectis,  by  means  of  a  crow-bar;  -vo,1  r.,  to  lift,  raise; 
abl.  abs.,  -is,  is,  m.,  properly  a  tube,  pipe,  a  channel,  a  sluice;  abl.  of  id,  eo  ma- 


93 

impingat.  Quum  hoc  fit5,  rota  primum  lente  moveri,  turn  verti, 
deniqe  circumagi,  postremo  gyrare  ac  versari  incipit.  Rota  gyrante6, 
ope  axis,  et  caeterae  rotae  dentatae,  molucra,  verticula,  fusi,  re!i= 
quumque  machinarnentum  molae  in  motum  agitur.  Omnia  igitur 
quae  in  mola  agitantur  a  rota  aquaria  cientur,7  ipsam  autem  vis 
aquae  torque!  et  impellit. 

Intrinsecus,  ad  parietem,  e  regione  recti  ostii  suggestus  estad, 
vicenum  pedum  altitudinem,  ad  quern  scalse  ducunt,  et  in  quo  siti 
sunt  lapides  molares  sepimento  obtecti.  His9  imminet  Inftindl- 
bulurn,  e  quo  agitato  grana  frumenti  faucibus  catilii  tenui  fluxu 
IHabisntur,  quae  verticillo  catilii  conteruntur  &  comminuuntur. 

iori  vi,  by  that  much  greater  force;  =us,  eris,  n.,  weight;  dat.;  ~o,3  ui,  — ,  (in  + 
ruo),  to  dash  against;  I.,  a  paddle  of  a  water  wheel;  -go,3  pegi,  pactum,  to  strike 
against,  dat. — 5.  When  this  happens;  adv.,  at  first;  adv.,  slowly.  The  following  In- 
finitives are  governed  by  incipiunt  (they)  begin;  all  the  act.  transitive  verbs  in 
such  cases  receive  the  Inf.  of  the  Passive  voice,  but  they  are  not  passive,  such 
verbs  are  called  "Middle  Verbs,"  which  idea  is  expressed  in  English  by  the  Active 
Voice;  but  the  intransitive  verbs,  like  gyro,  retain  their  active  form;  notice  also  the 
gradation  of  the  adverbs:  prirnum,  tum,  denique,  postremo;  -ro,1  r.,  to  be  rotat- 
ing, revolving. 

6.  Abl.  abs.,  w.  the  wheel  revolving;  casteri,  ae,  a,  the  other,  the  rest;  -us,  a, 
urn,  fr.  dens,  tis,  m.,  a  tooth,  a  cog;  p.  p.  cogged;  =um,  i,  a  pulley  for  transmis- 
sion of  power;  II.,  properly  a  spindle,  a  vertical  shaft  bearing  pulleys,  wheels, 
&c-;  =us,  a,  um,  the  rest,  remaining;  -urn,  i,  machinery;  is  set  in  motion. — 7.  Cieo,2 
civi,  citum,tomake  go,  to  cause  movement,  to  put  into  motion,  =  are  being  stirred, 
moved,  put  into  motion  by  the  water-wheel;  =queo,2si,  tum,  to  twist,  to  give  a 
motion  like  that  of  a  shaft,  rolling,  forced  by  a  crank,  or  wheel;  *-lio,3puli,  pulsum, 
to  drive  on,  forward. 

8.  Adv.  on  the  inside;  opposite  of  extrinsecus,  on  the  outside;  also  intus;  an 
adverbial  phrase,  opposite,  w.  gen.  or  dat.;  =ium,  ii,  the  main  entrance,  main 
door,=opposite  the  main  door;  IV.,  a  platform;  ad  =  to  the  height  of  some  20  feet; 
=ni,  se,  a,  some  twenty;  =do,  inis,  f.,  height.,  I.,  steps,  ladder;  =us,  a,um,  situate, 
is,  are  situated,  fr.,  sino,3  sivi,  situm,  to  allow,  let;  as  an  adj.,  -us,  a,  urn,  placed, 
situated;  -is,  idis,  in.,  a  stone;  -um,  i,  an  inclosure;  =go,3  xi,  cturn,  to  cover  over. 
9.  Dat.  pi.  of  hie;  -neo,2 — ,  — ,  to  hang  over;  -um,  i,  a  hopper;  -um,  i,  grain; 
-um,  i,  any,  all  the  cereals,  wheat,  rye,  &c;  faux,  cis,  the  throat,  any  similar 
thing,  here  the  opening,  mouth,  of  the  upper  stone;  usually  pi.;  II.,  upper   stone; 


94 


Istinc10  molitum  excipitur  a  saccino,  in  area  lignea,  oblique  pendenti, 
furcaque  bidenti  quassato.  Si  saccinum  pavitense11  sit,  uti  e 
serica  textum,  similam,  si  levidense,  farinam  minus  subtilem 

saccat    et   excutit.     Os   saccini   ex   area   eminet,    et   apludam  in 

cribrum  duplex  aut  triplex  evomit.  Cribrum  hoc  ante  arcam  in 
planum13  quassatum  apludam  bifariam  aut  trifariam  secernit,  atque 
far,  furfuremque,  item  ador,  in  diversas  partes  agit,  qua^  deinceps  in 
singulos  m6dios  dilabuntur.     Quum  modii  pleni  fiunt,   submovenur14, 

IV.,  flowing;  in+labor,3  psus  sum,  to  drop  in;  compounded  verb  w.  dat.;  II.,  a 
whirling;   -ro,3  trivi,    tritum    (hence   contrition),    to   crush;   -uo,3  ui,  utum,  to 

smash,  to  crush  or  break  into  small  fragments,  powder,  dust. 

10.  Adv.=hinc,  thence,  hence;  fr.  -lo,3  ui,  itum,  as  a  noun,  what  has  beer 
ground;  -pio3,  cepi,  turn,  to  take  up,  to  take  out,  to  receive,  pass.;  -urn,  i,  fr.  sac 
cus,  a  hair-cloth  bag,  which  shakes  out  the  flour  from  the  gristpassingthrough  it 
I.,  a  chest;=us,  a,  urn,  wooden;  pres.  part,  of  pendeo,  hanging  obliquely,  i.  e.,  the 
bag-  I  a  fork;  -dens,  tis,  adj.  of  one  ending,  two  pronged;  -sso,1  r.,  pp.,  shaken 
ii  '-sis  e,  closely  woven;  I.,  silkstuff,  silk-cloth;  texo,3  ui,  xtum,  to  weave,-as 
when  woven  of  silk;  I.,  the  finest  flour  (cf.  German  Semmel);  -sis,  e,  loosely 
woven;  I.,  flour;  -lis,  e,  fine,  minus  s.,  less  fine;  -co,1  r.,  to  strain,  sift;  -tio, 
cussi,  ssum,  to  strike,  knock,  throw,  shake  out. 

12.  -neo,2  — ,  — ,  to  stand,  or  hang  out;  I.,  the  "shorts"  (Germ.  Schrott), 
what  remains  of  the  grist  after  the  flour  is  shaken  out;  -urn,  i,  a  sieve;  -mo,  ui 
itum,  to  vomit,  to  throw  up,  out,  to  pour  out.— 13.  Horizontally;  advs.  two-three 
folds-  -no,3crevi,  turn,  to  sift  out  to  separate;  far,  farris,  n.,  English  farina;  -ur 
uris  m.,  bran;  ador,  6ris,  or  adoris,  one  of  the  very  few  or  ending  neuter  nouns: 
and  is  also  used  as  indeclinable.  Originally  both  far  and  ador  mean  two  differeni 
species  of  wheat,  the  former  the  yellow  kind,  the  latter  the  red  kind,  hence  alsc 
spelt  was  so  called.  Both  kinds  were  roasted  and  eaten,  and  used  in  sacrifice.  Th< 
two  names  were  still  retained  after  either  kind  was  ground  or  crushed  and  usee 
promiscuously  for  flour  necessarily  coarse  in  those  days.  Now  we  mean  Enghsl 
farina  of  a  coarser  grade  by  far,  a  smaller,  or  finer  grade  is  called  ador.-Adv. 
thenceforward;  -bor,5  lapsus  sum,  to  fall  off  (each  into  distinct  measures,  wooder 

eU,  tub  ).  — 14.  -veo,2  vi,  turn,  to  remove; -us,  a,  urn,  empty;  -tuo,  u 
utum  fr  sub.  +  statuo,3  ui  utum,  to  set  up  something,  to  stand,  to  substitute 
(the  empty  ones  removed,  and  put  in  their  places  .  .  .)  ; -to,3  si,  ssum,  con  « 
mitto,  to  send,  are  committed  to  sacks,  put  into  bags;  -us,  a,  urn,  full,  carnedout 


95 

in  corum  locum  vacui  substituuntur,  molita  autem  in  saccos  com- 
mittuntur,  hi  autem  pleni  ad  currum  efferuntur. 

Dum  hoc  in  mola  saevo15  strepitugeruntur,  tyr o  molinarius  bigas, 
pontem  appropinquantes  conspicatur.  Nee  mora16;  herum  suum 
Cornelium  Scaurum,  senem  molitorem,  illico  accersit,  et 
1 '  Aspice17  mi  here, "  inquit,  ' '  videque  bigas  !  nullum  dubiuni  subesse 
puto  quin  hue  tendant,  grandemque  molituram  advehant." 
Laeto18nuntIo  motus,  "  Quid  ais?  "  inquit  dominus  molseforas  itans^ 
"  grandem  molituram  nobis  advehi?  quam  aveo  ut  ita  sit!  " 

Bigse  interim,  traiecto19ponte,  declivo  eius  in  aream  molae  tollitim 
appellunt,  nee  procul  ab  ostio  subsistunt, 

15.  -us,  a,  urn,  fierce;  -ro3,  ssi,  stum,  to  carry  on;  -ro,  nis,  an  apprentice;  us, 
a.  um,  miller — ;  biga,  ge,  a  span  of  two  horses  and  the  wagon;  -cor,  atus  sum,= 
to  catch  a  glimpse  of. — 16.  a  phrase,  =nor  (is  there  any)  delay;  I.,  delay; 
us,  a,  um,  fr.  cornus,  i,  f,  a  cornel-cherry  tree;  -us,  a,  um,  one  having  a 
swollen  ankle,  proper  names;  -or,  is,  a  miller;  adv.,  at  once;  -so,3  sivi,  situm,  to 
summon,  to  call  and  take  along;  this  verb  is  mixed  up  w.  arcesso3,  cessivi,  itum; 
they  should  be  kept  apart. — 17.  -cio,3  pexi,pectum,  to  look,  in  Imperative,  sing.  = 
look,  my  master!  -deo,2  di,  sum,  to  see,  Imperat. ;  -um,  ii,  doubt;  subsum,  esse, 
fui,  to  be  under;  to,1  r. ,  to  think,  to  have  the  opinion  =  I  do  not  think  to  be  any 
doubt  about;  quin,  but  that;  this  is  the  invariable  conjunction  after  dubium, 
dubito,  and  after  several  negatives,  like  nullus,  nemo  est  -  -  quin,  none,  nobody 
•  -  but  who;  adv.  hither ;=do,3  tendi,  turn,  sum,  to  tend;  to  haul. — 18  -us,  a,  um, 
joyous,  gay,  joyful;  -um,  ii,  rumor,  news,  tidings;  pp.  moveo,  moved;  aio,  ais> 
ait— aiunt,  to  say,  to  assert;  what  dost  thou  say?;  adv.,  fr.  fores,  ium,  a  double 
door;  it  has  two  forms,  foras  and  foris,  the  former  answering  to  the  question 
whither?  the  latter,  where?;  ito1,  r. ,  frequentative  of  eo,  to  go  leisurly,  slowly,  to 
trudge,  pres.  p. ;  dat.  of  nos,  pi.  of  ego,  to  us,  for  us;  advehi,  Inf.  pass,  to  be  hauled, 
brought;  construction  accusativus  cum  Infinitivo  will  always  happen  after  verbs 
like  dico,  aio,  credo,  puto,  the  subject  (grandis  moltiura)  becoming  the  object  of 
such  a  verb,  and  must  go  into  accusative,  as  here,  grandem  molituram,  the 
other  verb  being  put  into  the  Infin.  as  advehi;  adv.  how?  aveo2  to  wish,  to  long; 
that  it  be  so. 

19.  Traiicio3,  ieci,  iectum,  trans,  across,  through  +  iacio,  to  throw,  to  pass, 
to  shoot  through,  pp..  w.  the  bridge  passed  through;  II.,  a  slope;  I.,  the  yard; 
adv.,  trotting;  ad  +  pello,  properly  said  of  ships  driven  by  oars;  here  the  verb  is 
used  as  a  middle  verb,  as  is  also  "to  drive"  in  English;  adv.,  far;  -sto,3  stiti, 
Stitum,  to  stop,  "  not  far  from  the  door." 


96 

"SalvPeste!"  magna  voce  acclamat  iuvenes  senex  farinosus, 
ecquid,  6bsecro,  boni,  affertis?" 

''Molituram  patrue21"  inquit  Marcus,  "  eamque  haud  parv^e 
molis!" 

Tumille:  "Bene22  statuistis,"  inquit,"  sequi  &  bonifacio  :  Dii 
vos  ament,"— His  dictis  ad  tyronem  se  vertit:24  "  Tu  autem,"  inquit, 
"nebulo,  quid  hie  oscitas?  curres  confestim,  operasquemeo  nomine 
extemplo  prodire  iubebis,  ut  equis  consulant  &  prospiciant,  atque 
currum  exonerent."     Dictum  &  factum. 

Salute24  interea  iterum  ultro  citroque  data  et  reddita,  ad 
scamnum  secundum  parietem  sessum  itur,  ut  negotium  molitionis, 

20.  =us,  a,  um,  hail,  nom.  pi.;  Imperativ.  2d  per.  pi.  of  sum,  be  ye!  vox,  cis, 

f.,  a  voice,  aloud;  ad  +  clamo1,  r.,  to  cry;  -is,  is,  here  a  noun,  ace.  pi.,  addresses 
the  youth  in  a  loud  voice;  -ex,  senis,  adj.  of  one  ending,  old;  -us,  a,  urn,  beset  w. 
flour,  senex  farinosus.  flouery  (white  w.  flour)  old  (man,  senex  standing  for  a 
noun);  -cro1,  r.,  to  beseach,  to  pray,  like  English,  "  what,  pray."  .  .  -us,  a 
um,  good,  here  a  noun,  bonum,  i,  a  good  (thing);  =ro,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  to 
bring,  "what,  pray,  good  do  ye  bring." 

21.  -us,  ui,  the  father's  brother;  the  mother's  brother  is  avunculus,  i,  whence 
German  onkel,  English  uncle;  in  Latin  the  former  is  used  as  a  general  term  for 
elderly  people,  Uncle  So-and-so;  haud,  like  non;  -es,  is,  f ,  a  bulk,  and  not  of  a 
small  bulk  at  that.'1 

22.  Adv.,  bonus,  well;  -uo,3  ui,  utum,  to  set  up,  to  decide,  perf,  Indie.  2d 
pers.  pi.,  ye  decreed  well;  sequum  &  bonum,  fair  and  good,  I  appreciate,  I  value; 
"  may  the  Gods  like  you!"  a  Roman  blessing;  amo,1  r.,  to  love,  to  like,  Prses. 
Coni.-23.  -to,3ti,  rsum,  to  turn,  he  turns  himself;  =io,  nis,a  rascal,  a  wretch; 
-to,1  r.,  to  yawn;  fut.  Ind.  2d  per.  s.  of  curro;  adv.  at  once;  "  thou  wilt  at  once 
run;3'  I.  m.,  plural  only,  help,  hands,  laborers;-  us,  a,  um,  mine,  my;  -en, 
inis',  a  name,  abl.,  "in  my  name;"  adv.  instantly;  pro  +  d  +  eo,  to  go  forth; 
-beo,2si,  ssum,  to  order,  command;  fut.  Ind.  "  thon  wilt  instantly  order  them; 
-lo,:iui,  ultum,  to  look  out  for,  w.  dat.;  -io,3  pexi,  pectum,  to  look  forward,  to 
provide;  -ro,1    r.,  to  unload.      "  Said  and  done;"  =  no  sooner  said  than,  &c. 

24.  -us,  utis,  f.,  greeting,  abl.  abs.;  again;  that  side  and  this  side;  given;  -do, 
didi,  ditum,  to  give  back,  w.  greetings  mutually  exchanged;  -um,  i,  a  bench;  in 
lupinum  of  sedeo;  itur,  is  bein^gone  to  sit;  no  equivalent  expression  in  English; 
pass.,  <c  they  go  to  sit  down?"  -um,  ii,  business;  -io,  ni3,  f.,  grinding;  -mo,  emit 


97 


dirimatur.  Deinde  caritatem25  annonse  memorat,  multis  quoque 
verbis  serumnosa  tempora  conqueritur,  quibus  homunciones 
tentent  ut  velint,  omnesqe  si  nervos  intendant,  vix  vitse  necessaria 

comparare  posse  ait. 

At  Marcus  clam,26  &  furtim  lulio  in  aures  susurrat :  "  Cave 

credas  seni  serugini :  nam  ipse  bene  nummosus  est,  proinde  aut 
simulat,  aut  plane  mentitur." 

Recensio  :  Cuiusmodi  domus  non  desunt? — Quid  est  fluvius? — 
Num  aqua  e  fluvio  recta  decurrit  in  rotam? — sed? — A  qua  re  movetur 
rota  aquaria? — -Quid  movet  axis? — Num  machinamentum  molare  abs 
se  movetur? — Num  lapides  molares  sese  movent? — Quid  movet 
aquam? — Quomodo  molitur  frumentum? — Quid  egit  et  dixit  tyro 
molinarius? — -Quomodo  excepit  senex  molitor  iuvenes  advenas?27 — Quid 
conquestus  est  Corn.  Scaurus? — Quid  susurravit  Marcus  lulio? 


VOCABVLARIVM   18, 


Nna  Subst 

Nna.  Adi. 

fluvius, ii 

granum,  i 

nuntium,   ii 

nonnullus,  a,  um 

rivus,  i 

frumentum,  i 

clivus,  i 

aquarius,  a,  um 

ripa,  ae 

faux,  cis,  f. 

vox,  cis,  f . 

dentatus,  a,  um 

pons,  tis,  m. 

catillus,  i 

patruus,  i 

reliquus,  a,  um 

agger,  is,  m. 

fluxus,  us 

moles,  is,  f. 

situs,  a,  um. 

cataracta.  ae 

verticillus,  i 

aequum,  i 

molaris,  e, 

piscina,  ae 

molitum,  i 

nebulo,  nis,  m. 

ligneus,  a,  um 

vectis,  is,  m. 

saccinum,  i 

operae,  arum,  m. 

bidens,  tis 

canalis,  is,  m. 

area,  ae 

salus,  utis,  f 

pavitensis,  e. 

pondus,  eris,  n. 

furca,  ae 

scamnum,  i 

levidensis,  e. 

palmula,  ae 

serica,  ae 

negotium,   ii 

subtilis.  e. 

molucrum,  i 

simila.  ae 

molitio,  nis.  f 

diversus,  a,  um 

verticulura,  i 

farina,  ae 

caritas,  atis,  f . 

vacuus,  a  um 

fusus,  i 

apluda,  ae 

ver bum,  i. 

saevus,  a,  um 

ptum,  to  decide,  to  adjust— 25.  -tas,  tis,  f.,  dearth;  foodstuffs,  crops;  -re,1!:.,  to 
mention,  to  talk  about;  with  many  words;  -us,  a,  urn,  wretched;  -ror,3  stus  sum, 
to  complain;  -io,  nis,  diminutive  of  homo,  a  mannikin,  a  poor  man;  -to,  r.,  to  try; 
as  they  will;  II.,  the  sinews;  -do,3  di,  turn,  sum,  to  stretch,  strain;  -vitae  neces- 
saria, n.  pi.,  the  necessaries  of  life  (I.);  -ro,1  r.,  to  acquire,  procure. 

26.  Adv.,  on  the  sly;  adv.  stealthily;  -is,  is,  f.,  the  ear;  -ro,1  r.,  to  whisper; 
Imper.  of  -veo,2  vi,  cautum,  beware; -do,3  didi,  itum,  to  believe,  "  don't  you 
believe!''  -go,  inis,  f.>  verdegris,  money-rust  (by  joke);  ipse=he;  -sus,  a,  um, 
"  becoined,"  provided  w.  coins,  wherefore;  -I0,1  r.,  to  feign;  altogether;  -tior,4  itus 
sum,  to  lie;  "  he  either  simulates,  or  he  tells  a  downright  lie. — 27.  L,  m.,  a  stranger, 
in  oncomer. 


Nna  Subst 


machinamentum.  1 
regio,  nis,  f. 
ostium,    ii 
suggestus,  us 
altitudo,  i,  nis,  f 
scala,  a? 
lapis,  idis,  m. 
sepimentum,  i 
infundibulum  i 


cribrum,  i 
far,  farris,  n. 
furfur,  is,  m. 
ador,  is,  u. 
tyro,  nis,  m. 
molitor.  is,  m. 
bigse,  arum 
dubium,  ii 
molitura,  se 


homuncio,  nis,  n 
nervus,  i 
vita,  ae 

necessarium,  ii 
auris,  is,  f. 
aerugo,  inis,  f 
advena,  as 


Nna.  Advi. 

molinarius,  a.  um 
Cornelius,  a,  um 
scaurus,  a,  um 
senex,  senis 
laetus.  a.  um 
salvus,  a,  um 
farinosus,  a,  um 
nummosus,  a,  um 


Verba 


fluo.3  xi,  xum 

exonero^r. 

susurro,1  r. 

Adverbia 

volo,  velle,  volui 

duco3,  xi,  ctum 

caveo,2  vi,  cautum 

recta 

transeo,*  vi,  turn 

obtego,3  xi,  ctum 

submoveo,2  vi  turn 

lente 

possum,  posse,  potui 

immineo,3    - 

substituo,3  ui,  turn 

intrinsecus 

coarcto1,  r. 
reprimo,3  pressi,  ssum 

illabor,3psus  sum 
contero,3  trivi,  turn 

committo,3si    ssum 
effero,3  extuli,  elatum 

istinc 

bifariam,  trifariam 

levo,1  r, 

comminuo,3ui.  turn 

gero,3  ssi,  stum 

clam            plane 

irruo,3  ui,  - 

quasso,1  r, 

conspicor,1  atus  sum 

furtim          quam 

impingo,3pegi,  pactnm 

texo,3  ui,  turn 

accerso.3sivi,  itum 

bene 

gyro.1  r. 

sacco,1  r. 

aspicio,3  pexi,  ctum 

deinceps        procul 

agito,1  r. 

excutio.3  ssi,  ssum 

subsum,  esse,  fui 

illico                confestim 

cieo,2  vi,  turn 

emineo,2 

puto1,  r. 

foras                extemplo 

torqueo,2  r.  si,  turn 

evomo,3ui,  itum 

tendo,3  tetendi,    tentum 

tolutim           ultro  citroque 

impello,3  puli,  lsum 

secerno,3crevi,  turn 

aio 

subsisto,3  stiti,  stitum 

dilabor,3  psus  sum 

ito.ir, 

acclamo,1  r. 
obsecro,1  r. 
statuo.3  ui,  tutum 

reddo,3  di,  itum 
eo,*  ivi,  itum 
dirimo.3remi,  ptum 

traiicio,3  ieci,  iectum 
appello.3  puli,  pulsum 
credo,3  didi,  itum 

Praepositiones 

sub 

oscito,1  r. 

memoro, ;  r. 

simulo,1  r. 

prodeo,*  ivi,  itum 

conqueror,3  questus  sum 

iubeo,2  ssi,  ssum 

tento, '  r. 

consulo,3lui,  hum 

intendo,3di,  turn,  sum 

prospicio.3  pexi,  ctum 

comparo,1  r, 

Principia  Grammatics. 


DE  CONIVGATIONE  VERBORVM. 
63.  De  Participiis.  Participia  are  forms  of  verbs  partaking  of  the 
nature  of  verbs,  adjectives  and  nouns.  In  English  we  have  two  of 
them:  the  Present  Participle  that  ends  in  =ing,  in  all  the  verbs,  as, 
loving,  buying,  going,  always  active,  and  ought  to  denote  the  acting 
subject,  or  the  action,  as  in  Latin;  the  Passive  Participle,  ending  in 
-ed,  in  the  regular  verbs,  as,  loved,  painted,  or  some  other  ending. 
as  in  the  irregular  verbs,  such  as  written,  bought,  found;  it  is  always 
passive,  denoting  the  thing  done. 


99 

We  have  four  Participia  in  Latin;  they  are: 
i.  Participium  Praesentis:    Js  J^       J™{iens)       -iens 

=antis       =entis        =entis  (ientis)    Mentis 

2.  Participium  Praeteriti:       ^  *  ^    tm  ~    .sus    £'***» 

I.         -         iv. 

%.  Activum:  -turus,  a.  am,  or  sums,  a,  ntn 

I.  II.  HI  iv. 

,4.  Passivum:  -andus,    -endus  -endus,    -iendus, 
a,  um.      a,  urn.      a,  urn.      a,  um. 


Participium  Futuri 


1.  Participium  Praesentis. 

Exemplaadl.  .amans,  vocans,  ambulans,  habitans,  agitans,  properans, 
parans,  &c,  their  genitives  are,  =tis,  and  are  declined  on  the  III.,  as,  pner  amans, 
pueri  amantis,  pnero  amanti,  &c.  When,  as  pure  participles,  u  e  verbs  are 
employed  to  qualify  nouns,  they  govern  the  noun,  so  quahfied,  lato  genitive,  as. 

puer  amans  parentum.  .  . 

Ad  II  -habens,  docens,  delens,  videns,  movens,  emmens,  contnens, 
genitives:  habentis,  docentis,  nom.    pi.  videntes,  abl.   sing,   eminente,   abl.    pi. 

continentibus,  &c.  , 

Ad  III.:  agens,  faciens,  dicens,  scribens,  edens,  legens,  fluens,  loquens, 
&c;  genii.:  =tis,  all  declined  in  the  III.,  as:  agenti,  facienti,  dicentem;  scribente, 
edentes,  loquentium,  fluentibus,  &c.  ...»•* 

Ad  IV..  audiens,  dormiens,  finiens,  mentiens,  esunens,  sitiens,  &c;  genit.: 

-tis,  all  in  the  III.  ,    , 

The  Partic.  Pnes.  is  formed  by  dropping  the  pres.  Infimt.,  or  the  -o  of  the 
Praesens  Indicativi,  substituting  the  participial  ending  of  the  respective  conjugation. 
One  must  be  cautious  in  the  III.,  where  there  are  a  few  verbs  with  -io.  in  the 
Pnes.  Indie,  likeiacio,  pario,  capio,  lacio,  which  may  be  mistaken  for  the  IV., 
where  -io  is  regular;  in  such  a  case,  if  the  -io  is  cut  off,  it  must  be  restored  in  the 
-iens,  (instead  of  -ens)  ending. 

2.  Participium  Praeteriti. 

The  Participium  Praeteriti,  or  perfct  participle,  as  is  called  in  English 
books,  or,  abbreviated  as  pp.,  is  always  passive,  meaning  the  thing  done,  as, 
written,  made,  bought,  in  Latin  and  in  English  perfectly  agrees  with  each  otfaei 
as:  amatus,  a,  um,  is  loved;  scriptus,  a,  um,  is    written.     Not   so  the   present, 


IOO 

which,  in  English,  means  the  thing,  as,  writing,  drawing,  painting,  almost  always 
are  nouns,  meaning  the  thing  written,  drawn,  or  is  expressed  by  a  distinct  noun, 
as,  lover,  buyer,  driver. 

Exempla  ad  I.:  amatus,  vocatus,  agitatus,  aratus,  quassatus,  invitatus, 
coarctatus,  &c:  all  are  -us,  a,  um, 

Ad  II.:  habitus,  doctus,  delectus,  visus,  motus,  cautus,  iussus,  completus, 
contentus,  census,  &c. ;  all  -us,  a,  um. 

Ad  III.:  actus,  factus,  dictus,  scriptus,  esus,  lectus,  tractus,  ductus,  divisus, 
&c;  all  are  -us,  a,  um. 

Ad  IV.:  auditus,  finitus,  repertus,  munitus,  &c;  all  -us,  a,  um,  handled 
like  adjectives,  or  nouns  in  their  respective  declensions. 

Since  the  Participium  Praeteriti  is  always  passive,  meaning  the  thing  done; 
and,  since  only  transitive  verbs  can  be  made  passive,  as  I  have  already  stated,  it 
is  evident  that  intransitive  verbs,  like  dormio,  sedeo,  ambulo,  esurio,  &c,  can 
have  no  perfect  participles;  for  just  as  we  cannot  say  in  English,  the  bed  had  been 
slept,  the  chair  had  been  sat,  the  street  is  walked,  so  we  cannot  say  in  Latin  lectus  est 
dormitus,  sella  est  sessa,  via  est  ambulata,  &c,  though  the  English  does  say, 
"  walk  your  horses,"  which,  grammatically,  is  absurd. 

The  Partic.  Prset.  is  found  by  changing  the  -m  of  the  supinum  into  an  -s, 
thus:  amatum,  amatus,  a,  um. 

3.  Participium  Futuri  Activum. 

As  this  participle  is  not  present  in  English,  I  wish  to  convey  its  meaning 
to  the  student  by  venturing  the  expression,  "the  to  be  doing,"  something  or 
somebody;  as  -auctor  scripturus,  the  to  be  writing    author. 

Exempla  ad  I.:  amaturus,  vocaturus,  ambulaturus,  habitaturus,  agitaturus; 
prscparaturus,  laboraturus,  paraturus,  &c;  all  are  -us,  a  um. 

Ad  II.:  habiturus,  docturus,  deieturus,  visurus,  moturus,  &c;  all  are=us,  a, 
um. 

Ad  III.:  acturus,  facturus,  dicturus,  scripturus,  esurus,  lecturus,  casurus, 
cocturus,  empturus,  venditurus,  fluxurus,  &c:;  all  are  -us,  a,  um. 

Ad  IV.:  auditurus,  finiturus,  dormiturus,  oriturus,  &c:  all  are  -us,  a,  um, 
whether  active  or  deponent,  in  any  conjugation- 

The  ending  of  this  participle  is  found  by  changing  the  supinum,  or  the  pp. 
of  the  deponent  verbs,  into  -turus,  a,  um,  or  -surus,  a,  um.  But,  since  there 
are  numerous  verbs,  which  have  no  supina,  as  emineo2,  ui, — ,  and  particularly  the 
-sco  verbs,  as  disco5,  didici,  — ,  then  this  participle  cannot  be  formed,  and  we 
cannot  say  puer  est  disciturus,  homo  est  senesciturus,  auctor  emineturus;  but 
we  resort  to  the  fut.  act.  participle  of  sum,  es,  est,  futurus,  a,  um,  and  ut,  saying: 
futurum  est  ut  puer  discat,  ut  homo  senescat  (consenescat),  auctor  emineat. 


IOI 

4.  Participium  Futuri  Passivum. 

Not  present  in  English.  By  meaning  it  is  the  reverse  of  the  Participium 
Futuri  Activum,  the  thing  to  be  done  as:  puella  amanda,  the  to  be  loved  girl; 
liber  legendus,  the  to  be  read  book. 

Exempla  Ad  I.:  amadus,  vocandus,  agitandus,  educandus,  invitandus,  &c. 
all  are=us,  a,  um. 

Ad  II.:  habendus.  docendus,  delendus.  videndus,  movendus,  continendus 
iubendus,  &c.;  all  =us,  a,  um. 

Ad  III.:  agendus,  faciendus,  dicendus,  scribendus,  legendus,  csdendus, 
emendus,  vendendus,  &c;  all  -us,  a,  um. 

Ad  IV.:  audiendus,  finiendus,  muniendus,  &c;  all  =us,  a,  um. 

This  participle,  like  the  perfecti,  being  passive,  excludes  all  intransitive 
verbs,  active  and  deponent.  But  it  has  a  peculiarity  of  its  own,  that  its  neuter 
form  is  applicable  to  almost  any  verb,  whether  intransitive  or  deponent,  attaching 
to  it  the  times  of  the  verbs  sum,  es,  est  and  the  subject  of  the  verb  is  joined  to  it 
in  dative,  if  necessary,  as:  mihi  scribendum  est,  I  have  got  to  write;  nobis 
eundum  est,  we  have  got  to  go;  omnibus  hominibus  moriendum  est,  all  men  have 
got  to  die;  properandum  est,  one  has  got  to  hurry. 

Any  of  the  times  of  sum  es,  est  can  be  employed  with  this  participle,  but 
only  in  the  3d  person,  because  the  person  is  excluded  from  the  verb  by  its  neuter 
ending,  and  it  precedes  or  follows  the  verb  in  dative,  therefore  the  verb  is 
impersonal,  as:  scio  mihi  properandum  esse,  I  know  that  I  have  got  to  hurry; 
dicis  tibi  properandum  fuisse,  thou  sayst  that  thou  hadst  to  hurry;  fratri  pro-; 
perandum  erat,  my  brother  had  to  hurry;  scribendum  ei  fuit,  he  had  to  write; 
illis  ante  casam  standnm  erit,  they  will  have  to  stand  before  the  cottage; 
nescimus  ubi  nobis  sedendum  sit,  we  do  not  know  where  we  shall  have  to  sit; 
sciendum  est,  it  should  be  known:  cavendum  erit,  one  will  have  to  beware,  or, 
one  will  have  to  furnish  securit}7. 

As  this  dative  is  really  equivalent  to  Dativus  Possessivus,  to  be  specified 
later,  we  may  consider  this  Participium  as  a  noun,  and,  as  such,  I  class  it  with  this 
gerundium,  making  it  the  Nominativus  Gerundsi,  though  no  grammarian  does  so. 
The  Gerundium  is  the  Participium  Futuri  Passivum  used  ss  a  noun;  the  same 
Participium  used  as  an  =us,  a,  um  adjective,  is  the  gerundivum. 

De  Gerundio,   et  de  Gerundive 

64.  The  Gerundium  is  the  Participium  Futuri  Passivum,   in  its  neuter  form, 
used  as  a  noun  in  singular   number  only,   without  a  Vocativus.      Its  form  and  use. 


102 


Nom.  (mihi)  scribendum  (est,  erat,  fuit,  &c.^ 

Gen.  (exercitatio)  scribendi 

Dat.  (graphis)  scribendo  (apta,  suitable) 

Ace.  (graphis  est)  ad  scribendum 

Abl.  (manus)  scribendo  (fessa,  tired) 


The  Gerundivum. 


Nrus.  Singularis. 
Nom.  liber  legendus 
Qen.  libri  legendi 
Dat.  libro  legendo 
Ace.  librum  legendum 
Voc.  (o)  liber  legende 
Abl.  (a)  libro  legendo 


Nrus.  Pluralis. 
Nom.  libri  legendi 
Gen.  librorum  legendorum 
Dat.  libris  legendis 
Ace.  libros  legendos 
Voc.  (o)  libri  legendi 
Abl.  (a)  libris  legendis 


De    Vsu    Participiorum. 

65.  The  Latin  verb,  like  the  Hungarian,  in  its  simple  form,  expresses  the 
subject,  the  action  and  the  time  of  the  action,  as:  mitto  (Hungarian  kiildok),  in 
which  the  =0  is  ego,  I,  and  also  the  time  now,  and  mitt,  is  the  action,  send;  where- 
as all  modern  languages  must  employ  another  word  (I,  ich,  je,  io,  Jach,  Ja,  &c.) 
for  the  subject,  misi  (Hungarian  kuldtem),  is  rendered  in  English  as  I  have  sent; 
three  words.  When  the  verb  is  thus  conjugated  by  the  assistance  of  a  help-verb, 
having  no  direct  and  simple  form  to  express  the  required  time,  the  conjugation  is 
called  periphrastic,  of  which  both  the  Latin  and  Hungarian  avail  themselves. 

A  periphrasis,  circumlocution,  therefore,  consists  of  two  parts :  the 
respective  participle  of  the  main  verb,  and  a  help-verb,  which  in  Latin,  is  sum= 
es-est.  Wherefore,  by  combining  sum-es-est  with  any  of  the  four  Participia,  we 
form  a  complete  periphrastic  conjugation,  as:  amans  sum,  eram,  fui,  ero,  sim, 
essem,  fuerim,  &c-:  I  am,  I  have  been,  I  shall  be,  I  be,  I  would  be,  I  would 
have  been  loving;  amatus,  sum,  erain,  fui,  ero,  &c,  I  am,  I  was,  I  shall  be  &c. 
loved;  amaturus,  a,  urn,  sum,  sim,  essem,  fuissem,  &c,,  1  am  to  be,  in  order  that 
I  be,  I  should  be,  I  should  have  been  to  love;  amandus,  a,  um,  sum,  sim,  forem, 
fuissem,  &c,  I  am,  I  be,  I  were,  I  should  have  been  to  beloved.  Sometimes  it  is 
the  help- verb  that  furnishes  the  time,  at  other  times  it  is  the  participle. 

All  the  time  and  personal  endings  of  the  regular  conjugations  of  the  Latin 
verbs  are  furnished  by  three  little  verbs,  sum=es=est,  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  and  fio, 
fieri,  factus  sum.  When  the  student  knows  these  three  verbs,  he  knows  the 
entire  Latin  conjugation,  which  can  be  accomplished  in  this  one  lesson,  in  an 
hour's  time. 


io3 


VERBVM  SVBSTANTIVVM  SVM 


66.    Tempora  Primitiva:  sum,  esse,  fui 
Modus  Infinitivus,    Prcesens,  esse 

Prceleritum,    fuisse 

Futurum,  futurum,  am,  urn,  os,  as,  a,  esse,  or,  fore 
Participia:  Present*,  ens,  tis;  Praeterito,    caret;    Put.  Act.-,    futurus,  a,  urn 


MODVS  INDICATIVVS.  MODVS     CONIVNCTIVVS. 

Tempus  Prsesens. 


S.  sum,  es,  est 

PI.  sumus,  estis,  sunt 


S.   sim,  sis,  sit 

PI.   simus,  sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Prsetentum  Imperfectum. 


S.  eram,  eras,  erat 

PI.  eramus,  eiatis,    drant 


S.  essem,  esses,  esset 

PI.   essemus,  essetis,    Assent 


S.   fui,  fuisti,  fuit 

P.  fiiimus,  fuistis,    fudrunt,  fuere 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 

S.   fuerim,  fueris,   fuerit 

P.   fuerimus,  fueritis,  fuerint 


Tps.  Prseteritum    Plus    quam  Perfectum, 


5.  fueram,  fueras,    fderat 

P.  faeramus,  fueratis,  fuerant 


S.  fuissem,  fuisses,  fuisset 

P.  fuissemus,  fuissetis,   fuissent 


S.  ero,  eris,  erit 

P.   erimus,  iritis,  drunt 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 

S.  futurus,  a  um 
P.    futuri,  as,  a 


}sim,    sis,  sit 
simus,  sitis,    sinl 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum, 


S.  fuero,  fueris,  fuerit 

P.  fuerimus,  fueritis,  fuerint 


S.  fut 
P.    f 


uturus,  a,  uml 
uturi,  se,  a       J 


essem,  esses,  esset 
sesemus,    essetis, 
essent 


A  L  TERN  A  TI VA  TEMP  OP  A . 
Tps.  Futurum     Exactum  Tps.  Imperf.  Coniunctivi. 

S.  fuero,  fueris,  fuerit  S.  forem,  fores,  foret 

P.   fuerimus,  fueritis,  fuerint  P.  foremus,  foretis,  forent 


104 

Modus    Imperativus. 

Lenioiv  Asperior. 


S.  es  ! 
P.  este  ! 


S.   esto  !  esto ! 
P.  estote  1  sunto  ! 


Notes?  i.  As  to  quantity;  es,  of  the  2nd  pers.  is  usually  long,  but  it  is  also 
used  as  short.  The  e  is  short  throughout,  excepting  esses,  essemus,  essetis,  as 
marked.  The  a  is  also  marked  where  it  is  long.  The  i  is  short  throughout, 
excepting  in  fui,  and  fuisti,  sis,  simus,  sitis.  The  u  is  short,  and  where  it  is 
marked,  it  bears  the  accent. 

2.  Sum  being  no  regular  verb,  but  simply  expressing  existence,  it  cannot 
be  passive:  wherefore,  it  lacks  pp. 

3.  By  Alternativa  Tempora  I  mean  that  essem  and  forem  (o  short)  are 
used  almost  like  synonyms;  the  difference  being  that  the  former  has  the  meaning 
of  were  I,  the  latter,  were  1  ever  to  be.  On  the  other  hand  fiiero  serves  both  as 
Indie,  and  Coniunct.,  as  the  regular  direct  verb,  beside  the  periphrastic  form. 

4.  Let  the  stundent  mark  well  that  by  compounding  eram  and  fui,  he 
obtains  fuerarn,  from  fui  and  ero,  fiiero.  from  fui  and  essem,  fuissem,  from  fui 
and  sim  (s  and  r  are  often  interchanged  in  Latin)  fiierim.  From  these  elements, 
and  the  ones  furnished  by  eo  and  fio,  is  made  up  the  whole  Latin  conjugation. 
The  student  must  not  take  up  the  next  until  he  knows  sum  by  heart  without  a  hitch. 

VERBVM  EO. 

67.      Tpora  Primitiva  :  eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum, 

Mod.  Infill.,  Press.,  ire,  Praeter.,  ivisse  (iisse,  isse). 

Put.,   iturum,  am,  um,  os,  as,  a,  esse. 
Participia  :  Prasentis,  iens,  euntis. 
Preset,  caret ; 

Put.,  iturus,  a,  um  ;  Supina,  itum,  et,  Itu. 

Modus  Indicativus.  Modus  Coniunctivus. 

Tempus  Prassens. 

S.  eo,  is,  it.  S.    earn,  eas,  eat 

P.   imus,  it  is,  eunt  I     P.   eamus,  eatis,  eant. 


i°5 


S.  ibam,  ibas,  ibat 

P.  lbdmus,  ibatis,  ibant 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

S.  irem,  ires,  iret 

P.  iremus,  irdtis,    irent. 


S.  ivi,  i  visti,  ivit 


P.  ivimus,    ivistis,     iverunt,     ierunt 
ive*re,  iere 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 

S.  iverim,  iveris,  fverit 

P.   iverimus,  iveritis,  iverint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


S.  iveram,  iveras,  iverat 

P.  iveramus,  iveratis,  fverant 


S.     ivissem,  ivisses,  ivisset 

P.   ivissemus,  ivissetis,  ivissent 


Tps.  Futurum    Simplex. 


S.  ibo,  ibis,  ibit 

P.  ibimus,  ibitis,  ibunt 


S.  hums,  a,   urn"!  sim,  sis,  sit 

P.  iluri,  ae,  a       Jsimus,  sitis,  sint, 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


S.  ivero,  fveris,  iverit 

P.  iverimus,  iveritis,  iverint 


S.  lturus,  a,   urn  )  essem,  esses,  esset 
P.  ituri,  se,  a         jessemus,       essetis 
essent. 


Lenior. 

S.  i  ! 
P.  ite! 


Modus  Imperativus 
Asperior. 

S.   ito!  ito! 

P.    itote  !  eunto  ! 


Gerundium. 

Nom.  eundum  (est) 

Gen.  eundi  Ace.  (ad)  eundum 

Dat.  eundo  Abl.  eundo 


Note.  Most  of  the  endings  of  the  regular  conjugation  are  formed  from  the 
stem  of  the  main  verb  and  the  endings  of  this  verb;  as:  ama  +  ire,  amare,  ama  + 
jS,  amas;  ama  +  it,  amat,  &c;  ama  +  ibam,  amabam;  ama  +  ivi,  amavi;  ama  + 
iveram,  amaveram;  ama  +  ibo,  amabo;  ama  +  ivero,  amavero;  ama  +  iverim, 
amaverim;  ama  +  ivissem,  amavissem;  ama  +  iens,  amans;  ama  +  iturus 
amaturus;  ama  +  eundum,  amandum.  Quite  a  sufficient  reason  for  the  student 
to  stop  here  for  memorizing  eo  most  thoroughly. 


io6 


VERBVM     FIO. 
68.  Tempora  Primitiva:  fio,  fieri,  factus  sum 

Infinitivi:  Prsesens,  fieri. 

Praeteri  turn,  factum,  am,  um,  os,  as,  a,  esse. 

Futurum,  factum  iri  (futurum  esse). 
Participia:   Praesenti,     caret;    Praeteri  ti,     factus,    a,   um; 
Futuri,  Activo  caret. 

Passivum,  faciendus,  a,  um. 


Modus  Indicativus. 

Tps.  Praes.,  fio,  fis,  fit,  fimus,  fitis,  fiunt 
"  Praet.    Imp.  fiebam,    bas    bat,    bamus, 

batis,  bant. 
"  Praet.  Perf.,   factus,    a,  um,  ti,  ae,    a, 

sum,  es,  est,  &c. 
"  Plus  qm.  Perf.  factus,  a,  um,  ti,  ae,  a, 

eram,  eras,   erat,  &c. 
'  Fut.  S.  fiam,  fies,  net,  emus,  etis,fient. 
M  Fut.  Ex.    factus,   a,    um,  ti,    ae,  a,  ero, 

eris,  &c. 


Modus  Coniunctivus. 

fiam,  fias  fiat,  fiamus,  fiatis,  fiant. 
fierem,  res,  ret,  remus,  retis,  rent. 

factus,  a,  um,  ti,  ae,  a,  sim,  sis,  sit,  &c 

factus,  a,  um,  ti,  ae,  a,  essem,  esses,  &c 

faciendus,  a,  um,  di,  ae,  a,  sim,  sis,  &c 
faciendus,  a>  um,  di,  ae,  a,  essem,  &c. 


Notes:  i.  Some  grammarians  are  particular  in  leaving  out  fimus,  fitis,  as 
not  present  in  the  classics;  others  leave  them  in  as  I  do,  for  it  is  unlikely  thai 
they  were  not  in  use,  and  Roman  grammarians  recite  the  full  form. 

2.  This  verb,  as  stated  before,  stands  as  the  passive  of  facio,  and  as  a  kind 
of  middle  verb,  in  the  sense  of  "to  become,"  or  "to  happen."  Whence  it  furnishes 
us  with  a  model  of  the  periphrastic  forms  of  the  passive  conjugation. 

3.  When  it  is  emplo3red  in  the  meaning  of  to  happen,  it  has  also  an  active 
!  m  11  in  the  Infinitive,  futurum,  am,  um,  &c,  esse. 

4.  Take  notice  that,  while  eo  forms  its  Fut.  Simplex,  =bo,  which  is  also  the 
int.  'ridings  of  the  I.  and  II.  conjugations,  this  offers  us  -am,  es,  et,  which 
furnishes  the  Fut.  Simplex  endings  of  the  III.  and  IV.  regular  conjugations, 
wli  it   :>v  we  have  here  all  the  elements  making  up  the  regular  conjugations. 


io7 


69.    VERBVM   POSSUM. 

Tempora  PrimitLva:   possum,  posse,  potui 
Tps.  Prses.  Infinitivi,     posse 

Prset.  potuisse 

Tpre   Futuro      "  caret 

Participium    Prsesentis,  potens,  potentis 

Cseteris  caret 


Modus  lndicativus 


Modus  Coniunctivus. 


Tern  pus  Praesens. 


S.  possum,  potes,  potest, 

PI.   possumus,  potestis,  possunt 

Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum 

5.  poteram,  p6teras,  poterat 

PI.  poteramus,  poteratis,  p6terant 

Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum 

S.  potui,  potuisti,  potuit, 

PI.  potuimus,  potufstis,  potuerunt, 

potuere 

Tps.  Praeteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum 

S.  potueram,  as,  at, 

PI.  potueramus,  dtis,  erant 

Tps.  Futurum  Simplex 

S.  p6tero,  p6teris,  p6terit 
PI.  pot^rimus,  eritis,  erint 


S.  possim,  possis,  possit, 

PI.  possimus,  possitis,  possint 

Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum 

S.  possem,  p6sses,  posset 

PI.  possimus,  possetif,  possent 

Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum 

S.  potuerim,  potueris,  potiierit 

PI.  potuerimus,  potueritis,  potuerint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum 

S.  potuissem,  ses,   set 

PI.  potuissemus,  setis,  sent 

Tps.  Futurum  Simplex 

caret 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum 

S.  potuero,  potueris,  potiierit 

Pi.  potuerimus,  potueritis,  potuerint 


io8 


CONIVGATIO  .  VERBORVM    PERIPHRASTICA. 


70.    Coniugatio  Prima 


Coniugatio  Secunda 


Praesens  Infinitivi,  amans  esse 
Praeteritum     "  amans  fuisse 

Futurum  amans  futurus  esse 

amans  fore 


Cum  Participio  Praesentis. 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  monens  esse 
Praeteritum  monens  fuisse 

Futurum  monens  futurus  es 

monens  fore 


Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct 

Tern  pus  Praesens. 

amans 


\sum,  es, 
amans      )         ' 

est 


jsumus, 
amantes  J     estis, 
/  sunt 


\sim,  sis, 
sit 


amantes 


simus, 
sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


amans 


\eram, 
(eras,  erat 


eramus, 


)ci  ex  111  u. a  , 
eratis, 
)        erant 


amans 


\essem, 
'esses, 


esset 


essemus, 


amantes  /essetis, 
)       essent 


amans 


amantes 


Tps. Praeteritum  Perfectum. 

fuerim 


\fui,  fuisti 
(  fuit 

vluimus, 
/fuistis, 
JfueVunt 
)         fuere 


aman 


Ntue 
s      I   fueris, 

I        fuerit 

/fuerimus 
tes  /fueritis, 

)      iuerint 


am 


Tps.  Pratt.  Plus  quam  Perfectum 

f,  \    iuissem 

I  ii'-ram 


\  u'-ram, 
ans     ) 

'        as,  l 
Mil'  ra 


amantes 


ai 

ramus 
atis,  ant 


amans      ) 

v  es,  et 

Uuissemus 
amantes)       eitjs 

)    fuissent 


Modus  Indie.  Modus  Co/iiun, 

Tern  pus  Praesens, 


monens 


)sum,es, 
)  est 

)sumus, 
monentes  )    estis 

)        sunt 


monens 


)sim,s: 

) 

)simus 
monentes  )  sjtjs 

)  '     si 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


)eram, 
monens      )  eras, 

)         erat 

)eramus, 
monentes  )  eratis, 

)      erant 


)  essen 
monens      )     esses 

)         ess 

)essemi 
monentes  )  essetis 

)       esse 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 

)fui, 


monens 


monentes 


)  fuisti, 
)  fuit 

)  fuimus, 
)f  nistis , 
)fuerunt 
)       fuere 


)fuerii 
monens      )     J 

fuerim 

monentes  )fUerit 

)  fuer 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

)fuiss 
monens 


)   fueram, 
)        as,  at 

)fueramus 
monentes  )    £tis, 

)     fuerant 


monens      \    es 

^fuissi 

monentes  ^mus, 

Jsitk. 

)fuiss.i 


CONIVGATIO   VERBORVM    PERIPHRASTICA. 


Coniugatio  Tertia  Coniugatio  Quarta 

Cum  Participio  Praesentis. 


aesens  Infinitivi,   regens  esse 
aeteritum    '  regens  fuisse 

iturum  regens  futurus  esse 

fore 

>dus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tern  pus  Praesens. 


ens 


entes, 


)sum, 
)    es,  est 
)sumus, 
)    estis, 
)        sunt 


)sim, 

resens     )sis,  sit, 

Jsimus, 
regentes    )    sitis 
)        sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

)essem, 
regens     )  esses, 

)        esset 

)essemus, 
regentes  )essetis, 

)      essent 


)eram, 
ens     )eras,erat 

|eramus, 
entes  )eratis, 

)        erant 


ens 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum 

fui,fuisti 

fuit 
fuimus, 


entes 


fuistis, 
fuerunt, 
fuere 


Jfuerim, 
regens     )     ris,   rit 

)fuerimus 
regentes  )^ritis, 

)     fiierint 


regens 


Praeteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum 

)fufssem, 

)fsses,set 

)fuisse- 

)mus, 
regentes  )fuis^t.g 

)  fuissent 


ens     )f*eram> 
)       as,  at 

Jfuera- 
entes  )mus,  atis 
)    fiierant 


Praesens  Infinitivi,  audiens  esse 
Ptseteritum  "  audiens  fuisse 

Futurum  audiens  futurus  esse 

fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tern  pus  Praesens. 


,.  )sum, 

audiens     *  M   '    . 
)  es,  est, 

)sumus, 
audientes)    estjS) 

)        sunt 


audiens 


)sim, 
)sis,  sit, 

Jsimus, 
audientes  )  sitis, 
)        sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

)  essem, 
audiens     )   esses, 

)       esset 

)essemus 
audientes  )essetis, 

)    essent 


,.  )eram,e- 

audlens     )ras,erat 

)eramus, 
audientes)  eratis, 
)      erant 


audiens 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum 

..  )fui,  fui- 

aud.ens     }  sti  fuU 

)fuimus, 
)fufstis, 
audientes  )fU(£runtl 

)       fuere 


)fuerim, 
)  ris,  rit, 

Jfuerimus 
audientes  )fuesrjtis 

/     fiierint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum 


aud 


)fueram, 
lens     )ras,rat, 


)fuera- 
audientes  )  rnus, 
)  ratis, 
)  fueran 


audiens 


uissem 


) 

)    sses,set 
)    fuisse- 

audientes  {   mus> 

)  fuissetis 

)  fuissent 


I  IO 


Tps.   Futurum  Simplex. 


)ero,  eris 
amans     j  erit> 

)erimus, 
amantes  )<Jritis, 

)        erunt 


amans 


)futurus, 
)a,um,sim 
)     sis,  sit 
amantes  )futuri,  as, 
)a,  simus 
)sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

) futurus 
amans 


amans 


)fuero, is, 
)  it, 

amantes  )fu*rimus 
) 


itis,  int 


)a,  um 
)essem, 
)esses,  et 
)futuri,ae, 
)a  esse- 
amantes  )mus,etis, 
)  ent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 
Sing,  amans  es! 
PI.  amantes  dste! 


Aspe>ior. 
Sing,  amans  esto! 
PI.  amantes  est6te! 
sunto! 


Cum  Participio  Praeteriti. 

Praesens  Infinitivi  amatus,  a,  um  esse 
Praeteritum  '  amatus,  a,  um  fuisse 

Futurum        "       amatus,  a,um  futurus 

esse,  fore 


Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tern  pus  Praesens 


amatus,  )sum,  es, 

a,  um  )  est 

amati,      )sumus, 
Be,  a  )  estis,sunt 


amatus,  )sim,   sis, 

a,  um  )  sit 

amati,     )     simus, 

ae,  a  )sitis,sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 

)futuru 


monens 


)ero,  eris 
)  erit 

)  erimus, 
monentes  )  iritis, 
)      erunt 


monens 


)a,  um 
)sim,  s 
)         si 

)futuri; 
)a,simi 
monentes  )sitis, 
)        si: 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

)futurus 


monens 


)fuero, 
)       is,  it 
)   fueri- 

monentes  )  mus> 
)  itis, 
)   fiierint 


^a,  um, 
monens      ) 

)essem,i 

\     ses,  t 

)futuri,; 
)a,  esse 
monentes  )mus,et 
) 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

5.  monens  es! 

PI.  monentes  este! 


Asperior. 

S.  monens  esto! 
PI. monentes  esto 
"  sunt 


Cum  Participio  Prseteriti. 

Praesens  Infinitivi   m6nitus,  a,  um  es 
Praeteritum"  m6nitus  a  um  fuis; 

Futurum        "  m6nitus,  a  um  fut- 

rus  esse,  fore 


Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniun 

Tempus  Praesens 


monitus  \sum,  es, 
a,  um)  est 

\sumus, 
m6n,tl     <estis, 
8e»  a  \  sunt 


m6nitus  \sim,si 
a,  um  \ 

\simus 
m6niti     'siti^j 


ae,  a 


) 


S  I 


Ill 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


regens 


)ero  eris, 
)         erit, 
)erimus, 
regentes  )    eritis, 
)        erunt 


)futurus, 
regens     )a,um,sim, 

)       sis,  sit 

)futuri,ae, 
regentes  )a,  simus, 

)  sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

)futurus, 


)  fuero, 
regens     )   ris,rit 
)  fueri- 

regentes  \  mus; 
)  ltis.fu- 

)      erint 


regens     )a,  um, 
)essem, 
)        es,  et 
)futuri, 

regentes  n96'  a' 

jessemus, 

)essetis, 

)      essent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior 

S.  regens  es! 
PI.  regentes  este! 


Asperior 

S.  regens  esto! 
PI.  regentes  estote! 
sunto! 


Cum  Participio  Prseteriti. 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  rectus,  a,  um,   esse, 
Praeteritum    '  rectus,  a,  um,  fuisse 

Futurum  rectus,  a  um  futurus 

esse,  fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


rectus  )sum, 
a,  um  ) 

recti,   |sumus 
ae,  a  )  estis, 


es,  est 


,  sunt 


rectus)  sim, 
a,  um)  sis,  sit 

recti    /  simus, 
ae,  a'      sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


)ero, 
audiens        )eris, 

)       erit 

)erimus 
audientes    )eritis, 

)    erunt 


)futurus,a 

audiens  )um>  sim» 
)  sis,  sit 
)futuri,ae, 

audientes  'a,  simus 
)sitis,sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


Ifuero, 

audiens 

1     ris, 

)           rit 

•  fue*ri- 

audientes  < 

1     mus, 

1     itis, 

)  fuerint 

audiens 


futurus, 
a,  um 
essem, 
esses, 

esset 
futuri, 

a, 


audientes)  essemus, 
)  esse'tis, 
)       essent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior 

S.  audiens  es! 
PI.  audientes  este! 


Asperior 

S.  audiens  e*sto! 
PI. audientes  estote! 
sunto! 


Cum  Participio  Prseteriti. 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  auditus  a,  um,  esse, 
Praeteritum  auditus,  a,um,  fuisse 

Futurum  auditus  a, um, futurus 

esse,  fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunet. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


auditus  (sum,  es, 


a,  um 


est 


auditi      \sumus, 
33,  a  \estis.sunt 


auditus, 
a,  um 

auditi, 
ae,  a 


sim,  sis, 
sit 

simus, 
sitis,  sint 


I  12 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunct. 


Tps.  Praeterit-  Imperfectum. 


amatus  )eram,  e*ras 


a,  um 

amati 
33,  a 


drat 
eramus, 
eratis, 
e"rant 


amatus    )essem, 

a,  um      )    esses? 

)        esset 

)essemus 

)  essetis, 

)      essent 


amati 
33,  a 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 

)fuerim, 
amatus  )         is,  it, 
a,  um     ) 

)fudrimus, 
amati      )       itis, 
ae,  a        )       fuerint 


)fui,  fuisti, 
amatus    )       fuit 

a,  um      )  fuimus, 

amati      )  fuistis, 

as,  a 


)  fuerunt, 
)  ere 


Tps.  Prset.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

)fuissem, 


amatus    )  fueram 
)  as,  at, 


jfueramus: 


a,  um 

amati      )     atis, 
se»  a        )  fuerant 


amatus  )fuisses, 
a,  um  )fufsset, 
amati      )fuisse- 

)mus,etis, 
)fuissent 


33,  a 


amatus 
a,  um 
amati, 
33,  a 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 

)futurus 
am&tus 


)dro,  dris, 
)     erit, 
)   primus. 
)     eritis, 
)     erunt 


a,  um 
amati, 
33,  a 


)  a,  um, 
)sim,  sis, 
)sit,  futu- 
)  ri,  33, 
)a,   simus 
)sitis,sint 


Tps.  Futrum  Exactum 


amatus 
a,  um 

)fiinro, 

)  ftieris, 
)        ftierit 

amati 
33,  a 

)fu£rimus, 

)  iueritis, 
)       fuerint 

amatus 
a,  um 

amati 
33,  a 


)futurus,a, 
)um,essem 
)esses,  6s- 
)set  futuri, 
)  33,  a,,  es- 
)sdmus,  tis 
)        Assent 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunci 


Tps:  Praeterit.  Imperfectum. 


m6nitus 


). 


)  eras,erat 
a,  um      \ 

.  .  .  )eramus, 
m6nitl  )  eratis, 
335  a         )         erant 


,    .        )essem, 
monitus  )    esses, 
a'  um      )        esset 
)essdmus 
)  essetis, 
ae'  a         )      essent 


moniti 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 


m6nitus  )fui, fuisti, 
a,  um      )  fuit 

)fuimus, 
moniti  )  fuistis 
33,  a         )  fudrunt, 

)         fueVe 


m6nitus  )fuerim, 
a,  um      )is,  fuerit 

)fueri- 
moniti     )        mus, 
33,  a         )eritis, 

)  int 


Tps.  Prset.  Plus  quam  Perfect. 

monitus  )fuissem, 

a,  um      )       es,  et 

)fuisse- 

)        mus, 

)  etis,  ent 


monitus  )fueram, 
a,  um      )        as,  at 
,    ...     )fuerdmus 
)     dtis, 
36 '  a         )     fuerant 


moniti 
33,  a 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 

)  futurus, 
m6nitus  )a,umsim 
a,  um,     )     sis,  sit 

)futuri, 
m6niti,  )  a3,  a, 
33,  a,        )   simus, 

)sitis,sint 


m6nitus)ero,    eris, 

a,  um       )  erit 

,    ...     )erimus, 
moniti,    <      ,  .A. 
;     eritis, 

3e'  a         )  erunt 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

)  futurus, 
monitus  )a,um,es- 
a,  um      )sem,es- 


monitus)fuero,eris 


a,  um 

moniti 
33,  a 


)  erit 

)fudrimus, 
)     eritis, 
)       fuerint 


m6niti 
33,  a 


)ses, esset 
)futuri,3?, 
)a,  esse- 
)mus,etis 
)      essent 


H3 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum, 


rectus,   )fui,    fuisti, 
a,  um)  fuit 

)fuirnus, 
recti,       )fuistis, 
33,  a)fuerunt, 
)  fuere 


rectus,    )fuerim, 
a,  um)fueris, 

)  fuerit 

recti,       )fuerimus, 
se,  a)fueritis, 
)         fuerint 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


rectus,   )fueram, 
a,  um)as, 

)  fiierat 

recti,       )fuerdmus, 
ae,  a)ratis, 

)  erant 


rectus,    )fuissem, 
a,  um)fuisses, 

)         fuisset 
recti,       )fuissemus, 
se,  a)fuissetis, 
)       fuissent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


rectus,   )ero, 
a,  um)    eris, 

)  ent 

recti,      )erimus, 
ae>  a)eritis, 

)  erunt 


rectus,   )futurus, 
a,  um)a,  um, 

)sim,sis,  sit 
recti,       )futuri,ae,a, 
se,  a)simus, 

)  sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


rectus,   )fuero, 
St,  um)f tieris, 

)  fuerit 

recti,      )fuerimus, 
33,  a)fueritis, 
)        fuerint 


rectus,    )futurus,  a, 

a,  um)um,essem, 

)        ses,  set 

recti,       )futuri,ae,a, 

33,  a)essemus, 

)      tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

5.     rectus,  a, 

um  es  ! 
PI.    recti,  33, 

a  e*stel 


Asperior. 

S.     rectus,  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.  recti,  33, a  est6- 
te!  sunt6! 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


auditus,)fui,  fuisti, 
a,  um)  fuit 

)fuimus, 
auditi,    )fuistis, 
33,  a)fuerunt, 
)  fuere 


auditus,)fuerim, 
a,  um)fueris, 

)  fuerit 

auditi,    )fuerimus, 
33,  a)fueritis, 
)        fuerint 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


audftus,)fueram, 
a,  um)fueras, 

)  fuerat 

auditi,    )fueramus, 
33,  a)fueratis, 
)        fuerant 


auditus,)fuissem, 
a,  um)fuisses, 

)         fuisset 
auditi,    )fuissemus, 
33,  a)fuissetis, 
)       fuissenc 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex, 


auditus,)ero, 
a,  um)       eris, 

)  erit 

auditi,    )erimus, 
33,  a)eritis, 

)  erunt 


auditus,)futurus,  a, 
a,  um)um,  sim, 

)        sis,  sit 
auditi,    )futuri,  33, 
33,  a)a,  simus, 
)    sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


auditus,)fuero, 
a,  um)fiieris, 

)  fuerit 

auditi,    )fuerimus, 
33,  a)fueritis, 
)         fuerint 


auditus,)futurus,  a, 

a,  um)um,essem, 

)  es,  et 

auditi,    )futuri,33,a, 

33,  a)essemus, 

)      tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.     auditus,  a, 

um  es  ! 
PI.    auditi,  33, 

a,  e'ste  ! 


Asperior. 

S.     auditus,  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.  auditi,  33,  a  e- 
st6te !  '         sunto  I 


ii4 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.  amatus,  a,  urn 
es 


PI.  amati,  ae,  a 


este! 


Asp^rior. 

S.  amatus,  a,  urn 
esto! 

PI.  amati,  ae,  a 

est6tel 

11     sunto! 


Cum  Participio  Futuri  Active 


Praet. 
Fut. 


Praes.  Infinitivi,  amaturum,  am,  urn, 

os,  as,  a,  esse 
"  amaturum,  am,  um, 

os,  as,  a,  fuisse 
"  amaturum,  am,  um, 

os,  as,  a,  futurum 

esse,  fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 

)sim, 
amaturus  )     sis, 
a,  um         )  sit 

)simus, 


Modus  Imperativus. 


amaturus 
a,  um 


amaturi 
ae,  a 


)sum,es, 
)  est 

) 

)sumus, 
)  estis, 
)       sunt 


amaturi     )  sitis, 
ae,  a  )        sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


)eram, 
amaturus  )eras, 

a,  um         )         erat 
)eramus, 
amaturi    )  eratis,   I  amaturi     Jesset'ft. 
ge    a  )       erant|ae,  a  )      essent 


)  essem, 
amaturus  )  esses, 
a,  um        )  esset 

)essemusj 

)< 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


)fui,fuis- 
amaturus  )ti,  fuit, 
a,  um        )fuimus, 

)fuistis, 
amaturi  )fu£runt 
;(.    a  )       fu^re 


)fuerim, 
amaturus  )fiieris, 
a,  um         )fuerit 

)fu^rimus 
amaturi     )fudritis, 
ae,  a  )     fuerint 


Lenior. 

S.  m6nitus,  a,  um, 
es! 
PI.  mdniti,  ae,  a, 

este! 


Asperior. 
S.  monitus,  a,  um 
esto! 
PI.  m6niti,  ae,  a, 
estote! 
suntol 


Cum  Participio  Futuri  Active 

Praes.  Infinitivi,  moniturum,  am,  um, 

os,  as,  a,  esse 
Praet.         4*  moniturum,  am,  um, 

os,  as,  a,  fuisse 
Fut.  "  moniturum,  am,  um, 

os,  as,  a,  fore, 

futurum  esse 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 

)sum, 


monittirus 
a,  um 

monituri 
ae,  a 


)     es, 
)  est 
)sumus 
)  estis, 
)      sunt 


moniturus 
a,  um 

monituri 
ae,  a 


)sim, 
)  sis, 
)  sit 
)  simus 
)  sitis, 
)      sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

)essem, 

)esses, 
a,  um 


)  eram, 
moniturus  )eras> 

a,  um  )eratj 

.   ,   .      )eramus 
monituri     )       tis> 

3e»  a  )    erant 


moniturus 


monituri 
ae,  a 


)     esset 
)  esse- 
)mus,tis 
)  essent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


moniturus 
a,  um 

monituri 
ae,  a 


)fui,fui- 

)sti,fuit 

)fuimus 

)fuistis 

)fue- 

)      runt 

)fudre 


.    .         )fuerim 
monitutus  )fueris, 

a>  um  )    fuerit 

)fueri- 
monituri  )inus, 
ae,  a  )        tis, 

)fuerint 


"5 


Cum  Participio  Futuri  Active 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  recturus,  a, 

um,  esse 
Praeteritum  "  recturus,  a> 

um,  fuisse 
Futurum  recturus,  a,  um, 

futurus,  a,  um,  esse,  fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tern  pus  Praesens. 


recturus)sum, 

a,  um)        es,  est 
recturi,  )sumus, 
ae,  a)  estis,  sunt 


recturus)sim,  sis, 

a,  um)  sit 

recturi,  )simus, 

ae,  a)   sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

recturus)eram, 

a,  um)  eras,  erat 
recturi,  )eramus, 
ae,  a)    tis,  erant 


recturus)essem, 

a,  um)     esses,  et 
recturi,  )essemus, 
ae,  a)       tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


recturus)fui,  fuisti, 
a,  um)  fuit 

.    )fuimus,fu- 
rectun>  )istis,  fue- 
ae'  a)runt,  ere 


recturus)fuerim, 

a,  um)        ris,  rit 

.    )fuerimus, 
recturi,  )fu<5ritiSf 

3e'  a)        Merint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

recturus)fueram,       |recturus)fuissem, 

a,  um)  as,  fuerat      a,  um)       ses,  set 

recturi,  )fueramus,   recturi,  )fuissemus, 

ae,  a)    atis,  rant'        ae,  a)      tis,  sent 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 

recturus)futurus,  a, 
a,  um)um,  sim, 

)        sis,  sit 
recturi,  )futuri,ae,a, 


recturus)^ro,  eris, 
a,  um)  erit 

) 
) 
recturi,  )erimus,tis, 
ae,  a)  ^runt 


ae,  a)simus,sitis 
)  sint 


Cum  Participio  Futuri  Active 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  auditurus,  a,  um, 

esse 
Praeteritum  "  auditurus,  a,  um, 

fuisse 
Futurum  auditurus,  a,  um, 

futurus,  a,  um,  esse,  fore 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


auditur-)sum,  es, 
us,a,um)  est 

audituri)sumus,  es- 
ae,  a)     tis,  sunt 


auditur-)sim,  sis, 
us,a,um)  sit 

audituri)simus, 

ae,  a)   sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


auditur-)eram, 
us,a,um)  eras,  erat 
audituri)eramus, 
ae,  a)    tis,  erant 


auditur-)essem, 
us,a,um)     esses,  et 
audituri)essemus, 
ae,  a)       tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


auditur-)fui,  fuisti, 

us,a,um)  fuit 

.)fuimus,fu- 
auditun^v'  .•      (    , 
jistis,  tue- 

se'  a)     runt,  ere 


auditur-)fuerim, 
us,a,um)       eris,  rit 
)fuerirrms, 
)fueritis, 
a)         fuerint 


audituri 
ae 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


auditur-)fueram, 
us,a,um)  as,  at 

audituri  )fueramus, 
ae,  a)    atis,  rant 


auditur-)fuissem, 
us,a,um)     sses,  set 
audituri)fuissemiis, 
ae,  a)  setis,  sent 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex 

auditur-)e'ro,  eris, 
us,a,um)  erit 

) 
.) 

audituri)^rimus, 
ae,  a)    tis,  e'runt 


auditur-jfuturiif ,  a, 
us,a>  um)um,  sim, 

)         sis,  sit 
audituri)futim,  se, 
ae,  a)a,  simus, 

)    sitis,  sint 


i6 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


amatu-   )Meram, 
rus,         )as, 

a,  urn)  fuerat 

.  )fueramus, 
amaturl)ratis, 

ae'  a)  erant 


amatu-   )fuissem, 
rus,         )fuisses, 
a,  um)         fuisset 
.  )fuissemus, 
amatun)fuiss£tis, 
ae»  a)       fuissent 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


amatu-   )ero, 
rus,         )    eris, 
a,  um)  erit 

.  )erimus, 
amaturi)eritis, 

^  a)  erunt 


amatu-   )futurus,  a, 
rus,         )um,  sim, 
a,  um)         sis,  sit 
.)futuri,ae,a 
simus, 
x'  a)   sitis,  sint 


amaturi  y 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


amatu-  )fuero, 
rus,         )fueris, 
a,  um)  Merit 

.  )fuerimus, 
amaturi)fueritis, 
se'  a)         Merint 


amatu-  )futurus,  a, 

rus,         )um,essem, 

a,  um)       ses,  set 

.)futuri,ae,a, 

amatun)essemus, 

2e>  a)     tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Le^nior. 


S. 


amaturus,  a, 
um  6s  ! 
PI.    amaturi  se, 

a  este! 


Asperior. 

S.     amaturus,  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.  amaturi,ae,ae- 
st6te !  "        sunt6! 


CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  amandus,  a,  um, 

amandi,  ae,  a,  esse 
Praeteritum  "  amandus,  a,  um, 

amandi,  32,  a,  fuisse 
Futurum        "  amandus,  a,  um, 

amandi,  ae,  a,  fore,  futurus,  a,  um,  esse 


moni-     )fiieram> 
turus,     )fueras, 

a,  um)  fuerat 

moni-     )fueramus, 
turi,        )fueratis, 
se,  a)        fuerant 


moni-      )fuissem, 
turus,     )fuisses, 

a,  um)         fuisset 
moni-      )fuissemus, 
turi,         )fuissetis, 
se,  a)       fuissent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


moni-      )ero, 

moni-     )futurus,  a, 

turus,     )       eris, 

turus,     )um,  sim, 

a,  um)              erit 

a,  um)        sis,  sit 

moni-      )erimus, 

moni-      )futuri,  se, 

turi,        )eritis, 

turi,        )a,  simus, 

ae,  a)           erunt 

se,  a)    sitis,  sint 

Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


moni-      )fuero, 
turus,     )fueris, 

a,  um)  Merit 

moni-      )fuerimus, 
turi,        )fueritis, 
ae,  a)        fuerint 


moni-     )futurus,  a, 
turus,     )um,essem, 
a,  um)  es,  et 

moni-     )futuri,se,a, 
turi,        )essemus, 
se,  a)      tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.     moniturus,  a, 
um  es  ! 

PI.    monituri,  se, 
a,  este  ! 


Asperior. 

S.     moniturus,  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.  monituri, se,a,e- 
stote  !  "        sunto! 


CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. 

Praesens  Infinitivi,  monendus,  a,  um, 

monendi,  ae,  a,  esse 
Praeteritum44  monendus,  a,  um, 

monendi,  se,  a,  fuisse 
Futurum       44  monendus,  a,  um, 

di,  ae,  a,  futurus,  a,  um,  i,  se,  a,  esse 


ii7 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum 


recturus)fuero, 
a,  um)fueris, 

)  fuerit 

recturi,  )fuerimus 
ae,  a)fueritis, 
)         fiierint 


recturus)futurus,  a, 

a,  um)um,essem, 

)  es,  et 

recturi,  )futuri,ae,a, 

ae,   a)essemus, 

)      tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus 


Lenior. 

S.     recturus,  a, 

urn  es  ! 
PI.    recturi,  ae,  a, 

este  ! 


Asperior. 

S.     recturus,  a, 

um,  esto  ! 
PI.    recturi,  ae,  a, 

estote!  '         sunto! 


CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. 

Praes.  Infinitivi,    regendus,  a,  um,  esse 
Praet.  regendus,  a,um,fuisse 

Fut.  regendus,  a,  um, 

futurus,  a,  um,  esse,  fore 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunct. 


Tempus  Praesens. 


regen-     )sum,  es, 
dus,        )  est 

a,  um)sumusj 
regendi,)estis, 

ae,  a)  sunt 


sis, 


sit 


regen-     )sim 
dus,         ) 

a,  um)simus, 
regendi,)sitis, 

ae,  a)  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum, 


regen-    )eram,eras, 
dus,        )  erat 

a,  um)eramus, 
regendi5)eratis, 

ae,  a)  erant 


regen-    )essem, 
dus,        )     esses,  et 

a>  um) 
regendi,)essemus, 
ae,  a)        tis,  ent 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum 


auditur-)fuero, 
us,a,um)fueris, 

)  fuerit 

audituri)fudrimus, 
ae,  a)fudritis, 

)fiierint 


auditur-)futurus,  a? 
us,a,um)um,essem, 

)  es,  et 

audituri)futuri,ae,a, 
ae,  a)essemus, 

)      tis,  sent 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.     auditurus,  a, 

um  es! 
PI.    audituri,  ae,  a, 

este! 


Asperior. 

S.     auditurus,  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.    audituri,  ae,  a, 

est6te !  "       sunto! 


CumParticipioFuturiPassivo. 


Praes.  Infinitivi,  audiendus,  a,  um,  esse 
Praet.  audiendus, a, um,  fuisse 

Fut.  audiendus,  a,  um, 

futurus,  a,  um,  esse, fore 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunct. 


Tempus  Praesens. 


audien-  )sum, 

dus,  a,    )         es,  est 

um) 
audien-  )sumus, 
di,  ae,   a)  estis,  sunt, 


audien-  )sim,  sis, 
dus,         )  sit 

a,  um) 
audien-  )simus, 
di,  ae,   a)  sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


audien-  )eram, 
dus,        )  eras,  erat 

a,  um) 
audien-  )erdmus, 
di,  ae,  a)    tis,  erant 


audien-  )essem, 
dus  )     esses,  et 

a,  um) 
audien-  )essemus, 
di,  ae,   a)      tis,  sent 


n8 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunct. 


Tern  pus  Praesens. 


aman-     )sum, 
dus,        )        es,est 

a,  urn) 
amandijsumus, 
se,  a)  estis,  sunt 


aman-    )sim,  sis, 
dus,        )  sit 

a,  um) 
amandi,)simus, 

se,  a)   sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 

aman-     )essem, 
dus,        )     esses,  et 

a,  um) 
amandi,  )essemus, 
ae,  a)        tis,  ent 


aman-     )eram, 
dus,        )  eras,erat 

a,  um) 
amandi,  )eramus, 
83,  a)tis,  erant 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


aman-     )fui,  fuisti, 
dus,         )  fuit 

a,  um)fuimus,  fu- 
amandi,)istis,  lue- 
39,  a)runt,  ere 


aman-     )fuerim, 
dus,        )        ris,  rit 
a,  um)fue'rimus, 
amandi,  )fu£ritis, 
33,  a)        fuerint 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunct. 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

aman-     )fuissem, 
dus,        )       ses,  set 

a,  um) 
amandi,  )fuissemus, 
ss,  a)     tis,  sent 


aman-     )fusram, 
dus,        )  as,  fuerat 

a,  um) 
amandi,  )fueramus, 
se,  a)    atis,  rant 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 


aman-     )ero,  eris, 
dus,         )  erit 

a,  um) 

) 

amandi,  )erimus,  tis, 
ae,  a)  erunt 


aman-     )futurus,  a, 

dus,         )um,  sim, 

a,  um)        sis,  sit 

)futuri,ss,a, 

amandi,  )simus,  sitis 

ae,  a)  sint 


Tempus  Praesens. 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum, 


aman-     )fuero,  eris, 
dus,         )  fiierit 

a,  um) 

jfiif'rimus, 
amandi,  Jfucritis, 
as,  a)        fuerint 


aman-     )futurus,  a, 

dus,         )um,essem, 

a,  um)  es,  et 

)futuri,32,a 

amandi,  )ess^mus, 

33,  a)  tis,essent 


monen-  )sum,  es, 
dus,        )  est 

a,  um) 
monen-  )sumus,es- 
di,  33,  a)     tis,  sunt 


SIS, 


sit 


monen-  )sim 
dus,        ) 
a,  um) 
monen-  )simus, 
di,  se,  a  )sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum 

monen-  )eram, 
dus,        )    eras,  erat 

a,  um) 
monen-  )eramus, 
di,  33,  a  )    tis,  erant 


monen-  )essem, 
dus,        )    esses,  et 

a,  um) 
monen-  )essemus, 
di,  33,  a  )      tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


monen-  )fui,  fuisti, 
dus,        )  fuit 

a,  um)fuimus,fu- 
monen-  )istis,  fue- 
di,  33,  a)     runt,  ere 


monen-  )fuerim, 
dus,         )       eris,  ril 
a,  um)fuerimus, 
monen-  )fueritis, 
di,  33,  a)         fuerini 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

monen-  )fueram, 
dus,        )  as,  at 

a,  um) 
monen-  )fueramus, 
di,  33,  a)    atis,  rant 


monen-  )fuissem, 
dus,        )     sses,  se 

a,  um) 
monen-  )fuissemus 
di,  33,  a)  se'tis,  sen 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 


monen-  )£ro,  eris, 
dus,        )  e*rit 

a,  um) 

) 

monen-  )erimus, 
di,  33,   a)    tis,  erunt 


monen-  )futurus,  a 
dus,        )um,  sim, 
a,  um)        sis,  si 
)futuri,  33,i 
monen-  )simus, 
di,  33,  a)   sitis,  sin 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

monen-  )futurus,  a 
dus,        )um,essem 
a,  um)  es,  e 

)futuri,  33, £ 
monen-  )essemus, 
di,  33,    a)  tis,essen 


monen-  )fuero,  eris, 
dus,         )  fiierit 

a,  um) 

)fue'rimus, 
monen-  )fue'ritis, 
di,  33,  a,)         fuerint 


H9 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


regen-     )fui,  fuisti, 
dus,        )  fuit 

a,  um)fuimus,fu- 
regen-     )istis,  fu- 
di,  ae,  a)  erunt,  ere 


regen-     )fuerimJ 
dus,         )fueris, 

a,  um)  fuerit 

regen-     )fuerimus, 
di,  ae,  a)    ritis,  rint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum, 


regen-    )fueram, 
dus,        )fueras, 

a,  um)  fuerat 

regen-     )fueramus, 
di,  ae,  a)  ratis,  rant 


regen-     )fuissem, 
dus,         )fuisses, 

a,  um)         fuisset 

regen-     )fuiss£mus, 

di,  ae,  a)  setis,  sent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


regen-     )ero, 
dus,        )      eris, 
a,  um)  erit 

) 

regen-     )erimus, 
di,  ae,  a)    ritis,  runt 


regen-     )futurus,  a, 

dus,         )um,  sim, 

a,  um)         sis,  sit 

)futuri,ae,a, 

regen-     )simus, 

di,  ae,  a)   sitis,  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


regen-    )fuero,  is, 
dus,        )  it 

a,  um) 

) 

)fuerimus, 


rey;en- 


)itis, 


l'  *'  a)        fuerint 


regen-  )futurus,  a, 
dus,  )um,essem, 
a,  um)  es,  et 


)futuri,ae,a, 


regen-     )essemus 
di,  ae,  a)tis,  ent, 

)  forem 


Modus  Imperativus 


Lenior. 

S.     regendus,  a, 

um,  es  i 

PI.    regendi,  ae,   a, 

este ! 


Aspe>ior. 

S.     regendus,  a, 

um,  esto  ! 
Pi.    regendi,  ae,  a, 

estote  !  "       sunto  ! 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


audien-  )fui,  fuisti, 
dus,        )  fuit 

a,  um)fuimus,fu- 
audien-  )istis,  fue- 
di,  ae,  a)     runt,  ere 


audien-  )fuerim, 
dus,         )fueris, 


a,  um) 


fuerit 


audien-  )fuerimus, 
di,  ae,  a)   ritis,  rint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectu 


audien-  )Meram, 
dus,        )fueras, 

a,  um)  fuerat 

audien-  )fueramus, 
di,  ae,  a)  ratis,  rant 


audien-  )fuissem, 
dus,         )fuisses, 

a,  um)         fuisset 

audien-  )fuissemus, 

di,  ae,  a)  setis,  sent 


Tps.   Futurum  Simplex, 


audien-  )ero, 
dus,        )     eris, 
a,  um)  erit 

) 

audien-  )erimus, 
di,  ae,  a)    ritis,  runt 


audien-  )futurus,  a» 

dus,         )um,  sim, 

a,  um)         sis,  sit 

)futuri,ae,a, 

audien-  )simus, 

di,  ae,  a)    sitis*  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


audien-  )fuero,  )audien-  )futurus,  a, 

dus,        )  is,  it)dus,        )um,essem, 

a,  um)  )      a,  um)  es,  et 

)  )  )futuri,ae,a, 

,.        )fuerimus,    )audien-  )essemus, 

a.udlen-  )itis,  )  di,  Ee,  a)tis,  ent, 

dl'ae'a)        fuerint)  )  forem 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.     audiendus,  a, 

um,  es  ! 

Pi.    audiendi,  ae,a, 

este  ! 


Asperior. 

S.    audiendus^  a, 

um  esto  ! 
PI.  audiendi,  ae,  a, 


estote! 


sunto! 


20 


7i.  GENERAL  REMARKS. 

i.  The  periphrastic  inflection  of  the  Latin  verbs  is  far  more  frequent,  conse- 
quently its  proper  treatment  is  far  more  important  than  teachers  and  students  will 
find  it  treated  in  Latin  grammars,  For  instance,  a  few  minutes'  search  in  Li- 
vius,  beginning  with  the  Preface,  and  glancing  over  a  few  pages,  will  reveal  the 
following  state  of  things.  Livius  begins  :  Facturusne  opera  pretium  sim  ;  then 
goes  on-  prsebitura  sint  voluptatem  ;  animadversa  erant;  ut  magis—  lapsi  sint; 
donee  perventum  est;  querela  gratae  futurae  erunt;  Book  I.  Chapt.  i.palatinum, 
in  quo  ipse  erat  educatus,  muniit ;  sacra  Diis,  ut  —  instituta  erant  -  facit ;  ipsa 
vestigia  dominum  eo  deductura  erant;  Cacus  vi  prohibere  conatus  esset ;  quam 
miratae  ha  gentes  fuerant,  &c.     The  same  is  found  in  all  other  authors. 

3.  The  statement  of  the  grammarians,  that  the  Participium  Praesentis  (-ans, 
-ens  -iens)  is  seldom  employed  in  this  capacity,  is  quite  true,  particularly  of  the 
ornamental  language ;  but  it  is  still  found  in  the  best  authors,  as:  (Epaminondas) 
erat  adeo  veritatisdiiigens,  Nep.;non  fore  dicto  audientes  milites,  Caes.,  B.  G.  I. 
39-  while  in  the  technical  writers,  and  in  the  spoken  language  that  form  is  quite 
common:  dummodo  ad  perpendiculum  sint  stantes,  Vitr.  II.,  8.  9.;  ut  est  patens; 
Id  o  7  •  quae  sunt  nocentes  ,  id.  12  ;  aeternas  memoriae  sunt  ad  postentatem  per- 
manentes;  id.  III.;  omnes  sunt  causas  agentes,  foro  discos  tenentes,  aut  currentes 
seu  pila  ludentes,  &c;  the  author  was  a  contemporary  of  Caesar  and  Cicero. 

4  How  this  periphrastic  form  differs  from  the  regular  form,  as  to  power  and 
bearing,  Caesar  may  be  quoted:  Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres ;  a  little 
further  below:  Eorum  una  pars,  quam  Gallos  obtinere  dictum  est,  if  contrasted, 
although  both  are  ParticipiaPraeteriti,  it  will  be  apparent,  that  the  force  and  bear- 
ing  of  each  is  different.  By  form  both  are  the  Present  of  the  Indicative  of  the 
periphrastic  form,  yet  the  first  is  evidently  present,  the  second  is  perfect  in  mean- 
i  Qg  The  reason  of  this  difference  may  not  be  obvious,  but  it  is  explicable.  The 
regular  conjugation  in  its  passive  form  lacks  the  Praeteritum  Ferfectum,  Plus  qua* 
Perfectum  and  Futurum  Exactum  in  the  Modus  Indicative,  wherefore  it  had  to  b< 
borrowed  from  the  periphrastic  form,  which  is  full.  Hence,  Gallia  est  divisa  is  the 
pure  Prawns  Indicativi  in  periphrastic  form,  while  dictum  est,  as  is  used  here,  U 
the  Praeteritum  Perfectum  of  Modi  Indicativi,  of  fhe  Vox  Passiva,  which  has  nc 
direct  (  >rm  of  its  own,  as  has  the  Praesens,  Imperf.  and  Futurum  Simplex:  amor 


121 

amabar,  and  amabor.     It  must  also  be  evident,  that,  estdivisa  means  both,  is  di- 
vided, and  has  been  (and  still  is)  divided. 

5.  Teachers  should  take  notice,  that  the  regular  form  of  the  passive  voice,  a- 
mor,  amaris,  &c,  can  not  be  rendered  by  "I  am  loved,"  "thou  art  loved,"  &c,  if 
they  want  to  know  why?  let  them  translate  that  form  back  into  Latin,  and  they 
will  discover  that  I  am  loved  will  be  sum  amatus,  and  not  amor,  in  Latin.  The 
English  periphrasis  will  exactly  answer  the  Latin,  and  the  English  has  nothing, 
excepting  an  additional  periphrasis,  say,  I  am  being,  by  which  to  render  amor, 
that  is,  the  regular  passive  form. 

6.  In  the  Fut.  Ex.  Coni.  the  pariphrasis  is  double,  as  :  audituri  futuri  essemus 
and  the  like,  by  substituting  forem,  fores,  &c,  the  expression  will  be  more  euphon- 
ic and  neater  :  forem  us  audituri.  Often  even  this  is  avoided  by  employing  ut,  as  : 
fore  ut  audiamus. 

7.  The  Infinitives  amans  esse,  fuisse,  fore,  futurus  esse,  amatus,  a,  um,  ama- 
turus,  amandus  esse,  fuisse,  &c.  here  are  left  in  Nominative,  though  this  can  be 
thecase  with  passive  constructions  only,  as:  puer  scitur  parentum  arr.ans  amaturus 
esse  ;  otherwise, probably  80  times  out  of  a  100  the  construction  will  be  Accusativus 
cum  Infinitivo :  scimus  puerum  amantem,  amaturum  parentum  esse. 


122 


72. 


CONIVGATIO  VERBORVM  ACTIVA, 


Coniugatio  Prima. 

VERBVM  AMO. 

Tpra.  Primitiva:    amo,  amare,  amavi, 

amatum 

Mod.  Infin.,  Tps.  Praes.,    amare 

"  "    Praet.,  amavisse 

"  **    Fut.,     amaturum,  am, 

um,  os,  as,  a  esse 
Part.  Prsesentis,  amans,  -antis 
11     Praeteriti,    amatus,  a,  um 
"     Futuri  Act.,     amaturus,  a,  um 
11  "       Pass.,  amandus,  a,  um 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunet. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


amo,  amas,  amat 
amamus,  tis,  ant 


amem,  ames,  amet 
amemus,  etis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  im  perfect  um 


amabam,  bas,  bat 
amabamus,  tis,  ant 


amarem,  res,  ret 
amaremus,  tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum 


amavi,  visti,  vit 
amavimus,  vistis, 
verunt,  vere 


amaverim,  ris,  rit 
amav^rimus,  ritis, 
amaverint 


Tps.  Praeter.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


amaveram,  as,  at 
dmus,  tis,  ant 


amavissem,  es,  et 
£mus,  tis,  ent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


Coniugatio  Secunda. 

VERBVM   MOVEO. 

Tpra.  Primitiva:  moveo,  vere,  vi, 

motum 

Mod.  Infin.,  Tps.  Praes.,  movere 
"  "     Praet.,  movisse 

"  li     Fut.,     moturum,  am, 

um,  os,  as,  a  esse 
Part.  Praesentis,  movens  -tis 
"     Praeteriti,    motus,  a,  um 
"    Futuri  Act.,  moturus,  a,  um 
"         "       Pass.,  movendus,  a,  um 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Coniunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 

moveo,  es,  et  I  moveam,  as,  at 

movemus,  etis,  ent  |  moveamus,  tis,  ani 

Tps.  Prseteritum  Imperfectum. 

moverem,  res,  ret 
moveremus,  tis, en 


amabo,  bis,  bit 
bimus,  tis,  bunt 


amavero,  eris,   erit 
amav£rimus,tis,int 


movebam,  bas,  bat 
bdmus,  tis,  ant 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


movi,  visti,  vit 
m6vimus,  vistis, 

verunt,  vere 


moverim,  eris,  eri 

moverimus,    eritis 

moverin 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum 


moveram,  ras,  rat 
eramus,  tis,  ant 


movissem,  es,  et 
tous,  tis,  en 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


move*bo,  bis,  bit 
bimus,  tis,  bunt 


movero,  eris,  erit 
moverimus,  tis,  in 


123 


CONIVGATIO   VERBORVM   ACTIVA, 


Coniugatio  Tertia. 

VERBVM  REGO. 

rpra.  Primitiva:  rego,  revere,  rexi, 

rectum 
Nod.  Infin.,  Tps.  Praes.,  regere 
Praet.,  rexisse 
"     Futurum,  recturum, 
am,  um,  os,  as  a,  esse 
Part.  Praesentis,  regens,  tis 
Praeteriti,  rectus,  a,  um 
Futuri,  Act.,  rectiirus,  a,  um 
Pass.,  regendus,  a,  um 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Conjunct. 

Tempus  Praesens. 


ego,  regis,  regit 
r^gimus,  tis,  unt 


regam,  as,  at 
regamus,  atis,  ant 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum 


•eg^bam,  ebas ,  ebat 
regebamus,  tis,  ant 


regerem,  es,  et 
regeremus,  tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


exi,  rexisti,  rexit 
eximus,  istis, 

erunt,  rexere 


rexerim,  is,  it 
rexerimus,  itis, 


rint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


■£xeram,  as,  at 
•exeramus,  tis,  ant 


rexissem,  es,  et 
rexissemus,  tis,  ent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


*^gam,  es,  et 
regamus,  tis,  ent 


rexero,  is,  it 
rexerimus,  itis,  int 


Coniugatio  Quarta. 

VERBVM  PVNIO. 

Tpra.  Primitiva:  piinio,  punire,  punivi, 

punitum 
Mod.  Infin.,  Tps.  Praes.,  punire 

Praet.,  punivisse 
Fut.,  punitiirum,  am, 
um,  os,  as,  a,  esse 
Part.  Praesentis,  piiniens,  tis 
Praeteriti,  punitus,  a,  um 
Futuri,  Act.,  puniturus,  a,  um 

Pass.,  puniendus,  a,  um 

Modus  Indie.  Modus  Conjunct, 

Tempus  Praesens. 


pumo,  punis,  punit 
punimus,  tis,  iunt 


puniam,  as,  at 
puniamus,  tis,  ant 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


puniebam,  bas,  bat 
bamus,  tis,  bant 


punirem,  res,  ret 
puniremus,  tis,  ent 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


punivi,  visti,  vit 
punivimus  vistis, 
verunt,  vere 


punivenm,  is,  rit 
puniverimus,  tis, 
rint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


puniveram,  as,  rat 
veramus,  tis,  ant 


punivissem,  es,  et 
vissemus,  tis,  <?.nt 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


puniam,  es,  et 
puniemus,  tis,  ent 


punivero,  is,  it 
verimus,  tis,  int 


124 


Tps.  Fut.  Simplex  Periphrasticum. 

amaturus,  a,  )  sim, 

um  )  sis, 

amaturi.ae,  a)    &c. 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 

amaturus,     )essem 

a,  um)  esses 

amaturi,ae,a)      &c. 


Tps.  Fut.    Simplex  Periphrasticum. 


moturus,  a,  )  sim 
um  )  sis, 
moturi,  ae,  a)&c. 


amavero,  ens,   erit 

amaverimus,  eritis, 

amaverint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


Modus  Imperativus. 


movero,  eris,  erit 
moverimus,   eritis, 
moverint 


moturus,     )  esse 

a>  um)   esse 

moturi, se, a)       & 


Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

Asperior. 

Lenior. 

Asperior. 

Sing,    ama  ! 

Sing,    amato  ! 

Sing,    move ! 

Sing,    moveto  ! 

PI.        amate  1 

Pi.        amatcte ! 

PI.        movete! 

PI.        movetote ! 

'*          amanto ! 

movento  ! 

Supina. 

Gerundium. 

Supina. 

Gerundium. 

amatum 

N.    amandum  (est) 

motum 

N.  movendum(es 

amatu 

Q.   amandi 

motu 

G.  movendi 

D.    amando 

D.  movendo 

Ac.  ad  amandum 

Ac.  ad  movendui 

Abl.  amando 

Abl.  movendo 

73-     CONIVGATIO  VERBORVM  PASSIVA. 


Coniugatio  Prima. 

VERBVM  AMOR 

Tpra.  Primitiva:  amor,  ari,  atus  sum 
Mod.  Infinit.,  Tps.  Praes.,  amari 

Praet.,  amatum,  am, 
um,  os,  as,  a  esse,  fuisse 
Tps.  Fut.,  amatum  iri 


Coniugatio  Secunda. 

VERBVM  MOVEOR 

Tpra.  Primitiva:  moveor,dri,m6tus,si 
Mod.  Infinit.,  Tps.  Praes.,  mov^ri 

"  "      Praet.,  motum,  am 

um,  os,  as,  a  esse,  fui 
44  Tps.  Fut.,  motum  iri 


125 


Tps.  Fut.  Simplex  Periphrasticum. 


recturus,  a,  )  sim, 
um)  sis, 
recturi,  as,  a)     &c. 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


xero,  eris,  erit 
xerimus,  eritis, 
rexerint 


recturus,      )esserrij 

a,  um)esses, 

recturi, ae,  a)        &c. 


Modus  Imperativus. 


mg. 
I. 


Lenior. 

rege  ! 
regite  ! 


5upina. 


:ctum 
rectu 


Asperior. 
Sing,    regito  ! 


PI. 


regitote  ! 
regunto ! 


Gerundium. 

N.  regendum  (est) 

G.  regendi 

D.  regendo 

Ac.  ad  regendum 

Abl.  regendo 


Tps.  Fut.  Simplex  Periphrasticum. 

puniturus,  a,  )sim, 
um  )sis, 
punitiiri,  as,  a)    &c. 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum, 


punivero,  eris,  erit 
puniverimus,  tis, 
puniverint 


puniturus,    )essem 

a,  um  )esses 
punituri,ae>a)      &c. 


Modus  Imperativus 
Lenior. 


Sing,    pun 
PI.         punite ! 


Supina. 

punitum 
punitu 


Asperior. 

Sing,    punito  ! 
PI.         punitote ! 
puniunto  ! 

Gerundium 

N.  puniendum(est) 

G.  puniendi 

D.  puniendo 

Ac.  ad  puniendum 

Abl.  puniendo 


CONIVQATIO  VERBORVM  PASSIVA. 


Coniugatio  Tertia. 

VERBVM  REGOR. 

'pra.  Primitiva,  regor,  gi,  ctus  sum 
flod.  Infinit.,  Tps.  Praes.,  regi 

Prset.,  rectum,  am, 
um,  os,  as,  a  esse,  fuisse 
Tps.,  Fut.,  rectum  iri 


Coniugatio  Quarta. 

VERBVM  PUNIOR. 

Tpra.  Primitiva,  punior,  iri,  itus  sum 
Mod.  Infinit.,  Tps.  Praes.,  puniri 

c<     Pra^t.,  punitum,  am, 
um,  os,  as,  a  esse,  fuisse 
Tps.  Fut.    punitum  iri 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Coniunet.  II  Modus  Indie 


Tempus  Praesens. 


amor,  amaris,  amd- 
tur,  amamur,  ami- 
mini,  amantur 


amer,  ameris,  amd- 

tur,  amemur,  ame- 

mini,  amentur 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum, 


amabar,  amabaris, 

(-bare),   amabatur 

amabamur,  amaba- 

mini,  amabantur 


amarer,  amareris, 
(-rere),     amaretur 
amaremur,   amar^- 
mini,  amarentur 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


amatus,  a,)sum, 

um)  es,est 
amati,  )sumus, 

se,    )estis, 
a)       sunt 


amatus,  a,)sim, 

um)   sis, sit 
amati,         )simus, 
se,        )sitis, 
a)       sint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


amatus,  a,)eram, 

um)ras,rat 
amati,         )eramus 
ae,       )eratis, 
a)     erant 


amatus,  a,)  essem, 
um)     es,  et 
amati,         Asse- 
ss,       )mus,tis 
a)         ent 


Tps.   Futurum  Simplex. 


amibor,  amaberis, 

(-bere),   amdbitur, 

amabimur,    amabi- 

mini,  amabuntur 


amandus,  )sim, 
a,  um)  sis,  sit 

amandi,     )simus, 
83,        )sitis, 
a)         sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


amatus,  a,)ero,ris, 

u  m)         erit 

amati,        )£rimus, 

B,        Jcritis, 

a)      erunt 


amandus,  )essem, 
a,   um)      es,et 

amandi,      )ess^- 
33,         )mus, 

a)tis,sent 


m6veor,  moveris, 
movetur,movemur, 
movemini,  y^ntur 


Modus  Coniunet. 

Tempus  Praesens. 

m6vear,  movearis 
moveatur,  amur, 
amini,  antui 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Imperfectum. 


movebar,  moveba- 
ris,  (-bare),  batur, 
bdmur,  bamini, 

movebantur 


moverer,  movere- 

ris,  (-rere),  move 

retur,  moveremur, 

remini,  r^ntu 


Tps.  Praeteritum  Perfectum. 


motus,     )  sum, 


a,  um 
moti, 

33, 


)     es,  est 
)  sumus, 
)  estis, 
)  sunt 


motus, 

a,  um 
moti, 

33, 


)  sim, 


) 
) 

a) 


SIS,    SI 

simus, 
sitis, 
sin 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


motus,     )  eram, 
a,  um  )  ras,   rat 

moti,        )  eramus, 
se,         )  eratis, 
a )        erant 


motus,     )  essem, 
a,  um  )       es,  e 

moti,        )  esse- 
33,         )  mus,  ti 
a  )  en 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


movebor,   movdbe- 

ris,  (-b<Sre),  bitur 

movebimur,  move- 

bimini,  movebiin- 

tur 


moven-    )  sim, 
dus,  a,    )     sis,  s 
um  )  simus, 
moven-    )  sitis, 
di,   se,  a  )  sir 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


motus,     )  ero,  ris, 
a,  um  )  rit 

moti,        )  erimus, 
33,  )  eritis, 

a  )        erunt 


moven- 
dus,  a, 

um 
moven- 
di,   33,  a 


)  essem. 

)  es,  i 

)  essd- 

)  mus, 

)  tis,  sei 


Modus  Indie. 


Modus  Cotiiunct.      Modus  Indie. 


Tempus  Praesens. 


regor,  regeris,  re- 
gitur,  re'gimur,  re- 
gfmini,  reguntur 


regar,  regaris,  re- 
gatur,  regamur,  re- 
gamini,  regantur 


Tps.  Prseeteritum  Imperfectum. 


regebar,  regebaris, 

(-bare),   regebatur 

regebamur,  regeba- 

mini,  regebantur 


regerer,  regerens, 
(-rere),  regeretur, 
regeremur,   regere- 
mini,  regerentur 


Tps.  Prssteratum  Perfectum. 

)  sim, 


rectus,      )  sum, 

a,  urn  )      es,  est 
recti  )  sumus, 

ae,      )  estis, 
a  )  sunt 


rectus, 

a,  um  )  sis,  sit 
recti,        )  simus, 
83,     )  sitis, 
a )  sint 


Tps.  Prster.  Plus  quam  Perfectum 


rectus,     )  eram, 

a,  am  )  ras,    rat 
recti,        )  eram  us, 
a3'      )  eratis, 
a  )         erant 


rectus,    )essem, 

a,  um  )       es,  et 
recti,        )  esse- 
ae,     )mus, 
a  )   tis,  ent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


regar,     regeris, 
(-re),  regetur,  re- 
gemur,  regemini, 
regentur 


regen-      )  sim, 
dus  a,       )    sis,  sit 

um  )  simus, 
regen-       )  sitis, 
di,  as,  a  )  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


ctus,      )ero,  ris, 

rectus,     )  essem, 

a,  um  )            rit 

a,  um  )        es,  et 

cti,        )erimus, 

recti,         )  esse- 

ae,      )eritis, 

ae,       )  mus, 

a  )      erunt 

a  )     tis,  ent 

127 

Modus   Coniunct. 


Tempus  Praesens. 


punior,  puniris, 
punitur,  punimur, 
mini,  puniuntur 


puniar,  punians, 
puniatur,  punia- 
mur,  mini,    iantur 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Imperfectum. 


puniebar,  punieba- 
ris,  (-are),  punie- 
batur,  bamur,  ba- 
mini,  bantur 


punirer,   punirens, 

(-rere),  puniretur, 

puniremur,  punire- 

mini,  punirentur 


Tps.  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 


punftus,  )  sum, 

a,  um  )     es,  est 
puniti,      )  sumus, 
ae,      )  estis, 
a  )  sunt 


punitus,  )     im, 

a,  um  )      sis,  sit 
puniti,     )  simus, 
ae,     )  sitis, 
a  )  sint 


Tps.  Praet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


punitus,  )  eram, 

a,  um  )  ras,    rat 
puniti,      )   eramus, 
ae,      )  eratis, 
a  )        erant 


punitus,  )  essem, 

a,  um  )       es,  1 1 
puniti,      )  esse- 
ae ,     )  m  u  s , 
a  )   tis,  ent 


Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 


puniar,  puniens, 
(-ere),  punietur 
puniemur,  punie- 
mini,  punientur 


punien-    )  sim, 
dus,  a,      )     sis,  sit 

um  )  simus, 
punien-    )  sitis, 
di,  ae,  a  )  sint 


Tps.  Futurum  Exactum. 


punitus,  )  ero,   ris, 
a,   um  )  rit 

puniti,      )  erimus, 
ae,      )  eritis, 
a  )        erunt 


punien-    )  essem, 
dus,  a,     )      es,    et 

um  )  esse- 
punien-    )  mus, 
di,  93,  a  )    tis.  ent 


128 


VOX   PASSIVA. 


Coniugatio  Prima, 

Modus  Imperativus. 


S. 
PI. 


Lenior. 

amare! 
amamini! 


Aspe>ior. 

S.     amator ! 
PI.    amaminor! 

a  man  tor! 


Coniugatio  Secunda. 

Modus  Imperativus. 


S. 
PI. 


Lenior. 

movdre! 
movemini! 


Aspe>ior. 

S.     movetorl 
PI.     moveminor! 
moventor! 


73.  Remarks.  1.  The  conjugation  of  the  Latin  verbs  is  the  simplest  of  all 
languages  ;  it  is  also  the  most  regular  and  clear-cut.  Here  the  student  finds  them 
all  excepting  the  Deponent  Verbs,  which  run  exactly  like  the  Passive  form,  and 
the  irregular,  impersonal  and  defective  kinds,  to  be  considered  in  their  places,  and 
the  forms  are  grouped  closely,  so  that  with  a  little  careful  reading  and  comparing,  all 
can  be  learned  in  a  single  lesson.  It  is  advisable  that  the  student  refer  many  verbs 
of  the  text,  after  finding  out  from  the  foot-notes  to  what  conjugation  they  belong, 
find  in  the  paradigma  the  exact  ending.  After  finding  the  termination,  let  the  stu- 
dent pass  the  verb  through  the  whole  conjugation  ;  as,  for  inst.  credas  ;  the  foot- 
note will  say  :  -do3,  didi,  itum,  therefore  it  is  in  the  III  ;  we  find  -as  ending  in 
Tps.  Prset.  Imperf.  Coniunctivi,  2d  person  sing.,  the  first  being  -am  ;  hence  :  cre- 
bam,  -as,  -at,  &c,  now  we  conjugate  it  all  through. 

2.  Observe  that  3d  person  pi.  of  Tps.  Praet.  Perf.  Ind.  is  -erunt,  and  -e>e, 
as,  amaverunt  and  amavere,  rexenmt,  rexe>e,  audiverunt,  audivere.  The  latter 
form  is  somewhat  more  solemn;  some  authors,  like  Cicero  and  Caesar  seldom  use  it, 
Livius  almost  constantly. 

3.  The  vi  and  ve  syllables  in  the  various  endings,  excepting  in  the  Praet.  Perf. 
Ind.  of  the  I,  are  often  contracted,  or  left  out,  as  :  for  ivi  (  eo,  ire  ),  we  may  also 
say  ii,  amaverunt,  amarunt,  audiveram,  audivissem,  andiverim,as:  audieram.au- 
dissem,  audierim. 

4.  In  the  Passive  Voice,  the  Imp.  Ind.  and  Coni.   and  Fut.  Simpl.   Ind.  also 
two  alternate  forms,  for  -baris,  -bare,  &c,   quite  frequent  in  high  style,  as 

in  Cicero  and  the  poets. 

5.  The  Fut.  Ex.  Ind.,  though  other  grammars  neglect  to  say  so,  is  also  the 
regular  Fut.  Simplex  Coniunctivi,  when  it  is  very  hard  to  differenciate  it  from  the 
Perf.  Coni.,  and  the  Fut.  Exactum  Indie. 

(>.  Already  in  the  times  of  the  Roman  grammarians  a  controversy  has  arisen 
about  the  Modus  Imperativus.  Many  of  them  denied  that  times  and  persons  can 
bave  place  in  this  Mode.     The  opposition  maintained,  as  do  I,  that  commanding 


129 


VOX   PASSIVA, 


Coniugatio  Tertia 

Modus  Imperativus. 
Lenior. 


S.     regere  ! 
PI.     regimini ! 


Asperior. 

S.     regitor ! 
PI.  regiminor  ! 

reguntor ! 


Coniugatio  Quarta, 

Modus  Imperativus. 


Lenior. 

S.     pun  ire! 
PI.   punfmini! 


Asperior. 

S.     punftor! 
PI.    punfminor! 

puniuntor! 


Persorto'the?6  "„  ^  *"*  tim6'   ^  "  *«  fUtUre '  h  ™st  be  ^one  by  the  first 
person  to  the  second  person  tn  the  present  time,  though  the  bidding  may  be  mean 
for  a  3d  person,  or  3d  persons,  to  be  carried  out  in  the  future  •  but  Z   ,  a 

mg  itself  is  still  present,  and  must  be  addressed   to   the   ,T  command- 

ae,  agedum,  age,  quasso,  litinam,  amabo,  veils,  sis,  sodes  as  •  fac  LI       i 

ivus  we  call  the  Asperior   the  w  h  T"  C°m£S  ^     ThiS  f°fm  °f  ImPe"' 

rceram  ne  sternito    xr Tab     m  M      '  T"*     \     "  "  ^  '^^  in  law>  as  : 
sto,  Cic.  Fin.  ™  "  i3   75   &  •/  "'  **  '^"^  fadt°'  C°lum-  XI<-  38,  5  i  verum 

ot  admit  all  w'TftlT  °ft,!he  m  SS!Ve  f°rm'  °Pini°nS  3gain  differ-     Cities  do 
>rms.     In  the  Zedor  f     "  •     '  C°nSerVative  ^mmarians,  and  adopt  all 

•wished  !  *     '        be  pui"sl'ed  !  ?°»  ^  pL.   puniuntor  I  be  they 


(r^r^rd 


130 


174-  AD  VERBVM  POSSVM. 
AC  DE  COMPOSITIS  VERBI  SVM. 

Notes-  i.  This  verb  has  no  perfect  equivalent  in  English.    I   can,   I   could 
come  nearest;  sometimes  .  may,  or  ,  am  able,  , an, competent, '« ^.author 
iZed   I  have  the  power,  etc.,  as:  furari  non  potui,  we  cannot   render   it      I   have 
not  been  able  to  steal,"  for  it  is  not  thequestion  of  physical  or  intellectual  ab.lity. 
but  of  the  authority  of  moral  law  forbidding. 

a.  With  the  old  authors,  like  Plautus  Lucretius,  Terentins,  &c,  this  verb 
is  still  used  in  its  old  compounded  forms:  potis  sum,  &c. 

.    Its  Part  Pr*s.  is  only  used  as  an  adjective,  just  like  the  sameof  sum(enS, 
entis)  is  only  used  as  a  n.  noun,  a  being,  while  potens  means  mighty,  powerful. 

4    The  other  compounds  of  sum  are:  absum,  I  am  away;  adsum,  I  am  pre- 

,   by,  at,  here;  desum,  I  am  not  there  where  I  ough  to  be,  I  ammissing;  desun, 

iclo,  I  am  not  doing  my  duty;  insum,  I  am  in,  beneath,  behind  a  thing;  obsum, 
,;:„  in  the  way,  obstructing,  detrimental  to,  a  hindrance  to  a  thing;  P^J' 
am  at  the  head,  in  the  lead,  in  control  of  a  thing,  as,  dux  pnest  m.ht.bus,  the 
general  commands,  is  in  the  lead  of,  is  over,  the  soldiers;  pr6s„m,  the  reverse  f 
obsum,  I  am  advantageous  to,  useful  for,  helpful,  profitable,  conducive  to  a  thmg, 
id  nihil  tibi  prdfuit,  it  has  not  availed  thee  anything.  The  peculiarity  of  th.s  verb 
is  that  a  d  is  inserted  after  pro,  when  e  follows,  as:  prodesse,  prodes.  prodest, 
„n,d,ro,  &c.  thus:  prdsum,  prodesse.  prdfui;  subsum,  I  am  underneath,  in  the 
background. 

5.  Intersum,  intcresse,  interfui  deserves  our  special  attention.  Quid  inter- 


13* 
est?  what  does  it  matter?  multum,  plurimum,  nihil,  interest,  it  matters  a  good 
deal,  very  much,  nothing.  But:  magni,  pluris,  maximi,  cuius,  illius  interest,  it 
greately,  more,  mostly  concerns,  whom?  him,  or  that  one,  concerns;  mark  the  geni- 
tives. With  possessive  pronouns;  med,  tua\  sua*  nostrd,  vestrd  maxime  interest, 
it  very  much  concerns  me,  thee,  &c,  always  abl.  fern,  in  sing. 

6.  The  Fut.  Ex.  applies  to  both,  Indie,    and    Coni.    Should   we   need    the 
Fut.  Simp.,  which  is  lacking,  we  say:  futurum  est  ut  possim,  is,  it,  &c. 


132 


EXERCITIA   LEGENDI. 

17.   Omne  animal  quadrupes,  domi  natum.1 

18    Inter  domesticas  vero  quadrupedes  levissima  suilla2  est. 

Cels.  II.  18. 
1.  Borne  at  home,  i.  e.,  not  a  wild  beast.  -  2.  I.,  pork ;  levis,  e,  light,  easi- 
ly digested;  superlative  ;  f.,  because  caro,  carnis,  flesh,  meat,  feminine  gender,  is 
understood. 

19.  Ex  domesticis  animalibus  bubula.3  —  Cels.  II.  24 

3.  I.  f.,  caro  understood,  beef. 

20.  Primus  equi  labor  est  animos1  atque  arm  a  videre 
Bellantum,      —      —       tractuque  gementem2 
Ferre  rotam,  et  stabulo  frenos3  audire  sonantes. 

Virg.  Georg.  III.,  182,  ss. 
1.  II.,  courage,  enthusiasm,  of  the  bellantum,  fr.  bello  :  r.,  fr.  bellum,  i,  war: 
pres  part,  -ans,  tis,  gen.  pi.,  which  ought  to  be  bellantium,  here  a  poetical  license. 
—  2  -mo3,  ui,  itum,  to  moan,  ferre  rotam  tractu  gementem,  to  carry  (pull)  a  wa- 
gon (rota,  poetically)  creaking  by  (being)  drawn. -3.  spelled  also  fraenum,  often 
used  in  masc.  ;  -no1,  ui,  itum,  to  sound,  to  rattle. 

21.  Parcius1  utaris,  moneo,  rapiente  veredo, 
Prisce,  nee  in  lepores2  tarn  violentus  eas.    — Mart,  xi  1.,  14 

1.  -cus,  a,  urn,  economical,  adv.,  -ce,  compar.  -cius,  a  little  more  carefully; 
-tor,  uti,  usus  sum,  to  make  use  of . . . .  w.  abl. ;  -pio3,  ui,  ptum,  dashing  ;  II.,  a 
racer,  here  a  hunting  horse  ;  II.,  a  proper  name  in  Vocative.  —2.  -us,  oris,  a  hare 
-us,  a,  urn,  violent,  forcible,  adj.  instead  of  an  adv.  ;  make,  O  Priscus,  a  more 
moderate  use  of  the  racer,  I  warn  you,  and  do  not  dash  (eas  =  eo,  praas.  Coniun.J 
after  the  hare  so  violently. 

22.  Non  rector1  Libyci  niger  caballi, 

Succinctus2  neque  cursor  antecedit. 

Nusquam3  est  mulio  ;  mannuli  tacebunt.    — Mart,  xi  1.,  24 

1.  -or,  is,  here,  a  driver  ;  -ger,  gra,  grum,  black,  a  black  driyer  ;  -cus,  a 
urn,  of  L.bya,  an  African,  genit. ,  of  an  Afr.  horse.  —  2.  -us,  a,  urn,  pp.  of  succing* 

sub-cingo3,  xi,  ctum,  w.  his  clothes  raised,  tucked  up,  so  as  to  run  easier;-or,  is,; 
forerunner,  a  slave  running  ahead  of  the  couch  of  prominent  Romans, to  clear  th< 


*33 

ay;  -do3,  cessi,  ssum.  to  precede  .  —  3.  adv.,  nowhere ;  -io,  nis,  m.,  a  mule-driv. 
,  any  ordinary  driver  of  beasts  of  burden;  -ceo2,  ui,  itum,  to  keep  silent. 
3nse:  the  black  driver  of  the  African  horses  is  not  present ;  neither  is  here  a  fore- 
nner  with  tacked  up  garments;  the  mule-driver  is  nowhere  :  and,   the  ponies, 
ough  they  hear  what  you  may  say,  dear  friend,  will  not  tell  on  us,  so,  speak  freely.' 
23.   Comipedes1  raptant  imposta  petorita  mulse, 
Vel  cisio  triiugi2,  si  placet,  insilias, 
Vel  celerem  mannum,  vel  ruptum3  terga  veredum 
Conscendas  propere  dummodo  iam  venias. — Aus.  Ep.  viii.  5,  8 
1,  -nipes,  dis,  hornfooted,  i.  e.,  hoofed  ;  -to1,  r.,  frequentative  of  rapio3,   ra- 
il, raptum,  to  seize  something  and  flee  with  it,  like  a  runaway  horse;  for  impo- 
a  petorita,  hitched  on,  iuncta  petorita,  a  dray,  or  truck,  attached  to  hornfooted 
lies  (a  poetical  expression).  —  2.  -gis,  e,  and  its  contracted  form,  trigae,  arum, 
a  noun,  a  yoke,  of  three,  dat.,  because  compounded  verb,  insilias,  (-lio4,ui  —)] 
jump  in,  si  placet,  if  you  please,  please,  do.  —3.  -po3,  rupi,  ruptum,  torn,  dis- 
pted,  here,  broken  in,  much  ridden;  adv.,  fast,  quickly,  soon;  adv.,  if  only;  -nio4 
ntum,  to  come  ;  on  a  mule  truck,  or,  if  you  like,  jump  upon  a  cisium,  or  on  a 
1ft  mannus,  or  a  much-ridden  veredus  =  you  mount,  any  way,  so  you  quickly 
me. 

24  Sicut1  fortis  equus  senio  confectu'  quiescit. 

Ennius,  Cic.  Sen.  5,  14 
1    adv.,  like;  -is,  e,  strong;  -urn,  ii,  old  age;  -ficio3,  feci,  ctum,  to  "do  up,': 
lone  up1'  by  old  age  ;  the  apostrophe  indicates  that  s  is  left  out,  so  as  to  make 
syllable  tu  short,  for  the  sake  of  the  meter,  otherwise  it  would  be  long. 

25.  Optat1  ephippia  bos  piger,  optat  arare  caballus. 

j  Hor.,  Ep.  1,  14,  43. 

^    1.  -to  ,  r.,  to  wish;  bos,  bovis,  m.  f.,   an  ox  or  a  cow;  -ger,  gra,  urn,  lazy  ; 

>,  r.,  to  plough.     Sense:  the  lazy  ox  would  wish  to  bear  a  saddle  (here  in  pi.),' 

the  decrepit  old  horse  wants  to  plough  ;   =   no  one  is  satisfied  with  his  own 

ling,  all  would  prefer  something  else. 

26.  Neque  eorum  moribus1  turpius  quidquam,  aut  inertius  habetur, 
quam  ephippiis  uti ;  itaque  ad  quemvis  numerum  ephippiatorum  e= 
quitum,  quamvis  pauci,  adire  audent.     —    Cses.  B.  G.  iv,  2 

-es,  urn,  m.,  national  trait  of  character,  habits,  customes,  abl.,  according 
I  =*s,e,  ugly,  what  is  not  pretty,  nice,  in  comparative,  neuter,  because  quid- 
am,  anything,  "neither  is  there,  in  their  estimation,  anything  so  unbecoming;1' 
rs,  tis,  adj.  one  ending,  shiftless;  habetur,  =  considered;  than;  utor,  uti,  usus 
n,  to  make  use,  w.  abl.  (ephippiis,  abl.  pi.)  ;  quiyis,  queevis,  quodvis,  any  ;  to 


134 

any  number ;  saddled  horsemen  ;  quamvis  pauci,  ever  so  few  ;  adeo4  ivi,  ii,  itun 

o  go  to,  approach  ;  =deo3,  sus  sa  m,  to  dare. 

Stapia,  se,  stapedia,  ae,  stapes,  pedis,  stapedium,  ii,  re 

on  the  following  mediaeval  authorities  : 

27.    Dum  virgunculse1  placere  cuperam,pes  ha^sit  stapia,  et  tracti 
interii. 

[Inscriptio  a  Wolphango   Lasio,    &    Hieronymo   Magio,    lib. 
Miscell.  C.  14,  allata.  —  Recens  est  inscriptio,  parens  Franc.  Colonn 
Somn.  Polyph.  Lib.  1,  Cap.  19.    —   Du  Cange] 

1.     I.,  dimin.  of  virgo,  inis,  a  maiden,  dat.  s.;  =pio,3  ivi,itum,to  desire;-re, 
si,  sum,  to  stick  fast ;  I. ,  dat.  s.  ;  pp.  of  traho3  xi,  ctum,  to  drag ;  =eo4,  ivi,  ii, 
turn,  to  perish.       Sense  :    Trying  to  please  the  maiden,  my  foot  got  caught  in  1 
stirrup,  and  I  perished  (lost  my  life). 

28.  De  sellariis1  et  ephippiis— apponunt  sellis  mala  et  vitiosa  eph 

pia,  frsena  falsa,  &  corruptas  stapedas.  Liter  Camerarii  Scotici,  Ca 

27.] 

1.    -ius,  ii,  a  saddle-horse  ;  ad+pono,3  sui,  itum,  to  put  up;  vitiosus,  a 
faulty;  -us,  a,  um,  wrong,  false;  pp.  of  corrumpo,3  rupi,  ptum,  spoiled. 

29.  Conscenso1  equo,  dum  stapedi  pedem  conderet,  [Miracula 

Quirini  Martyris  lib.  2 ,  No.  30] 

1.  Pp.  of  conscendo3,  di,  sum,  abl.  abs.,  so  not  very  frequent,  =  with 
horse  mounted,  =  having  mounted  the  horse,  stapes,  pedis,  m.,  dat.  s.;  => 
didi,  ditum,  to  conceal,  to  ensconce,  to  hide,  to  put  (his  foot  into  the  stirrup). 

30.  Quum  ipse  Pontifex1  equum  adscenderit,  teneat  stapedkr 
sellse  eius,  et  arrepto  frseno,  aliquantulum  ipsum  addextret,  [Clemni 
Papa  IV.,  apud  Rainaldum,  1311,  No.  13] 

1.  -fex,  ficis  (fr.  pons  +  facio),  properly  Roman  bridge-builders,  til 
superintending  officers,  a  body  of  priests;  P.  Maximus,  their  president,  thePon 

now  the  Pope; pio,3  riptii,  reptum,  to  grab,  seize;  dim.  of   aliquantus,  a,  if 

some,  some  little;  him;  -tro,1  r.,  to  righten,  to  straighten,  not  a  Roman  word;| 
classical  words  are  :  sustento,1  r.,  sustineo,2  ui,  tentum;erigo,3rexi,  ctum,  sun  < 
rcxi,  ctum,  fulcio,4  si,  turn,  firmo,1  r. 

Whether  the  root  of  the  word  is  Roman,  sto  +  pes.  or  barbarous,  I  am  j 
surf. 


: 


135 

Honesti 
31.     S pad  ices  glaucique;1  color  deterrimus  albis, 
Et  gilvo.   Turn  siqua2  sonum  procul  arma  dedere, 
Stare  loco3  nescit:  micat  auribus,  et  tremit  artus. 

Virg.  Georg.  III.,  82-84. 
1.  -us,  a,  urn,  here,  gray;  —  rimus,  a,  um,  worst,  compar.  deterior,ius.,  no 
jsitive  degree;  dat.  pi.;  -uj,  a,  um,  yellow  (whence  German  gelb,  English, 
sllow.)  —2.  Siquis,  siqua,  siquid,  if  anybody,  anything;  II.,  sound;  adv.,  far: 
:>etical  form  for  dederunt,  fr.  do,1  dedi,  datum,  to  give.  —  3.  II.,  a  place,  abl. 
ithout  prepos.;  nescio,4  vi,  ii,  turn,  not  to  know;  mico,1  ui,  — ,  to  quiver;  tremo,3 
i,  — .  to  tremble;  here  trans.;  artus,  us,  limbs. 

32.  Colores  hi  prsecipui,1  badius,  aureus,  albineus,  russeus, 
tyrteus,  cervinus,  gilvus,  scutulatus,  albus,  guttatus,  candidissimus, 
iger,  pressus.  — canus,  spumeus,  maculosus,  murinus,  —  Pall.,   IV., 

1.  -us,  a,  um,  the  chief,  principal  (colors);  bay;  golden;  whitish;  russet; 
yrtle-colored,  chestnut-brown;  fr.  cervus,  i,  a  stag,  of  that  color;  German  gelb, 
;llow;  checkered;  gutta,  se,  a  drop,  spotted;  glossy  white;  =ger,  gra,  grum,  black; 
•emo,°  pressi,  pressum,  to  press,  squeeze  suppressed,  not  glowing,  faint,  dark; 
ay;  frothy;  spotted,  dappled;  fr.  mus,  muris,  m.,  mouse,  mouse-gray. 

33.  Caesar  pollicitus  est1  sibi  earn  rem  curse  futuram,  Cses. 
•  G.  1,  33. 

1.  Polliceor,2  itus  sum,  to  promise;  to  him  (self);  ea  res  sibi  (Caesari)  curse 
t,  ea  res  Caesari  curae  erit,  futura  est;  pollicetur  earn  rem  sibi  curse  fore,  futuram 
se. 

34.  Pollicetur  sibi  magnse  curse  fore;  Cic,  Ver.  II.,  4,  33.  Ea 
ntae1  mihi  curae  sunt;  Cic.  Fam.  I.,  9,  24. 

1.  -tus,  a,  um,  so  great;  mihi  curae  est,  it  gives  me  a  lot  of  care;  they  give 
e  so  great  an  amount  of  care. 

35-     Rati1  sese  Diis  curse  esse  —  Sail.,  lug.  75,  9. 

1.     reor,  reri,  ratus  sum,    to  be  of  the  opinion;    "thinking  that  they  were  not 
indifferent  matter  to  the  Divine  Providence;4*  that  the  Divine  Providence  cared 
r  them. 

36.     Ipsis1  doctoribus  hoc  esse  curse  velim;  —  Quint.  II.,  4,  5. 


136 

i.  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  he,  she,  it,  self,  rel.  pron.,  as  Latin  has  no  pers.  pro- 
nouns in  the  third  person,  nominative,  is,  ille,  ipse,  hie  are  used;  here  it  is  more 
than  a  personal  pron.,  and  means  "to  the  teachers  themselves,"  dat.  pi. ;  doctor 
est  is,  qui  docet;  hoc,  this  (thing),  this  affair;  velim,  Praes.  Coni.  of  volo,  -  I 
should  wish  that  this  matter  be  of  singular  care  to  teachers. 

37.  Quern  ad  strigiles1  scutica  &  metus  egit  herilis,— Pers.  V.  131. 
1.     is,   is,    f.,  a  skin-scraper,  to  scrape  off  dirt  from  the  body  when  bathing 

when  applied  to  horses  a  curry-comb;  I.,  a  whip;  IV.,  fear;  Perf.  Indie,  of  ago,  has 
driven;  adj.  of  herus;  'whom  the  whip  and  the  master's  (masterly)  fear  has  dny 
en  to  the  strigilis  (i.  e.  its  use)." 

38.  Vixque  datur1  longas  mulorum  rumpere  mandras, 

Quseque  trahi  multo  marmora  fune  vides. — Mart.  V.,  22.  7-8 

1.  Indie,  pres.,  pass.,  is  given;  II.,  a  mule;  -p©,3  rupi,  ptum,    to   break,   t< 
break  through,  get  through;  I.,  here,  aninclosure,  stalls;  =mor,  is,n.,  marble; -ni 
is,  m.,  rope;  "And  scarcely  does  one  get  a  chance  to  get  out  of  the   endless   row 
of  mulestalls,  and  what  you  see  them  drag   with  a  lot  of  rope,  the  slabs  of  marb 
(so  far  had  poor  Martialis  to  walk,  in  order  to  find  his  generous   friend,  Paulhr 
und  then  he  would  miss  him)." 

39.  Faber  ha^c  faciat,  oportet,1  —  praesepes,  —  faliscas;  Cato 

R.  R  4.  1. 

1.  Impers.,  oportet,  oportere,  uit,  it  is  necessary;  -pes,  pium,  f.,  in  Cato1 
lime,  second  century  before  Christ,  later  prsesepium,  ii,  and   praesepe,    is,    n., 

manger;  I.,  in  Cato's  time  a  partition  of  lattice-work  in  the  manger   between  tw 
animals. 

40.  Bonas  prajsepes,  faliscas  clathratas  ;x   clathros  interesse  oportet 
pede.  Si  ita  feceris,2  pabulum  boves  non  eiicient;  Cato,    De   Re   Rust. 

4>   1. 

Pp.  of  clathro,1  r.,  fr.  clathri,  orum,  or  clathra,  orum,  m.,  or  n.,  lattice-worl 
screen;  pes,  pedis,  m.,  a  foot,  w.  a  foot.  —  2.  Fecero,  is,  it,  Fut.  Coni.,  if  you id 
this;  -um,  i,  fodder;  bos,  bovis,  m.  f.,  an  ox,  a  cow,  eiicio,3   eieci,   eiectum,    Fu 

Indie,  will  not  throw  out. 

41.  Crates, l  quai  iacea2  vocatur  a  rulgo,  pro  equorum  statura  n< 
nimis  alta  sit,  ne  cum  iniuria,  guttur  extendatur,  ncc  nimis  humihs,  1 
conterat  6culos  et  caput.  —  Luminis  plurtmum3  stabulo  1 
fundi    op6rtet,    ne    tenebris    assueta,    quum    producuntur   ad   solcr 


*37 

vel  caligent,    vel  aciem   visus   minuant    (iumenta);    Veget.    Mulom 
I.,  56,   5>    6. 

1.  -es,  is  (because  -es  ium.,  pi.  form,  it  is  assumed  to  be  pi.  only,  and  mostly 
so  used,  excepting  here;  but,  of  course,  German  philologists  know  better),  f.  a 
grate,  a  crate,  a  hurdle,  here,  "falisca."  —  This  word  is  uncertain,  generally  read 
as  above,  excepting  by  German  philologists,  who  know  best;  -gus,  i,  n.,  common 
people;  I.,  size  of  the  body;  nimis,  adv.,  too,  too  much,  nimis  alta,  too  high;  I., 
here  in  modern  sense,  injury;  -ur,  is,n.,  the  throat;  -do,3  di,  turn,  sum,  to  stretch 
out;  II.,  an  eye;  caput,  itis,  n.,  a  head,  =  lest  it  break,  bruise  the  eyes  and  head 
—  Here  the  falisca  is  a  hay-rack  similar  to  those  now  in  use;  the  name  derived 
from  Falisca,  the  capital  city  of  Falisci,  in  Etruria. — us,  a,  um,  the  most  possible 
(of  light);  -do,3  fudi,  fusum,  to  pour  in,  let  in;  assuesco,3  assuevi,  suetum,  to  get 
used  to  (darkness):  -go,1  r.,  to  grope,  to  act  like  blind;  V.,  edge,  sharpness;  IV., 
sight;  minuo,3  ui,  utum,  to  lessen,  to  diminish;  -um,  i,  a  beast  of  burden,' 
live  stock. 

42.  Quodsi1  iam  in  ungues  (sanguis)  descenderit,  cultello  leniter  in- 
ter duos  ungues  aperies,  et  mundabis  intus,  et,  postea,  stupam,  sale 
atque  aceto  infusam,  applicabis,  ac  soiea  spartea  pes  calceatur,  maxi- 
meque  datur  opera,  ut  bos  in  aquam  non  mittat  pedem,  sed  ut  sicce 
stabuletur;  Veget.   Mulom,  4,  9,  2. 

1.  =  si;  -is,  i,3  m.,  nail,  hoof;  -is,  in  is,  m.,  blood;  Fut.  Ex.  Ind.,  of  desccndc 
II.,  dimin.  of  culter,  tri,  a  knife;  adv.  lenis,  e,  gentle;  Fut.  Ind.  of  ape>io,  to 
open;  -do,1  r.,  to  cleanse;  adv.  within;  adv.,  thereafter;  I.,  tow,  waste  of  hemp, 
flax;  sal,  salis,  m.,  salt;  -um,  i,  vinegar;  -co,1  cui,  citum,  to  apply;  I.,  a  slipper- 
-us,  a,  um,  of  broom,  also  spartea,  a?,  as  a  noun,  horse  (ox),  shoe,  like* here;  -eo,1 
r.,  to  shoe;  adv.  of  maximus,  a,  um;  operam  dare,  to  endeavor,  too  see  to  it,  one 
has  to  do  all;  mitto  pedem,  to  put  the  foot;  one  must  do  all  to  prevent  the  ox 
from  stepping  into  water;  adv.  of  siccus,  a,  um,  dry;  -lor,1  atus  sum,  to  stable 
to  house,  i,  e.,  the  ox  must  rest  in  a  dry  stable  after  the  operation. 

43.  Luna  ministrat  equis;  Prop.  III.,  16,  15. 

44.  Aquam  frigidam1  ei  in  situla  latiori  subpones.    Veget.  Mulom. 
[.,  11,  13. 

1.  -us,  a,  um,  cold;  -no,3  posui,  positum,  to  put  under,  before. 

45.  Aquam  in  situla,  vel  alveo,  ita  apponis,  ne  audiatsonum.   Ve- 
*et.  Mulom.  II.,  95,  2. 

1.   II.,  m.,  a  basin,  a  trough,  any  not  deep  vessel;    ad  +  pono;  II.,  a  sound- 
0    to  place  before  the  sick  animal,  as  not  to  hear  the  sound 


i38 

46.  Simul1  sed  nostra  vespere  ad  prasepia  Venero,    mox   plenum 
farre  sacculum  dabo.  Phsedr.  App.  Fab.  29. 

,  Inverted  order,  for  the  sake  of  the  meter;  it  should  be:  sed  simul,  but  just 
as  soon  as;  Fut.  Ex.  Inf.  of  venio;  far,  here  has  the  meaning  of  furfur,  as  it  is 
unlikely  that  wheat  was  fed  to  horses. 

47.  Fcenum,   vel  farraginem  viridem1   ad   edendum   apP6nes  am- 
mali;  Veg.  Mulom.  I.,  32,  5. 

1.  -dis.e,  green;  i,  e.,  green  corn,  or  any  garden  vegetable  chopped,  either 
alone,  or  mixed  with  bran. 

48.  Eadem  die  m611ibus1  cibariis  utantur  et  f urf ure ;  Veg.  Mulom. 

I.,  6,   11. 

1.  -lis,  e,  soft;  -ia,  orum,  n.,  eatables;  abl.,  because  utantur,  fr.  utor,  uti, 
usus  sum,' I  use,  I  make  use  of  governs  abl. 

49.  Eque^Romanusapllidamedit..    Legerat2  autem   ille  aplu 
dam  veteres  rusticos  frumenti  furfurem  dixisse.   A.  Gell.  XL,  7,  3- 

A  Roman  Knight,  a  gentleman;  probably  bread    made  of  flour  and  aplud 
not  apluda  alone;  eats.  -  2.  -go,3  gi,  ctum,  to  read   Pis  qm  Peri.,  the  man,  who 
the  author  criticises,  had  read;  ~tus,  eris,  ancient;    II.,  a  farmer,  a  country  mar- 
to  have  said,  so  called,  the  author  reproaches  a  Roman  public  speaker   or  usmg  a: 
old  farmer's1  word,  apluda,  for  the  more  modern      furfur       For  us    aU   authent; 
Roman  words  are  of  the  same  value,  as  they  are  neither     ancient,     nor     modern 

for  us;  we  are  glad  to  use  them  all. 

so  Ita  dentes1  tympani  eius,  quod  est  in  axe  inclusum,  impellend 
dentes  tympani  plani,  cogunt  fieri  molarum  circinationem.  In  qu 
machma2impendens  infundibulum  subministrat  mohs  frumenturr 
et  eadem  versatione  subigitur  farina;  Vitr.  X.   5. 

1    Dens,  tis,  m.,  a  tooth;  -urn,  i,  a  drum,    here   a   wooden   contrivance  wil 
♦eeth    attached  to  an  axle;  -lo,3puli  sum,  to  drive,  to  impell;  -us,  a,  urn,  honzonta 
i    e    'upright;  cogo,3  coegi,  coactum,  to  force,  to  compell  drive,  by  pushing,  dn 
ing"they  effect  (fieri);  -io,nis,f,  revolving.  -  2.   1.,    a    machine;    -tro,     r., 
furnish  with,  to  supply;  -tio,nis,f.,  continued  rotation,  gyration;    -go,     egi. 

turn,  to  subdue,  to  conquer,  here,  to  crush. 

51.     Maior  pars  Italic  ruido1   utitur   pilo,    rotis  etiam    quas     aq 
versat,  6biter  et  mold;  Plin.  H.  N.  18,  97. 

I.  -us,  a,  um,  grooved,  ruffled,  here  the  but  of  the  pilum,  pestle,  grooved  ai 


139 

made  rough  for  crushing  the  grain.  The  word  in  my  recollection  is  ruvidus,  at 
urn,  but,  as  I  have  no  old  text  at  present  on  hand,  I  am  not  able  to  prove  that  it 
has  been  doctored  by  German  philology.  —  Obiter,  adv.,  obtiter-  passim,  here- 
and-there;  it  also  means  superficially,  en  passant,  on  the  way;  here  the  mola 
means  a  hand  mill,  or  turned  by  mules,  as  it  is  contrasted  with  the  one,  of  whose 
rotas  aqua  versat.  Plinius  lived  in  the  first  century. 

52.  Cribrorum  genera  Galliae  e  setis  equorum  invenere,1  Hispaniae  e 
lino2  excussoria  et  pollinaria,  ^Egyptus  e  papyro  atque  iunco;  Plin.  H. 
N.,  18,  108. 

1.  -nio,4  ni,  turn,  to  find,  to  invent,  -ere  is  the  poetical  form  of  -erunt,  Perf. 
Ind.  pi.;  Gallia?,  pi.  of  Gallia,  modern  France,  ancient  Gaul;  pi.,  because  there 
were  many  tribes,  so  also  Hispaniae,  "Spains,"  for  the  same  reason.  —  2.  -um,  i, 
flax;  e  lino,  instead  of  the  adj.  lineus,  a,  um,  flaxen,  linnen;  -orius,  a,  um,  fr. 
excutio,3  cussi,  ssum,  to  strike  out,  shake  out;  -arius,  a,  um,  fr.  pollen,  inis,  n., 
pollen,  inis,  m.,  fine  dust,  flour;  a  bolting-sieve,  like  the  excussorium,  but  more 
closely  woven.  These  were  of  linnen;  ours  are  woven  of  hair  or  of  silk;  hence  we 
distinguish  in  our  time  the  cribrum,  made  of  horse-hair,  or  of  wire;  and  the  sac- 
cinum  (cribellum  to  be  understood),  as  in  the  text;  /Egyptus,  i,  f.,  Egypt;  II., 
m.  f.,  also -um,  i,  a  plant,  a  reed  grown  in  Egypt,  of  which  paper  was  made 
(y  =  ii,  long);  II.,  a  swamp-plant,  rush. 

53.     Nec  poteris  similar  dotes1  numerare,    nee  usus, 

Pistori  toties  quum  sit  et  apta  coco. 

Mart.  XIII.   10. 

1.  Dos,  dotis,  f.,  a  gift,  -us,  lis,  m.,  use,  usage;  -or,  is,  the  baker,  adv.,  so 
often;  -us,  a,  um,  adaptable. 

54.  Utrimque  plenum  simila,  conspersa1  oleo  in  sacrificium ;  Vulg. 
Num.  VII.  13. 

1.  Pp.  of  conspergo,3  persi,  sum,  to  besprinkle;  oleum,  i,  oil;  -um,  i,  sac- 
rifice. 

55.  Similago1  e  tritico  fit  laudatissima;  Plin.  18,  89. 

1.  -go,  inis,  f. ,  another  form  of  simila;  -um,  i,  wheat;  pp.  in  superl.  of 
laudo,1  r.,  to  praise,  most  valued. 

56.  Phsed.  Mi  patrue,  salve  !  Dem.  salve;  sed  ubi  est  Antipho  ? 
—  Ter.  Phormio,  I.  5,  24. 


140 


EXERCITIA   SCRIBENDI. 


I. 


I.  Quomodo  prosunt  equi  hominibus  ?  —  2.  Quod  est  munus  veredi  ? 
Cui  usui  sunt  ephippium  et  stapi*  ?  -  4.  Quos  equos  vocamus  mannos?  aique 
"mannulos?"  -  5.  Quare  non  laborant  caballi?  -  6.  Num  equorum  plurimi  sunt 
cani*  —  7.  Quid  solet  dominis  equorum  cordi  esse?  —  .8.  Quid  agit  agaso  stn- 
gili?  -  9.  Quid  vocamus  "setam"  equinam?  -  10,  Quibus  rebus  mumuntur  un- 
guis equinae?  —  n.  Quodgenus  mensam  habet  equus  in  mandra?  —  12.  Numquid 
equus  sedet  in  sella  ante  pra^sepe?  -ecquid  fit?  -  13.  Quem  usum  praestat  (gives; 
falisca?  —  14.  Numquid  equis  pulcher  lectus  sternitur  in  mandra?  —  quomodo  et 
quale  eius  est  cubile?  —  15.  Quando  est  requies  (quies)  equorum     menta? 

II. 
1.  Responde,  amabo,  quis,  qualisque  vir  Merit  d6minus  stabuli,  de  quo  hie 
agitur?  —  2,  Die  (say  tell),  quos,  et  cuius  setatis  filios  habuerit.  —  3.  Qmd  hl» 
tres  egerunt?  —  4.  Repete,  sis,  verba  Marci  ad  Iulium.  -  5.  Refer  (.repeat),  ve- 
lim  (if  you  please)  ipsa  verba  Iulii,  quid  vicissim  (in  turn)  ipse  a  Marco  Iratre 
q.iaesiverit.  -  6.  Quid  negat  coca  (also  coqua)?  -  7-  Quid,  quo  &  quamobrem 
debebant  iuvenes  devehere?  -  8.  Quomodo  dispertit  (divides,  allots)  Marcus  la- 
borem?  — 9.  Quid  precatur  (wishes)  Iulius  Marco?  -  10.  Quando  et  quomodo 
intrat  Iulius  stabulum?  —  11.  Qm  eum  equi  exceperunt?  —  12.  Narra,  sis  (enar- 
rate  please)  quemadmodum  Iulius  equis  ientaculum  paret  (Possesne  idem  1  em- 
pore  Praeterito  enarrare?).  -  13.  Quid  interea  equuli?  -  14.  Quid  equuh  egerunt, 
ppstquam  Iulius  iis  facultatem  edendi  fecerat  (copiam  edendi  dederat)? 

III. 

I.  Quo  it  Iulius  dum  equi  ientando  famem  explent?  -cur?  —  2.  Quidagit  cur- 
rui?  _  3<  Iis  r^bus  peractis  quomodo  consulit  equis  (takes  care  of..)?  4-  Qul 
parat  agere  equis,  postquam  hi  sitim  restinxerunt?  -  5.  Explica,  quemadmodum 
uiriga  hamaxent.  —  6.  Quodgenus  iaborem  interim  Marcus  praestabat?  7- 
Quid  fit  iis,  quiarduum  laborem  persolvunt?  -  8.  Laboribus  exactis  (nmtis, 
exantlatis,  absolutis)  quo  conscendunt  fratres?  -  Quid  agit  Marcus?  -  lO.^Audi- 
to  mastigisc  crepitu  quid  equi  moliuntur  (to  undertake  something  to  do)t  «' 
Equis  coxmitentibus  quid  fit  rotis,  currui?  —  12.  Sarraco  gravi,  loco  submoto 
juomodo  incedunt  equi?  —  quo  flectunt  iter^ 


nus 


1.  Cuiusmodia^lificium  appellator  "mola?"  —    2.    Quo    nomine    appellamu 


141 

aquam  fluentem?  -3.  Quid  est  pons?  —  4.  Quomodo  fit  piscina?  —  5.  Qui  im- 
mittimus  aquam  rotis  aquariis  molarum?  —  6.  Quid  fit  quum  vis  aquse  premi 
(presses,  pushes)  rotam?  —  7.  Quid  est  intra  molam,  ad  parietem?  —  8.  Quid  estt 
in  eo  suggestu?  —  9.  Unde  effluunt,  et  quo  cadunt  (illabuntur)  grana?  —  10. 
Quomodo  fit  farina  e  frumento?  —  n.  Quid  fieret,  si  catillus  aut  non  satis  celeri- 
ter  versaretur,  aut  plane  staret?  —  12.  Quid  fit  quum  molitumincidit  in  saccinum? 

—  13.  Ubi  est,  et  quo  munere  fungitur  cribrum?  —  14.  Quid  fit  ubi   modii  furfuris 
pleni  fiunt? 

V. 

1.  Quando  non  stre'peret  (would  not. .)  mola?  —  2.  Quis  est  tyro  molinarius? 

—  3.  Postquam  conspicatus  erat  bigas,  quid  egit  tyro?  —  4.  Repetas,  quseso 
(pray),  verba  tyronis.  —  5.  Quid  ad  haec  dixit  Corn.  Scaurus?  —  6.  Qui  consalu- 
tat  senex  farinosus  iuvenes  appropinquantes?  —  7.  Fuitne  revera  (real]y)  patruus 
Marci?  —  quare  sic  eum  yocat?  —  8  Quomodo  collaudavit  (praised  up)  patruus 
iuvenes  advenas?  —  9.  Quomodo  affatur  tyronem?  —  10.  Ad  quid  agendum  debe- 
bant  operae  prodire?  —  11.  Quare  iverunt  sessum  in  scamno?  —  12.  Negotio  moli- 
tionis  dirempto,  quid  questus  est  molitor  multis  verbis?  —  13.  Quid  nolebat  Mar- 
cus ut  f  rater  Iulius  crederet?  —  14.  Quid  solemus  putare  de  homine,  de  verbis 
:uius  dubitamus? 


EXERCITIVM    LOQVENDI. 
lulianus  et  Petrdnius,  pueruli  colloquuntur. 


IVL.  Eho,  Petroni,1  licetne? 
Volo  te  paucis. 

Audivi  te  equis  ddmodum  dele- 
ctari;3  estne  hoc  verum? 

Ecquis  tibi  hoc  rdtulit?6 

Ita,  profecto.  Narravitne  etiam 
me  cum  patre,  quum  per  tempus  licet,7 
quotidie  equitare  s61itum? 

Stabulum  patris,  quippe9quicen. 
:urio  est,  plures  equos  alit,  inter  quos 
;go  quoque  habeo  mannulum,  qui  mihi 
)^rquam  charus  est. 


PET.  Hem,  quid  est?  quid  vis? 

Libenter?  te  audiam;  loquere. 
01c,  sane;    idem    et    ego    de    te 
dictum  audivi. 

Ita  narravit  Magister.  Sicne  res 
se  habet?6 

'  Quidni8  narravit?  quin  etiam  ad- 
didit  vos  equitantes  semper  Latine  col- 
loqui  solere.  Id  mihi  valde  placet.  — 
Die  mihi,  sis,  quodgenus  equum  habes? 

Ehem,  pulchra  memoras.  Fu- 
ttirum  spero10  ut  et  tu  quondam  non 
modo  centurio,  sed  plane  dux  evadas. 


142 

IVL.  Parce  iocis.11  Id  equidem  haud 
exspecto  futurum,  sed  potius  die,  utrum 
et  tu  equitare  soleas. 

"  Nee  mirum,14  Petroni;  quis  6b- 
secro,  posset  iucundius  ludere?  Id  equi- 
dem ipse  non  facio,  saepe  tamen  in  sta- 
bulo  intersum,  et  aurigam  pabulum 
equis  paranti  ministro,  furfures  ave- 
nam  aut  situlam  aquae  supportando.  Tu- 
ne idem  facis? 

"  E16mannulonunquamdecidi.  Nam 
quum  primum  equitare  disc^bam,  agaso 
mannulum  capistro  ducere  solebat,  at- 
que  hie  ita  me  ferendo  assuevit,  ut  me 
nullo  pacto  excuteret. 

"  Valde  gratum  mihi  feceris;18  veni 
quam  ocyssime  p6teris.  Interim  pluri- 
mum  valel 


PET.  Non  s61eo.  Quin  id  ne  tentavi 
quidem.  Ego  alio  modo  delector;  nim 
rum13  cum  mercenariis  sarracum  cor 
scendo,  teneo  habSnas,  ago  equos  i 
pratum,  ibi  iuvo  fcenum  colligere,  sai 
racum  onerare,  quae  6mnia  valde  r 
delextant. 

"  Subinde,16  praes^rtim  meridian 
tempore;  aliquando  etiam  equos  ad  a 
veum  ad  eos  adaquandos  educo,  alia 
mercenariis  in  hamaxando  auxilio  surr 
At  die,  Iuliane,  nunquamne  mannulu 
tuus  te  elisit? 

' '  Primum  quam  p6tero17  ad  vc 
vdniam  visum  quemadmodum  equites, 

4t  Tu  quoque,  Iuliane,  multui 
vale! 


i.  The  name  of  several  Roman  writers,  the  most  noted  being  Titus,  calk 
the  Arbiter  Elegcntiae,  auctor  of  the  Satyricon.  —  Licet,  Hcere,  licui 
or  licitum  est,  impers.,  one  may,  may  I  (disturb  you)?  pauci,  se,  a,  tev 
abl.,  forpaucis  verbis.  —  2.  Adv.,  gladly,  cheerfully;  Imperat.,  speal 
—  3.  Delector,  ari,  atus  sum,  1.  c.  abl.  equis,  to  rejoice,  to  be  dehghte 
with.  —  4.  Adv.  so,  indeed.  —  5.  Refero,  referre,  retuli,  relatum  f 
report,  tell.  —  6.  Sic  res  se  habet,  sic  est,  ita  est-  —  7-  Per  tempus  licet,  tt 
weather  permitting;  per  me  licet,  I  don't  object. —  8.  Did'nt  he?  more  over, 
added.  —  9.  Adv.,  in  as  much  as;  -io,  nis,  a  captain;  =us,^a,  urn,  dear,  belove( 
we  distinguish  charus  and  carus,  the  latter  meaning  'dear'  in  price.  —  10.  I  hop 
(that  it  would  happen  some  of  these  days);  dux,  ducis,  a  leader,  a  general;  =dc 
si,  sum,  to  come  out,  to  become,  Praes.  Coni.  ~  11.  -co,3  peperci,  parsum, 
spare,  to  stop,  Imper.; -us,  i,  pi.  loci  and  ioca,  a  joke,  Dative,  pi.  stop  makir 
fun  of  me;  -to,1  r.,  to  await,  to  expect  (looking  out).  —  12.  -to,  r.,  to  try 
attempt,  I  have  not  even  tried-  —  13.  Adv.,  namely,  that  is  to  say;  II. ^  a  1 
hand;  -turn,  i,  a  meadow;  iuvo,1  iiivi,  iutum,  to  aid,  to  assist;  -go 
ctum,  to  gather;  -to,1  r.,  ro  amuse,  entertain,  to  delight,  act.,  while  delector, 
deponent,  neuter,  or  middle  verb.  —  14.  -us,  a,  um,  no  wonder;  -ro,  r., 
adv.  comparative,  of  iucundus,  a,  urn,  pleasant,  iucunde,  iucundius,  iucundi 
sime,  more,  most  pleasantly;  -do,3  si,  sum,  to  play;  equidem,  is  said  to 
quidem,41  but  I  take  it  to  be  "ec  +  quidem,"  like  ecce,  ecquid,  just  as  the  Italia 


collet 


pra 


*43 

ay  "ebbene,"  "very  well,"  one  can  I  use  "equidem  ego,"  something  like  English 
'why,  I.. .;"  I  am  present;  supporto,1  r.,  to  carry  up,  by  bringing  by.,  abl.  ger.; 
bou  too?  —  15.  Adv.  occasionally;  alias,  at  other  times;  °ium,  ii,  help,  assist- 
nce,  mark  again  the  two  datives,  mercenariis  auxilio  sum,  I  am  an  assistance  to 
tiem;  elido,3  elisi,  sum,  to  fling  out,  pitch  out.  —  16.  Cado,  decido,3  decidi,  — ; 
d  fall  off,  with  e,  ex,  de,  a,  ab,  from,  in,  w.  ace,  into;  primum,  adv.,  at  first.; 
bl.  of  ger.  of  fero,  by  carrying;  =co,3  suevi,  suetum,  one  of  the  few  "inchotative," 
r  =sco  verbs,  which  has  a  full  form,  to  get  used  to;  nullo  pacto,  under  no  condi- 
on;  exciitio,3  excussi,  ssum,  to  strike  off,  out,  to  shake,  throw  off.  —  17.  Just  as 
3on  as  I  can;  to  see  how  you  ride.  —  18.  Thou  wilt  do  a  very  pleasing  thing  to 
ie;  the  soonest  thou  canst. 


144 


PENSVM  SEPTIMVM, 

I. 

Pensum  S6Ptimum  aggressiif  i,1  iterum  ad  lineas,    a  nobis  1am 

dudum  relictas,  revert&nur.  *.-.nJ 

Hie  igitur  sunt  duse  linese.  Una  earum,  A,  tam  ion- 
gaest,  quam  altera,  B;    proinde  necesse3  est,   ut 


h*c  quoque  tam  longa  sit  quam  ilia.  Quum  vero  una  a^que    tongas* 
quam  altera,  necessario  sequitur,  ut  ese  longitudine  sint  sequales. 

c  At  istas  du<e  linear  non  sunt  omnino5  asquales, 

______D      quandoquidem  superior,  C,  paululum  brevior 


x.  Aggredior,  aggredi,  aggressus  sum  (ad  +  gradior,  to  step  to),  the  typical 
form  of  a  deponent  verb,  to  step  to  the  side,  or  up  to  a  ^™%£*^ 
tile  intention,  to  tackle,  to  attack,  to  start,  to  begin,  or  undertake  *£»*>£*" 
the  fut  Act.  part,  (a  common  feature  of  the  Dep.  verbs,  in  which  they  d.fer  iron 
he  passfve verbs)  Norn.  p..  m.,  the  subject  being  we  (males);  t^—  - 
be:  When  we  (are  the  to  be)  aggress  (-ing  ones)  =  when  we  begin,  start  at, 
commenceour...;iam,  dudum,  long  since;  relinquV  hqu.  hctum  o  leave 
abandon,  pp.,  left;  -tor,  ti,  sus  sum,  also  reverto,3  t.,  sum,  (re  +  verto) 
back,  go  back,  to  return,  here,  fut.  Ind. 

a    The  two  advs.  tam  -  quam  w.  the   adj.  between   them,  compare .the  ad,. 
with  another,  or  two  subjects  with  one  adj.  in  the  positive  degree,  with   the   sub- 
jects in  Norn.,  as:  ista  mensa  est  tam  alta  quam  ilia  (mensa)-  -   3-    A"  indec  . 
nenter  adjective,  w.  est  or  habeo,  and    Inf.   or  ut,  and    Com.,   wherefore,    s,t, 
is  incumbent,  it  is  necessary.  , 

4.  Adv.  equally;  -ius,  a,  urn,  -urn  as  a  noun,  -rio,  >n  abl.    and  so  as  an  adv 
necessari.y.-quor.'cutus,   or   -quutus  sum  (hence  also  secundus,   *«   old   form 
sequundus,    for   the   classical   sequondus,   a,   urn,  hence  also  secundum,  a  ong 
according,  and  secus,  see  below),  to  follow,  to  come,  or  go  after,  to  be  the  second, 
to  be  inferior,  Sec,  here:  it  necessarily  follows. . .;  -is,  e,  equal,  like. 

5.  Adv.,  altogether,  entirely;  conj.,  "in  view  of  the  fact,"  as,  since;  adv.,  E 
little,  a  trifle;  the  -ior,  lor,  ius.  ard  the  gender  endings  of  the  coniperat.ve  degre, 
„|  ,11  regular  adjectives,  as,  superior,  ior,  ius,  inferior,  ior,  ius,  long.or,  .us,  &c. 
ergo,  in  inferences,  therefore,  consequently;  -is,  e,  adj.,  unequal,  unlike. 


'45 

est  quam  inferior,  D,  sunt  ergo  inaequales.  Quanto6  enim  superior  in- 
ferior brevior  est,  tanto  est  inferior  superiore  longior.  Quoniam7 
vero  linea  inferior  parum  est  longior  quam  superior,  hse  linese  parum 
sunt  dispares. 

^E  Verum  res  in  hac  figura  tertia  longe8  secus 

""F  se  habent.  Nam  hse  tres  lineae  multum  inter 

g      se  discrepant,9  suntque  multo  magis  dis- 
pares. 

Linea  enim  suprema,  E,  inulto  brevior  est  quam  linea  F,  sed  earn 

6.  Quanto —  tanto,  correlative  ad  vs.,  as:   quanto   plus,    tanto   melius,    the 

more,  the  better,  that  is:  by  what  amount,  or  measure  a  thing  is  more,  by  that 
same  amount,  or  measure  it  is  better.  Mark:  superior  inferiore  brevior  est  =  the 
upper  than  the  under  (lower)  is  shorter,  where  the  quam  is  left  out,  and  the  se- 
cond part  of  the  comparison  is  put  into  abl.,  as  we  say  in  English,  "than  whom 
there  was  no  better  man." 

7-  Conjunction,  "seing  that. .;"  really  an  indeci.  n.  noun,  and  used  as  such, 
but  it  also  is  an  adv.,  little,  too  little;  they  do  not  much  differ,  little  disparity. 

8.  The  -e  ending  forms  advs.  from  adjectives  of  us,  a,  urn,  in  the  positive 
degree,  a  long  way,  far.  —  Secus  (also  a  noun  accord,  to  Charisius,  for  sexus), 
an  indeci.  adj.,  and  an  adv.  When  an  adj.,  it  has  a  comparative  in  sequicr,  ior[ 
ius,  at  least  in  later  authors;  its  meaning  in  this  form  is  "not  the  first/4  the  next 
following,  a  subsequent,  as,  sexus  sequior,  the  secondary,  or  inferior  sex,  the  fe- 
minine sex.  As  an  adv.,  secus,  sequus,  otherwise,  sequius,  secius,  its  compara- 
tive, mostly  used  w.  negatives,  as,  non  secus  ac  (before  vowels  andc  orh,  atque), 
not  otherwise  than,  just  like;  nihilo  secius  (sequius),  none  the  less,  never  the 
^ss.  The  form  setius  (but  not  setus),  of  late,  smuggled  into  American  school 
books,  and  all  the  references  to  Caesar,  Virgilius,  Terentius,  &c.  are  malicious 
forgeries,  fake  archaisms  (just  like  Mucius,  Marcius,  Sulpicius,  Patricius,  for 
Mutius  &c,)  and  adulterations  by  German  philologists,  unknown  to  Roman  gram- 
marians. The  meaning  therefore:  "Very  different  is  the  case  with  the  things  in 
this  figure/* 

9-  Discrepo,1  ui,  — ,  to  be  out  of  harmony,  to  sound  differently,  to  differ; 
multo  magis,  both  advs.,  fr.  multus,  a,  urn,  and  magnus,  a,  urn,  in  comparative, 
much  more. 


146 

crassitudine10  siiperat.     Vicissim,11   quamquam  linea  F  non  pa 
rum  tenuior  est  quam  linea  E,  ei  longitudine  przestat.— Nee  minus15 

interest  inter  lineas  F  et  G.  Nam  ha^c  posterior  cedit13  quidem  prion 
crassitudine,  est  enim  ipsa  aliquanto  teniuior,  illi  tamen  longitudine 
antecellit,  estque  omnium  trium  longissima,  perinde  atque  E  cun- 
ctarum  est  et  brevissima  et  crassissima;  quapropter  ha^  duaj  linese  sui 
dissimillimae  sunt. 

REC&MSIO:  Quotum  pensum  sumus  mod6  aggressiiri?  —  Die,  velim,  quo- 
tum pensum  iam  finivenmus?14  -  Poterisne  min^  dicere  quando  lineas  pri6rum 
ppnsdrum  reliquerimus?  —  Die,  quo  nunc  reversuri  simus!  —  Die,  anne,  et  quo- 
modoprimae  duae  linese  inter  se  differant!  Utra  est  longior  altera^  -  Respon- 
de  quid  discriminis15  intercedat  inter  secundas  duas  lineas!  —  Interpretare,  • 
qu'aeso,  figuram  tertiam,  quemadmodum  illse  tres  lineae  inter  se  discrepent!  —  Die, 
sis,  quae  inter  has  septem  lineas,  maxime17  sui  similes,  quae  aliquantum  dissimiles, 
ac,  tandem,  quae  dissimillimse  inter  se  sint. 


10.  -tudo,  tudinis,  f.,  a  particle  forming  abstract  f.  nouns  from  adjectives, 
like-  magnitude,  valetudo,  celsitudo,  ftc.  from  magnus,  fortis,  valens,  celsus,  &c; 
in  abl.,  by  the  means  of,  by  thickness;  -ro,1  r„  to  overcome,  to  surpass,  to  de- 
feat,  to  vanquish. 

11.  Adv.,  in  turn,  on  the  other  hand;  conj.,  albeit;  -sto,1  stiti,  stitum,  it  is 
preferable,  better,  of  more  consequence,  w.  dat.,  ei,  "stands  before  it,"  better 
than,  by  its  length. 

12.  Adv.,  compar.  of  parum,  little,  minus  less;  no  less  difference. 

13.  -do,3  cessi,  cessum,  to  yield,  w.  dat.,  priori;  adv.,  some,  some  litte;  -lo,8 
—  to  be  eminent,  to  surpass,  excell,  w.  abl.;  perinde  ac,  if  a  vowel,  ac,  g  or  h 
follows,  atque  is  used  instead  of  ac,  =  the  same  as,  just  like;  the-issimus,  a,  um, 
is  the  formative  ending  of  the  superlative  of  the  regular  adjectives;  but  a  few 
-ills,  e,  ending  acjectives  change  this  into  iilimus,  a,  um;  mark  also  sui,  the 
Genit.  of  se,  as  the  government  of  similis,  e,  like,  and  unlike,  of  the  personal  pro- 
nouns; all  other  objects  of  government  will  be  in  dative,  as,  nlius  similis,  dissuni- 
lis  est  patri.  Another  toothsome  bit  of  philology  is  found  by  pedants,  when  the 
Object  is  verum;  if  you  say  "verisimile,"  you  are  at  once  a  "Ciceronian,  a 
•'classical  scholar;*4  but  if  you  say  "verosimile,"  as  do  I,  then  you  are  a  black 
sheep.  This  is  the  pons  asini,  the  shibboleth  of  "classicism."  A  good  second  to 
this  is  "Pra^fectus  Urbi." 


H7 


VOCABVLARIVM   19. 


NNA  SUBST. 

NNA. 

ADI. 

VERBA. 

parum, 
discrimen,  inis,  n. 

aequalis,  e 
inaequalis, 
dissimilis, 
similis,  e 
neclsse 

e 
e 

aggredior,3  sus  sum 
relinquo,3liqui,    ictum 
revertor,3sus  sum 
sequor,3  cutus  sum 
interpreter,1  atus  sum 

discrepo,1  ui,  — , 
supero,1  r. 
praesto,1  stiti,  tituai 
cedo,3  cessi,  ssum 
antecello,3 — , 
intercede,3  cessi,  sum 

ADVBRBIA. 

dudum 

quanto  — 

tanto                    perfnde  —  ac  — 

atque 

tarn  —  quam 

secus 

maxime 

»que 

magis 

Coniunctlones 

necessario 

vicfssim 

quanddquidem 

oranino 

minus 

qudniam 

paululum 

aliquanto 

quamquam 

14.  I  call  very  particular  attention  to  these  questions,  involving:  one  of  the 
very  greatest  principles  of  Latin  syntax.  Mark  that  in  the  second  question  I  place 
the  little  Imperative,  die  (say,  tell)  before  the  question,  whereby  the  question  be- 
comes indirect,  whilst  in  the  first  question  no  such  modifying  word  is  employed, 
whence  the  question  is  direct.  As  a  result,  I  say  in  the  direct  (first)  question 
sumus  —  aggressuri,  "sumus"  being  in  the  Indicatives,  whereas  in  the  indirect 
(second)  question  the  verb  finive>imus  in  the  (Perf.)  Coni.  Were  "die*'  not  there, 
I  would  say:  "finivimus;"  whereas,  had  I  used  "die"  in  the  first  question,  instead 
of  "sumus"  I  would  have  said  "simus."  This  principle  must  be  observed  in  all 
interrogations. 

15.  Discrimen,  inis,  n.,  a  difference;  Genit.,  because  quid  has  the  nature  of 
a  noun;  Coni.  owing  to  the  above  principle,  discr.  .ntercedit,  a  difference  goes 
between;  a  Latin  idiom. 

16.  Imperat.  S.  of  the  Deponent  interpreter,  to  explain,  to  interpret;  quaesOf 
the  old  form  of  quaero,  I  beg,  I  pray,  employed  only  in  this  way. 

17.  Adv.  in  superlative  of  magnus,  maior,  maximus;  for  simile  see  above, 
13,  under  dissimile,  superl.  -miUimum, 


«•*•■ 


14? 


.  Glomus.  Digitabulum. 

Acus  cum  acia. 

Acus1  est  ferramentum  minutissimum  ac  tenuissimum,  cuius  ex- 
tremitas  altera  ita  extrita  et  elimata  est,  ut  ne  videre  quidem 
possis;  atque  ilia  vocatur  acies;  in  altera  vero  extremitate,  paullo2 
crassiori  est  ocellus,3  qui  acu  certe  tenuior  est,  atque  huic  ocello  de- 
cerpta  de  glomere  dcia  inseri  solet,  quam  utroque  tenuior  em  esse 
oportere  manifestum  est. 

i.  -us,  us,  f.,  a  needle;  dat.  and  abl.  pi.  -ubus,  much  insisted  upon  by  com- 
pilers of  grammars,  as  though  it  were  an  exception;  the  fact  is,  that  the  sound  of  i 
throughout  the  fourth  decl.,  just  like  in  the  superlatives  of  adjectives  (see  Prin- 
cipia  Gram.)  was  deepened  into  u  (German,  u  French)  following  the  principles  of 
euphony,  the  u  being  the  predominant  vowel  of  this  decl.,  whereas  in  the  Vth,  it  is 
e,  in  the  III.  i  and  e.  We  pronounce,  therefore,  any  and  all  IV.  decl.  nouns, 
without  any  mistake,  as  though  they  were  spelled  (in  German)  acubus,  lacubus, 
fructttbus,  drciibus,  p6rtubus,  &c,  and  everywhere,  where  the  u  bears  no  accent. 
—  Ferramentum,  i,  fr.  ferrum,  i,  iron,  hardware,  cutlery;  fr.  minuo,3  ui,  nutum, 
to  lessen,  to  reduce,  pp.  adj.  -tus,  a,  urn,  superlat.,  exceedingly  small.  Latin  su- 
perlatives, when  not  in  actual  comparison,  mean  a  very  high  degree  of  some  qua- 
lity; -tas,  tatis,  f.,  the  extreme  part;  all  nouns  in  -tas,  tatis,  are  abstractions, 
therefore  f,;  extero,3  trivi,  tritum,  outworn  by  rubbing,  polishing,  pp.;=mo,  t.,  fr., 
lima,  «,  a  file,  to  sharpen  with  a  file,  filed  out,  pp.;  possis,  Coni.  because  ut,  and 
2d  pers.,  much  like  in  English,  if  we  said:  filed  out  so  sharp  and  fine,  that  you 
could  scarcely  see  it;  acies,  aciei,  f.,  V;  the  sharpness  of  it,  the  edge. 

2.  Adv.,  spelled  both  ways,  paulo,  and  paullo,  a  little.  Degrees  of  compari- 
son in  all  languages  are  formed  by  adverbs,  qualifying  the  adjectives,  as:  magnum, 
valde  magnum;     crassior  (comperative),  paullo  crassior,  a  little  thicker. 

3.  -us,  i,  dimin.  of  oculus,  an  eye;  has  several  meanings,  here  an  eylet,  in  the 
needle;  adv.,  clearly,  surely;  -po,3  psi,  turn,  to  tear  off ;  -us,  eris,  n.,  a  ball  of 
thread;  sewing  thread;  -ro,3  rui,  rtum,  to  sow,  to  plant,  to  insert;  -tet,  uit, 
an  impcrs.  verb,  the  subj.  of  which  is  in  accus.,  as:  me  ire  oportet,  I  have  got  to 
go;  here  in  Inf.  Prses.,  because  the  other  verb,  est:  -tus,  ta,  turn,  evident,  ap- 
parent, manifest. 


149 

Matres  puerorum  nequam4  aut  dumtaxat  petulantium,  acu- 
bus,  aciaque  nigra  aut  alba,  uti  res  postulat,  non  raro  utuntur.  Nati5 
enim  sui  petulantiores  crebro  altercantur,  rixantur,  quandoque 
etiam  colludendo  in  simultates,  inde  in  convitia,  turn  in  male- 
dicta,  ac,  postremo,  in  verbera  sese  effundunt,  quo  fit,  ut  vestes, 
prsesertim  braccas  in  genibus,  atque  tuniculas  in  ciibitis  dis= 
cindant  et  lacerent.  Aliquos  horum  domum  tendentes,6  patres, 
ferula  vel  sciitica  excipiunt,  et  ab  iis  ob  facinora  patrata  poenas 
exigunt. 

Tamen  matres,  postquam  nati  poenas  dedere,7  facinorum   imme- 

4.  Nequam,  adj.  of  one  ending,  indecl.  in  the  positive  degree;  comparative 
nequior,  ior,  ius,  superl.  nequissimus,  a,  um,  wicked,  malicious;  adv.,  at  least; 
-ans,  tis,  adj.  of  one  ending,  like  a  pres.  part.,  mischievous;  -lo,1  r.,  to  demand, 
as  the  think  may  d. 

5.  Pp.  used  as  a  noun,  fr.  nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  dep.,  to  be  born,  an 
offspring,  son;  its  old  form  is  gnatus,  gnata,  which  we  use  below;  -tiores,  compa- 
rat.  pi.,  m.;  Latin  comparatives  very  often  mean  "a  little  too. . .'  or  more  than 
useful;  adv.  fr.  -ber,  bra,  um,  frequent,  that  often  happens,  often;  -cor,1  atus, 
gum,  -xor,1  atus,  sum,  to  wrangle,  quarrel,  dispute;  adv.,  occasionally;  -do,3  si, 
sum,  to  be  disporting;  -tas,  tatis,  f.,  spite  antagonism;  -urn,  u,  insult,  calling 
names;  -um,  i,  abuse  foul  language;  adv.,  lastly;  -ber,  eris,  n.,  beating,  a  row,  a 
"brashing"  of  one  another;  -do,3  dffudi,  fusum,  to  pour  out,  "they  fly  into;"  -is, 
is,  f.  a  garment;  -cae,  arum,  f.,  trousers;  -nu,  lis,  n.,  a  knee;  dimi.  of  tu- 
nica, ae,  a  coat;  -us,  i,  m.,  the  elbow;  -do,3  di,  ssum,  cut,  or  tear  asunder;  -ro,1 
r.,  to  tear,  to  tatter,  Coni.  Prses. 

6.  -do,3  tetendi,  turn,  sum,  to  tend,  to  be  directed  towards,  not  qualifying 
"patres,"  but  "aliquos,"  some  of  them  sneaking  home  (after  the  fight)  their  fa- 
thers excipiunt,  receive  them,  with;  I.,  a  switch,  or  cane;  I.,  a  whip;  -us,  oris,  n., 
a  mischief,  usually  a  malicious  one;  -tro,3  r.,  to  commit,  perpetrate;  I.  punish- 
ment; -go,3  egi,  actum,  to  drive  out,  to  demand,  "pcenam  exigo  ab  aliquo, "  I 
subject  some  one  to  punishment, 

7.  Pcenas  dare,  the  reverse  of  p.  exigere,  pater  exigit  poenas,  puerdat  pcenas; 
dedere,  for  dederunt,  Perf.  Indie;  -mor,  is,  opposit  of  memor,  is,  adj.  of  one  end- 
ing, remembering,  mindful;  adv.,  diligently;  ro,3  sivi,  turn,  con  +  qusero,  to  seek 
together,  to  "hunt  up;"  II.,  cloth,  rag;  -um,  i,  here  a  thimble;  -ro,3  gessi,  stum, 
here,  "insero;"  -turn,  i,  a  patch;  -us,  a,  um,  numberless;  -men,  inis,  n.,  a  hole; 
-ro,1  r.,  to  bore;  adsuo  (assuo),3ui,  sutum,  to  sew  to;  -um,  ii,  a  rent,  a  tearing, 
break., -cino,1  atum,  to  stitch,  patch  together;  -ro,1  r.,  to  pair  again,  to  repair; 
=do,]r.,fr.  mendum,  i,  an  error,  a  fault,  to  "unfault,"  to  make  faultless,  to 
mend,  pp.;  gnatus,  =  natus;  -do,3  didi,  ditum,  to  give  back, 


150 

mores,  sedulo  conqufrunt  pannos,  glomera  arise,  digitabula 
acusque,  his  acias  ingerunt,  assumenta  aptant,  acu  innumeris 
foraminibos  terebratis,  pannulum  adsuunt,  discidia  consarci- 
nant,  vestemque  reparatam  et  emendatam  gnatis  suis  reddunt. 


Forfex  Novacula 

Culter  Forfex 


Ab  acu  cuncta  ferramenta,  quibus  ad  scindendum  et  secandum 
utimur  veluti  cultrum,  forficem,  novaculam,  aliaque  quam  plunma, 
"acuta"  dicimus,  propterea  quod  "aciem"  habent  plus-mmusve  acu- 
tarn  Ex  his  omnibus  creberrimum9  ferramentum  est  culter,  cuius 
usum  pnesertim  ad  mensam  capimus.  Nisi10  enim  cultros  haberemus, 
panem  carnes,  olera,  friictiis,  digitis  deberemus  frangere  et  dis- 
cerpere,  aut  vero,  uti  animalia,  dentibus  et  unguibus  ianlare  et 

i3.C6r3.rC 

"  Verumtamen   cultri   hi   communes11   non   hunt   aequo  acutiores, 

8.  -co,1  etui,  ctum,  to  cut,  to  whittle,  -ter,  tri,  m.,  a  knife;  -fex,  ficis,  f.,  a 
pair  of  scissors;  I.  a  razor;  quam  pliirima,  most  numerous,  very  many;  =us,  a, 
um,  edged,  sharp;  plus=minusve  (-que),  more  or  less.  —  9-  Creber,  bra,  um, 
frequent,  and  all  other  ~er  adjectives  form  their  superl.  in  -errimus,  a,  um;  usum, 
capio,  make  use  of. 

10.  Conj.,  unless;  caro,  carnis,  f.,  flesh,  meat,  also  of  fruit;  olus,  eris,  n., 
vegetables;  -us,  us,  m-,  fruit;  II.,  a  finger;  -go,3  fregi,  fractum,  to  break;  -po, 
psi,  ptum,  to  tear  into  pieces;  dens,  tis,  m.,  a  tooth;  =is,  is,  f.,  finger  nail;  =10,  r., 
to  butcher,  tear,  slash  up. 

11.  -is,  e,  adj.,  ordinary,  common,  aequum  and  iustum  are  adjectival   nouns, 
meaning  reasonable,  and  Just,  are  used  in  the  so-called  ' 'ablative  of  comparison, 

this  manner:  a^quo,  or  iusto  plus,  mains,  longius,  meaning  too  much,  literally, 
more  than  reasonable,  or  just;  here:  these  ordinary  knives  are  not  made  too  sharp, 
i.  e.,  sharper  than  right;  adv.,  otherwise;  more  of  us;  adv.,  in  asmuch  as,  as 
who;  -um,  ii,  a  lip;  I.,  a  tongue  (also  language);  -do,3  si,  sum,  to  hurt,  harm, 
scratch,  offend,  injure;  -do,3  di,  sum,  to  cut  into;  -lis,  e,  adj.,  table  — ,  pertaining 
to  table;  hebes,  hebetis,  adj.  of  one  ending,  blunt,  dull. 


. 


i5i 

alioquin  plures  nostrum,  prsesertim  pueri,  quippe  qui  minus  cauti  sunt, 
digitos,  labia,  quin  etiam  ipsam  linguam,  nonnunquam  Ifiederent, 
inciderent  et  sauciarent.  Quamobrem  placuit  fabris  cultros  mensales 
hebetiores  fabricari. 

Illud  ferramentum,  quod  mater  ad  scindendum  et  aptandum  assu- 
mentum  adhibet,12  est  forfex.  Est  autem  forfex  culter  duplex,  quod 
duplum  habet  mucronem,  habetque  manubriolum  annulare,  quod 
binis  vel  ternis  digitis  prehenditur.  Multi  solent  chartam  forfice  scin- 
dere,  perinde  atque  ungues  sacare.  Creberrimum  tamen  usum  forficum 
tonsores  habent.  Hi  artifices  sunt,  quorum  negdtium  est  capiilos, 
hoc  est,  pilos  capitis  humani,  tondere.  Locus,  ubi  tonsores  negotium 
suum  exercent,  tonstrina  appellatur.  Forfices  cultris  non  parum  acu- 
tiores  decet  esse.  Si  enim  tarn  hebetes  essent  quam  cultri  communes, 
crines  tondendorum  tarn  saeve  carperent  &  vellicarent,  ut  dolor 
ferri  non  posset. 

Multo  etiam  acutius,  quin  prorsus  omnium  ferramentorum  longe13 
acutissimum  est,  et  esse  debet,  id,  quod  tonsores  ad  radendam  bar- 

12.  =beo,2  ui,  itum,  to  apply,  to  employ,  use.  -—  Duplus,  a,  um,  double, 
duplicated;  -cro,  nis,  m.,  a  blade,  the  sharp,  or  a  pointed  part  of  a  tool  for  cutt- 
ing; -is,  e,  adj.,  ringshaped,  like  a  ring,  fr.  annulus,  i,  a  ring,  a  hoop,  dim.  of 
annus,  i,  a  year;  binus,  a,  um,  ternus,  a,  um,  another  adj.  form  of  duo,  and  tria; 
=do,3di,  sum,  to  seize,  to  grab,  to  hold.  —  Tonsor,  is,  a  hair-cutter,  a  barber.  — 
-fex,  ficis,  (ars,  tis,  f.,  +  facio),  an  artisan,  artist,  master  of,  clever,  skilled  in 
some  art;  =um,  iL,  business  (nee  +  otium,  leisure);  II.,  hair  of  the  human  head 
(caput  +  pilus);  =deo,2  totdndi,  tonsum,  to  shear,  cut  hair,  wool;  I.,  barbershop; 
decet,  cuit,  impers.,  it  behooves,  becoming,  decent. —  Hebes,  hebetis,  adj.  of  one 
ending,  blunt,  dull,  positive  degree;  see  the  above  (n),  comparative;  =nis,  is, 
hair;  fut.  pass.  p.  of  those  whose  hair  is  to  be  cut;  =po,3  psi,  turn,  to  pluck,  as 
fruit,  grass,  to  carve;  -co,1  r.,  fr.  vello,3  vulsi,  vulsum,  to  Keep  pulling,  plucking, 
tearing  out,  up,  material  and  moral  sense,  such  as  criticising  severely;  -or,  is, 
m..  pain;  Inf.  pass,  of  fero,  ferri  non  potest,  cannot  be  endured,  borne,  tolerated, 
suffered. 

^  13.  Adv.,  by  far;  esse  debet,  it  must  be;  debeo,2  ui,  debitum,  I  owe,  I  must; 
-do,  si,  sum,  to  shave;  I.,  the  beard;  -us,  a,  um,  right,  poper;  quilibet*  qualibet, 
quodlibet,  whatever;  quantuslibet,  quantalibet,  quantumlibet,  how  much  ever, 
no  matter  how  much;  IV.;  m.,  sight;  -gio,3  gi,  gitum,  to  flee,  skip,  escape,  it  es- 
capes sight,  i.  e.,  so  thin,  that  we  can  not  perceive  with  our  eyes. 


152 

bam  adhibent,  quodque  novacula  appellator.  Est  etiam  novacula 
proba  tarn  acuta,  at  quemlibet  pilum,  quantumlibet  tenuem,  qui  vel 
visum  effugiat,  facillime  secet.  Nam  si  non  ita  acuta  esset,  quis, 
6bsecro  M  mortalium  vultum,  barba  asperum  et  hmridum  ton- 
sori  ad  radendum  concrederet  et  praeberet? 

REC^NSIO:  Quid  est  acus?  —  Quid  est  tenuius  ipso  corpore 
,c6s?  _  Unde  decerpitur  acia?  —  Qui  utuntur  crebro  acubus?  - 
Quid  solent  pueri  petulantes  agitare?  -  Subinde  patres  qui  exc.piunt 
eos?  -  Matres  veto?  —  Quas  res  vocamus  acutas?  — quare?  -  Quern 
usum  capimas  cultri?  -  Quamobrem  non  sunt  cultri  perquam  acuti? 
_  Quod  ferramentum  est  dapli  macronis?  -  Quid  fieret  si  forfices 
cultris  acutiores  non  essent?  -  Qui  sunt  tonsores?  -  Ubi  agunt  nego- 
tia?  —  Quid  est  novacula?  -  Quid  acuta  est  novacula?  —  Quid  neret 
si  novacula  non  esset  cultro  aut  forfice  acutior?  -  Quales  sunt  vuitus 
qui  longo  tempore  non  raduntur? 

u  -cro,'  r.,  I  beseach,  I  pray,  "who  pray,"  -lis,  e,  subject  to  death,  mortal, 
i.e.  man,  "what  mortal  being;"  IV.,  face,  countenance;  -per,  a  «m.  harsh, 
rough -dus.  a,  urn,  said  of  hairs  standing  up,  as  .n  fear,  horror; -do,  d.d.,d.tura, 
to  entrust;  -beo,2  ui,  itura,  to  hand  over,  to  give,  offer,  to  proffer. 


VOCABVLARIVM   20. 


*53 


NNA.  SUBST. 

acus,  lis,  f, 
ferramentum,  i 
extremitas,  itis,  f. 
icies.  £i,  f. 
ocellus,  i 
£cia,  ae 

gldmus,  eris,  n, 
natus,  i, 
simultas.^tis,  f, 
convitium,  ii 
maledictum,  i 
verber,  eris,  n, 
vestis,  is,  f. 
braccae,  arum 
genu,  us,  n. 
tunfcula,  sb 
cubitus,  i,  m. 
fdrula,  se 
scutica,  33 
faxinus,  oris,  n. 
poena,  as 
pannus,  i 
digitabulum,  i 
assumentum,  i 
foramen,  inis,  a. 
discidium,  ii 


culter,  tri,  m. 
fdrfex,  icis,  f, 
novacula,  se 
caro,  carnis,  f. 
olus,  dleris,  n. 
fructus,  us,  m, 
digitus,  ti 
dens,  dentis,  in. 
unguis,  is,  f. 
labium,  ii 
lingua,  se 
mucro,  nis,  m. 
tonsor,  is 
artifex,  ficis 
aegdtium,  ii 
capfllus,  i 
tonstrina,  se 
crinis,  is,  m. 
dolor,  is,  m. 
barba,  as 
visus,  us,  m. 
vultus,  us,  nt. 


NNA.  ADI. 

mimitus,  a.  urn 
manifestus,  a,  um 
nequam,  nequior 
petulans,  tis 
immemor,  is 
aciitus.  a,  um 
plus—  minus 
creber,  bra,  um 
communis,  e 
aequus,  a,  um 
cautus,  a,  um 
mensalis,  e 
hebes,  hdbetis 
probus,  a,  um 
mortalis,  e 
asper,  pera,  um 
horridus,  a,  um 


duplus,  a,  um 


ADVERBIA. 


certe 

dumtaxat 

crebro 

sddulo 

quippe 


multe 
longe 
facfllima 


VERBA. 

extero,3  trivi,  turn 
elimo,1  r. 

decerpo,3  psi,  ptum 
insero,3  ui,  rtum 
oportet.2uit,  — 
pdstulo,1  r. 
utor,3  usus  sum 
altercor,1  atus  sum 
rixor,1  atus  sum 
colludo,3  si,  sum 
discindo,3di,  ssum 
llcero,1  r. 

tendo,3  tdtendi,  turn,  sum 
patro,1  r. 
•xigo,3  egi,  actum 
conquiro,3sivi,  turn 
ingero,3  gessi.  stum 
apto.1  r. 
teVebro,1  r. 
adsuo,3  ui,  sutum 
consarcino,1  —  atum 
reparo,1  r. 
emendo.1  r- 
reddo,3  didi,  itum 


seco.*  cui,  sectum 
frango.3fregi,  fractum 
discerpo,3  psi,  ptum 
lanio,1  r. 
lsedo,3  si,  sura 
incfdo.3di,  sum 
adhfbeo,3  ui,  itum 
prehendo,3di,  sum 
tondeo,2tdtondi.  tonsum 
decet,2uit,  — 
carpo,3  psi,  ptum 
vellico,1  r- 
rado,3  si,  sum 
effugio,1  fugi,  fiigitum 
concredo,3didi,  ditum 
prsebeo,2ui.  itum 


154 

III. 


4* 


^& 


Duo  6culi.  Ocularia. 

(Sculi  quasi1  fenestra*  sunt  animi.  Nam  oculis  quidem  c6rni- 
mus,2  sed  animo  videmus,  percipimus,  et  sentimus.  Sensus*  vi- 
dendi  est  visus.  Boni  oculi,  visu,  tamquam  acus  sua  acie,  pene- 
trant,4 profunda  coeli,  ima  aquarum,  ingentes  siderum  orbes,  perinde 
atque  guttas  aquse,  et  micas  pulveris  scrutantur  et  indagant. 
Maxima  itaque  pars  rerum,  quarum  notitiam5  habemus,  fere  mini- 
sterio  oculorum  cognitse  nobis  sunt,  quamquam  caterorum6  quoque 
sensuum  opera  minime  paucae  nobis  innotescunt. 

i.  Adv.,  as  it  were;  II.,  mind,  principle  of    intelligence:    the    eyes    are   the 
windows,  as  it  were,  of    our  mind.  —  2. -no,3  crevi,  cretum,    to    sift,    select,    to 
single  out,  select,  set  apart,  by  the  eyes,  hence,  discern,  discrete,  fr.  dis  +  cerno 
(p.  58,  12),  to  !ook,  to  perceive  by  sight;  -io,3  cepi,    ceptum,    (per  +  capio),   to 
perceive;  -tio,4  si,  sum,  to  feel.    —  3.  IV.  m.,  the  feeling,  a  sense;  IV.,    m.,    the 
sight.  —  4.  -tro,1  r.,  to  go,  to  pass  through,   to   penetrate;    =dus,    a,    um,   deep, 
here  ace.  pi.  n.,  used  as  a  noun,  the  depths  of  the  heavens;    -us,  a,  um,  the  low- 
est parts,  deep,  ace.  pi.  n.,  the  depths;  perinde  ac  (before   a   guttural,    an   h   or 
vowels,  atque),  just  like;  as  well  as;  I.,  a  drop;  I.,  a  crum,  a  grain  (of  dust,  pul- 
vis,  eris,  m.,  dust);  -tor,1   atus  sum,  to  search    (like  a  rag-man  in  an  ashbarrel); 
-go,1  r.,  to  follow  a  scent,  like  a  dog,  to  investigate,  search.    —  5.  I.,  knowledge, 
cognition;  adv.,  as  a  rule,  fairly,  as  is  usually  the  case;  -um,  ii,   a   service,   aid, 
assistance;  -co,3  cogndvi,  edgnitum,  to  know,  to  be  familiar  w.  a  thing,    to    have 
acquaintance  w.  pp.  res  cognita3  nobis  sunt,  things  are  known  to    us;  do    not    get 
confused  about  this  verb  by  rendering  it  * 'I  am   acquainted   with   a   thing,      and 
turn  it  back  into  Latin  by  "sum  cognitus  cum  re,"  because  the  English    verb   is 
passive,  and  intransitve,  the  Latin  is  active  and  transitive,    as:    rem   cognesco, 
coguovi  hominem.  but:  res    mini   cognita   est,    the   thing  is  known  to  me;  homim 
sum  cognitus,  I  am  known  to  the  man,  res   toti  mundo  cognita  est,  all  the  world 
is  aquainted  with  the  thing,  i.  e.,  the  thing  is  known  to   the  whole  world.    ■  -   6. 
Caeterus,  a,  um,  Norn.  S.  never  used,  the  other  cases  in  sing;   rarely,  pi.,    =i,   «» 
a,  the  rest,  the  others;  I.,  abl.,  means,  by  the  means  of;   minime    paucas,    f.,  the 
rest,  the  others,  I.,  abl.,  means,  by  tne  means  of:   minime   paucae,   f.,    the  least 
few,  =  a  good  many;  -sco,3  ui,  to  become  known,  to  come  to  our  knowledge. 


155 

At  vero  non  omnes  omnino  res,  quae  exsistunt,7  etiam  sub  nostros 
sensus  cadunt;  quin  infinite)  multa  sunt  quae  sensus  nostros  fugiunt,  et 
oppido  pauca,  quae  sensuum  potestati  obnoxia  sunt.  Sensus  nam- 
que  omnes,  etiam  integerrimi,8  pariter  atque  animus  ipse,  imbecilles 
sunt,  ac  limitibus  circumscripti,  ut  vix  minimam  partem  rerum  unl- 
versitatis  cornplecti  queant.  Prseterea,  omnes  nostri  sensus,  prae- 
sertim  visus,  setate,9  aut  vitio  natural!,  morbis,   hebescunt,    ita  ut 

7.  -sto,3  stiti,  titum,  to  stand  out,  to  exist;  sub,  w.  direction,  whither,  is 
joined  w.  ace,  sub  sensus  cadere,  =  to  fall  under  our  senses;  infinito  multa,  = 
infinitely  much,  many;  fugio,3  ii,  ivi,  itum,  to  flee,  to  escape,  transitive,  fugit 
sensus,  escapes  our  senses;  non  me  fugit,  it  does  not  escape  me,  I  am  aware; 
oppido  pauca,  far  too  few;  dppido,  adv.,  much  like  English  a  "whole  lot;"  -tas, 
talis,  f.,  all  nouns  of  this  ending  are  f.,  because  abstractions,  a  power,  Dat.  s., 
-xius,  a,  urn,  subject  to,  liable,  exposed  to,  =  not  subjected  to  the  power  of  out 
semses. 

8.  All  adjectives  ending  in  -er,  like  integer,  form  their  superlatives  in  =erra- 
mus,  a,  urn,  the  most  sound  and  unimpaired;  -lis,  e,  (also  -lus,  a,  um,  this  form 
is  less  frequent,  excepting  bv  the  pedantry  of  the  philologists),  caneless,  support- 
less,  helpless,  frail;  =mes,  itis,  m.,  a  bound,  boundary;  limitibus  (abl.)  ctrcum- 
scribere,  to  write  down,  or  draw  a  line  around  a  thing  to  set  bounds;  =  our  sen- 
ses are  dull,  frail,  and  limited;  -mus,  a,  um,  superl.  of  parvus,  the  least;  unt- 
versitas,  tatis,  f.,  allness;  rerum,  the  allness  of  things,  the  universe;  Uniy£r- 
sitas  Scientiarum,  the  Allness  of  Knowledge,  means  Theology,  Philosophy,  Ju- 
risprudence, and  Medicine,  i.  e.  the  Allness  of  Divine  and  Human  (pertaining  to 
man  as  a  mortal  being,  and  as  a  member  of  society)  Knowledge,  in  one  word, 
"University.'*  —  Complector,  ti,  xus  sum,  dep.,  to  close  around  with  both  arms, 
as  a  bundle,  to  comprise;  pres.  Infin.,  queo,  =  possum. 

9.  tas,  tis,  f.,  age,  abl.,  w.  age;  -um,  ii,  a  fault,  defect,  deficiency;  -lis,  e, 
proper  to  nature,  natural;  -bus,  i,  sickness,  desease,  abl.  pi.,  -sco,3  no  other  parts, 
almost  all  these  -sco  verbs,  called  "inceptive,"  or  "inchoative,"  though  not  pro- 
perly, because  they  do  not  mean  "beginning,"  but  "becoming"  so  and  so,  are 
more  or  less  defective,  few  having  perfects,  still  fewer  supina,  to  become  dull; 
-lis,  e,  thin  and  lean,  lank,  meagre,  feeble,  mean;  the  -ior,  ius,  comparative  end- 
ing means  "a  little  more  so  -  and  -  so,"  a  little  too.  . . ;  minus  clarus,  =  less  dis- 
tinct, -uus,  a,  um,  small,  very  small;  -lis,  e,  fine,  very  fine,  i.  e.,  very  thin  and 
small;  -quor,  qui,  cutus  sum,  dep.  3d  conj.,  the  Inf.  pres.  of  which  is  i,  conse- 
qui,  the  Perfect  Indie,  consecutus  sum  (^onsequutus),  fr.  con  +  sequor,  to 
follow  and  to  reach  a  thing;  here,  to  attain,  to  grasp  a  thing  with  sight;  vix,  ac 
ne  vix  quidem,  =  scarcely,  or  not  scarcely  even;  queamus,  =  possimus. 


156 

res  exiliores,  aut  minus  claras,  veluti  litteras  exiguas,  suturam  subti- 
liorem,  acie  ocul6rum  ctfnsequi  vix,  aut  ne  vix  qmdem,^  queamus. 
Quamobrem,10setateadulti6res,  quin,  ssepenumero  ipsi  adeo  pueri, 
oculorum  aciem  oculariis  muniunt,  ut  rectius  ac  penitus  cernere 
queant.  Ocularia  enim  vitra11  sunt  in  simiiitudinem  lentium,  ideoque 
et  vulgo  "lentes"  appellantur,  quorum  proprium  est  speciem  rerum 
visarum  augere  et  amplif  icare. 

Perinde  atque  innumerae12  guttse  aquae  piscinam,  vel  flu  men 
efficiunt,  sic,  vicissim,  singular  guttse  aquae  ex  innumeris  particulis 
materia?  coalescunt,  suntque  ipsse  per  se  quasi  piscina^:  nam  in 
iis,  tamquam  pisciculi,  millia  millium  animalculorum,  quae  infusoria 
vocantur,  vitam  agunt.  Nee  aqua  solum,13  verum  etiam  aer,  quern 
spirdmus,  ora  adeo  nostra  atque  intestina,   non   secus  atque  ipse 

io.  Here,  wherefore,  used  also  interrogatively;  adultus,  a,  um,  fr.  adole- 
sco,3  adolevi,  adultum,  to  grow  up,  to  grow  old;  adultus,  a,  um,  a  grown  person 
or  thing,  compar.  -tior,  aetate  an  elderly  person;  adv.  quite  frequently;  adv.  even, 
"mind  you!' *  ipsi,  a,  pueri,  even  mere  boys;  -um,  i,  here,  an  eye  glass,  otherwise 
anything  pertaining  to  eyes;  -us,  i,  an  eye  physician,  an  oculist;  here  n.,  because 
vitrum,  glass,  is  understood;  -nio,4  vi,  ii,  itum,  to  strengthen,  fortify;  adv., 
thoroughly,  there  are  many  -us  advs.,  like  funditus,  radicitus,  coelitus,  divi- 
nitus*  &c. 

ii.  -um,  i,  a  glass;  lens,  tis,  f.,  a  lentil  in  resentence,  in  similitude  of  len- 
tils; therefore,  wherefore,  commonly;  proprium  est,  in  n.,  aggreeing  w.  the  next 
Infinitives,  their  proper  (nature)  being  to.  .  . ;  of  things  seen;  augeo,2  xi,  ctum,  to 
increase,  to  inlarge;  -co,1  r.,  to  make  larger,  wider,  to  amplify. 

12.  -us,  a,  um,  numberless;  Cicero's  age  used  innumerabilis,  e,  uncount- 
able, but  the  later  authors  distinguished  the  two  ideas,  and  adopted  this  form;  I., 
dimin.  of  pars,  particle;  I.,  from  mater,  matter;  -sco,3  ui,  itum,  to  run,  flow,  go 
together  and  form  something  new;  per  se,  by  him  —  her  —  itself,  themselves;  II., 
dim.  of  piscis,  is,  a  fish  (Italians  pron.  pish  -  is,  =  fish,  Fisch);  milie,  a  thou- 
sand, a  n.  noun  and  adj.  indecl.  in  a  sing,  in  pi.  millia,  um,  =  thousands  of 
thousands;  -um,  i,  dim.'  of  animal;  not  animalcula,  se,  as  some  medical  writers 
put  it;  -um,  i,  same  name  used  in  English,  fr.  in  +  fundo,3  fudi,  fusum;  vitam 
ago,  =  to  lead  a  life. 

13.  Adv,,  alone. .  but; -aer,  aeris,  m.,  the  air,  atmosphere;  -ro,1  r.,  to  breath; 
os,  6ris,  n.,  the  mouth;  yea,  indeed;  -um,  i,  the  n.  of  -us,  a,  um,  Norn,  pi.,  the 
inside,  meaning  the  entrails,  the  contents  within    the    human    body;    but   it   also 


*57 

sdnguis,  qui  in  venis  nostris  cursat,  incredibili  multitudine  entium 
vivorum,  qua3  ''bacilli, '4  '  'bacteria,  "  "fungi,"  vel  "germina  "  a 
doctis  vocitantur,  scatent.  Nulla  horum  oculis  ntidis,14  quin  ne  ocu- 
lariis  quidem  fretis,  percipi  queunt.  Nihilominus,15  viri,  artis  dptices 
peril!,  comments  sunt  lentes  opticas,  admodum  auctificas,  tiibulfs, 
prod uctlli bus  infixas,  quarum  ope  hie  quoque  exilium  rerum  miri= 
ficus  '  microccsmus, ( '  sive  "parvus  mundus,  "  pandltur.  Ob  hanc 
rem  instrumentum  idgenus  etiam  "microscopium ' '  appellator. 

means  any  other  things  within,  not  foreign,  domestic,  none  less;  -is,  inis,  m.,  the 
blood;  I.,  a  vein;  -dibilis,  e,  unbelievable;  -do,  inis,  f.,  manyness;  ens,  entis,  n., 
Priscianus  is  credited  w.  the  assertion,  that  C.  Caesar  has  used  this  word;  I  have 
not  seen  it,  but  it  is  a  word,  that  scientific  language  cannot  well  spare,  a  being, 
pp.  of  sum;  -us,  a,  um,  living;  II.,  dim,  of  baculus,  a  stick;  Greek  form  bacte- 
rion,  Lat.,  -um,  ii,  =  bacillus;  II. ,  a  mushroom;  -men,  inis,  n.,  a  sprout;  II.,  a 
learned  (man),  a  scientist,  fr.  doceo,2  ui,  ctum,  to  teach,  a  taught  (man);  -to,1 
r.,fr.  voco^to  call;  -teo,2  a  n.  (intrans.)  verb,  to  be  teaming,  gu'shing', 
flowing. 

14.  -us,  a,  um,  naked;  -us,  a,  um,  supported,  aided,  relying  upon;  -cipio,3 
cepi,  ptum,  to  perceive.  —  15.  Adv.,  having  two  forms,  as  written;  in  one  word, 
and  as  separated,  each  w.  different  meaning;  it  has  been  translated  into  English 
as  k  'nevertheless, "  in  one  word;  but  philologists  insist  on  separating,  just  as  if 
the  English  equivalent  were  separated,  as:  never  the  less.  When  one  word,  accent 
is  on  6;  when  two  words,  naturally,  it  has  two  accents,  nihilo  minus,  =  less  by 
nothing;  optice,  es,  f.,  in  its  original  Greek  form;  there  are  a  few  of  this  kind  of 
nouns  and  names  in  Latin,  the  full  declension  of  which  we  shall  see  a  little  later; 
in  colloquial  use  most  of  them  are  Latinized  into  I.,  as,  optica,  se,  grammatica,  se[ 
musica,  se,  rhetorica,  ae,  &c:  ars  optices,  the  art  of  optics,  oculism;  -us,  a,  um[ 
experienced,  sum  peritus  artis  legendi,  I  am  familiar  with  the  art  of  reading;  viri 
(homines)  periti  artis  opticas,  =  men,  having  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  art  of 
optics;  commmiscor,  comminisci,  commentus  sum,  to  contrive,  to  devise  to 
feign,  to  invent,  a  deponent  transitive  verb;  powerfully  magnifying;  II  dim  of 
tubus,  i,  a  pipe,  a  tube;  diictilis,  e,  that  can  be  pulled  out,  drawn  out,  "also  said 
of  metals,  as  of  gold,  iron,  which  can  be  drawn  out  into  fine  threads-  -cro  3  xi 
xum,  to  fasten;  ope,  fr.  ops,  opis,  f.,  mostly  used  in  Ace,  opem,  and  abl  'ope' 
by  the  means  of;  =us,  a,  um,  that  causes  wonderment,  wondering;  a  Greek 'term' 
II.,  the  small  world;  i.  e.,  the  world  of  things  invisible,  or  small;  -do,3  di,  sum' 
passum,  to  stretch  out,  to  unfold,  throw  open,  expand,  spread  out;  -pium  '  ii  of 
course  not  known  to  the  Romans;  but  the  opticians,  who  devised  the  instrument 
kn-w  Latin,  and  formed  the  term  on  the  pattern  of  horoscopsum,  utilizing  microl 
cosmos,  which,  too,  is  Roman;  it  cannot  well  be  omited  from  the  scientific  Ian 
guage;  neither  should  'telescopium4'  objected  to,  as  have  all  modern  tongues 
adopted  these  and  many  other,  similar  terms.  v" 


•58 

Moles  et  machina  mundi.  —  Lucr.  V 

Si  miracula1  "parvi  mundi "  attoniti  ac  stupentes  cernimus, 
quanto  maiorem  in  admirationem  et  stuporem  nos  rapiet  '  magni 
mundi, ' 1  cuius  ipsa  nostra  terra  particula  nonnisi  exilior  est,  tran- 
quilla  contemplatio.  Ilia  mira  nobis  videntur,  quia  infra  sensus 
nostrossuntposita;  hsec  autem  stupenda,  quoniam  supra  sensus  hu- 
manos  exsurgunt. 

Attamen  tarn  hsec,  quam  ilia,  ex  eadem  materia,  ex  iisdem  ele= 
mentis2  conf  lata  sunt,  quseque  cernuntur,  e  corpusculis,  id  est,  cor^ 
poribus  individuis,  quae  Democritus  "atomos"  appellavit,  efficiuntur, 
et  in  quae  omnia  dividi  queunt. 

i.  -urn,  i,  ace.  pi.,  a  wonder;  -us,  a,  um,  amazed,  astonished;  =peo,  ui,  v. 
n.  (verbum  neutrum,  =  intransitive),  a.  (active,  transitive),  to  be  stunned,  to 
be  struck  aghast,  astounded,  stupidus,  a,  um,  one  standing  bewildered,  aghast, 
astounded;  stupor,  is,  m.,  the  feeling  thereof;  here,  pres.  p.,  being  astounded, 
full  of  wondering;  qtsantus,  a,  um,  how  great,  how  much,  abl.,  by  how  much 
greater;  =tio,  is,  f.,  wondering,  admiration;  -pio,3  rapui,  raptum  (Engl,  ravish, 
ravage,  rob)  to  snatch  away,  to  grab,  seizes  and  runs  away  with  the  thing;  -us,  a, 
um,  calm,  quiet;  =tio,  is,  f.,  rhoughful  observation,  looking  at. 

2.  =tum,  i,  the  first  principles,  the  lowest  constituent  particles  of  things,  an 
element;  conflo,1  r.,  to  blow  together,  to  make,  mould,  fashion,  pp.,  n.  pi.,  =um, 
i,  dim.  of  corpus,  abl.  pi.;  =duus,  a,  um,  undivided,  indivisible,  one;  II.,  proper 
name,  Democritus  of  Elea,  one  of  the  greatest  thinkers  of  Greece  (about  47o~ " 
362  H.  C),  the  author  of  the  atomic  theory,  still  the  only  one  recognized,  and 
nowise  improved  upon;  -us,  i,  (though  of  the  II.,  exceptionally  feminine),  an 
atom,  the  smallest  conceivable  particle  of  matter,  which  is  the  end  of  divisibility, 
all  this  side  of  it  is  physical,  beyond  it,  metaphysical,  subject  to  reason  and  spe- 
culation alone;  the  first  composition  of  atoms  is  called  "molecula,'  dim.  of  mo- 
les. —  In  quae,  into  which,  quae  is  ace.  pi.  n.,  in  governing  ace,  when  it  means 
the  direction,  or  motion  toward  something,  when  we  may  ask,  quo?,  whither;  but 
if  it  answers  the  question,  ubi?  where,  it  demands  Abl. 


159 

Mdxima  autem  atomorum  moles3  atque  congeries  illi  miri  orbes 
et  globi  sunt,  quos  solem,  sidera  et  Stellas  appellamus,  quorum  prill « 
cipatum  sol  obtinet.  Nihil  quidquam4  in  tota  rerum  universitate  pul- 
chrius,  prsestantius  et  magnificentius  sole  est.  Eum,5  tamquam 
regem  et  ducem,  ambiunt  OCto  sidera  errantia,  non  suo,  sed  eius 
nutu,  sese  per  immensa  spatia,  in  inani,  in  apsidibus  suis,  cir- 
cum  solem  volventia. 

Proximum6  ab  sole  est  sidus  Merciirii,  lumine  ac  splendore   so- 

3.  -es,  is,  f.,  a  bulk,  mass,  volume,  a  mole,  molo,  a  break-water;  -es,  ei,  f., 
fr.  con  +  gero,3  gessi,  stum,  a  hoard,  any  pile  carted,  hauled,    carried,    gathered 
together;  -us,  a,  um,  wonderful;  II.,  a  ball,  a  globe;  IV.,    the   state   of   being   a 
ruler,  of  holding  sway,  of  being  a  chief;  -neo,2ui,  ten  turn,    fr.    ob    +    teneo,    to 
hold.  —  4.  Nothing  whatever;  these  -ius  endings  are  the  neuter  of  the  comparativ- 
es of  all  adjectives:  pulcher,  chra,  chrom,  beautiful;  prsestans,    tis,    surpassing, 
magnificus,  a,  um,  fr.,  magnum  +  facio,  grand,  fine,  great;  neuter,  because   ni- 
hil, is  an  inecl.  n.  noun;  its  declinable  form  is  nihilum,  i;  —  sole  is  in   Abl.,    be- 
cause in  comparing  two  things  we  use  either  quam,  w.    Nom.,    or   leave   out   the 
quam,  and  use  Abl.;  see  Prin.  Gram.  —  5.  Ace.  of   is,    him;    like   just   as;    rex, 
regis,  m.,  king,  accus.;  dux,  ducis,  m.,  a  leader,  a  guide,  a  general,  a  duke;  =bso,4 
ivi,  itum,  to  go  around,  about  a  thing,  or  person,  especially  w.   covetous   desire, 
as  a  candidate  seeking  an  office,  hence,  ambitio,  nis,  f .,  the  seeking  of   an   office, 
distinction,   canvassing  his  own  cause;  i  short;  but  ambitus,  us,  m.,  a  passage,  a 
going  around,  i  long;  octo,  indecl.,  8;  erro,1  r.,  to  lose  one's  way;    sidus  errans, 
pi.,  sidera  errantia,  roving,    rambling,    wandering   stars,    also   Stellas   errantes, 
erratica?,  and,  simply,  errones  (erro,  nis,  a  rambler,  a  tramp),  are  the  expressions 
by  which  the  Romans  called  those  stars  which  we  now  call  planets;  —  IV.,  a  nod, 
a  weighing  down,  a  gravity,  bearing  down,  fr.  a  verb  nuo,  not  in   use,    except   in 
compounds,  abnuo,  adnuo,  innuo,  renuo,  to  nod  off,  decline,  to  nod   to,    consent, 
to  nod  at,  or  to  encourage  a  thing  by  a  blink  of  the  eye;  and  to  nod  back,    refuse; 
its  frequentative  is  nuto,1  r.,  to  waver;  =  by  the  gravity  of  his;    -us,  a,  um,    un- 
measured; -um,  i,  a  space;  inane,  is,  n.,  fr.,  the  adj.  inanis,  e,  empty,  hollow,  in 
the  emptiness,  in  the  void;  -is,  idis,  f.  (p.  88,  19,  we  called    it    a   felly),    spelled 
two  ways,  absis,  and  apsis,  a  Greek  word,  spelled  there  by  psi;  here  it  means  the 
path  of  a  star,  a  circle  in  which  a  star  moves;    -vo,3  vi,  voliitum    pres.    p.    vens, 
tis,  Nom.  pi.  n.  -ventia. 

6.  -us,  a,  um,  nearest;  fr.  prope,  prep,  and  adv.  near,  as  prep.,  it  governs 
Ace,  ad  adv.,  it  is  constructed  w.  Ace.  or  a,  ab,  w.  Abl.,  near  from;  more  fre- 
quently w.  ad  and  Ace,  also  w.  Dat.,  in  Compar.    it    becomes   an    adj.,    propior, 


i6o 

lis  sic  perfusum  et  obrutum,  ut  acie  oculorum  vix  cerni  possit.  Longo 
spatii  interval!*)7  illud  Veneris  excipit  sidus,  in  toto  stellate^  coelo 
longe  splendidissimum.  Venus  quandoque  solem  anteit;8  quo  fit,  ut 
terrse  primam  lucem  afferat,  quamobrem  etiam  Lucaxef  appelletur; 
alias  autem  subsequitur,  et  in  coelo  occiduo,  sole  iam  sub  horizontem 
merso,  iterum  sola  fulgeat,  quum  Vesper  appellatur. 

Veneri,  extrorsum,9  longius  a  sole,  proximus  planeta  est  ipsa 
Tellus  nostra,  quae,  cum  satellite  sua  luna,  orbitam  suam  circum  so- 
lem intra  tercentos  sexaginta  et  quinque  (365)  dies,  et  aliquot  bo- 
ras, quod  dnnus  est,  percurrit;  hoc  est,  toties  sese  circum  axem  con- 

-ius,  is,  w.  the  same  government;  superl.,  as  here;  II.,  fr.  merx,  mercis,  +  euro, 

the  carer,  care-taker,  God  of  merchandise,  of  commerce,  communication,  and  of 
thieves,  name  of  the  smallest  planet,  nearest   to   the   sun;    obruo,3   ui,  utum,  to 

overwhelm. 

7.  -urn,  i,  the  space  between  the  besieging  army  and  the  first  earth-works, 
an  intervening  space  in  place  or  time;  Venus,  Veneris,  name  of  Goddess  of  Beauty, 
transferred  to  the  most  brilliant  planet,  this  side  of  Mercurius,  nearest  to  the 
earth<  _  8#  Anteeo,4  ii,  ivi,  itum,  to  precede;  quo  fit,  =  whence  it  happens;  affero 
Cad  +  fero).3  tuli,  latum,  to  bring;  Lucifer,  i,  (lux  +  fero)  one  who  fetches, 
brings  light;  it  is  applied  both  to  the  morning-star  and  to  the  sun,  or  day;  as  an 
adj.,  -fer,  a,  um,  applicable  to  anything  bringing  light.  —  As  to  the  biblical  Lu- 
cifer, see  Exercitia  Legendi.  —  Alias,  adv.,  at  an  other  time,  and  otherwise; 
-quoifcutus  sum,  to  follow  after;  Vesper,  is,  i,  the  Latin  form  of  the  Greek 
Hesperos,  the  evening  star. 

;  9.  A  compound  of  extra  and  versum,  toward  the  outside,  like  adversum, 
adversus,  introrsum,  sursum,  deorsum,  prorsus,  dextrorsum,  rursus,  retrorsum, 
&c,  toward,  opposite,  inward,  upwards,  downwards,  forwards,  to  the  right,  again, 
backwards;  adv.  compar.  further  away;  nearest  to  Venus,  Dat.;  I.,  also  planetes, 
Is,  and  planes,  etis,  all  m.,  a  planet,  the  popular  form,  instead  of  the  circumlo- 
cutory form  of  Republican  Rome,  stella  erratica,  sidera  errantia,  errones,  as 
above,  though  this  form  does  not  occur  in  Roman  writings  that  have  reached  our 
age,  excepting  the  authors  of  the  IVth  century,  but,  still,  this  has  survived,  and 
spread  by  Christianity  into  all  modern  tongues.  —  Tellus,  iiris,  f.,  dimin.  of 
terra,  the  earth,  poetically,  and  as  an  astronomical  term;  diminutives  usually 
follow  the  gender  of  the  parent  word,  as  in  animalculum,  corpusculum,  though  the 
endings  may  be  diffe.ent;  L,  a  track,  an  imprint  of  a  wheel  on  a  road;  tercenti, 
«,  a,  or  tre  — ,  a  numeral  adj.,  pi.  only  300;  sexaginta,  indecl.,  60;  aliquot,  in- 
deel  ,  some,  a  few  II.,  a  year;  toties,  adv.,  as  many  times;  -to,3  ti,  sum,  to  turn; 


i6i 

.Svi'tna,Ver0  idT  VigInti  °Ct°  (28)  di"bus>  quod  mensis  Solaris  est, 
absolvit.  Luna  multo  propius  nobis  est  quam  Venus,  ideoque,  licet" 
Venere  minor,  tamen  oppido  maior  esse  videtur. 

rimn^Sif  ib,US  Ste"iS  erra'ticis11  Mortis  stella,  Telluri  haud  ab- 
anubs,  ruti  i  colore  est  conspicua.  Ei"  e  longinquo  vicinum  est  sidus 
lovis,  cum  plunbus  satellites,  quae  giganteum  orbem  Iovis  circumvol- 
vuntur.  Magnitudine  molis  Itipiter  omnes  planetas  exsiiperat"  fulgore 
autem,  si  Venerem  demas,  nulli  est  secundus.  Ex  ordine"  post  Iovem 
baturni  subit  stella,  quaa  tamen  ab  eo  longissime  abest,  annulisque  est 

Tiginti,  indecl.  adj.,  20;   octo,  indecl.  numeral  adj.,  8;    diefcus,  abl  of  time-    -is  is 

ShouTfr ''Hi0' 71'  ,H/Um' t0  Untie  ,00Sen'  Pay  °ff'  flnish'  -mpie   .  -     o.   Ad  : 
JS    ?' ,        '  "J'  ,tU'U'  and  ™Pers°n^"y.  Mcetf»  nit,  it  is  free  to  do  that  is  no 
forbidden  by  .aw,  or  the  win  of  anybody,  although  smaller,  than  Venus;     *  whole  lot 

.       H.  -us,  a,  um,  fr.  erro,1  given  to  roving,  rambling;    Mars,  tis,   m     contracted 

aZnto°f  [I  ro,MT^tiMheG°d  0t  War'  the  "a™  *« thai  pla     I 

n   D  t    t    iS,  °'"';  Mh-T  T  'iS'  C' thd  reVerSe  °f  SimiIiS'  *  Unlike> jt  *"" 
pectun,  "to  "?I ';,: '  *'  reddfh'  £,0wlng  red;  -UU8>  a'  ™>  fr-  conspicio,*  spexi, 

jjf  f     '     f      g      PS6'  S'£ht'  noticeable<  attracting  attention.  -  12.  Dat    of  is    ea 

i  puer  d  tnr0:v;uLa'rn'  neiehboring' to  be  next  to- *■  -■*  *. a  «££?<£ 

or  lnpuer,  Dat.  lovi,  Ace  Iovem,  Voc   Iupiter,   Abl.  love;   (Zeus-niter    Deus  nit,r 

£"/ c"h  trPaier- the  father  of  the  Gods  and  ■*•>. «*  -«gS ft. X22 

S  th^'       fl™  S1  Ven  *°  th£  'argest  °f  the  pIanets;  ™> a-  ™>  fr-  gigas,  g£an 
to,  the  pants  of  Roman  mythology;  as  an  adj.  used  by  the  poets  only  «J  Sose  riX! 

« St"8  is  of  a  later  origine;  •vo-'3  -*«  -' *  «* &£.  s£: 

.  tho'u3  ta^ut- ;:  r  smre -a  sr  &  tom xcept>  t  c°t 

S^'lhJso8"0';8,6^'  8atUM'  t0  S0W'  "^  » '  -"wermof  se  d;°tl   f^ 

C'beca    eTLtUamndn  T"'  ***?*"  °<  "*  ^^  ™*  the  "-e ^ivenL  h 
ImS  h -Z  v,    r  !f        outermost  known  to  the  Romans,  as  though  over  and  above 

b   at       hee 5  fverv  ST  T*  8UMi' ltUm'  *"**  ^  Up  from  «*£ 
returning  to  is  If-    is  /  HZli      '  *  "^  *  ^  °f  annUS>  »•  a  ^  as  a  circle 
ok  JnaV      7         '    '  beholdable-  '•  e-  worth  looking  at,  worthy;  under  the  emper- 

S     affeX  I01"1"  7;  ^t  Trd  b6Came  a  tit,e  in  the  court>  at  **  a^  Vlr  SpX 

la' t  Spt    i)l     ^      ;  k  er,bef0re  the  name'  as  C1-  ac  SP-    (Clarissimus  ac  Spectabilis) 

Spt.  Dn.,  Spectahhs  Dominus,  Com.  Pulvillus,  chiefly  applied  to  judges  and  law- 


162 


spectribilis.  Ultra  Saturnum  supersunt15  adhuc  duo  planetae,  re- 
eens  reperti,  quorum  citerior  tirani,  ulterior  autem  Neptuni 

nomine  inslgnitur.  . 

Quseritur,16  praeterea  inter  astrologos,  utrumne,  prseter  hos,  as 
solem,  et  ultra  Ncptiinum,  alii  adhuc  sint  planetae,  necne;  de  qua  ta- 

men  re  nihil  certi  habent  dicere.  ^.wtoa 

Cseterum,17  sunt  et  alii  siderei  errones,  quos  stellas  crinitas, 
vel  etiam  eometas  nominamus.  Sunt  astrologi,  qui  cometas  perpe- 
tuas18  stellas  esse,  per  proprias  orbitas,  extra  mundum  solarem,  pr6- 
prio  motu  terri,  ac,  descriptis  et  eraensis  infinitis  prope  circulis,  statis 

yers  of  higher  order,  and,  lastly,  to  all  gentlemen.  -  15.  Supersum,  esse,  fui,  to  be 
left  over,  to  remain;  adv.,  yet,  as  yet,  and,  originally,  thus  far;  adv.  and  adj.  recens, 
tis,  fresh,  late,  new,  newly;  -rio,4  peri,  rtum,  to  find,  to  discover;  citerior  and  ul- 
terior, fr.  cis,  citra,  on  this  side,  ultra,  ulterior,  is,  on  the  farther  side;  11.,  the 
names  of  the  two  outermost  planets,  fr.  Uranus,  i,  Gr.,  for  Latin  Coelus,  1,  the  father 
of  Saturnus;  Neptunus,  i,  God  of  the  seas,  brother  of  Jupiter 

16.  Passively  and  impers.  of  qu<ero,3  sivi,  itum,  it  is  being  asked;  in  English 
likely  a  noun  would  be  used,  it  is  a  question,  or  there  is  a  question;  -us,  1,  one  learned 
in  astrologia  like,  philologia,  theologia,  the  classical  terms  for  astronomus,  i,  astro- 
nomia,  <e,  science  of  the  astra,  stars,  which  came  into  use  during  the  early  empire;  but 
astrologus,  and  -loprfa,  had  also  their  present  meaning,  i.  c,  foretelling  destinies  ot 
men,  or  of  events;  such  men  were  also  called  mathematici,  like  Iulius  Firmicus  Ma- 
ternus,  of  the  4th  century;  necne,  or  not;  nihil  certi, -urn,  i,  Gen.,  because  mini 
is  a  noun,  otherwise  such  Gen.  is  called  a  Genitivus  Partitions;  habeo  dicere,  an 
idiom,  1  have  this  to  say,  =  they  have  nothing  definite  to  say,  resting  on  the  general  prin- 
ciple, "one  verb  governs  the  other  verb  into  infinitive."  *rfni« 

17.  Adv.,  as  to  the  rest,  otherwise;  erro,  nis,  m.,  see  5.,  -us,  a,  um,  tr.  criiiis, 
is,  m.,  a  hair,  a  head  of  hair;  cometes,  as,  or,  Latinized,  cometa,  ae,  m.,  as  though  tr. 
coma,  ae,  a  head  ;  f  hair,  particularly  long,  shaggy  hair,  a  reference  to  the  tail  of  a  co- 
met, a  comet.  —  18.  -us,  a,  um,  lasting,  unbroken,  continuous,  not  temporary;  fern, 
Inf.  pres.  pass,  of  foro,  to  rush,  dash,  fly;  describe3  psi,  ptum,  to  write  down,  here 
figuratively,  as  though  marking  a  circle  in  the  space;  emetior,4  emensus  sum,  tr. 
metior,  metlri,  inciisus  sum,  to  measure,  to  measure  out,  in  any  manner,  as  liquids 
solids,  or  by  chain,  as  here,  figuratively,  by  traversing  distances  in  spaces,  i.  e.,  travel- 
ing, running, dashing  through  space;  abl.  abs.,  well  nigh,  nearly  endless;  statum 
tempuH,  a  stated,  fixed  time,  fr.  sisto,:i  stiti,  statum,  to  stop,  or  to  present,  intro- 
duce, to  make  stand,  as  before  a  judge;  revertor,3  sus  sum,  also  reverto,5  ti,  sum 
to  turn  back,  to  return;  -ror,1  atus  sum,  fr.  arbiter,  tri,  an  umpire,  a  judge  of  one> 
own  choice,  a  judge,  hence,  to  utter  or  to  entertain  an  opinion,  to  deem. 


i6, 

temporibus,  ad  nos  reverti  arbitrentur.  Alii  eos  fragmcnta19  siderum 
esse  ffutumant,  alii,  denique,  eosdem  spirit  um  et  anhelitum  spis- 
siorem,  conglobatum  et  contortum  esse  voiunt,  eosque  tempore  in- 
terci'dere  rentur. 

Totam  mundi  Solaris  machinam  ab  immensa  mole  solis  ac  ponde- 
re20  cieri  et  moveri  certum  et  exploratum  est.  Satis  etiam  constat21 
ipsum  quoque  solem  moveri.  Ast22  sol  suapte  natura,  per  se,  non  motu 
adventitio,  peregrino,  movetur,  verum  ipse  sese  movet;  caeterae 
autem,  quas  Stellas  erraticas  diximus,  eius  impulsu  et  impetuferuntur, 
propriaque  gravitate,  cuncta,  in  sempiteriuim,  moderante  mente 
Dirina. 

19.  -urn,  i,  fr.  frang©,3  fregi,  fractum,  to  break,  a  breakage,  a  broken  piece; 
-mo,1  r.,  same  as  arbitror,  iudico,  censeo,  opinor,  puto,  to  think,  to  judge,  to  be  of  the 
opinion;  -us,  us,  m.,  fr.  spiro,1  r.,  to  breath,  breath,  any  invisible  acting  power,  spirit, 
gas,  (gast,  German  Geist,  so  pronounced  by  the  ordinary  country  people,  is  =  spiritus, 
whence  also  ghost,  and  ghastly,  Germ,  geistig,  geistlich);  -us,  us,  fr.  anhelo,1  r., 
breathing,  breath,  so  have  the  Romans  called  winds,  and  wind-like  sources  of  power  and 
action;  -us,  a,  urn,  in  compar.,  thick,  said  of  liquids;  -bo,1  r.,  to  mass,  to  roll  up;  -tus, 
ta,  urn,  fr.  con  +  torqueo,2  si,  turn,  to  twist,  to  wrench,  to  coil  up;  esse  Yolunt,  so 
to  be,  is  their  contention;  -do,3  cidi,  to  fall  between,  to  drop  into  nothing,  to  perish,  to 
go  to  destruction,  to  be  lost,  reor,  reri,  ratus  sum,  one  of  the  group  of  iudico,  cen- 
seo, arbitror,  opinor,  puto,  cogito,  I  think,  I  judge,  &c,  hence  rata  pars,  an  approved 
part,  a  portion,  part  agreed  upon,  a  rate,  also  Germ.  Rath,  rathen. 

20.  -dus,  eris,  n  a  weight;  cieo,2  civi,  citum,  and  cio,  cire,  so  mostly  used  in 
compounds,  asaecio,4iTi?  itum;  to  start  up,  to  cause  motion,  to  set  a  thing  into  mo- 
tion, to  move;  its  frequentative  form  is  cito,1  r-,  to  quicken,  to  summon,  to  cite,  whence 
excito,  incito,  concito,  recito,  suscito,  citus,  a,  urn,  quick,  cito,  quickly;  -ro,1  r  ,  to 
terret  out,  to  explore,  find  out;  certum  &  exploratum  est,  =  it  is  certain,  demonstrated, 
an  established  fact.  —  21.  -stat,1  impers.,  a  proven,  established  fact.  -  22.  Same  as 
at,  lest  frequent;  the  -pte,  particle  is  frequently  attached  to  suus,  a,  urn,  in  abl  ,  not 
quite  so  often  meopte,  meapte,  tuopte,  tuapte,  with  the  force  of  the  English  very:  suapte 
natura,  =  by  its  very  nature;  -titius,  a,  um,  (In  German  philological  affectation,  ti- 
cius)  a  formative  particle  for  adjectives,  as,  adventitius,  emptitius,  coming  from  the 
outside,  extraneous,  and,  a  thing  bought,  not  raised,  made,  produced  by  ourselves;  -us, 
a,  um,  foreign,  (moved  by  itself,  not  by  an  extraneous  and  foreign  movement,  "mpart- 
ed  from  the  outside;  IV.,  abl.,  fr.  impello,3  impuii,  impulsum,  to  drive  on,  against, 
oy  his  (its)  push,  thrust;  IV.,  a  dash,  charge,  attack;  -tas,  tatis,  weighing  down, 
neaviness;  -us,  a,  um,  everlasting,  eternal,  -um,  i.  its  noun;  in  —  num,  for  ever,  in 
ume  everlasting;  -ror,1  r.,  to  temper,  to  keep  in  check,  abl.  abs.,  mens,  mentis,  the 
rnina,  intelligence;  -us,  a,  um,  fr.,  Deus,  I  divine  (with  the  divine  mind  controlling,  i. 
c,  under  the  sway  of  the  will  of  God). 


164 

Recensio:  Cur  dicuntur  oculi  fenestra  animi?  —  Quid  penetrat 
acies  oculorum?  —  Quae  res  nobis  innotescunt  opera  oculorum?  — 
Suntne  omnia  sensibus  nostris  obnoxia?  —  Quibus  modis  hebescunt 
sensus  nostri?  —  Quando  scimus  aciem  oculorum  esse  hebetem?  — 
Qua  re  munimus  oculos  hebetes?  —  Quae  est  similitudo  inter  guttam 
aquae  atque  piscinam?  —  Quid  vocamus  "bacillos?"  —  Quid  sunt  com- 
menti  homines  docti,  ad  bacteria  cenenda? 

Quern  sensum  exeitat  in  nobis  contemplatio  "magni  mundi?"  — 
Quidquamne  interest  inter  materiam  unius  et  aiterius  mundi?  —  Cuius 
doctrinae  est  Democritus  auctor?  —  Quae  sunt  atomorum  maximae  con- 
geries? —  Quid  praedicamus  (docemus,  dicimus)  de  sole?  —  Quare 
prsedicamus  solem  esse  tamquam  regem?  —  Quae  duae  stellae  errantes 
sunt  inter  Tellurem  et  Solem?  —  Quid  est  "Lucifer?"  —  Quot  dierum 
spatio  conficit  Tellus  suum  cursum?  —  Quid  comitatur  (sequitur)  Tel- 
lurem in  suo  cursu?  —  Quid  est  mensis?  —  Quae  sunt  caeterae  stellae 
erraticae,  sive  planetae,  extrorsum  a  terra?  —  Quid  quaeritur  inter  astro- 
logosp  _1  habe.itne  hi  quidquam  certi  dicere?  —  Quid  astrologis  de  co- 
metis  videtur  (quid  putant?)?  —  Quid  ciet  et  agitat  hanc  mundi  Solaris 
machinam?  —  Abs  se-ne,  an  ab  alio  quo  (alio  aliquo)  movetur  sol?  — 
quis  movet  solem?  quid  movet  sol?  —  Quid  moderatur  mens  Divina? 


i65 


VOCABVLARIVM    21. 


NNA.  SUBST. 

dculus,  i 

Animus,  I 

sensus,  Us 

visus,  Us 

gutta.  ae 

mica,  ae 

notitia,  ae 

ministerium,  il 

dpera,  ae 

potcstas,  atis,  f. 

limes,  itis,  m. 

universitas,  atis,  f. 

vitium,  ii 

morbus,  i 
ocularium,  Ii 
vitrum,  i 
lens,  tis,  f. 
particula,  ae 
materia,  ae 
pisciculus,  i 
animllculum,  i 
infusorium,  ii 
aer,  aeris,  m. 
os,  oris,  n. 
intestina,  orum,  n. 
sanguis,  inis,  m. 
ens,  tis,  n. 
bacillus,  i 
bacterion,  ii,  n. 
fungus,  i 
geimen,  inis,  n. 
optice,  es,  f. 
tiibulus,  i 
microcosmus,  i 
mundus,  i 
microscdpium.  ii 
miriculum,  i 
admiratio,  nis,  f. 
stupor,  is.  m. 
contemplatio,  nis,  f. 
elementum,  i 
corpusculum,  i 
Stomus,  i,  f. 
moles,  is,  f. 
congeries,  ei,  f, 
globus,  i 
principals,  us 
rex,  regis,  m. 
dux,  ducis,  m. 
nutus,  Us 
spitium,  ii 
intervallum.  i 
Mercurius,  ii 
Venus,  Ve-neris,  f. 
Lucifer. i 
Planeta,  ae,  m. 
Tellus,  uris,  f. 


annus,  i 
mensis,  is,  m. 
Mars,  tis,  m. 
Iupiter,  Iovis,  m. 
annulus,  i 
Uranus,  i 
NeptUnus,  i 
Astrdlogus,  i 
erro,  nis,  m. 
come'ta,  ae,  m. 
motus,  Us 
fragrme'ntum,  I 
spfritus,  Us 
anhe"litus,  Us 
impulsus,  Us 
impetus,  Us 
graVitas,  atis,  f. 
mens,  tis,  f. 

NNA.  ADI. 

imus,  a,  um 

obnoxius,  a,  um 

imbocillis,  e 

naturalis,  c' 

exilis,  e 

exiguus,  a,  um 

subtilis,  e 

adultus,  a,  um 

proprius,  a,  um 

innUmerus,  a.um 

vivus,  a,  um 

nudus,  a,  um 

fretus,  a,  um 

peritus,  a,  um 
opticus,  a,  um 
auctificus,  a,  um 
prodUctilis,  e 
mirificus,  a,  um 
attdnitus,  a,  um 
tranquillus,  a,  um 
individuus,  a,  um 
praestans,  tis 
magnificus,  a,  um 
octo 

immensus,  a,  um 
inanis,  e 
proximus,  a,  um 
tercenti,  ae,  a 
sexaginta 
mille 

erriticus,  a,  um 
absimilis,  e 
rUtilus,  a,  um 
conspicuus,  a,  um 
vicfnus,  a,  um 
ffigante"us,  a,  um 
spectrins,  e 
citerior,  is 


ulterior,  is 
crinitus,  a,  um 
perpetuus,  a,  um 
spissus,  a,  um 
adventitius,  a,  um 
peregrinus,  a,  um 
sempite'rnus,  a,  um 
divmus,  a,  um 

VERBA. 

cerno,3  crevi,  turn 
perspicio,3  pexi,  ctum 
sentio,4  si,  sum 
perietro,1  r. 
scrutor.i  atus  sum 
indigo,1  r. 
cogndsco,3  vi,  nitum 
innotesco,3  ui,  — 
existo.3  stiti,  stitum 
circumscribo,3  psi,  ptum 
complector,3  xus  sum 
hebesco,3 

cdnsequor,3  cutus  sum 
Sugeo,2  xi,  ctum 
amplrfico,  1  r. 
coalesco,3  ui,  itum 
spiro,1  r. 
vdcito.i  r. 
sca'teo,2 

percipio,3  cepi,  ptum 
comminiscor,3  mentus 

sum 
pando,3  pandi,  nsum, 

passum 
stupeo,2  ui 

r£pio,3  ui,  ptum 
exsurgo,3  rrexi,  ctum 
conflo.i  r. 

obtineo,2  ui,  tentum 
a"mbio,4  ii,  vi,  turn 
volvo,3  vi  Utum 
dbruo,3  ui,  utum 
anteeo,4  ivi   I  ii  I  ,  itum 
sUbsequor,3  cutus  sum 
converto,3  ti,  sum 
absolvo,3  vi  Utum 
licet,2 

exsUpero.i  r. 
demo,3  psi,  ptum 
sUbeo,4  ivi   I  ii  I  ,  itum 
supersum,  esse,  fui 
reperio.4  peri,  turn 
insignio,*  vi,  turn 
describo,3  psi,  ptum 
emetior,4  emensus  sum 
sisto,3  stiti,  sta turn 
revertoi-,3  versus  sum 
arbitror.i  atus  sum 


iutumo.i  r. 
cdnglobo,1  r, 
cdntorqueo.s  si,  rtum 
inte"rcido,2  di,  — 
reor,  2  ratus  sum 
cieo,2  civi,  citum 
expldro,1  r. 
constat,1 

mdderor,T  atus  sum 
e'xcito,1  r, 
praedico,T  r, 


ADVERBIA. 

qua"si 
fere 

dppido 

saepenUmero 

atdeo 

p^nitus^ 

nihildminus 

quanddque 

Slias 

extrdrsum 

tdties 

haud 

adhuc 

recens 

necne 

caeterum 


CONIUNCTIO. 

ast 


PR.EPOSITIONES. 


CIS 

ultra 


1 66 


: 


PRINGIPIA   GRAMMATICAL 
DE  NOMINIBYS  ADIECTIYIS. 

74.  A  Nomen  Adiectivum,  as  the  words  indicate  (ad  +  iacio,  I  throw,  I  cast,  I  add 
thereto),  is  a  companion  word  to  the  noun  (nomen,  the  name  of  the  thing  in  question), 
and  follows,  or,  precedes  it,  according  to  each  other's  importance.  The  adjective  so  at- 
tached will  alter,  or  modify  the  force,  bearing,  or  relation  of  the  Nomen   Substantivum; 

as,  casa mea;  lingua Latina;  duo  homines.   Casa,  lingua,  homines,  the  No 

mina  Substantia,  are  altered  in  their  extent  of  bearing  by  throwing  the  Nomina  Adiec 
tiva,  meus,  a,  urn,  Latinus,  a,  urn,  duo,  du£,  duo  alongside  of  them.  This  process  is 
called  "qualifying." 

75.  The  principle  of  qualifying  a  noun  demands  that  the  qualifying  adjective  be  ex- 
actly fitted  to  the  noun,  otherwise  it  does  not  qualify.  This  fitting  means  that  the  adjec- 
tive takes  its  sex,  or  gender  endings,  of  whatever  gender  (sex)  the  noun  be  (masc,  fern. 
or  neuter),  and  must  also  take  the  same  case  (Norn.  Gen.  &c),  and  the  same  number,  as 
the  noun  has;  thus:  casam  meam,  casas  meas,  casas  meas;  lingua  Latins;  unus  homo, 
unius  h6minis,  uni  homini,  unum  hominem;  duo  homines,  du6rum  hdminum,  du<5bus 
hominibus,  duos  hdmines,  each  following  its  own  declension. 

76.  Adjectives  qualify  God,  man,  things;  Iupiter  Optimus,  Maximus;  Alma  Ve- 
nus; Dii  immortales!  Dii  boni!  Deus  mi!  (Vocative);  homo  novus;  vir  praeclarus;  homo 
p£rditus;  ingSnuus  adole*scens;  matrona  n6bilis;  pulchemma  virtus;  arbor  celsa,  nox 
opica,  sol  surgens. 

a.  Vast  numbers  of  adjectives  qualify  persons,  families,  dwelling  places,  towns, 
countries  alone.  Grammarians  call  such  adjectives  proper  names,  but  they  are  only  ad- 
jectives, or  nouns  standing  for  adjectives,  the  "thing"  itself  being  the  man,  the  woman, 
the  ship,  town,  country  understood.  A  man  gets  the  name  of  a  thing  (of  his  trade,  dwell- 
ing place,  a  nick  name  &c.) ,  say,  Mare,  the  sea,  his  name  will  be  Marius,  his  slaves,  or 
a  follower  of  his,  will  be  Mariawws,  a  woman,  Mariana  (now  a  days  ignorantly  written 
Marina.  The  ancestor  is  lulus  his  son  is  Iulius,  (four  syllables) ,  so  the  descendants;  his 
clientele,  luliinus,  the  female,  luliina  (simple  people  think  this  name  to  be  Iulia  +  Anna, 
which  latter  is  Hebrew);  the  ancester  is  Tullus,  the  son  is  Tullius,  the  daughter  Tullia;  so 
Horitus,  Patritus,  Sextus,  Virgilis,  the  descendants  Horat/us,  Patrit/us,  Sext/us,  Virgil/us, 
&c.  Some  times  it  is  a  nick-name,  (cum  magno)  Naso,  hence  such  nouns  as  Lab eo 
Curio,  Mam,  P611io,  Cicero,  or  Asim'us  (veluti  4sinus,  vel  ha'bens  a'sinum),  Taurus,  Ci- 
tulus,  Cato,  &c 

b.  A  man,  by  nationality,  is  (talus,  Gallus,  Germanus,  Hisp;inus,  Persa;   a   woman 


167 

ftala,  Galla,  Germa'na,  Hispa'na,  Persa;  a  man  like  them,  or  who  lived,  deal*  with  them; 
their  languages,  institutions,  habits,  what  they  produce,  or  own,  are  Milieus,  GilUeus, 
GermamVus,  Hispdn/ais,  PeraVus,  a,  urn;  while  the  country  of  the  people  is  Italia,  Gal- 
lia, Germania,  Hispa'nia,  Persia. 

Such  being  the  case,  in  the  names  Carolina,  Louisiana,  Indiana,  Montana,  and  also 
Oceanica,  somebody  must  have  made  mistakes,  for  these  names  can  only  mean  women, 
or  female  things,  not  states;  these  must  end  in  -ia,  as  Virginia,  Georgia,  &c. 

c.  Names  of  countries  are  often  expressed  by  the  name  of  the  people,  in  Norn,  pi., 
as  Parisii,  S£nones,  Bruttii;  or  the  neuter  ending  of  the  adjective,  formed  from  the  name 
of  the  people,  as,  Belgium,  from  Belga,  Belgius,  a,  urn.;  Tuscus,  dim.  Tusculus,  a,  urn, 
Tusculum:  medius,  a,  urn,  dim.  mediolus,  a,  urn,  mediolanus,  a,  urn,  Mediolanum,  i, 
(Milano). 

d.  A  man,  living  in,  or  belonging  to,  a  town,  municipality,  a  country,  a  place;  or  a 
thing  pertaining  to  a  locality,  or  owned  there,  made  of  a  certain  substance,  animal,  plant, 
mineral;  or  specifying  time,  season,  &c.,is  expressed  by  the  formative  particles  -anus,  a, 
urn,  -enus,  ay  urn,  -inus,  a,  urn;  the  a,  e,  i  being  long  and  accented  when  referring  to 
living  beings,  the  /  usually  short  in  lifeless  substances,  though  not  always;  so  Rom  dims, 
Afridnus,  mundanus,  urbinus,  Philadelphemis,  terr&ius,  Latinus,  Tiburtinus,  Tarenti- 
mus,  equinus,  bovinus,  marinus,  vespertinus,  quercinus  (though  the  more  general  adj. 
isquernus,  a,  urn);  but  serotinus,  fraxinus,  crastinus,  pr&inus  (dark  green). 

The  barbarians  had  their  own  way  in  employing  these  Latin  endings,  when  they 
formed  Indian,  Grecian,  Hungarian,  Academician,  physician,  musician,  with  -us  to  be 
understood.  This  same  barbarism  is  still  raging  in  medicine  and  chemistry,  where  there 
is  no  end  to  formal/;;*,  glyceric,  morphine,  cs&tine  (caff£  in),  cocaine  (i.  e.  cacao-ine, 
mixing  up  first  cacao  with  cocus  nut,  vulgo  cocoa,  next  the  -inus,  a,  urn,  ending,  when 
the  Latin  ending  is  -icus,  a,  urn,  as  cacaoticus,  a,  urn) ,  and  it  is  pronounced  by  the  less 
civilized,  as  eoken,  when  it  is  supposed  to  be  co  -  cab  -  in. 

e.  When  an  adj.,  or  a  noun,  has  the  formative  particle  -anus,  -enus,  -inus,  in  itself 
already,  or  it  has  some  other  odd  ending,  as  Mtdidlanum,  or  Parisii,  -ensis,  e,  or  -acus, 
a>  urn,  particles  are  employed,  and  then  we  have  Mediolanus,  e,  or  Parisians,  a,  urn, 

oth  for  man  and  thing.  There  is  a  difference,  however,  between  -anus  and  -ensis;  for  the 
Utter  usually  implies,  when  contrasted  with  the  former,  that  the  man  so  qualified  is  but 
a  temporary  sojourner  at  a  given  place,  and  the  same  idea  is  implied  as  to  things,  so  that 

\tex>anus  (hispus,  a,  urn  means  hairy,  shaggy,  rough)  is  a  man  of  that  nationality, 
whereas  Hispanmsw,  is  a  Roman  living,  or  doing  business  in  Spain.  So  also  milites,  res, 
ztstrenses,  arma  castrazs/tf.  Soldiers,  things,  arms  now  in  the  camp.  Corinthus  is  a 
place,  Corinth/us  is  a  man  or  a  thing  of  that  place,  Corinthi^s/s  is  a  colonist  of  th  t 
place,  Corinthians  sinus,  pontus,  the  bay;  the  sea,  lying  at,  belonging  to,  Corinthus. 
rhe  man  is  Romanus,  things  of  th*  Romans  are  Romanenses,  or  Romanienses,  or  fash- 
oned  after  the  Roman,  tastes,  Romanians,  A  rich  man  is  dives,  riches   are  divite,  on 


i68 

provarbially  rich  is  Divitiacus  (Greek  mispelling  and  German  philological  affectation  to 
the  contrary  not  withstanding). 

The  dwellers  of  Italy,  after  the  Roman  times,  have  badly  mixed  up  these  formative 
particles,  and  have  spread  their  barbarism  in  all  countries.  They  were  no  more  ltali,  but 
Italia*/,  the  Ind*  became  India**",  as  we  find  it  also  in  an  American  Latin  grammar,  ap- 
plied to  the  American  aborigines,  so  named  by  the  Italian  discoverers) ,  whereas  they  call- 
ed other  dwellers  of  Italy,  from  the  names  of  their  respective  provinces  Colabres*.  Genu- 
ese,  Umbrese,  also  Francese,  Anglese,  Japonese,  but  Sicilian.  Thus  the  -ensts,  e,  was 
found  by  the  barbarians  a  handy  formative  particle  to  designate  natives  of  the  various 
races,  and  so  we  have  to-day  Anglais,  Francais,  Japonais,  Chinese,  Japonese,  Portuguese. 

and  the  like.  ,  T,  r 

But,  according  to  Roman  usage,  a  citizen,  or  native  of  Italia  is  Italus;  an  Italian 
man  is  homo  Italics,  the  woman  is  mulier  Italica,  terra,  lingua  Italica;  the  soldiers,  the 
settler,  officials  of  Italy  in  foreign  countries,  were  called  by  Roman  writers  ^licenses. 

Men  and  things  in  Gallia,  whether  Roman  or  Gallus,  were  designated  by  the  forma- 
tive -anus,  a,  urn,  attached  to  the  second  adj.,  -kus%  a,  urn,  as  Gi\\\canus,  a,  urn,  homi- 
nes, milites,  equi,  mores  Gallicani,  on  which  pattern  was  formed  the  term  Ang\icanusti- 
e  ,  Roman  men,  horses,  manners  of  Anglia,  as  a  Roman  provice,  so  that  Ecclesia  Ang  al- 
cana, in  Christian  Roman  times,  is  a  Church,  or  congregations  of  Romans,  or  ot  Angli> 
subject  to  Rome,  doing  Roman  things  in  the  fashion  of  Angli. 

From  the  above  it  must  seem  evident  that  it  is  not  an  indifferent  matter  what  end- 
ings modern  Latinists  affix  to  their  present  names  of  men  and  places-  Yet  we  read  Phiia- 
delphensis,  Baltimorensis,  Harvardensis,  Columbiensis,  Yalensis,  Princetoniensis,  Boston- 
iensis,  and  so  on,  engraved  on  their  seals,  displayed  on  documents  and  buildings- 

77.  The  most  general  formative  of  adjectives  to  designate  material,  out  of  which  a 
thing  consists,  is  -eus,  a,  urn,  as  lapideus,  ligneus,  chartfeus,  linteus,  vitreus,  aureus,  ar- 
g£nteus,  fe*rreus,  argiMceus,  &c. 

78.  Oleo,2  ui,  itum,  to  give  forth  smell,  and  to  perceive  smell,  in  its  Pres.  part., 
olens,  tis,  and  in  a  new  formation,  olentus,  a,  urn,  supplies  a  small  group  of  adjectives, 
as,  violate,  that  smels  force,  violence  (vis  +  oleo),  so  also  vinolentus,  (vmum),  tcmu- 
le-ntus  (temttum.  any  spirituous  liquor),  somnol&itus,  sanguinol&itus,  pulverulentus, 
lutuldntus,  truculentus,  &c  •         . 

79.  Dico,  volo  facio,  joined  with  an  adjective,  form  a  new  set  of  adjectives,  as,  oe- 
nedicus,  maledicus,  one  speaking  well  or  illy  of  a  person  or  of  a  thing;  benzoins,  maie- 
volus;  benSficus,  malleus,  magnificus,  munificus;  munus,  ens,  m,  a  present,    a   g    , 

man  giving  freely.  .  i« 

80.  QualiH  and  talis  lend  themselves  as  formative  particles  for  producing  adjec 
lives  suitable  to  answer  the  question  they  imply,  leaving  off  the  qu  and It,  as  «tion4IB 
e,  nationals,  animalis,  rivalis,  coniugalis,  hyemalis,   autumnuhs,  cap.tahs,  fiha hs     be 
lis,  patru^is,  and  changing  into  i,  long,  when  of  human,  as,  vinlis,   senilis,   puenhs, 


169 

i  short,  when  referring  to  things,  as,  fictilis,   ductilis,    hibilis,   humilis,   gracilis,   f^cilis* 
difficilis,  fl£bilis,  fertilis,  &c. 

81.  Odi,  odisse,  to  hate,  a  defective  verb,  but  used  by  many  authors  in  a  regular 
form,  having  a  regular  perfect  in  osus  sum,  like  a  Deponent;  but  as  an  adj.,  it  is  exosus, 
a,  uniy  hateful.  Joined  with  nouns  in  -osus,  a,  urn,  form,  it  creates  adjectives  somewhat 
of  an  ironical  or  disparaging  imputation,  as  =  scabidsus,  a,  urn,  fr.  scabo,3  scabi,  to 
scrape,  to  scratch,  to  itch,  scurfy,  itchy,  scabby  (whence  schaben,  shave,  shabby) ;  glo- 
ridsus,  bragging,  mulierosus,  too  fond  of  women ;  pannosus,  ragged;  nummdsus,  pecu- 
nidsus,  whence  libellus  famosus,  or  libellus  diffamatorius  (not  ^-famatorius,  as  has  also 
crept  into  English,  for  it  does  not  imply  the  idea  of  pealing  off,  taking  off,  like  a  gar- 
ment), any  written  or  printed  matter  scattering,  diffusing,  disseminating  bad  reputation, 
now  called  in  English  libel,  criminal  libel. 

82.  Unda,  x,  a  wave,  in  its  form  as  a  compound  verb,  abundo,1  f.,  the  waves 
running  over,  to  overflow,  also  supplies  a  few  adjectives,  as,  abundans,  tis,  redundans, 
tis,  particularly  in  -cundus,  -undus,  -bundus,  a,  urn,  shape,  as,  iocabundus,  in  a  jocking, 
humorous  mood,  iracundus,  verecundus,  furibundus,  ludibundus,  pudibundus,  vaga- 
bundus,  &c. 

83.  Udor,  is,  moisture,  uvidus,  a,  urn,  moist,  wet,  is  the  source  of  many  adjecti- 
ves, as,  ma'didus,  humidus,  frigidus,  cilidus,  foetidus,  lucidus,  fulgidus,  tdbidus,  dbidus, 
aMgidus,  callidus,  sdrdidus,  feVvidus,  paVidus,  ldnguidus,  maVcidus,  rigidus,  &c. 

84.  Fero,  and  gero,  I  carry,  I  wear,  compounded  with  a  noun,  form  a  number  of 
adjectives,  as,  lucifer,  a,  urn,  signifer,  velifer,  fructifer,  furcifer,  cdrniger,  a,  urn,  liniger, 
mdriger,  l£thifer,  armifer,  2rmiger. 

85.  One  of  the  most  fertile  formatives  is  the  -a'rius,  a,  urn,  ending,  the  origin  of 
v/hich  is  obscure.  It  may  come  from  utor,  usura,  or  it  may  be  the  suffix  -or,  -drius, 
simply  modified  for  the  purpose,  for,  in  meaning  they  are  parallel  to  some  extent,  this 
relating  to  the  subject,  to  other,  in  most  cases  to  a  subjective  object,  i.  e.,  a  person,  re- 
cipient of  the  action,  as,  donatdm/s,  is  the  adj.  of  donator,  the  gift-giver,  while  dona- 
tes is  either  the  person  receiving  the  gift,  or  the  thing  so  donated.  Very  frequently  it 
denotes  a  person  by  his  occupation,  as,  notarius,  a  man  writing  with  signs,  notse,  not 
with  letters,  a  short  hand  writer;  pardrius,  partia'rius,  tabernarius,  carpentaVius,  legati- 
nus,  beneficiarius,  emiss^rius,  mandatirius,  dentaVius,  ocula'rius;  the  neuter  ending,  -urn 
denotes  the  thing,  the  place,  &c,  as,  grananum,  loca'rium  (store  or  other  rent),  colum- 
barium, armarium,  calenddrium,  poma'rium.     Most  of  these  are  used  as  nouns. 

86.  Besides  the  above  there  are  many  other  particles  forming  adjectives,  such  as, 
-bilis,  e,  (from  habeo),  ha'bilis,  rationa'bilis,  optdbilis,  &c,  -ivus,  a,  urn,  as  festivus,  fur- 
tivus;  -itius,  a,  um}  from  the  pps.  of  verbs,  as,  emptitius,  adventitius,  ementitius;  almost 
all  the  present  participles,  as  diligens,  tis,  £minens,  cdntinens,  parens,  infans,  &c,  and  a 
number  of  verbs  from  adjectives,  by  assuming  -ax,  ex,  endings,  as,  tenax,  tenuis,  dicax, 
is,  mordax,  loquax,  audax,  capax,  vindex,  icis,  prsecox,  cdcis,  victrix,  &c. 


170 

87  With  this  fuller  acquaintance  with  the  Latin  adjectives,  we  may  now  group 
them,  on  the  same  lines  as  heretofore,  into  three  sets,  according  to  their  terminations,  as: 

(  -us,  a,  um,  like  longus,  rectus,  plenus,  a,  urn 

GROUP  A-l  "er»  a'  um'  like  inte2er> tener'  Pulcher'  a'  um 

(  -ur,  ft,  um,  like  satur,  ura,  um,  camur,  mura,  um 

a  We  known  already  that  all  these  adjectives  are  declined  just  like  nouns  of  the 
same  endings,  in  -us,  -er,  and  -um,they  following  the  II.  declension,  while  in,  -a  they  are 
declined  in  the  I. 

b.  Some  adjectives  of  -er  throw  off  this  e  when  we  apply  other  endings,  as,  Integra, 
nulchra  integram,  pulchram,  whereas  tener,  liber  do  not,  and,  accordingly  we  say,  te- 
Lra,  libera,  teneram,  liberam.  The  two  -ar,  a,  um  adjectives  follow  this  same  rule,  and 
we  say,  sfturam,  dmuram,  sfturis,  c4muris. 


r     m.     f     ». 

)  -er,  is,  e,  as, 
f   is,  is,  e,  as, 


5  J  -er,  is,  e,  as,  ifcer,  a*cris,  *cre,  c£leber,  bris,  bre 
brevis,  brevis,  breve,  tenuis,  is,  e 


-er,  -es,  -ur,  as  pauper,  is,  dives,  itis,  cicur,  is 
,  -ns,  as  ingens,  tis,  diligens,  tis 

GROUP  C  ~)  -ior,  ior,  ius,  as  m&or,  malor,  mams 

-ex,  -ix,  -ox,  as  *udax,  d&is,  senex,  senis,  felix,  felicis,  velox,  6cis. 


-ax, 


c.  As  no  adjectives  belong  to  IV  and  V,  while  all  adjectives  of  Group  A  belong  to 
II,  I  II,  it  must  follow  that  the  III  must  take  all  the  rest.  The  difference  between  the  ad- 
jectives of  Group  B  and  Group  C  is,  tot  the  first  set  has  three  endings  (although  he 
-is  is  e  type  is  called  "is,  e>"  and  "adjectives  of  two  endings,  because  m  and  /.  are 
alike),  while  the  second  set  (Group  C),  excepting  the  comparatives  of  all  adjectives  (-101, 
ior  ius),  consists  of  adjectives  of  one  ending  for  all  three  genders,  so  that  we  say.  to 
pauper,  hoc  pauper,  hoc  pauper;  and,  since  they  have  no  gender  endings,  for  the  sake  of 
grouping  we  add  the  Genitive  ending,  thus:  pauper,  pauperis. 

d  One  adjective,  N^.pluris,  has  but  one  ending  in  sing.,  the  neuter  form  of  the 
comparative  degree,  but  in  pi.  it  is  regular:  plures,  plures,  plura;  gen  plunum,  for  all 
three;  Dat  pluribus,  all  three;  Ace.  like  the  Norn.,  Voc.  same,  Abl.  like  the  Dat. 

e  The  adj.  nequam  is  altogether  indeclinable,  in  the  positive  degree;  in  the  compa- 
rative'it  is  ndquior,  ndquior,  nequius,  regular,  and  in  the  superlative,  nequissimus.  a,  um, 
the  most  malicious,  most  wicked,  regular. 

88.  Popular  usage  has  interchanged  the  endings  of  a  few  adjectives,  so  that  they 


I7i 

have  two  forms  now.    Disregarding  derivation  and  philological  caprice,    1  place  into  the 
first  row  the  forms  most  used;  they  are:  f«*««"uw 

exanimis,  e,  and  exanimus,  a,  um,  lifeless 

hilaris,  e,  "    hilarus,  a,  um,  gay 

inermis,  e,  inermus,  a,  um,  unarmed 

opulentus,  a,  um,   "    dpulens,  tis,  wealthy 

The  adj.  necesse  is  also  indecl.,  having  absolutely  no  other  form,  and  seems  to  be 
compounded  from  nee  +  esse;  wherefore  it  governs  the  subject  into  Dative,  and  demands 
as  a  complement  the  times  of  a  sum  -  es  -  est,  thus:  mihi  necesse  est,  1  am  compelled 
to;  nobis  necesse  erat,  we  had  got  to;  si  tibi  necesse  fuisset,  hadst  thou  been  compelled- 
omnibus  hommibus  necesse  est  mori,  it  is  incumbent  upon  all  man  that  they  die  all  men 
must  die.  -  But  this  adj.  has  also  an  other,  full  form,  necessarius,  a  um. 


DE  COMPARATIONE  ADIECTIVORVM. 

89.  Qualities  of  things  are  either  absolute,  or  relative.  In  the  former  case  the  qual- 
ity is  fixed,  admitting  no  change  or  measurement,  or  degrees,  as,  when  I  say,  dead  No 
person,  or  animal  can  be  more  dead,  or  less  dead.  Quite  a  number  of  qualities  belongs 
to  this  class,  as:  Romanus,  vivus,  ligneus,  for  no  Roman  is  more  Roman  than  another 
living,  wooden,  &c. 

90.  Some  qualities  are  seemingly  absolute;  yet,  since  the  terms  are  poetically  or 
otherwise  applied  figuratively,  or  not  to  the  proper  subject,  they  are  taken  to  be  relative- 
such  for  inst.,  are  the  bodily  defects,  as:  ccecus,  a,  um,  blind,  surely  an  absolute  quality' 
for  a  person  is  either  blind,  of  not  blind;  balbus,  a,  um,  a  stammerer,  blxsus  a  um  a 
lisp,  mutilus,  a,  um,  mamed;  claudus,  a,  um,  lame;  valgus,  a,  um,  bow-legged;  virus 
a,  um,  knock-kneed;  luscus,  a,  um,  one  eyed,  calvus,  a,  um,  bald;  &c  Hither  can  be 
added  the  colors,  as,  niger,  gra,  um,  candidus,  a,  um,  ruber,  bra,  um,  flavus,  a,  um 
vnidis,  e,  c;eruleus,  a,  um,  cinerfeus,  a,  um,  &c,  some  of  which  will  admit  real  com- 
paratives, some  only  with  an  auxiliary,  some  none  at  all. 

91.  While,  as  a  principle,  only  relative  qualities  are  graded,  both  upward  and  down- 
ward, as,  large,  larger,  largest,  or  few,  fewer,  fewest,   and  colors  are  relative  qualities 
still  it  is  not  customary  to  say  black,  blacker,  blackest,  white,   whiter,   whitest    but  we 
grade  these  adjectives  by  the  aid  of  other  adjectives,  and  say,  dark  blue,  light  yellow  or 
by  nouns,  jet  black,  coal  black,  snow  white. 

92.  Adjectives  are  compared,  or  measured  on  three  grades,  or  degrees,   Gradus  Po- 
siltvus,  Gradus  Comparative,  and  Gradus  Supetlativus,  thus: 


172 


Gradus    Positivus        Gradus  Comparative 


-us,  a,  um,    longus,  a,  um 
rectus,  a,  um 

-is,  is,  e         brevis,  is,  e 
levis,  is,  e 

-n8,  tis  diligens, 

-ax,  audax, 

-ix,  -ox,  -ix,  felix, 
ex,  ox,  precox 

-ex,  simplex 

-ilis,  e  faalis,  e 

difficilis,  e 
humilis,  e 
gracilis,  e 
similis,  e 
dissimilis,  e 

-er,  a,  um       integer,  gra,  um 
-er,  is,  e  icer,  2cris,  acre 

-er  pauper 

-dicus,  mal£dicus,  a,  um, 

-ficus  magnificus,  a,  um 

-volus  benevolus,  a,  um 


longior,  ior,  ius 
rectior,  ior,  ius 

br£vior,  ior,  ius 
lSvior,  ior,  ius 

dilig£ntior,  ior,  ius 
audacior,  ior,  ius 
felicior,  ior,  ius 
prasc6cior,  ior,  ius 
simplicior,  ior,  ius 

facilior,  ior,  ius 
difficilior,  ior,  ius 
humilior,  ior,  ius 
gracilior,  ior,  ius 
similior,  ior,  ius 
dissimilior,  ior,  ius 

interior,  ior,  ius 
icrior,  ior,  ius 
paupenor,  ior,  ius 

maledic£ntior,  ior,  ius 
magnific6ntior,  ior,  ius 
benevolSntior,  ior,  ius 


Or-  Superlativus 

longissimus,  a,  um 
rectissimus,  a,  um 

brevissimus,  a,  um 
levissimus,  a,  um 

diligentissimus,  a,  um, 
audacissimus,  a,  um 
felicissimus,  a,  um, 
prascocissimus,  a,  um 
simplicissimus,  a,  um 

facillimus,  a,  um 
difficillimus,  a,  um 
humillimus,  a,  um 
gracillimus,  a,  um 
simillimus,  a,  um 
dissimilimus,  a,  um 

integ£rrimus,  a,  um 
acerrimus,  a,  um 
paup£rrimus,  a,  um 

maledicentissimus,  a,  um 
magnificentissimus,  a,um 
benevolentissimus,  a,  um 


ADIECTIVA     A  N  6  M  A  L  A. 

93.  A  certain  small  group  of  adjectives,  as  though  worn  out  by  most  frequent  uj 
is  irregular  in  all  languages,  and  some  parts  of  them  are  entirely  lost,  but  repaired  as| 
were,  by  borrowing  remnants  of  other  words,  from  unknown  sources.  Thus,  m  English, 
good  in  Compar.  will  be  better,  in  Superl.  best,  entirely  strange  words. 


bonus,  a,  um, 
mains,  a,  um, 
magnus,  a,  um, 
parvus,  a,  um, 
multus,  a,  um 


meliot ,  ior,  ius 
p£ior,  pe*ior,  pel  us 
miior,  ior,  mams 
minor,  nor,  minus 
plus  (pluris) 


optimus,  a,  um 
pgssimus,  a,  um 
maximus,  a,  um 
minimus,  a,  um 
pliirimus,  a,  um 


a.  The  adj.  dives,  dMHs,  just  like  many  verbs,  may  drop   its  vi,   in  comparative 


17* 

and  superlative,  as  ditior,  ditior,  diiius,  or  it  may  retain  it,  as  divitior,  divitior,  divitius, 
and  ditissimus,  a,  um,  or  divitissimus,  a,  um,  the  richest,  or  very  rich;  but,  of  course,  it 
cannot  be  employed  of  food,  for  that  is  Anglicism. 

b.  Frugi,  is  properly  a  noun  in  Dat.,  fr.  frux,  frugis,  particularly  in  pi.,  fruges, 
frugum,  whatever  good  things  the  earth  bears,  produce,  whence  fruor,  frui,  fruitus,  or 
fructus  sum,  to  enjoy,  whence  fructus,  us,  fruit;  so  whatever  is  serviceable  as  fruit,  pro- 
duce; therefore,  a  man,  useful,  upright,  rational,  modest,  economical,  frugal:  homo 
frugi,  a  sober,  frugal,  conservative,  righteous  man.  This  adj.  takes  no  other  endings; 
but  its  comparative  and  superl.  are  fruga'lior,  ior,  ius,  frugalissimus,  a,  um. 


ADIECTIVA  ADVERBIALIA. 

94.  Certain  particles,  serving  both  as  propositions  and  adverbs,  assume  adjectival 
forms  by  receiving  certain  formative  endings;  as,  clam,  w-  Abl.,  (clam  patre,  without 
the  knowledge  of  the  father,)  on  the  sly,  seeretely;  also  as  adv.,  efTugit  clam;  having 
also  a  kind  of  dimin  form,  cldnculum,  stealthily.  Its  adj.  form  is  clandestinus,  a,  um, 
secret,  underhanded,  sneaky.    These  are  of  two  kinds : 

fl.»  with  two  different  superlatives,  as: 


Adv. 

Adj. 

Compar. 

1st  Superl. 

2nd  Superl. 

extra, 

exterus,  a,  um, 

exterior,  ius, 

extre*mus,  a,  um, 

e*xtimus,  a,  um 

infra, 

inferus,  a,  um, 

inferior,  ius, 

infimus,  a,  um, 

imus,  a,  um, 

super, 

superus,  a,  um, 

superior,  ius, 

supre*mus,  a,  um, 

siimmus,  a,  um. 

post, 

ptfsterus,  a,  um, 

posterior,  ius, 

postre'mus,  a,  um, 

pdstumus,  a,  ur 

b.t  while  the  following  have  no  positive  degrees,  the  adverbs  themselves   filling  that 
place,  as: 


Adv. 

Comparative 

Superlative 

citra, 

cite'rior,  ior,  ius, 

citimus,  a,  um, 

intra, 

interior,  ior,  ius, 

intimus,  a,  um, 

ultra, 

ulterior,  ior,  ius, 

liltimus,  a,  um, 

prope, 

prdpior,  ior,  ius, 

proximus,  a,  um, 

prae, 

prior,  prior,  prius, 

primus,  a,  um, 

c.  The  Positive  of  the  upper  group  is  seldom  used  in  singular,  but  quite  frequently  in 
pi.,  as  £xtera  gentes,  foreign  nations;  superi.  orum  are  the  Gods,  of  the  Heavens,  fnferi- 
orum  are  the  Gods  of  the  Underworld;  p6steri,  orum,  are  the  descendants.  Their  Super- 
latives differ  in  this  way:  extr£mus,  a,  um,  the  farthest  end,  £xtimus,  a,  um,  is  the  out 
most;  infimus,  a,  um,  the  lowest,  imus,  a,  um,  farthest  down  in  the  depth.  Supr£mus,  a, 
um,  highest  up,  siimmus,  a,  um,  is  the  paramount,  the  chief,  the  utmost.  Postre'mus,  a, 


*74 


urn,  is  the  hindermost,  whereas  p6stumus  (pronounce  pdstumus),  a,  urn  is  most  used  of 
children  (also  of  the  young  of  animals)  last  born,  i.,  e.,  after  which  no  other  was  born; 
most  particularly  of  children  born  after  the  father's  death.  For  this  reason  the  word  for 
centuries  was  spelled  (as  it  is  still  spelled  in  English,  and  other  modern  languages)  post 
+  humus,  after  earth,  after  inhumation,  but  this  is  now  exploded.  Figuratively  it  is  also 
used  of  literary  products  published  after  the  author's  death. 


COMPARATIO  DEFECTIVA. 


95.  The  following  three  adjectives  lack  Positive  degree,  and  are  used  in  Gompara- 
tive  and  Superlative  only: 

detenor,  ior,  ius,  worse,  detirrimus,  a,  urn 

6cyor,  ior,  ius,  sooner,  6cyssimus,  a,  urn 

potior,  ior,  ius,  of  more  consequence      potissimus,  a,  urn 


96.  These  few  have  no  Comparatives: 

falsus,  a,  urn,  untrue 
diversus,  a,  urn,  different, 
inclytus,  a,  urn,  distinguished, 
novus,  a,  urn,  new, 
sacer,  sacra,  urn,  hallowed, 
mentus,  a,  urn,  deserved, 


falsissimus,  a,  um 
diversissimus,  a,  um 
inclytissimus,  a,  um 
novissimus,  a,  um,  the  latest 
sacerrimus,  a,  um 
meritissimus,  a,  um 


97.  Adjectives  formed  from  verbs  by  the  particles  -ilis,  -bilis,  and  a  few  others,  lack 
Superlatives;  as: 


igilis,  e,  deft,  agil 
m6bilis,  e,  wavering 
agrestis,  e,  uncouth 

to  the  same  class  belong: 


dgilior,  ior,  ius 
mobilior,  ior,  ius 
agrestior,  ior,  ius 


Placer,  cris,  ere,  brisk 

iter,  4tra,  itrum,  dark,  black 

coecus,  a,  um,  blind 

declivis,  e,  sloping 

diuturnus,  a,  um,  long  lasting 

longinquus,  a,  um,  far,  distant      surdus,  a,  um,  deaf 

vulgaris,  e,  ordinary,  common      teres,  teretis,  rounded 


opimus,  a,  um,  fattened,  rich 
propinquus,  a,  um,  lying  near 
protSrvus,  a,  um,  brazen-faced 
salutaVis,  e,  conducive 
sdtur,  tura,  um,  satiated 


»7? 

to  which  must  be  added: 


adolescens,  tis,  a  growing  lad,  or  girl        adolescentior,  ior,  ius 
iuvenis,  is,  young,  a  youth,  junior, 

senex,  senis,  old,  old  man,  senior, 

Note.  —  Under  76,  *,  we  mentioned  Persa.  a  man  of  Persian  nationality,  so  is 
Belga,  Turca,  &c.  This  is  a  group  of  defective  adjectives,  almost  all  of  them  serving  as 
masculine  nouns.  To  this  group  belong  incola,  an  inhabitant;  dccola,  a  dweller  -  by; 
alunigena,  a  foreigner,  a  person  born  elsewhere;  indigena,  a  native,  (do  not  say  "na- 
tive born",  it  is  absurd:  "native"  means  "born").  Late  Romans  felt  the  necessity  of 
forcing  these  latter  two  adjectives  into  -us,  a,  urn,  shapes,  but  we  should  not  imitate 
that,  but  say  "equus  indigena",  as  has  Apuleius,  the  adj.  having  one  ending,  that  of  I, 
and  all  of  them  must  be  so  declined,  whatever  the  gender  may  be.  So  ddvena,  may  be  a 
male  or  female  stranger,  "a  comer,"  arriver,  whereas  ndvita,  or,  contracted,  nauta  a 
boat  hand,  or  sailor,  auriga,  a  coachman,  scurra,  a  clown,  scriba,  a  clerk,  &c-,  are  sup- 
posed to  mean  male  persons  only. 


COMPARATIO  PERIPHRASTICA. 

98.  Some  adjectives,  as  has  been  stated,  will  not  admit  any  grading,  or  comparison, 
others  will  suffer  such  in  a  poetical,  or  rhetorical  style;  still  others,  owing  to  the  difficulty 
of  pronunciation,  cannot  well  take  the  endings.  Moreover,  there  are  some  very  fine  grad- 
es and .shadings  in  the  meaning  of  some  of  the  adjectives,  for  the  expression  of  which 
the  ordinary  Comparatives  and  Superlatives  are  either  too  weak,  or  too  coarse  In  al 
such  cases  we  resort  to  periphrasis,  circumlocution. 

99.  Particles  of  speech,  whose  function  is  to  qualify  the  adjectives,  either  raising  or 
owenng,  intensifying  or  checking,  rendering  the  meaning  solemn,  ironical,  or  ridiculous 
xc,  are  the  ad  verb!  a,  adverbs. 

a.  For  the  positive  degree, 

(0  Upwards:  valde,  perquam,  idmodum,  mire,  miro  modo,  mirum  in  modum 
water  morem,  magndpere,  summopere,  non  parum,  haud  parum,  &c 

Examples:  valde  dives,  perquam  doctus,  admodum  peritus,  very  versed,  mire  cra- 
us  exceedingly  acceptable,  or  grateful;  idmodum  scitus,  or  very  frequently  invtrted 
otus  admodum,  very  clever;  miro  modo  cultus,  wonderfully  cultured;  mirum  in  mo- 
lum  sagax,  alert,  quick  witted  to  a  wonderful  degree,  prater  modum  audax,  bold  beyond 
neasure;  magnopere  studidsus,  immensely  energetic,  striving;  summopere  cautus,  ex- 
^ea.ng^y  cautious;  non  parum  eruditus,  quite  scholarly;  haud  parum  effieax,  efficient  to 


i?6 

(2)  Admodum  is  frequently  joined  with  the  noun  puer,  turning  it  into  an  adj., 
forming  the  idiom  admodum puer,  as:  Linguam  Latinam  admodum  puer  didici,  I  have 
learned  Latin  when  but  a  mere  child. 

(3)  Adv.  multo,  joined  with  mane,  makes  multo  mane,  very  early  morning. 

(4)  Per  and  prce  can  be  joined  with  some  adjectives  to  intensify  their  qualifying 
powers,  as:  homo  ^rdoctus,  a  very  well  informed  man;  culter  prxacutus,  a  pretty  sharp 
knife;  and  ve-  as  vegrandis,  of  vast  size. 

(5)  Downwards:  satis,  satis  superque,  utique,  utcunque,  mediocriter,  vix,  vixdum, 
vix   ac   ne  vix  quidem,  parum,   perparum,   asgre,  male,  nequidquam,  nequaquam,  haud 

ita  &c 

'   Examples:  satis,  satis  superque  versatus,  sefficiently  experienced;  is,  utique,   semper 

naratus  est,  he,  of  course,  to  be  sure,  is  always  ready;  u+cunque  superbus,  no  matter 
how  proud;  mediocriter  facundus,  eloquent  to  mediocrity;  vix,  vixdum  dignus,  scarcely 
worthy  vix  ac  ne  vix  quidem  liberals,  scarcely,  or  even  less  than  scarcely  liberal;  parum, 
Deroarum  humanus,  little,  very  little  obliging;  xgre  contentus,  ill  contented;  male  sanus, 
not  well  balanced  in  mind;  nequidquam  (nequicquam,  as  some  spell  it;  different  in  mean- 
ing from  ne  or  nee  quidquam,  though  the  same  word,  notwithstanding  philological 
contention  to  the  contrary;  most  used  with  verbs)  frustra,  Apuleius,  altogether  in  vain, 
quite  uselessly;  nequaquam  verum,    not  at  all  true;    haud  ita  multum,   not   so   very 

CNote.  —  The  particle  ve,  modifies  perhaps  only  two  or  three  adjectives  in  this  di- 
rection, as;  vtors,  insensate,  and  vesinus,  insane. 
b.  For  the  Comparative  degree: 

(1)  The  most  regular  adverb  for  comparing  adjectives  upward,  is  magis,  the  ad- 
verbial comparative  of  magnus,  a,  urn,  as,  magis  utile,  more  useful;  downward,  minus 
adv.  compar.  of  parvus,  a,  urn,  as:  minus  utile,  less  useful. 

Notice  that  here  the  degree  is  imparted  by  the  adverbs,  the  adjectives  themselves 
being  in  Positive  degree-  It  follows  that  both  adv.  and  adj.  could  not  be  in  Compar. 
deeree  as:  magis,  or  minus  utilior.  You  will  also  notice  that,  like  in  English,  the  bear- 
ing and  power  of  the  periphrastic  form  is  never  the  same  as  that  of  the  simple  form,  as: 
wis*/,  and  more  wise,  are  not  exactly  identical,  so  in  Latin,  sapientior,  and  magis  sapiens 
do  not  mean  exactly  the  same  thing;  just  like  in  the  verbs. 

(2)  All  the  adverbs  employed  in  the  Positive  degree  to  qualify  the  adjectives  are 
out  of  place  here;  but  those  befitting  the  Comparative,  are  usually  also  suitable  for  the 
Superlative  but  they  cannot  be  in  the  Comparative  or  Superlative,  as  magis,  or  nj 
nus  for we'eannot  say  magis  doctt*  minus  long/or:  the  adv.  must  be  in  the  Positive 
decree.  These  are  few;  as:  multo  longior,  longe  doctior.  paullo  brevior,  oppido  maioi. 
"quo  plus,  more  than  reasonable;  iusto  severior,  unduly  strict;  dicto  celenus  quicker  hj 
intakes  to  say  it;  quo  6cyus.  eo  melius,  the  sooner,  the  better;  parum  rectius,  a  little, 
or  little  more  right,  or  straight. 


"77 

Note  1.  Multum,  and  dictum,   are  really  n.   nouns  in  Abl.,  fully  coinciding  with 
what  we  called  "Ablative  of  Comparison,"  as,  for  instance,   Alius  minor  est  patre  pater 
maior  est  filw,  where  the  objects  of  the  comparison  are  in  Abl.,  the  quam  being  omitted. 
Parum  on  the  other  hand  is  in  Accusative.  We  have  several  such  nouns  and  adjectives  in 
Ace  and  Abl.,  serving  this  purpose  alone,   as  we  shall  see  below.  -  The  quo  and  eo, 
also  tan/o  —  quanto,  or  inverted,  quanto  -  tanto  are  similarly  employed  in  Abl.  as- 
quanto  plus,  tanto  peius,  the  more  of  it,  the  worse  it  is.  -  Long*  is  the  regular  type  of 
the  adv.  formed  from  adjectives- 
Note  2.  —  When  two  qualities  of  the  same  noun  are  compared,  as,  for  inst ,  this 
fable  is  longer  than  wide,  it  is  customary  in  Latin  to  put  both  adjectives  into  Compara- 
ble degree  and  say:  mensa  ista  est  ldngior  quam  latior.  Grammarians  make  a  cast  iron 
rute  of  this  usage,  but  the  Roman  authors  do  say  also,  mensa,  ista  est  longior  quam  lata 
See  Exer.  Legendi,  6i. 

t  «.N°!?  3;  _  The  P°Wer  °f  the  Latin  ComParative  degree  somewhat  differs  from  that 
of  the  other  languages,  in  as  much  as  it  expresses  not  only  a  comparatively  higher  degree 
for  instance:    vicinus  noster  opulentior  nobis  est,  our  neighbor  is  wealthier  than  are  we 
here  we  have  a  real  comparative;  but,  if  1  say,  vicinus  noster  vir  opulentior  est  the  sent- 
ence will  mean:  our  neighbor  is  a  rather  wealthy  gentleman,  or  a  wealthier  kind  of. 
C.  For  the  Superlative  degree. 

•     (12  T!ie  rf.SUlar  gnding  Sdverb  0f  Superlative,   upward,  is  maxime,  downward  mi- 
nime ,  the -standing  principle  remaining  that  the  adjective  has  no  superlative  of  its  own 
the  adverb  leading  that  power.  But  if  the  adj.  does  have  a  superlative  of  its  own  for  we 
do  use  periphrasis  quite  often  even  in  that  case,  for  the  different  shadings  it  imparts 
hen  the  adj.  must  stand  in  the  Positive  degree,  thus:  puer  hie  moribus  maxime  idoneus,' 
his  boy  owing  to  his  good  moral  qualities,  is  most  suitable.    Here  the  adj.,  idoneus 
cannot  be  graded,  hence  the  periphrasis,  the  adj.    remaining  in  its  Posrtive  degree    bu- 

rT  rh-T1"16  St  °SU!  f'  SimUl  £tiam  ParentibllS  maxime  obs^uens.  et  minim  gar-' 
rulus,  this  boy  is  a  very  studious  one,  at  the  same  time  he  is  also  very  submissive  to  his 
parents,  and  the  least  talkative.  =>numissive  to  nis 

H.  (2>  7h!uSUPrla^Ve  admitS  many  more  qualifying  adverbs,  both  upwards  and 
downwards,  than  the  Comparative,  particularly  exaggerations.  The  most  oiZry  are 
multo,  longe,  the  Genitive  pi.  of  the  object  of  comparison  (because  we  really  do  no 
ompare  the  abstract  quality,  but  the  subject,  bearing  the  quality  and  the Hubert  being  a 
noun,  ,t  must  necessarily  put  the  other  nouns,  or  their  representatives,  into  Genitive)  or 
the  preposition  ex,  with  its  Abl.,  or  inter,  w.  Ace,  or  aPud.  w.  Ace.  n  this  manner  - 
multo  maxima  pars,  by  fa  the  largest  part;  Apud  Helvetios  longe  CnobinsLS  £fc 

orixS  M  *■!    C Si?'  ^  the  "dvetii  by  fo  the  »*W  ««  ^eSt  (manias  ol" 
Zn;,p  i     °mnmm  Romanorum  fuit  eloquentissimus;    M.  Ter.   Varro  inter 

omnes  Romanos  doetissimus  fuit;    acerrimus   autem  ex  omnibus  nostris  sensTbus  else 


178 

sensum  videndi  (Cic   de  Or.   287)  the  keenest  of  all  our  senses  to  be  our  sense  of 

seeing. 

Exaggerations  in  praise  or  in  vituperation  are  incomparably  done  in  Latin  by  the 
stately  issimus,  a,  urn,  with,  or  without  adverbial  expletive  phrases,  such  as:  hominum, 
or  patrum  memoria,  within  men's  or  our  fathers'  recollection,  toto  quam  late  patet  terra- 
rum  orbe,  in,  or  on,  upon  all  the  orb  of  the  earth  as  far  and  wide  as  it  is  open  (for  pe- 
netration); toto  coelo,  by  a  whole  heavens;  oppido,  by  a  town-size,  &c. 

(3)  Roman  grammarians  of  the  different  ages,  from  Varro  to  Priscianus,  i.,  e.,  from 
the  Classical  age  to  the  end  of  the  fifth  century,  were  themselves  divided  as  to  the  spell- 
ing and  pronunciation  of  the  -Aims,  a,  urn,  ending  of  the  Superlative,  including  the  -thus 
ending  of  the  IV,  and,  generally  of  the  u  standing  for  i,  in  places  like  carnrfex  existmio, 
and  the  like.  This  dispute  has  drawn  in  also y%  in  lacryma,  hyems,  satyra,  Sylla,   and  it 
is  still  going  on,  teachers  of  Latin,  even  without  sufficient  information  in  genera    lin- 
zuistry,  paleography,  inscriptions,  and  the  works  of  the  Roman  grammarians,  will  join 
in  it,  by  copying  oddities  from  German  pedants.  Latin  orthography  has  never  been  de- 
finitely settled   For  nearly  seven  centuries  no  grammars  existed,  usage  by  the  most  cul- 
tured speakers  and  writers  was  the  model  to  go  by.  All  the  grammars  that  arose  later, 
were  mere  treatices,  and  the  language  died  out  long  before  a  system  could  have  been 
worked  out.  It  is  only  our  own  age  that  has  produced  systematized  grammars.  Reason 
and  good  taste,  therefore,  would  seem  to  demand,   that  we  should  not  affect  a  better 
knowledge  of  Latin  than  the  Romans  themselves  professed,   nor  to  prescribe  how  the 
Romans  ought  to  have  spoken. 

The  facts,  therefore,  are:  (a)  short  i.  like  in  wr,  and  virtus,  in  the  old  form  of 
speech,  (ante-classical,  and  classical),  had  the  sound  of  German  u  (French  u)\  this  sound 
thinned  out  into  our  present  i  (English  ee),  long,  or  short,  and  so  it  survived. 

(b)  Everybody  knew  the  words  and  their  sounds;  few  could  read  or  write;  those 
who  did  know,  there  being  no  dictionaries,  they  wrote  "phonetically,"  i.  e.,  following 
the  ears  As  the  y  represented  the  Greek  v  (ii)  sound,  and  this  answered  the  sound  of  the 
unaccented  u  (while  the  accented  u  was  rendered  in  Greek  by  ov\  it  was  natural  that 
it  u  zndy  got  mixed  up.  Accordingly,  when  a  word  was  known  to  be  Roman,  %  and  u 
were  interchanged,  and  opttmus,  optwmus,  existmio  and  existwmo,  port/bus  and  porta 
bus,  carmfex  and  carnufex  were  written,  though  always  pronounced  the  same  way,  i.  e., 
by  u.  When,  on  the  other  hand,  the  word  seemed  to  be  Greek,  like  in  Sylla,  lacryma, 
satyra,  hyems,  sylva,  the  more  conservative  and  more  learned  used  the  j\  the  more  de- 
mocratic employed  either  of  the  other  two  letters.  Whilst  Quintilianus  may  well  protest 
that  iht  genre  of  Satyr*  was  entirely  "ours,"  he  does  not  say  that  the  name  was;  and  tf 
he  did  he  could  not  say  that  the  word  must  be  spelled  satira  or  sat*ra.  But  be  it  spelled 
satira  'satwra,  or  satyra,  the  pronunciation  will  be  the  same,  satura.  The  spelling  is  im- 
material, the  word  is  the  thing.  I  keep  to  the  conservative,  Roman  scholarly  spelling  and 
pronunciation,  quia,  "Praetor  minima  non  curat."  Caesar  favored  the  u 


179 

(4)  Besides  those  adjectives  which  by  their  nature  cannot  admit  grading,  like  m6r- 
tuus,  nitus,  vivus,  Romanus,  ligneus,  &c,  and  those  which  are  already  superlatives  in 
themselves,  like  primus,  ultimus,  imus,  m£dius,  &c,  some  others  belong  to  this  group, 
which,  though  admitting  gradation  in  the  abstract,  will  refuse  the  endings.  Such  are  the 
ones  with  -us,  ay  urn  preceded  by  a  vowel,  as:  idoneus,  apt,  fit;  vaoius,  empty,  vacant; 
necessirius,  egr£gius,  prominent,  excellent,  irduus,  steep,  difficult;  pius,  devoted,  aflec- 
tionate,  though  in  Church-Latin  its  superl.  is  quite  frequent,  as  piissimus.  To  this  group 
must  be  added  the  adjectives  in  icus,  idus,  inus,  <5nus,  as:  modicus,  a  little:  rubidus, 
reddish;  peregrinus,  a  stranger;  sonorus,  sonorous,  well-sounding;  then:  cadiicus,  down- 
falling,  perishable;  dnus,  gray-haired;  cicur,  tame;  claudus,  ferus,  wild;  gna'rus,  know- 
ing; memor,  mindful,  mirus,  wonderful,  praeditus,  gifted  with;  lastly  those  formed  of 
nouns  and  verbs:  inceps,  -cipitis,  doubful;  inops,  is,  without  means;  magnanimus;  p£- 
stifer,  a,  um;  rega'lis,  e,  royal. 

The  Comparatives  and  the  Superlatives  of  these,  and  similar  adjectives,  are  thus 
formed: 


Gracilis 

Positives 

Qr.  Comparative 

Gr.  Superlativus 

innocuus 
harmless 

magis  inndcuus 
more  harmless 

mixime  inndcuus 
most  harmless 

inge'unus 
wellborn 

magis  ing£nuus 

mdxime  ing£nuus 

idoneus 

magis  indoneus 

mdxime  iddneus 

c6ngruus 
agreeing 

minus  congruus 
less 

minime  congruus 
least 

sospes 
hale 

minus  sospes 

minime  sospes 

praxeps 
headlong 

minus  praxeps 

minime  praxeps 

ime  process  can 

be  applied  to  the  regular,  as: 

bedtus 
happy 
doctus 

magis  beatus 
minus  doctus 

mdxime  beatus 
minime  doctus 

Note.  —  The  adj.  parvus,  recognized  irregular,  is  also  used  regularly  by  technical 
writers,  like  Vitruvius,  who  freely  employes  the  forms  pdrvior,  parvissimus,  a,  urn. 

100.  Qualifying.  —  Let  us  learn  the  principle  once  and  for  all,  that  a  noun  is 
qualified  by  an  adjective;  an  adjective,  a  verb,  and  an  adverb  are  qualified  by  an  adverb; 
a  letter,  a  written  letter,  a  well  written  letter;    litteras,   littene  scripts,  litter*  bene  scri- 


i8o 

ptae.  Any  one  saying,  or  writing  in  English,  "he  knows  full  well,"  makes  a  mistake,  be- 
cause well  is  an  adverb,  full  is  an  adjective;  he  must  say,  "he  knows  fully  well,"  qualify, 
ing  an  adverb  by  an  adverb.  <    § 

While  in  English  we  find  no  difficulty  in  understanding  inscriptions  like  •Village 
Cash  Steam  Bakery,"  i.  e.,  four  nouns  placed  side  by  side  disconnected,  in  Latin  we 
could  not  understand  wether  the  village  were  cash,  cash  were  steam,  or  the  village  cashed 
steam,  or  steamed  cash,  baked  cash,  baked  steam,  or  villaged  the  bakery.  Exactness  and 
precision  are  demanded  by  Latin,  as  the  standards  of  right  thinking,  well-disciplined  mind, 

and  of  refined  tastes. 

Nouns  will  not  qualify  nouns  in  Latin,  excepting  in  a  few  instances,  such  as,  vir 
optimae  indolis,  a  gentleman  of  the  best  character,  using  Genitive  for  an  acquired  quality, 
and  puer  magno  dpite,  a  boy  (with)  a  big  head,  Ablative  with  an  inborn  quality.  In 
English,  like  in  the  French  and  Italian,  Spanish,  &c,  as  having  no  formal  Genitives,  but 
using  the  Latin  preposition  de,  or  its  equivalent  of,  along  with  an  Abl.,  though  the  nativ- 
es think  that  it  is  a  Genitive,  use  this  Ablative  for  qualifying  a  great  variety  for  things. 
The  real  English  Genitive,  i.e.,  the -w  of  the  111.  decl.  cut  down  into  's,  as  "At  Mr. 
Brown's,"  is  not  employed  for  qualifying,  excepting  as  possession,  and  "in  honor  of," 
as  is  the  case  of  churches,  schools,  hospitals,  and  similar  institutions;  as:  Saint  Peter's 
Church,  Samaritan  Hospital,  Mount  Desert  University,  in  which  cases  "Peter's"  is  Ge- 
nitivus  Possessivus,  Samaritan  and  Mt.  Desert  are  adjectives. 

With  classical  precedents  before  us,  we  shall  say  of  the  first  ad  Saudi  Petri,  asdes, 
fanum,  templum  to  be  understood;  or  expressed,  as,  Fanum  (aides,  templum)  Divi 
Petri.  In  the  other  cases  we  must  use  adjectives,  as:  Valetudinarium  Samaritanum,  Uni- 
versitas  Scientiarum  Deserto-Montanum,  Columbianum,  or,  if  named  after  a  founder  or 
benefactor,  we  shall  say:  Academia  de  Brown,  i.  e.,  de  nomine  viri  Brown  sic  appellata, 
nomine  Brown  nuncupata,  or,  viro,  nomine  Brown,  dicata,  vota,  sacra. 

"Professor  N.  N.  (nomen),  of  Riverbank  College,"    does  not  mean  that  he  is  the 

property  of  the  buildings,  or  of  the  corporation,  i.  e.,  of  is  not  the  mark  of  a  Genitive,  but 

of  an  Ablative,  as  stated  above.  Collegium  means  a  gathering  of  teachers,  or  masters,  and 

Prof.  N.  N.  is  one  out  o/them;  wherefore,  we  say:  Magister  N-  N.,  e  Collegio  Ripario- 

Fluviali. 

As  to  Churches,  denominations  and  clergy  the  following  principles  should  be  observed. 

A.  The  Roman  Church  having  authentic  and  full  Roman  succession,  has  also  ter- 
minology essentialy  Roman,  such  as  sacerdos,  Pontifex,  ara,  sacrificium,  hostia,  celebra- 
re,  &c.  On  the  other  hand,  many  of  her  technical  terms  are  either  latest  Greek,  vulgar- 
Latin  of  the  post  Roman  age,  or  a  large  number  of  words  and  phrases,  are  Hebraic  Still, 
the  better  Latinists  of  the  Roman  Curia,  and  the  clergy  generally,  have  always  preference 
for  pure,  untainted  Roman  Latin.  Accordingly,  the  Pontiff  is  Pontifex  Romanus;  the 
Church  is  Coetus  Rumanus  (for  the  vulgar  Ecclesia)]  the  clergy,  Clerus  Romanus;  the 
priest,  Sacerdos  displicime,  iurisdictionis,  obediential  Romanae;  the  bishop,  Episcopus 
(Greek)  disciplinx  Roman*;  the  religious  orders,  Clerus  Regularis,   Ordines  Religiosi; 


i8i 

the  Benedictine  Order,  Ordo  Divi  Benedicti  (but  it  might  be  better:  Ordo  de  Divo  Be- 
nedicto),  or,  in  street  language,  Benedictini.  The  orders  of  women:  Nonnce  (nuns,  a  Ro- 
man word,  meaning  something  like  aunties),  a  later  name,  Virgines  Sanctimoniales,  fr 
sanctimonia,  saintliness,  holiness.  As  Orders,  like  above:  Ordo  Divas  (Sanct*  a  less 
proper  expression)  Ursulas,  or,  Ordo  de  Diva  Ursula,  de  Divo  Dominico,  de  Diva 
Scholastica,  &c. 

B.  Those  outside  of  Roman  obedience,  called  erroneously  Protestantes,  for  the 
classical  form  Obtestantes,  expresses  that  idea,  are  Sect*,  like  Secta3  Stoicorum 
Academicorum,  Epicuri,  Philosophorum,  meaning  a  "School,"  its  individual  followers 
massecla;  as:  Secta  Palaao  Catholicorum,  Gallicanorum,  Anglicanorum,  Episcopalium 
Presbyteralium,  Methodicorum,  Baptistarum,  Anabaptistarum,  Ccetualium  (Congregatio- 
nalium);  their  clergy:  clerus,  clerici,  prasdicatores,  pastores,  curatores  animarum;  the 
individual:  Reverendus  N.  N.,  Minister  (Pradicator)  Ritus  Lutherici,  Galviniani,  An- 
glicani,  &c. 


DE  ABLATIVO  ADIECTIVORVM. 

101.  Grammarians  have  devised  many  rules  and  exceptions  for  the  terminations  of 
the  adjectives  of  the  III  declension  in  Ablative  singular,  for  this  alone  is  in  doubt  the 
Ablatives  of  I  and  II  being  fixed  and  immutable.  The  Abl.  s.  in  III.  ends  in  -e,  or  -/. 
The  question  is,  which  of  the  adjectives  (of  the  nouns  we  shall  see  elsewhere)  will  take 
-e>  which  will  prefer  =/.  How  must  we  say:  Viro  audace,  puella  suavi,  puero  petulante? 
or  Viro  audaci,  puella  suave,  puero  petulanti? 

The  interest  of  the  Latin  language  is,  that  it  should  not  become  hateful  on  account 
of  pedantry  of  which  the  Latin  grammars  have  become  the  storehouse.  Priscianus  does 
not  justify  any  such.  I  abide  by  his  simple  principles,  and  I  generalize  the  rest. 
Accordingly: 

a.  All  adjectives  that  will  take  -ia  in  Norn.  pi.  n.,  and  -turn,  in  Gen.  pi.,  will  end 
in  -i  in  Abl.  sing. 

b.  All  other  adjectives,  wether  they  do,  or  do  not  take  increment  in  the  oblique  ca- 
ses; wether  they  end  in  -is,  e,  -x,  or  -ps,  or  any  other  double  or  two  or  three  consonants- 
find  examples  in  Roman  authors  both  for  Abl.  e,  and  Abl.  i. 

Romans  in  this  matter  were  guided  by  two  principles,  euphonia,  or  the  sound  most 
pleasing  to  the  ears,  by  breaking  the  monotony  of  e-e-e  into  i,  and  versa  vice,  from  i-i-i 
into  e;  and  prosodia,  or  quantity,  i.  e.,  the  longness  or  shortness  of  the  syllables:  form- 
ing the  words  e  being  always  short,  i  always  long.  As  the  adj.  usually  follows  the  noun, 
and  bears  the  stress,  there  can  be  no  reason  for  wondering  if  -/  was  the  prevalent  and 
dominant  ending,  while  e  formed  the  exception.  Wherefore, 

(1)  Ail  adjectives,  including  present  participles,  should  end  in  -i  in  the  Ablative  of 
the  third  declension. 


1 82 

(2)  Present  participles,  when  they  are  employed  as  pure  verbs,  as  is  the  case  in  the 
Ablativus  Absolutus  (sole  orient*,  aviculae  canunt,  puero  discent*  soror  tacet),  or  nouns, 
as  continent*,  parent*  confluent*,  should  end  in  e;  but  if  they  are  adjectives,  must  follow 
the  rule  of  the  adjectives. 

(3)  When  we  know  that  the  Norn.  pi.  n.  ends  in  a,  and,  as  a  consequence,  Gen. 
pi.  ends  in  -urn  (instead  of  -ium  and  -ia,  respectively)  the  Abl.  sing,  of  the  adjective  may 
be  -*;  as:  pater  ambulat  cum  homine  pauper*  (pauper,  Norn,  pi  n.  -pern,  Gen.  pi.  -per- 
um);  but,  if  we  said,  -cum  homine  pauper/,  we  commit  no  mistake.  —  So  also  bipes,  bi* 
pedis,  Abl.  bipeda,  Norn.  pi.  n.  bipeda,  Gen.  pi.  bipedum;  the  same  quadrupes,  dis,  da, 
dum,  no  matter  what  other  books  may  teach;  almost  all  other  adjs.  are  -ija,  ium;  but 
all  the  comparatives  are  —  a,  urn,  and  in  Abl.  may  be  either  *  or  i. 


A  D  V  E  R  B  I  A. 

102.  Here  we  mean  those  adverbs  alone,  which  are  formed  from  adjectives.  Adverbs 
of  this  kind  are  parts  of  speech,  which  answer  the  question,  How?  —  qu6modo?  —  qui? 
quem^dmodum?  —  as:  well,  badly,  swiftly,  bene,  male,  celenter. 

103.  Adverbs,  as  stated  above,  qualify,  verbs  (hence  their  name:  ad  +  verbum), 
adjectives,  and  adverbs,  but  no  nouns,  for  we  cannot  say  a  badly  booh,  a  harshly  voice, 
while  we  may  well  say,  a  badly  printed  book;  a  very  poorly  illustrated  book,  liber  ma- 
lus,  liber  valde  malus,  liber  misere  pactus,  liber  perquam  misere  pactus,  et  miserrime 
illustratus. 

104.  The  most  frequent  use  of  adverbs  is  with  verbs:  How  do  I  speak?  qui,  or,  qu6" 
modoloquor?  I  speak  slowly,  lente  loquor;  he  spoke  eloquently,  diserte  loquebiitaV; 
speak  clearly  and  distinctly,  16quere  dirt  et  distincte!  Loquere  Latine!  speak  Latin  (ly,  i. 
e.,  like  a  Latin);  scisne  Latine?  do  you  know  Latin  (ly  to  speak?).  Latine  satis  bene 
cflleo,  sed  Graece  minus  bene,  I  am  quite,  or  sufficiently  well,  versed  in  (speaking)  Latin 
(-ly),  but  Greek  (-ly)  less  well- 

Note  1.  —  Grammars  and  teachers  of  modern  languages  are  entirely  mistaken 
when  they  assume,  and  teach,  that,  in  phrases:  I  speak  English,  1  speak  French,  German, 
&c,  the  verb  is  transitive,  and  English,  French,  German,  &c,  are  direct  objects  in  Accu- 
sative. Latin  shows  what  the  truth  is.  The  verb  is  intransitive,  and  the  supposed  objects 
are  adverbs,  English/?,  French/?,  German/?,  i.  e.,  in  the  manner,  after  the,  according  to 
the  manner  of--..  The  cause  of  the  misunderstanding  is  the  absence  of  endings,  so 
glorified  in  by  the  modernists,  and  some  of  the  adjectives,  at  least  in  English,  bearing  ad- 
verbial endings,  or  none  at  all,  as:  he  works  hard,  an  adj.  for  the  regular  adv.  hard/y. 
should  we  insert,  and  use  the  adv.  as  we  should,  "he  works  hardly,"  the  meaning  wit 
also  be  inverted-  Hence  the  Latin  endings  are  invaluable. 


i8, 

Note  2.  —  "English,"  "French,"  "German"  can  also  be  direct  objects  of  the 
verb  "to  speak;"  but  they  will  be  only  adjectives,  and  the  real  object,  "language,"  must 
be  expressed:  ''I  speek  the  English  language,"  loquor  linguam  Anglicam,  Gallicam,  Ger- 
manicam;"  but  we  could  not  say,  "Loquor  Anglicum,"  in  neuter,  nor  in  feminine,  w. 
"lingua"  understood.  This  is  the  false  assumption  of  the  teachers  of  modern  tongues.  — 
We  have  a  third  way  in  Latin,  for  we  can  say,  "Loquitur  lingua*  Latina\"  i.  e.,  with 
Ablative,  a  kind  of  "means." 

Note  3.  —  Modern  linguists  equally  mistake  when  they  ask  a  person  of  another 
nationality,  wether  he,  or  she  has  the  knowledge  of  this  or  that  tongue,  and  use  the  ex- 
pression, "Do  you  speak?  Parlete  voi?  Parlez  vous?  Sprechen  Sie?  The  person  so  ask- 
ed, ought  to  answer:  "If  1  did,  you  would  hear  it.  '  The  question  is  not,  wether  one 
does  or  does  not  speak,  but  whether  he,  or  she,  can,  does  he,  or  she  know  how  to  speak. 
In  Lau'n  we  ask  it  rationally:  "Scisne  Latine?"  or  "Callestne  Latine?"  "Dost  thou 
know,"  "Canst  thou  Latinly?"  "Clever  thou  art  Latinly?" 

105.  As  there  are  two  main  groups  of  adjectives,  one  of  the  II  declension,  and  the 
other  of  the  III,  so  the  adverbs  are  formed  one  vvay  from  the  one  group,  and  another 
way  from  the  other  group.  —  To  form  an  adv.  from  an  adj.  of  group  A,  take  off  the 
-us,  a,  urn,  whether  Positive  or  Superlative  degree,  and  substitute  an  -e\  v/hich  in  all  the 
adverbia  of  this  group  is  long,  excepting  bene,  male,  superne,  inferne;  as: 


Adj. 

Adv. 

Super!, 

Adv. 

GROUP  A 

longus, 
crassus, 
pulcher, 

long£ 

crass£ 
pulchre\ 

longissimus, 
crassissimus, 
pulcheVrimus, 

longissim£ 
crassissim£ 
pulcherrim6 

The  process  of  forming  adverbia  from  the  adjectives  of  the  Groups  B  and  C  of  the 
III.  declension  is  this:  leave  off  the  s  of  the  Genitive  of  the  adjectives  proper,  and  sub- 
stitute the  ending  -iter;  in  the  present  participles  omit  the  -is  of  the  Gemtive,  and  sub- 
stitute °er,  in  this  way:  adj.  brevis,  Genit.  breVis,  cut  off  s,  add  -ter,  and  you  have  brivt- 
ter.  In  diligens,  Genit.  dilig£nt/s,  leave  4s  off,  put  -er  in  the  place,  and  you  obtain  dili- 
ginter.  Therefore: 


Adj. 

Adv. 

Pres.  part. 

Adv. 

br£vis 

br&viter 

diligens 

dilig£nter 

tinuis 

itnxxiler 

fervens 

fer  venter 

6R0UPS  B  &  G 

gravis 

griviter 

reVerens 

xtwtxintet 

felix 

itWtiter 

urgens 

uvg&nter 

tenax 

ttniciter 

£minens 

tmminier 

Note  1.  —  Of  this  group  audaxjdcilis  and  difficilis  do  not  follow  the  rule;  audax 
'S  formed  into  auddcter,  throwing  off  the  i;  fdcilis  follows  Group  A,  or,  perhaps,  takes 


1 84 


its  neuter  form,  and  becomes  fdcile,  (though  in  the  older  authors  faciliter  is  also  found), 
as  we  all  know  the  phrase  "f*cile  princeps,"  easily  the  chief;  while  difTicilis  has  its  adv 
in  difficulter. 

Note  2.  —  On  the  other  hand,  some  adjectives  of  the  II,  form  their  adverbs  on  the 
pattern  of  the  111,  or  on  both;  as: 


viol£ntus,  viol£nter 
alius,  a,  ud,  other,  aTiter 
durus,  dure\  and  diiriter 
firmus,  firme\  and  firmiter 


hum^nus,  hum£ne\  and  hurrdniter 
validus,  valde,  and  vilide* 


106.  The  irregular  adjectives  bonus,  malus,  magnus,   parvus, 
also  irregular  in  their  adverbs: 


multus,   a,    um,    are 


bonus, 

bene, 

melius 

6ptim6 

malus 

male 

p£ius 

p£ssime* 

magnus 

magn6pere 

magis 

m^xime* 

parvus 

parum 

minus 

minime* 

multus 

multoties 

plus  (pluries) 

plurimum 

107.  Some  nouns  in  Norn,  neuter,  derived  from  adjectives,  are  used  as  adjectival 
adverbs,  as:  cceterum,  othervise,  as  to  the  rest,  very  frequent  in  transition  from  one 
subject  to  another;  patum,  little,  not  much;  paululum,  a  trifle;  paucillum,  a  little  bit; 
postremum,  lastly. 

108.  Adjectives,  ordinarily  qualifying  fern,  nouns,  are  employed  in  their  Abl.  s.  forms 
as  adverbs;  such  are:  dextrd%  recta,  to  the  right  (hand;  but  recta  also  means  straight 
forward,  or  straight  way,  when,  instead  of  manus,  via  is  understood);  sinistra,  Icevd,  to 
the  left.'  So  are  also  used  the  prepositions  infra,  beneath,  intra,  within,  supra,  above  (in 
a  book-note,  in  referring  to  a  statement  above,  we  say:  ut supra,  as  above). 

109.  Quite  a  number  of  adverbs  are  but  the  accusatives  or  the  ablatives  of  nouns,  as: 
circum,  around,  circum  circa,  round  about;  multum,  a  great  deal;  die,  de  die,  diu,  at  day 
time;  dienoctuque,  node,  noctu,  vesperi,  heri,  hodie  (hoc  die),  homo  (hoc  anno,  this 
year),  initio,  principi6,  in  the  beginning;  tempore,  or  in  tempore,  seasonably;  quotidie, 
every  day;  quotinnis,  every  year;  pridie,  the  preceding  day;  postridie,  the  next  day; 
gratis  (for  mere)  thanks- 

Note.  _  Fores,  forium,  a  double  door,  or  folding  door,  a  door  of  two  leaves,  there- 
fore pi.  only,  is  used  adverbially,  with  accusative,  pi.,  when  answering  the  question 'wither?' 
but  abl.  pi.,  when  answering  the  question  'where?'  as:  Qu6  is?  whither  dost  thou  go?  eo 
for  as,  I  go  out,  abroad,  outside.  Unde  venis?  whence  dost  thou  come?  V£nio  foris.  - 
Ubi  es?  Sum  foris.  Whence  forinsecus,  on  the  outside  the  forum,  the  square,  the  market 
place,  the  forum  (court  house),  forSnsicus,  a,  um,    relating   to  the  square,  or  the   court, 


,85 

fodneus,  circumfodneus,  men,  or  houses  around  the  squre,  court-square-  From  the  same 
word  is  the  English  foreigner,  misspelled. 

110.  A  set  of  adverbs  is  formed  from  nouns  and  the  pps.  of  verbs,  by  the  ending 
imt  as:  plrtim,  partly;  passim,  here  and  there,  at  every  few  steps;  s&isim,  noticably,  per- 
ceptibly; caVptim,  pluckingly,  plucking  on  the  run;  fiirtim,  stealthily,  on  the  sly;  gradd- 
tim,  step-by-step;  vicissim,  mutually;  alterndtim,  in  turns;  victim,  each  village  in  turns; 
viritim  every  man  in  turns;  catervitim,  in  packs,  in  crowds.  —  We  may  add  to  this 
group  the  adverbs  in  -lus,  as:  divinitus,  by  special  divine  providence;  ccelitus,  by  heaven- 
ly aid;  radicitus,  radically,  by  root  and  branch,  fiinditus,  by  the  very  foundations  (to 
uproot,  to  overthrow);  mordicus,  and  mordicitus,  by  biting,  by  the  teeth  (grabbing, 
snapping). 

111.  A  few  adverbs  are  compounded  of  prepositions  and  nouns,  as:  impr^sentia'rum 
for  the  time  being;  prascipue,  praesdrtim,  above  all;  obviam,   on  encountering;  invicem' 
one-another;  ex  quo,  since  (the  time);  ab  hinc,  ago;  extimplo,  instantly;  illico,   confet- 
ti m,  right  off;  ex  ad v£rsum,  on  the  opposite  side;  necopina'to,   unforeseen;   imposterum, 
hereafter. 

112.  The  pp.  of  verto*  ti,  versutn,  to  turn,  to  turn  around  something,  transative, 
in  its  masc.  form,  versus,  (or  n.  versum,  in  compounds,  as  adversum)  is  a  preposition  w ' 
accusative,  as,  versus  domum,  or  domum  versus,  toward  the  house.  Compounded  with 
prepositions,  both  forms,  produce  a  number  of  adverbs;  as:  sursum,  upwards,  deorsum 
downwards;  dextrorsum,  on  the  right;  sinistrorsum,  or  l&vdrsum,  leftwards;'  prorsum 
forwards;  retrorsum,  backwards;  quorsum?  whitherwards?  in  what  direction?  or  for 
what  purpose? 

Note.  —  On  this  analogy  the  philologists  for  centuries  claimed  also  the  adverb 
seorsim,  separately,  all  by  itself,  and  it  is  now  universally  spelled  as  seors^m.  I  maintain 
the  old  form,  seors/m,  because  the  other  form  would  mean  "towards  itself,"  se  -f  versum; 
whereas  the  old  form  is  derived  from  the  verb  ordior*  orsus  sum,  to  begin,  to  start  a 
new  row,  a  new  order,  +  se,  =  away;  apart,  so  that  seorsim  means,  in  an  order,  apart 
for,  or  by  itself. 


RATIONES  COMPARANDI. 

113.  Adjectives,  as  well  as  Adverbs  can  be  compared,  providing  the  meaning  and  the 
forms  permit.  —  There  are  three  degrees,  or  grades,  in  comparing:  Gradus  Positivus, 
Gradus  Comparative,  and  Gradus  Superlativus.  In  the  first  two  grades  there  must  be 
at  least  tv/e  adjectives,  or  adverbs,  either  expressed,  or  understood,  in  order  to  t^tct 
comparison,  or  there  may  be  as  many  groups.  In  the  superlative,  at  least  three  adjecth  es 
or  adverbs  must  be  present  or  understood.  These  three  grades  must  be  strictly  observed, 
and  we  cannot  leap  from  one  to  the  other;  that  is,  we  are  not  allowed  to  say,  as  we  often 


1 86 

hear  in  English:  "Which  is  the  best  of  the  two?"  "Utrum  est  optimum?"  because  two 
adjectives  cannot  be  compared  in  the  third  grade,  we  can  compare  them  only  in  the  first 
and  second  grades.  The  following  are  the  principles: 

1.  Gradus  Positivus:  The  two  adjectives,  adverbs,  or  groups  thereof,  must  both 
stand  in  Norn.  sing,  or  pi,  as:  luna  non  est  tarn  magna  quam  tellus;  sed  luna  tarn  ro- 
tunda est  quam  tellus.  In  such  sentences  the  subjects  alone  are  expressed,  in  the  second 
part  of  the  comparison,  and  the  adjectives  are  understood,  as  though  we  said:  luna  non 
est  tarn  magna,  quam  magna  est  tellus.  In  this  sentence:  Vir  tarn  bonus  est  quam  docius, 
two  adjectives  are  expressed,  qualifying  one  subject.  In  the  sentence:  Puer  iste  tarn  diu 
et  sedulo  laboravit,  quam  scite  et  affabre,  two  groups  of  adverbs  are  expressed  and  com- 
pared (This  boy  has  worked  as  long  and  diligently,  as  intelligently  and  skilfully).  The 
two  parts  of  comparison  in  the  Positive  Degree,  both  in  Nominative,  are  joined  by  the 
particles  tarn  and  quam. 

Note.  —  As  in  other  languages,  when  the  two  parts  of  the  comparison  either  agree 
or  disagree,  we  express  the  conclusion  in  Latin  by  other  phrases,  such  as:  sunt  cequales 
inter  se;  sunt  incequales;  pares,  dispares;  similes  sui,  similes  or  dissimiles  inter  se;  sunt 
absimiles,  inter  se  discrepant,  differunl,  divergunt;  and  the  degree  of  agreement  of  di- 
vergency is  expressed  by  phrases  like:  apprime  congruunt inter  se,  ex  omni  parte  consen- 
tiuntsibi;  ad  amussim  concordant;  parum  sibi  conveniunt;  inter  se  pugnani,  sibi  re- 
pugnant; longe  secusy  or  longe  dliter  se  habent;  oppido  diversa  sunt,  &c 

2.  Gradus  Comparativus.  —  The  comparative  degree  of  the  adjectives  is  formed 
by  adding  to  their  stems  the  respective  endings:  -ior,  ius,  -lior,  lius,  -rior,  rius;  the  ad- 
verbs taking  -ius  alone.  When  comparison  is  instituted  between  two  things,  or  groups, 
the  subjects,  or  their  representatives,  can  stand  either  in  Norn.,  as  tellus  est  minor  quam 
sol;  or,  omitting  quam  and  using  the  object  of  comparison  with  Ablative;  as:  tellus  min- 
or est  sole.  —The  order  of  words  in  ornate  style  is  often  changed,  so  that  quam  is  placed 
between  the  two  nouns,  as:  tellus,  quam  sol,  minor  est;  labor,  quam  otium,  utilior  est, 
or,  as  verbs:  laborare,  quam  otiiri,  utilius  est  (the  Infinitives  being  used  as  neuter  nouns), 
labor  is  more  useful  than  leisure,  idleness. 

Note.  —  Mark  the  idioms:  asquo  plus  (plus  quam  aequum  =  more  than  right,  that 
is,  too  much);  iusto  minus,  less  than  right,  or  just,  i.  e.,  less  than  it  ought  to  be;  quo 
plus,  eo  melius,  the  more,  the  better;  quanto  plus,  tanto  melius,  by  how  much  more,  by 
that  much  better;  serius  ant  6cyus,  sooner  or  later,  luce  clarius,  more  clearly  than  day- 
light; dicto  citius,  or  celeVius,  more  quickly,  or  rapidly,  than  it  takes  to  say;  piullo  plus, 
or  ^mplius,  a  little  more  than.  Sometimes  the  second  part  of  the  comparison  is  only 
implied,  as:  Tacuisse  satius  erat,  it  would  have  been  wiser  to  keep  silent.  Very  often 
this  degree  is  used  independently,  as:  Doctiores  negabant  id  fieri  posse,  the  more 
learned  (men)  did  not  think  it  possible  (denied  that  it  was  feasible,  or  capable  of  being 
accomplished). 

3.  GraduN  Superlativus.  —  The  superlative  degree  of  the  adjectives  is  formed 
by  attaching  its  proper  formative  endings,  =issimus,  a,  urn,  -illimus,  a,  urn,  and  -errimus, 


1 87 

a  urn,  to  the  stems  of  the  respective  groups  of  adjectives.  This  being  the  th'rd  degree 
those  adjectival  potentialities  are  understood  to  be  present,  this  third  being  either  above,' 
or  beneath  the  other  two,  as:  casa  est  alta,  domus  est  altior,  turns  est  altissima;  or  down- 
wards: turns  est  alta,  domus  est  minus  alta,  casa  est  minime  alta;  or:  iste  vir  parvus 
die  minor,  hie  minimus.  Such  qualification  would  always  be  relative;  but  the  Latin  su- 
perlative .s,  for  the  most  part,  absolute;  as,  for  instance:  Deus  Optimus,  Maximus, 
which  does  not  mean  best  and  bigest,"  but  "all  good  and  all  great;"  vir  doctissitnus, 
vir  clartsstmus,  mean  "my  learned  sir,"  "my  distinguished  sir;"  tristissima  noctis 
imago,  a  very  sad  image  (recollection)  of  that  night. 


EXERCITIA  LEGENDI. 

Since  the  students,  by  this  time,  are  familiar  with  all  the  essentials  of  the  nouns  ad- 
jectives, verbs,  adverbs,  constructions,  idioms,  I  am  introducing  here  a  selection  of  read- 
ing matter  of  a  wide  range,  not  only  illustrating  our  vocabulary,  phraseology  and  idioms, 
but  also  of  permanent  value,  that  will  acquaint  the  student  with  the  intellectual,  ethical 
and  moral  life  of  the  wisest  of  the  Romans,  and  will  assist  the  students  with  a  source  of 
masterful  thoughts  and  expressions,  and  will  be  of  service  to  them  whatever  their  future 
careers  may  be. 


p.  Fateor,1  me  sellularias  quidem  artes  minus  callere:  vestem  de 
textnna  emere;  baxeas  istas  de  sutrina  prjestinare;  enimvero  annulum 
nee  gestare,  gemmam  &  aurum  iuxta plumbum  &  lapillos  nulli sestimare- 
stngiiem  &  ampullam,  caeteraque  balnei  utensilia,  nundinis  mercari. 
rTorsus  enirr inon  eo  infitias,*  nee  radio,  subula,  nee  lima,  nee  torno, 
nee  idgenus  ferramentis  uti  nosse;  sed  his  praoptare  me  fateor,  uno 
cnartano  calamo  me  reficere  poemata  omne  genus,  &c. 


Apul.,  Florida 


1.  -or,  fasus  sum,  I  confess,  I  admit  (Apuleius,  the  author,  speaking  to  a  gather- 
ing)^, a,  nm,  fr.  sdlula,  fr.  sella,  ars  sellularia,  sedentary,  mechanical  art,  occupation; 
rim.  V;n-'(ve,;bl,mneut™m. '"trans.),  but  also  transitive,  as  here,  magis  v.  minus 
sSil'li  (°  ttIe  versed  !»  mechanics;  -is,  is,  f,  clothes;  I.,  a  weaver's  shop;  1.  a 
spec  al  kind  of  shoe;  I.,  shoemaker's  shop;    -no,*  r.,  to  purchase;  adv..  for;  II.,  a  ring; 

.n;/'a-IreqU;^ro'I^M''^W,t0wear;I-'    a  *em;    -«>M,gold;  -urn,!,  lead; 
us,  i,  dim.  of  lapis,  idis,  stone,  pebble;  dat.  of  nullum,  in  the  sense  of  nihilum;  -mo,' 


i88 

r  to  value;  =  (I  confess,  I  frankly  state)  to  value  gems  and  cold,  along  (like)  lead  and 
pebble,  for  nothing;  ampulla,  *,  a  cruet,  a  small  vessel,  here  for  oil  and  perfumery, 
-urn,  1,  a  bath;  -silia,  um,  pi.,  n.  appliances;  -nee,  arum,  market,  fair;  -cor,  atus  sum; 
to  purchase  buy.  —  2.  Infitias  ire,  an  idiom,  to  gainsay,  to  deny,  =  I  do  not  deny  at 
all;  II.,  here  a  metallic  needle  of  a  shoemaker;  I.,  an  awl;  1.,  a  file;  11,  a  lathe;  ncm t 
novisse,  or,  contracted,  nosse,  to  know,  =  1  do  not  know  how  to  use;  we  often  said  that 
utor  governs  the  AM.,  and  these  nouns  are  in  AM.:  -to,1  r.,  rather  wish,  prefer;  II.,  here, 
a  writing  pen,  or  "papery  pen,"  ■*«.  a,  um  is  the  adj.  of  charta,  paper, ..  e„  a  pen  ad- 
apted, suitable  for  writing  on  paper:  reficio?  feci,  ctum,  to  repair,  mend,  correct,  make  a 
new;  poema,  atis,  n.,  -ata,  pi.,  a  poem,  verses,  poems. 

58.  (Rosa;1)  tardissime  proveniunt  semine,  quod  in  ipso  cdrtice  est, 
sub  ipso  flore,  opertum  lanugine.  Ob  id2  potius  caule  conciso  inserun- 
tur,  &  ocellis,  radicis,  ut  arundo,  &c. 

Plin.  H.N.  21,  4,  10. 

1.  I  ,  a  rose;  adv.  superb  fr.  tardus,  a,  um,  slow,  late;  -*&»,«  ni,  turn,  to  come 
forth;  -en,  mis,  abl.  s.,  seed;  -fa*,  ids.  m.,  a  bark  (the  seed  of  the  rose  is  beneath  the 
bark  itself);  flosjloris,  m.,  flower;  -rio*  ui,  rtum,  to  cover;  -go,  mis,  f.,  fine  down  of 
plants,  or  other  things,  abb,  by,  with.  -  Ace.  of  (is,  ea),  id,  on  account  of  prep,  ob  = 
for  that  reason,  on  that  account;  adv.  rather;  -is.  is,  m.,  stalk,  abl.;  conado?  dt.  sum, 
to  cut  in;  lb,  an  eyelet,  abb  pi.;  -dix,  dicis,  f.,  a  root;  ut  =  as:  -do,  mis,  f.,  a  reed. 

59.  Utraque  (sutura  &  fibula)  optima  est  ex  acia  molli,  non  nimis 
torta,  quo  mitius  corpori  insidat.  Utraque  neque  nimis  rara,2  neque 
nimis  crebra  iniicienda.  Si  nimis  rara  est,  non  continet,3  si  nimis  crebra 
est,  vehementer  afficit;  quia  quo  saepius  acus  corpus  transsuit,  quo- 
que  plura  loca  iniectum  vinculum  mordet,  eo  maidres  inflammationes 

oriuntur,  magisque  aestate. 

Celsus,  V.,  26,  21. 

1.  Fr.  suo?  stti,  sutum,  to  sew,  a  sewing,  a  seam;  I.,  a  clasp;  -is,  e,  soft;  adv.  too 
much;  pp.  of  -queo?  tot  si,  rtum,  to  twist;  i.e.,  whether  a  surgeon  uses  stitching,  or 
clasps' for  holding  a  wound  together,  both  should  be  of  a  soft  kind  of  thread,  not  twisted 
bard;  mitts,  e,  gentle,  mild  =  by  that  much  more  gently;  Pnes.  Com.  =  that  it  may 
settle  against  the  body.  --  2.  -us,  a,  um,  rare,  far  apart;  -er,  a,  um,  frequent;  fut  p.  p., 
to  be  thrown,  put,  in.  -  3.  tieo*  ui,  turn,  to  hold,  hold  together;  few,*  feci,  fectum, 
to  affect;  the  more  frequently,  at  more  frequent  spots;  the  needle  sews  through  the  body, 
this  is  et  quo,  not  quoque,  also;  locus,  is  n.  in  pb,  excepting  when  it  means  passages  in 
books;  -um,  i,  a  tie;  -<to,2  momordi,  morsum,  to  bite;  quo,  eo  by  that  much;  -no,  nis, 
f.,  fr.  in  -flamma,  a  flame,  a  flaming  in,  a  kindling  into  a  flame,  inflammation;  -tas,  talis. 
(.,  summer,  all  the  more  in  s- 


1 89 

60.  Sepiiltus  est1  (Porsenna)  inquit  (M.  Varro),  sub  urbe  Clusio,  in 
quo  loco  monumentum  reliquit  lapide  quadrato  quadratum,  singula  la- 
tera  pedum  trecenum,  alta  quinquagenum,  in  qua  basi  quadrata,  intus, 
labyrinthum  inextricabilem,  quo  siquis  introierit  sine  glomere  lini,  exi- 
tum  invenire  nequeat. 

Plin.,  H.  N.  26,  i3. 

1.  Sepilio*  ivi,  sepultum,  to  bury,  Perf.  Ind.  Pass.  =  Porsenna,  king  of  Clusium, 
in  Erturia,  was  buried  (in  Latin,  "has  been  buried");  Marcus  Terentius  Varro  (died  27  B.' 
CL),  author  of  De  Lingua,  Latina,  and  De  %e  Rustica;  urbs,  urbis,  f.  a  city;  -urn,  i, 
ilso  mom'mentum  as  in  optwmus,  quasszmius,  fr.  moneo,2  ui,  Hum,  to  warn,  to  remind' 
idmonish,  as  a  grave-stone  reminds,  or  warns  us  of  our  fate;  -linquo*  reliqui,  relictum 
:o  leave  behind;  -pis,  idis,  m.,  a  stone,  =  left  a  square  monument  (made)  of  square 
itone,  but  in  a  collective  sense;  pedum  trecenum,  of  300  feet  {long,  understood),  Gen. 
>1.  contracted  fr.  trecenorum;  we  shall  seethe  numerals  in  our  next  Pensum;  dimension 
:an  be  expressed  by  Gen.,  as  here,  and  Abl.,  as  we  shall  see;  quinquagenum,  5o,  high, 
3en.  like  the  above;  -is,  is,  f.,  basis,  base,  basement  Abl.,  within;  II.,  a  labyrinth;  in- 
rico}  r.,  to  entangle;  extrico*  r.,  to  disentangle,  fr.  tricce,  arum,  entanglement,  a  trick, 
abilis,  e,  that  cannot  be  disentangled;  obj.  of  reliquit;  quo,  whither;  introeo*  ivi,  ii, 
turn,  to  enter,  Fut.  Ex.;  -urn,  ni,  flax,  linnen,  without  a  ball  of  thread;  -us,  fis,  a  going 
>ut,  an  exit;  -nio,*  ni,  ntum,  to  find;  nequeant,  =  non  possint. 

61.  Ctinstituantur1  autem  in  tribus  porticibus  exedrae  spatitfsge, 
labentes  sedes,  in  quibus  philtfsophi,  rhetores  reliquique,  qui  studiis 
lelectantur,  sedentes  disputare  possint.  In  duplici  autem  porticu  collo- 
:entur  haec  membra.2  Ephebeum3  in  medio,  hoc  autem  est  exedra 
implissima,  cum  sedibus,  qua*  tertia  parte  longior  sit  quani  lata, 

Vitr.,  V.  11. 
1.  -tuo,a  ui,  Mum,  fr.  con  +  statuo,  to  set  up,  establish;  -us,  us,  f.,  a  covered 
round,  or  walk,  like  in  our  armories,  where  soldiers  may  practice  in  rain  or  shine  Vi- 
ruvius  describing  here  how  a  Palasstra  is  to  be  built;  I.,  a  sitting-room,  or  chair-room; 
*s>  «,  f.,  a  seat;  II.,  a  philosopher;  III. ,  a  rhetorician,  i.  e.,  masters  and  professors  of 
•nilosophy,  of  Rhetorics;  -quus,  a,  urn,  the  other,  the  rest,  =  casteri;  -urn,  ii,  literary 
ffort,  study;  -tor} atus,  sum,  v.  n.,  (intrans.),  to  delight  one's  self,  to  enjoy;  -to*  r., 
)  discuss  literary  topics,  to  dispute,  exchange  opinions.  —  2.  -brum,  i,  &  limb,  parts,' 
xedrae.  —  3.  -urn,  i,  the  place  of  the  lads;  the  hoc  qualifies  medium;  the  qua  qualifies 
*tf'«  (exhedra,  Mkt  cat-hedra) ;  mark  well  the  way  Vitruvius  puts  it:  "longior  sit 
uamlata"  according  to  grammarians:  "longior  quam  tetior."  Vitruvius  was  an  archi- 
sct  of  the  "classical"  period. 


I< 


62.  Pellibus1  &  laxis  arcent  male  frigora  brrfccis, 
Oraque  sunt  longis  horrida  tecta  comis. 

Ovid.  Trist.  V.  49,  5°- 

4.  4s  is,  f  ,  skin,  a  pelt  (Germ,  pelz);  -us,  a,  um,  loose,  not  tight,  laxe;    arct> 
ui,  ctum,  ciium,  to  hinder;  -gus,  oris,  n.,  cold,  pi.;  brace*,  arum,  f.,   pi     trousers; 
they  (the  Scythian  barbarians,  the  Slavs  of  the  Dobrudzha,  ui 1  the  region  of  the  mouth 
the  lster,  or  lower  Danube)    badly  keep  off  the  cold  (from  their  bodies)  by  the   (mej 
of)    elts  and  loose  trousers  (which  garment  was  also  adopted  by  the  tonus  ;  os  * 
n.,  means  not  only  the  mouth,  but  the  face  as  well,  particularly  in  pi.,  as  here,  the  ord . 
*f  ora  horrida  (shaggy,  rough)  tecta  sunt  comis  (1.)  longis. 

63.  Oblinitur1  minimae  siqua  est  suspectio  rimae, 
Punctaque  lasciva,  quae  terebrantur  acu. 

Mart.  XL,  45. 

l    -no  s  Uvi,6blitum,  here  pass.,  to  smear  over,  to  paste  in;  siqua,  if  any;  - 
nis,  fr'.,  peeping  in;  I.,  a  crevice,  a  crack;  -um,  i,  a  hole,  fr.  puugo?  pupugi    punctu 
to  prick  in  pi.,  -us,  a,  um,  playful,  feminine,  qualifying  acus,  us,  f.,  a  need  e,  -bro 
to  bore;  sense:  If  there  be  any  peep-hole  of  a  chink,  or  puncture  (in  the  door)  pricked) 
a  mischievous  needle,  they  are  pasted  up  (with  great  caution). 

64   Indumenta^  e  pellibus  sylvestrium  murium,  eonsfCrcinant. 

n'  Ammi.  Marc.  31,  > 

1.  -um,  i,  fr.  induo?  ui,  utum,  to  dress,  a  garment;    -tris,  e,  fr.  sylva,  x,  a 
est,  wild;  rnus,  muris,  a  mouse;  -no}  r.,  to  stitch  together. 

6C  unus  et  alter. 

Adsuitur  pannus;  ""-  A-  p"  '*' 

66.  DAi.  Non,  Hercle,  adolescens,  iam  hos  dies  complusculos 
Quemquam  istic  vidi  sacruficare,  neque  potest 
Clam  me  esse,  siqui  sacruficant,  semper  petunt 
Aquam  hinc,  aut  ignem,  aut  vascula,  aut  ciiltrum  au 


vc 


■ 

US  1 


Aut  aulam  extarem,  aut  aliquid. 

Plant.,  Rud.  I.,  2,  43-47 

1.  No,  by  Hercules,  my  boy;  -cens,  lis,  m.,  f.,   a  growing  one,  a  youth;  -«■ 
um,  several,  many;  accus-  of  quisquam,  anybody;    istic    isthtc,   =   h.c;  -pco>* 
sacrifice,  in  old  spelling;    clam  me,  without   my   knowledge;  peto*  ™> %\**'\ 
to  ask;  -culum,  i,  a  vessel;  aula,  <z,  the  old  form  for  olla,  a,  a  pot,    extans,  e, 
of  exta,  otum,  the  entrails,  a  pot  for  cooking  them. 


91 

67.  Nee  me  putetis1  egenum,  vel  abiectum,  neve  de  pfCnnulis, 
>tis  virtutes  meas  aestimetis. 

ApuL,  Met.  Vll. 

1.  -to,1  r.,  judge,  deem,  Praes.  Coni.;  -us,  a,  um,  needy,  pauper;  pp.  of  abiicio? 
ci,  ctum,  a  castaway;  dinin.  of  pannus,  i,  a  cloth;  do  not  judge  by  these  rags;  -tus> 
itis,  f.,  manliness,  worth;  -mo,1  r.,  to  value,  to  estimate. 

68.  rigetque1  barba, 

Qualem  forficibus  metit  supinis 

ToilSOr.  Mart.,  Vlll.,  3. 

1,  Rigeo,2  v.  n.,  to  be  stiff,  bristling;  I.,  a  beard;  meto*  messui,  messum,  (whence 
(erman  messer,  a  knife),  to  mow,  to  reap;  -us,  a,  um,  lying  flat  on  the  back,  sloping, 
pering. 

69.  Fuerunt  etiam  qui  omentum1  forfice  praeciderent. 

Celsus,  Vll.,  21. 

1.  -um,  i,  f  at  of  the  body;   a   membrane,   skin,   covering  of  the  bowels;  -do*  di, 

mt  to  clip  off.  —  Compare  this  author's  "Fuerunt qui prxci&rent,"  with 

ir  (pp.  162 — 163)  "Sunt    astrologi,  qui  cometas reverti  zrbitrentur,"  using 

oniunctivus  w-  the  respective  tenses.  Were  here  definite  persons  meant,  Celsus  would 
we  said:  Fuerunt  Sabinus  et  Quadratus,  duo  fratres,  qui  —  —  praecideVunt,  or  pr^ci- 
jrant;  while  I  would  say:  Agricola  et  Agrippa,  duo  astrologi  sunt,  qui  cometas  ad  nos 
verti  arbitrantur. 

70.  Ut1  ex  novacula  comperistis,  tonsor  est. 

Petr.  1  os 

1.  As;  comperio,*  peri,  pertum,  or,  *rior*  pertus  sum,  to  find  out  by  experience, 
srf.  indie.  2d  pers.  pi.  =  as  you  have  already  found  out  by  the  razor,  he  is  a  barber. 

71.  Tarquinius1  autem  dixit  se  cogitasse,2  cotem  novacula  posse 
aecidi.  Turn  Attium3  iussisse  experiri;  ita  cotem  in  comitium  allatam, 
spectante  &  rege  &  populo,  novacula  esse  discissam. 

Cic,  De  Div.  /.,   17,  —  Liv.  I.,  p. 

*.  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus,  the  5th  king  of  Rome  (616  -579  B.  C)  was  for- 
iden  by  Attius  Navius,  a  famous  augur,  to  add  more  classes  to  the  nobility,  the  auspic- 
being  against  it  Disbilieving  in  augury,  he  inquires  of  the  augur,  whether  the  thing, 
trquinus  had  then  in  mind,  was  possible.  Attius  answered  that  it  was.  "Well,"  said 
i  king,  "I  was  thinking,  whether  a  hone  could  be  cut  by  a  razor.  As  you  said,  that 
could,  do  it."  They  went  up  the  Capitolium,  and  the  augur  did  so  cut  the  hone  with 
J  razor,  the  king  and  the  people  looking  on-  This  story  is  told  by  Livius,  repeated   by 


192 

Cicero  and  others.  —  2.  4c?,1  r.,  to  think,  perf.  Inf.;  cos,  cotis,  f.,  a  hone,  a  wetstone; 
novacula  in  abl.,  -  with,  or  by.  —  3-  The  name  is  derived  from  atta,  oe,  =  tata,  = 
papa?  __  pope,  =  pater  =  father,  as  children  call  their  fathers,  or  all  respectable  old 
men;  whence  to  make  Accius  of  it,  as  our  philologers  affect,  is  absurd;  iubeo,2  iussi, 
iussum,  perf.  Inf.,  to  order;  -rior,^  rtus  sum,  to  make  an  experiment,  to  try;  comitia, 
drum,  a  legislative  assembly;  ad  +  fero,  to  take,  fetch;  -to,1  r.,  to  look  on;  rex,  regis, 
m-,  king,  II  ,  people,  abl.,  with  the  king;  dis  +  scindo,3  scidi,   scissum,  to  cut  asunder. 

72.  Numida,1  mortuo  super  incumbenti  Romano,  vivus,  naso, 
auribusque  laceratis  —  —  laniando  d^ntibus  hostem,  exspirasset. 

Livius,  XXII,  51,  9. 

1.  I.,  a  Numidian,  soldier  of  Hannibal;  mbrior?  tuus  sum,  to  die;  ~bo*  cubui, 
cubitum,  to  lie  upon;  -us,  ay  urn,  a  living  one;  II. ,  a  nose;  -is,  is,  f.}  an  ear;  the  order 
vivus  Numida,  Romano  mortuo  ac  super  (se,  Numidam)  incumbenti,  hostem  (suum 
Romanum),  dentibus  laniando,  exspirasset  (-visset),  breathed  out,  =  died. 

73.  At  facere,  et  fungi,1  sine  corpore,  nulla,  potest  res; 
Nee  praebere2  locum,  porro,  nisi  inane,  vacansque; 
Ergo  praeter3  inane,  &  corpora,  tertia  per  se 
Nulla  potest  rerum  in  numero  natura  relinqui, 
Nee  qucE  sub  sensiis  cadat  ullo  tempore  nostros, 
Nee  ratione  animi,  quam  quisquam  possit  apisci. 

Lucr.  I.,  444 — 9. 

1.  -gor,*  funtus  sum,  to  be  active,  to  function.  —  2.  -eo,2  ui,  Hum,  to  hand  over 
to  give,  locum  prcebeo,  I  yield  up  may  place;  adv.,  moreover;  inane,  is,  n.,  empty 
place,  space,  "vacuum;"  vaco,1  r. ,  to  be  void,  empty,  vacant.  —  3.  Prepos.,  besides 
except;  tertia,  refers  to  res,  that  is,  besides,  or,  excepting  space  and  bodies  (or,  as  m 
would  say  now  a  days,  matter)  no  third  (thing)  numero,  per  se,  by  itself  alone,  can  to 
left  in  nature,  i-  e.,  nature  knows  but  matter  and  space,  and  it  knows  no  third  thing,  in- 
dependent of  them.  —  Relinquo,z  reliqui,  lictum,  to  leave  (cannot  be  left  in  nature) 
nee  (eiusmodi  res)  quae  ullo  tempore  sub  nostros  sensus  cadat,  aut  quam  (rem)  quisquarr 
(anybody)  ratione  animi,  by  the  power  of  his  intellect,  possit  a(d\)pisci,  poetical  li 
cence,  for  adipiscor,:i  adeptus  sum,  to  grasp,  attain  by  reason. 

74.  Et  iam  Sarmaticis  permutant  carbasa  braccis. 

Val%  Flac,  Argon.  V.,  425 

\.  -icus,  a,  urn,  fr.  Sarma'ta,  x,  or,  Sauroma'ta,  an  inhabitant  of  Sarmatia,  Sauro 
matia,   all  the  countries  north  of  the  mouth  of   the   Ister,  or  lower  Danube,  to-da; 


19? 

Dobrudzsha,  Bessarabia,  Ucraina,  Ruthenia,  (Ruthen,  or  Rus£n,  a  branch  of  the  Rossi, 
;>r  Russi),  the  Roxolani,  possibly  the  Poles,  and  other  Slavic  races  dwelt;  in  one  word, 
Slavs. to,1  r.,  to  change;  -us,  i,  and  -urn,  i,  hemp,  cloth  made  of  it;  =  they  (Ro- 
mans, Greeks)  are  already  exchanging  their  canvas  (garments)  for  the  Slavic  trousers. 

75.  Narbonensis1  Provintia  appellator  pars  Galliarum  quae  Interno 
Mari  adliiitur,  Braccata  an  tea  dicta. 

Plin.,  H.  N.,  III.,  4,  5. 

1.  Narbonne,  Narbonnais;  fr.  pro  +  venio;4  veni,  ventum,  to  come  forth,  to  fall  to 
Dne's  lot;  the  two  consuls  drew  lots  and  thus  secured  their  respective  jurisdictions  over 
the  territories,  which  for  this  reason  were  called  Provintia  (not  provintia,  as  universally 
spelled);  pi.,  because  there  were  numerous  Gallic  nations;  Mare  Internum,  one  of  the 
several  names  of  the  sea  now  called  "Mediterranean  (Mediterraneum)"  incorrectly,  as 
we  shall  see  later;  ad  +  luo,  fr.  lavo,1  lavi,  lotum,  lavatum,  to  wash;  pp.,  "be-trouser- 
*d."  Under  the  Empire  also  the  Romans  have  adopted  that  garment. 

76.    La.    Quaenam1  balaena  meum  voravit  vidulum, 

Aurum  atque  argentum  ubi  omne  compactum  fuit? 

Ch.    £adem2  ilia,  credo,  quae  meum  marsiipium, 
Quod  plenum  argenti  fuit,  in  sacciperio. 

La.    Eheu,3  redactus  sum  usque  ad  hanc  unam  tuniculam. 

Plant.,  %ud.,  II. ,  6,  61—63. 

1.  What,  pray,  what  on  earth;  I.,  a  whole;  -to}  r.,  to  swallow;  II.,  a  satchel,  a 
valise;  -um,  i,  gold;  -urn,  i,  silver  (order  =  ubi  omne  aurum  &  argentum  meum); 
compingo*  pegi,  pactum,  packed,  bound  up.  —  2.  Idem,  kadem,  idem,  the  same;  idem 
ille,  £adem  ilia,  idem  illud,  the  very  same  one;  -do*  didi,  ditum,  to  believe;  -um,  ii,  a 
purse;  mark  the  Gen.,  plenum  argent  full  of  silver;  -um,  ii,  a  traveling  bag.  —  3. 
Alas!  -redigo,3  redegi,  redactum,  fr.  re  ■  d  -  +  ago,  to  drive  back  =  I  am  reduced; 
dimin.  of  tunica,  a  coat;  the  sense:  what  a  villainous  whale  has  gobbled  up  my  valise 
in  which  all  my  gold  and  silver  was  packed  away?  Ch.  I  think,  it  is  the  very  same  one, 
which  (devoured)  my  green  bag,  that  was  full  of  silver.  La.  Alas,  now  I  am  reduced  to 
his  mean  little  jacket  (have  no  other  clothes). 

77.  Sensi1  quidem quum  ista  feci,  —  non  arte,  —  sed  motii 

magno  animi  ac  dolore,  ut  discmderem  tiinicam,  ut  cicatrices 
ostenderem. 

Cic.  De   Orat.  II.,  47,  195. 


194 

1.  -Ho,*  si,  sum,  to  feel;  motus,  us,  commotion;  -ot,  is,  m.,  pain,  cicatrix,  icis,  f., 
a  scar;  -do,3  di,  sum,  turn,  to  show  (in  order,  that  I  may  show  my  scars). 

78.    Epigramma1  80.  Ferulae.2 

Invisa3  nimium  pueris,  grataeque  magistris 
Clara  Prometheo  munere  ligna  sumus. 

Mart.  XIV. 

1.  -ma,  matis,  n.,  an  inscription;  a  concise  expression,  usually  of  a  mocking,  ironic- 
al, or  ridiculous  kind,  an  epigram;  80  =  octuagesimum.  —  2.  I.,  a  switch,  rod,  birch, 
used  by  schoolmasters  on  boys.  —  3.  -us,  a,  urn,  a  thing,  one  does  not  like  to  see  (in  + 
video),  qualifies  ligna;  adv.,  very  much;  Dat.  pi. ;  *us,  a,  urn,  agreeable,  gratifying; 
Dat.  pi.;  -us,  a,  urn,  clear,  splendid,  excellent,  refers  to  ligna.  Prometheus  snatching 
the  fire  of  the  heavens,  gave  life,  therefore  intelligence,  to  man;  -us,  etis,  n. ,  a  gift  of 
Pr. ,  are  famous  light  and  life-givers  to  boys;  hateful  to  them,  but  gratifying  to  the 
masters. 

79.    Ferulaeque  tristes,1  sceptra  paedagogorum 
Cessent,  et  Idus  dormiant  in  Oct6bres. 

Mart.  X,  62. 

1.  -is,  e,  sad,  mournful;  -urn,  i,  *  sceptre;  11.,  a  tutor,  educator,  leader  of  a  child, 
Greek,  usually  a  learned  slave,  in  wider  sense,  a  schoolmaster,  a  teacher;  -so,1  r.,  to 
cease,  Praxes.  Coni.,  Idus,  iduum,  f.,  the  dividing  day  of  the  months  into  two  halves  in 
the  Roman  calendar;  this  was  the  l5th  day  of  March,  May,  July  and  October,  on  the 
13th  of  all  other  months;  October,  bris,  the  8th  month  (from  March,  the  original  first 
month  of  the  early  Romans);  the  order:  et  dormiant  (ferula)  usque  in  Idus  Octobres,  = 
let  the  switches  sleep  until  the  15th  of  October,  i.  e.,  the  boys  getting  their  vacation  till 
the  middle  of  October,  let  the  rods  have  rest. 

80.     Hie  frangit1  ftfrulas,  rubet  ille  flagellis, 
Hie  scuticri. 

luv.  II. ,  6,  479—80. 

1.  -go,9  fregi,  fractum,  to  break  (hie,  this  fellow),  i.  '.,  broken  over  him;  -beo* 
tubesco,3  ui,  to  be  red,  i.  e.,  by  being  beaten,  or  bleeding;  -urn,  i,  a  whip;  this  other 
fellow;  I.,  abl.,  a  horse,  or  dog-whip,  usually  braided,  and  also  employed  in  the  school, 
and  on  slaves. 

81.  Nemo  assum&itum    panni  rudis  assuit  vestimento  veteri; 


*9? 

alioquin     aufert    supplementum    novum    a    veteri,    et    maior    scis- 
sura  fit. 

Vulgata,  Marc,  2.  21. 

1.  II.,  cloth;  -is,  e,  rough,  coarse;  -um,  i,  clothing;  -us,  eris,  adj.,  of  one  ending 
old,  antique,  Dat,  =  no  one  will  sew  a  patch  of  a  coarse  (or  new)  cloth,  upon  an  old 
garment;  adv.,  otherwise;  -urn,  i,  a  supply;  a\rfero,  auferre,  a'bstuli,  Mitum,  to  take 
away,  to  despoil:  otherwise  he  (would)  take  away  a  new  supply  from  the  old  (garment 
i.  e-,  tearing  even  those  portions  near  the  hole,  which  might  stand  repair,  and  supply  a 
cover  for  the  hole) ;  I.,  the  cut,  tearing,  hole;  fit  maior,  becomes  larger. 

82.  Melior  ea  (oliva),  quae  digitis  legitur,1    quam  ilia,  quae  cum  di- 
gitabulis. 

Varro,   De  R.  R.,  /.,  55 

1.  -go,3  legi,  ledum,  to  pick,  the  original  meaning  of  the  verb;  the  other  meaning, 
to  tead,  is  secondary,  and  figurative;  urn,  i,  originally  leather  sheaths  for  the  fingers,  to 
protect  them  from  thorns . 

83.  —  —  ex  quo  uno  genere  est  Tutor,1  mimus  vetus,  oppido 
ridiculus. 

Cic.  De  Or  at.,  I„  64,  259. 

1.  -oris,  m.,  name  of  a  person;  II.,  a  mimic  actor;  adv.,  exceedingly;  -us,  a,  umt 
laughable. 

84.  -sin1  ad  nos  pertinerent,  servirent,  prasterquam  oppido  pauci. 

Cic,  Fam.   14,  4,  4. 

1.  =  si  non,  sin  vero,  sin  autem  =  if  not,  whereas,  if  not,  if  otherwise;  ad  nos 
pertinet,  =  belongs  to  us;  -wo,4  vivi,  ii,  Hum,  to  serve,  to  do  the  work  of  a  servant,  to 
work;  adv.,  excepting;  oppido  pauci,  =  mighty  few.  The  text  is  confused,  as  the 
ohject  of  pertinerent  may  be  either  res,  or  liberti,  of  which  Cicero  speaks  in  the  text. 

85.  Animadvertendum1  etiam,  siqua  erunt  loca  palustria,  et  pro- 
pter easdem  causas,  et,  quod  arescunt,  crescunt  animalia  quaedam  mi- 
nuta,  quae  non  possunt  oculi  consequi;  et  per  aera  intus  in  corpus, 
per  os  ac  nares  perveniunt,  atque  efficiunt  difficiles  morbos. 

Varro,  De  RR.,  /.,  12,  2. 


196 

1.  4o,zti,  sum,  (animum  4-  ad  +  verto),  to  observe,  notice,  to  look  out;  est  left 
out,  =  one  must  look  out,  beware;  siquis,  siqua,  siquid,  if  any;  locus,  i,  m.,  in  sing., 
n.  in  pi.;  -tris,  e,  marshy,  swampy;  -sco?  to  dry  out;  -sco?  crevi%  cretum,  to  grow; 
aet,  aeris,  m.,  but,  as  the  word,  really,  is  Greek,  its  accus,  s-  is  very  frequently  aera,  as 
is  in  Gr.,  so  also  nom.  and  ace  pi.,  though  the  Latin  endings  aerew,  aer^s,  are  also 
used,  the  a^r,  the  atmosphere;  intus  in  corpus  (accus. ),  into  the  body;  nates,  turn,  f., 
the  nostrils;  to  arrive,  pass  through;  II.,  sickness,  deseas.  —  This  is  the  famous  pass- 
age of  M.  T.  Varro,  "the  most  learned  Roman,"  in  which  the  first  mention  is  made  of 
the  bacteria  (bacilli). 

86.  —  si  iam  possent  in  homine  uno  cerni  omnia  quae  nunc  tecta1 
sunt,  casurusne  in  conspectum  videatur  animus;  an  tanta  sit  eius  tenu- 
itas,  ut  fiigiat  aeiem? 

Cic,  Tusc.  I.,  22.  50. 

1.  Tego*  texi,  tectum,  to  cover;  which,  at  present,  are  covered;  cado*  cecidi,  ca- 
urn,  to  fall;  fut.  act.  part.;  -us,  us,  sight,  what  is  in  sight;  -tas,  atis,  f.,  thinnes;  fugit 
aciem  (oculorum),  flees  the  edge  (of  the  eyes,  =  sight);    =  should  the  soul  seem  to  us 
to  fall  into  sight;  or  is  its  thinnes  so  great,  that  .  .  . 

87.  Itaque  saepe  aut  cogitatione,1  aut  aliqua  vi  morbi  impediti,  aper- 
tis,  atque  integris  &  oculis,  &  duribus,  nee  videmus,  nee  audimus:  ut 
facile  intelligi,  possit,  animum  et  videre  et  audire,  non  eas  partes,  quae 
quasi  fenestras  sunt  animi. 

Cic.,  Tusc,  I.,  20,  48. 

1.  -io,  nis,  f.,  thought,  abl.;  vis,  ace  vim,  abl.  vi,  f.,  strength,  force,  power,  in 
sing,  only  these  three  cases,  in  pi.  r.,  vires,  virium,  viribus,  &J.  -dio,*  r-,  to  hinder,  to 
disable;  intelligo,3  lexi,  ledum,  to  understand,  =  it  can  easily  be  understood. 

88.  —  ex  tot  generibus  nullum  est  animal,  praeter  h6minem,  quod 
habeat  notitiam  dliquam  Dei. 

Cic,  Leg.  /.,  S,  24. 

89.  Natura  vero  nihil  hominibus  brevitate  vitae  praestitit1  melius: 

hebdscunt  sensus,  membra  torpent,  praemoritur  visus,  auditus,  inces- 

sus,  dentes  etiam,  ac  ciborum  instrumental  et  tamen  vitae  hoc  tempus 

adnumeratur. 

Plin.,  H.  N.,  VIL,  50,  168. 


r97 

1.  Prcesto,1  stiti,  stitutn,  to  give,  =  natura  nihil  melius  dedit  hominibus,  quam 
brevitatem  vitas;  -urn,  i,  a  limb;  torpeo*  torpesco?  to  be  inactive,  shiftless;  pmmorior* 
tnus  sum,  to  die  away;  incessus,  us,  m.,  the  gait;  ac  =  velut,  ceu,  tamquam;  vita, 
dat,  to  life;  and  yet  this  condition,  or  time,  is  accounted  as  life. 

90.  Et  dixit  ad  me:  Quid  tu  vides?  Et  dixi:  Vidi,  et  ecce  cande- 
labrum aureum  totum,  et  lampas  eius  super  caput  ipsius;  et  septem  lu- 
cernae  eius  super  illud;  et  septem  infusoria  lucernis,  quse  erant  super 
caput  eius. 

Vulgata,  Zach.  4,  2. 

Students  will  note  the  striking- difference  between  original  Roman  Latin,  as  quoted  above  and  below,  on 
one  hand,  and  the  Latin  of  the  Vulg-ata,  or  Latin  Bible,  a  translation,  partly  from  Hebrew  directly,  partly  from  the 
Greek  of  the  'Septuaginta  Interpretes,"  or  some  other.  The  diction  is  poetical  of  the  Orient,  almost  naive,  play- 
ng  on  words  and  images  of  words,  seeking-  exaggerations  and  assonance,  or  rhymes,  to  which  precision  and  clear- 
ness are  sacrificed.  The  translator,  in  trying-  to  be  exact,  and  faithful  to  the  original,  gives  us  a  text,  that  is  not  only 
un-Latin,  but  also  unintelligible.  Having- no  Hebrew  or  even  Greek  text  at  hand,  I  offer  here,  at  random,  a  trans- 
lation of  this  verse  into  Roman  Latin: 

At  (nuntius,  =  angelus)  sic  me  affatur:  Quid  vides?  Cui  ego:  Video,  inquam,  in 
conspectu  candelabrum  ex  integro  aureum,  quod  in  vertice  lampadem  fert  cum  septem 
lychnis  (luminibus),  quibus,  superne,  totidem  sunt  infusdria. 

We  cannot  say  in  Latin,  "dicit  ad  me";  we  must  say  did*  sihi,  or,  affatur  me,  quserita  me,  ex  me:  percon- 
tatur,  sciscitatur  a  me.  The  ipse,  tu.  eius,  &c.  are  entirely  superfluous.  Quid  tu  vides,  would  be  right,  if  he  had  firs 
said,  what  he  himself,  the  angel,  was  seeing:,  thus:  Ego  candelabrum  video,  quid  tu  vides?  The  Infusorium  here 
means  the  hold,  or  tank  of  the  oil  lamp ;  but  our  physicists  have  approprieted  the  word  for  the  meaning  we  give 
it  in  our  text. 

91.  Attonitus,  est  stupef  actus.  Nam  proprie1  "atttfnitus"  dici- 
tur,  cui  casus  vicini  fulminis,  et  s6nitus  tonitruum  dant  stuporem. 

Serv.  ad  Virg.  HI.,  1J2, 

1.  Adv.,  properly,  strictly  speaking;  -us,  a,  urn,  pp.,  fr.,   ddtono,1   ui,  Hum,  to 
thunder,  to  sound  at;  -us,  us,  a  fall;  -us,  a,  urn,  near-by;  -men,  Ms,  n.,  a  thunderbolt; 
w,  us,  a  noise;  -tru,  us,  n..  a  thunder;  -por,  is,  m.,  a  speechless  wonderment,   bewil- 
derment; therefore:  "attonitus"  properly  means  a  speechless  stupefaction,   astounding, 
brought  about  to  one  by  a  near-by  thunder-clap. 

92.  Me  (Democritus),  atonios  quas  appellat,  id  est,  c6rpora  indi- 
Yidua,  propter  soliditatem,1  censet  in  infinito  inani,  in  quo  nihil,  nee 
summum,  nee  infimum,  nee  medium,  nee  ultimum,  nee  extremum  sit, 
ita  ferri,  ut  concursionibus  inter  se  cohaerescant:    ex  quo  efficiantur  ea, 


198 

qusd  sint,  quseque  cernantur,  omnia ;  eumque  motum  atomorum  nullo 
a  principi6,  sed  ex  aeterno  tempore  intelligi  convenire. 

Cic,  De  Fin.  1,6,  17. 

1  4as,  talis,  \.,  coherent  continuity  and  hardness;  -seo*  ui,  sum,  to  deem,  to  es- 
timate; pass,  of  fero,  to  dash,  to  rush,  fly,  to  be  carried;  -sco,  to  cleave  together;  qux 
sint  all  that  exist;  and  which;  from  no  beginning;  intelligi  convemte,  it  behooves  that 
it  be  believed. 

93.  Ex  materia,  qu^e  individua  est,  et  quae  semper  uniusmodi, 
suique  similis,  &  ex  ea,  quae  corporibus  dividua  gignitur,1  tertium 
mated  ge  genus  e  duobus  in  medium  admiscuit. 

Cic.  De  Univ.  VII. .  19. 

1.  Gigno?genui,  gentium,  to  beget,  pass.;  divisible  and  proper  to  each  separate 
body;  admisceo,2  miscui,  mixtum;  mixed  a  third  one- 

94.  Homines  enim  sunt  hac  lege  generati,1  qui  tuerentur  globum, 
quern  in  hoc  templo  medium  vides,  quae  terra  dicitur:  hisque  animus 
datus  est  ex  fills  sempiternis  ignibus,  quae  sidera  &  Stellas  vocatis, 
quse  globose  &  rotiindae,  divmis  animae  m^ntibus,  circulos,  suos  or- 
besque  conficiunt  celeritate  mirabili. 

Somn.  Scip.,  3,  6 

1.  -ro/  r.,  same  as  gigno,  to  beget,  generate;  ea  lege  (lex,  gis,  f ,  law)  under  that 
condition;  quo  here  means  ut;  tueor,  turn,  iuitus  sum,  to  protect,  also  to  behold,  to 
look  at-  templum  here  figuratively  taken,  the  heavens,  the  world;  which  globe  you  be- 
hold as' midway,  middle;  a  soul  has  been  given  them  out  of  those  everlasting  fires, 
which  ye  call ....  by  the  divine  intellect  of  the  soul  (here  anima,  not  animus)  driven, 
they  complete  their  circles  and  tracks-  • . .  -  The  Sommum  Scipionis  is  one  of  the  most 
charming  compositions  of  the  Roman  literature.  Its  authorship  is  attributed  to  Cicero. 
though  no  absolute  proof  is  extant  for  it,  excepting  its  language,  style,  the  way  of  rea- 
soning, which  certainly  are  exceedingly  Ciceronian,  and  the  authority  of  Macrobius, 
who  had  preserved  it  for  us,  and  is  usually  published  as  a  "fragment"  of  Cicero. 

95.   Pluribus  de  causis  haec   omnia  accidunt:1   prima,   circulorum, 
quos  Graeci  apsi'das  in  stellis  vocant. 

Plin..  H.  N.t  II. t  15,  62. 


199 

1.  -dti,  6untt  impers.,  it  happens,  they  happen;  prima  (i.  e.,  causa);  here  as  a 
Greek  word,  with  Gr.  ace  pi. 

96.  lam  vero  Chrysippus ipsum  mundum  deum  dicit  esse, 

—  —  prasterea  &  aquam,  &  terrain,  &  aera,  solem,  lunam,  sidera,  uni- 
rersitat^mque  rerum. 

Cic,  S\\  D.,  I.,  i5,  39. 

97.  —  —  quid  potest  esse  sole  maius?  —  qui  tanta  incitatione  fer- 
tur,  ut  celeritas  eius  quanta  sit,  ne  cogitari  quidem  possit,  tamen  nobis 
stare  videatur. 

Cic,  Acad.  II. ,  26,  82. 

The  Roman  thinkers  considered  the  sun  as  the  principal  celestial  body,   of  immense 
size,  but  they  thought  that  it  was  turnmg  around  the  earth. 

98.    Sed  yaga  praeterea  dicuntur  liimina  septem: 

Luna  &  Mercurius,  Venus,  Sol,  Mars  quoque  fulgens, 
Hie  Iovis  &  sidus,  super  omnia  sidera  lucens, 
Celsior  his  Saturnus,  tardior,1  omnibus  astris. 

Aus.  Eel.  3,  1  jf  /6. 
1.  -dus,  a,  um}  slow,  because  the  outermost  known  to  them. 

99-  lam  ipsa  terra  ita  mihi  parya  visa  est,1  ut  me  imperii  nostri, 
quo  quasi  punctum  eius  attingimus,  poeniteret 

Somn.  Scip.,  3,  8. 

1.  Seemed  to  me  soo  small;  ut  me  imperii  nostri  poeniteret,  that  I  regretted  or 
elt  ashamed  of  our*  world  empire;4'  by  which  we  were  touching  its  extreme  limits 
point). 

100. e  quibus  unum  globum  possidet1  ilia,  quam  in  terris 

aturniam  nominant.  Deinde  est  hominum  generi  prosperus2  et  salu- 
ans  ille  fulgor,  qui  dicitur  Iovis;  turn  nitilus,  horribilisque  terris,  quern 
>  artium  dicitis;  deinde  subter  mediam  fere  regi6nem  Sol  6btinet,  dux 
•t  pnnceps,  et  moderator  luminum  reliquorum,  mens  mundi  &  tempe- 
atio,  tanta  magnitudine,  ut  cuncta  sua  luce  illustret  &  compleat.    Hunc 


200 

ut  comites3  consequuntur  Veneris  alter,  alter  Mercurii  cursus;  in  infi- 
m6que  orbe  Luna,  radiis  Solis  accensa  convertitur. 

Somn.  Scip.,  4,  jo, 

1.  Possideo,2  sedi,  sessum,  (post  +  sedeo),  to  own,  to  hold,  to  possess.  —  2.  -uSf 
a,  urn,  (pro  +  spero,  hopeful),  beneficent;  -tis,  e,  helpful  to  one's  salvation,  welfare, 
generi,  Dative  =  for,  to;  -or,  is,  m.,  glittering,  glowing  light;  Gen.  of  lupiter;  terns 
Dative  for,  to;  subter  =  sub,  Ace;  -io,ms,  f.,  properly,  kingdom,  territory,  region; 
dux,  duds,  m.',  a  leader,  a  guide,  a  general;  -ceps,  cipis,  the  chief;  -tor,  is,  fr.  modus, 
i,  a  mode,  a  measure,  limitation;  moderor}  tus  sum,  to  set  bounds,  limits,  to  moderate; 
-quus,  a,  urn,  the  rest,  the  others,  the  remainder;  mens,  Us,  f.,  the  reasoning  mind,  the 
intellect;  -tio,  nis,  f.,  to  control  the  temperature,  heat  and  cold,  calmnes  and  excitement, 
the  act  or  the  agent  of  doing  this;  Abl.,  with  so  geat  a  size;  cuncta,  neuter,  =  all  there 
is.  __  3.  Here,  only  means  sequor,  1  follow,  ut  comites  (comes,  itis,  m.  f.,  fr.  con  +  eo 
one  accompanying  another,  particularly  a  higher  personage,  one  of  a  suite)  as  escorts. 

!0I. ex  utraque  re  et  mundi  voliibilitas,1  —  —  et  stellarum 

rotiindi  ambitus  cognoscuntur:  primusque  sol,  qui  astrorum  oMinet 
principatum,  ita  movetur,  ut  quum  terras  larga2  luce  compleverit, 
easdem  modo  his,  modo  illis  ex  partibus  opacet. 

Cic.t  N.  D.,  II. ,  19,  49- 

1.  -tas,  tdtis,  f.,  fr.  volvo*  vi,  lutum,  to  roll,  act.  and  n.,  the  adj.  -bilis,  e,  that 
can  wallow,  roll;  the  ability  of  rolling,  wallowing;  -us,  us,  here  Norn,  pi.,  the  going 
around,  the  reference  is  to  the  spherical  forms,  roundness  of  the  celestial  bodies;  -sco,* 
cognovi,  cbgnitum,  to  knowv  to  understand;  =  from,  or,  by  those  two  phenomena, 
both,  the  volubility  (rollingness)  of  the  world,  and  the  round  circuits  (sphericity)  of  the 
stars  become  apparent.  —  -us,  a,  urn,  wide,  spacious,  bountous;  modo  —  modo,  now, 
now  —  now;  -co,1  r.,  to  darken- 

102m  ___  mirabatur  id  cuiquam1  pro  percepto  liquere,  Stellas  istas, 
quas  a  Chaldseis  &  Babyl6niis,  sive  jEgyptiis  observatas  ferunt  (quas 
multi  crraticas,  Nigidius  crrones  vocat),  non  esse  plures  quam  vulg<3 
dicerentur.  Posse  enim  fieri  existimabat2  (Favorinus,  philosophus),  ut 
alii  quidam  planetes  pari  potestate  essent. 

e/f.  GelL,  U^.  A.,  14,  i- 
1.  bat.  quisquam,  qucequam,  quidquam,  anybody,  anything;  -cipio,3  cepi,  ceptum, 


201 

:o  perceive,  grasp  with  reason;  -queo,2  to  be  liquid,  to  be  like  liquid,  "as  plain,  as  flow- 
ng  as  water,"  =  he  wondered,  that  (it)  should  be  perfectly  clear  to  anybody,  -'to  be 
:lear  as  though  perceived,  for  a  perceived  (thing);  that  they  were  not  more  than  ordi- 
larily  said.  --  2.  -mo,1  r.,  to  deem,  estimate;  posse  fieri,  to  be  possible,  feasible;  some 
)ther  "planetes"  be  of  equal  power. 

103.  E  duodecim  signis1  Sol  quidem  et  Luna  singula  sunt  signa 
;ortiti,2  caeteri  vero  quinque  planete,  id  est,  Saturnus,  Iupiter,  Mars,  Ve- 
111s,  Mercurius,  bina. 

/.  Firm.  Mat.  Math.  II. ,  2,  1. 
1.  Signs  of  the  Zodiac.  —  2.  -tior,*  titus  sum,  to  receive;  bint,  ce,  a,  two. 

104.  Quasritur  inter  medicos,1  cuius  generis  aquae  sint  utilissimge. 

Plin.  H.  N.  31,  i,  2/. 
1.  II.,  a  physician. 

105.  Eudoxus,  Platonis1  auditor,  in  astrologia,  iudicio  doctissi- 
n6rum  hominum,  facile  princeps. 

Cic.  De  Div.  II. ,  42. 

1,  Plato,  nis;  -or,  is,  a  hearer,  a  pupil;  -cium,  ii,  a  judgement,    an   opinion,   Abl., 
7  the  judgment,  in  the  opinion. 

106.  Praeterea1  nulla  ars  contemplativa  sine  decretis  suis  est;  quse 
jrseci  vocant  "dogmata,"  nobis  "decreta"  licet  appellare,  vel  "scita," 
'el  "placita,"  quae  in  geometria,  &  in  astronomia  invenies. 

Seneca,  Ep.  95. 

1.  Adv.,  besides;  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  contemplor ,4  atus  sum,  to  gaze  at  a  thing  truth - 
ully,  to  meditate  over,  =  abstract;  dogma,  atis,  n.,  has  survived  in  Latin  in  that  mean- 
ig,  decretum,  i,  retained  its  original  meaning;  scitum,  i,  failed  to  come  into  circulation; 
lacitum,  i,  has  become  a  very  popular  word  amongst  scholars  and  philosophers  in  the 
mse  suggested  by  Seneca.  —  While  Cicero  is  using  "astrologia,"  Seneca  employes 
'astronomia,"  which  finally  survived  in  that  application.  In  Greek  nouns  of  ia  ending, 
rt  accent  i,  excepting,  perhaps,  *Academia,  which  may  be  accented  either  in  Greek  -ia, 
r  Roman  way,  -emia. 


202 

107-  Com*5tas  Graeci  vocant,  nostri,  crinitas. 

Plin.  H.  N.,  //.,  24,  89. 

108.  Quid1  ergo  mirarmur,  cometas,  tarn  rarum  mundi  spectacu 
lum,  nondum  teneri  legibus  certis;  nee  initia  illorum  finesque  notescen 
quorum  ex  ingentibus  intervallis  recursus  est?  N©ndum  sunt  anni  mill 
quingenti,2  ex  quo  Graecia 

—  —  —  stellis  numerbs  &  nbmina  fecit. 

Multeque  hodie  sunt  gentes,3  quae  tan  turn  facie  noverint  coelum,  qu< 
nendum  sciant  cur  luna  deficiat,  quare  obumbretur.  Hoc  apud  nos  que 
que  nuper4  ratio  ad  certum  perduxit.  Veniet5  tempus,  quo  ista,  que 
nunc  latent,  in  lucem  dies  extrahat,  &  longioris  asvi  diligentia. 

Sen.  Qut  N.  VII.,  25. 

1.  Here  =  cur,  quare;  -for,1  atus  sum,  to  wonder,  =  why  should  we  wond. 
(what,  then,  do  we  wonder);  constr.  accusativus  cum  infin;tivo;  -us,  a,  urn,  rare,  scare 
-urn,  i,  a  sight;  not  yet;  pass.  Inf.,  to  be  held;  lex,  gis,  f.,  a  law;  =  that  the  comet 
so  rare  sights  of  the  world,  are  not  yet  fixed  by  definite  laws;  -ium,  ii,  a  beginning;  *i 
is,  m.,  an  end;  -sco*  to  become  known;  -lum,  i,  borders;  -ust  Us,  running  back,  = 
from  the  immense  intervening  spaces  of  what  (bodies)  is  their  course  backward.  —  2. 
is  not  yet  1500  years;  ex  quo  =  since;  I.,  Greece.  —  3.  Gens.  Us,  f.,  a  nation;  facie 
ei,  a  face;  novi,  novisse,  a  defective  verb,  to  know;  Perf.  Coni.,  =  who  know  the  sk 
only  by  appearance.  —  4.  The  other  day,  but  a  short  while  ago;  -to,  nis,  f.,  reasoi 
knowledge,  science;  -umy  i,  a  certitude.  —  5.  Time  will  come;  lateo,2  ui,  to  be  hiddei 
unknown;  dies  =  tempus,  astas,  aevum;  -ho,3  xi,  ctum,  to  produce,  to  dra\v  to  dayligh 
cevum,  i,  an  epoch,  an  age;  -tia,  ce,  activity,  diligence.  A  beautiful  sentiment,  worthy  < 
a  philosopher,  as  contrasted  with  the  dogmatism  of  the  scentists  of  our  days. 

109.  —  —  spiritlis  lethales1  alicubi  aut  e  scrobibus  emissi,  ai 

ipso  loci  situ  mortiferi; alicubi  fatidici  specus,  quorum  exhalati6n 

temulenti  futura  prascinant,  ut  Delphis,  nobilissimo  oraculo. 

Plin.,  H.  N.,  II.,  93,  207. 

1.  4s,  e,  deathly;  adv.,  at  some  place;  scrobs,  is,  m.,  (to  philologists,  scrobis,  is) 
ditch,  a  hole  in  the  ground;  -us,  us,  position;  -fer,  a,  urn,  death-bearing;  -us,  a,  m 
fate  telling;  -us,  us,  (Dat  &  Abl.  pi.  specubus),  a  cave,  a  grotto;  -tio,  nis,  f.,  ou 
breathing  (Abl.,  by);  -us,  a,  urn,  drunk,  dazed;  -urn,  i,  what  is  to  be,  to  come,  to  ha: 
pen,  future;  -no?  cini,  fr.  prae  +  cano,6  cecini,  cantum,  to  sing,  because   Greek  and  R< 


203 

man  verses  are  uttered  as  a  song,  called  "scanning"  (scando,1  r.,  fr.  scando?  to  mount), 
and  the  utterances  of  the  oracles  were  usually  in  verses;  ^Delphi,  ornm,  &  place  in  Pho- 
cis,  Greece,  with  Apollo's  famous  oracle;  -culum,  i,  fr.  os,  oris,  n.,  a  mouth,  where  the 
priestess  of  Apollo,  seated  over  such  an  opening  in  the  ground,  dazed  with  some  gas, 
uttered  the  ora'cula. 

no.  Placet  enim  Stoicis,  eos  anhelitus  terra,  qui  frigidi  sint, 
quum  fliiere  coeperint,  ventos  esse: 

Cic,  De  Div.,  II.,  ig,  44. 

in.  Ratione  igitur  &  mente  Divina,  ad  originem  temporis,  curri- 
culum inventum  est  solis  &  lunoe  — ut  terram  lunae  cursus  pro- 

xime  ambiret,  eique  supra  terram,  proxima  solis,  circumvectio  esset. 
Lucifer  deinde,  &  sancta  Mercurii  stella,  cursum  habent  solis  celeritate 
parem. 

Cic,  Tim.,  IX.,  26. 

112.  Nam  ea,  quae  est  media  &  nona,1  Tellus,  neque  moyetur,  & 
infima  est,  et  in  earn  feruntur  omnia,  suo  nutii,  &  pondere. 

Somn.  Scip.t  IV. ,   10. 
1.  -us,  a,  urn,  ninth. 

1 1  j.  Quomodo  cecidisti1  de  coelo,  Iticifer,  qui  mane  oriebaris? 
corruisti  in  terram,  qui  vulnerabas  gentes? 

Vulgata,  Isai.  XIV.,  12. 

1.  Cado?  cecidi,  casum,  to  fall,  Perf.  Indie;  corruo,*  id,  to  collapse,  to  tumble,  to 
fall  in  a  heap;  -to,1  r.,  to  wound;  gens,  Us,  f,  a  nation.  This  passage  refers  to  the  king 
of  Babylon,  the  Hebrew  poet  characterizing  him  as  the  light- bearing  morning  star  (luci" 
fer),  rising  in  the  morning,  but  he,  who  had  wounded  so  many  nations,  finally  has  tum- 
ped upon  the  earth,  &c-  Somehow  this  image  was  confused  with  the  idea  of  the  falling 
angels,  and,  as  though  "lucifer"  had  been  a  name,  it  came  to  mean  in  Christian  tradi- 
tions as  the  chief  devil.  —  The  marks  of  interrogation  really  mean  exclamations. 

114  Siquidem1  Deus  est  qui  viget,  qui  sentit,  qui  meminit,  qui 
prtvidet,  qui  tarn  regit  &  moderatur,  &  moyet  id  corpus,  cui  propo- 
situs est,  quam  hunc  mundum  ille  princeps   Deus;  &  ut  mundum,  ex 


204 

quadam  parte  mortalem,  ipse  Deus  asternus,  sic  fragile  corpus  animus 
sempiternus  movet.  Nam,  quod  semper  movetur,  aeternum  est 
quod  autem  motum  affert  alicui,  quodque  ipsum  agitatur  aliunde,2  quan- 
do  finem  habet  motus,  vivendi  finem  habeat,  necesse  est.  Solum,  igi- 
tur,  quod  sese  movet,  quia  nunquam  deseritur3  a  se,  nunquam  ne  mo- 
ved quidem  desinit;  quin  etiam  ceteris,  quae  moventur,  hie  fons,  ho< 

principium  est  movendi. Ita  fit,  ut  motus4  principium  ex  eo  sit 

quod  ipsum  a  se  movetur;  id  autem  nee  nasci  potest,  nee  mori. 

Sornn.  Scip.  Vlll.  19—20 

1.  If,  provided;  if,  indeed;  but  here:  for,  inasmuch  as;  vigeo?  ui,  to  thrive,  to  b 
in  full  vigor,  to  prosper,  flourish;  memini,  isse,  defective  verb,  to  remember;  -deo,2  di 
sum,  to  foresee,  support,  sustain;  -go?  xi,  ctum,  to  rule,  govern;  quam,  like,  just  like 
ex  quadam  parte,  in  some  respects,  to  some  extent;  -gilis,  e,  frail;  corpus,  accus.  Th 
argument  is:  For,  indeed,  he  (qui)  who,  has  an  independent  existence,  who  feels,  cai 
remember,  provides  for  the  sustenance,  who  governs,  directs  and  moves  the  body  ove 
which  he  presides,  is  God,  just  like  that  chief  God  (doing  all  these  things  to)  this  world 
(meaning  the  sun);  and  that  eternal  God  doing  this  same  thing  to  the  universe;  so  doe 
the  everlasting  mind  (soul)  keep  this  frail  (human)  body  in  motion.  —  2.  From  some 
where  else,  from  the  outside.  —  3.  -to,1  rui,  rtum,  to  abandon,  desert;  fons,  Us,  m., 
source.  —  4.  Genit.;  -ium,  it,  beginning  (of  motion,  moving);  ex  eo  sit,  from  hin 
(it)  be,  =  the  beginning  of  motion  starts  from  him,  who,  or,  as  here,  from  it,  which 
moves  by  itself;  and  it,  (that  one)  can  neither  be  born,  nor  die.  From  our  grammatics 
point  of  view,  this  passage  contains,  in  a  nut  shell,  the  entire  theory  of  the  Latin  vert 
as  treated  in  these  two  lesson,  i.e.,  active,  passive,  middle,  reflexive,  the  pure  passiv 
with  the  agent  (a  se  movetur);  and  otherwise,  too,  thoroughly  Ciceronian  reasoning 
argument  and  style.  Read  once  more  the  last  paragraph,  of  our  text. 


EXERCITIA    SCRIBENDA. 

I. 

1.  Reversi  ad  lineas,  quid  sumus  acturi?  —  2.  Ubi  reliquimus  li- 
neasp  _  Jg  vide  sis,  utrum  ista  prima  pars  huius  pensi  sit  tarn  long: 
quam  pars  altera;  turn  die,  utra  sit  !6ngior,  utra  brevior.  —  4.  Nume; 
pars,  quae  est  altera  brevior,  est  etiam  facilior,  quae  autem  hac  l6ngio 
est,  est  propterea  etiam  difficilior?  —  5.  Utra  in  parte  sunt  plura,  in  utn 


20^ 

>auciora  vocabula?  —  6.  Suntne  has  duas  partes  Pensi  Septimi  numero 
ocabulorum  aequales?  —  7.  Estne  ea  pars,  quae  multo  plura  vocabula 
iumerat,  parum  longior?  —  8.  Si  ista  pars  prior  alteri  brevitate  pnestat, 
umquid  illam  difficultate  hanc  superare  necesse  est?  —  9.  Estne  omne 
I,  quod  facillimum  esse  manifestum  sit,  ob  earn  rem  etiam  optimum? 

-  10.  Quidquamne  optimo  melius  esse  potest?  —  11.  Numquid  is,  qui 
essimo  quoque1  parum  est  melior,  bonus  dicendus?  —  12.  Numquid 
ui  nihilo  paullo  plus  habet,  satis  habet? 

1.  Mark  the  expressions:  pessimus,  or  optimus  quisque,  -ma  quoque,  -mum  qUOd- 
ue,  anybody  (of  the)  worst  (kind),  or  best  (kind),  declined  regularly:  -mi  cuius  que, 
no,  -ma,  -mo  cuique;  -mum, -mam,  -mum  quemque,  quamque,  quodque  (quidque). 
bl,  as  here:  -mo,  -ma,  -mo  quoque,  quaque,  quoque.  To  this  belongs:  primo  quoque 
mpore,  at  the  first  opportunity. 

II. 

i.  Si1  scire  vellemus  quid  acus  esset,  qui  (quomodo),  precor  (rogo, 
ro,  obsecro),  earn  describeres?  —  2.  Quare  est  ima2  acus  extrita  et  eli- 
idta?  —  3.  Quamobrem  nequimus  (non  possumus)  aciem  minute 
:us  cernere?  —  Si  acia  acii  tenuior  non  esset,  sed  aut  aeque  crassa  at- 
ue  acus,  aut  paulo  crassior,  quid9  fieret?  —  5.  Si  braces  pueri  petu- 
intis,  quas  mater  scissas  &  laceras  resarcire  ac  reparare  velit,  albidi4 
int  colons,  quid  videtur  res  postulare,  nigrane  an  flava5  rubrane  an  vero 
Iba  acia  sibi  esse  utendum?  —  Quo  potissimum6  fit  modo  ut  pueri, 
?re  nunquam7  non  petulantes,  tuniculas  aut  braccas  pnesertim  in  ge- 
ibus  &  ciibitis  discindant  ac  lacerent?  —  7.  Quand6quidem  patribus, 
uippe  quos  plerumque  severiores8  matribus  esse  constat,  pnesertim 
3rdi  est,  ne  sui  nati  in  petulantiam  iusto  effusiores  sint,  quibus  rebus 
^lent  filios  facinorosos,  se  domum  recipientes,  excipere  &  compescere? 

-  8.  Quid  turn  matres  statuunt?  —  9.  Ut  suere  possit,  quid  oportet 
latrem  conquirere? 

1.  These  questions  are  made  somewhat  more  complicated,  on  purpose,  so  as  to 
resent  some  of  the  features  of  what  is  called  "consecutio  temporum/4  considered  the 
lost  difficult  portion  of  the  Latin  language.  With  a  little  closer  observation  we  can 
:quamt  ourselves  with  the  run  of  these  times  and  modes.  In  the  present  sentence  all  the 


206 

verbs  (excepting  the  parenthetic  precor)  are  in  the  Coniunctivus,  and  its  Jmperfectum, 

thus    ^'L  desirous  to  know,  what  a  needle  were,  how   (pray),   would*   thou  be- 

write  (describe)  it?  The  conditional  mode  here  is  demanded  by  si.  The  Imperfect  of  the 

win  verb,  volo,  is  vellem.pUvellemus,  in  this  connection,  is  actual  present  Of  we 

wanted  now  to  know);  the  "scire,"  in  Pres.  Infin.,  because  one  verb  puts  the  other  ,nto 

Inf.,  shows  this;  but  the  other  verb  (quid  acus)  esset,  is  again  conditioned  not  in  con- 

Lquence  of  the  first,  but  by  syntactical  reason,  whereas  the  third,  descnberes    for  two 

reasons,  syntactical  and  logical,  is  in  Imperf.   Coni.,  w  meaning  of  present-    The  syn . 

and  grammatical  presents  of  of  these  verbs  would  be:  s.  vehmus  sere,  quid  acus  sit,  this 

would"  if  it be  our  will,  to  know,  what  a  needle  be,  it  is  nearly  all  future,  and  the 

Mverbwould  follow  in  Put-  Ind.,  or  Coni,  qui  describes,  or  desenpsens   (-ro,  -ns, 

&tc.  which  form  in  Indie,  is  called  Put.  Exactum).  -  To  make  the  forms  more  ckai 

in  the  Perfect,  1  change  the  first  verb  to  first  person  sing,    S.   (or  quum)  scire  vol*,, 

volume  voluissem  quid  acus  esset,  or  fuisset,   q„.  describes  or  desenps^  - 

This  is  an  illustration  in  a  nucleus,  necessary  for  the  present,  but  we  shall  see  mud 

^e  of  it  in  its  proper  place.  -  Now  how  shall  1  answer  it?  ™}^*m~ 

tinn-    Si  scire  vellemus,  quid  acus  esset,  then  I  consider  my  verb,    descubo,    a  tiansi 

tive'verb,  following  from  it  a  definition,  or  declaration,  wherefore,  1  shall  put  my  sub 

ject  acus,  or  its  representative  pronoun,  ea,  in  Accusative,  to  be  my  object,   making  ai 

Accusative  cum  Infinitivo  of  it,  thus:  earn  (or,  acum)  ferramentum  esse   (Infinitivus. 

minutissimum,  cuius,  &c,  as  in  the  main  text. 

2  Acus,  us,  is  f.,  -us,  a,  um,  properly,  deep,  low;  we  say  medium  cmlum,  summc 
domus,  instead  of  medium  punctum,  media  pars  coeeli,  summa  pars,  suprema  pars  do 
mus;  ima  acus,  instead  of  ima  pars  acus,  w.  Gen. 

3.  What  would  happen?  -  4.  -us,  a,  um,  whitish.  -  5.  -us,  a,  um  yellow,  -er, 
um  red-  mihi  est  utendum,  1  must  make  use  of ...  -  6.  Adv.,  mainly,  chiefly-  / 
Two  negatives,  one  positive  =  subinde,  plerumque.  -  8 .  Severus,  a,  um  stern ,r 
Compar  ,  quam  left  out,  therefore  AM.  matribus;  constat,  constare,  impersonal  and  it 
manmng  an  Accus.  c  Infin.  -it  stands  fast.it  is  established,  proven,  a  well  know 
fact  that  they  are  sterner  than  the  mothers;  cordi  est,  is  them  to  heart,  =  are  most  eoi 
cerned;  more  than  justly,  i  e.,  too  much;  effusiores,  effusus,  a,  um,  =  poured  ac 
given  to;  facinorosus,  a,  um,  too  mischievous;  compesco,'  cm,  atum,  to  curb,  to  cheel 
to  subdue. 

III. 

i  fcxplica,1  velim,  quae  causa  sit,  quare  tenui6rem  et  exiliorei 
partem  mucronis  cuiusque  ferramenti  ad  scindendum  "aciem"  appellt 
mus?  _  2.  Quid2  si  puer  accipiat  malum,  nee  cultellum  habeat;  nui 
malum  abiiciet?  -  x.  Quid  causae^*  est,  quare  cultri,  quibus  ad  mei 


207 

sam  utimur,  ad  instar  novaculae  non  exacuentur?  —  Quod  genus  ferra- 
menti  est  forfex?  —  j.  Quid  est  tonstrina?  —  Quid  accidit4  ei,  cuius  ca- 
Mllos  tonsor  hebeti  ac  stridenti  forfice  tentat  tondere?  —  7.  Quidnam 
fieri  oportet,  ne  id  capiti  hominis  tondendi5  eveniat?  —  8.  Quid  videtur 
/erosimile,  si  puer  novacula  ludat?  —  9.  Qualem  oportet  vultum  eius 
/iri  esse,  qui  quinis6  senisve  diebus  non  rasus  sit?  —  10.  Quid  opor- 
eret7  tonsorem  facere,  si  filiolus  eius,  optima  quam  haberet,  novacula, 
3aculum  secaret? 

1.  Imperative  Lenior,  of  the  first  conjugation,  fr.  ex  +  plico,  to  fold  out,  to  un- 
old,  explain;  velim,  Prass.  Coni.  of  volo,  be  I  willing,  may  I  will,  please,  kindly;  and 
>n  this  introduction's  account  we  say  sit,  instead  of  est,  and,  also  appell^mus,  instead  of 
ppell^mus;  see  the  Colloquia.  —  2.  Like  in  English  "What,  if  .  .  ."  malum,  i,  an 
pple;  diminutive  of  cutter,  tri;  a  dimin.  is  usually  of  the  same  gender,  (here,  cultUlus, 
)  as  the  parent  word;  abiicio,3  ieci,  tectum,  ab  +  iicio,  to  throw  away. 

3.  Quid  has  the  nature  of  a  noun,  hence  it  governs  another  noun  intoGenit,  caus#, 
/hat  is  the  cause,  reason;  ad  instar,  or,  instar,  indecl.,  in  likeness,  in  the  manner,  or 
ashion  of,  like,  w.  Genit.;  exacuo,3  ui,  utum,  to  sharpen.  —  4.  Accidit,3  an  impers. 
erb,  only  used  in  the  3rd  person,  to  befall  (ad  +  cado),  governs  Dat.  (ei),  as  do  most: 
ompounded  verbs;  strideo*  di,  and  strido*  di,  to  squeak,  creak,  buzz;  tento}  r.,  to 
ry,  to  attempt.  —  5.  Capiti  hominis  tondendi,  to  the  head  of  a  to-be-hair-cutted  man, 
gerundivum  of  tondeo;  ivenit,*  like  accidit,  an  impers.  verb,  "outcome.;,"  happens, 
efalls,  comes  to  pass. 

6.  Quinis  -  senisve,  instead  of  quinque  -  sexque,  quinque  aut  sex;  rasus,  pp.  of 
ado.  —  7.  Imperf.  Coni.  of  oportet*  uit,  to  have  to,  must,  an  impers.  verb,  govern- 
ig  Accus.,  quid  oportet  me  facere?  what  have  I  got  to  do,  what  would  the  barber  .  .  .? 
Iwlus,  i,  dim.  oifilius,  a  little  son,  sonny;  dptimum  quod  hibto  =  the  best  1  have; 
tco}  cui,  ctum,  to  cut  slowly,  to  whittle,  to  cut  little  by  little. 

IV. 

1.  Ministerio  quarum  rerum  utitur  animus  ad  sensum  visus  perci- 
'iendum?  —  2.  Quare  vocamus  visum  "aciem"  oculorum?  —  3.  Num 
•mnia,  qu^  scimus,  visui  debemus,1  uti,  v.  c,  cognitidnem  linguarum, 
nusic^,  cantus;  quid  tibi  his  de  rebus  videtur?  —  4.  At  vero,2  si  mira- 
ula  rerum  nature  scrutari  &  indagare  volumus,  auditune,  ac  ministerio 
urium,  id  efficere  suscipiemus?  —  5.  Quibus  potissimum3  rebus  hebe- 
antur  nostri  sensus?  —  6.  Si  pater,  aetete  adultior,4  minutissimas  litte- 


208 

rulas  legere,  aut  mater,  aettte  provectior,  ocello  acfts  exiguae  subtilissi- 
mum  linum  inserere  velit,  nee  per  imbecillitatem  aciei  visus  id  facere 
possit-  quid  utriimque  facturum  arbitraberis?  —  7.  At,  si  Marco  Tullio 
Ciceroni,  dicenti,5  'oculos  quasi  fenestras  esse  animi,'  fides  habenda 
sit,  omnes  eos,  qui  hebetatione  ocul6rum  laborent,  animis  quoque  he- 
betes  esse  nobis  persuadebimus? 

1  Visui  debemus,  =  we  owe  (it)  to  sight;  the  first'  meaning  of  debeo  is,  I  owe, 
whence,  debitutn,  i ,  what  is  owed,  debitor,  is,  is  the  man  (not  a  woman)  who  owes 
whence  on  English  billheads,  as  a  remnant  of  the  good,  old  Latin  times:  To  John  Smith 
Dr.,  means  "Johanni  Smith  debitor  (is  owed  to  J.  S.).  Most  naturally,  it  governs  Da- 
tive, wherefore  visiA  Dat.  of  IV,  -  Lingua,  a,  a  tongue,  a  language;  musica,  a,  of  a 
muse,  belonging  some  of  the  muses,  whence  the  freak  formation  of  the  French,  s'amuser 
as  if  se  ad-musare,  to  be-muse  one's  self;  music;  cantus,  us,  a  singing.  —  Quia  no 
videtur?  what  seems  to  you?  what  is  your  opinion  on  this  matter?  —  His  de  rebus,  or 
de  his  rebus,  of,  or  about  these  things. 

2.  But  then:  suscipio*  cepi,  ceptum,  Fut.  Ind.,  shall  we  undertake? 

3.  Adv.,  mainly,  chiefly;  really  but  an  expletive. 

4    A  little  more  aged,  elderly;  dimin.  of  Utter  a;  aetate  provectior,  a  little  more  ad 
vanced  in  age:  linum,  i,  flax,  linnen  thread,  see  Ex.    Leg.,  60;    inibecillttas,   tatts,  f 
fr  in  +  bacillus,  without  a  cane,  canelessness,  helplessness,   weakness;  utrumque,  ead 
one,  Accus.  masc,  mother  included,  because  the  masc.  precedes;  arbitraberis,  dep.  verb 
Fut.  Ind.,  wilt  thou  deem,  what  will  you  judge,  think? 

5.  1  paraphrase  this  sentence  in  this  looser  form:  Verum,  si  cr£dimus  (si  credendun 
est)  M  T.  Ciceroni,  qui  dicit  "Oculi  quasi  fenestra  sunt  animi,"  an  ideo  persuadebimu 
nobis  (faciemus  ut  cred^mus)  omnes  eos  £tiam  ammo  h£betes  esse,  quia  Mbetes  sun 
visii?  In  plain  English  (should  some  one  need  it)  "But  now,  if  we  lend  belief  to  M.  I 
Cicero  saying  (leaving  out  "that")  The  eyes  to  be  something  like  the  mind's  windows, 
shall  we  persuade  ourselves  all  to  be  laboring  with  mental  dullness,  who  are  dull  of  ey 
sight? 

V. 

1.  Quare  dicimus  guttam  aquae  similem  esse  piscinae?  —  2.  Cbinan 
scatent  "bacteria?"  —  3.  Ope  cuius  rei  yalemus1  "bacillos"  visu  con 
sequj?  _  4.  Quemnam  sensum  in  nobis  dxcitat2  tarn  minons,  quan 
maic3ris  mundi  contemplate?  —  5.  E  quibus  corpusculis  creditur  om 
nis  materia  coalesces?  —  6.  Quae  est  atom6rum  maxima  congeries?  - 
7.  Quare  putamus  solem,  tamquam   regem  ac  ducem,  medium  inte 


209 

Stellas  erraticas  locum  obtinere?  —  8.  Quid  est,3  quod  nonnullas  Stellas 
"erraticas"  appellamus?  —  9.  Quibus  nominibus  insignitur  stella  Vene- 
ris, et  quamobrem?  —  10.  Quas  Stellas  sunt  Telluri  ex  utraque  parte  vi- 
cjnaep  —  ! ,.  intra  quot  dierum  spatium  abs61vit  Tellus  cursum  suum 
circum  solem?  —  12.  Quid  est,  et  quid  agit  Luna?  —  13.  Quanam  re 
estsidus  Martis  conspicuum?  —  14.  Qui  sunt  caeteri  planetae,  et  quo 
ordine  se  excipiunt?  —  1  ?.  Quid  putant  aliqui  astrologi  de  cometis?  — 
16.  Quid  interest  inter  motum  planetarum,  atque  solis?  —  17.  Estne 
quidquam,  quod  motum  materia?,  "machinaeque  mundi,"  moderetur? 

1.  Valeo?  ui,  itumy  to  be  in  full  possession  of  one's  bodily  powers,  is  the  first 
meaning  of  the  verb;  here  it  is  used  like  possumus,  but  the  latter  may  mean  moral, 
ethical,  legal,  &c.,  abilities,  here  out  of  question,  while  valeo  means  only  physical  ability, 
here  better. 

2.  -to}  r.,  fr.  cieo,2  (or,  cio,4)  civi,  citum,  to  cause  motion,  or  movement,  whence 
citus,  a,  urn,  quick;  cito,  quickly;  cito,1  r.,  con-,  in;  ex  -  re-,  sus-  (sub-),  to  wake  up, 
quicken  up,  canem  incitare,  to  set  a  dog  upon  somebody;  equum  coweitare,  to  spur  on, 
to  whip  up  one's  horse. 

3.  Instead  of  quare,  or  quid  causce  est  (Gen.  because  quid  has  the  force  of  a  noun), 
and  follows  quod,  or  quare,  conjunctions. 


EXERCITATIONES    L0QVEND1. 

We  have  reached  a  stage  also  in  our  oral  exercises,  where  the  students  may  pass 
over  the  bridge  of  my  Lain  to  that  of  the  most  illustrious  of  Roman  Colloquialists^ 
Marcus  Attius  Plautus  (184  B.  C),  and  Publius  Terentius  Afer  (159  B.  C)  —  As  { 
was  preparing  this  course,  I  hit  upon  the  work  of  an  old  scholar,  Georgius  Fabritius, 
Chemnicensis,  who  in  1543  had  published  these  very  things,  and  much  more,  picking 
out  the  elegances,  grouping  them  under  appropriate  headings,  Cicero  for  writing  letters f 
and  our  two  authors  for  colloquia.  —  Such  being  the  case,  I  abandoned  the  enterprise 
confining  my  labors  to  verifying  the  passages),  as  I  do  not  wish  "actum  agere,"  take 
the  old  scholars  collection,  here,  openly  giving  credit  both  to  his  learning  and  industry. 

Before,  however,  taking  that  step,  I  deem  it  proper  to  introduce  tw3  of  my  own 
colloquia,  by  the  way  of  introduction,  to  explain  a  few  things  the  student  must  know  at 
entering  the  ancient  Roman,  the  unknown,  the  complex,  from  modern  Latin,  from  the 
known,  from  the  simple,  which  is  the  method  of  synthesis,  as  opposed  to  analysis,  now 
generally  in  vogue,  i.  e-,  beginning  with  the  ancient,   staying  in  the  ancient  in  the  com- 


210 


plex,  in  the  unknown,  pretending  to  be  afraid  of  the  simple,  of  the  known,  of  the 
modern. 

I. 


A.  Quis  tu  es?1 

"  Et  quid  es  tu? 

11  Scisne  quis  ego  sim?3 

"'  Quern  igitur  me  esse  putas?5 

"  Video7  te  scire  quis  sim;  sed  potesne 
hariolari  quid  sim? 

"  Recte,  Hercle,9  divinas,  nam  id  pro- 
f£cto  sum;  sed,  die,  amabo,  quid  tu  sis! 

44    Siccine?11  Quibusnam  rebus  studes? 

"    Itaque  etiam  scis  Latine. 

"  Intellig6sne13  siquid  tibi  Latine  di- 
cam? 

11    Recte  mones;  audi  ergo: 

Virtutis  experslQ  verbis  iartans  gib- 

nam, 
Ignbtos  fallit,  notis  est  derisui! 

"  Quid  si  non  can£ndo  ac  recitando,18 
sed  lente  &  tractim  verba  singula  gfferam? 

11  Tibi  ergo,  quid  dixerim,19  clarum 
non  est. 

"  Pireo21  tibi,  faciam  ut  p6stulas: 
ausculta  igitur:  'Qui  nullam  partem  vitutis 
habet,  sed  verbis  tantum  elatis  m£morat 
suam  gl6riam,  de*cipit  eos  qui  eum  non 
cogn6scunt,  sed  iis  qui  eum  noverunt,  de- 
risioni  tantum  est?  Nuncne  capis  quod 
po£ta  dixit? 


B.  Sum  Qu2  Sempr6nius. 

11    Sum  puer,  ut  vides. 

"    Puto  me  scire4  quis  sis. 

44  Tertullium6  te  esse  suspicor,  f ilium 
Publii,  mercatoris. 

44  Ita  opinor;8  studiosum  schola'sticum 
te  esse  divino. 

"  Id  ipsum10  et  ego  sum  quod  tu  es, 
nempe  litteramm  studiosus. 

r<    Cunctis,  quibus  sodales.12 

"    Haud  plus  scio  quam  caeteri. 

"  Si  clara  voce  et  lente  dixeris,  spero 
fore  ut  intelligam. 

44    Audiam,  loquere.15 

"  Nonp£nitus  inteUixi,  quod17  recit£- 
veras,  fortasse  quia  canSndo  verba  protu- 

listi. 

"  Si  verba  ISntius  &  distinctius  protii- 
leris,  sensum  facilius  4ssequar. 

44  Latine  nondum  satis  scio,  ut  drmi- 
na  ex  improviso20  excipiam.  Fac,  aliis  id 
verbis  £xplica. 

44  Hxc  prosus  di versa22  res  est;  quod 
drmine  recitando  dixisti,  non  satis  intel- 
l£xi;  quid  autem  soluta  oratione  dixeris, 
mihi  prorsus  est  clarum. 


1.  We  could  say:  Quis  es?  Tu  quis  es?  Quisestu?  —  2.  Quid  tu  es?  —  3.  We 
have  really  two  sentences  here:  Scisne,  the  leading  sentence,  and  quis  ego  sim?  the  de- 
pendent sentence;  then  this  is  also  an  indirect  question  (interrogatio  obliqua).  In  al. 
such  constructions  the  verb  of  the  dependent  sentence  is  in  Conjunctivus.  When  the  verb 


211 

of  the  leading  sentence  is  in  the  present  time  (either  Indicativus  or   Coniunctivus),  the 
the  dependent  verb  can  be  in  Praes.  Praet.  Perf.,  or  Futurum;  here  it  is  in  Praes. 

4.  Again  two  sentences  in  one:  (l)  puto  me  scire,  (2)  quis  sis.  Verbs  of  knowing, 
believing,  judging,  thinking,  like  scio,  intelligo,  dico,  aio,  credo,  puto,  arbitror,  iudico, 
existimo,  &c. ,  called  by  modern  grammarians  verba  sentiendi  &  declarandi,  demand 
that  the  subject  following  should  not  be  joined  by  quod,  ut,  &c ,  as  in  modern  languages, 
but  should  become  the  object  of  such  a  verb,  and  the  verb  of  the  sentence  so  joined  into 
one,  should  follow  in  corresponding  (pres.,  past,  fut.)  Infinitive,  so  that  of  puto  (quod) 
ego  scio  (as  a  modern  tongue  would  have  it),  two  sentences  joined  by  quod,  become 
contracted  into  puto  me  scire,  and  the  dependent  verb  follows  the  rule,  as  above. 

5.  Quern  is  the  Accus.  of  quis  (quis  ego,  quod  sum,  putas),  on  the  same  principles 
as  the  above;  this  construction  is  called  an  Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo. 

6.  Tertullius  is  shaped  from  tertillus,  dlmin.  of  tertius,  some  numerals  served  as 
names  of  persons,  the  second,  third,  fifth,  sixth,  seventh,  eighth  child.  Suspicor,1  dtus 
sum,  one  of  the  "verba  sentiendi  &  declarandi,"  therefore  Ace.  c.  Inf.  The  name,  Pub- 
lius,  was  the  Roman  John,  always  abbreviated  as  P. 

7.  One  of  the  Verba  S.  &  D.,  therefore  Ace.  c.  Inf.,  though  vve  could  also  say: 
Video  quod  non  intelligis."  Hariolor,1  atus  sum,  to  guess,  to  fortell,  to  prophecy. 

8.  Opinor,1  atus  sum,  to  think,  to  have  the  opinion;  studiosus,  i,  an  endevorer,  a 
student;  scholasticus,  a,  um,  pertaining  to  school;  -no,1  r.,  to  foretell,  to  conjecture,  to 
guess,  to  prophecy. 

9.  An  irregular  Vocative  case  in  Latin,  of  Hercules,  by  H  .  .  .  id  sum,  =  I  am 
that  (what  you  say);  dico,  due 0,  and  facto,  form  their  Imperatives  in  die,  due,  fac, 
though  in  the  old  writers  we  also  find  the  regular  forms,  as,  face;  the  amabo  here  means 
please, 

10.  Id  ipsum  et  =  I,  too,  am  the  same  (thing)  quod,  what  .  .  .  et  =  etiam. 

11.  Sic  +  ci  -f-  ne  =  is  that  so?  Studeo  =  I  endeavor,  its  government  is  in- 
direct,  i.  e.,  not  Ace.,  but  'Vat.,  quibus  rebus,  cui  rei,  studes?  what  (things,  thing) 
are  you  after? 

12.  Sodalis,  is,  a  comrade;  eunctis  Dat,  I  am  studying  all,  my  fellows  do. 

13.  Both  verbs  in  Fut.  Simpl.  Indie 

14.  This  form  is  dixero,  not  dixerim;  the  former  is  the  Fut.  Coni.  simple  form, 
and  also  the  Fut.  Exact.  Indie;  here  the  Coni.  is  meant,  Spero  fore  =  spero  futurum 
esse;  intelligo,  is  the  Prses-  Coni.,  because  after  the  Prass.  and  Fut.  of  the  leading  verb, 
only  Prass.  Fut.  and  Praet  Perf.  of  the  Coniunctivus  can  follow,  not  the  Imperf.  nor  the 
Plusquam  Perf. 

15.  The  Imperat.  of  the  deponent  verb. 

16.  Expers,  Us,  fr.  ex  +  pars,  shareless,  one  who  has  no  part  in  a  thing,  expers 
virtutis,  one  having  no  share  in  virtue,  or  merit;  iacto,1  r.,  to  bandy,  throw  about,  to 
brag;  ignotus,  a,  um,  one  who  is  not  known,  its  opposite  is  notus,  a,  um,  the  poet  using 


212 

these  words  for  gnarus  and  ignarus,  a  knowen  and  an  unknower;  -lo3  fefilli,  falsutm 
to  mistake,  to  delude;  derisus,  us,  to  laugh  down,  to  make  sport  of  somebody,  mark  the 
Dat. :  derisui,  ludibrio,  contemptui,  glorias,  gaudio,  auxilio  est,  it  serves  for  derision, 
mockeri,  contempt,  glory,  joy;  the  sense:  The  vain  braggard,  without  any  merit  of  his 
own,  may  well  fool  people  not  knowing  him,  but  for  people  of  experience  (or,  who 
know  him)  he  serves  for  a  laughing  stock;  a  much  quoted  fable  of  Phasdrus  (I., 
11,  12.) 

17.  Had  we  used  quid,  instead  of  quod,  we  would  have  divided  the  sentence,  like 
those,  above,  and  for  recitaveras  we  would  say  "recitavisses."  As  it  is,  we  remain  in  the 
Indicativus,  but  the  times  remain  the  same,  Plusquam  Perfectum  (-veras,  and  ~visses)t 
as  anterior  (or  foregoing)  to  i(inUllexi,(i  because  he  had  to  recite,  before  the  other  could 
understand.  —  Canendo  profero,  prbtuli,  -latum,  to  bring  forth  the  words  by  singing. 
Roman  poems,  whatever  their  meters  (these,  for  instance,  are  very  pretty  iambic  feet), 
are  actually  sung,  not  figuratively  alone,  as  do  also  my  pupils. 

18.  Recito}  r.,  fr.  re  =  retro,  back,  backward,  +  cito,1  r-,  fr.  citus,  a,  urn,  quick, 
lively,  to  summon  up,  to  call  back,  to  reproduce,  to  recite;  technically  different  from  ca- 
nere,  and  scandere,  a  fluent  telling,  or  reading  in  meters,  without  the  chant.  —  Tractim, 
adv.,  drawn,  slowly;  'effero,3  extuli,  elatum,  to  pronounce. 

19.  Quid  dixerim,  clarum  est.  Of  the  two  sentences  the  latter  is  the  leading  one; 
since  its  verb  is  in  present  time,  the  verb  of  the  dependent  sentence  {dixerim)  the  past 
being  involved,  can  only  stand  in  the  perfectum  Coniunctivi,  and  neither  the  Imperf. 
nor  the  Plus  quam  Perf.  could  stand  in  its  place. 

20.  Carmen,  inis,  n.,  a  poem,  a  verse;  ex  improviso,  unprepared,  unforeseen,  by 
surprise;  excipio3  cepi,  ceptum,  to  take  up,  to  take  out  of  the  hand,  to  succeed,  to  con- 
tinue, to  pick  up  as  it  comes,  to  receive,  take  in,  as  it  flows-  Do,  explain,  please. 

21.  Pareo,2  ui,  Hum,  properly,  to  appear,  to  follow  suit,  to  obey;  ausculto,1  r.,  to 
listen.  Elatus,  a,  urn,  (effero),  loud,  boastful;  cognosco,3  cognovi,  cbgnitum,  to  know 
to  be  familiar  with;  decipio3  cepi,  ptum  (de  +  capio),  to  catch  down,  to  trap,  to  deceive; 
novi,  novisse,  defective,  to  know;  capio3  cepi,  captum,  to  catch,  to  understand. 

22.  Diver sus,  a,  urn,  fr.  diverto,3  ti,  rsum,  fr.  verto,  turned  away,  different,  this  is 
quite  a  different  thing. 

II. 

C.  D. 

C.  Fuitne1  Quadr^tus  apud  te?  D.  Nullus2  Quadra'tus  apud  me  fuit,  nee 

ego  ullum  eius  n6minis  novi. 

Minim  m£moras;  atqui3  ego   rogdvi  "    At,  inquam,  nemo  mihi  eo  ndmine4 

eum  u  tad  te  veniret,  et  ad  te  nuntium  meum  c6gnitus  est.  Cseterum  toto  die  domi  eram, 

defeVret  nee  quisquam  me  appellavit- 

Aisr'  tu  te  eum  non  novisse?  H    Aio  vero.° 


2IJ 


C.  Fallens,7  amice,   bene  eum  novisti, 
non  minus  quam  me. 

Atqui  ego  eum  cei  ie  misi,  ideo  autem 
misi,  quod  sci^bam  eum  tibi  probe9  cogni- 
tum  esse. 

Nugas11  agis;  tu  Lucium  Quadritum 
Ventidium  sine  dubitatione  nosti. 


Sine13  ut  dicam.  SaceVdos  quidam, 
parochus14  pagi  vicini,  quum  a  nostdtibus 
fando  audivisset,  me  discipline  linguae  La- 
tine  dilige'nter  operam  navaYe,  per  patrem 
mihi  centussem  pollicitus  est,  si  quimlibet 
e  Robinsone  Crusoeo  paginam  in  Latinum 
conv£rterem.  Pliant  propositum;  inchoivi 
opus,  sed  rep£nte  voces  offe'ndi,  quas  nee 
ipse  sci£bam,  nee  in  vocabulirio  mindri 
quod  solum  hibeo,  reperire  quibam.  Turn 
mihi  in  mentem  incidit16  te  vocabularium 
pl£nius  habere;  primum  quern  reperissem 
amicum  ad  te  mittere  stftui,  qui  id  paulis- 
per  abs  te  p£teret.  Hunc  primum  r£peri, 
hunc  misi. 

At  ego  v£reor,20  ne  tu,  si  id  tibi  e<5- 
dem  tempore  mecum  contigisset,  commo- 
dore vocabularium  mihi  negaturus  £sses. 

interim,  quoniam  nemo  tibi  pre- 
mium22 dbtnlit,  grande  vocabularium  pau- 
lisper  abs  te  impetra'tum  iri  srjero;  atque  id 
cause  est,  quare  modo  ad  te  v£nerim. 


D. 


CD.  Fieri  potest;8  at  certe  non  m£mini 
nominis,  nee,  profecto,  hie  fuit 

Unde,  obscero,  scie*bas  eum  mihi  co- 
gnitum  esse,  quum  ego  ne  nomen  quidem 
eius,  quod  sciam,10  unquam  audiverim? 

O,  Ventidium,  puerum  suburba'- 
num,12  rufum  coma*,  ed£ntulum,  voce  rau- 
cum,  ali6quin  egr£gium  studiosum,  opti- 
me  novi.  £cquid  eum  ad  me  misisti? 

A,  sic  res  se  habet!  £quidem,  JEde- 
pol,17  lubentissimo  immo  id  tibi  per  Venti- 
dium commoda'ssem,18  si  is  ad  me  venisset, 
fortasse  domum  vocftus.  Ceterum  letus 
tibi  gratulor  de  tanta  bona  fortuna.  Uti- 
nam19  mihi  acquis  doctus  parochus  incide- 
ret,  qui  idem  mihi  pollicer£tur,  nam  opus 
idgenus  et  ego  vol£nter  susciperem. 


11  Nee,  Pol,21  Jte* mere.  Ceterum  quid 
ob£sset  etiamsi  nega'rem,  id  ab  alio  aliquo 
impetra*res. 

6ptime  statuisti,23  amice;  en  tibi 
grande  vocabularium,  utere  eo  quantum 
satis,  tibique  e  sente'ntia  consule. 


1.  In  this  exercise  we  mostly  deal  with  the  past  time-  This  is  used  in  Latin  when 
the  event  is  absolute,  not  relative.  Absolute  is  the  event,  when  in  that  sentence  nothing 
further  can  be  added  to  it,  as:  Hast  thou  been  in  Rome?  The  same  event,   or  occassion 

will  be  relative,  when  I  can  qualify,  or  extend  it,  as:  I  was  in  Rome,  when Fuistine 

Rome?  Fui!  —  Rome  eram,  quum Quadratus,  i,  proper  name;    apud,   prep.,   w. 

ace,  by,  with,  along,  at. 

2.  Nullus,  a,  urn,  no  one,  none,  no  kind;   it  qualifies  persons  as  well  as  things, 


214 

where  nemo,  a  noun,  conld  not  qualify;  ullus,  a,  urn,  with  a  negative  =  ™Jta.  J«t  ®* 
in  English  any,  not  any.  Novi,  novisse,  a  verb  that  has  no  present,  and  the  past  (novi) 
is  used  in  its  stead,  it  means  cognovi,  nosco,  cognosco. 

3.  Atqui,  =  yet;  rog&vi  ut  -  veniut,  et  deferret,  a  typical  construction   with  ut 
expressive  of  purpose,  intention,  "in  order  that,'"  bringing  in  Con.,  in '  *«  depen^ 
verbs,  both  because  ut,  and  because  dependent,  whilst  the  leading  verb,  rogaw  occasions 
the  Imperf.  of  both  dependents,  because  itself  is  in  Prat.   Perf.   -  Nunhum,  i,  a  mess- 
age; d'efero?  d'etuli,  delatum,  to  bring  down  to  a  place. 

4.  Above  we  said  "eius  n6minis,"  now  "eo  n6mine;"  like  in  English:  of  that 
name,  or  with  that  name;  domi  eram.  =  I  was  at  home;  appellant,  has  called   perf- 

5.  Ah  tu,  =  dost  thou  say,  or  assert,  follows  Ace.  c  Infin.  -  6.  Vero,  like  p 

fecto,  yes  (indeed)  I  do.  ,         f     fallo* 

7.  Fallot?  falsus  sum,  I  deceive,  mislead,  I  fool,  is  in  Pass.  Voice  here,  tr.  jo*  , 
fefelli.fahum;  Falleris,  amice,  =  friend,  thou  are  mistaken. 

8.  It  is  possible,  it  may  be;  m'emini,  meminisse,  to  remember,  it ■  g°^f  °ot™' 
like  here  (nominis),  and  Ace ,  as  a  transitive  verb;  it  is  one  of  the  four  defective  verbs, 
lacking  the  form  of  the  present  time,  these  are:  mimmi,  ccepx,  odi,  now. 

9.  Adv.,  bene,  recte,  rite.  -  10.  As  far  as  1  know;  quum,  has  two  meanings  one, 
at  the  time  when,  the  other:  as,  since;  in  the  former  it  governs  Indicative,  in  the  lattet 
Coni.,  accordingly,  audiverim  is  in  Perf.  Coni.  ... 

11.  Nugce,  arum,  pl.  only,  joke,  nonsense,  =  thou  art  joking,  trifling.  -  Luctus, 
a  very  frequent  name,  always  abbreviated  as  L.  Ventidius,  a  Roman  name,  fr.  ventu s + 
dies;  in  compounding  nouns,  the  first  part  stands  in  Gen.  or  Abb,  though  the ^ exception 
are  numerous,  as:  agrf-cultura,  foeni-secium;  ped^planum  (abb)  *un^mbul°  e!Tg 
dropped);  Icarnf-   (carnii)   fex;    pater-familias   (Norn.),  respubhea;  &c,   nosu, 

WS12.  Suburbanus,  a,  urn,  fr.  sub  +  urbs,  below  the  city,  suburban;  -us,  a,  urn ,  red, 
reddish,  qualifying  puer,  coma,  in  Abb,  by  hair  of  the  head;  -us.  a,  urn,  fr.  ex  +  a  ■ 
tis,  a  tooth,  toothless;  -us,  a,  urn,  hoarse;  adv.,  otherwise;  -us,  a,  urn,  eminent  tout 
standing),  -us,  i,  a  student;  ecquid,  for  et  quid,  whatfor. 

13.  Sino?  sivi,  situm,  in  Imperat.,  to  allow,  permit-  -  14-  Parochus,  t,  with  the 
Romans  a  public  purveyor,  who  furnished  the  traveling  officials  with  board,  MM™ 
horses:  with  Christians,  a  parson,  a  parish-priest,  and  parochta,  *  (though;  of  course 
philologists  differ  as  to  derivation),  the  parish,  parish-house;  nos tras'  at<5'  °MS'° 
people;  fando  audire,  to  know  from  hearsay,  by  hearing  said;  operm  dare  or  navare 
to  be  engaged  in  study;  centussis,  is,  m.,  a  dollar;  any  money  consisting  c .100  smaue 
units-  pollkeor,Htus  sum,  to  promise;  pagina,  ae,  a  page;  converto?  it,  sum,  xo  tur 
over,' to  translate.  -  IS-  -urn,  i,  proposition,  purpose;  inchoo}  r.,  to  begin;  adv.,  sua 
denly;  -do?  di,  sum,  to  hit  upon,  to  find,  to  stumble;  quibam,  fr.  queo,  irreg.  lean, 
Imperf.:  I  could.  —  16.  Fr.  in  +  cado,  to  come  into  one's  mind;  pauhsper,  for  a  little 


21? 

while.  Mark  the  conjunction  quern,  instead  of  ut,  after  mitto;  observe  the  successions  of 
the  times  of  the  verbs  and  the  modes. 

17-  Latter-day  philologists  are  trying  to  interpret  away  the  etymology  of  this  ex- 
clamation and  that  of  Ecastor;  we  hold  fast  to  the  old  tradition,  that  these  words  are 
compounded  from  Aides  +  Pollucis,  and  Aides  +  Castoris,  per  Ade(m),  Po/ (lucis), 
for  Castor  and  Pollux  were  worshiped  in  one  temple,  but  called  after  either,  or  both.  The 
exclamation  is  very  often  but  Pol!  spelled  by  the  philologists  <?depol,  ^depol,  pol,  ^cas- 
tor, i.  e-,  in  small  letters;  I  differ.  —  As  to  the  exclamations  o  and  a,  some  grammarians 
distinguish  them  from  oh  and  ah.  Priscianus  (548,  44)  says  that  ah  is  a  contraction  of 
aha,  but  he  mentions  no  oh,  and  calls  o  before  a  Vocative  an  adverb,  but  both  a  and  o 
are  "interiectiones."  1  prefer  to  mark  both  by  an  apex,  as  h  never  had  the  function  in 
Latin,  as  it  has  in  German  and  English,  on  as  Priscianus  remarks,  "with  the  Syrians 
and  ^Egyptians." 

18.  Commodo,1  r.,  of  the  several  meanings  and  usages  the  most  general  is  that  of 
the  language  of  the  law,  to  lend  a  thing  for  use,  then  to  be  returned:  of  money  we  say 
mutuor,  mutu&ri,  mutudtus  sura,  to  make  a  loan,  mutuum  dare,  dare,  concedere  in  mu- 
tuum,  pecunias  mutuas;  mutuum  accipio,  reddo,  rependo.  Domum  vocatus,  called  home. 
—  19.  Indecl  ,  would  that!  volenter,  willingly.  —  Suscipio*  cepi,  ceptum,  to  take  up, 
to  undertake. 

20.  Vereor?  itus  sum,  to  be  fearful,  to  fear;  strengthened  by  re  -  as  revereor,2 
reveritus  sum,  transitive,  to  have  a  reverential  fear,  reverendus,  a,  um,  the  one  reveren- 
tially to  be  feared.  When  we  fear  lest,  the  conjunction  will  be  ne,  w.  Coni.;  but  if  we 
fear  whether,  it  will  be  ut,  as:  vereor  ne  pater  veniat,  a  bad  boy  will  say  (I  fear  my 
father  be  coming,  lest  he  come);  vereor  ut  pater  venire  possit,  the  good  boy  fears  lest  his 
father  could  not  come.  —  Contingit,3  cbntigit,  impers-,  to  befall,  to  happen;  nego,1  r., 
to  deny,  to  refuse. 

21.  Pol,  exclamation,  by  Pollux;  see  17.  —  Adv.,  rashly.  —  Impetro,1  r.,  to  obtain 
by  granting,  by  praying  for. 

22.  Prcemium,  ii,  a  reward;  abs  less  frequent  than  a  and  ab,  but  before  te  and  se 
better.  Impetratum  iri,  is  the  Fut.  of  Infinitive  in  Passive  Voice.  This  iri  is  the  Inf.  Pres. 
Pas.  of  eo,  and  as  such,  it  puts  its  verb  (impetro)  into  Supinum.  Id  causce,  id  is  of  a 
substantival  nature,  putting  its  noun  into  Gen.;  modb  now. 

23.  Statuo,3  ui,  tutum,  to  set  up  a  thing  on  its  base,  to  stand,  hence  stdtua,  ae,  a 
stone,  or  wooden  image  standing  on  its  base;  statutum,  i,  a  decree  by  public  authority, 
which  must  stand;  to  take  a  resolution,  to  determine  upon  a  course;  to  this  belongs  also 
constituo,3  tui,  tutum,  same  meaning,  hence  constitution  nis,  f.,  in  imperial  Rome  a 
decree,  a  decision  by  the  imperor,  a  constitution.  —  En,  interj.,  hold,  here  you  have. 
Utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  here  Imperat.,  make  use;  eo,  abl.  of  id,  because  this  verb  governs 
an  Abl.  —  Quantum  satis,  as  much  as  is  enough;  as  much  as  you  want;  physician  use 
this  term  in  prescriptions,  when  something  is  to  be  diluted,  or  mixed  at  the  discretion  of 
the  compounder,  or  user.  —  E  sententia,  to  one's  heart's  desire  (sentio);  cbnsulo  mihi, 
1  help  myself,  take  care  of  myself. 


2l6 

ELEGANTS     SERMONIS.1 

COLLECTS  E  COMQEDIIS 

MARCI  ATTII  PLAVTI  atque  PVBLII  TERENTII  AFRI, 

A 
GEORGIO  FABRITIO  CHEMNICENSI, 

1548. 

LIBER    PRIMVS 

CAPVT  I. 

Modi  salutandi  atque  resalutandi 

i 

NIME2  mi  Menaechme,  salve!  —  Men.  L,  i,  i.  —  Plau. 
Pee.  6,  mi  hospes,  salve  multum!  —  Pan.  v.  2.  90.  " 
6,  mi  here3  exoptatissime,  salvel  —  Tnn.  IV. 3, 65" 
Salve,  insperate4  nobis,  pater!  —  Pam.  v.  4,  89 
0,  mi  here  salve,  insperatissime  mihi,  tuisque  filiis. 

Pcen.,  V,  3,  8. 
Pee.   6  mi  popularis5  salve!  Ag.  Et  tu,  /Edepol,  quisquis 
es;  et  siquid  opus  est,  quaeso,  die  atque  impera! 

Pcen.,  V,  2,  J9  " 

Am.  Salve,  adolescens.  Sc.  &  tu  multum  salveto, 
adolescentula!  Rud.  II.,  4,  3.    " 

6  salve  insperate,  multis  annis  post6  quern  c6nspicor, 
Frater.  M.  So.,  et  tu!  Men.  V.  9. 72,    " 

Salve,  salvus  sis- 

Salve  multum,  mi  pater!  Se.y  salva  sis!  salvene7  advenio? 

Men.,  V.  2,  25.     " 

Pe.,   Ego  sum;  salve!  Mu„  salva  sum,  quia  te  esse 
salvum  sentio.  Pe.  Cedo8  manum!  £/>/., /K,  i>31 

PL    Pater,  salveto;  amboque  adeo.9  Dee.,  salvus  sies! 

—  Rud.}  I.,  2,  75.     " 


217 


Ag.  Salvus  sisl  Ly.t  Dii  te  ament!  —  Pan.,  III.,  5,  6. 

Me.  Salvus  atque  fortunatus10  semper  sies.  Ev.,  Dii  te 
ament!    Me.  quid  tu?  rectenr,  atque  ut  vis  vales? 

AuL,  II.,  2,  5. 
Tibi  Dii  semper,  adolescens,  quisquis  es,  faciant  bene! 

Men,,  V.,  y,  32. 

Pe.    Salva  sis!  Mu.,  saliitem  accipio  mihi  et  meis.11 

Epi.,lV.,i,2i. 

Salve,  quid  agis?  ut  vales?  Per.,  ll„  2,  22. 

Dii  te  ament  plurimum!    Si.,  salvos  sis!    Tr.,  ut  vales? 
5i.,   non  male;  quid  agis?  Most,  ill.,  2,  28. 

Ca.  6  amice  salve,  atque  aequalis;  ut  vales?  Me.,  et  tu 
jEdepol,  salve,  valen?12  valuistin?  Ca.,  valeo,  et 

valui  rectius.  Me.  Quid  agit  tua  uxor?  ut  valet?  Ca.t  plus 
quam  ego  volo.  Me.  Bene,  Hercle,  est.  —  Trin,  1, 2,  10. 
Salve  mi  sodalis,13  ut  valuisti?  quid,  parentes  mei  valent? 

Mer.}  V.,  2,  ioj, 

Heg.,  Quid  pater?  vivitne?  Phi.,  vivum,  quum  inde  abi- 
imus,  liquimus.  At  nunc  vivat  nee  ne,14  id  Orcum  scire 
oportet,  scilicet.  Capt.  II. ,  2, 32, 

Valuistin'  usque?  Ep.t  sustentatum'st15  sedulo. 
Ge.    Bene  atque  amice  dicis;  Di  dent  quae  velis. 
Propino  tibi  salutem  plenis  faucibus. 
Coenabis  apud  me,  quoniam  salvus  advenis. 

Sti.,  III.,  2,  14. 

Here,  salve;  salvum  te  advenisse  gaudeo. 
Usquene16  valuisti?  Th.,  usque,  ut  vides.  Tr.,  factum  dip- 
time.  Most.  II.,  2,  18. 

Saluto  te. 

Ha.  Mi  homo,  &  mea  mulier,  vos  saluto. 
Ph.    Et  nos  te.  Cist.,  IV.,  2,  57. 

Socerum17  suum  Lysiteles  salutat.  Ch.  Di  dent  tibi, 
Lysiteles,  quae  velis.  Trin.  v.,  2,  27. 

Amphitruo  ux6rem  salutat  laetus,  speratam  suam. 

Am.  II.,  2,  41. 


2l8 

Herum  saluto  primum,  ut  aequum18  est;  postea, 

Siquid  supersit,  vicinos  impertio. 

Si.    Salve,  quid  agitur?  Pseud.,  /.,  5>  4o.    « 

Iubeo  te  solvere. 

Salvere  iubeo,  te  mi  Saturies,  bene.19 

Da.    Salve  et  tu.  Most.,  III.,  i,  41.    " 

Iubeo  vos  salvere.  Ph.,  noster  Geta,  quid  agis?  ut  vales? 
Ge.    Valeo,  &  venio  ad  minus  valentem.  —  True,  II.,  y,  23.    « 
Pa.    Iubemus  te  salvere,  mater.  Sa.,  salvete,  puellae. 

Rud.,  I.,  5,  5.    ■ 
Iubeo  te  salvere  voce  summa,  quoad  vires  valent. 

*Asin„  II.,  2,  ^0.     '« 

Iubet  salvere  suus  vir  uxorem  suam.  —      Mer.,  IV.,  3, 14.    « 

Herum  atque  servum  plurimum  Philto  iubet 

Salvere.   Le.  Dii  tibi  duint,21  Philto,  quaecunque  optes; 

quid  agit  filius?  Ph.  Bene  vult  tibi.  Le.,  ^depol,  miituum 

mecum  facit.  Trin.,  II.,  4,  34    " 

Pa,    Salve  mi  pater.  La.  Gnate  mi,  salve.  Ph.  Bene 

factum  te  advenisse*  Mec,  ///„  5,  5.    Ter. 

Philotis,  salve  multum.  Ph.,  6,  salve,  Parmeno. 

Sy.    Salve,  Mecastor,22  Parmeno.  Pa.,  &  tu,  ^Idepol,  Syra. 

Hec.  I.,  2,  j.    " 
Ci.  Salve,  anime  mi.  An.  0  mi  expedite  Clinia,  salve. 
Cl.  Ut  vales?  An.  Salvom23  venisse  gaudeo. 

Heau.  II.,  4,  25.    ' 
Menedeme,  salve;  nuntium24  apporto  tibi.— Heau.  III.,  1,  18.  " 
De ,,  Salvere  Hegionem  plurimum  iubeo.  He.  6  te  qusere- 
bam  ipsum;25  salve.  Ada.,  III.,  4, 14.    " 

1.  The  author  calls  his  two  books  "Elegantiae  Plauti  &  Terentii;"  I  have  taken  e 
liberty  of  changing  the  title  into  something  more  dignified,  correct  and  classical,  Serv, 
nis,  m.,  is  a  general  term  for  human  speech;  talk,  discourse,  where  the  people,  or  true 
persons,  do  the  talking  than  one;  opposed  to  this  is  ordtio,  nis,  f.,  when  the  talk  is  d(2 
by  one  man,  as  in  a  church,  in  meetings,  in  judicial  courts-  —  German  philologis 
have  attempted  to  tinker  and  interfere  with  the  name  of  Plautus;  I  adhere  to  traditit , 
and  restore  it,  as  above.  —  These  two  authors,  for  more  then  2,000  years  have  toi 


219 

toked  upon  as  priceless  models  of  Spoken  Latin,  though,  of  course,  there  have  been 
•itics,  who  have  attempted  to  find  fault  with  one  or  the  other.  Moralists  find  much 
wit  with  the  lascivious  language  both  use.  The  fault  was  of  that  primitive  age,  not  of 
idividual  men,  and  here,  on  our  pages,  such  things  have  no  place,  for  we  are  seeking 
le  elegancies  of  their  speech.  Of  Plautus  Varro  is  reported  to  have  said;  In  argumentis 
:xcilius  poscit  palmam,  in  sermonibus  Plautus;  Varro  ap.  Non.  374,  9.  Of  Terentius 
lys  Cicero:  "cuius  fabellas,  propter  elegantiam  sermonis,  a  C.  Lselio  putabuntar  scribi; 
H.  7,3,  10. 

Every  one  of  these  quotations  has  not  only  been  verified  by  me,  but  entirely  written 
at  of  the  texts  of  the  Roman  authors  themselves,  for  Georgius  Fabritius  has  used  num- 
jrs,  presumably  the  pages  of  the  I.  Camerarius  edition,  by  Heruagius,  which  I  could 
Dt  possibly  use,  and  had  to  find  every  one  myself,  and  marked  them  by  the  initial  let- 
rs  of  the  plays,  the  Roman  numerals  meaning  the  Actus,  the  Arabic  designating  the 
:cend  and  versieuli,  with  absolute  correctness.  I  have  also  extended  several  of  these 
notations,  some  of  them  receiving  different  meanings  from  what  our  author  took  them 
i  mean. 

Students  will  do  well  by  memorizing  the  various  phrases,  for  no  modern  "classical 
:hoolar"  could  teach  them  anything  nearly  as  good  and  elegant  Latin,  no,  nor  even 
icero  himself. 

2.  These  three  words  are  in  Vocative,  II.,  decl. ;  all  -us  endings  changing  to  -e  in 
oc. ,  while  nieus  becomes  mi.  No  other  endings  admit  a  special  Voc.  Animemi,  just 
ceon  modern  languages,  "my  soul."  Salve!  is  the  Imperat. 

3.  While  hems  in  those  days  meant  the  owner,  and  master  of  slaves,  we  need  not 
!  so  very  fastidious  about  it,  and  may  use  the  term  for  "Mr."  just  as  well  as  do  the 
lermans  use  it  in  the  form  of  "Herr;"  exoptatus,  a,  urn,  wished  for. 

4.  In  +  speratus,  a,  urn,  unlooked  for. 

5.  -is,  e,  also  as  a  noun,  -is,  is,  a  countryman,  a  man  of  the  same  country;  quis- 
ws,  whoever;  be  there  any  need,  necessity;  pray;  say  so,  and  command  me. 

6.  Adv.,  after;  brother,  whom  I  behold  after  so  many  years. 

7.  Adv.,  i,  e„  am  I  not  unwelcome? 

8.  Cedo,  pi.,  cette,  Imperat.,  e  short,  has  no  other  form  =  here  with  your  hand! 
lake  hands!  —  it  is  supposed  to  be  derived  fr-  -ce  (like  in  hicce),  and  do,  though  not 
.lite  certain. 

9.  Adv.,  nay,  even,  yes.  indeed.  Sies  is  the  old  form  for  sis. 

10.  -a,  urn,  lucky,  happy;  recten'  for  xtcitne,  abbreviated  both  for  the  sake  of 
leter,  and,  because  in  ordinary  speaking  such  contractions  are  frequent  in  all  tongues; 
I  vis  vales?  art  thou  as  well  as  thou  wishest? 

11.  Dat.  pi.  of  mens,  a,  um,  =  I  accept  the  greating  for  myself  and  for  mines  (for 
ly  folk,  my  people). 

12.  Valen',  =  valesne?  plus  quam  ego  volo,  notice  the  emphatic  ego,   the   meaning: 


220 

is  the  old,  theatrical  joke,  "she   (the  wife)   is  of  better  health  than  /  should  like  1: 
to  be! 

13.  -is,  is,  m.f.,  a  companion,  partic,   those  belonging  to  the  same  club  or  callin 

14.  Utrum,  whether,  left  out,  =  be  living  or  not;  Orcus,  i,  m.,  the  lower  worl 
hell;  its  God  Pluto,  death,    "Orcus  scit,"  hell  knows,    "fortis  quam  Orcus, "    "stroi 
as  hell;"  this  expression  is  not  offensive  as  its  English  equivalent,  as  is  seen  here 
whether  my  father  is  alive  or  dead,  the  Lower  World  alone  could  tell,  scilicet,  scire 
licet,  that  can  be  known,  =  as  you  will  understand. 

15.  For  sustentatum  est,  fr.  -to,1  r.,  to  prop,  hold,  support,  susiain,  =  I  have  he 
my  ground,  I  have  taken  good  care  of  myself;  sedulo,  adv.,  fr.  sedeo,  diligently.  Amu 
Adv.,  in  a  friendly  way,  kindly;  may  the  Gods  grant  thee  all  your  heart's  deroes.  - 
Propino,1  r.,  to  drink  for  one's  health;  faux,  cis,  f.,  a  throat;  cceno,1  r.,  to  sup. 

16.  Adv.,  still,  all  along. 

17.  -er,  eri,  father-in-law. 

18.  -us,  a,  um,  as  it  is  reasonable,  as  it  behooves:  supersum,  esse,fui,  what  remain 
impertio*  r.,  also  -iot,*  itus  sum,  to  impart,  with  Dat.,  also  w.  Ace,  in  aliquem,  aliqu 
as  here,  to  give  share  to  the  neighbors. 

19.  Iubeo  to  bene  saivere,  =  I  bid  thee  to  be  of  good  health. 

20.  Quo  +  ad,  as  far  as,  vires  valent,  my  strength  allows,  powers  reach. 

21.  Duint,  an  old  form  for  dedennt,  and  dent,  fr.  do,  may  the  Gods  give;  optc 
r.,  to  wish  from  the  heart;  bene  vult  tibi,  he  sends  his  regards,    =    wills  veil  to  the 
-us,  a,  um,  and  -urn,  i,  =  by  JE.,   hi  is  doing  to  me,  just  what  I  to  him,  mecum, 
with  me. 

22.  Me  +  Castor,  i.e.,  iuvet,  =  so  help  me  Castor,  mostly  women  say  so. 

23.  In  old  Latin  o  is  frequently  interchanged  with  u,  as  servos,  volt  for  serves.  vu\ 

24.  -um,  ii,  an  announcement,  a  message;  -us,  i,  is  he  who  carries  it;  -o,1  r. 
the  verb. 

25.  Thou  art  the  very  man  1  was  seeking. 


PENSVM  OCTAVVM. 


221 


Ntimmi 


Tessera  argentaria 


Moneta 

Y 


Pecunia 

Res,  quam  digitis  me  tenere  videtis,  niiiimiiis2  est.  Hie  omnium 
irnmum  nostr6rum  minimus,  libella  vocatur. 

Si  hiiic  ilni  libellae  alteram  addo3  habebo  duas,  si  tertiam,  tres;  si 
iartam,  quatuor;  si,  denique,  quintam,  habebo  quinque;    has  autem 

1.  The  teacher  holding  a  penny  between  his  thumb  and  index  finger.  He  should 
ve  in  readiness  the  other  coins  up  to  half  -  a  -  dollar,  and  a  dollar  bill,  showing  them 
turn,  as  the  text  calls  for  them.  He  may  fill  out  the  gaps  left  open  between  he  decades 
counting  and  writing  in  Roman  figures,  which  are  fully  given  in  the  next  section. 

Here  we  enter  upon  the  subject  of  numerals,  which  entails  the  business  and  partly 
:  law  language  of  Rome,  almost  never  touched  upon  in  school-books.  I  need  scarcely 
'ntion  that  our  present  notation  of  numerals  was  entirely  unknown  to  the  Romans, 
d  thus,  here,  we  confine  ourselves  to  Roman  numerals  alone. 

2.  II.,  a  coin,  in  wider  sense,  money;  its  Gen.  pi.  is  usually  contracted  into  -urn, 
•  -drum;].,  the  dimin.  of  libra,  <z,  a  pound  (hence  British  £>  and  lb.t  Ital.  lira,  French 
r*0,  and  the  smallest  unit  of  a  pound  of  12  ounces,  a  cent;  libra  also  means  the 
les,  fr.  libro,1  r.,  to  balance,  to  swing  a  lance,  a  cane.  Of  the  Roman  coins  later. 
iella  can  be  used  for  the  smallest  coin  of  any  nation,  adding  the  necessary  adjectives, 
Ciallica,  Germanica,  &c. 

3.  -do*  addidi,  additum,  fr.  ad  +  do,  dare,  dedi,  da+um,  to  give  to  it,  to  add, 
verning  Dat.  for  indirect  object,  and  Ace.  for  direct,  addo  alicui  aliquid;  -or,  is.   m., 


222 

yal6re  aequant  quinrfrium,  qui  hie  nummus  est.  Nunc  compute 
quot  nummos  habeam:  una,  diiae,  tres,  quatuor,  quinque;  haece 
siimma  omnium;  nunc  idem  numeris  Romanis  consignabo:  I,  1 

in,  mi,  v, 

Modo5  sex  nummos  hie  habeo:  unum  quinarium,  atque  quinqi 
singulas  libellas.  Si  has  quinque  singulas  libellae  tantum  valent6  quai 
turn  iste  unus  quinarius,  necesse  est  me  decern  libellas  habere;  comp 
temus  igitur,  atque  numeros,  ut  supra,  describamus:   VI,  sex,  VII,  s< 
ptem,  VIII,  octo,  Villi,  novem,  X,  decern.  Hi  igitur  sex  nummi  idem  v 
lent  atque  iste  denarius,7  hie  autem  tantiimdem  valet  quantum  i ; 
sex;  nam  et  hie  quinarius,  et  illae  libellae  dimidium  valent  unius  denar 
denarius  vero  valet  duplum  utriusque.    Denarius  ergo  et  quinarii 
sunt  sdsquialter8  denarius,  hoc  est  denarius  et  semis,  sive  denarii 
cum  dimidio,  quinarius  autem  medietas  est  denarii,    Sesquialter  den  • 
rius  effieit  quindecim9  libellas,  sic:  XI,  undecim,  XII,  duodecim,  XII 
tredecim,  XIIII,  quatuordecim,  XV,  quindecim;  quibus  si  addam  ca 
teras  libellas  quinque,  universim  habebo  viginti,  nempe:  XVI,  sexdecir 
XVII,  septemdecim,  XVIII,  octodecim,  XVIIII,  novemdecim,  XX,  \- 
ginti, 

worth,  value;  -us,  a,  um,  having,  being,  counting  five,  here,  a  5  cent  piece,  shown 
the  teacher. 

4.  -to^r.,  fr.  con  -f  puto,1  r.,  to  reckon,  to  count;  here  we  count  in  f.,  becai; 
libella;  L,  the  total,  the  sum;  -gno,1  r.,  to  sign,  to  mark,  to  mark  down.  —  Take  not; 
that  we  use  the  original  form  of  writing /owr,  as  I1II,  the  subtractive  form,  IV,  is  a  la 
device.  Mark  also  that  philologists  are  at  sea  concerning  the  question,  why  Romans  hi 
used  the  letter  V  to  designate^,  when  the  word  begins  with  a  q  ?  They  all  know  tit 
I,  II,  III,  1III,  represent  the  fingers  (wherefore,  in  English  are  also  called  digits,  digiti,  it 
so  called  in  Latin);  many  seek  abstruse  reasons;  Mommsen  frankly  states  he  does  it 
know.  Yet  the  thing  is  obvious  to  any  person  of  common  sense.  Open  your  left  ha  , 
show  the  students,  count  your  fingers  by  your  right  index-finger,  starting  from  the  srr 
finger,  I,  II,  III,  IIII,  stretchout  your  thumb,  point  out  your  left  index-finger,  with  ; 
space  between  that,  and  your  thumb,  resembling  the  shape  of  a  V. 

5.  Adv.,  now.  —  6.  -leo,2  ui,  Hum,  to  be  worth;  tantum-quantum,  as  much  —  • 
—  7.  II.,  originally  -us,  a,  um,  having,  counting,  being  ten;  here  a  dime,  a  10c.  pit 
to  be  shown;  duplum,  i,  here  a  noun,  a  double.  —  8.  -ter,  a,  um,  one  and  a  half;  sen 
semissis,  m.,  a  half;-tos,  talis,  f.,  the  halfness,  a  half.  —  9.  Accent  on  the  first  syllal 
all  these  numerals  are  indeclinable;  look  out  for  the  accents.  In  ordinary  language  £ 


22$ 

Nunc  e  saccule10  alterum  prodiico  niimmum:  hie  quadrans  est, 
/aletque  viginti  quinque  libellas,  quas  sic  numero:XXI,  viginti  una,  XXII* 
/iginti  dtiae,  XXIII,  viginti  tres,  XXIIII,  viginti  quatuor,  atque  XXv! 
/iginti  quinque.  Si  quadranti  adderem  quinarium,  efficerem,  summam 
(XX,  triginta;  si  huic  denarium  adderem,  haberem  XXXX,  qnadra- 
;mta  libellas,  duo  autem  quadrantes  efficient  L  quinqoagmta  libellas, 
ave  medietatem  centiissis,11  qui  semicentussis  vocatur.  En  semicen- 
:iissem!  Duo  semicentusses  efficiunt  integrum  centussem.  En  cento- 
;em  chartaceum,12  qui  tessera  est  argentaria. 

Centussis  valet  C13  centum  libellas,  viginti  quinarios,  decern  dena- 
ios,  ^quatuor  quadrantes,  duos  semicentusses;  Iibella  igitur  est  una 
entesima,  quinarius  una  vigesima,  denarius  una  decima,  quadrans, 
ina  quarta,  semicentussis,  una  dimidia  pars  centussis,  tres  quadrantes 
utem  sunt  linus  do&rans,  sive  septuagmta  quinque  libelte.   Cen- 

lways  say  octodecim,  novemdecim,  but  in  literary  and  fancy  language  we  use  duode- 
iginti,  undeviginti,  by  subtracting  two,  and  one,  from  twenty.  Wo  find  on  Roman 
larbles  also  XIIX  =  18,  and  XIX  =  19. 

10.  -us,  i,  here,  a  pocket;  -co/  xi,  dum,  to  pull  forth;  -ans,  Us,  m.,  a  fourth  part, 
quarter;  w.  the  Romans  this  meant  a  minute  coin,  the  fourth  part  of  an  as,  but  other 
ungs  too,  here,  a  quarter  of  a  dollar. 

ii.  Centussis,  is,  m.,  fr.  centum  asses;  as,  assis,  m.,  a  Roman  copper  coin  of  va- 
ious  values  in  the  different  ages  of  Rome,  the  last  (since  191  B.  C.  down  through  the 
mpire)  being  about  7yA  mills,  the  original  having  been  a  pound  (hence  libra)  crude 
opper,  and  when  stamped  with  the  figures  of  animals  (pecu,  pecus),  obtained  the  name 
f  pecunta.  Details  below- 

i2.  ~eus,  a,  urn,  made  of  paper;  1.,  properly  a  square  piece  of  marble,  of  which 
losaics  are  made;  but  in  Roman  history  it  also  served  as  tickets  in  distributing  bread; 
ere  used  as  a  bankbill,  bank  note;  -us,  a,  urn,  of  silver,  of  money,  of  a  bank. 

13.  Letter  C,  the  initial  letter  of  centum,  stands  for  100.  While  the  Semitic  nations 
ave  used,  and  are  still  using,  the  letters  of  their  alphabets  for  numerical  notations  the 
•reeks  adopting  the  same  method,  the  Romans  have  employed  only  C  and  A/,  not  as 
^noting  numerals,  but  as  initials  of  words,  denoting  numerals;  see  section  II.  —  Va- 
t  centum  libellas,  worth  a  hundred  libellas,  of  course  not  in  Roman,  but  modern  appli- 
ition:  for  the  Roman  coins  had  values  by  weight,  on  the  duodecimal  system,  hence 
'■naoappendo,  expendo,  dispendo,  dispenso,  to  weigh  out  the  share  for  every  one;  here 
e  reckon  numerically,  on  the  American  (but  can  be  done  in  any  other)  decimal  system- 
-  Dodrans,  tis,  =  ^th,  ^ths  of  anything,  but,  originally,  it  meant  9  twelfth  of  an  as- 
-uupium,  i,  the  double;  quadrupium,  i,  the  four  fold;  centupium,  i,  the  hundred  fold* 


224 

tussis  igitur  centuplum  est  libellse,  d<5cuplum  denarii,  quadruplum 
quadrantis,  diiplum  semicentiissis. 

Centussis  et  quadrans  numerant  CXXV,  centum  viginti  quinque 
libellas;  centussis  &  semis,  sive  sesquialter,  CL,  centum  quinquaginta, 
tessera  unius  centussis,  semicentiissis  atque  quadrans  efficiunt  centiis- 
sem  et  dodrantem,  duo  centusses  CC  ducentas,1*  tres,  CCC  tercentas. 

quatuor.CCCCquadringentas,  quinque  £)  quingentas,    decen- 
tiisses,  denique,  numerant  CD  15  mille  libellas. 


14  Bearing  in  mind  that  C  in  the  original  Roman  alphabet  meant  to  correspond 
gamma,  i.  e.,  G  of  the  Greeks,  and  Cimel  of  the  Semitic  nations,  we  can  easily  und 
stand  why  it  sometimes  sounds  as  K  some  other  times  as g,  as:  v&inti,  vieurt,  v«n 
ducenti  tre«nti,  quadrin^enti,  quin^enti,  sexcenti,  septin^enti,  ochitfenti.  non^ent 
While  «nti,  *,  a,  and  ^enti,  x,  a,  mean  centum,  =  100;  in  30  tr* tnta,  40  quadra^  < 
&c,  the  -ginta  formative  particle  is  the  Greek  -conta,  as,  tnaconta,  tettataconta,  &c 

changed,  to  suit  Roman  ears,  as  gitda. 

15.  As  mentioned  above  (4),  the  question,  why  did  the  Romans  employ  V,  X, I 

D  to  designate  5,  lo,  50  and  500,  has  baffled,  and  defied  all  phitojw  to  th< .present  da; 
We  still  see  in  all  books,  on  all  monuments,  &c,  the  numerals  MDCCCLXVII,  =  m 
MDCCCCXL  or  MCMXI,  =  1911;  sometimes  CDCCDXI,  or  even  COC 00X1,  an 
this  confusion  dates  back  to  Roman  times  and  marbles.  Now  all  this  is  simply  misu, 
derstood.  The  Romans  simply  did  not  use  D,  i.  e.,  our  printed  D,  nor  our  printed 
nor  yet  our  printed  M,  to  designate  numerals.  The  solution  of  the  mystery  is  th.s:  It 


Roman  M,  in  handwriting,  had  this  shape  (J$    =   Mi"e'    =    10°°;  0mitthe'e 

curve,  and  you  will  have    £)    half  an  M,  i.  e.  500,  it  resembles  a  D  but  it  is  not  on 

omit  now  the  other  curve,  just  leaving  a  vestige  of  the  curve,  removing  the  idea 

"hundred,"  and  the  stump  at  the  foot  of  the  central  column,  thus   \j\  resembling  an 

(but  it  is  not),  will  mean  50;  while  the  X  represents  two  v  v  s,  one  upon  the  other,  i 
verted  upon  their  edges,  wherefore  CO,  is  the  imitation  of  the  old  m,  as  above,  and  C 
is  an  overdone  CO  and  this  is  a  hastily  made  old  M.  But  Ritschl  is  sure  that  the  attem 
at  explaning  this  notation  o  numera  s  from  the  Roman  alphabet,  must  be  abandoned. 


22£ 

,nH^mneStn*mmi  f'Unt  ex  {ere'16  uti  liWlte  e  CUP™'  ^inarii  e  ni- 
colino,  partim  vero  ex  argento,  uti  caeteri  ad  centussem  usque,  partim 
ve,oexauro  Hi  omnes  monetae"  quoque  appe,Iiinturj  ^Jam  in 
abrura  rnonetana,  vel  nummaria,  qu*  "moneta"  vccatur,  e  meSl  o 
crudo  in  nummos  cudiintur. 

«J££°T  tempeS.tsite18  charte  <W*  monetales,  sive  schedae 
irgentarne,  atque  auranae,  quas  tesseras  argentarias,  in  quantum  ab 
ugen  arns,  thesaurarias,  in  quantum  a  thesaurario,  sive  fisco  pro- 
untur,  appel  amus,  eodem  cum  nummis  valore  in  usu  sunt,  atque 
jna  cum  illis  nomine  pecuniae  cognoscuntur.  Q 

,rm  \t^Sl  T"'  "". a  'itt!e  different'y  compounded  bronze  than  ours,  but  as  a  general 

ater       ?t  VeXCePt,n?  g°ld  2nd  Si'Ver'   °ftentimeS  Stands  for  c°PPer-  P art   « ariy  th 
hateml  of  the  com,  money;   its  adjectives   are  ar*«s,  «,  ««.  and  w  th  an  asDirant  A 

KEr/^i rr that t°th  vowe,s  were  utt-d s«  ^ twHi 

ies,  oMimu,  a,  urn,  mad.e  of  copper,  bronze,  metal.  -  Cuprum,  i,  u  accented  and  L 
itwSl SH?"?"8'  /=  ViCt;°ry  °f  thC  ^^    in  ™<  countries'^ 

wmch  our  five  cent  pieces  are  made,  of  course,  it  is  not  Roman. 

amped-tetL^h0tritalIyaTame0fIU110'henCeher  tem^>  wh^  coins  were 
me  it  of  In  le  d  C°'nS  *hemsdveS;  'Um'  *•  *  «**  P^cts  of  mines,  mainiy 
me  line  or  non,  lead,  copper,  &c;  -us,  a,   urn,   raw;    -do*di  sum  tr.  ™,Ja   u„ 

er,  forge;  also percutio?  cussi,  ssum,  to  smite  strike    s  used  in  thT!!'      P 

»  i«  iniiic,  siriKe,  is  used  in  the  same  sense. 

onoL  d a  °         **""  <m^'   a   very  fre"uent  P^ase;    Ktefa,  ce  (not  to  be 

n   m.d  as  do  Germans,  as  **,  but  *!«*,  ,  Greek   WOrd,  the  Latins  expts- 

Vatr  iL7  Y  compounding  e  with  aspirant  h),  ,  strip  of  paper,   a  small  sheet 

^  d  Tutlve,,T  -^^ w- a  stron£  guttural-  »ot  ***-;-£  -. « «  o"  go  d 

t  a    f     S  f d;  ,n  «  Th  as  -!  fr-  »«■«*  U  treasure,  Jte.  fl    t'o 
h  kind  w;,  v  P,0Perly  a  flat'  Wide  basket;    as  the  R°™»  money  was  al!  metal 

v  u  d  J        P  '•"  S6Parate  baSkets:  Where  there  was  m«ch  of  it,  as  in  the  State  S 

S^tawTS  r°°mS  tK  ShdVeS  Wre  Pr0Vid6d'  Where  these  nume™us 
*«  frZ  fh     •   ,        1       eepm£'  When  money  was  to  be  expended,    it  had   to  be 

sumptus,  a  big  taking,  sumptuosum,  "taky,»    The  Institution  was  the  fiscus,  & 


226 

Quandoquidem  nullum  prop£modum19est  vitae  commodum,  quii 
id  pecunia  praestinare  possis,  uti  feracia  praedia,  splendidae  aede 
lautus  victus,  pretiosae  vestes,  praeclara  artium  &  litterarum  nion 
menta,  imo  haud  raro  ipsi  adeo  piiblici  honores  atque  dignitatem 

item  pleraque  vitae  inc6mmoda,  ut,  puta,  cceli  intemperies,  indigen 

tise5  serumnjs,  labores,  fames  et  sitis,  perinde  atque  corporis  aiflictio 
nes  ac  morbi  devitari,  effugi  &  averti  pecunia  queunt,  nemini  mirur 
videri  debet,  si  iam  vix  quisquam  sit,  quin  pecuniam,  ut  summum  be 
nom  appetat,  omnique  animi  Impetu  earn  persequatur. 

Horum  nonnulli,20  alii  privati,  in  societates  coeuntes,  alii,  magna 
vim  pecunia  aliquando  corradunt,  fiuntque  divites.  Qui  vero  divitii 
siveopibus  affiuunt,  etiam  opuWnti  dicuntur;  in  ^quantum  ver 
loca,  id  est,  praedia,  hortos,   aedes,   p6ssident,  locupletes  etiam  vc 
cantur. 

Qui  societates  c6ntrahunt,21  caput,  secundum  rfCtam  partem  cor 
ferunt,  et  ad  augendum  caput,  reditiimque  cogendum,  negotiui 

officials  were  the  fiscales,  —  -do?  didi,  Hum.  to  give  out,  to  issue;  -co?  novi,  cognitw 
to  know- 

19.  Adv.,  almost,  very  nearly;  -urn,  i,  what  makes  life  comfortable,  a  commodit 
-no,1  r-,  to  purchase;  ferax,  cis,  like  fertilis,  e,  bearing,  fruitful;  -dus,  a,  urn,  beamir, 
glittering,  splendid;  fr.  lavo,  washed,  neat,  luxurious,  sumptuous,  "loud;"  -us,  a,  m 
fr.  pretium,  ii,  whence  Fr.  prix,  Germ,  preis,  Eng.  price,  valuable,  pretious,  costly;  o: 
of  the  few  Latin  words,  like  ptecor,  prehendo,  prelum,  that  are  not  spelled  by  a;  mom-, 
or  monu  —  the  so  often  mentioned  i-u,  =  Germ,  u,  an  admonishing,  warning,  remir 
ing  thing,  a  monument,  that  outlives  the  man;  -us,  a,  urn,  that  concerns  the  communi 
public;  -or  (also  -os)  is,  m.,  honor;  -tas,  talis,  f.,  worth,  worthiness,  diginity;  ut,  pu- 
ns, mind  you;  -es,  ei,  f.,  inclemency,  roughness,  harshness  of  the  climate;  I-,   needine 

■Mo,  nis,  f.,  lashing,  beating,  affliction;     -to}  r.,  to  avoid,  to  evade,  escape;  -gio?  gh  , 
turn,  to  flee;  -to?  ti,  sum,  to  turn  away,  to  ward   away;    the  supreme  good;  -to? 
Mum,  to  covet;  IV.,  attack,  an  onslaught;  quor?  cutus  sum,  to  pursue. 

20.  PI.,  -U,  &,  a,  some,  not  none;  -us,  a,  urn,  the  opposit  of  publicus;  co  -  eo?  t 
ii,  Hum,  to  go  together,  to  form  a  company;  vis,  vim,  vi,  f.,  a  quantity;  -do?  di,  sui 
to  shave,  to  scrape,  to  rake  together.    Opes,   opum,   pi.,   f.,   wealth;  ad  +  fluo,  fh 
thither,  flow  around;  -tus,  a,  urn,  wealthy;  locus,  when  the  ground  is  meant,  is  n.,  in  ] 
II.,  a  garden;  -pies,  pletis,  one  who  owns  many  places- 

21.  -ho?  xi,  ctum,  to  draw  together,  hence,  -tus,  us,  a  contract,  to  join  a  compa.' 
-ut,  itis,  n„  a  head;  in  business  language,  the  capital  the  money  put  up  for  busino 


227 

quoddam  cdndunt  Ad  magna  negotia  creanda  societates  sortes,22  aut 
dbligationes  edunt,  quas,  quotiones,  in  basilica23  consuetudinariis 

rlientiMsque  vendunt,  et  eo  proventu  et  suas  privatas  fortiinas 
remque  familiarem,  et  caput  commune  societatis  augent. 

lncolae24  cuiusque  civitatis,  pecunias,  quibus  aut  negotia  agitant, 
aut  quas  compareant,  fidei  argentariae,  fiduciarise,  aut  parsimoniali 
:oncredunt,  atque  in  tuto  deponunt.  Cavetur  interim,  ut  quum  necessi- 
:as  ita  p6stulet,  depositor  summam  pecuniae,  qua  egeat,  cambio  ex- 
>cripto,  pro  arbitrio  haurire  ex  argentaria  possit. 

eor,  reri,  ratus  sum,  to  deem,  to  be  of  the  opinion,  ratus,  a,  urn,  approved,  accepted, 
igreed  upon,  rata  pars,  a  rate,  a  proportion;  -ro?  tuli,  collatum,  to  bring  to,  to  contri- 
bute, or  pay  up  one's  share  when  entering  a  partnership;  -us,  us,  in  law  and  business,  a 
-evenue,  *  return: -go,*  coegi,  coactum,  in  business,  to  force,  to  compel,  to  cause,  to 
:ollect,  to  make  collections;  -urn,  ii,  fr.  nee  +  otium,  a  business;  -do*  diti,  ditum,  to 
ound,  start,  create. 

22.  Sors,  Us,  i„  one's  destiny,  condition,  lot;  in  pi.  sortes,  ium,  a  lot,  that  is  cast, 
hat  comes  to  one;  in  business  language,  a  share,  a  stock;  -tio,  nis,  f.,  a  tie,  a  binding,  a 
'ond,  an  obligation;  quotio,  nis,  m.,  a  word  that  I  am  now  restoring  to  its  original 
hape,  as,  in  my  opinion,  it  must  have  looked;  in  all  its  history  it  has  always  been  spell- 
d  as  coao,  entirely  unintelligible  to  me,  unless  it  refers  to  cocus.  \  have  no  doubt  at  all 
•ut  that  my  restoration  is  correct,  to  signify  a  brocanteur,  a  haggler,  a  broken  whose 
Jt  frequent  expression  was  sure  to  be:  quot?  quotum,  quoties,  how  much,  the  "how 
nanieth,"  how  many  times,  &c,  whence  called  "quotio."  Another  word  for  him 
5  narilator. 


23.  Basilica,  a>,  a  stock  and  produce  exchange,   a  bourse;  II.,  a  customer,   -ens, 
W.  a  protege\  a  dependent,  a  customer,  one  whom  an  other  protects,   represents;  IV., 

he  proceeds  of  a  transaction  in  business,   otherwise,  the   bearing  of  a  field,  farm,  enter- 
!  I.,  one's  private  means;  resfamiliaris,  =  fortune,  possessions  owned  privately. 

24.  I .,  m.,  a  dweller,  inhabitant;  -tas,  tatis,  i.Jr.civis,  is,    a   citizen,   fr.    quivis, 
very  one,  a  community,   the  allness  of  citizens,  a  village,    a   town,   a  country,  a  state, 

ter  on  a  city;  -fo/r,  frequ.  of  ago,  to  carry  on,  to  do,  to  be  active  in;  -co}  r.,  to  save 
P,  to  lay  by;  -es,  ei,  f.,  jn  business,  credit,  reliability,  integrity;  -lis,  e,  saving,  ar gen- 
ma  parsimonialis,  a  savings  bank;  in  tuto  {-urn,  i)  in  safety;  -or,  is,  a  layer  down,  a 
epositor;  -eo*  ui,  to  be  in  need,  governs  Abl. ;  -urn,  ii,  an  exchange,  fr.  cambio*  psi, 
™>  to  exchange,  barter,  trade  (whence  Fr.  changer),  here  a  cheque;  -io?  si,  stum,  to 
-oop,  to  draw  liquid,  to  bail,  dip,  lade  water,  any  liquid,  in  business  is  said  of  monev, 
)  draw  money  by  a  cheque. 


228 

Offlcia  ac  negotia  argentariarum  multifaria25  sunt,  quorum  unum 
est  iis,  qui  solvendo  sunt,  atque  sive  hypotheca  in  sua  immo- 
bilia,  sive  syngrapha,  vel  alia  securitate,  sive,  denique,  per  praedem 
argentariae  satisdare  possit,  media  ad  negotia  agenda  suppeditare, 
hoc  est,  aes  mutuum  dare.  Si  hoc  fiat,  argentaria  fit  creditor,26  qui 
autem  mutuum  accepit,  fit  debitor,  qui  tempore  stato  tarn  fcenus, 
quam  usiiram  rependere  debet  Summa  usurae  per  centesimam27 
lege  statuta  est;  qui  statute  centesima  plus  exigit,  fcenerator  est. 

Fit  aliquando,  nee  admodum  raro,  ut  aliqui  tantum  aes  alienum28 
contrahant,  ut  ab  eo  graventur,  itaque  sintobaerati,  i.  eM  ab  onere  debi- 
torum  ita  opprimantur,  ut  ne  legitimas  usuras  quidem,  neduin  foe- 
nus, s61vere  et  abolere  possint.    Hi  miseri  et  infortunati  in  mcitas29 

25.  -us,  a,  urn,  manyfold;  sum  solvendo,  I  am  solvent,  solvendo  non  est,  he  is  in- 
solvent, it  is  the  Dat-  of  gerundium,  w.par  left  out;  I.,  a  mortgage;  -Ha,  urn,  pi.,  real 
estate,  immovables,  w.  bona  (goods)  understood;  I.,  a  promissory  note;  -tas,  talis,  f. 
fr,  se  +  cura,  free  of  care,  a  security;  prces,  pmdis,  m.,  a  guarantor,  a  surety,  a  bonds- 
man; satisdo,1  dedi,  datum,  to  vouch  for,  to  guarantee;  media,  orum,  means  for  doing 
something,  pi. ;  in  medieval  business  language,  hence  Engl,  means;  -dito,1  r.,  to  supply;  mu 
tuus,  a,  urn,  that  is  done,  or  given  in  return  in  kind,  mutual,  the  term  cannot  be  applied 
to  a  man,  as  we  hear  in  English,  "a  mutual  friend,"  it  is  absurd;  we  must  say, 
common  friendr'  but  mutuus  amor,  mutual  love,  as  a  noun:  pecuniam  in  mutuum  dare. 
v.  accipere,  to  lend,  or  receive  lent  money;  adj.,  pecunia  mutuata,  either  lent,  or  bor- 
rowed, money;  verb:  mutuor*  atus,  sum,  to  lend,  or  to  borrow. 

26.  -or,  is,  m.,  one  who  lends  belief,  a  creditor;  really  it  ought  to  be  f.,  creditnx, 
ids,  but  the  bank  becomes  personified  before  the  law,  as  a  man;  -or,  is,  m  ,  an  "ower,' 
one  who  owes,  a  debtor;  -us,  oris,  o  short,  n.,  the  capital  lent  on  interest;  I-,  the  money 
paid  for  using  an  other  man's  money,  interest,  has  nothing  common  with  the  disparag- 
ing meaning  "usury"  bears,  by  misunderstanding  the  word;  -do,3  di,  sum,  to  pay  back. 

27.  I.,  what  is  called  '  per  centum,"  by  the  hundred;  -go,  egi,  actum,  to  demand 
-or,  is,  m.,  has  both  meanings,  a  capitalist,  and  a  usurer. 

23.  -us,  a,  urn,  others',  other  people's  money,  borrowed  money,  debt;  -vor,  apu 
sum,  to  be  weighed  down,  encumbered;  -us,  a,  urn,  sunk  in  debts;  -mo,3  pressi,  ssum 
overwhelm,  to  be  burdened,  oppressed;  -us,  a,  urn,  lawful;  much  less,  let  alone;  -Uo; 
evi,  Hum,  properly,  to  lose  fragrancy,  to  "oil"  away,  to  blot  out,  to  abolish. 

29.  Incite,  arnm,  pi,  properly,  the  corner  of  a  table  of  games,  like  chess;  in  incitai 
agu  redigi,  reduci,  to  be  pushed,  driven  into  the  corner,  to  be  cornered;  in  business,  i 
means  bankruptcy;  dolus  malus,  in  law,  a  deliberate  fraud;  veneo,*  ivi,  ii,  Hum,  (i  n 
latter  either  long  or  short),  fr.  v£num  +  eo  (also  spelled  va-)  to  go  to  sale,  fr.  venus 


229 

sunt  redacti  (nisi  dolo  malo  id  fiat),  cuntaque  sua  bona  sub  hasta 
veneunt. 

Recensio:  Cuius,  potissimum,  nominis30  nummos  seligeres,  si 
octuaginta  (80)  libellas  erogare  deberes?  —  Quod  genus  aptissimum 
nummum  oportebit  me  huicsummae  addere,  ut  nonaginta  (90)  habeam? 
-  Si  mihi  ad  pontonem31  admodum  properanti  contingat  ut  eplie- 
meridem  libellarem  empturus,  pusioni,  diurna  venditanti,  loco 
libellae,  impriidens,  quincentiissem  aureum  dem,  quantum  iactnrse 
tulero?  —  Quanto  minus  est  dodrans  centusse  semisse?  —  Quanto  est 
dodrans  plus  quadrante?  —  Quota  pars  dodrantis  est  quadrans?  — 
Quotuplex32  sum  ma  est  semicentussis  unius  quinarii?  —  Quanto  est 
plus  denarius  una  libella? 

Si  casam  suburbanam33  concupivisti,  eamque  praestinare  tecum 
statuisti,  quin  et  arrhabonem  quoque  iam  dederis,  nee  tamen  nisi 
unam  tertiam  pretii,  h.  e„  duo  millia  centussium  numeratam  pecuniam 
habeas,  quid  ages  ut  casteram  pecuniam  corrades?  —  Luerabitiirne34 
is,  an  detrimentum  capiet,  qui  v.  c,  sortes  "Navigations  Littoralis," 
quarum  par  valor  sit  centum  centussium,  modo  autem  centum  &  triginta 
quinque  centussibus  stet,  lymphatus  terrore  qu6dam   Panico,  cen- 

fc,  m.,  sale;  venire  sub  hasta,  =  to  sell  at  auction,  fr.  the  lance  stuck   into  the  ground 
to  indicate  the  place  and  auction. 

30.  Of,  mainly,  what  denomination;  habere  pecuniam  in  nominibus  =  to  have 
outstanding  claims  (moneys  in  the  names,  i.  c,  list,  ot  debtors);  nomina  cogere,  to 
:ollect  debts;  -go*  legi,  ledum,  to  pick  out  and  lay  apart;  not  octoginta,  see  Sec  II  ; 
■io}  r„  to  expend. 

31.  -to,  nis,  m.,  a  floating  bridge,  pontoon,   also  a  ferry  boat,  as  here;  -is,  idis,  f., 
daily  anything,  a  daily  paper;  pure  Latin,  diurnum  i,  whence,  diurnale,  whence  jour- 

™l),zndydiarium,ii;  -iust  a,  urn,  of  a  libella;  -is,  nis,   an  urchin;  -to}  r„   to  hawk 
about;  -ns,  tis,  adj.,  unaware;  $5-00  gold;  I.,  a  loss;  ir.fero,  to  bear. 

32.  Num.  interrog.,  how  many  fold?  there  is  a  better  term,  in  colloquial  Latin 
juotuplum?  answer:  duplum,  triplum,  &c. 

33.  -us,  a,  urn,  below  the  city,  suburban;  -bo,  nis,  m.,  earnest-money;  pecunia  nu- 
wa,  praesens,  =  cash,  counted,  present  money;  adnumero,  denumero,  I  pay  in  cash. 

34.  -ot}  atus^  sum,  to  gain,  to  make  profit  also  lucrifico,  lucrifacio;  -turn  capio 
iccipio,  I  lose;  -lis,  e,  shore,  coastwise;  stare  aliqua  r'e,  costs  so  much;  -tus,  ay  urn, 
:razed;  -or,  is,  m.,  fear,  terror;  -us,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  Pan,  the  pastoral  god  of  fields,  &c, 


I 

230 

tussibus  octuaginta  septem  vendat:  quantum  detrimenti  accipiet?  an 
veto  lucrum  fecit?  —  Si  pecuniam  in  sortibus,  veluti  Corporis  Civita- 
tatum  Foederatarum  Chalybifici,35  vel  Societatis  Saccharifies,  vel  vero 
Societatis  Olearte  Obryzatae,  locare  velles,  cuius  id  ministerio  opera- 
que  faceres?  —  Si  ex  usuris  foenoris  tui  vivere  velles,  reditumque  trium 
millium  centusium  annuum36  mereri;  possetque  caprit  tuum  sex  cen- 
tesimas  fructificare,  quot  millia  centussium  habere  te  oporteret?  — 
Quam  in  argentariam  ii  suam  pecuniam  superfluam37  dep6nunt,  qui  ea 
negotium  non  agunt?  —  Quomodo  rectores,38  consultores,  flducia- 
rii,  magistratiisque  civilis  comperiuntur,  utrum  quaedam  argentaria 
solvendo  sit,  an  sit  in  incitis? 

who  was  supposed  to  strike  people  with  sudden  terror,  hence  the  phrase  Tenor  Panics, 
though  for  the  words  I  know  no  Roman  authority;  see  Ex-  Leg. 

35.  U.  S.  Steel  corporation;  Sugar  Making  Co.,  Standard  Oil  Co.,  if  the  oil  is  the 
object  of  qualification,  de  Oleo  Obry^ato  (also  spelled  obrussa,  a);  as  oil  to  Romans 
meant  olive  oil,  the  term  Petroleum,  legitimately  formed  from  petra,  cb,  a  rock,  and 
oleum,  i,  oil,  is  acceptable,  and  will  be,  de  Petroleo,  Obry^ato-,  -loco}  r.,  to  place  wh; 
is  erroneously  termed,  to  invert. 

36.  -us,  a,  urn,  yearly;  -co,1  r.,  to  bear  fruit,  here,  profit,  returns. 

37.  -us,  a,  urn,  what  flows  over,  that  can  be  spared. 

38.  -or,  is,  m.,  who  directs;  -or,  is,  m  ,   an  adviser;  -us,  i,  a  trustee;  -us,  us,  the 
public  authorities;  -rior*  rtus  sum,  and  -rio}  peri,  rtum,  to  find  out. 


VOCABVLAR1VM  22 


NNA.  SUBST. 

ntimmus,  i 
libe"lla,  ae 
vilor,  is,  m 
quinarius  ii 
summa,  ae 
denarius,  li 
semis,  semissis,  m. 
medietas,  tltis,  f. 
sicculus,  i 
quadrans,  tis,  m. 
centiissis,  is,  m. 
tessera,  ae 
d6drans,  tis,  m 
centuplum,  i 
decuplum,  i 


quadruplum,  i 
duplum,  i 
cuprum,  i 
nic6linum,  i 
mon£ta,  ae 
metallum,  i 
tempestas,  twtis,  f. 
sche'da,  as 
fiscus,  i 

monimentum,  i 
honor,  is,  m. 
diirnitas,  tatis,  f. 
commodum,  i 
intemperies,  ei,  f. 
ndi^entia,  » 


afflictio,  nis,  f. 
6pes,  <5pum,  pi.  f. 
caput,  itis,  n, 
qu<5tio,  nis,  m, 
basilica,  ae 
consuetudinarius,  ii 
cliens,  tis 
proventus,  us 
fortuna,  ae 
incola,  ae 
nee6tium,  ii 
fides,  fidei,  f. 
arg-cntaria,  ae 
fiduciiria,  ae 
parsimonialis,  is,  f. 


depdsitor,  is, 
cambium,  ii 
hypothe'ea,  ae 
immobilia,  um,  pi.,  u. 
syngrrapha,  ae 
security,  tis,  f. 
praes,  praedis,  m. 
me"dia,  orum,  pi.  n. 
ass,  aeris,  n. 
creditor,  is,  m. 
debitor,  is,  m. 
foenus,  oris,  n. 
usura,  ae 
centesima,  ae 
foenerator,  is 


231 


incitae,  arum.  pi.  f. 

sors,  tis,  f. 

dolus,  i 

obliffatio,  nis,  f. 

ponto,  nis.  m. 

terror,  is,  m. 

ephemeris,  idis.  f. 

lucrum,  i. 

pusio,  nis,  m. 

corpus,  oris,  n. 

diurnum,  i 

civitas,  tatis,  f. 

ADVERBIUM. 

CONIUNCTIO. 

quincentussis,  is.  m. 

rector,  is,  m. 

decentussis,  is,  m. 

consultor,  is,  m. 

prope"modum 

ne"dum 

iactura,  ae 

fiduciarius,  ii 

arrhabo,  nis,  m. 

mag-istratus,  m. 

detrime"ntum,  i 

pecunia,  ae 

reditus,  us 

NNA.S  ADI. 

scsquialter,  a,  um 

arg-entarius,  a,  um 

publicus,  a,  um 

mutuus,  a,  um 

chartaceus,  a,  um 

aurarius,  a,  um 

privatus  a,  um 

alienus,  a,  um 

centesimus,  a,um 

thesaurarius,  a,  um 

opulentus,  a,  um 

obaeratus,  a,  um, 

monetlrius,  a,  um 

ferax,  cis 

locuples,  e"tis 

legitimus,  a,  um 

nummirius,  a,  um 
crudus,  a,  um 
monetalis,  e 

splendidus,  a,  um 

ratus,  a,  um 

miser,  a,  um 

lautus,  a,  um 
pretiosus,  a,  um 

familiaris,  e 
tutus,  a,  um 

infortunatus,  a,  um 
libellaris,  e 

quotuplus,  a,  um 

suburba"nus,  a,  um 

multifarius,  a,  um 

imprudens,  tis 

Panicus,  a,  um 

fcederatus,  a,  um 

numerous,  a,  um 

littoralis,  e 

superfluus,  a,  um 

civilis,  e,      quotuplex,  icis 
annuus,  a,  um 

addo,3  iddidi,  turn 
zomputo,1  r. 
^nsigno,1  r. 
/41eo,2  ui,  itum 
iescribo,3  psi,  ptum 
)roduco,3duxi,  ctum 
lumero,1  r. 
:udo,3cudi,cusum 
atisdo.kiedi,  datum 
■uppedito,1  r. 
>rodo,3  didi,  ditum 
ognosco,3  gnovi,  quitum 
'raestino.1  r. 
levito  *  r. 

ffugio3fugi,  turn 
v'erto,3  ti,  sum 


VERBA 

appeto,3  tivi  titum 
prosequor,3  cutus  sum 
rependo,3di,  sum 
gravor,1  atus  sum 
opprimo,3  pressi,  ssum 
coeo,  coire,  vi,  turn 
corrado,3  si,  sum 
affluo,3  fluxi,  xum 
possideo,2  sedi,  ssum 
contraho,3  xi,  ctum 
confero,3  tuli,  latum 
cogo,3  coegi,  actum 
condo,3  didi,  ditum 
aboleo,2  evi,  ui,  itum 
redigo,3egi,  actum 
seligo,3  egi,  lectum 


edo,3  £didl  £ditum 
agito,1  r. 
comparco,1  r. 
concr£do,3  didi,  itum 
depono,3  posui,  itum 
£geo,2  ui 

haurio,4  hausi,  stum 
solvendo 

v£neo,4  ivi,  ii,  itum 
erogo,1  r, 
vendito,1  r. 
lympho,1  r. 
luctor,1  atus  sum 
loco,1  r. 
fructifico,1  r- 


2J2 


II. 

NVIVIERVS  unus  inftium1  6mnium  numer6rum  est;  signifi 
catque  cuiuslibet  rei  unitateni,  quae  est  dmnium  quanti 
tatum  integrarum  minima. 

Uti  minima  quantitas  Integra  unitas,  ita  (hipla2  quan 
titas  vel  qualitas  alicuius  rei  duplicitas,  tripla,  trinitas  audit. 

Omnes  praeterea  numeri  ab  uno  proflcisciintur,3  nec  sunt  hi  ni 
multiplicitates  unitatum.  Ipsi  numeri  per  se  etiam  vocantur  unio 
binio  ternio,  quaternio,  quinio,  atque  senio;  secundum  locu 
autem'  primarius,  secundaria,  tertitirius,  quaternarius,  quinarm 
senarius,  septenarius,  octonarius,  novenarius  atque  denarius.  Sumrr 
decern  numerorum,  vel  rerum,  decuria,*  vel,  Graeco  vocabulo,  deca 
decern  decadum  centiiria,  decern  centuriarum  una  chilias  appe 

latur.  , 

Is  qui  decern  moiiachise  vel  sacerddtibus  praeest,  decanus,  q 
totidem  militibus,  decurio,  qui  centum  militibus  imperat  centurr 
qui,  denique,  mille  militum  dux  est,  chiliarchus  appellatur. 

1    .urn,  ii,  fr.  in  +  eo,  entrance,  beginning;  -co}  r.,  signum  +  facio,  to  indica 
betrav  to  convey  news,   meaning,  presence,  intentions,  by  signs;  -tas  tatis,  f.,  onene 
S of  IS  thing,  and  of  the  many  combined  into  one,  as,   umtas  propos.U, 
frequent;  -to,  tatis,  f.  r.  quantus,  a,  urn,  how  great!  (in  size  or  number)    manm ess. 

2.  -us,  a,  urn,  two  fold,  double;  also  a  n.  dupla,  at,  double  price,  and  -urn    t,V 
double,  particularly  in  law,  to  flue  one,  or  condemn  one  to  pay  the  double;  -«te s  ta 
f.   the  doubleness,  not  in  the  sense  employed  in  French  and  English,  as  bad  fa,  h, 
a  um  treble;  -ta.  tatis,  f  ,  threeness;  intrans.  it  hears,  it  obeys  its  name,  it  is  called- 

3    .cor  3  fectus  sum,  to  start;  -ta,  tatis,  f.,  manyness,  manyfoldness. 

4.  All  -nio.nis.i.,  the  number  one,  two,  &c;  -us,  a,  um,  the  first   and   foremc, 

the  Tf'a'boS  71^-cas,  dis,  ,.,  the  sum  of  ten;  I.,  a  sum  or  a  body  of  100;  -. 
aaisX  asumTorabodyof  100a  The  Or.  word  is  cMioi,  with  deep .p.ttur.1 , , 
like  the  Germ-,  and  it  ought  not  to  be  misrepresented  and  barbarized  into  Ktio. 

6     chm,  i,Gr.  -chos,  fr.  monds,  alone,  a  monk;  pm  +  sum,  to  be  at  the  head 


233 

Quandoquidem  duo  sunt  plus  quam  unum,  perfnde  tria,  quinque 
>cem,  atque  mille  etiam,  multo  plus  sunt,  clarum?  est  unum  esse 
lantitatem  singularem,  omnes  vero  alios  numeros  et  quantities  plu- 
iles  esse,  efficereque  pluralitatem.  Magna  pluralitas  est  multitiido. 

Nullus  tamen  est  niimerus,  etiam  quern  mente  concipere*  possi- 
s  maximus,  qui,  addito  alio  niimero  augeri,  quique  duplicari,  vel 
jltiphcan  nequeat.  Quum  vero  numerus  increments  semper  est 
pax,  semperque  patiens,  nee  dllis  linritibus  circumscribi  ac  defi- 
i  possit:  At  nos  singula  persequi  supersedemus,™  et  certum  limi- 
n  statuendo,  numeros,  qui  citra  hunc  sunt,  partim  singillatim  par- 
i  vero  per  summa  capita  &  carptim  evolvere  &  explicare  satis  iudi- 


3imus. 


S^riem11  autem  numerorum  ordine  sic  t&ximus: 

'ad, °f ;  T\  \*  P.refeCt  °f  ten  monks'  or  priests>  a  suPerior  of  ten  monks  or  priests; 
ecclesiastical  dignity;  in  Engl,  the  c  is  dropped,  and  is  corrupted  into  dean,  a  school 
ntary,  as  schools,  originally,  were  all  monastic  institutions;  -io,  nis,  m.,  a  comman- 
of  10  a  sergeant;  -ro>  r.,  to  have  the  supreme  command  of  an  army,  restricted- 
ly,  to  command  with  authority,  double  government:  aliquid,  alicui;  -io,  nis,  m' 
•mmanderof  100,  a  captain  (scholastic,    capita neus);  dux,  ducis,  m    fr  duco*  xi 

to  guide  to  draw,  to  lead,   a   guide,   a  leader,   a  general;    II.,  the  commander  of 
K),  a  colonel. 

7.  -us,  a,  mn,  dear,  est,  w.  adjectives,  as  clarum  est,  mquum  est,  &c. ,  usually 
vs  after  it  an  accus.  c  Infinit.  construction;  -is,  e,  a  manyfold-kind;  -tas,  tatis,i, 
wraess,    a  plurality;  -do,  inis,  f.,  a  manyness,  numerousness. 

8.  -M  cepi,  ceptum,  fr.  con  +  capio,  to  seize,  grasp  together,  to  conceive. 

9.  -turn,  i,  fr.  in  +  cresco,  to  grow  upon,  an  increase;  -pax,  cis,  adj.  one  ending 
apto,  to  seize,  the  inward  space-ability  to  hold  liquids,  grain,  transferred,  the  ability 

:eive  and  hold  things  abstract,  thoughts,  learning,  &c.,  -tiar*  passus  sum,  to  suffer, 
pres.  part.,  patient,  or  bearing  of...  i.  e„  there  is  no  number  but   which   would 
an  increment  of  more  numbers;  -es,  itis,  m.,  a  boundary  line,  to  set,  or  write  a  b. 
about;  -nio,*r.,  to  set  b.  lines. 

10  -deo*  sedi,  sessum,  to  refrain,  to  desist,  not  to  proceed;  the  image  is  evidently 
introm  carpenters,  bricklayers,  and  such,  who,  to  take  a  rest,  sit  down  upon  the 
the  wall,  &c.,  they  have  been  working  at;  a  prep,  and  adv.,  on  this  side;  merely 
hing  the  tops  of  the  heads;  adv.,  grazingly,  as  when  a  horse,  or  cattle,  grab  a 
«ul  of  grass  on  the  run;  -vo,  vi,  lutum,  to  unroll;  -co}  r.,  and  cui,  citum,  to  un- 
;  Wr.,  to  judge. 
11.  -es,  ei,  V.,  a  row;  -xo*  ui,  xtum,  to  weave,  figuratively. 


234 


Nri 
bar* 

i 

2 

3 
4 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 

10 
ii 

12 

13 
14 
15 
16 

17 
18 

19 

20 
21 
22 
23 

24 

3° 
40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

100 

200 

300 

400 

500 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1,000 

2,000 

10,000 

100,000 

1,000,000 


Nri 
Romani2 

I 

II 
III 

mi  (iv) 
v 

VI 

VII 

VIII 

Villi  (IX) 

X 

XI 

XII 

XIII 

XIIII  (XIV) 

XV 

XVI 

XVII 

XVIII  (XIIX) 

XVIIII   (XIX) 

XX 

XXI 

XXII 

XXIII 

XXIIII  (XXIV) 

XXX 

XXXX  (XL) 

L 

LX 

LXX 

LXXX 

LXXXX    (XC) 

c 

cc 

ccc 

CCCC  (CD) 

D 

DC 

DCC 

DCCC 

DCCCC  (C<*> ) 

CO  00 

CO  CO 

xico 
^cicn 

CO  ICO 


Numeri 
Verbis  expressi 

unus,  a,  urn3 

duo,  duas,  duo 

tr£s,  tr£s,  tria 

qultuor 

quinque 

s6x 

s£ptem 

6cto 

novem 

decern 

undecim 

duodecim 

tr£decim 

quatuordecim 

quindecim 

s£decim4 

sept6mdecim 

oct6decim 

nov£mdecim 

viginti 

viginti  unum 

viginti  duo 

viginti  tria 

viginti  quatuor5 

triginta 

quadrdginta 

quinquaginta 

sex^ginta 

septudginta 

octudginta6 

nona'ginta 

centum 

duc£nti,  as,  a7 

terc£nti,  as  a 

quadring£nti,  as,  a 

quing£nti,  as,  a 

sexc£nti,  as,  a 

septing£nti,  as,  a 

octing£nti,  as,  a 

nongenti,  as,  a 

mille9 

du6  millia 

decern  millia 

centum  millia 

mille  millia 


Quaedam 
Nrorum  Signa 


VCD,  DO,  V  =  5,000 
(CD)   '  *  =  10,000 


CCCD)) 


^  =  50.000 


c  =  100,0C 


Dm 

icco 

(Q) 


D  =500•, 


(PO).  MM=  1,000,000 


235 

lam  hi  numeri,  quibus  omnes  fere  gentes  octingentos  et  ultra  annos 
nur,11  non  sunt  Romani,  sed  Indico-Arabici,  eosque  docti   Gobari- 

a  appellant.  Hos  autem  numeros  non  solum  species,  figura  atque 
tas  cuiusque  characterise  commendat,  sed  praesertim  ea  proprie- 

ut,  si  a  dextro  ad  laevum,  singuli  eorum,  veluti  per  gradiis,  per  sin- 
i  loca  provehantur,  valorem  suum  decuplicent,  in  hunc  fere'modum: 


vum 


dextrum 


44,444 


444,444 


4,444,444 


4 

44 

qua'tuor 

444 

quadraginta 
quatuor 

4,444 

quadringenta  quaddginta 
quatuor 

quituor  millia,  quadringenta 
quadraginta  quatuor 


quadraginta  quatuor  millia,  quadringenta 
_quadr^ginta  quatuor 


quadringenta  quadraginta  qua'tuor  millia,  quadringenta 
quadraginta  quituor 


quadras"  &  quater  centina,  &  quadraginta  quatuor 
millia,  quadringenta  quadraginta  quatuor 


1 


4,444,444,444 


444,444,444 


44,444,444 


quadringe'nties  &  quadra'gies 
quadringenta  &  quadragin- 
ta qua'tuor  millia,  quadrin- 
genta quadraginta  quatuor 


quater  millies  quadringe'nties  quadra'gies 
quadringenta  &  quadraginta 
qua'tuor  millia,  quadringenta 
quadraginta  qua'tuor 


quadra'gies  quater  millies,  quadring^nties  quadra'gies  quadringenta  &  quadra- 
ginta  quatuor  millia,  quadringenta  quadraginta  quatuor. 


236 

Secundum  hanc  n6rmam  descriMmus  itaque  mimeris,  et  enunti 
mus15  verbis  sequentes  quantities: 


o  nulla16 
13  tredecim 

17  septemdecim 

18  octodecim 
23  viginti  tria 

35  triginta  quinque 
52  quinquaginta  duo 
78  septuaginta  octo 
89  octuaginta  novem 
91  nonaginta  unum 


1101 

2433 
3262 

4576 
5685 
6921 
7619 
8800 
901 1 


10 1  centum  et  unum 

222  ducenta  viginti  duo 

370  tercenta  septuaginta 

583  quingenta  octuaginta  tria 

694  sexcenta  nonaginta  quatuor 

711  septingenta  undecim 

888  octingenta  octuaginta  octo 

966  nongenta  sexaginta  sex 

999  nongenta  nonaginta  novem 

mille  centum  et  unum 
bis  mille  quadringenta  triginta  tria 
ter  mille  ducenta  sexaginta  duo 
quatuor  millia  quingenta  septuaginta  u 
quinque  millia  sexcenta  octuaginta  quin(  e 
sex  millia  nongenta  viginti  unum 
septem  millia  sexcenta  novemdecim 
octo  millia  octingenta 
novem  millia  undecim 


10,100 
12,001 
13,876 
25,912 

57,714 
71,500 
80,005 
99,901 


decern  millia  centum 

du6decim  millia  unum 

tredecim  millia  octingenta  septuaginta  sex 

viginti  quinque  millia  nongenta  du6decim 

quinquaginta  septem  millia,  septingenta  quatuorde.n 

septuaginta  unum  millia  quingenta 

octuaginta  millia  quinque 

nonaginta  novem  millia  nongenta  unum 


112,613  centum  du6decim  millia  sexcenta  tredecim 

373 '200  tercenta  septuaginta  tria  millia  ducenta 

58/329  quingenta  octuaginta  unum  millia,  tercenta  viginti  novem 

619568  sexcenta  undeviginti  millia  quingenta  du6deseptuaginta 

77/lII   septingenta  septuaginta  septem  millia,  centum  undecim 

888*222  octingenta  octuaginta  octo  millia,  ducenta  viginti  duo 

999*333  "ongenta  nonaginta  novem  millia,  tercenta  triginta  tria 


237 

1,000,000  decies  centum  mfllia  (mflle  mfllia) 
1,313,001  tredecies  centum  &  tr&lecfm  mfllia,  unum 
2,028,720  vfcies  centena  &  vigfnti  octo  mfllia,  septingenta  vigfnti 
3,500,930  tricies  &  qufnquies  centena  mfllia,  nongenta  trigfnta 
5,723,614  quinquagies  &  septies  centena  &  vigfnti    tria   mfllia   sexcenta 
quatu6rdecim 

6,685,375  sexagies  sexies  centena  &  octuagfnta  quinque  niillia,  terceuta 

septuaginta  quinque 
7,811,569  septuagtes  octies  cent6na  &  undecim  [mfllia,  quingenta  sexa- 

gfnta  novem 

8,113,892  octuagies  &  semel  centena  &  tredecim  millia,   octingenta   no- 
naginta  duo 

9,272,905  nonagies&bis   centena   &   septuaginta    duo   mflli,    nongenta 

quinque 
10,139,100  centies  &  semel  centra  &  trigfnta  novem  mfllia,  centum 
20,371,280  ducenties  &  ter  centena  &  septuaginta  unum  mfllia,  ducenta 
octuagfnta 
153,640,317  mflle  quingenties,  &  trfcies  series  centra  &  quadragfnta  mfl- 
lia tercenta  septemdecim 
1.227,365,193  duodecies  mfllies,  ducenties  septuagi6s  ter  centra  &  sexagfnta 
quinque  mfllia,  octingenta  nonagfnta  tria. 

1\7Tl!!Ski?d0fn0tati0n0f  <*uantities  was  unknown  both  to  the  Greeks  and  Ro- 
mans. Neither  the  time  of  their  introduction,  nor  the  place  of  their  origine  can  be  traced 
:th  certainty.  See  Prinapta, 

1.  Rome  knew  no  other  numerals  than  these.  As  we  have  no  Roman  MSS.,  all 
ir  Knowledge  .s  based  on  stone  monuments  engraved  throughout  all  centuries,  commem. 
'taglstoncaIeyents,pri«s,distJncesinmiles1  weights,  men  in  armies,   prisoners 

i      ™$  CeS'  a"  kte>  the  imperfect  c°Pyine  of  the  Rom»»  originals,  causes 

general  diffidence,  excepting  when  verified  by  stone  monuments.   Though,  on  the  other 

iiI^n0t3?0wflar^enUmeralSandfractions'theseare  our  on"y  sources.  Roman 
imerals  in  calculations  were  gradually  abandoned  between  XI  and  XIII  centuries,  as  the 
obar  notation  began  assuming  more  definite  shapes,  which    was  finally  accomplished 

^TT"!'011      1 6  art  °f  Pdnting-  In  as  much  as  the  Roman  numerals  were  letters 
i.e  the  ind,co:Arabic  signs  were  s^«,  by  contrast,  these  latter   were  called  figurx, 
nee  the  form  in  the  modern  languages. 

3.  Mark  that  the  first  three  alone  can  be  declined,  the  rest,  up  to  200    cannot-   - 

*«  T'?  freqUent  With  P'Ural  n0Uns>  °nly  in  certain  cases  and  when  it  means 
m  as  urn  Roman,.  Duo,  and  tres,  of  course,  have  no  singulars-  -  -  This  class  of  nu- 
'T*^°1V  accumulation  of  units,  1  +  1  =  2,  +I  =  3,  +,  =4,  &o.  nine  in  ,11 
tn  a  .emarkable  consensus  of  the  human  mind  of  all  ancient  nations,  Egyptians,  Hin- 
°s,  Persians,  Arabs,   Hebrews,  Greeks,     Romans,   &c,  denoting  simply  a  heap  of 


238 

Huh.  rrfmnre  was  called  numeri  cardinales,  by  Priscianus,  or 

which  the  door  swings;  so  all  other  numerals  hinge,  and  swing  on  these-  Ot  * 

see  below.  ct„rWs  of  course,  should  recite  all 

4   Sedecim,  or  sexdeam,  is  immaterial.  —  5.  Students,  or  course, 

the  way  up:  viginti  quinque,  viginti  sex,  &c,  through  all  the  decades. 

6.  Practically  all  the  world,  from  the  Roman  times  up  to**^  seems  *  .£ 
been  dazed  with  the  form  orffcfato.  dragging  in  same  into  modern    anguag  s  as    o 
genarian,"  in  English.  This  all  is  absurd.  *  ^^*  ?^J^  ^^^a  gL 
ta,  quincginta,  quatuorginta  were  also  right.  ^^S^lC^Z  so  h 
but  flginta,  (just  as  in  Gr.  aconta,  and  econta,  the  a  and  e  being  ™^   '    Lh  they  hai 
Latin)   the  Romans  had  to  "go  out  of  their  way"  to  bring  he  a  in  for  which th *    n 
the  v    y  model  in  octavus,  a,  urn,  whence  they  formed  octa vagm    ,  and   °"  «c     g  t 
the  form  ocUwginta  arose,  and  on  this  very  pattern  were  the  rest  (septus   sex ^urnqu 
uadra-  and  ■£->  formed,  or,  simply  contracting,  oeb+J^ujto  oct«       ta 

7   While  centum  takes  no  forms,  ducenti,  at,  a,  and  the  rest,  up  to  mine, 
larly  declined  adjectives,  only  in  plural:  -tor™,  ™^^ower°nd;  disconnected 

8.  On  Roman  stones  this  letter  resembles  our  design,  the  lowe _end  « 
and  either  a  short  line  is  drawn  accross  its  inside,  like  in  a  cap.  Gr  ^theta  o 
seen  there.  The  |_  looks  like  an  inverted  cap  J.,  some  times  with  the  edges 

ward,  resembling  an  anchor-  ...     fe 

9.  In  sing,  an  indeclinable  adj.;  in  pi.,  it  is  usually  a  noun,   declined   in  Hid, 
with  hundreds'after  it,  is  again  used  as  an  adj.  For  duom^  we    an  a  o  say 
mttle,  and  Una  millia;  so  also  decern,  or  dena  rmlha  centum  oicenUna  m  * 
logical  faddism  wants  mille  to  bespe lied  in  pi.  ^^^^J^G^ 
must  affect  archaism,  then,  for  m.lle,  too,  we  should  speU  metle  (a is  spe                ^ 
to  mean  a  »»&,  and  so  the  English  spells  it  mtle,  for  m.lle    yet  the ^Roman             ^ 
fe»  or  tfpfe  wfltorfie,  a  mile  stone,  a  thousand-step  stone,  as  admitted  oy 
dists  themselves.  The  same  Roman  marbles  show  also  the  pi.  as  ™'W'a  . 

10.  instead  of  many  Ms,  a  numeral,  divided  by  a  vert ical  me,  as  *  *■  'Ji^ 
in  denoting  thousands.  Some  times  this  first  numeral  is  put  w.  h.n  a  square   as  .  ^ 

sands    are    also    expressed    by   the   ordinary  numerals,  with  a  ^  ov*r  l  ^  it 
T   ,f    y-    win,  M  out.    M    with  a  line  over  it  means  nothmg  more  then  tn 


X"    leaving  M  out-     M     with  a  hue  over  it  means  uui.mis  .»«■«  »---- 
a  numeral  not  a  mL  letter;  but  if  it  be  followed  by  another  M  than  ha hue  mean. 
multiplication,  and  together  they  mean  a  thousand  times  thousand,  =  1,000  000 

in  the  4th  column  I  present  the  various  combinations  and  shapes  of  C  L      , 
found  in  post-Roman  codices,   for  ^^-^i^ 


found  in  post-Komau   muii«,   ■"■    — k— •=.  ----  .  ,-.rpntable 

writers  that  the  old  fO  was  originally  the  Gr.  capital  Phi,  is  quite  acceptable 
rhoTofthe  M   was  derived   from   the  Etruscans,  and  readily   assimilated  because 
word  i      Be  it  as  it  may,  the  fact  is  that  all  these  shapes  are  nothing  more  than 


239 

modifications  of  the  old  m,  a  central  vertical  line,  and  the  two  side  curves,  dropped  from 
the  left  for  500,  added  one  more  on  the  right,  to  express  its  multiples,  replaced  again 
for  a  thousand,  added  one  or  two  more  on  both  sides  for  the  multiples  of  a  thousand, 
&c  It  does  not  matter  that  the  shape  sometimes  is  triangular,  some  other  times  circular, 
or  a  circle,  with  a  vertical  line  or  a  cross  in  it,  it  always  means  the  same  thing.  The  L 
on  the  marbles  has  the  shape  of  an  inverted  ±  occasionally,  as  is  here  presented  in 
50,000. 

11.  The  grammatical  agreement  ought  to  be  with  gentes utuntur.  I  change  it, 

in  order  to  include  ourselves,  as  also  a  gens,  Us,  f.,  =  a  nation;  annos,  duration  of  time 
usually  w.  ace,  though  not  always,  and  absolutely.  —  Indicus,  a,  um,  Arabicus,  a,  um, 
the  first  adj.  as  the  nation's  name,  only  in  m,,  Indus,  and  *Arabs,  is;  the  2d,  hidius,  a, 
um,  Atabius,  a,  um.  in  f.,  denoting  the  country;  the  3d,  -icus,  a,  um,  to  denote  men 
(homo,  mulier,  &c.)   and  things,  this  form  is  used  in  connecting,  both  Indico  -  Arafo. 

12.  While  these  numerals  are  not  properly  Gobaric,  (see  Principia),  but  the  imme- 
diate descendants  thereof ;  philologists  for  generations  have  been  using  this  term,  instead  of 
mere  "Arabic,"  because  the  latter  term  applies  properly  to  Arabia,  while  by  Gobar  they 
mean  ro  specify  the  numerals  as  used  in  N-  W.  Africa,  i.  e.,  Mauritania,  whence  they  are 
supposed  to  have  been  introduced  through  Spain.  The  word  itself  means  dust,  dust 
writing,  of  numerals,  by  which  the  Mauri  would  write,  say,  ilif,  or  be,  or  sin  (a,  b,  s) 
=  1,  2,  3,  .  .  .  and  place  dots  after  them,  as  we  now  use  %eros  (see  below). 

13.  -ter,  eris,  m.,  Gr.,  properly  a  brandmark,  the  tool  used  to  burn  such  mark  upon 
animals;  the  shapes  and  figures  so  burned;  later,  figures  of  numerals.  -ho*  xi,  vectum> 
to  draw,  to  pull,  bring  forward;  to  tenfold. 

14.  Mark  the  principle  of  qualification:  mille  is  a  noun,  qualified  by  two  adjectives 
after  &  and  one  before  &•;  now  adjectives  cannot  be  qualified  by  anything  else  than 
adverbs,  adverbs  again  by  adverbs;  hence,  quadrag^s,  and  quater,  are  numerical  advs. 
Centena  (-[,  x,  a)  is  another  adj.  of  centum  (the  first  being  in  ducenti,  ce,  a);  but  cen- 
tum itself  could  be  used. 

A.  For  about  two  more  steps  we  still  stand  on  Roman  ground,  as  we  shall  see  in 
:he  sestertii.  The  principles  themselves  are  Roman  throughout,  but  the  application  there- 
3f  is  carried  beyond  known  Roman  quantities  expressed  in  words  or  numerals.  Boethiusv 
ibacus,  however,  shows,  that  these  numerical  regions  were  nor  unknown  at  least  to  later 
Romans  (see  Boethius'  abacus  below). 

B.  As  the  Roman  abacus  and  Roman  notation,  although  long  surviving  the  national 
existence  of  Rome,  has  proved  themselves  inadequate  to  the  exigencies  of  later  ages, 
whilst  Roman  alphabet  had  triumphed  over  all,  never  to  be  dethroned  by  any,  the  saga- 
:ity  of  the  East  gave  us  new  notation  and  a  new  system  of  it,  and  this,  combined  with 
he  docility  of  the  Latin  West,  through  slow  evolution,  has  created  a  more  elastic  system 
)f  numerals  and  arithmetical  operations-  Scholars  found  that  measuring  large   and  prac- 


240 

tically  endless  objects  by  a  small  measure,  like  centum,  was  like  measuring  land  by  in- 
ches, or  scooping  out  a  lake  with  buckets.  Hence,  some  scholar,  at  some  age  (I  am  not 
able  to  state  who,  and  when),  has  devised  the  term  millio,  nis}  f.,  on  the  pattern  of 
unto,  binio,  but  with  stretched  meaning  of  multiplying  mille  by  mille,  and  brought  it 
into  circulation  as  a  large  unit,  or  measure  of  seven  places.  It  has  revolutionized  mathe- 
matics, and  was  immediately  adopted  by  all  idioms  of  the  Neo-Latins. 

C.  Since  we  never  expect  to  re-establish  Rome,  even  with  her  shortcomings,  neither 
do  we  expect  to  meet  Romans  in  this  world,  and  to  blush  before  them  for  our  barbarism; 
and,  since  we  have  shown  the  Roman  usage  in  numerals  all  the  way;  the  preservation  of 
Latin  demands  that  it  show  itself  pliable,  and  applicable  to  modern  usages:  I  profess  to 
adopt  millio,  nis,  in  Latin,  for  modern  uses,  as  did  the  Scholastics,  and  I  thank  them 
for  it  with  all  my  heart. 

15.  .^r.,  to  utter;  we  can  also  say  effero?  extuli,  elatum;  also  prbnuntio,  but 
this  term  is  more  used  for  uttering  an  opinion,  particularly  by  a  judge,  would  be  less 
suitable  in  this  application. 

16.  The  device  of  this  figure  in  arithmetic  was  as  revolutionary  as  the  digits  them, 
selves,  and  by  its  adoption  a  full  decas  was  invented.  Sanscritists  claim  that  its  original 
name  was,  sunya,  empty.  The  rest  of  the  world  believes  that  it  is  derived  from  the  Ara- 
bic safrun,  sifrun,  sifr,  empty;  later  Greeks  made  it  t^iphra;  Fibonacci  (1202)  called  it 
lephyra,  then,  {ephiro,  then  {enfro,  finally  zero;  then  the  French  changed  it  into  chiffre- 
the  Dutch  into  cijfer,  the  Germans  into  differ,  whence  also  English  cipher  (and  as  a 
comical  appendage,  Germans,  living  among  English,  disliking  to  be  called  Sdufer,  a, 
heavy  drinker,  change  it  into  Cypher) .  In  colloquial  Latin  the  form  {erus  is  also  used, 
but  in  literary  Latin  the  word  "nulla''  i.  e-,  nulla  quantitas,  is  used  as  a  f  noun.  —  Its 
first  application  is  said  to  have  been  in  some  Indian  grant  in  738,  and  it  occurs  in  the 
Nana  Ghat  numerals,  in  the  Bombay  Presidency,  in  the  3d  century,  and  in  several  other 
systems,  partly  as  a  litte  circle,  partly  as  an  O,  with  a  little  a  in  it,  while  in  the  Gobar 
system  dots,  like  7..  =  700,  take  its  place- 

Of  course  the  teacher  is  free  to  use  any  numerals  as  he  may  think  of;  so  the  students 
get  a  good  drill  by  hearing,  and  writing  down  such  by  dictation. 


241 


Quum  argentumiaccipimus  auterogamus;  quum  negtftia  agitamus; 
quum  debita  solvere,  pecunias  in  nominibus  cogere  instituimus,  vel 
quemcunque  siimptum  facere  paramus,  summulas,  sive  quantities 
maiorees  minoresve,  ad  calculos2  reducere,  atque  ratiocinari  solemus. 
Haud  secus  fit  quum  negotiator3  suis  adventoribus  rationales 
exscribit,  vel  quum  debitor  creditori  obligati6nem,  creditor  vero  debitori 
apocham  aut  quietantia  subsignat;  at  vero  praesentem  peciiniam 
solutor,  accepttfre  coram  denumerat 

1.  Like  in  French,  as  a  general  term  for  money;  negbtia  ago,  agito,  to  carry  on 
business;  pecunia  in  nominibus,  a  business  term,  outstanding  claims,  i.  e.,  money  un- 
paid, standing  in  the  account  books  after  the  names,  of  debtors;  peciiniam  cogere,  (  go  3 
coegi,  coactum),  to  collect  debts;  -tuo*  ui,  tutum,  here,  to  undertake;  IV.,  fr/  sutnd* 
psi,  ptum,  to  take,  to  taking;  the  image  is  derived  from  the  fact,  that  the  Romans  hav- 
ing only  coins,  no  paper  money,  they  had  to  keep  all  their  money  in  small,  flat  baskets 
(compare  English  budget),  flscella/fiscina,  fiscus,  which  were  kept  on  shelves,  assorted- 
people  of  great  wealth,  particularly  the  State,  had  to  have  a  special  chamber  for  this 
purpose;  under  the  empire  the  fiscus,  State  treasury,  had  officials,  administering  this  de- 
partment, called  pmfectus  fisci,  all  the  officials,  fiscales.  These  people  had  to  take  down 
the  baskets,  and  take  coins  from  the  fiscinis,  sumere  peciiniam,  sumptum  facere,  make 
expenditure;  par o  facere,  I  get  ready  to  do  a  thing. 

2.  II.,  a  pebble,  little  stone;  rationes  ad  calculos  reduco:  when  the  Roman  could 
not  perform  an  arithmetical  operation  mentally,  off-hand,  just  as  we  do,  had  to  resort  to 
the  regular  operation.  This  was  the  abacus,  or  a  table,  some  painted  white,  others  black, 
on  which  the  fractions  of  the  as,  used  nearly  for  all  measures,  and,  at  least  later  on', 
grooves,  or  painted  lines  were  drawn  for  columns  of  numerals,  and  others,  horizontally 
to  the  left  were  places  for  the  various  measure  units.  In  the  grooves  little  bone  pegs  on 
the  painted  ones  a  handful  of  pebbles,  were  placed,  which  could  be  moved  very  rapidly 
to  the  measures  and  amounts  to  be  indicated  by  the  places  and  the  number  of  pebbles, 
or  pegs,  with  fractions  and  all,  indeed,  much  quicker  and  simpler  than  we  can  do  in 
our  improved  method.  Later  Latins  reduced  the  rationes  ad  calculos  reducere,  to  calcu- 
We,  to  pebble,  adopted  by  all  languageSo  —  Ratiocinor,1  atus  sum,  to  calculate  to 
reckon,  in  the  business  language. 

3.  -tor,  is,  m.,  a  business  man;  -tor,  is,  m.,  a  customer;  -les,  ium,  f.  (sc.  litterse) 
a  bill;  Mo,  nis,  a  note,  a  written  acknowledgment  of  debt;  I-,  a  receipt;  -tia,  orum,  n., 
pi.,  a  late  Latin  word,  introduced  by  the  necessity  of  business,  a  written  elease  from  all 
debt,  a  quitclaim,  whence  to  quiet,  Germ,  quittung,  fr.  quieto,*-  r„  still  a  Roman  word 
whence  the  Neo-Latin  idea  of  quieting  a  man  by  payment,  expressed  by  Latin  paco*  r.[ 
to  appease,  as  Ital.  pagare,  pagament,  Fr.  payer,  payment,  whence  Engl,  to  pay,  make  a 


242 

Rationes  vero  putare,4sive  ratiocinari,  secundum  certam  normam 
solemus,  qua  summas  singulas  in  unum  conferimus,  easque  inter  se 
addendo  in  unam  summam  universam  cumulamus;  quse  autem 
summa  sic  prodit,  summasummarum  appellator. 

Ponamus5  itaque  huius  rei  sequens  exemplum: 

Rusticus6  quidam  annonam  suam  mensuris  ac  pr^tiis  hie 
subiectis  vendidit: 

De  iugeribus7  clxxii,  m6dios  tritici  ivcxxviii,  HS  in 

singulos,  pro  quibus  accepit    HS  xiiccclxxxiv  =  $53°.95 

payment.  —  Pec.  pmsens,  present  money;  in  late  Latin  p.  parata,  ready  money,  cash, 
whence  Germ,  bar,  bares  Geld;  -tor,  is,  rm,  the  payer;  -tor,  is,  the  recipient,  payee. 
coram,  prep.  &  adv.  governs  abl.,  present,  face-to-face;  p.  numetata,  also  cash  money, 
whence,  denumero,  adnumero,  numero,  to  pay  down  cash,  spot  cash. 

4.  Rationes  putare,  to  make  a  reckoning,  accounting,  figuring;  1.,  a  model, 
pattern,  scheme;  -lo,1  r. ,  to  heap,  to  pile  up;  cumulus,  i,  a  heap,  pile;  the  scholastics 
call  such  a  pile  a  columna,  ce,  a  pillar,  from  its  resemblance,  adopted  by  all  Neo- 
Latin  tongues. 

5.  Pono  excemplum,  I  take  for  an  example- 

6.  II.,  fr.  rus,  ruris,  n.,  a  country  place,  field,  us,  a,  urn,  fieldy,  of  a  field;  as  a 
noun,  a  field  man,  a  land  man,  land-owner,  country-man,  often  in  the  sense  of 
"hayseed,''*  rude,  ignorant.  I.,  the  yearly  product  of  a  farm;  L,  a  measure  of  any  kind; 
-ium,  ii,  price,  value. 

H  For  the  purpose  of  acquainting  the  student  with  this  exceedingly  important  phase 
of  Roman  life,  never  touched  upon  in  Latin  grammars  and  other  text  books,  I  have  taken 
the  opportunity,  when  dealing  with  numerals,  to  introduce  a  practical  example  of  Roman 
money,  reckoning,  measures,  values,  farm  produce  (of  the  farm  itself  we  shall  speak  in 
Part  II),  making  actual  calculations  both  in  Roman  and  American  money  values.  The 
quantities  of  produce  and  their  prices  are  partly  based  on  the  statements  of  Roman 
authors,  as  is  seen  in  Exerc  Legendi,  partly  they  are  direct  accounts  of  Varro,  Colu- 
mella and  Plinius  themselves. 

7.  lugerum,  u  in  sing.  II.,  in  pi.  Ill-,  an  acre  of  land,  much  smaller  then  ours;  we 
shall  speak  of  it  later.  —  Modius,  ii,  and  -urn,  i,  Gen.  pi.  -urn,  and  orum,  a  dry  mea- 
sure, =  16  sextarii,  =  1  |  6  Gr.  medimnus,  =  one  peck;  triticum.  i,  wheat.  The  Ro- 
man iugerum,  acre,  was  240  feet  long,  120  wide,  altogether  28,800  °  feet,  as  compared 
with  an  English  acre,  43,500  square  feet.  Columella  tells  us,  that  the  Roman  farmer  had 
to  sow  six  modios  of  wheat  in  an  average  good  land,  or  about  a  bushel  and  a  half;  but 


243 

item*       i,x  secalis8  dccc,  num.  in,  in  universum      ncD  =    102.28 

item,       lx  "      hordei— ice  num.  in,       .....     mDc=    153.52 

De  VII  iugeribus  vineae9  dcccxi,  urnas  vini, 

ccchs  singulis  xi,  tens ficcc=  257.64 

Fceniio  centupondia  cc,  hs  nummis  xxxvii vEcx>  =   316.28 

chordictp.^iiHSt6tidem v"dcxxiv=   247*67 

Unse  libras  pondo  nccc,  nummis  in, v7idccxxv=   331.08 

Pondo  m&lis  iiidccc,  nummis  singulis      .     .     ." mDCCC=    182.34 

Sextarios  lactis  mmcc,  tr£ssibus,  ~ 

'  VD=     249.40 

Caseos  librarum  mi,  hs  in, _     x7im=   515.28 

Summa  Summarum  i^xvidccxxxiii  =  $2887.28 

the  returns  were  almost  never  more  then  four  fold,  let  us  say  24  modii  per  acre,  i.  e  6 
medimni  (or  medimna),  or  as  many  bushels.  At  this  rate,  a  field  of  172  iuger'a  would 
bring:  4,128  modii,  which  I  value,  by  what  Columella  says  about  the  price  of  wine  being 
nigher,  at  HS  (sestertii)  12,384,  =  $530.95.  A  thousand  sestertii  nummi  (or,  simply 
nummi)  are  equivalent  to  $42.94.  By  these  data  we  can  understand  why  all  Italy  had 
to  be  fed  partly  by  Sicily,  partly  by  Africa  (which  term  means  only  our  modern  Algiria 
or  thereabouts),  Cyrenaica  and  Egypt,  (^gyptus).  Particularly  Byzatium,  the  southern 
portion  of  Zeugitana,  (now  Tunisia),  was  celebrated  by  its  immense  fertility,  each  grain 
of  wheat  returning  more  than  one  hundred  grains. 

8.  Secale,  is,  n.,  (all  nouns  in  e  are  n.),  rye.  —  Hordeum,  i,  barley. 

9.  finea,  x,  a  vinyard;  urna^  <z,  a  word  of  many  meanings;  probably  derived 
from  uro*  ussi,  ustum,  transitive,  to  burn  something,  as  it  was  a  vessel  of  burnt  clay, 
Varro  thinks  otherwise.  In  business  it  was  a  measure  for  liquids;  8  congii  =  2  urnae,  = 
1  quadrantal,  or  amphora;  a  clay  vessel  with  2  handles,  hence  its  name,  as  a  standard  of 
neasures  of  liquids,  its  model  was  kept  in  the  Capitolium   (hence  amphora   capitolina) ; 

0  amphorae  =  1  culleus,  the  largest  measure  of  liquids,  originally  a  leather  bag,  or  skin 

as  is  still  used  in  the  East);  parricides  were  sewed  up  into  cullei,   and  thrown   into  the 
nberis.  —  Vinum,  i,  wine. 

H  This  is  a  genuine  item,  taken  from  Columella  (Exerc  Leg.)-  He  points  out  that 
■  iiigerum  vineae  must  bring  at  least  3  cullei,  if  it  does  not,  it  should  be  cut  out.  The 
alue  of  40  urnae  were  300  sestertii,  per  acre,  per  tres  cullei  three  times  that,  which  was 
'lore  than  a  meadow,  a  forest,  or  a  wheatfield  can  return. 

10.  .100,  i,  hay;  -dium,  ii,  a  hundred  weight;    value  estimated;  f.  chordum,    (-US; 

1  um,s  rowen,  after-math,  a  second  crop  of  hay;  I.,  wool;  pondo,  n.  indecl.,  fr.  pon- 
us,ens,n.,  weight,  possibly  an  old  abl.  of  this,  used  adverbially;  /#ra  pondo,  one 
ound.  Nummis,  or  setertiis,  &c,  are  ablatives,  equivalent  to  our  @,  at  the  rate  of.  fr 


244 

Universas  has  summas  numeris  Gobar  sic  supputtfbimus:11 
Primum12  numeros  singulares  singularibus,  denarios  denariis,  cen- 
tenarios  centenariis,  et  sic  deinceps,  subscribemus,  a  dextroadlaevum, 
deinde,  novissimo  ordini  lineam  subdimus,  quo  facto,  imitates  uni- 
tatibus  addendo,  summas  colligere  &  annulare  incipimus,  in  hunc  fere 
modum: 

Octo  (nullam  praeterimus)  et  quatuor  efficiunt  du6decim;et  octo  sunt 
viginti;  et  quatuor,  viginti  quatuor;  &  septem,  triginta  unum:  et  octo, 
triginta  novem  &  quatuor,  quadraginta  tria;  &  duo,  quadraginta  quinque; 
&  octo,  quinquaginta  tria;  et  quinque,  quinquaginta  octo.  Ex  his  duobus 
numeris  octo  est  singularis,  ideoque  infra  lineam,  sub  unitatibus  de- 
scribimus,  quinquaginta  autem,  utpote13  denarium,  sequenti  ciimulo 


the  French  a,  Latin  ad,  fn  other  relations.  —  Mel,  mellis,  n.,  honey,  pondo  by  itself 
means  p.  librae.  Sextarius,  ii,  ^  of  a  congius,  ==  1  pint;  tressis,  is,  m.,  3  asses  (see 
Asses,  Principia).  Casens,  i,  cheese,  mark  the  pi. ,  as  meaning  large,  millstone-like 
bodies,  each  weighing  1,000  pounds,  four  such,  lbs  4,000;  see  Plin-,  Exerc  Leg. 

U  All  farm  and  dairy  products  are  not  enumerated,  as  these  will  suffice  for  illust- 
rating the  vocabulary  of  measures,  values,  moneys,  calculations,  &c,  but  I  call  atten- 
tion to  the  circumstance  that  buttet  is  not  mentioned,  because,  as  an  article  of  food,  it 
was  not  known  to  the  Romans.  A.  Corn.  Celsus  (d.  50  A.  DO,  the  most  famous 
Roman  physician  refers  to  it  three  times,  as  a  merest  emollient,  or  grease,  used  in  sur- 
gery; andPlinius(79  A.  D0>  describes  its  making  by  the  Slav  barbarians,  giving  no 
names  for  churn  and  churning;  I  give  this  interesting  description  as  a  reading  matter  in 
Exerc..  Legendi. 

11.  -to,1  r. ,  sub  +  puto,  to  reckon  up,  to  make  a  computation. 

12.  Adv.  firstly;  deincps,  cipis  or,  cipitis,  as  an  adj.  of  one  ending,  the  next  follow- 
ing; as  an  adv.  has  no  endings,  =  dein,  deinde,  thereafter,  then,  and  so  forth;  from 
right  to  left;  -us,  a,  um,  fr.  nov us,  a,  umy  new,  late,  last,  only  in  superlative,  the  last, 
the  nearest  to  us;  -do,3  diti,  ditum,  to  put,  or  place,  lay  under,  ditus,  a,  um,  a  subject, 
or  underling;  -go?  legi,  ledum,  to  pick,  to  gather,  collectio,  nis,  a  picking,  a  gleaning; 
collegium,  ii,  a  gathering,  an  association,  a  club,  a  union,  such  as  augurum,  pontificum, 
also  of  laborers;  collegium  magistrorum,  a  college;  here  it  means  the  process  of  adding, 
units  into  a  bunch. 

13.  Since,  as,  as  one  which;  -us,  i,  a  heap;  also  artrous,  i;  -go,  inis,  m.,  a  rim, 
edge,  border;  -to,1  r.,  to  mark;  mihi  'excidit  memoria,  dropped  out  (to  me)  from  memo- 
ry, I  have  forgotten,  =  lest  we  forget. 


245 

pr6ximo,  qui  denariorum  est,  adnumer&bimus.  Ne  tamen  nobis  interea 
excidat,  in  margine  connotabimus.  Turn  sic  procedemus: 

Quinque  et  duo  sunt  septem;  et  quatuor,  undecim;  et  tria,  quatu6r- 
decim;  et  octo,  viginti  duo;  et  sex,  viginti  octo;  et  duo,  triginta;  et  sex, 
triginta  sex;  et  quinque,  quadraginta  unum;  et  duo,  quadraginta  tria;  et 
novem,  quinquaginta  duo,  Haec  duo  sub  denariis  describemus,  nota- 
bimus  quinque,  idquecumulo  addimus  pr6ximo,  quo  facto,  pergemus:14 

Quinque  et  quinque  efffciunt  decern;  et  novem,  novemdecim;  et 
duo,  viginti  unum;  et  unum,  viginti  duo;  et  septem,  viginti  novem;  et 
sex,  triginta  quinque;  et  septem,  quadraginta  duo;  et  tria,  qua- 
draginta quinque;  et  duo,  quadraginta  septem.  Posito  nunc  puncto  ad 
laevum,  post  denarium,  septem  sub  ciimulo  proximo,  cis15  oiinctum, 
subscribemus,  atque  quatuor  connotatum  ciimulo  sequenti  connume- 
ramus. 

Quatuor  et  unum  sunt  quinque;  et  quatuor,  sunt  novem;  et  octo 
septemdecim;  et  tria,  viginti;  et  quatuor,  viginti  quatuor;  et  unum,  vi- 
ginti quinque;  et  quinque,  triginta;  et  quinque,  triginta  quinque;  et  tria, 
triginta  octo.  Supersunt16  tria;  haec  transducemus  in  cumulum  sequen- 
tern: 

Tria  et  quinque  sunt  octo;  &  duo,  sunt  decern;  et  unum,  undecim, 
et  tria,  quatuordecim;  et  duo,  sedecim;  et  tria,  novemdecim;  et  duo,  vi- 
ginti unum;  et  unum,  viginti  duo,  et  unum,  viginti  tria;  &  quinque,  sunt 
viginti  octo.  —  Quum  nullus  alius  cumulus  supersit,  cui  hie  numerus 
resicluus17  addatur,  cum  altero  describimus;  atque  cum  ceteris  duobus 
niimeris,  cis  punctum,  efficiet  summam  binum  millium  octingentorum 
octuaginta  septem    centussium,  atque  viginti  octo  libellarumj  qui  ses- 

14.  -go,1  rrexi,  rectum,  to  go  on,  to  proceed. 

15.  Prep,  with  an  Ace,  on  this  side. 

16.  -sum,  esse,  fui,  to  remain  over;  -co*  duxi,  ctum,  to  guide,  lead,  transfer  over. 

17.  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  re  +  sedeo,  to  sit  back,  down;  resido,3  sedi,  — ,  to  sit  down,  to 
settle  down  men  or  things,  to  settle,  sink  to  the  bottom,  what  is  left  over,  as  sediment; 
the  medieval  formation,  residentia,  a,  the  seat,  home  of  an  important  person,  whence 
''residence"  in  modern  idi'  ms,  is  barbarous.  —  Binum  for  -norum,  (bini,  ae,  a,  =  2) 
is  frequent.  With  the  sestertii  the  Romans  have  most  frequently  used  an  other  class  of 
numerals,  which  we  shall  treat  in  our  next  pensum;  excequo,1  r.,  equals- 


246 

tertios  niimmos  sexaginta  sex  millium  septingentorum  triginta  trium, 
summam  proventus  annonae  rustici  venditae,  exsquat. 

At  vero  haec  pecunia  non  est  merum">  lucrum  &  emolumentum 
agricolae.  Nam  ex  eo  reditu19  alenda  ac  sustentanda  familia  est, 
domus  sarta  tecta  servanda,  vestitui,  valetiidini,  securitati  caven- 
dum  ac  providendum;  vcctigalia  pendenda,  stipendia,  &  manupretia 
solvenda  danma  reparanda  ac  sarcienda,  &  commoda  vitae,  quae  nee 
pnedium  gignit,  nee  manus  familiaeproducunt,  in  tabernis  mercatomm 
sunt  praestinanda,  ac  praesenti  pecunia  comparanda.  Haec  omnia  lm- 
pensa^  sunt  ac  sumptus;  qui,  quoniam  e  reditu  erogantur,  e  summa 
redituum  subtrahenda  erunt.  Ista  vero  subtracts  in  hunc  fere  tit 
modum: 

Reditus,     2887.28 

Sumptus,  1928.63 

18.  -us,  a,  urn,  mere,  pure,  unmixed;  -urn,  i,  profit,  gain;  -urn,  i,  gain,  a  fruitfull 
result  coming  to  one  from  effort;  1  ,  m-,  a  land-cultivator,  a  farmer- 

19.  IV.,  returns,  income;  -to,1  r-.  to  support,  maintain;  I.,  the  household,  the  real 
meaning  of  this  word  is  from  famulus,  i,  a  servant,  znd  famulor,^  atus  sum,  to  be  a 
servant,  all  in  a  household,  excepting  the  head,  the  father,  or  pater  famtltas  (as  an  oW 
Genit.)  including  wife  and  children  with  the  servants,  not  he,  his  wife  and  children,  so 

tUt  familia  by  itself  often  means  the  servants;  alone;  sartum  tectum,  repaired  roof,  s  t- 
servare,  to  keep  things  in  good  repair;  IV.,  clothing;  hygiene,  a  good  condition  of  health, 
Jos.  talis,  freedom  from  dangers,  safety;  atvtre  seem itati  ab  tncendto,  agrandwc, 
would  also  comprise  what  is  understood,  but  not  expressed,  by  the  barbarous  words  in- 
surance," "assurance,"  "assecurazione,"  unknown  to  Romans;  perhaps  cautela  ao  tn 
cendio,  de  gremdine,  (hail),  might  better  express  the  idea;  but  cauUla  de  morte  (rather 
than  de  vita),  and,  with  the  verb:  cavere  de  morte,  to  insure  one's  life,  cavere  de  incen. 
dio,  degrandine,  to  insure  against  fire,  hailstorm,  would  suitably  express  those  ideas, 
certainly  better  than  the  terms  now  employed.  -  Pendo,  solvo  vegtigal,  (-is,  n.)  I  pay 
taxes;  -urn,  ii,  money  paid  to  a  hired  man;  -urn,  it,  wages;  -urn,  t,  damage;  -to,  1.. 
to  make  good;  -cio*  rsi,  rtum,  to  make  amend,  amendment,  reparation;  commoda  vim, 
necessaries  of  life;  gigno*  gtnui,  Hum,  to  beget,  to  produce;  -co?  *i,  ctum,  to  bring 
forth;  -no}  r-,  to  purchase;  -ro,1  v.,  to  aquire,  to  get;  all  gerundiva,  n.  pi.  Norn.-  while 
cavere  and  provide! e,  to  look  out  for,  put  their  objects  into  Dat.  -  19.  Impensa,  arum, 
usually  pi.,  fr.  in  +  pendo,  1  weigh  into,  i.  e.,  1  weigh  out  metal  money  into  a  thing, 
while  expensa,  ce,  a  word  of  the  IVth  century,   means,    1  weigh  out    money  from  my 


247 

£sto,20  itaque,  hocce  exemplum  subtracti6nis!  Posita  in  medio 
summa  maiori,  quae  diminuenda21  est,  minorem,  subtrahendam, 
illi,  paribus  numeris,  subscribimus.  Turn,  ab  unitate  profecti,22  sic  ex- 
ordimur:  Tria  ex  octo  (ablata)23  linquent  quinque;  hoc  quinque  infra 
Ifneam  sub  niimeris  infer6ribus  ductam  subscribimus,etopus  prosequi- 
mur:  sex  e  duobus,  utpote  e  minori,  subtrahi  nequeunt;  quapropter  a 
membro  proximo  mutuabimur  decern,  quae  mente  addimus  duobus, 
ut  sint  du6decim;  quo  facto,  pergimus:  sex  e  duodecim  linquent  sex; 
hoc  subscribimus;  nunc10  "puncutm  denarium"  vulgo  dictum,  interponi- 
mus,  ad  libellas  a  centussibus  secernendas;  et  sic  prosequimur:  octo  e 
sex  (ademptis  enim  illi,  decern  unitatibus,  sex  nonnisi  sunt  relicta)  tolli 
nequeunt;  proinde,  ita  ut  supra,  oportebit  dena  proximo  membro  in 
mutuum  detrahi,  turn  dicemus;  octo  e  sexdecim  linquet  octo,  hoc 
describimus;  duo  e  septem  reddet  quinque;  novem  ex  octo  detrahi 
perinde  nequeunt,  iterum  ad  proximum  membrum  mutuum  petitum 
recurremus,  quo  impetrato,  instamus:  novem  ex  octodecim  reddet  no- 
vem; unum  uni  subductum  nihil  reddet,  nee  subnotabimus  quidquam, 

treasury;  subtraho*  xi,  dum,  to  draw  down,  pull  down,  to  discount,  deduct  subtract; 
-dio,  nis,  f.,  the  drawing  down,  off,  taking  off,  deducting,  subtraction;  in  or  ad  hunc 
modum,  in  this  manner,  fere,  about. 

20-  Imperat.  Asp.  of  sum,  be  there!  hicce,  hxece,  hocce,  this  here.  The  process  of 
our  arithmetical  operations  were  unknown  to  the  Romans,  as  stated  in  the  addition;  all 
of  them  grew  out,  through  a  slow  process  of  centuries,  mainly  in  Italy,  as  the  chief  busi- 
ness center  of  the  world. 

21.  Diminuo*  ui,  nutum,  with  the  philologists  ^minuo,  to  lessen,  .  to  diminish; 
paribus,  n.,  in  pairs,  number  w.  number.  —  22.  P.  p.  of  profitiscor,  to  start;  -or,4  or 
sus  sum,  to  begin.  —  23.  tAufero?  abstuli,  ablatum,  like  tollo,3  sustuli,  subldtum,  take 
away;  linquo,3  liqui,  — ;  to  relinquish,  to  leave,  to  leave  over,  -urn,  hi,  a  limb,  a  mem- 
ber; numerals,  as  such,  can  be  called  hoc  quinque,  sing,  n.,  and  can  take  the  verb  in 
sing.,  just  as  in  modern  languages:  five  or  five  is,  ore,  armak^s,  but  of  course,  also  in  pi.; 
secerno*  secrevi,  secretum,  to  look  apart,  to  separate;  adimo*  emi,  ptum,  indir.  object 
Dat  ,  idimo,  alicui  aliquid,  I  take  away  something  (to)  somebody;  nonnisi,  only;  te- 
linquo,3  liqui,  lidum,  to  leave  over;  oportet  detrahi,  without  a  subject  i-  e.,  oportet  nos 
ut  detrahamus,  we  must  take  off  ten,  dena;  reddo,3  reddidi,  redditum,  to  give  back,  to 
leave;  perinde,  adv.,  in  like  manner;  recurro?  recurri,  recucurri,  recur  sum,  to  run  back, 
to  resort  to  .  .;  -tro,1  r.,  to  obtain  what  we  ask;  insto,1  institi,  instatum,  to  keep  up,  to 
press  on,  to  insist;  subnoto,1  r.,  to  sign,  to  write  under. 


248 

Purus2*  itaque  agricote  proventus,  quern  sibi  lucro  reputare  liceat, 
Centusses  erunt  octingenti  quinquaginta  octo,  atque  sexaginta  quinque 
libellae. 

Recensio  Qui  numerus  significat,  unitatem  minimam  integram?— 
Quid  est  duplicitas,tiinitas?-Quibus  nominibus  insigniuntur  nurner 
i   2   s  4   5  6   oer  se?  —  Quid  vocatur  decuna,  quid  centuna?  —Qui 
sunt  decurionesf centuriones,  chiliarchi?  -  Quid  est  pluralitas?  multitu- 
do?  —  Cur  existimar.t  docti  seriem  numerorum  infinitum  esse?— 

Recita  numeros  ad  decern  usque!-  Ad  viginti!-  Scribe  numens 
Romanis  duodetriginta!-  Scribe  sis  undequadragintal-Nota  Romano 
modo  centum  sepLginta  quatuor!-  Redde  notis  Roman's  mil  e  non- 
gTnta  duodecim.-  Exscribe  numeris  Romanis  bis  mille  qu.ngenta  qum- 
quaginta!-  Exprime  hos  Gobaricos  numeros  1296  Romanis!-  Effer 
Sne  hos  numerosTTJl  D  LXXX1II  Romanos  verbis,  et  exscnbe  Goba- 
rSsl-  Scribe  Romano  modo  quinque  millia!-  Scribe  Romano  more 

deCeQu^!us  modis  scribitur  mille?-  DuomiUia?-  Quinque  millia?- 
Dec-m  millia?-  Quinquaginta  millia?-  Centum  milia?-  Ducenta 
milUa?-  Quingenta  milHa?-  Mille  millia?-  Decies,  vices,  qu.nquag.es, 

centies,  miilium  millia?  .„  „„o. 

Efferto  verbis:         2,  22,  222,  2,222;  22,222;  222,222.  3,333,333, 

16,745,800;  1,234,016;  1,000,100  ^tnmil 

Exscribe  Gobaricis:  vicies  et  semel  centena  et  septuagmta  octom  | 

lia,  nongenta  undecim.  Tricies  et  septies  centena  &  sexaginta  tna  millia 

ducenta  octuaginta  unum.  trecen- 

ExscribeGobarice,  turn  adde  hos  numeros:  cent »mf^um'{^ 
ta  quadraginta  septem;  mille  quadringenta  quatuordec.m,  quingente 
sexa'ginta  duo;  duo' millia  decern:  quinque  mill* i  oc  mgenta  octua^n  . 
undeviginti  millia  duodeviginti;  procede  et  elaboral  vide  sine  errore, 

Detrahe  illi  summs  quindecim  millia  septingenta  septemdecim! 

24.  .«,,  a,  urn,  dean,  clear,  pure;  IV.,  proceeds,  returns;  lucro  reputare  licet  Dtt- 
that  he  may  count  as  a  clear  revenue. 


VOCABVLARIV-M  23 


249 


NNA  SUBST 

initium,  ii 
unitas,  tatis,  f. 
qualitas,  tatis,  f. 
duplicitas,  tatis,  f. 
trinitas,  tatis,  f. 
multiplicitas,  tatis,  f. 
unio,  nis,  f. 
binio.  nis,  f . 
ternio,  nis,  f, 
quaternio,  nis,  f. 
quinio,  nis,  f. 
senio,  nis,  f. 
decuria,  as 
decas,  adis,  f. 
centuria,  as 
chilias,  adis,  1 
monachus,  i 
decanus,  i 
decurio,  nis,  m. 
centurio,  nis,  m. 
dux,  cis,  m.  f. 
chiliarchus,  i 


pluralitas,  tatis,  f. 

multitude  dinis,  f. 

i  ncrementum.  i 

limes,  itis,  m. 

series,  el,  f. 

arg-e'ntum,  i 

sumptus,  tis,  m. 

calculus,  i 

neg-otialor.  is,  m. 

adve"ntor,  is,  m. 

rationales,  ium,  f. 

obligalio,  nis,  f. 
a"pocha,  as 

quiet^ntia,  orum,  n. 
soltitor,  is,  m 
acceptor,  is,  m. 
rusticus, 
anndna,  as 
mensura,  as 
premium,  ii 
iilgrerum,  i 
mddius,  ii 


triticum,  1 
secale,  is,  n. 
hordeum,  i 
sestertius,  Li 
vinea,  as 
urna,  a; 
vinum,  i 
foenum,  i 
centupondium,  ii 
lana,  as 

pondo,  n.,  Indecl. 
mel,  mellis,  n. 
sextarius,  ii 
lac,  tis,  n. 
tressis,  is,  n. 
caseus,  ei, 
dextrum.  i 
lasvum,  i 
nulla,  as 
cumulus,  i 
marg-o,  inis,  m. 
lucrum,  i 


emolumentum,  i 

re"ditus,  us,  m. 

familia,  as 

vestitus,  us,  m. 

valetudo,  inis,  f. 
securitas,  tatis,  f. 
vectig-al,  is,  n. 
stipendium,  ii 
damnum,  i 
impensa,  as 
subtractio,  nis,  f, 
membrum,  i 
eens,  tis,  f. 
species,  ei,  f. 
character,  £ris,  m. 
proprietas,  tatis,  f. 
grradus,  us,  m. 


PROPOSITIONS* 


citra 

cis 

coram 


triplus,  a,  urn 
clarus,  a,  um 
capax,  cis 
Indicus,  a,  um 

VERBA. 

significo,1  r. 
proficiscon3,  fectus  sum 
impero,1  r. 

concipio,3cepi,  ptum 
duplico,1  r. 
multiplico1,  r. 
patior,3passussum 
definio.4  ii,  vL  turn 
supersedeo,2sedi,  ssum 
evolvo,3  vi,  utum 


explico,1!*. 
iudico,1  r. 
texo,3  ui,  turn 
commendo1,  r. 
proveho,3xi,ctum 
decuplico1,  r. 
agito,1  r. 

cogo,3  coegi,  actum 
instituo,3  ui,  tutum 
ratiocinor,1  atus  sum 


NNA.  ADI, 

Gobaricus,  a,  um 
chord  us,  a.  um 
novissimus,  a,  um 
residuus,  a,  um 

subsigno,1  r. 

denumero,1  r. 

puto,1  r. 

cumulo,1  r. 

prodeo4,  ivi,  ii,  itum 

subiicio,3  ieci,  iectum. 

supputo,1  r. 

subdo,3  didi,  ditum 

prastereo,4  ivi,  ii,  itum 

adnumero,1  r- 

excido,3  cidi. — 

connoto,1  r. 

procedo,3  cessi,  cessum 
pergo,3  rrexi,  ctum 
supersum,  esse,  fui. 
exaequo,1  r. 
sustento,1  r. 
provideo.2  di,  sum 
pendo,3  p£pendi,  sum 
reparo,1!-. 
sarcio,4  si,  rtum 


merus,  a,  um 
purus,  a,  um 


gigno,3  genui,  itum 
compare1  r. 
subraho,3  xi,  ctum 
diminuo,3  ui,  utum 
exordior,4  itus  sum 
aufero,3  abstuli,  latum 
linquo,3  liqui, — 
secerno,3  crevi,  cretum 
adimo,3  emi.  ptum 
relinquo,3  liqui,  ctum 
detriho,3  xi,  ctum 
recurro,3  curri  — 
impetro,1  r. 
insto,1  stiti,  titim 
subduco,3  xi,  ctum 
reputo,1  r.— 

ADVERB  IA. 

carptim 
deinceps 
utpote 
perinde 


250 


III. 

PVERI  plenlmque  egentes1  sunt,  quoniam  raro  tantam,  quanta 
animo  satis  sit,  pecuniam  habent,  quum  tamen  nunquam  non 
am^lici  sint.  Pneterea  delet'tat2  etiameos  argentum  effundere  atque 
prodi'gere,  quantumvis  parentes  eos  frugalitatem,  parsimoniamque 
doceant.  Quis*  puer,  autquaj  puella,  dbsecro,  est,  qus  tabernam  cupe- 
diiiiiriani,  vel  mensam  pomfiriam,  aequo  animo  prastenre  possit?  Quis 
puerdrum*  est,  quin  lactantibus  e  taberna  belliiriis,  quis  non  fra- 
grantia"  pomorum  obtutuque  delectabilium  appetentia,  et.am  rem- 
tens,  capiatur?  Quis,  quaeso,  tantis,  talibusque  blandimentis*  effi- 
caci  nisu  obluctetur?  Non  est  exspectandum. 

\  Pres  p  of  lgeo?ui,  to  be  wanting,  needy;  tantus  -  quantus,  so  much,  sc .great 
-  as  much,  as'great;  animo  satis,  enough  for  one's  heart,  mind;  -us,  a,  urn.  fr.  fames, 
U  f  hunger  hunery;  fiunquam  non  =  semper. 

VS'S,  fmpefs.,  I  me,  it  amuses  me;  -go?  degi,  actum,  to  squander;  -tusvts, 
.terns',  -tumvis,  ever  so  much;  -tas,  Mis,  f,  fr.,  -galis,  e,  fr-  frux,  gis  f.,  the  produce 
of  the  earth,  one  living  on  fruges,  the  habit  of  living  on  the  produce  of  one  s  farm,  mod- 
erate, temperate,  economical,  frugal,  frugality;  two  accus.  alqm,  alqd  doceo. 

3  By  grammar  we  should  use  qui,  because  quis  has  the  nature  of  a  noun;  but 
usage  has  it  this  way;  pray;  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  cupedia,  drum,  „.,  delicaaes  of  food conf  - 
tTons  confectionery;  -*,  a,  urn,  of  fruit,  a  fruit  stand;  cequus,  a,  urn  equable,  not  ner- 
vous and  excitable,  abb,  with  equable  mind;  -»  «  m,  ttum  to .pass  by. 

4  in  pi.  the  word  usually  means  "children/'  I.  e.,  of  both  sexes,  laOo  >,  frequ. 
of  lido?  to  lure,  to  entice;  -laria.orum,  n.,  sweet  meats;    I,   sweet  scent     ragrancy, 

^^£KJm  Pleasant,  sweet  mannered,  ■*,,*««,«■..  to  natter, 
cajole    fawn;  things  ag  eeable,  pleasant,  winning,  luring,  blandishments;  -cox  as,  effe  ■ 
e  succelful,  efficacious;  IV.,  an  effort,  an  act  of  leaning  against  a  thmg  to  mov    b 
rmtor,  as  above;  connitor,  as  we  said  of  the  horses,  m  Pensum  Sextum,    -tor, 
smw,  to  resist  with  a  struggle;  not  to  be  awaited,  expected. 


251 

Puerulo  cuidam  misello,  in  tali  tantoque  discrimine6  quondam 
versanti,  pro  magnitudine  urgentis  famis,  proque  copia  fructuum 
allectantium,  nimis  quam  macra,  quamque  flaccida,  pro  scelusl  erat 
crumena^Marsupium7  adeo  ipsum,  quod  nummis  decebat  turnere, 
exenteration,  ac  prope  inane  iacebat,  quippe  in  quo  vix  una  alterave 
libella,  rari  quinarii,  oauciores  denarii,  &  vix  ullus  quadrans,  tinnie- 
bant. 

"Eheu,8  me  miserum,  "suspirat  puer,"  quam  liigeo,  me  adeo 
egenum  esse!  Quum  minimum,9  unam  tesseram  quincentussium,  si 
non  decentussium,  hie  in  crumena  conditam  me  habere  deceret,  quum 
alii  nummos  aureos  modio  metiantur,  pasne  lacrymae  mihi  oboriuntur. 
Pro  Deum10  hominumque  fideml  quam  quorsum  me  vertam  ambigo 
Pro  certo  enim  scio,  opes  meas,  exiles  ut11  sint,  profiindere,  etiam  iussu 

6.  -en,  inis,  n.,  a  difference,  diversity,  adversity,  difficulty,  danger,  risk;  on  some 
occassion;  -sor*  atus  sum,  to  find  one's  self,  to  be  in;  in  proportion  to;  -geo,2  ur si,  to 
coax  on,  to  harass,  to  harry;  I.,  plenty,  abundance;  ad  +  lacto  {A)\  -cer,ra,  crum 
lean;  nimis  quam,  mitum  q.  quantum,  an  idiom,  "it  is  terrible  how;''  -idus,  a,  um, 
drooping,  languid,  as  when  a  stiff  thing  gets  soaked;  an  exclamation  "for  the  crime  of 
it!"  I  ,  a  pocketbook. 

7.  -turn,  ii,  a  purse,  a  pouch,  for  coins;  even;  -cet,1  uit,  impers.,  it  be- 
hooves; ~meo*  ui,  to  be  swelling;  -ro,1  r.,  to  disembowel;  -nnio,*  r.,  to  ring,  the  sound- 
ing of  bells,  metals. 

8.  An  exclam.,  alas!  ro}  r.,  to  sigh;  -geo*  xi,  ctum,  to  mourn;  -us,  a,  urn,  a  later 
adj   for  egens. 

9.  At  the  least;  do*  didi,  ditum,  fr.  con  +  do,  to  put  away,  to  be  concealed, 
hidden;  nummos  modio  metiri,  =  to  measure  coins  by  the  bushel;  -Hor*  sus  sum,  to 
measure;  I.,  a  tear;  -or,4  ortus   sum,  to  start  to  flow. 

10.  A  very  frequent  exclamation,  "By  the  justness,  truthfulness,  of  the  Gods  and 
men!"  Deum,  for  De6rum;  fides,  ei,  f.,  accent  on  f/-,  Gen.  e  short  an  exception  of 
the  V.  deck,  though  poets  say:  fidei,  this  should  not  be  done  in  speech;  quotsum,  fr- 
quo  +  versum,  in  which  direction,  different  from  quo,  whither?,  and  qua,  which  way? 
—  Ambigo*—,  — ,  I  am  undecided. 

11.  Ut  sint  exiles,  scanty  though  they  be;  opes,  urn,  f.  wealth,  possessions;  -do* 
dhfitsum,  to  pour  fourth,  eff...  to  pour  out,  to  throw  away,  to  waste;  IV-,  m.,  not  used 
but  in  Abl.,  as  here,  by  the  bidding,  by  the  order;  Abl.  abs.  (with)  the  stomach  (being) 
the  judge,  -us,  i,  the  stomach;  -dex,  icis,  m.,  a  judge;  -urn,  i,  an  apple,  it  differs  from 
malum,  i,  the  evil,  bad,  by  the  quantity  of  a,  long,  in  the  latter,  short;  -dium,  ii,  the 
measuring  asunder,  disbursing  money,  expenditure,  Abl.;  to  fill  out;  to  satisfy. 


252 


parentum,  me  non  debere.  At  vero,  aeque  certo  constat,  stomacho 
iudice,  me  fame  urged;  eamque  posse  uno  alterove  malo,  vol  quolibet 
alio  fructu,  dispendio  paucorum  nummum  expleri  ac  satiari.  Quidnam, 
Hercle,  faciam? 

Pendens,12  itaque,  animi,  puer  cornu  vici  circumambulat,  iterum 
iterumque  consistit,  reputat  tenues  opes,  interea  ad  illecebras,  inops 
consilii  identidem  respectat:  utrum  satius  sit  nummos  comparcare,  ut 
iiissus  erat,  an  vero  guise  indulgere.  Yincit13  denique  cupido,  cedit  ac 
victa  iacetparsimonia,  atquepuer,  gula  incitatus  et  accensus  redambulat, 
ante  mensam  pomariam  se  sistit,  et  fructibus  omnis  intentus,  oculos 
inter  acervos  pomorum  quaquaversum  inhians,  avidus  circumferebat. 

Simul  ac  pomarius  adventorem  suum  conspicit,  propius  accedit, 
et  comiter14  eum  consalutat  atque, 

nHeus,  mi  puer,n  inquit,  "quidquamne  est  quod  velis?" 

"Sane,quidem,  virbone;multa  prorsus  sunt  quae  vellem,  nontamen 
satis  scio  quae  velim." 

"Ego,  certe,  satis  habeo  quod  vendam,  modo  tu  satis  argenti 
habeas,  quo  emas,"  respondet  ill!  pomarius. 


12.  Pendeofpependi,— ,  is  the  n.f  or  intrans.  form  of  pindo*  pependi,  pensum, 
to  hang  up,  to  put  on  scale,  to  weigh,  to  pay  out;  to  be  hanging,  P.  animi  Genii,  to 
be  of  drooping  mind,  sad,  despondent;  -nu,  us,  n.,  a  horn;  similar  protruding  things,  a 
house-  or  street-corner;  II.,  a  row  of  houses,  a  street,  a  village;  *sto*  stiti,  turn,  to  stop; 
thin,  scanty;  I.,  a  luring,  tempting  thing;  inops,  inopis,  meansless,  i.  consilii  to  be  at  a 
loss 'to  know  what  to  do;  adv.,  again  and  again;  -to,1  r.,  frequ.  to  look  back,  hence  re~ 
spectable,  one  worth  to  be  looked  back  upon  when  passing  us;  -co}  r.,  to  save  up;  J 
prop,  the  throat,  gulosus,  a,  urn,  one  "throaty,"  glutton,  living  for  his  gullet;  -geo*  st, 
urn,  to  overlook,  to  countenance,  to  ignore,  to  permit,  not  to  check,  or  protest,  w.  indirJ 

obj-  in  Dat. 

13.  -co?  vici,  ctum,  to  defeat,  to  overpower;  do,  inis,  f.,  a  craving  for  something, 
an  appetite  for,  a  longing;  and  personified,  the  little  son  of  Goddess  Venus,  w.  a  bow  and 
arrows,  setting  the  hearts  aflame;  -dots  cessi  ssum,  to  yield,  to  go,  to  give  up;  to,1  r-, 
to  stir, 'to  spur  on;  re  c/-ambulo,  I  walk  back;  sisto*  stiti,  stiturn,  trans,  and  n.  I  stop 
someone,  or  myself;  IV.,  m,  fruit;  -do*  di,  turn,  sum,  to  stretch,  to  wind  up,  to  draw 
tight  to  be  alert,  or  worked  up  mind,  omnis  intentus,  all  worked  up,  w.  mind  keenly 
set;  II.,  a  pile;  in  all  directions;  -hio,1  r.,  to  be  agap,  gaping;  -us,  a,  urn,  eager,  ra- 
venous. 

14.  Adv.  affably. 


253 


"At  ego  non  omne  peciilium  tuum  merctfri^  volo,  sed  exiguam 
partem,  nee  argento  ad  id  eareo." 

^"Age,  itaque,  s^lige^  quidquid  tibi  collubeat.  Dispice  totam  con- 
g^riem;  vide,  sis,  quam  praclar^istesintanaiiassaB,  hi  dactyli  fiei- 
que  saccharo  conditi;  ecce  eocossae,  mala  aurantium  fulva  &  flava 
citrea;  niices  iuglandes  &  ayelianae;  turn  contuere  recentia  mala 
rubiciinda,  viridia,  acidula  atque  diilcia;  sapidissima  pira  &  persica, 
armenica  tarn  suaviter  fragrantia;  turn,  ceine,  velim,  uyas  tenerrimas! 
fraga  selectissima,  aut  vero,  si  has  delitiae  minus  placent,  specta  sis 
arienas  tarn  flavas,  quam  rutilas." 

15.  -cor,1  atus  sum,  to  buy;  -reo*,  ui,  itum,  to  lack. 

16.  -go,*  ligi,  ledum,  to  pick  out,  and   lay  aside;  libet,  lubet  (u  as  in  German),  it 
pleases!  —  £>*spicio,3  spexi,   ctum,  to   look   about,  around;  -is,  Si,  f.,  con  +  gero,  a 
mass,  a  collection,  a  heap;  I.,  a.  sativa,  the  botanical  name  of  what  is   called   a   "pine 
apple;"  II.,  what  is  called  a  "date/'  the  same  word  meaning  also  the  Latin  "datum-"  II 
the  fruit  and  the  tree  of  the  -'fig,"  f.,  -urn,  i,  sugar;  -dio*  r.,  to  season;  I.,  nux  cocossa " 
also,  simply  cocus,    Hispanicized,    coco   (called  cocoa,  in  English,  by  mixing  it  up  with 
Portug.  cacao,  or  chocolate  beans,  faba  cacaoticce)  \  m.   aurantium,   botanically   Citrus 
Aurantium,  the  Latin  is  but  an  adaptation  of  the  Arabic  narandsh,  the  n  being   assimi- 
lated to  Ital.    and   French   una,  un   (n)   orandsh,    and   thus,  it  resembling  Lat  aurans 
aurantium  (-siom,  of  the  Fr.),  aurantium  came  into  use  as  Gen-  pi.,  all  the  more  since 
the  golden  yellow  (fulvus,  a,  urn)  color  fitted  the  term  admirably  well.  While  we  do  not 
change  the  Gen.  as  a  rule,  there  is  no  reason  why  aurans,   by  itself  could  not  be  used  at 
least  as  well  as  in  modern  tongues  orange,  and  German  pomeran^e,  in  which  the  "pom" 
stands  ioxpomum  (anyof  the  larger  fruits,  in  Fr.  also  for  potato,  pomme  de  terre,  pomum 
terra),  particularly  an  apple.  —  Flavus,  a,  urn,  yellow;  citreum,  ei,  the  fruit  of  citrus  i 
f.,  the  lemon  tree;  nux,  cis,  f.,  a  nut;  -ans,  dis,  f.  a  walnut  tree,  and  a  walnut  also 'by 
itself;  I.,  nux  understood,  a  hazlenut,    a   filbert;    -eor*  Urn  sum,  to  look  at  something- 
's, a,  urn,  reddish,  red;    -is,  e,  green  ;  -us,  a,  urn,  gently  sower;    -is,    e,  sweet;  -us 
a,  urn,  of  good  taste;  -urn,  i,  a  pear;  -urn,  i,  a  peach  (fr.  Fr.  pecker,  and  Germ.  Persisclu 
pfirsiche,  pfirsich),  fr.  Lat.  Persicus,  a,  urn,   from  Persia,  the  tree  usually,  of  most  fruits 
-us,  i,  f.,  the  fruit,  -urn,  i,  n.  —  Armenicum,  i,  {-us,  i,  f.,  the  tree)   the  fruit  apricot, 
(fr.  L.  apnean,  to  be  basking  in  the  sunshine);  -vis,  e,  sweet,    pleasant,  adv.;  -gro1  r. 
toemitfragrancy;  I.,  a  grape;  -ga,  drum,  pi.  n.,  strawberries;    -tice,   arum,  pi.  f.    fr' 
dehno*  levi,  litum,   to    sooth;    I.,  a  banana,   a  Roman  word;    -lus,   a,   urn,  'red- 
dish, red. 


254 


"Quanti17  constant  isthaec  mala?" 

"Pr&ia  malorum   plerumque  magnitvidine"  ac  specie  metimur; 
minuscula  dupondio  stant,  maiuscula  altero  tanto." 

"Quanti  uvae?"  ,  .,     ,.,  ...:<- 

"Uvas    ad    pondus"*   vendimus:  nigras  quidem  paullo   minows, 

17.  Quanti  constat?  is  the  regular  way  of  asking,  how  much  a  thing  costs.  Constat 

E^^^^^g^^J^^XZi  in  the  same 
End.  costs,  is  shortened  from  the  Oerm.  aiso   >w,  > 

Z.  Quantus,  a,  urn,  whenever  it  has  any   reference  to  value,  is  a  was  used I  m  Gen. ^n 
,-     u         w«c  minus  ,rf  nut  into  Gen.,  pluiis,  minons  constare,  stare,  adjs.    ma 
Zm£ZfZlZ7nif^  make  much  of  it,  1  value    highly.   Quanti  vstirna* 
0wmnUch0ryonbtnkitisworth?    how  highly   ^^rtT^l 

scholastics,  too,  have  used  them,  they  «  good  enougt ,  fon me.  ^  _  ^ 

i  sslNIr^^otpract^R  man  small  coJand  values,  regardless  whether 
i££  £  oart°fnoPt  in  season,  or  whether  they  ^£££££2. 
have  made  up  this  .11.  Section,  combining a  >*  ^^^V  precedi„g  two 
information,  easy  reading,  as  a  relaxation  after  the  ^^with  sLtth^g  the  prepo- 
<,.rtions  _  Metior  aliquid  aliqua  re,  1  measure  something  with  something,  v  v 
Sn  in  L.  is  left  out;  an  Abl.  of  this  kind  is  called  the  Abl.  of  Instrument.  -  Altera 
tanto,  "by  another  that  much,"  as  much  more,  i.  e.  4  asses,  expression  be- 

19   lid  pondus  vendimus,   we  sell  by  the  weight;  we  have  us e this exp  ess 
fore:     ad  ca.iam  pingere,  or  scribere;"  Pondus  ensn    weigh    whe _/^   «  - 

Sec  lb,  whence  Germ.  0ta*  Engl.  ^\t  h  nder  to  £  d  n  hUJ  m  check,  to 
m.,  20  asses;  ■**,■  *,  ««*».  (P™  +  habeo),  to  hmd er  to  ho  dm  ha    ,  ^  ,. 

forbid;  qudmims  (quo  +  nunus),  one  word,  wh en J  conJunctl°  /roHI,  n0. 

when  separated,  it  changes  meaning,  and  bears  ^.^f^Z^ldh.  it  means, 
thing  hinders  us  from,  or  that  not,  when  ^  ™^^Tn,  bunch,  a  cluster 
hy  which  less:  as  a  conj  ,  it  always  governs  the  ve.b  in  Com.  . 

of  grapes;  quinquessis,  is,  m.,  quinque  asses;  Abl.  s.  i.  e.,  at  the  rate  at. 


255 

aibas  pluris,  scilicet  vicessibus;  nihil  tamen  prohibet,  quominus  et 
raceiiium  quinquesse,  emas/' 

"Uvas  tuas  nimis  caras20  esse  puto:  quasi  acinos  singulos  sem~ 
bellis  vendites." 

"Pretia,  mi  puer,  magnarii21  statuunt,  nos  minutularii,  obsequimur." 

"Si  caetera  eadem  proportione22  vendas,  singulas  avellanse  quin- 
cunce,  deunce  iuglandes  apud  te  venibunt." 

"Non  vendo  singulas,  sed  heminis,23  dupondio." 

"Quemadmodum  baccas?"24 

"Neutiquam;25  rubos,  mora,  ribes?  casterasque,  suis  quasque 
temporibus,  quasillis,  sextarios  complectentibus,  deciissibus  ven- 
ditamus." 

"Nisi  aequo  pluris  constent,  malum  aurantium  emere  mallem/'26 

20.  -«s,  a,  urn,  fr.  c&reo?  uit  to  lack,  dear,  expensive;  different  from  chorus  %  a,  um1 
dear,  agreeable,  pleasant,  which  is  the  Gr,  chan\omai,  fr.  charts,  favor,  grace,  whence 
L  chdritas,  tatis,  f.,  love,  Fr.  charite,  cher,  and  Eng.  chanty,  cheer;  which  all,  of  course, 
philologists  will  not  admit,  and  make  both  of  them  cams,  a,  nm;  we  keep  to  tradition. 
—  Acinus,  i,  single  berries  of  the  grape;  I.,  semi  libella;  to,1  \\,  frequ.  of 
vendo,  often  w-  the  additional  imputation  of  hawking,  peddling,  but  not  neces- 
sarily. 

21.  -ws,  H,  a  wholesaler;  -us,  ii,  a  retailer;  -quor?  cuius  sum,  to  follow  suit. 

22.  -to,  nis,  ratio,  proportion;  deunx,  cis,  m.,  and  quincunx,  cis,  m.,  the  as  was 
divided  into  twelve  uncice,  five  of  them  were  quincunx,  which  word  was  also  used  in  land 
measure,  planting  trees,  &c;  if  we  take  off  one  uncia  from  an  as,  the  remaining  ll|l2ths 
are  called  deunx.  —  Veneo?  ii,  ivi,  itum,  fr.  venus,  lis,  a  sale,  selling,  +  eo?  ivi,  Hum, 
=  venum  eo,  to  be  offered  for  sale,  "it  sells." 

23.  I.,  a  measure  for  liquids  and  grains,  'A  of  a  sextarius,  which  is  yUh  of  a  mo- 
dius,  therefore,  about  half  a  pint. 

24.  I.,  a  berry, 

25.  Adv.  not  so,  not  quite;  II.,  blackberry,  and  bush;  -urn,  i,  (tree,  or  bush  -us,  i, 
f.)  mulberry,  here  m.  Idceum,  raspberry  is  meant;  ribes  rubrum,  also  album,  is  the  cur- 
rant (and  this  is  Corinthiacum) ;  r.  grossularium  (the  Linnsean  botanical  names)  is  the 
goosberry;  us,  and  -urn  i,  dimin.  of  qualum,  i,  -us,  i,  a  basket,  a  fruit-hamper,  a  wicker 
basket,  market-basket;  -us,  ii,  about  a  pint,  two  heminae;  -tor*  xus  sum,  to  embrace, 
to  contain;  -is,  is,  m.,  decern  asses. 

26.  One  of  the  three  verbs:  volo,  velle,  volui,  I  do  will;  nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  I  do  not 
ml;  malo,  malle,  malui  (magis  volo),  I  rather  will,  I    refer,  Imperf.  Coni. 


256 


"Pdteris  c6mmode,^  vili  enim  stant,  nempe  tressibus  minus- 
cula,  ilia  maiuscula  quinquessibus,  duodena  vero  selecta  semicentussi. 
"Quanti  sestimas  persica?"  , 

"Persica,  dum  perddrant"  semper  in  pretio  sunt;  sed  quum  faci  e 
fracdscant,  vili6ri  etiam  pretio  subinde  venduntur.  Alioquin »  staDili 
pretio,  bicessibus,  selectiora  tricessibus  mna,  commun.a  hbella,  dupon- 
dio,  sesquitertio,  sesquiquarto  etiam  singula  offerings.  Corbibus  quo- 
que  veneunt  centussi  cum  dodrante,  et  bicentussi." 

"At  tu  mihi  ceteris  propolis,30  carioris  venditare  videns. 

27.  Adv.,  comfortably,  easily,  at  pleasure;  adv.,  cheaply,  fr.  vilis  e,  cheap,  or 
cheap  kind;  tressis,  is,  tres  asses;  duodeni,  ce,  a,  twelve;  as  many  as  twelve,  whence  Fr. 
douraine,  thence  Eng.  do^en. 

28  -ro  »  r  ,  fr.  duro}  r.,  to  last,  while  they  last,   as  Ions  as  they  last,  fr.  durus    a 
urn,  h.rd,  for,  when  fruit  begins  to  become  soft,   it   rots;    in  pretio  est,   ,s   valued,   .t 
commands  a  good  price;  -sco?  -,  -,  to  become  spoiled,  to  rot. 

29  Adv. ,  otherwise,  else;  -is,  e,  regular,  standing,  stable;  -is,  «.  m.  20c;  -is,  is, 
m  30  ;  -ni,  *.  a,  as  many  as  six,  six;  -*.  a,  urn,  2«,  i.  e  two  asses  and  one  hah  o 
The 'fti  d,  which  is  one  sestertius,  which  is  but  the  contracted  form  for  ,t;  £  three -« 
and  one  quarter  of  the  fourth;  this  form  can  be  continued  r,  sesqu  qumtus,  ,  urn  s^ 
stxtus,  a,  urn,  &c,  the  number  sex,  septem,  octo,  &c  mean  he  fraction  to  be  added  to 
the  integral  expressed  by  sesqui,  so  that  sesqui  quintus  will  be  4|,  sesqu,  sextus,  5*.  &c 
Corbis,  is,  m .  &  f-  a  basket;  -is,  is,  m-,  200c,   =  $2.00. 

30.  1.  m.  a  small  retail  merchant,  a  peddler. 

31    Minim  gentium,  not  in  the  least,  Miriam  gentium,  ubinam  terrarum,   are  th 

original's  of  exclamations,  like,  "Where  on  earth?"  "Where  in  the  wor  d?    -  Nonn* 

prlterit,  it  does  not  pass  me,  =  I  am  well  aware;  1,  mostly  : spelled  S^ «ra    a   kmd  of 

'East  Side  "  or  "Bowery,"  in  Rome,  etymology  uncertain,  likely  sub  +  urbe,   abb.eva 

ted    'SVC",  whence  Varro  thinks  it  to  be   derived  "a  Sucus.no,"   but  the  C  was 

changed  to  B  (but,  of  course,  the  German  philologist  turns  it  around,  mak.ng  Varro  say 

So^what  he  really  did  say).      -   Semis,   issis,   m.,  we  have :   used. thready  as 

"half"  as  "semicirculus,"  "semicentussis,"  but  ongmally  it  means  .  semi  as   -us  it 

TL  unci"  I  of  an  as,  a  trifle;  *,  fr.  dis,   asunder,  in  all  directions  to  sel    about 

1  oadcasf  "say  1";  infitias  ire,  fr.  infitice,  arum,  (fr.  in  +  fateor,  non  fateor  d.ffiteor, 

Jo,'  usedin  Ace  only,  because  eo,  a  verb  of  motion,   toward  an  en ;    winch, ;  an 

Ace  .  as  is  the  case  with  a  supinum;  1  shall  not  deny,  gainsay;    -«s    a    »  ',   wdhe,  d 

.us  a  urn,  decaying,  rank,  stinking,  whence  rancor,  ts,  m„  foul  smell.-.'-,  a,  urn,  small. 

,Wn   mean;  Tus^um,  p.  p.  of  vUo?  crooked,   bent,  shrunk,   shrivelled   (whence  Fr. 


257 

"Minime  quidem  gentium,31  Non  me  prasterit  quosdam  esse  po- 
marios,  praesertim  in  subiirra,  qui  merces  suas  semisse,  vel  tenia* 
cio,  vilioris  divenditent;  hoc,  inquam,  infitias  non  ibo,  verum  fructus 
quoque  eorum  marcidi,  raneidi,  y^sci  ac  vieti  sunt;  quos  si  ullo 
pretio  vendant,  me  plus  lucri  faciunt" 

"Quisque  mercator  suas  laudat  merces." 

"Et  recte,  profecto!  An  vis  ut  vitiiperent?"32 

"Ex  aequo  deberent  aestimare.33  Sed  quid  multa?  Haec  nihil  ad  rem. 
Tempus  rterea  dum  hie  disputamus,  labitur.  Fac  potius,  porrige 
mihi  unum  e  flavis  malis  aurantium.  Nam  ilia  fiilva,  seminum  exper- 
tia,  cum  umbilicis,  utpote  spuria,  nolo;  insuper,  da  mihi  etiam  unum 
e  languidius  rubentibus  et  acidulis  malis:  ea  mihi  pr6be  sapiunt;  dul- 
cia  non  moror.  —  Sic;  factum  bene;  me  satis  bene  emisse34  autumo; 
debeo  autem  tibi  deciisses,  quos,  en  tene!" 

vieux  old),  hence,  vietor  (philologized  into  vitor  because  in  Germ  the  e  does  not  sound), 
is,  a  '* bender,"  a  binder,  a  cooper,  a  frequent  Latinized  family  name  with  the  Germans 
for  ''Binder." 

32.  -ro^x.y  to  blame. 

33.  Ex  xquo  xstimare,    to   value   a   thing  according  to  its  merit;  but  why  should 
we  say  more?  in  short;  these  matters  are  neither  here  nor  there,  do  not  belong  to  the 

thing;  they  do  not  alter. to}  r.,  dis  +  puto,  to  be  of  different   views,  to  dissent,  to 

differ  w.  somebody;  t.  labitur,  time  slips,  slides.  —  -go*  rrexi,  rectum,  to  reach  out, 
over,  hither,  "rather"  hand  to  me:  -men,  inisy  n.,  a  seed;  expers,  tis,  fr.  ex  +  pars,  that 
has  no  share,  is  not  participant,  that  has  no...  w.  Gen.  has  no  seed,  seedless;  II.,  a  navel; 
4us,  a,  urn,  frequent  as  Roman  family  name,  as  a  word  not  used,  excepting  by  the  Ro- 
man lawyers,  an  illegitimate  child,  false,  illegitimate,  something  bogus,  adulterated, 
spurious;  probe,  rightly,  properly,  much,  well;  -pio,3  hi,  it,  ui\  to  taste,  taste  well,  has 
a  good  taste;  transferred  to  moral  good  taste,  to  have  a  good,  sober  sense,  mind,  to  be 
wise,  sapiens,  entis,  one  having  a  good,  common  sense,  a  man  of  good  taste;  non  sapis, 
you  have  no  good  sense;  sapisne?  are  you  at  your  senses?  sapere  aude  (Hor.)  dare  know, 
dare  bt  wise!  the  opposite,  insipidus,  a,  urn,  tasteless,  of  food,  and  of  talk;  non  moror, 
nihil  moror,  \  have  no  use  for  a  thing  "nihil  morot  tuam  f elicit atem  servitute  emptam^" 
says  the  hungry  and  shivering  wolf  to  the  well-fed  city  dog,  with  the  hair  worn  around 
his  neck,  by  wearing  a  collar,  and  being  tied  up  during  the  day:  "I  have  no  use  for  your 
happiness,  bought  at  the  price  of  slavery." 

34.  Bene  'emere,  to  buy  advantageously;  male  emere,  to  buy  at  an  unfair,  excessive 
rate;  -mo,1  r.,f v.  aio,   to  say,   so  in   older   usage,   in  class,  and  later  application,  puta 


258 


Gratias  tibi,  herule35  mi,  habeo  agoque  pliirimas.  Dedi  tibi  quae 
habui  optima,  ideoque  vili  emistiL  Casterum,  veni  et  alias  saepius,  nun- 
quam  falleris.  Multum  vale!" 


Postero  die,  quum  iam  nee36  mala  supererant,  et  decusses  expen- 
si,  puerum  sero  guise  p  jenituit 

Kecensio:  —  Quare  sunt  pueri  pleriimque  egentes?  —  Quid  in- 
super  delectat  pueros?  —  Quid  praesertim  allectat  pueros?  —  Narra  sis 
quid  quondam  puero  cuidam  contigerit?  —  Quomodo  puer  hie  con- 
queritur?37  —  Quid  ambigebat?  —  Quae  praecepta38  in  animo  eius 

cogito,   existimo,    arbitror;  -beo,2  ui,   itum,  in  its  first    meaning,    I  owe;    here  they 

are !  hold ! 

35.  -us,  i,  dimin.  of  herus,  a  master,  little  Mr.;  gr.  habeo  et  ago,  1  feel  thankful, 
and  I  give  you  thanks;  the  best  I  had;  hast  bought  cheaply;  come  at  another  time,  alias., 
adv.,  at  another  time,  also  otherwise;  repeatedly,  more  frequently,  oftener;  fallor?  falsM 
sum,  active;  fallo*  fefelli, ) 'ahum,  to  deceive,  to  trick,  to  cheat;  passive:  I  mistake.  1 
delude  myself  1  deceive  myself,  here  in  Fut.  as  shown  by  the  accent,  in  pres.  Indie,  it  is 
falleris,  accent  on  a.  —  Fare  well  much! 

36.  Nee  —  et,  contrast  is  often  expressed  in  this  manner;  neither  have  the  apples 
remained,  —  and  the  money,  too,  was  spent,  -do?  di,  sum,  as  already  stated,  to  wei^h 
out,  to  spend,  expend;  puerum  sero  panituit,  (it)  has  repented  the  boy  too  late;  the  boy 
regretted  too  late.  We  shall  see  this  peculiar  construction  soon.  A  few  L.  words  retain 
their  old  spellings  w.  a,  an  eyesore  to  philologists,  and  they  do  not  know  just  what  to 
do  about  the  thing,  such  as  rruznia,  fo?mina,  f^tus,  pom^rium,  Pami,  &c,  so  they  spite- 
fully change  them  partly  to  ce,  and  this  is  tie  most  frequent,  partly  to  e,  and  say  .that 
the  ce  is  wrong,  the  other  is  right  The  truth  is  this:  the  <*,  just  as  it  still  is  in  Dutches 
equivalent  tow,  as  the  originals  clearly  show,  as:  poena,  pwnio,  p^nitet  pumt;  mania, 
mania,  munire;  pom^rium,  post  murium,  &c;  and  by  the  same  lack  of  knowledge- 
and  judgment  they  make  ob^dio,  from  obedio,  just  to  be  contrary. 

37  .ror*questus  sum,  dep-,  also,  simply,  queror*  questus  sum,  the  e  is  short  and 
unaccented,  in  the  first,  accent  on  b,  to  complain,  different  from  quaro*  quaxtvt,  quo- 
tum (in  polite  language,  like  Engl,  "pray,"   the  form  quceso  is  used,  as  in  our   text),  to 

cpplc     \f\  nsk 

38.  -turn,  i,  originally  the  pp.  of  pmcipio*  cepi,  ptum,   to   order,    command,  bid, 

instruct  teach,  hence  the  noun,    a   command,    an   order,  a  rule  of  action,  prescribed  by 

some  authority,  a  rule  of  grammar,  or  other  learning;  he  who  teaches,  lays  down  rules 


i 


259 

secum  pugnabant?  —  Pendens  animi,  quid  agebat?  —  Postremo  quid 
vicit?  et  quid  fit?  —  Quid  pomarius?  —  Quid  puellus  volebat?  —  Quid 
siuidet?39  —  Enumera  aliquot  genera  fructuum!  —  Interroga  pretium! 
—  Uvas  acinisne  pomarius  vendit?  —  Si  venditor  nimium  postulate 
quid  dicimus  de  pretio?  —  quid  si  aequum,  aut  parum?  —  Baccas  qua 
mcnsura  et  quanti  solent  vendere?  —  Malane  an  baccae  piiiris  vene- 
unt?  —  De  persicis  quid  docetur.  —  Fructus  propolarum  in  suburra 
quales  solent  esse?  —  Post  multa  verba  quid  emit  puer?  —  Mala  au- 
rantium  fulva  quare  respuit  puer?  —  Carone  an  ^quo  pretio  se  emisse 
existimavit?  —  Num  etiam  p6stero  die  eadem  mens  puero  fuit?  —  si 
non,  quare? 

is  a  preceptor;  secum  pugnat,  a  thing  in  contradiction  with  itself,  things  that  do  not 
agree,  that  cannot  be  brought  into  harmony  (in  our  example  the  parents  bid  one  thing, 
[he  stomach  suggests  another). 

39.  deo*  st,  sum,  to  give  an  advice,  to  make  a  recommendation,  to  suggest,  to  offer 
some  solution  of  a  difficulty. 

40.  -lo}  r.,  to  have  a  good  will  for,  good  feeling,  good  wish,  then:  to  ask,  to  put  in 
a  claim,  to  demand. 

41.  I  ,  a  measure  of  all  kinds,  whether  of  liquids,  grain,  or  dry,  land,  or  distance 
)r  weight. 

42.  RSspuo*  uiy  —  fr.  re  +  spuo*  spui,  sputum,  to  spit;  to  spit  backward  upon 
)r  toward  a  thing  that  we  despise,  and,  therefore,  we  do  not  want;  figuratively,  to  de- 
fine, to  refuse,  reject,  repell.  —  Est  mihi,  =  habeo,  puero  fuit  mens,  =  puer  habuit 
nentem,  eandem  mentem,  <(was  the  boy  of  the  same  mind  next  day?" 


260 


VOCABULARIUM  24, 


frugrilitas,  Itis,  f. 
bellSria,  orum,  n. 
fragrlntia,  ae 
obtiitus,  us,  m. 
appc'^ntia,  ae 
bland  irruntum    i 
disc;  imcn,  ini.->,  n. 
fames,  is  f. 

scelus,  eris,  n, 

crumena,  ae 

mars  pium,  ii 

llcryma,  « 

fides,  ei,  f. 

iussus,  us,  m. 

sttfmachus,  i. 

iudex,  icis,  m. 

fructus,  us  m. 

milum,  i 


fam£licus,  a,  um 
cupedinlrius,  a,  um 
pomlrius,  a,  um 
aequus,  a    um 
delectltilis,  e 
dfi'icax,  cis 
micer,  era,  um 
fllccidus,  a,  um 


disp£ndium.  ii 
cornu,  us  n. 
vicus,  i 
illdcebra,  ae 
srula,  ae 

cupido.  inis,  f. 
contraries,  ei,  f. 
ananlssa.  ae 
daxtylus,  i 
ficus,  i,  f. 
siccharum,  i 

cocoss.i.  ae 

malum,  i  aurantium 

citreum.  i 

nux,  cis,  f. 

iu^lans,  dis,  f. 

avelUna,  ae 

pirum.  i 


eij£nus,  a,  um 
exi.is,  e 
inops,  pis 
aVidus,  a,  um 
fulvus,  a.  um 
f  la-,  us,  a,  um 
slpidus,  a,  um 
rubicun^us,  a,  um 


6geo,2  ui 
delectat.1  vit 
pr6digo,3  £gi,  actum 
praetSreo2,  ivi,  itum 
lacto/r- 

renitor.3  nisus  sum 
obluctor,1  atus  sum 
urgeo  2  ursi 
d£cet,2  uit 
tumeo,2 
ex&itero,1  r. 
tinnio,4  r. 
suspiro,1  r. 
liigeo,2xi   ctum 
condo,3didi,  turn 
m£tior,4  mensus  sum 


ADVhRBIA. 


c  Jmiter 

sane 

certe 

modo 

scilicet 

quasi 

n.utiquam 

cdmmode 


ob6rior,4  tus  sum 
dmbigo,3 

prof  undo,3  fudi,  sum 
satior,1  atus  sum 
pendeo.2  p£pendi 
consisto,3  stiti,  turn 
indulgeo.2  si,  turn 
vinco,3  vici,  ctum 
cedo,3  cessi  sum 
inhio,1  r. 
mercor,1  atus  sum 
careo.2  ui,  itum 
seligo,3  I6gi,  lectum 
c611ubet,2buit,  bitum 
est 
condio,4  r. 


vili 

potius 

insuper 

sero 

nimis  quam 

quorsum 

certo 

pro  certo 

id£ntid«m 


NNA.  SUBST. 

pdrsicum,  i 
arme'nicum.  i 
uva,  ai 
frag-a,  o  um 
delitiae,  arum 
arie'na,  ae 
pre'tium,  ii 
dupondius,  ii 
pondus,  cris,  n, 
biedssis,  is,  m. 
rac^mui.  i. 
qui:.auessi  ,  is,  m. 

acinus,  i 

sembeTia,  ae 

mag-nlrius,  ii 

minutulSiius,  ii 

propdrtio,  nis,  f. 

deunx,  cis,  m. 

NNA.  ADI. 

vlridis,  e 
acidulus,  a,  um 
rutilus,  a,  um 
carus.a.um 
vilis,  e 
stlbilis,  e 
seni,  ae,  a 
sesquitdrtius,  a,  um 

VERBA 

contueor,2  tuitus 


quincunx,  cis,  m. 

hemina,  ae 

bacca,  ae 

rubus,  i 

morum,  i 

ribes,  is 

quasillus,  i 

deciissis,  is,  m. 

trice"ssis,  is,  m. 

corbis,  is,  m.  f. 

.  piopola,  ae,  m. 
suburra,  ae 
sems,  i  sis,  m. 
teriincius,  ii 
umbilicus,  1 
he"rulus,  i 
praeceptum,  i 
mensu-a,  ae 


marcidus,  a,  um 
rSncidus,  a,  um 
vescus,  a,  um 
virtus,  a,  um 
e"xpers,  tis 
spurius  a,  um 
p<5sterus,  a,  um 


sum 
fragro,1  r. 
specto,1  r. 

consto,1  stiti.  statum 
prohibeo,2  ui,  itum 
v^ndito,1  r. 
6bsequor,8  cutus  sum 
v£neo,4  ivi,  itum 
complector,3  xus  sum 
aestimo,1  r. 
perdu  ro,1  r. 
fracesco.3 

praeterit,4  vit,  turn  est 
laudo,1  r- 
vitupero,1  r. 


quaquavdrsum 

simul  sc 

recte, 

profecto 

probe 

llias 

postre"mo 

EXCLAMAT10NES 
pr6  scelus 


disputo.1  r. 
porrigo,3  rexi.etum 
rubeo,2 

sapio,3  ivi,  ii,  ui 
moror,1  atus  sum 
autumo,1  r. 
fallor,3  falsus  sum 
exp£ndo,3  di,  sum 
poenitet,2  uit 
co  aquerdr,3  questus 
sum 
pugno,1  r. 
sua^deo,2  si,  sum 
postulo,1  r. 
r£spuo,3  ui 
eo  infitias 


eheu 

pr6  f idem 

Hercle 

age 

tea 

fac 

CO  IVNCTIO 
qu6minus 
utpote 


261 


PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATIC/E 

NOMINA  NVMERALIA. 

114.  The  Nomina  Adiectiva  Numeralia  can  be  classified  into  the  following  six 
groups: 

1.  Numeralia  Cardinalia 

2.  Numeralia  Ordinalia 

3.  Numeralia  Distributiva 

4.  Numeralia  Multiplicativa 

5.  Numeralia  Proportionalia 

6.  Numeralia  Adverbia. 

In  this  lesson  we  are  considering  the  Cardinalia,  so  called  from  cardo,  inis,  m  ,  a 
hinge,  or  pivot,  upon  which  a  door,  or  other  things  turn:  because  all  other  numer- 
als turn  on  these,  i.  c,  are  formed  from  them. 

115.  The  numerals  are  adjectives,  excepting  the  last  kind,  commonly  of  the  -us,  a, 
urn  group,  usually  emphatic,  preceding  the  noun  to  be  qualified,  if  not,  they  hold  some 
other  place. 

116.  When  no  object  is  to  be  qualified,  as  in  reckoning,  the  neuter  form  is  used, 
though  Boethius  uses  the  masculine,  w.  numerus  understood. 

117.  In  colloquial  language,  in  the  decades  from  20  to  100,  the  simpler  form  is 
used:  viginti  unum,  v.  duo,  v.  tria,  in  more  formal  language  we  say:  unum  €r  viginti 
duo  &  viginti,  tria  et  viginti,  etc,  which  is  followed  by  the  Germans,  and,  partly  in 
English. 

118.  The  numerals  18,  19,  28,  29,  etc,  colloquially  are  octodecim,  novemdecim, 
viginti  octo,  viginti  novem;  in  the  other  style:  duodeviginti,  undeviginti,  d  lodetriginta', 
undetriginta,  etc,  i.  e-,  by  subtraction:  two  from  twenty,  one-from  twenty,  etc. 

119.  Of  the  Cardinal  Numerals  only  the  first  there,  unus%  a,  urn,  duo,  ce,  o,  ires, 
1'i<h  are  declined;  all  others,  up  to  200,  take  no  endings  of  any  kind,  but  they  all 
demand  a  plural  number  of  what  they  qualify,  as:  decern  viri,  quaiuor  manus,  viginti 
P*eri,  octo puellcz,  centum  arbores.  From  200  up,  they  are  adjectives  of  the  lid,  in-ws- 
at  urn,  but  in  pi.,  as.:  ducenti,  ce,  a. 

120.  Centum  is  an  indeclinable  adjective,  as:  centum  homines,  centum  e quorum, 
centum  lapidibus;  when  compounded,  it  drops  its  urn  ending,  and  takes  an-*',  or-u 
(German  u)  in  its  place,  as:  centimanus,  centupondium. 


262 


121.  Milk,  indecl.  in  sing.,  millia,  n.  noun  in  pi. 

a  Etymon.  One  of  the  fads  and  puerilities  of  German  philology  copied  and  spread 
by  unlearned,  and  imitative  "classical  scholars"  throughout  the  world  is,  the  Sanscrit 
origin  of  Latin  words-  There  was  a  time,  when  Hebrew  was  the  fad.  Whilst  1  do  not 
wish  to  question  an  Adam  and  Eve  relationship  between  the  languages  of  Hindustan,  and 
the  rest  of  the  so  called  Aryan  tongues,  the  immediate  origin  of  individual  Latin  words 
must  be  sought  in  Italy,  and  the  adjacent  countries.  After  the  Greek,  it  should  be  the 
Etruscan  and  next  the  Shemitic  languages,  partly  the  Phoenician,  partly  its  sister  the 
Punic, or  Carthaginian,  and  Arabic,  and  through  the  Etruscan,  also  the  Turanian  lan- 
guages must  come  into  consideration. 

Milk  is  one  of  these  words,  thoroughly  Shemitic,  received  by  the  Latins  either 
from  Etruria,  or  from  the  Phoenicians  directly.  The  Chaldaic  root  is  K<?D  »■ la,  ffa, 
ml'e,  to  fill,  to  fill  up,  fill  out  to  complete;  *B,  mile  and  melej,  -full;  m  1 1,  *^D 
mam,  v&D,  milluj,  fullness,  plenitude.  The  Hebrew  root  is  Wm,  mala,  to  fill;  in  P.el, 
K<7D  milk,  to  make  full,  to  fill.  Now  milk,  is  the  fullest  term,  and  the  fullest  number, 
there  is  no  term,  in  any  language,  excepting  such  as  is  formed  from  mile ,  to  express  a 
higher  numeral,  all  else  is  but  a  compound  of  the  quantity  expressed,  and  the  word,  by 
which  it  is  expressed,  wherefore,  it  is  "fullness." 

b  Ratio  Scribendi  —  Compilers  of  grammars,  always  from  German  sources,  con- 
tend, that  milk,  is  spelled  by  U,  in  singular,  but  with  one  /  in  plural.  This  assertion 
rests  on  the  authority  of  Cledonius,  contradicted  by  Cassiodorus  (see  Exer.  Legend.). 
The  fa-t  is,  that  Latin  spelling  in  detail  was  never  systematized,  and  the  only  guiding 
principle  is  tradition,  and  usage,  as  coming  down  to  us  through  the  long  consistent,  as 
we  read  on  them  milk,  meilk,  meik,  millia,  meillia,  meiha;  so  the  contention  rests  on 
nothing.  As  the  Hebrew  original  is  "dagessatunv"  the  rational  inference  must  be,  that, 
whether  singular  or  plural,  the  double  1  must  be  reserved. 

c  Usus,  _  Milk,  primarily,  is  an  adjective  in  singular,  but  it  is  also  used  as  a 
noun  by  the  best  authors;  whilst  in  the  plural  it  is  always  a  noun;  therefore,  we  can 
<av  in  sing  •  milk  homines,  milk  passus,  used  as  an  adjective;  but  also  mibe  equitww, 
homing  passus,  as  does,  Cesar,  and  others,  putting  the  qualified  noun  into  Genitive, 
showing  that  mille,  in  sing.,  is  a  noun.  In  pi-  always  governs  Gen.,  like  any  other  noun, 
as- duo  millia  homing;  millia  passu«»  quinque.  However,  if  millia,  is  followed  by  a 
declinable  numeral  adjective,  the  object,  if  placed  after  the  numerals  will  take  the  same 
case  as  the  numerals,  as:  duo  millia  quadringenti  homines;  but  if  the  noun  to  be  quah 
fied  stands  before,  the  rule  will  be  followed,  i.  e„  Genitive  is  used:  homing  duo  null* 
quadringenti- 


20 


263 

I.  NOTJE  NVMERORVM  APVD  ROMANOS. 

(While  the  following  pages  are  not  grammar,  as  the  term  is  now  understood,  the 
subjects  here    treated    are  far  more  important  for  the  understanding  of  Roman  daily 
and  business  life,  and  actualities  upon  which  all  Roman  written  text,  therefore  their,  and 
our  own  civilization  rest,  than  anything  grammars  teach.  I  am  convinced  that  no  one 
ignorant  of  Roman  reckoning,  measures,  money,  etc.,  can  understand  Roman  texts,  so 
as  to  give  an  intelligible  account  of  what  one  has  read,  be  it  Cicero,  Csesar,  be  it  Plinius, 
Livius,  Varro;  or  even  the  poets.  Therefore,  in  as  concise  a  manner  as  I  could,  I  give  an 
account  of  the  Roman  method  of  reckoning,   and  its  means,  and  of  the  transition  from 
Roman  to  Arabic  notation,  like  a  bridge  between  Roman  civilization   and   our  own. 
Teachers  and  students  should  use  their  discretion  about  its  study.) 

On  pag.  234,  cols.  2  and  4,  are  exhibited  all  the  figures  and  marks  of  the  ordinary 
Roman  numerals,  and  the  monograms  of  large  numbers,  while  column  3  expresses  some 
in  words,  aided  by  the  text  and  foot  notes. 

T.  Livius  Patavinus  explains  (VII.  3.),  how  the  religious  authorities  of  Rome  have 
adopted  from  the  Etruscans  the  method  of  keeping  chronological  records,  by  driving  a 
nail  into  the  wall  of  the  temple  of  Jupiter ,on  the  side  on  which  stood  the  temple  of  Minerva, 
ldibus  Septembris,  one  each  year,  continued  latei  in  the  temple  of  Minerva.  A  row  of  these 
nails  then  was  chronology,  or  dates,  counted,  just  like  the  fingers  in  every  day  reckon- 
ing, both  representing  upright  strokes.  As,  however,  each  hand  has  but  four  fingers  after 
which  comes  a  kind  Of  valley,  the  thumb  forming  its  other  ascent,  forming  a  V  shape 
this  sign  was  adopted  to  denote  five,  instead  of  five  strokes,  and  there  being  two  of  them 
on  two  hands,  they  put  together  inverted,  V  forming  the  shape  of  an  X,  this  letter  received 
the  function  of  denoting  ten,  the  fingers,  digiti,  filling  out  the  intervals.  The  C  of  cen- 
tum has  furnished  a  mark  of  one  hundred,  miDe  furnished  QQ  ,  for  a  thousand,  half 

of  that  i.e.  [J  supplied  500,  and  the  central  stub  thereof,  just  marked  below,  came 
to  mean  one  tenth  of  the  parent  figure,  i.  e.  So.  An  overdone  CO  gave  birth  to  OQ  ,  and 
an  additional  leg  added  on  either  side  of  CO,  multiplied  it  just  as  it  did    [3   ■    ^    such 

figures  are  not  present  in  printing  shops   M,  D  and  L  have  been  used  instead. 

On  Roman  marbles  the  central  stub  of  emm  has  the  shape  of  an  anchor,  with  as 
many  arms  reaching  up  half  way,  on  the  same  level,  as  the  multiples  of  the  M  may  call 
for,  as  10,000,  100,000  &c,  and  if  they   are  on  the  right  side  alone,  then  they  are  the 


264 

multiples  of  D.  When  D  is  used,  there  is  always  a  little  hyphen  in  the  inner  space,  indi- 
cating that  it  is  not  a  letter,  but  a  numeral. 

The  first  figure,  col.  4,  VCIO  means  5  M,  just  as  IOO,  or  V  alone,  =  5,000,  be- 
cause CIO  stands  for  one  CO  ,  or  M^preceded  by  a  V,  therefore  5  M  =  5,000. 

In  the  next  line  CCOO  means  M,  the  two  CO  shapes  are  two  more  legs,  multi- 
plying m  ten  times,  which  can  be  expressed  also  by  X  =  10,000. 

The  figure  in  the  3d  line  is  the  stub  of  an  old  m,  the  reversed  shape  of  an  anchor, 
with  one  arm  right  and  left,  multiplying  it  100x100  times  =  50,000.  Beneath  it  D  itself 
is  so  multiplied,  only  not  by  100x100,  but  by  10x10,  this  being  the  tenfold  of  the  one  in 
the  first  line.  Both  these  figures  =  one  anchor,  L  x  1,000  =  50,000. 

In  the  4th  group  we  have  the  same  double-legged  ancient  M  as  in  the  2d  line,  with 
one  bigger  C  on  the  left  added,  multiplying  10,000  by  itself  =  100,000.  Below  this  the 
inverted  anchor  of  the  preceding  group  is  repeated  with  4  arms  equalling  a  giant  ancient 
M  of  six  legs,  of  which  the  inner  ones  do  not  count,  because  they  make  the  M,  the  re- 
maining 4  make  it  the  ten  fold  of  the  one  in  line  2,  i.  c,  100,000,  that  can  be  also  ex- 
pressed by  C. 

The  5th  group  reads:  DM,  LCM,  or  Q  x  100,000_=  quingenta  miiha  or  U  x  1.00U 

or  L  x  centum  millia,  or  Q,  quingenta,  x  100,000  =  D- 

The  last  line  means  an  ancient  M  x  1,000  =  1,000,000  MxM. 

Ol  IP 

II.  RATIO  ABACI. 

Whilst  Roman  numerals  are  not  adapted  to  our  present  Indo- Arabian  system  of 
Arithmetic  and  Mathematics,  we  must  not  infer  that  the  Romans  were  helpless  in  this 
respect  Th  it  they  did  attain  their  ends  by  other,  often  much  simpler  ways,  their  colossal 
architecture  alone  is  a  sufficient  evidence.  Certain  it  is,  that  their  elementary  arithmetic- 
al calculations  were  simpler,  and  quicker  than  ours  in  the  same  way  as  machine  and 
mechanical  work  is  easier  than  the  purely  mental.  The  Roman  reckoning  machine  was 
the  Abacus  assisted  by  mental  operation,  and  many  small  operations  were  performed 
by  the  fingers,  used  much  the  same  way  as  the  deaf  and  dumb  are  using  their  lingers 
for  certain  conventional  signs,  taking  the  place  of  speech.  One  vestige  of  this  is  still 
surviving  in  scansion,  when  we  follow,  at  least  in  hexameters,  rhe  rapid  succession  of  the 
feet,  with  just  as  rapid  motion  of  our  thumb  and  fingers  in  counting  and  controlling  the 
feet'  more  than  once  referred  to  by  the  Roman  authors. 

So  far  as  1  know,  a  real  abacus  has  not  yet  been  unearthed.  The  nearest  approach 
to  this  was  a  marble  slab  of  a  sarcophagus,  possibly  from  the  age  of  the  Flavn,  an  en- 
graving which  represents  a  servant,  placing  a  table  before  his  reclining  master,  with 
the  narrower   side  of  the  table  toward  him,   and  pointing  to  the  little  bone  buttons, 


265 

or  pebble  thereon,  which  is  quickly  recognized,  that  it   was  an  abacus,   or  reckoning 

table.  * 

Such  were  at  least  of  three  kinds:  one  kind  was  a  polished  table,  with  grooves  cut  into 
it  vertically,  ,.  e.,  toward  the  reckoner,  with  ivory,  or  bone  buttons,  claviculi,  movable  in 
the  grooves;  others  were  only  so  painted,  in  which  little  pebbles  taking  the  places  of  the 
more  elaborate  claviculi.  Another  kind  was  with  horizontal  grooves,  or  lines,  i.  e.,  from 
left  to  right.  Perhaps  different  kinds  of  operations  demanded  different  tables,  for,  as  1 
shall  show,  some  operations  do  demand  one,  or  the  other  kind  of  lines,  or  rules,  or 
grooves.  A  third  kind  had  no  grooves,  but  a  polished  surface,  which  was  sprinkled  over 
with  fine  dust,  in  which  geometrical  figures  could  be  drawn  with  the  stylus,  and  in  case 
of  mistake,  could  be  sprinkled  over  again. 

What  is  known  of  the  abacus  comes  down  to  our  age  through  a  series  of  Roman 
and  scholastic  authors.  The  word  itself  is  Greek,  abax,  abacos,  meaning  a  slab  or  a 
board,  and  has  many  applications  in  Latin,  as  a  reckoning  table  is  only  one  of  the  many. 
Its  inventor  is  said  to  have  been  Pythagoras,  and  in  later  times  revived  by  Archytas 
Among  the  late  Romans  Boethius  (about  440- 500  A.  D  )  is  credited  with  the  design', 
and  the  description  of  its  operation  of  the  abacus,  which,  however,  is  spurious,  on  the 
tace  of  it,  for  m  that  design  figures  are  used,  almost  exactly  agreeing  with  the  Gobar  nu- 
merals, and  using  corrupt  Arabic  words,  such  as  lefir,  arbas,  &c  ,  not  known  in  Europe 
tor  more  than  500  years  later,  as  we  shall  see  below. 

•«,  ^°mun  !?TruS  hUVe  "°  "eed  °f  P'ace-vilIues  of  decimal  progression,  as  is  the  case 

with  the  Hindu-Arabic  numerals.  Yet,  the  abacus  was  constructed  on  that  principle.  More 

han  that  its  order  was  the  same  as  ours,  from  right  to  left,  whereas  the  Romans  wrote 

from  left  to  right,  while  the  Arabs  do  the  very  opposite:  they  write  from  the  right  to 

iett,  whereas  the  numerals  borrowed  from  them,  run  from  left  to  right. 

The  Roman  arithmetic  knew  nothing  of  our  four  operations,  for,  as  we  ail  know 
they  are  really  but  two,  addition  and  subtraction;  the  multiplication  is  but  a  simplified 
addition,  while  division  is  a  simplified  subtraction.  In  other  words,  we  either  enlarsre 
small  quantities,  or  reduce  large  quantities.  The  essential  thing  is  the  proper  grouping  of 
the  various  items,  which  are  to  be  merged  into  a  large  one,  and  vice  versa,  to  understand 
clearly  how,  and  into  what  parts,  a  large  quantity  is  to  be  reduced. 

The  scheme  of  grouping  all  kinds  of  quantities  on  the  vertical  abacus  is  shown  in 


X 


Under  the  first  column  the  units  are  to  be  grouped,  under  the  second  the  tens,  then 


266 

the  hundreds,  thousands,  &c.  up  to  twelve   figures,   which   means  that  the  Romans  did 
handle  large  figures. 

Now  if  we  have  a  dozen,  or  a  hundred  items  of  any  size,  we  group  them  on  this 
table,  the  daviculi  or  the  calculi,  pebbles,  taking  the  places  of  figures,  and  writing,  hor 
instance,  if  we  had  3—4  quantities  to  add,  like 

4,728,312 

16,015 

849,637 

We  push  up  4  daviculi  in  the  column  of  I  (1,000x1,000  =  1,000,000).  For  the 
hundred-thousand  column  we  have  two  quantities,  one  7,  one  8;  these  together  make 
more  than  ten,  at  which  point  they  become  a  million,  which  requires  an  additional  clavi- 
culus  under  M,  remaining  5  daviculi  for  C,  we  shove  them  there-  Of  the  next  column 
we  have  4+1+2  =  7  calculi,  or  daviculi;  next  9+6  +  8  =  23  daviculi,  but  20,000  makes 
two  10,000,  this  means  2  daviculi  for  the  X,  where  we  have  already  7,  so  we  add  two 
more  while  3  daviculi  remain  under  T  (out  of  the  23,000).  Next,  column  C:  6+0+3 
=  9;  to  the  3  daviculi  we  add  9  more,  and  they  become  12;  but  as  10  C-s  make  1,00c 
(here  T)  one  claviculus  must  be  brought  forward,  to  the  3  already  there,  they  will  be  4, 
while  here  under  C,  remain  2.  Next,  take  column  X:  1  +  1  +  3  =  5;  so,  under  X  we  have 
5  daviculi.  Last  column,  1:  7  +  5+2  =  14,  as  ten  units  must  go  under  X,  we  move  a 
claviculus  to  the  two  already  there,  making  3  in  all,  under  I,   or  column  of  units,   we 

shall  have  4  daviculi. 

Gather  the  results,  or  totals,  of  each,  and  you  have  the  sum  total  of  the  operation, 
which,  with  a  little  practice  is  quite  as  easy  and  quick,  often  more  so,  than  ours. 

As  "addere"  is  but  "colligere,"  as  we  said  in  the  text,  so  "subtrahere"  is  but  draw- 
ing off  or  down,  the  daviculi,  or  calculi;  so  that  the  operation  of  subtraction  is  buc  the 
reverb  of  collecting,  i.  c,  we  draw  down  as  many  daviculi,  as  the  smaller  number  calls 
for  The  "borrowing"  from  a  higher  denomination  is  effected  on  the  same  principles  as 
with  our  system,  the  remainder  to  be  resolved  into  the  next  smallest  denomination,  and 
added  thereto.  This  principle  applies  in  case  of  measures  and  weights.  But  when  all 
numbers  belong  to  one  denomination,  and  quantity  alone  is  in  question,  the  proces  con- 
sists of  simple  removal  of  the  daviculi- 

Let  us  now  see  a  mediaeval  practical  example  worked  out  on  the  horizontal  abacus, 
taken  from  Dr.  G.  Friedlein's*  work  on  the  subject. 

*  Die  Zahlzeichen  und  das  elemental  Rechnen  der  Gricchcn  und  Rome! •  , und  de* 
christhchen  Abendlandes  vom  7.  bis  13-  Jahrhundert;  von  Dr.  G.  Fnedlein,  Rector  in 
Hof.  Erlangen.  Verlag  von  Andreas  Deichert,  1869. 


267 


We  want  to  add  the  following  items  of  different  denominations: 


M 


D 

XXX 

IIII  floreni, 

XV  grossi, 

VII  denarii, 

ccc 

L 

tt 

XII       " 

X 

cc 

it 

X       " 

I 

LXV 

tt 

X       " 

V 

XVI 

tt 

XI       " 
VI       " 

VI 
X 
VI 

1  obolus 


The  terms  florenus,  florin,  grossus,  Groschen,  are  still  well  known  expressions 
among  Germans  as  denoting  coins;  the  florenus,  to  mean  florifer,  floriger,  or  floridus, 
a  coin,  bearing  a  flower,  worth  21  grossi  (crassus,  a,  urn),  1  grossus  =  12  denarii,  2 
oboli  =  1  denarius. 

Here  is  the  horizontal  abacus: 


a 


-M-¥ 

D 
■6- 


yr 


4. 


-¥- 


o 
ooooo 


oo 
ooooo 


oo 
ooooo 


oo  oo 

oo  o 

oo  oo 


— e-e- — 

oo 
ooooo 


o  o 


o  o 


b"*-e — 9— ¥ 


-e- 
o 
■e- 


o 


-e-e-e- 


Mark  the  difference  in  the  division  of  the  columns:  here  we  have  the  intermediate 
numerals  V,  L  and  D  in  the  interstices  of  the  decimal  grooves,  or  columns,  not  used  in 
the  other. 

Part  A  of  the  Abacus  is  for  the  operation,  Part  B  contains  the  result- 
We  proceed  in  this  manner:  There  being  an  M,  or  1,000  floreni  in  the  first  line,  we 
take  a  claviculus,  or  calculus  (here  repsesented  by  the  little  circles)  and  push  it  up  to  line 
M,  in  the  square  of  the  floreni,  of  the  500,  or  D,  we  set  another;  in  the  second  line  we 
find3  hundreds,  CCC,  in  the  third,  two  more  CC,  altogether  5  hundreds:  put  5  calculi 
on  line  C- The  next  smallest  denomination  is  L,  of  which  we  find  2,  put  2  calculi 
or  )osite  L.  the  next  is  X,  of  which,  in  the  floreni,  we  find  5.  put  5  calculi  on  line  X. 
Of  V,  we  find  2,  place  2  calculi  to  its  credit;  of  the  I  there  are  again  5:  pull  up  5  calculi 
on  that  line.  Now  come  the  grossi.  In  their  column   we  find  4  X-s,  move  as  many  cal- 


268 

culi  on  that  line,  in  their  square;  there  are  3  V-s,  credit  them  with  as  many  calculi;  r 
I-s,  there  are  4,  give  them  as  many  calculi.  For  the  denarii  2  X-es,  4  V-s,  but,  as  i. 
denarii  make  a  grossus,  we  take  the  half  of  the  4  calculi,  i.  e.  2,  and  credit  same  to  the 
grossi  putting  them  below  the  line  of  the  units,  to  mean  half  a  grossus,  and  leave  2  for 
the  denarii.  Of  I-s,  in  the  denarii,  are  5,  which  we  credit  with  as  many  calculi.  As  there 
is  but  one  obolus,  which  is  =  X  denarius,  we  credit  the  denarii,  under  the  unit  line,  with 
half  a  denarius. 

The  sum  total  will  now  be  concentrated  on  diagram  B  as  being  MMCLXV111  floreni. 

Whilst  I  did  rectify  some  of  the  inaccuracies  of  Dr.  Friedlein's  example,  I  did  not 
put  to  test  the  sum  total  whether  it  is  exict  or  not,  as  being  more  concerned  in  the  form 
than  in  the  essence. 

Of  IP 


III.  NVMERALIA  GOBAR. 

The  word,  "arithmetica,  x,"  or,  "arithmetica,  orum,"  is  seldom  used  in  all  Roman 
literature.  Whilst  it  did  mean  the  "knovledge  of  numbers,"  as  the  original  Greek  term 
demanded,  we  have  no  other  work  coming  down  to  us  from  Roman  times,  to  give  us  a 
clear  idea  of  what  the  Romans  understood  by  the  term,  save  that  of  Boethius,  of  the 
Vth  century.  If  that  be  a  genuine  work,  and  if  it  truly  reflect  the  mind  of  the  Romans; 
which  I  am  unwilling  to  believe,  then  the  Roman  arithmetica  would  have  meant 
a  kind  of  cabbala  of  the  Talmudists,  as  a  few  instances  in  our  reading  exercises 
will  show, 

No  exact  date  has  so  far  been  established  for  the  transition  from  the  Roman  system 
of  numerals  to  the  Gobar  numerals,  now  in  use.  French  authors  claim,  that  this  new 
arithmetical  system  was  first  known  in  France  in  the  time  of  Charlemagne.  This  claim 
is  based  on  the  fact,  that  at  the  court  of  Harun-al-Rashid,  or  Harun-er-Reshid,  the  great 
and  learned  Chalifa  of  Bagdad  (746—809),  on  the  river  Tigris,  these  Hindu  numerals 
and  arithmetic  were  known,  and,  that  when  his  ambassadors  in  807  had  visited  Charle- 
magne (emperor  from  800  to  814),  they  have  communicated  their  knowledge  with  the 
great  scholars,  like  Alcuinus  and  Eginhart,  at  his  court.  If  they  did  so,  it  does  not  ap- 
pear from  the  works  of  either. 

This  new  science  was  originally  called  Algorismus,  later  twisted  into  Algoriihmus, 
supposing  that  it  was  a  Greek  word.  Its  author  was  Abu  Iafar  Mohammed  ben  Musa  of 
Chov^rezmi,  i.  c,  Chiva,  in  Turkestan,  but  a  learned  librarian  of  Al  Mamum,  at  Bag- 
dad, at  this  same  period,  i.  c,  about  800—807.  As  a  librarian,  he  was  in  touch  with 
many  other  learned  Arabs,  who  would  visit  the  library  from  distant  places,  with  whom 
he  had  communicated  his  Indian  (Hindu)  arithmetic,    and  thus  this  new  science  first  was 


spread  not  in  Arabia  proper,  but  in  Mauritania,  in  North  Africa,  and  thence 
Spain  first,  and  thence  to  Italy  and  France. 


269 

ssed  to 


Genus  &  i£tas 

/ 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

P. 

0 

Numeri  Arabum  Orientalium 

1 

r 

f 

e 

0 

B 

H 

V 

A 

q 

# 

Numeri  ex  Shiras  Saeculi  X-mi 

\ 

2 

* 

f 

11 

H 

V 

1 

9 

0 

Numeri  Gobar 

1 

Z- 

> 

r-s- 

? 

6 

7 

X 

s 

Numeri  Paullo  tardius 

I 

Z 

* 

J-* 

t 

6 

5 

9 

9 

Variationes,  ex  Iohanne 
Hispal.  Libro  Algorismi, 
ex  Edit.  Boncompagni 

■s- 

4 

•V- 

Numeri  Boethii 

1 

% 

? 

pn 

b 

h 

A 

8 

£> 

Numeri  e  Saeculo  XII. 

> 

\> 

3 

I 

1 

& 

A 

% 

3 

-e- 

Numeri  e  Sasculo  XIII. 

t 

z 

? 

* 

<* 

& 

a 

% 

^ 

o 

Numeri  E.  MS.  Saeculi  XIV(?) 

\ 

7 

> 

* 

7 

6 

n 

8 

9 

O 

Numeri  Ex  Anno  1508. 

i 

Z 

3 

4 

5" 

h 

7 

8 

9 

o 

Numer  Ex  Anno  1550. 

/ 

z 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

S 

9 

o 

The  Saracens  (i.  e.,  the  Arabs,  or  Mauri,  of  West  Africa  and  Spain,  the  shar&ca, 
easterners)  have  worked  out  this  new  arithmetic  in  their  own  figures,  retaining  some  of 
the  Hindus,  and  called  these  figures  (derived  from  their  alphabet)  gobar,  or  dust,  be- 
cause they  did  calculate,  and  form  these  figures  in  the  dust.  After  some  time  the  Chris- 
tians began  to  learn  it,  until  Iohannes  Hispalensis  wrote  a  book  on  it?  which  was  widely 


270 

opied  in  France  and  Italy.    This  book  was  reproduced  in  Rome,  by  the  Prince  Boncom- 
pagni,  in  1857,  under  the  original  title:  "Liber  Algorism!  de  Pratica  Arismetrice." 

As  any  one  can  easily  understand  from  the  above,  the  terms  algorismi,  algonsmt, 
algorithm!,  are  corruptions  of  M-Chovari^mu  i.  e.  Chiva,  a  celebrated  city  of  Turkes- 
tan, Turkistan. 

The  above  table  shows  the  successive  stages  of  development  of  the  Hindu  Arabic  nu- 
merals employed  by  all  nations  in  the  common  bond  of  Roman  civilization,  whatever 
may  be  the  alphabets  they  are  using. 

From  this  table  it  seems  clear,  that  Boethius,  who  lived  between   the  years  440 
500  A.  D.,  cannot  have  used  numerals  that  have  not    been  known  before  the  Xth 

century.  . 

The  diffusion  of  Algorismus,  and  of  the  Gobar  numerals  with  it,  during  the  latter 
part  of  the  Middle  Ages,  was  of  a  slow  process,  being  confined  to  copying  by  hand. 
Pope  Sylvester  II,  (Gerbert),  about  1000  A.  D.,  gave  it  the  greatest  publicity.  As  Italy 
continued  to  be  the  industrial  and  commercial  center  of  the  world,  the  new  ^  arithmetic 
has  found  the  greatest  appreciation  there,  and  it  was  put  into  practical  use,  in  business, 
and  finding  many  applications,  in  commerce,  in  trades,  architecture,  navigation  and  in 
scientific  labors,  new  branches,  parts,  calculations  were  successively  devised  and  added 
thereto,  it  gradually  developed  into  what  it  is  to-day.  In  1202  Fibonacci  issued  one  edi- 
tion the  most  advanced  at  his  time.  Treviso  was  then  a  great  commercial  center,  where 
the  new  system  received  several  new  additions.  But  the  greatest  diffusion  was  brought 
about  after  1450,  the  time  of  the  discovery  of  the  art  of  printing  by  Guttenberg  (a  name 
derived  not  from  Gutenberg,  but  from  Kuttenberg,  a  town  in  Bohemia,  though  the  Ger- 
mans, of  late,  insist  in  misspelling  it  in  the  above  manner).  The  first  printed  edition  was 
published  in  1478.  In  Germany  the  first  edition  was  published  by  Kobel  in  1 550,  as 

"Teutsche." 

All  this  sufficiently  explains  how  young,  really,  our  modern  arithmetic  is. 

or  io 

IV.  RES  PECVNIARIA  ROMAN ORVM. 

The  most  frequently  used  terms  in  Roman  money-matters  are  ces,  as,  nummus; 
specifically  argentum,  aurum,  sestertius.  The  word  moneta,  whence  German  Murine, 
and  French  Monnaie  (whence  English  money),  and  mint  (from  the  German  Mun&\  in 
the  Roman  period,  never  signified  money,  but  rather  the  die  of  the  coins,  and  the  place 
of  the  coinage,  the  temple  of  Iuno,  namely  luno  Moneta,  the  "warning  Iuno;"  still,  in 
after-  Roman  period  it  did  assume  that  meaning  and  it  gave  birth  to  the  words  quoted- 

When  the  first  copper  coin  was  stamped  with  the  figures  of  cattle,  as  the  main  as- 
sets of  the  early  Roman  citizens,  the  coin  became  pecunia,  from  pccus,  cattle-     The  ma 
terial  of  the  pecunia  was  ces,  ceris,  bronze,   as  pecunia,  the  word  was  changed  into  as, 


271 

assis,  and  this  word  kept  running  parallel  with  pecunia,  as  a  general  term,  as  we  see  by 
the  expressions,  ces  alienum,  debt;  still,  it  did  not  include  silver  and  gold.  Later  also 
argentum,  and  shortly  after  also  aurum,  entered  the  field  as  coin  materials;  the  former 
also  becoming  a  general  term,  like  the  French  argent,  while  aurum  remained  abstract  for 
good  and  bad,  as  "golden,"  and  "mammona,"  of  the  Bible. 

JEs,  as  money,  meaning  also  currency,  and  value,  whence  also  rnstimo,  and  existimo 
seem  to  be  derived,  in  account  books  it  stood  for  "cash  receipts,"  usually  in  plural,  cera 
and  in  this  form  it  gradually  became  ara,  <B,  acquiring  the  meaning  of  what  is  now 
called  an  "item,"  which  word,  in  turn,  is  again  the  Latin  word,  item,  also,  again,  like- 
wise, so  used  in  the  mediaeval  business-Latin.  Lastly,  cera  has  acquired  an  additional 
meaning,  that  of  an  epoch  (Latin,  epocha,  fr.  Greek)  or  age,  as  cera  Christiana  or 
Christian  era.  ' 

The  copper  money  was  not  a  "change"  of  the  silver,  or  gold;  payments  could  be 
made  in  any  of  them,  each  having  its  value  as  a  metal,  and  went  by  their  respective 
weights,  whence  pernio,  impensce,  expensum,  dispenso,  dispendo,  rependo,  appendo. 

Two  adjectives  are  formed  from  ces,  one  is  cereus,  a,  urn,  che  other  is  ceneus  'a  urn 
from  the  latter  ahenum,  i,  a  copper  kettle,  any  kettle;  the  latter  showing  definitely 
that  its  both  vowels,  a  and  e  were  pronounced  separately,  hence  the  creeping  in  of  the  h 
between  the  two. 

Etymology.  —  Philologists  do  not  venture  to  advance  any  theory,  Sanscrit  or  other 
concerning  the  origin  and  derivation  of  this  word,  and  its  assumed  derivative  as,  assis; 
but  we  are  told,  that  it  may  have  something  to  do  with  German  eisen,  and  erz  This 
latter  we  must  promptly  dismiss,  for  erz,  though  it  does  mean  ore,  metal,  particularly 
copper,  but  this,  along  with  English  earth,  and  German  erde  are  derived  from  Hebrew 
JHK,  eretz,  earth,  and  "nK,  artziji,  earthly,  taken  from  earth.  Nearer  than  this  comes 
heisz,  hot,  heitzen,  to  heat,  next,  eisen,  iron.  And  in  this  etymology  the  Latin,  the  Teu- 
tonic, the  Shemitic,  and  the  Turanian,  meet.  For  ces,  in  smelting  goes  through  great 
tfstus,  heat  Castas,  summer),  and  that  is  hitze,  which  is  heisz,  and  when  so,  the  metal 
by  the  heat,  hitze,  of  the  coal,  fft-ik  (Hungarian,  to  glow)  because  •■?«,  eze,  and  ezi,  is 
to  set  on  fire;  and  the  whole  matter  again  points  to  the  Turanian  Etruscans. 

1.  As,  ASSIS,  m.,  (old  form  also  assis,  assis,  and  assarius,  ii\  supposed  to  be 
changed  from  ces,  although,  the  old  forms,  assarius,  and  assis  would  point  to  asso  are 
to  roast,  in  which  the  Gr.  form,  ais,  eis,  and  as  seems  also  to  agree,  as  the  crude  ces 
was  somehow  ' 'roasted''  into  the  shape  of  the  coin  as. 

Originally  the  as  was  a  crude  piece  of  copper,  one  pound,  of  12  ounces  in   weight 
the  standard  in  a  money,  in  pound  of  everything,   and  a  standard  of  division  of  many 
things,  even  of  land.  References  to  this  as  is  quite  frequent  in  terms  like  ces  grave,  asses 
hbrales,  etc,  and  its  value  then  was  some  \6%  cents.  King  Servius  Tullius  introduced 
its  regular  coinage,  stamping  it  with  the  figures  of  domestic  animals,  as  stated  above. 

During  the  first  Punic  war,  in  a  great  scarity  of  money,  the  as  was  reduced  to  its 
one  sixth,  that  is,  duce  uncice,  two  ounces,  and  this  was  called  as  sextantarius,  when  its 


272 

value  was  about  2.8  cents.  During  the  second  Punic  war,  it  was  again  reduced  by  one 
half,  i.  e.,  to  one  ounce,  so  that  the  as  now  was,  what  the  uncia  used  to  be  1-I2tn  ot 
a  pound,  and  so  it  was  called  as  uncialis.  Lastly,  in  about  191,  B.  C,  by  the  Law  ot 
Papirius  it  was  once  more  reduced  by  half,  when  it  became  the  as  serntunaalis,  and  its 
value  sank  to  X  of  2.8,  i.  c,  some  7.9K  mills,  and  from  this  stage  of  it  there  never  was 
any  further  change,  neither  did  the  name  change  with  the  various  values 

The  following  table  shows  the  multiples  of  the  as,  as  well  as  its  fractions  of  the 
uncia : 


The  multiples  of  the 

as. 

dupondius,  ii,  =  2  asses 
tripondius,  v.  tressis, 

is,  =  3  asses 
(quadressis?)  =  4  asses 
quinquessis,  is,  m., 

5  =s  asses 
sexis,  is,  m.,  =  6  asses 
septissis,  is,  =  7  asses 
octussis,  is,  ==  8  asses 
nonussis,  is,  =  9  asses 
decussis,  is,  =  10  asses 
bicessis,  is,  =  20  asses 
tricessis,  is,  =  30  asses 
centussis,  is,  =  100  asses 


I 
\ 
{ 

{ 


The  fractions  of  the 
as. 

uncia  =  y1-^ 

sextans  =  fa  =    j 

quadrans 

teruncius  =  fa  -  \ 

triuncis 

triens,  =  fa  =  \ 


The  fractions  of  the 
uncia. 


l 

T4 


—  ¥  —    3  "6" 


=  £- 

1 

3 

—  T  =  T  8" 
l     1 

—  T  —  TT 
l    l 

—  -g-  —  t  c" 


quincunx  .  _5 

sextans  c.  quadrante  ""  l¥ 
semissis,  v.  semis  =zfa=\ 
septunx  __    7 

quadrans,  c  triente     "  lY 
bessis,  v-  bes  =  T8^-  =  f 
dodrans  =  fa  =  f 
dextans  v.  decunx  _  i0  __  5 
quini  sextantes  lY      * 

deunx  =44 

(unum  de  uncia)    "  1_3" 


semunica 

duella 

sicilicus 

sextula 

drachma 

hemisecla  =  yV~ T4 1 

scripulum  =  Y±=irh 


assis 


2  Awnlum  -  The  name  is  derived  from  Doric  Greek  ar^swh.te,  therefore 
,u   ••   hVZw  "  silver   The  first  silver  coins  were  introduced  in  Rome  during  the 
the    ** Z 3ui  fSSJlB  C )   and  it  ever  remained  the  chief  medium  of  c rculJ 
SnTiSourpai  m  ne     a'd  all  larger  amounts  were  reckoned  in  silver  and  even 
gold,  introduced  a  little  later,  could  not  alter  its  place  in  business,  pnvate  or  state.    Its 

*"?S55n  fr.  «  a,  m.  I e.  "nummus,"  understood;  so  cafied   because  j 
^ht™  asses  Hater  on  16),  the  silver  coin  getting  its  name  from  thecoppei, 
STlSSStadS^S:  Therefore  to  asses,  or  to  pounds  of  copper  coins  were 
worth  1  silver  denarius;  the  half  of  this  was  the 

b  Quinarius,  ii,  which  was  equivalent  to  5  asses,  hence  us  name. 


273 

c  Libella,  ae,  diminutive  of  libra,  so  called,  because  it  was  ^  of  the  denarius,  this 
being  equal  to  10  asses,  of  a  pound  each,  ten  pounds  in  all  so  the  libella  was  1  pound 
diminutive,  i.  e-,  equivalent  to  1  as,  of  a  pound  weight,  whereas  the  libella  was  a  little 
silver  coin,  therefore,  figuratively  a  little  pound.  As  the  denarius  was  worth  some  16 
cents,  in  American  money,  the  libella,  -^  of  the  denarius  was  worth  T!¥  of  16c,  i.  e. 
1.6.  Half  of  this  was  sembella,  ce,  or  semi  libella. 

d  Sestertius,  ii,  or  as  an  adjective,  sestertius  nummus,  or,  simply  nummus,  the 
most  important  of  the  Roman  coins;   it  was  made  of  silver,  and  was  worth  2XA  asses. 

Post-Roman  Latin  writers,  among  them  even  grammarians,  who  have  never  taken 
the  time  and  trouble  to  study  up  the  subject,  though  Varro,  Plinius,  Priscianus,  others, 
fully  explain  it  in  detail,  refer  to  this  money  as  sexteriius,  thinking  that  it  may  be  like 
Sextius,  whose  name  is  often  found  written  Sestius;  others  make  it  even  hestertius.  It 
behooves,  therefore,  that  I  should  state  the  matter  as  it  really  is. 

All  the  various  denominations  of  money,  all  fractions  and  measures  had  their  spe- 
cial marks  with  the  Romans,  the  same  as  we  write  $  and  c,  for  dollar  and  cents,  which 
would  require  several  pages  to  reproduce.  The  mark  of  a  denarius,  for  instance,  was 
like  our  -f,  or  an  X,  with  one  more  bar  across.  That  of  an  as  a  short  vertical  line  |  ; 
two  asses  were  marked  ||,  and  was  called  dupondius.  Now  the  sestertius  was  one  diipon- 
dius  and  a  half  as.  "Half"  was  marked  by  an  S,  the  initial  letter  of  semis  (semi  as). 
The  specific  mark  of  the  as  was  always  indicated  by  a  crooked  line,  across  the  vertical, 


thus: 


A*  ,  of  two     Jl*    ,  two  and    a   half,   therefore   was  thus  marked    TtS" 


this  was  the  sestertius,  which  meant  semis  tertius,  half  of  the  third,  just  like  semi  altei 
=  1#,  and  sesqui  alter,  whence  the  Germans  also  say  anderthalb,  dritthalb,  VA,  2A. 
Semis  tertius  is  the  same  as  sesqui  tertius,  only,  before  the  numeral  sesqui  is  used,  after 
it,  semis;  sesqui-tertius  was  soon  contracted  into  one  word,  sestertius.  But  the  mediaeval 
copyists,  not  familiar  with  the  abbreviation,  have  rendered  it  HS,  and  printers,  having 
no  special  type  for  the  abbreviation,  have  always  rendered  it,  and  still  render  it  HS,  and 
people  not  acquainted  with  the  facts  back  of  it,  pronounced  it  Hestertius. 

Its  usage; 

1.  Whenever  the  authors  mention  "nummus"  unless  they  specify  it  as  denarius,  or 
aureus,  they  always  mean  sestertius.  Both,  sestertius,  and  nummus,  are  regular  in  the  II.; 
their  Gen.  pi.  is  -orum,  but  very  frequently  contracted  into  -urn,  as  sestertium,  num- 
mum.  Up  to  2,000  it  is  regular:  sestertii  singuli,  bini,  deni,  duo,  quinquaginta,  centum, 
mille:  "Mille  nongentos  quinquaginta  sestertios  nummos." 

2.  With  the  pi.  of  mille,  the  sestertius  becomes  an  adj.  pi,  n.,  as:  "Hos  nunquam 
minus  dena  millia  sestert^  ex  melle  recipere,"  (vide  Exerc.  Leg.).  In  such  application 
the  authors  usually  employ  the  Numeralia  Distributiva;  seldom  the  Cardinalia. 

3.  With  large  numerals,  below  millions,  sestertius  is  governed  into   Gen.  by  millia > 


274 

as:  "ducena  millia  sestertium,"  or  "sestertium  octingentena  millia;"  but  the  word  "mil- 
lia,,  very  often  is  entirely  omitted,  and  then  ststtrtia  is  restored,  as:  "Daturum  liberis 
eius  ductna  ststtrtia/'  instead  of  "ducena  sestertium  millia;'"'  not  "ducentos  ststtrtios/ 
because  that  would  mean  200  sestertii,  whereas  here  200,000  are  meant- 

4.  Millions  are  expressed: 

a  In  the  regular  way;  that  is,  as  a  million  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  adverbial 
numeral,  qualifying  the  adjective-numeral  centum  millia,  as  one  million  is  =  ten  (times) 
hundred-thousand,  two  millions  =  twenty-hundred-thousand,  &c,  it  will  be  always  the 
adverbium  that  counts,  so  that  the  rest  can  be  left  out  altogether,  as  we  shall  see.  Ac- 
cordingly, decies  centena  millia  sestertium  =  1,000,000  sestertii,  or,  decies  centum  (for 
centum  is  also  an  adjective)  millia  sestertium;  centies  centum  (centena)  m.  s.,  10,000,00; 
millies  centena  (centum)  millia  s.  =  100,000,000  sestertii.  This  is  the  regular  way,  noth- 
ing to  be  remembered  about  it. 

b  As  stated  above,  the  adverbium  alone  counting,  and  by  an  ellipsis,  the  centum  mil- 
lia left  out,  as  Cicero  has  it  (and  others)  HS  quater  decies  P.  Tadio  numerata  Athenis  — 
planum  faciam;"  he  could  have  said  quite  as  well:  "Sestertium  decies  &  quater"  (both 
being  adverbs,  qualifying  each  other)  centena  millia  left  out;  any  practiced  Latin  reader 
knows  instantly  that  Hs,  followed  by  an  adv.  means  Gen.  pi.  for  the  sestertius,  be- 
cause the  noun  mille,  and  the  adj.  centum  must  be  understood;  and  so  quater  decies,  or 
decies  et  quater  centena  millia  HS  mean  14  (times)  one  hundred  thousand,  i.  e.  |= 
1,400,00:)  sestertii. 

c  By  a  long  and  every  day  usage   the   sestertium   finally  became  sestertiwm,  w,  a 
regular  neuter  noun,  to  which  the  adverbia  alone  were  added,  so  that  the  adv.  alone,  in 
this  construction,  meant  "centum,"  or  "centena"  millia  sestertium;  as:  "Quum  ei  testa- 
mento  sestertium  millies  relinquatur;"  Cic,   Off.   3,   24.;    Nonne  sestertium  centies 
octuagies  —  Romse  in  quaestu  reliquisti?  Cic.  Pis.  35,  86.  Some  times  sestertium  itself  | 
omitted,  without  causing  any  obscurity,  the  adv.  making  the  meaning  quite  clear,  as 
"Dissipatio,  per  quam  Antonius  septies  millies  avertit,"    Cic.  Phil.  54;  i.  e.,   the  dissi 
pation,  or  squandering,  by  which  A.  embezzled  seven  (times)  thousand   (times), 
hundred  thousand  sestertii"  must  be  understood. 

The  "sestertii/'  then  is  the  small  silver  coin,  equivalent  to  dupondius  +  S-  or 
semis,  i.  e-,  two  and  a  half  asses,  %  denarius,  or  4X  cents,  two  pence  and  half  a  farth- 
ing; this  was  the  ordinary  "currency,"  for  larger  sums. 

The  "sestertium/'  was  1,000  sestertii,  $42  94,  in  our  money,  £8,  17s  Id,  sterling, 
British  money. 

The  "sestertzV  pL  n.,  with  distributive  numerals,  as  "sestertia  dena,"  is  in  use  for 
two  thousand  and  over. 

For  millions:  "centena  millia  sestertium,"  Gen.  pi.  instead  of  -orum,  though  it  is 
in  no  wise  wrong  to  say  "$6516™©™!!!,"  it  is  the  really  legitimate  form. 

With  an  ellipsis:  "sestertium  quater  decies  (centena  millia  left  out). 


275 

With  the  ellipsis  of  "sestertium,"   as:    "Antonius  septies  millies"   (centena  millia 
sestertium)  avertit 

After  the  age  of  Augustus  the  value  of  sestertius  was  about  %  less. 
When  the  sestertius  expressed  by  Roman  numerals,  we  must  watch  how  the  numer- 
ils  are  marked,  thus: 

HSXX  =  sestertii  viginti 

HSXX  =  sestertia  vicena  (millia  =  20,000) 

HSXX  =  sestertium  vicies  (2,000,000) 

The  silver  coins  were  stamped  with  the  figures  of  bigce,  or  quadrigce,  one  yoke  or 
wo  yokes  of  horses,  when  they  were  called  nummi  bigati,  or  quadrigati,  which,'  of 
:ourse,  was  not  a  special  coin,  of  some  particular  denomination,  but  popularly  so  cal'led. 
jvius  Drusus,  when  Tribunus  Plebis,  ordered  X  of  copper  to  be  mixed  into  the  silver, 
litherto  pure.  As  these  latter  coins  bore  the  figure  of  Victoria,  they  were  called 
Victorian.  These  pieces  were  the  quinarii,  in  the  time  of  M.  Ter.  Varro  (contemporary 
if  Caesar  and  Cicero). 

3.  Nummus  ^uteus,  or  simply  aureus,  i,  were  the  Roman  gold  coins  first  in- 
roduced  in  Rome  51  years  after  the  adoption  of  the  silver  coins,  during  the  second  Punic 
Var,  218—202  B.  C. 

The  first  aurei  were  quite  large  pieces,  worth  400  sestertii  (100  Hs  =  #492);  but 
lese  were  soon  reduced  so  that  one  pound  of  gold  (12  ounces)  yielded  40  pieces;  finally 
lero  changed  this  ratio  to  45.  The  standard  aureus  contained  120  grains  of  gold.  Ac- 
Drding  to  our  present  gold  measure,  adopted  from  Troves,  a  city  of  France,  a  pound  of 
old  consists  of  12  ounces;  the  ounce  contains  20  penny  weights,  and  this  contains  24 
rains;  the  Troyes  pound,  then,  contains  5760  grains.  The  aureus  was  then  worth  100 
IS,  or  25  denarii,  but  all  this  only  in  round  figures,  for  really  the  Roman  gold  coin  was 
'orth  some  $5.10  (£1,  Is  Id). 

oi  IP 

V.  MENSVRA  LIQVORIS  &  GRANL 

Of  the  various  kinds  of  vessels  for  liquids  used  in  the  Roman  household,  such  as 
itchen,  dining  room,  wine  cellar,  &c,  I  shall  speak  in  their  respective  places;  here  I 
lall  refer  only  to  those  which  served  as  measures. 

Most  of  the  Roman  vessels  were  made  of  clay,  which,  if  they  contained  v/ine,  were 
)ated  with  pitch  on  the  inside,  and  were  also  so  sealed  hermetically,  inorder  to  preserve 
ie  wine  from  spoiling.  Vessels  were  also  made  of  wood,  gold  and  silver,  glass,  and 
yrrha,  a  kind  of  stone,  or  china,  and  also  of  onyx,  for  perfumes. 


276 

Romans  knew  nothing  of  beer,  nor  Of  any  of  the  destilled  (not  distilled)  liquors; 
instead,  they  had  a  large  variety  of  wines,  and  oil.  Their  grains  were  very  nearly  the 
same  as  ours,  excepting  Indian  corn. 

The  largest  vessel  for  liquids,  paiticularly  wine,  as  a  measure,  was  the  cuUeus,  t 
also -inn,  4  which  was  a  large  leathern  bag,  or  skin,  the  kind  erf  which  is  stiU  used 
in  the  East.     One  kind  of  culleus  *as  used  for  parricides  to  be  sewed  into,   and  thrown 

mt°  T^dlowing  are  the  relative  sizes  of  the  various  liquid  and  grain  measures  of  the 
Romans,  and  their  equivalents  in  our  measures. 

20  amphorae,  or  quadrantalia  =  6  gallons  7  pints 
40  urn*;  2  urnx  =  1  amphora  =  3  gallons  VA  pints 
60  modii;  3  modii  =  1  amphora  =  2  gallons  TA  pints 
120  semodii;  6  semodii  =  1  amphora  =  1  gallon  1*  pints 
160  congii;  8  congii  =  1  amphora  -  6  pints 
960  sextarii;  48  sextarii  =  1  amphora  =  1  pint 
1,920  heminae;  96  heminas  =  1  amphora  =   %  pint 
3,840  quartarii;  192  quartarii  =  1  amphora  =  1  gill 
11,520  cyathi;  576  cyathi  =  1  amphora  =  ^  pint 


culleus  = 
137^  gallons 


Oil  and  honey  were  also  sold  by  the  pound. 
The  tonnage  of  ships  were  expressed  by  amphora,  urn*,  modn. 
For  p-rain  modii  and  congii  were  mainly  used. 

Be  id  the'e  properly  Roman  measures,  also  some  Greek  measures  were  employed, 
such SSS-  6  modii,  or  bushel,  while  in  liquids  metrOa,  *.    =    12   congn,  o. 

nSf^S  mentioned  vessel  for  wine,  oil,   or  even  for  ^it  is  ^U  (< 
short)   a  word  adopted  in  the  Slav.  Hungarian  and  Wallach.an  languages  to  denote  va 
I     w  ne  or  other  vessels,  but  of  a  larger  kind;  it  was  =  3  urn,,  or  1*    mphor* 

The  poets  also  frequently  mention  crMra,  *  and  crater,  ens  m.  but  th  was  n 
measure/but  a  wide,  rather  shallow  bowl,  in  which  wine  was  mixed,  to  be  ladled  ou 
into  cyathi,  p6cula,  scyphi,  or  dikes. 


ao 


VI.  DE  PONDER1BVS. 


Weights,  like  money  values,  in  the  Roman  system,  start  from  the  -,  as  the  stanc 

„<\  nnitv    Because  the  original  as  was  12  ounces,  or  one  pound  m  we.ght,   this  as  «< 

all  "and  ^Sl^e  synonymous.  Though  the  as  was  reduced  in  size  and  we.gh 

Seiibra  still  remained  the  standard  weight  of  12  ounces,   and  it  stall  remams  m  Go 


277 

d  silver,  as  we  see  in  the  British  money  system,  where  the  letter  L  (£)  the  initial  of 
A,  still  designates  a  pound  of  Eastern  silver,  or  easterling,  now  called  a  pound  steii- 
U  which  in  America,  though  the  system  has  changed,  is  still  expressed  by  $  =  silver. 

All  payments  having  been  made  by  the  weight,  pondus,  eris,  n. ,  this  word  was 
adually  corrupted  into  pondus,  i,  only  used  in  AbL,  as:  libra  pondo  dence,  as  much  as 
i  pounds  "in,"  or  by  weight,  pondo  libra  bince,  by  weight,  two  pounds.  The  word, 
ldually,  became  indeclinable,  whence  the  German  Pfund,  and  thence  the  English  pound 
rt  derived,  whilst  the  Neo-Latins  retained  libra,  lira,  livre. 

This  unit,  whether  called  as,  or  libra,  as  a  standard,  was  called  solidum,  of  which 
dorus  Hispalensis,  in  the  Vllth  century,  wrote,  that  to  the  "veteres,"  or  ancients,  this 
>rd  meant  "integrum, "  totum,  cui  nihil  deest,  which  meaning  the  word  still  has,  as 
11,  entire,  whole,  not  curtailed,  not  mutilated,  not  hollow. 

In  this  way  solidum  stipendium  (Livius),  solidum  solvere,  (Cic.)  i.  e.,  full  pay  (of 
ldiers),  and  to  pay  in  full,  became  technical  terms  respectively  in  the  military  service 
d  in  law.  From  the  first  is  derived  the  words  soldo,  Italian,  solde,  French,  Sold,  Ger- 
in,  primarily  military  pay,  and  their  derivatives,  soldato,  soldat,  Soldat,  soldier,  the 
id  man  of  arms.  In  law  solvere  solidum,  or  in  solidum,  are  still  in  use.  —  As  a  noun, 
idus,  i,  under  the  emperors  has  taken  the  place  of  "aureus,"  as  above,  when  that  coin 
is  reduced  in  size  by  Emperor  Nero. 

Libra  being  the  central  point,  all  other  weights  must  be  either  the  fractions  or  the 
iltiples  of  libra;  but  as  this  is  the  same  as  the  as,  its  fractions  (minutiae,  fractiones, 
auras)  are  also  the  same,  though  there  were  also  some  other  fractional  weights,  popu- 
ly  used,  mostly  adopted  from  the  Greeks. 

The  following  are  the  weights  used  by  the  Romans: 

1.  Calcus,  i,  the  smallest  of  the  weights  of  the  Romans,  towards  the  end,  Isidorus 
ntions  it,  as  being  the  weight  of  two  grains  of  lentils.  The  word  itself  is  the  parent  of 
\  diminutive  form,  calculus,  mentioned  wifh  the  abacus. 

2.  Siliqua,  a,  is  %  part  of  the  solidus  (see  7.),  or  septula  (see  as).  The  word 
ans  a  pod;  but  as  this  applies  to  many  plants  producing  different  kinds  of  pods,  I 
nk,  the  mutilated  text  of  Isidorus,  where  a  tree  is  mentioned,  we  must  take  it  to  mean 
:  pod,  i.  e.,  the  carob  tree,  the  fruit  of  which  (dark  brown  pods)  is  called  St.  John's 
ad,  the  food,  not  a  bad  one,  of  the  "filius  prodigus"  and  his  swine.  When,  therefore, 
qua  means  a  weight,  not  coin,  as  above,  either  this  pod,  or  certain  number  of  its  seeds' 
ist  be  understood. 

3.  Ceratium,  ii,  the  Gr.  equivalent  of  siliqua;  the  Romans  also  called  it  semiobolus 
i»  siliqua,  =  2  calci. 

4.  Obolus,  i,  =  3  siliquas,  =  2  ceratia,  =  4  calci. 

5.  Scripulus,  i,  the  smallest  weight  of  the  older  Romans,  =  6  siliquse.  Its  name  is 
ived  from  scrupus,  i,  a  rough  piece  of  rock,  or  stone,  better  known  in  its  diminutive 
n,  scrupulus,  i,  a  little  rough  pebble,  which  hurts  if  we  step  on  it  with  bare  foot,  or 


278 

thin  sole;  figuratively,  through  the  theological  language,  a  little  rough  stone,  that  01 
conscience  cannot  digest  (/  =  u  =  u) . 

6.  Drachma,  ce,  lA  of  the  uncia,  =  3  scripuli,  =  18  siliquae. 

7.  Solidus,  i,  =  sextula,  X  uncia,  ^  as,  or  libra:  as  a  coin,  =  aureus,  reduced  1 
half  its  former  size,  L  e-,  to  60  grains  of  gold;  2  sextulae,  =  1  duella. 

8.  Stater,  iris,  m.,  as  weight  not  mentioned  by  any  Roman  author;  1  stated  = 
sextulae.  Isidorus  gives  it  a  puerile  derivation,  stat  ter,  i.  e.,  stat  tres  aureos  solidos;  t 
Greeks  call  it  stater,  hence  its  name,  as  a  coin,  in  which  capacity  it  is  several  times  me 
tioned  in  the  New  Testament  (as  Matt.  3,  17,  26). 

9.  Quadrant,,  Us,  m.,  or,  as  the  Jews  called  it,  "codrans,"  =  #  uncia. 

10.  Steel,  is,  n.,  not  known  to  any  Roman  author,  but  to  Isidorus,  corrupted  fro 
siclus  (shekel),  a  Jewish  coin;  as  a  weight  in  Roman  Palaestina  it  was  equal  to  X  unci 
%  stater,  =  2  drachmas. 

11.  Uncia,  <b,  supposedly  of  Etruscan  origin,  along  with  its  Greek  sister,  ougK 
JL  of  an  as,  or  libra,  or  of  anything,  bat  most  particularly  of  the  libra,  and  of  the  p 
in  the  former  application  in  English,  it  is  translated  as  ounce,  in  the  latter  as  inch,  b 
being  the  same  word;  it  is  =  8  drachmas,  =  24  scripuli. 

12.  Libra,  ce.  fr-  the  verb  Hbro*  r.,  to  poise,  to  balance,  to  wield  a  lance,  whe 
also  the  scales;'  the  unit  of  weights,  =  12  ounces,  "perfectum  pondus,"  as  the  year, 
composite  of  12  months.  J 

13  Mina,  ce,  the  Gr.  mnat  only  in  later  Rome,  as  equivalent  to  100  Attic  draenrr 
as  a  weight;  it  was  also  a  Gr.  coin,  both  silver,  and  gold,  the  former  =  100  Attic  dra( 
mae,  Roman  denarii,  =  about  $18. 05. 

14  Talentum,  i,  (Gr-  ta'ianton  =  weighed)  is  the  greatest  weight  on  the  Gn. 
and  Roman  scales,  as  was  the  calcus  the  smallest,  equivalent  to  72  librae,  or  about  50  f 

our  pounds.  ,'«_.,  n 

15.  Centenarium,  it,  and  centupondium,  ii,  =  100  librae,  while  not  generally  us , 

this  natural  combination  of  100  with  weight,   as  the  largest  decimal  unit,  it  read 

further  back  than  the  "classical"  period.    Both  terms  have  been   used  throughout  « 

scholastic  period,  down  to  our  own  age,  and  the  latter  form  still  continues  in  Engl: 

in  the  abbrevation  ctw,  centu  weight,  but  anglicized  into  "hundred  weight." 

The  Roman  scales:  There  were  three  appliances  with  the   Romans  to  deterrr  < 

1  a  Moment  ana,  a,  for  weighing  small  and  delicate  things,  such  as  gold,  silver,  gei; 
drugs,  and  for  this  reason  it  was  also  called  moneta. 

b  Trutina,  cc  the  most  generally  used  appliance,  consisting  of  two  plates,  suspen  i 
from  the  two  ends  of  an  horizontal  beam,  the  hasta,  with  the  Ungula,  or  examen,  in  i 
middle  of  the  bar,  leaning  towards  the  greater  weight  in  either  of  the  plates;  as  a  p.j 
or  platter  is  called  lanx  in  Latin,  in  pi.  lances,  the  two  were  called  Manx,  trutina  bila 
whence  "balance." 


279 

c  Statera,   ce,  called   also  campana,  because  first  used  in  Campania,  is  the  tool, 
nown  in  English  as  "stilyard,"  or  "steelyard." 


oc 


VII.  MENSVRA  LONGITVDINIS. 

Following  are  the  terms  used  by  the  Romans  for  expressing  lengths  and  distances: 

1.  Digitus,  i,  the  width  of  a  finger,  the  smallest  measure;  anything  thinner,  or 
lorter,  was  expressed  by  fractions  of  a  finger:  one  half,  one  third,  &c. ,  of  a  finger, 
ccording  to  some  authorities  the  width  of  a  finger  represented  the  w'dth  of  5  grains  of 
irley. 

2.  Pollex,  ids,  m.,  the  thumb,  not  as  a  formal  measure,  but  as  a  mere  approximate 
i  comparing  things. 

3.  Uncia,  ae,  here  one  inch,  =  VA  digitus. 

4.  Palmus,  if  the  middle  of  an  open  hand,  the  palm;  as  a  certain  plant  resembles, 
i  op°n  hand,  it  was  called  palma,  ce,  the  palm  tree,  Spanish  diminutive  palmetto,  the 
itin  is  palmula.  As  a  measure  it  means  partly  the  width  of  the  hand,  not  counting  the 
tumb,  but  only  the  4  fingers  =  4  digiti,  =  3  uncias,  partly  it  is  also  used  in  the  sense 
:  a  span. 

5-  Sextans,  Us,  m. ,  which  is  also  called  dodrans*  =  3  palmi,  =  9  unciae,  =  12 
giti. 

6.  Pes,  pedis,  m.,  afoot  =  4  palmi,  =  12  uncix,  =  16  digiti.  There  were  3 
nds  (not  counting's  cubicus),  pes  porrectus,  stretched  out,  or  lineal  foot,  which  had 
half  feet;  and  pes  contractus,  laid  out  foot,  surface  foot,  1  foot  long,  one  wide,  having 
»ur  half  feet,  pes  quadratus,  square  foot,  lineal,  has  8  half  feet. 

7.  Cubitus,  i,  (also  -urn,  i,)1  an  elbow,  an  ell,  an  old  measure,  from  the  point  of 
,e  elbow,  to  the  tip  of  the  middle  finger,  ==  VA  pes,  =  12  sextantes,  =  6  palmi,  —  18 
iciae. 

8.  Gradus,  us,  m.,  a  step,  =  2  pedes  et  semis. 


*  I  am  following  Balbus  here.  His  German  Interpreter  Fredericus  Hultsch,  in  his 
ork  Metrologicorum  Sctiptorum  Reliquiae,  Vol.  II.,  Teubner,  Lipsins,  1866,  in  his  in- 
oduction,  p.  13,  finds  great  fault  with  Balbus'  statement,  "quas  eadem  dodrans  appella- 
ir,  and  says,  that  up  to  his  time  nobody  could  be  found,  who  could  easily  show  the 
ay,  how  sextants  (half  as)  could  also  mean  dodrans  in  a  lineal  measure-  Then  he 
tempts  an  uneasy  explanation-  Let  me  give  the  easy  one:  Sextans  is  T6Y  of  an  as,  be- 
luse  an  as  counted  12  unciae;  the  same  sextans  is  the  dodrans  (H)  of  a  pes,  because 
pes  counted  16  digiti;  as  a  sextans  here  means  12  d'giti,  as  Balbus  plainly  states,  it  is 
/ident,  that  j-|  being  3A,  the  sextans  clearly  must  be  a  dodrans. 


280 

9.  Passus,  lis,  m.,  a  pace,  a  step,  =  5  pedes. 

10  W»«j  «  =  4  pedes;  from  the  middle  of  the  chest,  to  the  tip  of  the  middl 
finger,  of  the  right  hand;  originally  Gr.  toni,  whence  Hungarian  01,  6  feet,  Germa 
Elk,  English  ell;  a  fathom;  bosom;  the  space  between  stretched  out  clasped  arms. 

11.  Pirtica,  <z,  also  dec'empeda,  ce,  a  perch,  =  10  feet;  a  roost- 

12.  Actus,  us,  m.,  a  landmeasure  =  120  feet  x  120  feet;  the  word  itself  is  derive 
from  ago?  egi,  actum,  to  drive;  in  farming  it  means  a  private  road,  a  drive,  an  acces  t 
one's  own  field;  see  below,  No.  2. 

13.  Stadium,  ii,  Gr.  stadion,  =  125  passus,  =  625  Roman  feet,  =  oOo  teet, 

inCh614  MiUiarium,  ii,  =  1,000  passus,  a  mile,  =  5,000  pedes,  =  8  stadia;  an  Englis 
or  American  mile  -  320  rods,  =  1,760  yards,  =  5,280  feet  The  miles  of -other  natao, 
in  vards-  Norway,  12,182;  Sweden,  11,660;  Hungary,  9,139;  Switzerland,  8,548,  Au 
triay,8297 ;  Prussia,  8,238;  Poland,  8,100;  Italy,  2,025;  Spain,  1,522;  Nether  an 
1094;  a  geographical,  or  nautical  mile,  =  TV  of  a  degree  at  the  equator,  -  b,^» 
27  feet;  the  Roman  mile  1,614  yards;  a  kilometer,  =  1,000  meters,  =  3,280.8  feet. 

15.  Leuca,  or  leuga,  ce,  a  mile  of  the  Galli,  still  used  by  French  Latin  wntei 
whence  the  French  lieue,  =  4  kilometres,  so  adopted;  the  land  leuca  tot  traditional  or 
25  to  a  degree,  =  4,444  metres  (4  kilometres  444  m.);  marine,  =  5,555  metres  is  Mi 
metress,  555  metres).  In  Roman  measure  a  leuca  =  1,500  passus  (5  feet,  as  above),  a, 
it  equalled  the  parasanga  of  the  Persians,  and  the  rasta  of  the  Germans. 

•n 

VIII.  MENSVRA  AGRORVM. 

The  word  ager,  agri,  m. ,  like  the  Gr.  agrbs,  is  supposed  to  come  from  ago,  in  bo 
languages;  but  I  suspect  that  they  both  were  derived  fr.  Gr.  ageiro,  to  gather,  to  colic 
paiticu arly  in  the  field,  the  original  root,  then,  would  be  the  Hebrew  1W  ,agar,  to  g  ih; 
collect,  particularly  harvest,  to  which  may  be  added  Hungarian  ugar  fallow  land, 
must  be  somewhere  near  the  truth.  The  German  acker  has  nothing  to  do  with  this  A 
mology,  for  it  is  a  word  taken  from  the  Romans,  as  a  matter  of  historical  fact,  and  t 
English  acre  is  the  German  word  spelled  in  French. 

Ager,  in  its  wider  meaning  denotes  the  territory  of  a  whole  nation,  or  of  a  town, 
community;  in  a  more  restricted  sense  it  means  the  cultivated  land  of  an  individual, 
has  various  synonyms  with  qualified  meanings.  Its  divisions  are  as  follows: 

1   Scripulum,  i,  is  the  smallest  land  measure,  it  being  100  feet  square. 

2.  Mus,uS,m.,ir.  ago?  egi,  actum,  to  drive;  in  the  agricultural  language  . 
general  meaning  is  a  strip  of  land,  4  feet  wide,  and  120  feet  long;  whence  two  mean  J 
are  derived  (1).  A  drive  way  for  cattle  to  and  fro  on  one's  own  farm,   or  between  ti 


281 

farms,    (b)    A   wagon    road   between  two   fields,    by  contract,   or  other  agreement, 
through  the  neighbor's  farm  to  one's  own  lands  (see  Exer.  Leg.  Emperor  Iustinianus). 
As  a  land  measure,  the  actus  is  of  two  kinds: 

A,  Actus  quadratus,  a  square  piece  of  land,  120x120  feet,  half  an  acre. 

B,  Actus  duplicates,  =  iugerum.  But  Columella,  the  chief  authority  on  this,  states 
distinctly:  duo  actus  iugeri  make  a  length  of  240  feet,  i.  e.,  double  length,  and  only  120 
feet,  i.  e.  12  perticas,  in  width,  which  if  we  multiply,  we  obtain  28,800  feet  a  iugerum. 

3.  Clima,  atis,  n.,  properly  a  slope  (Gr.),  a  piece  of  land,  60  feet  square. 

4.  Farmers  of  Hispania  Bastica  (Andalusia,  and  part  of  Granada),  used  to  call  an 
actus  agnua,  or  agna,  f.,  of  agnus,  i,  a  lamb. 

5.  The  same  farmers  of  Bastica  also  had  a  special  land  measure  of  their  own,  ceiled 

rca,  f.  of  porcus,  i,  a  pig,  measuring  30  feet  in  width,  and  80  in  length. 
6.  The  selfsame  farmers  had  also  a  special  name  for  the  Actus  Quadratus,  and  call- 
id  it  arapennis,  or  airpennis,  as  Isidorus  Hispalensis  (Hispalis  was  a  city  in  Hispania  Bse- 
tica,  now  called  Sevilla),  in  the  Vllth  century,  asserts;  whereas  Columella,  a  Roman 
farmer  of  the  1st  century,  of  the  same  H.  Bastica,  attributes  this  name  and  the  follow- 
ing one  to  the  Galli;  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  French  are  still  using  the  word  as  arpenU 
in  nearly  the  same  sense;  though  I  would  not  assert  that  the  term  was  not  used  in  His- 
pania Baetica,  in  Isidorus'  time,  it  may  even  have  started  here,  though  the  opposite  seems 
nore  likely, 

7.  Candetum,  i,  is  a  parcel  of  land  of  the  Galli,  100  feet  square  in  city  yards,  150 
n  country. 

8.  Versus,  us,  fr.  verto*  verti,  versum,  to  turn,  as  in  ploughing,  or  in  writing  and 
-eading,  which  is  also  a  versus  (as  in  a  book),  called  a  line,  in  English;  a  piece  of  land 
tfith  the  farmers  of  Campania,  Umbria  and  the  Osci,  100  feet '  quaquaversum,"  in  every 
iirection,  meaning  in  4  directions,  i.  e.,  square. 

9-  Iugerum,  i,  \\.  decl.  in  sing.,  III.  in  plur.,  Gen.  pi.  always  iugerum.  As  stated 
ibove,  two  actus  duplicati,  i.  e.,  a  piece  of  land,  120  feet  wide,  and  240  feet  long, 
$,800  feet  square,  as  against  43,500  square  feet  of  the  English  acre.  Varro,  a  contem- 
porary of  Caesar  and  Cicero,  explains,  that  in  ulterior  Spam  the  land  was  measured  by 
*ga,  while  in  the  Roman  and  Latin  fields  the  same  thing  was  called  iugerum;  the  for- 
ner  being  named  from  iugum,  i,  a  yoke,  a  yoke,  or  pair  of  oxen,  meaning  the  stretch 
>f  land,  a  yoke  of  oxen  could  plough  in  a  day,  of  course,  breaking  up  wild  land  with 
vooden  ploughs. 

10.  Centutia,  ce,  originally,  as  indicated  by  the  name,  100  acres;  but,  subsequently 
I  was  doubled  in  size,  and  meant  200  acres,  the  name,  however,  remained  unchanged. 


OE 


282 


EXERCITATIO  LEGENDL 

115.  Apollo,  quaso,  subveni1  mihi  atque  idiuva; 
Confige  sagittis  fures  thesaurarios. 

Plant.,  Aul.  II. ,  8,  25,  26. 

1.  -wV  nit  ntum,  to  come  to  aid,  Imperat;  -go?  xi,  ctum,  to  stab;  I.,  an  arrow: 
fur  Jut  is,  m.,  a  thief;  adj.  of  thesaurus,  treasure. 

116.  Sint  ergo  &  ipsa  materia,  qua  flng£ntur,2  quam  simillima2  verititi;  &  decla- 
m£tio,  in  quantum*  mixime  potest,   imititur  eas  acti6nes,  in  quorum  exe>citati6nem 

rep£rta  est.  _  .  .    .. 

Quint.,  II.,  10,  4. 

1.  -gosnxitfictum,  to  feign,  to  invent.  2.  A  periphrastic  superlative,  the  most 
likely,  having  the  most  resemblance  to  truth,  w.  Dat-  —  3-  As  far  as  it  is  most  possible; 
imitor,1  tatus  sum,  to  do  after,  to  imitate;  =  for  the  practicing  of  which  it  has  been  in- 
vented, or  found. 

117.  Quatemos  HS,1  quos  mihi  Senftus  decreVt,2  &  ex  arano  dedit,  ego  ha*beo,  & 

in  cistam  transferam  txfisco. 

Ctc.,  Verr.,  2,  III.,  197, 

1.  See  Principia,  on  Sestertius.  —  2.  Decerno?  decrevi,  turn,  to  decide,  decree;  cera 
HumJh  fr. .*s,  ®ri$]  (see  Principia),  the  State  treasury;  fiscus,  i,  here,  the  money- 
basket,  in  the  treasury,  as  opposed  to  cista,  (z,  a  chest. 

1L8.  Sed  &  catera,  quibus  opus  fuerit1  in  domum  Dei  tui,  quantumcunque  necks* 
est  ut  exp£ndas,  dibitur  de  thesauro,  &  defisco  Regio. 

Vulgata,  I.  Esdroe,  7,  20 

1.  Opus  est,  what  is  required,  necessary,  w.  Dat-  or,  ut,  accordingly  it  should  b< 
domui,  or  pro  domo;  however  much,  ever  so  much.  Thesaurus  here,  as  in  several  othe 
authors  means  a  safe,  a  money-chest;  originally  the  word  means  a  hoard,  hoarded  u\ 
valuables,  while  the  fiscus  here,  as  also  in  the  next  (119),  that  is,  under  the  early  empe 
rors,  was  the  sovereign's  private  treasury. 

119.  Casar1  6mnia  habet,^«s  eius  privfta  tantum,  ac  sua;  univeYsa  in  impeni 

eius  sunt,  in  patrim6nio  pr6pria. 

Seneca,  De  Ben.,  Vil.,  6 

1  -ar,  is,  already  under  Augustus,  and  ever  since,  the  family  name  of  C  Casar  be 
gan  to  be  used  as  the  Germans  still  use  it,  but  spell  the  word  as  Kaiser,  but  Romans,  too 


283 

sometimes  spelled  it  Kaisar,  and  Kaesar;  =  owns  all;  privatus,  a,  urn,  private,  one's 
own,  =  his  treasury  (owns)  only  the  private  (properties)  and  (what  a,e)  his;  pattimo- 
nium,  iit  what  one  inherits  from  one's  father,  =  in  his  hereditary  possessions  (he  owns) 
riis  personal  properties. 

Then,  as  to  treasuries,  we  should  know  this:  The  Church  writers  gave  preference  to 
thesaurus,  thesaurarium,  whence  the  Latin  countries  have  retained  that  term  for  their 
state  and  private  treasuries;  but  when  speaking,  or  writing  Latin,  the  true  Roman  term 
s  used  with  preference,  cerarium,  it,  Republ.  Rome  has  also  used  fiscus  in  the  same 
sense;  the  early  emperors  used  fiscus  as  their  own,  but  later,  down  to  our  own  times, 
Iscus  meant  the  State  treasury,  and  even  long  before,  or,  better,  always,  had  that  meali- 
ng implied,  for  confisco,1  v.,  has  always  meant  to  seize  private  property  legally  condem- 
ned, and  turn  the  proceeds  over  to  the  public,  State  treasury;  while  "fiscaljs"  still  implies 
ill  treasury  officials,  or  even  general  money,  or  financial  matters.  An  additional  word  is 
y'ayiy  ce,  treasure,  and  treasury,  a  word,  not  unfrequent,  perhaps  Persian,  as  used  in  the 
memorial  verse: 

"Ga^rfrequens  Lib}  cos  duxit  Karthago  triumphos," 

memorable  for  the  fact,  that  it  contains  all  the  letters  of  the  Roman  alphabet.  I  will  add, 
:hat  the  compilers  of  the  English  dictionaries  do  not  know  what  the  word  gazette ,  or 
more  properly  ga^etta  (an  Italian  formation)  means.  If  they  knew  enough  Latin,  they 
:ould  have  found  it  out,  that  it  is  the  diminutive  of  ga^a. 

120.  Sed  hoc  ipsum  concedatur  bonis  rebus  homines  morte  privari,1  ergo  e'tiam 
:ar£re  mortuos  vitce  cbmmodis,  idque  esse  miserum;  certe  ita  dicant  necesse  est. 

Cic,  Tusc.,  i,  36. 

1.  -vo,1  r.,  to  deprive;  mots,  Us,  f.,  death,  Abl-;  constr.  pass.  =  men  to  be  de- 
prived by  death,  of  good  things;  careo?  ui,  Hum,  to  lack,  to  miss,  gov.  AbL;  id  —  mi- 
mum  =  and  that  is  a  pitiable  condition. 

121.  lllae  si  bona*  fide  animum  tuum  intraverunt,  nunquam  a'mplius  intrabit  dolor, 
wnquim  sollicitudo,  nunquam  afflicHdnis  into1  supervicua  vexaYio. 

Seneca,  Cons,  ad  Helviam,  16. 

1.  Initus,  a,  urn,  ineffectual,  void,  useless;  -cum,  a,  urn,  what  is  superfluous,  un- 
lecessary;  -io,  nis,  f.,  fr.  veho?  xi,  ctum,  to  haul,  drag,  frequ.  to  drag  hither  and  thi- 
her,  vexation. 

122.  Inter  pignus1  autem  &  hypothecam  (quantum  ad  actionem  hypotheca'riam  it- 
inet),  nihil  interest;  nam  de  qua  re  inter  creditorem  &  debitdrem  conv£nerit,  ut  sit  pro 
lebito  obliga'ta:  utraque  hac  appellatione  contin£tur;  sed  in  aTiis  differentia  est.  Nam 
>ignoris  app£llati6ne  earn  proprie  rem  contineYi  dicimus,  qu#  simul  e'tiam  traditur2  ere- 


284 

dit6ri,  m£xime  si  mobilis  sit.  At  earn,  quae  sine  traditi6ne,   nuda3   conventi6ne  tendtur 
proprie  hypoth£cae  app£llatione  contineYi  dicimus. 

Iustinianus,  Inst.  IV.,  6,  y 

1.  -us,  oris  (eris),  n.,  a  pledged  thing,   pledging;  ad  —  attinet    (ad  +  teneo)   a: 

regards as  far  as  the  action  at  law  is  concerned),  =  there  is  no  difference;  convenit 

whimpers.,  =  agreed  upon;  be  pledged,  bound  down,  tied  up  for  the  debt;   both  an 
comprised. 

2.  Is,  at  the  same  time  surrendered,  delivered  up  to;  maxime,  particularly.  —  3. 
-us,  a,  urn,  naked,  bare,  mere,  =  by  mere  verbal  agreement,  held;  properly,  in  prope 
sense. 

123.  Quum  &  privati  aequum1  postula"rent,  nee  tamen  solv'endo  are  ali'eno  Respi 
blica  esset,  quod  medium  inter  aequum  &  utile  erat,  decrev£runt. 

Livius,  31,  1 

1.  -us,  ay  urn,  right,  reasonable,  here  a  n.  noun;  -/0,1  r.  to  demand;  I.,  compounc 
ed  from  res  -f  publicus,  a,  urn,  common  affairs,  "commonwealth;"  nee  solvendo  ( 
non  solvendo)  est,  =  is  insolvent;  ces  alienum,  other  people's  money,  =  debitum,  deb 
Dat.,  because /w,  =  equal  to  (paying)  demands  so,  which  is  understood;  ~iust  a,  w 
the  middle,  =  quod  erat  medium,  the  midway  between  what  is  reasonable,  or  just, 
utilis,  e,  useful;  decerno?  deerevi,  decretum,  to  decree. 

124.  Volui  HSQ,1  egi  per  prcedem  ill!  daret,  Antii  quum  hab£ret  venule;  n61uit 

Cic,  Attic.  IX.,  9,4 

1.  The  text  is  much  squeezed  and  difficult  to  disentangle,  but  the  interpreters  of  t 
XVII.  century  have  resolved  it  to  mean:  ego,  quum  haberem  arum  et  domum  Lanuv 
volui  Antii  {Porto  d'An^io,  at  present)  domum  emere,  quae  hortulis  meis  Lanuvin 
quumessent  finitimi,  facile  coniungi  possent;  quamobrem,  per  praedem  (here  a  pubi 
surety,  a  man  publicly  accredited,  a  guarantor;' ,  ut  Phameae,  qui  turn  ibi  venalem  (vh;; 
js  for  sale)  haberet  domum,  solveret  HSQ;  sed  ille  noluit  (vendere  eo  pretio).  On  pg£ 
234  we  have  the  abbreviation  (Q),  as  meaning  500,000,  quingenta  inillia.  In  our  text  i 
not  so  marked,  nor  are  H3,  they  should  be.  But  with  a  little  practice  we  shall  recogni; 
that  the  only  Q,  as  an  abbreviation  means  quingenta  millia;  since  it  is  more  than  100,00 
according  to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  explanation  of  the  sestertius,  we  turn  ih 
numeral  adverbial  quingenties,  while  the  HS  will  be  pronounced  sestertium,  \.  e.:  sestei 
tium  quingenties,  =  500,000  sestertii,  =  $21,470. 

125.  Pecuniam  numerant;1  et  postea  venit  in  mentem  foeneratoribus  nihil  se  \\\vi\ 

illud  Senilis  Consultum,  quod  ex  syngrapha  ius  did  lex  Gabinia  vetaVet.  Turn  fit  S.  C. 

ut  et  ea  syngrapha  esset  qui  vi  caeterae. 

Cic.,  Mtic,  V.,  21,  11 

1.  This  verb  means  both,  to  count,  and  also  as  adnumero,    and  denumero,  to  com 


285 

to  somebody,  and  count  down,  denumero;  here  in  the  latter  sense;  comes  to  the  mind; 
money  lender;  helps-nothing;  a  senate  decree,  enactment,  it  is  usually  abbreviated,  as,  S. 
C  ,  as  in  the  next  line;  a  promissory  no'e;  ius,  iuris,  n.,  ius  dicere,  to  pass  a  judgment; 
to  sit  in  judgment;  a  law  passed  by  Gabinius;  veto}  vetui,  vetitum,  to  forbid,  =  after 
the  money  lenders  had  paid  down  the  money,  they  found  out  (or  came  to  their  minds), 
that  the  Senate  decree  would  not  help  them  any,  because  the  Gabinian  law  forbids  the 
enforcement  of  judgments  on  notes.  Then  a  Senate  decree  was  passed,  that  this  particu- 
lar note  be  of  the  same  force  as  all  others. 

126. nam  n£que  indulge'ndo1   invetera'scere  eorum  ces  alienum   patiebatur, 

neque  multiplica'ndis  usuris  cre'scere- 

Corn.  Nepos,  Mtic.  2,  5. 

1.  -geo,2  si,  Hum,  allow;  -asco,3  avi,  — ,  to  grow  old  in  a  thing,  to  stay  too  long  in 
a  thing,  to  continue  too  long;  -tior,3  passus  sum,  to  suffer;  -co,1  r.,  to  manyfold,  to  in- 
crease, to  make  many  or  much;  I.,  the  using  of  money,  what  is  paid  for  using  other 
people's  money,  now  erroneously  called  "interest."  That  is:  Atticus  the  wealthy  banker 
friend  of  Cicero,  would  not  tolerate  that  his  customers'  debts  should  stand  too  long  by 
forbearance,  nor  that  their  debts  should  grow  larger  by  the  accumulation  of  interest. 

127.  Alemannorum  Rex  Suomdrius  ultro  cum  suis  improvisus  occurrit,  ferox  ante 
S£vie*nsque  in  damna  Romina,  sed  turn  lucrum  existimans  insperitum,  si  propria  retina- 
re  permittere*tur.  Et  quia  vultus  incessusque1  supplicem  indicabat  susce'ptus.  bonoque 
Inimo  esse  iussus  &  plicido,  nihil  arbitrio  suo  relinquens,  pacern  ge'nibus2  curvatis  ora- 
bat.  Et  earn  cum  concessione  prseteritorum  sub  hac  meruit3  lege,  ut  captivos  r£dderet 
nostras,  &  quoties  sit  nec£sse,  militibus  alime'nta  praebeVet,  susceptorum  vilium  more 
securitates  accipiens  pro  illa'tis:  quas  si  non  ostendisset  in  tempore,  sciret  se  rursus  ea  de 
re  fatigindum. 

Ammianus  Marc.  XVll.y  /o,  4. 

1.  -us,  us,  m.,  gait,  going,  walk;  -plex,  ids,  adj.,  one  begging  on  his  knees,  one 
humbly  praying;  -pio?  cepi,  ceptum,  to  take  up,  to  befriend  one,  to  accept  one.  —  2. 
Genu,  genus,  n.,  the  knee.  —  3.-eo,2  ui,  Hum,  to  earn,  to  deserve,  =  was  granted  to  him 
under  the  condition  (lege);  whenever;  provisions;  susceptor,  is,  m.,  a  military  contrac- 
tor to  furnish  provisions  for  the  army,  his  department  is  called  by  the  Germans  "com- 
missariat," now  used  also  in  English;  the  vilis,  e,  here  does  not  mean  what  his  interpret- 
ers think,  as  furnishing  mean  things,  but,  simply,  that  King  Sommer  of  the  Alemani, 
had  to  serve  as  an  ordinary  purveyor  and  get  the  securitates,  a  written  acknowledgement, 
receipt,  from  the  Roman  officers  for  all  provisions  supplied;  which  if  he  failed  to  ex- 
hibit on  demand,  he  could  know,  that  he  would  be  annoyed,  and  compelled  to  repeat 
furnishing  the  same  supplies.  This  is  one  of  the  meanings  of  securitas,  one  of  the  group 
of  words  almost  synonymous,  as  cautio,  satisdatio,  prces. 


286 

128.  Namque  stipulabitur  quis,1  ut  solvergtur  sibi,  quod  esset  iudidtum;  multo  m*- 
gis  is,  qui  in  rem  actione  conveniebitur,  satisdare  cogeb&ur,  si  alidno  n6mine  iudicium 
accipiebat.  Ipse  autem,  qui   in  rem   agSbat,   si   suo  n6mine   pet6bat,  satisdare  non  co- 

gebalur- 

lustinianus,  Inst.  IV.,  //. 

1.  Stands  for  aliquis,  quite  frequent,  as  "dicet  quis,"  somebody  may  say,  some 
one  may  ask;  here:  let  us  say,  some  one  will  stipulate,  that  judgment  should  be  paid  to 
himself;  much  more  the  one;  this  convenit  is  used  impersonally,  but  here  it  is  passive, 
which  is  less  frequent;  upon  a  person  an  agreement  was  reached  in  litigation  as  to  the 
thing  in  question,  and  payment  to  be  made  to  him,  such  a  person  had  to  furnish  security, 
satisdare  cogebatur,  when  such  a  person  received  judgment  in  another  party's  name;  "in 
rem  actione  convenire"  is  the  opposite  of  "qui  in  rem  agit,"  the  complainant,  who  brings 
the  suit  in  his  own  name,  he  does  not  "satisdare." 

129.  Clama're1  omnes  qui  4derant,  nihil  impude'ntius  Sciptio  qui  centesimis  cum 
anatocism©  contdntus  non  esset;  alii,  nihil  stultius.  Mini  autem  impudens  magis,  quam 
stiiltus,  videbatur:  nam  aut  bono  nomine?  centesimis  contentus  erat,  aut  non  bono,  qua- 
ternas  centfsimas  sperSbat.  Q^  ^.  V,  21,  ,2. 

1.  Infin.  without  any  grammatical  reason,  a  frequent  use  in  lively  narratives,  when 
the  other  verb,  causing  this  Inf.  such  as  "coeperunt"  is  omitted;  there  was  nothing  more 
shameless  than  the  usurer  Scaptius;  I.,  what  is  now  called  per  centum,  to  the  Romans 
was  centesima;  anatocismus,  is  compound  interest;  others,   (were  howling,   there  was) 

nothing  more  stupid. 

2-  Here  "bonum  nomen"  means  a  good  debtor,  a  collectible  account-  Cicero  did 
not  think  that  Scaptio  was  a  fool,  but  a  knave,  as  who  preferred  bad  debts  at  four  per 
centum,  than  good  accounts  at  one  per  cent.  The  Roman  per  cent,  was  by  the  month, 
not  by  the  year. 

130.  Erunt  qui  in  eo  quoque  audaciam  repreh£ndant,  quod  aliquot  nominibus  de 
cdpite,1  quantum  c6mmodum  fuerit,  frum£nti  decumam  detr<£xerit 

Cic,  Verr.  2, 1.,  4,  u. 

1.  Nomina  here  again  mean  debtors;  caput,  is  the  total  debt,  or  obligation,  also 
capital,  in  business;  the  decumani,  or  frumentum  decumanum,  is  the  tithe,  tithe  grain, 
the  Sicilian  farmers  in  place  of  taxes  have  agreed  to  pay  to  Rome,  the  decumani  were 
also  its  collectors;  Verres,  therefore,  the  most  scoundrelly  Roman  governor,  would  take 
off  from  the  principal  of  the  grain  due  the  State  from  any,  or  each  tithe-farmer's  indebt- 
edness, or  taxes,  just  as  much  as  he  pleased  (quantum  commodum  fuerit),  and  making 
false  entries. 


287 

131.  Quae  vero  aetas  longa  est?  aut  quid  omnino  h6mini  longum?  Nonne  modo 
pueros,  modo  adolesc£ntes,  in  cursu,  a  tergo  insequens,  necopinantes  assecuta  est  sene'- 
ctus?1  Sed  quia  ultra  nihil  habemus,  hoc  longum  ducimus.2  Omnia  ista,  perinde  ut  cu- 
ique  data  sunt,3  pro  rata  parte,  a  vita  aut  longa,  aut  breVia  dicuntur. 

Cic  ,  Disp.  Tusc.  I.,  39,  94, 

1.  -us,  utis,  f.,  oldness,  agedness,  age,  old  age,  =  old  age  has  attained,  or  come  up 
with,  has  overtaken,  in  a  run,  now  boys,  now  youths,  following  them  from  their  backs 
(a  tergo)  unawares. 

2.  Duco*  xi,  ctum,  here  means  we  deem,  =  because  beyond  we  have  nothing  (i.  c., 
no  matter  how  long  we  live,  old  age  ends  it,  and  we  shall  neither  continue  life  inde- 
finitely, nor  shall  we  go  back  and  start  life  anew),  we  consider  life  long. 

3.  According  as  these  things  have  been  accorded  to  people;  in  that  proportion  they 
are  called  long  or  short  from  (the  duration)  of  life. 

These  loose  translations  are  made  for  adding  the  student  to  reason  out  the  cohesion 
of  the  Latin  sentences,  and  glean  out  the  true  meaning  for  himself. 

132.  Item  in  Necyomintia1  cocionem  pervulgite  dicit  (LabSrius),  quern  veneres  aru- 
lalbrem  dixeVunt. 

A.  Gellius,  N.  A.,  16,  y, 

1.  Gr.,  necyomantia,  the  calling  up,  or  summoning  the  dead,  for  revealing  the  fu- 
ture, here  Laberi us'  work;  widely  used,  diffused,  hence,  used  by  everybody,  therefore, 
vulgar,  vulgarly,  whereas  cocio  is  a  misspelling  of  quotio,  as  stated  in  the  footnote. 

133  Quod  enim  praeteVea  genus1  pecunice  cogendce  praeteriit? 

Cic.}  Verr.  2,  II.,  48,  120. 

1.  The  order:  Nam,  quod  aliud  genus  pecuniam  cogendi  (per  te,  o  Verres)  pneteri- 
vit?  or,  what  other  method  of  collecting  money  have  you  allowed  to  pass  (you,  without 
you  taking  advantage  of  it?) 

134  Ex  fratris1  litteris  incredibilia  quaedam  de  Cassaris  in  me  amore  cognovi:  eaque 
sunt  ipsius  Caesaris  ubemmis  litteris  confirma'ta.  Britannici2  belli  e*xitus  exspectatur. 
C6nstat  enim  aditus3  insula  esse  munitos  mirificis  molibus.  Etiam  illud  iam  cognitum 
est  neque  argtnti  scripulum*  esse  ullum  in  ilia  insula,  neque  ullam  spem  praedas,  nisi  ex 
mancipiis,  ex  quibus  nullos  puto  te  litteris,  aut,  musicis  eruditos  exspectare.  — '  Pa'ullus5 

in  m£dio  Foro  basilicam  iam  pasne  tixuit  iisdem  antiquis  coliimnis Itaque   Claris 

amici  (me  dico  &  Oppium,  dirumpans6  licet) ,  &c. 

Cic.,  Attic.  IV.,  16,  14,  &c. 

1.  Cicero's  brother,  Quintus  Cicero,  commander  of  an  army  corps  under  C.  Csesar 


288 

and  distinguished  himself  in  a  brave  defence  against  the  Gauls  (Caesar  B.  G.  V.  43-48) 
but  has  made  a  bad  mistake,  when  he  allowed  the  Germans  to  surprise  his  camp  (B. 
G  VI  36—39)-  As  Nl.  Cicero,  a  famous  orator,  with  great  influence  among  conservative 
politicians  at  Rome,  like  Cm  Pompeius,  C  Caesar  was  very  much  in  need  of  his 
friendship  for  his  own  political  ends.  So  "Quintus  Frater"  writes  him  o  the  grea 
affection  of  Cesar,  which  was  followed  by  a  "profuse  letter"   (uberrima  litter*)  of 

K  2  England  was  then  Britannia,  from  the  Britons,  originally  immigrated  from  Gaul. 
The  war  of  conquest  of  Britannia  is  described  by  C  Caesar  in  the  Vth  Book  of  his  me- 

m0,r3.  -us,  iis,  w.,  an  access,  entrance;  I.,  an  island;  -«,  is.  f.,  a  mole,   a  sea  wall,  a 

^^Scripulus,  or  scrupulus,  i,  as  explained  above  fa  part  of  an  uncia;  Cicero  says, 
that  there  was  not  a  grain  of  silver  in  all  Britannia,  that  Caesar  could  plunder;  nor  any 
hope  of  other  booty  than  what  he  could  make  on  the  prisoners  of  war  selling  them  as 
slaves-  but  even  these  were  such,  as  Atticus  (or  any  one  else)  would  not  expect  to  find 
among  them  one  learned  in  letters,  or  music.  This  letter  shows  what  was  thought  in 
Rome  of  Caesar's  exploits  in  Gaul  and  Britain.  Successive  events  have  shown  that  they 
were  not  mistaken;  he  needed  an  enormous  amount  of  loot  to  carry  on  wars  to , jet  more 
loot,  to  build  up  and  maincain  a  political  party  in  Rome,  upon  which   to  build  up  an 

imPe?  LhTmilius  Paullus,  Consul,  50  B.  C;  Basilica,  *,  Gr,  palace  of  the  king  but 
this  one  was  the  Basilica  Portia,  built  by  Portius  Cato,  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  be- 
to  eTn  toe  center  of  the  chief  square  in  Rome,  the  Forum  and  used  for  court,  and  for 
fman rial  exchange,  was  now  being  repaired,  the  old  colonnade  (columns  antique),  old 
Pillars) i  being  re  set,  (paene  texuit  =  has  nearly  woven,  i.  e.,  ,n  a  poetical  way,  row, 
of  pillars  resembling  stretched  out  threads) . 

6  D{rutnpoSrupi,ptum,  to  break  up,  to  smash;  to  burst,  =  We,  then  Caesar: 
friend  (1  mean  me  and  Oppius,  even  though  you  burst),  by  envy,  o,  my  friend  Atticus 
said  by  Cicero  for  a  joke, 

135  Hoc  erat  etiam  capitalior.i  quod  idem  (L.  Carpinatius)  pecuniam  iis  qui  al 
^nM\aindmtrcMntm;foenoridabat.  Ea  autem  foeneratio  erat  huiusmodi.  mdices,  u 
SmhtquTsushuicc/deret;  nam,  quas  pecunias  iis  ferebat  exp*nsas,>  quiuscun 
coTahebat.  aut  scribae  istius,  aut  Timarchidi,  aut  etiam  ips,  ist.  referebat  acceptas. 

Cic.y  Verr,  2,  U->  7°'  l'° 

1.  -lis,  e,  compar.,  fr.  caput,  huge,  capital,  as  in  "capital Joke;"  fcenoridareD* 
to  lend  out  money  on  interest,  or  usuary;  indices  in  Vo.    dressing    he    ud         V 
earning;  -do?  ssi,  ssum,  to  go,  =  this  gam  would  go  to  him.  -  2.  herre  expens  s 
carry  on  (in  his  account  book)  as  an  expenditure  to  them, ..  e.,  crediting  them  witl 


289 

»ans,  as  though  lent  to  them,  with  whom  he  so  agreed,  the  same  items  were  credited  to 
ie  clerc,  or  to  T.,  or  to  himself,  as  if  received. 

136.  Maiores1  enim  nostri  sic  habuerunt,  et  ita  in  l£gibus  posive'runt,  furem  dupli 
mdemnari,  foeneratorem  quadrupli. 

M.  Cato,  De  Re  Rustica,  Ptcef. 

1.  -res,  urn,  pi.  only,  ancestors;  the  ancients  said  "posiverunt,"  the  "classical"  pe- 
od  changed  it  to  "posuerunt;"  fur,  Juris,  a  thief;  condemned  to  (pay)  twofold;  usurer 
>urfold. 

137.     Quod  ille  uncidtim1  vix  de  deme'nso  suo 

Suum  defraudans  g£nium,  compdrsit  miser, 
Id  ilia  univeVsum  abripiet. 

P.  Ter.,  Phorm.  i,  r,  /o. 

1.  Adv.  of  uncia,  by  the  ounce,  bit  by  bit;  demetior*  mensus  sum,  to  measure  out, 
art.  p. ,  what  has  been  measured  out  to  him,  =  what  he  kept  saving  up  by  mere  drips, 
om  his  scanty  earnings;  -do,1  r.,  to  cheat;  -us,  ii,  life's  pleasure,  joys  of  life,  enjoy- 
lents,  happiness,  =  depriving  himself  of  life's  pleasures;  -co,1  rsi,  —  to  save  up;  the 
x>r  thing;  id  universum,  all  that,  she  will  snatch  and  run  away  with. 

138-  Ego  ideo,  servos  tu  an  habeas  ad  agrum  colendum,  an  ipse  mutudrias1  6peras 
im  vicinis  tuis  cdmbias,  neque  scio,  neque  laboro. 

L.  Apuleius,  De  Mag.,  Bip.  p.  20. 

1.  -us,  a,  umy  loaned,  lent;  opera,  arum  not  only  "hands,"  hired  laborers,  as  in 
ens.  VI  urn,  but  also  the  labor  they  perform,  a  day's  work;  to  exchange;  laboro,  here, 
=  gives  me  no  concern. 

139.  An.  bene  vale!  *Ag.  &  tu  bene  vale! 

Arrhabonem1  hoc  pro  mina  mecum  fero. 

Ly.  Pe*rii,  Hercle.  Ag.  Imo  haud  miilto  post,  quam  in  ius  veneris. 

Ly.  Quin  e'gomet  tibi  me  addico,2  quid  Prastore  opus  est? 

Verum,  obscero  te,  ut  liceat  simplum  solvere , 

Trec£ntos  Philippos,3  credo,  corrddi  potest: 

Cras  auctionem  fa'ciam. 

Plaut.,  Poen.,  V,  6,  21 — 27. 

1.  -bo,  nis,  m.,  or,  arrha,  x,  earnest  money;  I.,  Gr.  money,  100  drachmas  =  100 
marii,  some  $18;  hoc,  this  thing;  in  ius  venire,  to  come  before  the  court.  —2.  -co,3  xi, 
um,  to  give  one's  self  up,  into  servitude;    verum,  but;  to  pay  one  fold,  not  double,  as 

lieves. 


290 

3.  II  ,  or  -pens,  (nummus)  *,  gold  coin  ordered  struck  by  Philippus,  king  of  Mact 
donia,  father  of  Alexander  Magnus,  of  20  drachmae;  to  scrape  together;  -fco.  nis,  f 
sale,  auction. 

140.  Rupta  quies:  Deus  ancipitem  lymph  foeraV-  urbem 
Mygdoniae'2  Pan  iiissa  ferens  saevissima  Matris; 
Pan  nemorum  bellique  potens3  quern  lucis  ad  horas 
Antra  tenent,  patet  ad  madias  per  d£via  noctes. 

—    —    talesque  metus*  non  Martia  cassis, 

Eumenidumque  comas,  non  tristis  ab  adhere  Gorgon 

SP*rserit'  Val.  Flacc.  Argon,  1. 1. ,  46~5: 

1.  Lympha,  a,  (same  as  Nympha,  originally)  fresh  well  water,  water,  poetically, 
much  abused  word  in  modern  medicine;  -pho*  r.,  to  craze,  to  strike  with  frenzy,  ma. 
ness-  -icus  a,  urn,  pavor,  metus,  panic  stricken  (in  Livius  twice,  Seneca,  Plinius.  — 
Place  in  Macedonia,  Mydonia  Mater  =  Cybele,  mother  of  the  Gods;  saevissima  mss 
very  fierce,  cruel  orders,  commands;  Pan,  Panos  Ace  Pana,  a  sheperd  God;  he  carries 
sudden  fright  in  battles,  the  "pavor  Panicus,"  an  expression  not  used  in  Roman  Lati 
where  pavor,  or  like  here,  metus  lymphaiicus  is  the  expression. 

3  Nemorum  potens,  the  mighty  of  the  groves;  quern  antra  (-urn,  t)  tenent,  wnc 
aveshold,  ad  horas  lucis,  till  the  hours  of  light,  =  who  keeps  retired  from  midmgl 
till  sunrise  in  some  cave;  but  who  is  at  large  in  hidden  recesses  till  midnight. 

4  IV  m  fear,  pi  ;-is,idis,lt  a  helmet;  -des,  urn,  the  Furiae,  their  comx  we 
loose  flying;  tristis  Gorgon,  (Gorgo,  onis),  the  melancholical  Medusa,  one  of  the  tht 
sisters,  (daughters  of  Phorcus),  with  hair  of  snakes,  turning  into  stone  any  one  who 
she  would  look  at,  =  not  the  sight  of  the  Martian  helmet,  and  the  sight  of  the  hairs 
the  Furies,  not  Medusa,  the  melancholical,  has  scattered  from  the  air  above  such  a  tern 
as  did  Pan,  &o 

136.  Da.  Heus,  iam  jippetit1  meridies; 

Tr.  Absolve2  hunc  quaeso  v6mitum,  ne  hie  nos  £necet. 

Qu*tuor  quadraginta  ill!  debentur  minae: 

Et  son&fcenus.  Piaut.,  Most.,  III.,  ,,  n9-4 

1.  -to?  ivi,  itum,  here,  approaches. 

2  -vo*  vi,  utum,  to  untie,  loosen,  Imper.,  IV.  m.,  vomit,  here  by  contempt,  fl 
plied  to  a  man;  -co}  r.,  to  kill  little  by  little;  are  owed  to  him  44  minae,  both  pnncil 
and  interest. 

137.  Caupdnem1  quoque  vicinum,   atque  ob  id   aemulum,  deformaVit  (divina,  1 


291 

iga)  in  r^nam:  &  nunc  senex  ille  dblium  inna'tans  vini  sui,  adventores  prfstinos,  in  faece 
ubmissus,  officiosis  ronchis  raucus  appe*llat 

L.  Apul,,  Metam  ,  I.,  p.  g,  Bipont. 

1.  po,  nis,  an  innkeeper;  II.,  a  neighbor;  for  that  reason;  II.,  a  competitor;  -mo,1 
.,  to  disfigure:  a  wise  woman,  a  sorceress;  I.  >  a  frog;  -um,  i,  a  barrel;  -to,1  r  ,  to  swim 
1;  -or,  is,  a  customer;  -us,  a,  urn,  former;  fax,  facts,  f.,  usually  pL,  dregs,  lees,  of 
ine;  crept  down,  lying  low;  -us,  a,  urn,  respectful,  obliging,  submissive;  II.,  Gr.,  prop- 
rly,  snoring,  croaking;  -us,  a,  um,  hoarse;  -lo1  r.,  to  call,  to  appeal  to. 

138.  St.  Neque  unquam1  quisquam  est,  cuius  ille  ager  fuit, 
Quin  p£ssume  ei  res  vorterit,  cuium  fuit- 
Alii  exulatum2  abierunt,  alii  em6rtui, 
Alii  se  suspendeYe;  hem!  nunc  hue3  cuius  est, 
Ut  ad  incitas  redact  us! 

Plant.,  7rin.,  II. ,  4,  132—11,6. 

1.  Ever;  anybody;  old  form,  pessume,  for  pessime;  vtfrtit,  old  form,  for  v^rtit;  an- 
ently  cuius,  a,  urn,  =  cuius  id  fuit. 

2.  -lo,1  r. ,  to  go  into  banishment. 

3.  Hue,  ad  incitas,  ut  redactus  est,  =  how  hither,  into  bankruptcy  he  was  driven, 
educed. 

139.  Nam  quum  —  proconsul  Africam  r£geret,  eique  \tgitus  filius  esset  a  Senatu 
atus,  quumque  quidam  rationalis  acrius  contra  plurimos  Afrorum  saeviret,  &c. 

Capitol.,  Gord.,  7. 

140.  RATIONALES   LITTERAE. 

Inscr.  Orelli,  $g. 

141.  Loci  communes:  Faculties1  augere,  non  minuere  oportire,  &,  impud£ntem 
se,  qui  pro  beneficio  non  gratiam,  verum2  merc£dem  postulet;  contra  autem  de  pecunia 
itiocinari,  sordidum3  esse,  quum  de  gratia  referenda  deliber&ur. 

Cic.  De  Invent.  2,  49,  115. 

1.  -Us,  urn,  {.,  means,  property;  ~nuo?  ui,  utum,  to  lessen-  —  2.  But;  -ces,  Sdis, 
,  reward,  wage;  -lo,1  r.,  to  ask,  claim,  demand.  —  3.  -us,  a,  urn,  dirty,  here  moral 
irtiness,  sordid;  gratia  referenda,  thanks  to  be  rendered,  =  it  is  dirty  to  make  money- 
ilculations,  when  .  .  . 

142.  Ut  boni  rdtiocinatores1  esse  possimus,  &  addendo,  deducendoque  videre,  quse 
iliqui  summa  fiat. 

Cic,  Off.,  L,  18,  59. 


292 

1.  -tor,  is,  a  calculator;  dedtco*  xi,  ctutn,  to  guide,  lead,  draw,  off,  down,  away 

here,  to  subtract;  -  quum,  i,  a  remainder. 

143.   VIAM  FECEI  AB  PEGIO  AD  CAPVAM  ET  IN  EA   VIA   PONTEIS    OMNElS    MILIARIO! 
TABELARIOSQUE  POSEIVEI  HINCE  SVNT  NOVCERIAM  MEILlA  LI. 

Milestone  by  P.  Popilius  Lcenas,  Cos.,  1^2,  B.  C 

(viam  feci  a  Rhegio  ad  Capuam,  et  in  ea  via  pontes  omnes 
mi/iarios,  tabe/ariosque  posui;  hinc  [ce]  sunt  Nuceriam 
mi/ia  51). 

Here  is  a  sample  of  archaic  Latin,  rendering  long  i  by  eit  ab  before  a  consonant;  pi 
-«  is  also  expressed  by  eis;  not  duplicating  /  in  mi//iarios  (lapides,  milestones),  tabef/a 


riosTmail  rotations;  posivi  for  posui,  Uke  inPlautus;  hince,  forhin^e;  1*  express* 


by  ou  like  in  Greek,  Afowceria,  for  W  ...  -  -  To  affect  archaism  in  milia,  but  not 
tabe//a,  and  posivi  too,  is  clownish. 


144.  ...  dicimus  enim  et  "mille  homines  docuit,"  &  mille  h6minum  magister.  1 
plurali  vero  declinatur,  milia,  milium,  milibus,  uno  /  sublato. 

Cledoniusy  Jirs  Gram.,  Put.  p.  100 

Cledonius  was  a  Roman  Senator  of  the  Vlth  century,  living  at  Constantinople,  at 
he,  with  his  countrymen,  at  that  age,  pronounced  mi/ia  with  one  /. 

145.  Mille,  numerus,  a  qaibiisdam   per  unum  /  scribitur,   quod  mi/ia  dicimus,  nc 

mi//ia;  alii,  melius,  per  duo  U  existimant  scrib&idum. 

Mag.  Aur.  Cassiod.  De  Orth.y  Put.  p.  229 

Magnus  Aurelius  Cassiodorus  was  a  learned  minister  of  Theodoricus  (or  Dietricl 
king  of  the  Ostrogoths,  and  died  about  575  A.  D.  -  According  to  his  statement  sor 
people  also  wrote  mi/e  for  mille,  which  he  disproves,  but  he  agrees  that  mi/ia  was  t 
pronunciation  also  in  Italy,  in  the  Vlth  century,   Rome   politically  having  seased  to  ex 

100  years  before.  •  ..  . 

These  two  otherwise  venerable,  authors  have  no  standing  before  German  philolog 
and  their  writings  would  be  frowned  at  by  the  Universitaten,  und  Gymnasun,  to  = 
■'unklassisch,"  but  they  are  most  welcome  to  back  up  Brambachian  doctrines  to  overthn 
what  is"klassisch,"  and  to  show  how  all  the  world  has  been  mistaken  during  2,UW  yea 

146    Ita  unum  mille,  &  duo  millia  certa  atque  dir6cta  ratidne  dicitur.  •  (l| 

cilius  millipassum  dixit  pro  mille  passibus, aperteque  ostendit  mille  &  vocabulu 

esse  &  singulan  numero  dici,  eiusque  plurativum  esse  mlha. 

A,  uellius,  o\.  si-,  *> 


)8 

Aulus  Gellius,  a  famous  Roman  grammarian  and  critic,  who  died  about  175  A.  D., 
i  his  Nodes  Attica,  frequently  quoted  also  by  me,  was  a  specialist  in  noticing  all  cu- 
rsities  of  expressions  and  words,  usages  of  writers,  and  of  the  people,  as  in  che  present 
i.tance  noting  Locilius'  milli,  for  mill*,  states  directly,  that  the  pi.  of  mille  is  millia; 
it  conceivable  that  he  would  not  have  specifically  mentioned  the  pi.  milia,  had  such  a 
t  ng  been  known  to  him?  Neither  does  Quintilianus  (middle  of  the  I.  century)  have 
a/  reference  to  this  extraordinary  doctrine. 

147.  Quod  dicitur  hoc  mille  denarium,  a  quo  multitudinis  fit  millia  dendria. 

[ina  sic  loquuntur:  hoc  mille  denarium,  non  hoc  mille  denatii;  &  hoc  duo  millia  dena- 
r'tn,  non  duo  millia  denaVii. 

M.  Ter.  Varro.  De  L.  Lna.  VIII. 

Marcus  Terentius  Varro,  the  most  learned  of  all  Romans,  was  a  contemporary,  and 
ind  of  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero,  to  whom  he  has  also  dedicated  his  books  De  Lingua  La- 
a,  the  first  four  of  which  have  never  reached  our  age;  and  Cicero  would  always  consult 
fee  books,  whenever  preparing  an  oration,  or  other  literary  work.  Had  he  ever  heard 
jmi/ia,  when  he  directly  speaks  of  the  word,  could  he  have  overlooked  so  curious  an 
option? 

When  all  the  world's  schools  accept  Brambach's  misrepresentations,  falsifications 
d  forgeries,  without  a  single  protest,  and  adulterate  every  lexicon,  every  author,  every 
i  oolbook  in  the  whole  civilized  world,  it  will  show  on  one  hand  how  few  Latinists  have 
I  t-hand  knowledge,  how  few  of  them  study,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  time  that  at 
st  one  protest  should  be  recorded  in  the  world  of  education  in  behalf  of  truth  and  his- 
<  ical  honesty. 

148.  Rusticorum  pradiorum  iiira  sunt  hasc:  iter,  ictus,  via,  aquaeddctus.  Iter  est  ius1 
idi,  ambulindi  hominis,  non  6tiam  iumetitum  ageiidi.  Actus  est  ius  ageiidi  vel  iumen- 

ii,  vel  vehiculum.  Ita  qui  hibet  iter,  actum  non  habet;  qui  actum  hibet,  et  iter  habet, 
im  sine  ium£nto.  Via  est  ius  eundi,  &  agendi,  &  ambulandi:  nam  &  iter,  &  actum 
1  in  se  cdntinet.  Aquceductus  est  ius  aquas  duc^ndae  per  fundum  alie'num.2 

Iustinianus,  Instit.  II.,  3. 

1.  lus,iuris,  n.,  the  right;  Gerundium  of  eo±  vi,  turn,  of  going;  ago,  here  in 
I  first  meaning,  to  drive.  —  2.  -us,  a,  urn,  what  belongs  to  others,  =  other 
spies'  ground. 

149.  E  lacte1  fit  et  butyrum,  barbaranim  gentium  lautissimus  cibus,  &  quia  dlvites 
I'lebe  discernat.  Plurimum  e  bubulo,2  &  inde  nomen;  pinguissimum  ex  6vibus.  Fit  & 
;capnno^;3sedhyemecalefa:cto  lacte;  aestate  expresso  tantum  crebro  iactatu  in  longis 
'■is,  angusto  foramine  spiritum  accipie'ntibus  sub  ipso  ore,  alias  prseligito.    Additur  pa- 

n  aquae,  ut  ac£scat.4  Quod  est  maxime  coictum,5  in   summo  fluitat,  id  exemptum, 


294 

addito  sale,  oxygala  appellant.  Reliquum  decoquunt  in  ollis.6  Ibi  quod  superndtat,7  bu  • 
rum  est  oleosum  natiiri.  Quo  magis  virus  rdsipit,8  hoc  praestintius  iudicatur.  Plurit; 
compositi6nibus    miscftur    inveteratum.     Natura   ems    adstringere,9    mollire,    reple, 

purgire.  ,  >r     _ 

Plinius,  H.N.  28,  733,  \\ 

1.  Lac,  lactis,  n.,  milk;  -urn,  i,  butter;  -tus,  a,  urn,  luxurious,  sumptuous;  pie, 
bis,  f.,  the  lower  class  of  people. 

2.-u$,atutn,   fr.    bos,   bovis,   an   ox,   also  cow,  generally  cattle,  here,  cow-mi; 
hence  the  name,  that  is,  in  Greek,   bovs,  bos,  and  tyros,  cheese;    -is,  e,  fat;    ovis,  is, 
sheep. 

3.  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  capra,  ce,  a  she  goat;  hyems,  mis,  f.,  winter;  pp.  of  calefacio,  > 
heat;  -tas,  atis,  f.,  summer;  exprimo*  pressi,  ptessum,  to  squeeze  out;  creber,  bra,  u, 
frequent;  IV.,  m.,  shaking,  throwing  hither  and  thither;  vas,  vasts,  n.,  a  vase,  a  ves: ; 
•men,  ims,  n.,  a  hole;  IV.,  m.,  air,  breathing;  os,  oris,  n.,  mouth,  opening  of  a  ves: ; 
otherwise,  at  other  times;  -go}  r.,  to  tie  up. 

4.  -sco,3  to  become  sour. 

5  Cogo?  coegi,  coactum,  to  thicken;  -urn,  i,  the  tops;  -to,1  r.,  to  float;  -mo?  e  , 
ptum,\o  take  out,  taken  out;  sal,  is,  m,  and  m,  salt;  I,  in  Gr.  n-,  here  the  neuter  g  - 
der  is  used,  and,  meaning,  properly,  sour  milk,  but  here  Plinius  indicates  the  curd,  r 
curds,  but,  since  salt  is  added,  he  means  what  we  call  cottage  cheese,  and  so  he  mixes  p 
things.  In  Latin  the  sour  milk  proper  we  call  coagulum;  when  boiled  and  strained  11  a 
pointed  bag,  the  watery  portion  flows  out,  and  this  is  called  serum,  in  Latin  (a  m  h 
abused  word  in  medicine),  its  name  in  English  is  whey;  but  all  this  has  nothing  in  cc .- 
mon  with  butter;  for  this  is  obtained  from  cream,  in  Latin,  flos  lactis,  which  by  be  g 
beaten  about  in  a  vessel  (a  pity  that  Plinius  gave  no  name  to  it),  the  condensed  pori  n 
of  which  is  butyrum,  and  the  remaining  milk  is  called  by  us  oxygala,  ,.  e.,  butter nc 
while  the  solid  portion,  in  the  former  case,  what  Plinius  calls  oxygala,  from  the  shap)l 
the  bag,  in  colloquial  Latin  is  called  formago,  whence  the  French  have  derived  1 11 
frontage. 

6  Olla  ce  a  pot;  -quo,3  xi,  ctum,  to  boil  down.  In  Plinius'  opinion  the  barbar  I 
(probably  the  Poles,  or  the  little  Russians,   Ruthenians  in  Upper  Moesia  now  Ruma  a 
and  Bessarabia)  boiled  down  the   whey,  of  which  the  "oxygala"  was  taken  out,  and 
tained  butter.  This  is  a  mistake. 

7  -no,'  r.,  to  float  on  the  surface;  -us,  a,  urn,   oily;  Abl.,  by  its  nature.    Wen 
conjecture  what  the  barbarians  did,  for  1  have  seen  it  done  myself.    While  they  can  N 
boiled  do*n,  not  the  whey,  or  serum,  but  what   we  call  oxygala,  1. 1.,  b"1^ 
full  of  granules  of  butter,  which  would  melt  thereby,  and  would  float  on  the  surface 
strong  smelling  oil,  and  ultimately,  when  cooled  down,  it  won  Id  be =  ye low    buter 
all  meat  elements  and  stearin  extracted;  it  is  just  as  likely  that  the  butter  itself  was  rH 


295 

i,  which  leaves  a  sediment  with  a  pungent  taste  and  smell   quite  palatable.     The  next 
Mitence  seems  to  justify  this  supposition. 

8.  Resipio,3  — ,  — ,  fr.  re  +  sapio,  to  smack,  to  savor;  virus,  i,  n.,  usually  hand- 
d  as  indeclinable  n.  noun,  poison,  particularly  found  in  the  bodies  of  animals,  here,  a 
ungent  taste  and  smell,  as  stated  above,  =  the  more  pungent  in  taste,  all  the  more  ex- 
tent it  is  judged. 

9.  -go*  xi,  strictum,  to  bind  (whence  string) ;  -lio*  r.,  to  soften;  -pleo,s  vi,  turn, 
>  fill  up,  or  out;  -go,1  r.,  to  cleanse,  =  its  medicinal  properties  are:  to  solidify  the 
Dwels,  to  soften  (and  promote  digestion),  to  fill  out  hunger,  cleanse  (the  stomach  and 
owels). 

150.  Merula.1Dt  fructu,  inquit,  hoc  dico  quod,  forta'sse,  an  tibi  satis  sit,  Axi,  in  quo 
jct6rem  hibeo  non  solum,  qui  alveaxia  sua  loca'ta  ha'bet  quotinnis  quinis  millibus  pon- 
3  mollis,  sed  6tiam  nunc  Varronem  nostrum,  quern  audivi  dic£ntem,  duo  milites  se  ha- 
jisse  in  Hispinia  fdtres  Veianios  ex  agro  Falisco  locupl£tes,  quibus  quum  a  patre  re- 
:ta  £sset  parva  villa,  &  agellus  non  sane  ma'ior  iugero  lino;  hos  circum  villam  totam  al- 
lium fecisse,  &  hortum  habuisse,  ac  reliquum  thymo  &  cythiso  obsevisse,  &  api&tro. 
os  nunquam  minus,  ut  peraeque  ducerent2  d£na  millia  sest^rtia  ex  melle  recipere  esse 
Jlitos. 

M.  Ter.  Varro,  De  Re  Rust.,  III.  \6. 

1.  Nn.  prop,  of  the  speaker;  IV.,  m.,  very  often,  like  here,  means  returns,  output, 
•ofit,  not  fruit  proper;  Vocat.  of  *Axius,  the  person  spoken  to;  auctot,  is,  not  of  books 
one,  but  originator  of  something,  authority  for  some  statement  we  quote;  alvear,  is, 
■  a  beehive,  alvearium,  ii,  the  whole  colony  of  hives,  a  beehouse;  loco,1  r.,  to  let  for 
nt;  adv.  yearly;  for  pondo  see  Prin.  Gram.  VI.,  De  Ponderibus;  melt  mellis,  n.,  honey; 
inc  V.  nosh  urn,  he  was  present  and  participant  of  the  conversation;  duo  is  frequent  for 
ios;  villa,  ce,  a  country  place;  II.,  a  patch  of  field;  same,  adv.,  indeed,  Abl.,  of  one 
:re;  hortus,  i,  a  garden;  the  rest;  cythisus,  i,  -urn,  i,  a  kind  of  clover;  obsero,3  sevi> 
turn,  to  sow  to;  apiastrum,  i,  %  plant,  liked  by  beas,  balm. 

2.  Duco  very  frequently  means  to  judge,  deem,  consider,  very  reasonably,  or  rea- 
nable;  about  "sestertia"  see  Prin.  Gram.  IV.  on  Roman  money. 

151.  Interim  studiosi  agricolationis1  hoc  primum  docendi  sunt  uberrimum  esse  redi- 
n  vineaVum;  atque,  ut  omittam  ve*terem  illam  felicita'tem  arvorum,  quibus  &  ante  iam 
•  Cato,  &  mox  Ter£ntius  Varro,  prodidit  singula  iugera  vinearum  sexc£nas  urnas  vini 
aebuisse;  id  enim  maxime  asseve*rat  in  primo  libro  Rerum  Rusticarum  Varro;  nee  una 
giont  provenire  solitum,  verum  &  in  Faventino  agro  &  in  Ga'llico,  qui  nunc  Pice'no 
ntribuitur;  haec2  iis  certe  cemporibus.  Sed  Nomentana  r£gio  nunc  celeb6rrima  fama'  est 
ustris,  &  praecipue  qua-m  possidet3  S6neca,  vir  excell£ntis  ing£nii,  atque  doctrinae,  cuius 


296 

in  praediis  vineanim  itigera  singula  ctilleos  octdnos  reddidisse  plerumque  compeVtum  e  ; 
Nam  ilia  vidSntur  prodigialiter4  in  nostris  Ceretanis  accidisse,  ut  aliqua  vitis  apud  te  e 
c£deret  uvarum  numerum  du6ruminillium,  &  apud  me  octuag£nae  stirpes  insitse  ini  I 
bi£nnium  sept£nos  culleos  peraequarent,  ut  primae  vineae  centinas  amphoras  iugerar 
praebeVent,  quum  prata,  &  pascua,  &  sylvae,  si  centinos  sest£rtios  in  singula  iugera  el 
ciant,  6ptime  domino  consulere  videa'ntur.  Nam  frum6nta,  maiore  quidem  parte  Itfli 
quando  cum  quarto5  responderint,  vix  meminisse  p6ssimus.  Cur  ergo  res  infamis6  est? 

Col.  III. 

1.  Mo,  nist  f.,  the  cultivating  of  the  fields;  -tura,  ce,  is  its  abstraction;  studios, 
i,  m.,  a  striver  after,  a  student,  here  as  well  as  in  a  school;  uber,  ens,  adj.  of  one  endii 
copious,  abundant,  plentiful,  fertile;  IV.,  m.,  returns;  I.,  a  vineyard;  -to,8  si,  ssum, 
leave  unmentioned;  tas,  tatis,  f.,  happiness,  prosperity:  -urn,  i,  a  cultivated  field,  i 
etical,  for  ager,  griy  really  a  field  ploughed,  but  not  sown;  -do*  didi,  ditum,  pro  +  < 
to  give  away,  to  betray,  to  record,  as  history,  here  in  this  sense;  sexceni,  x,  a,  about, 
as  many  as  600;  about  urna  see  text;  prcebeo*  ui,  itum,  to  hand  over,  to  give,  furni 
-ro}  r.,  to  assert;  Varro's  often  quoted  work  De  Re  Rustica;  nio*  ni,  ntum,) 
come  forth. 

2.  These  (things);  surely,  no  doubt  (have  happened)  in  those  times- 

3.  -deo,2  sedi,  ssum,  (potis  sum  +  sedeo,  I  hold  in  my  power,  I  am  settled  o 
to  hold,  to  own,  though  not  strictly  speeking;  L.  An.  Seneca,  the  famous  Stoic  ph 
sopher,  tutor  to  Nero,  born  at  Corduba  (Cordova )  in  Hispania  Baetica,  a  wealthy  la 
owner  and  farmer,  as  here  stated;  died  65  A.  D-;  ocibnos  as  many  as  eight;  compel 
peri,  rtum,  and  -rior^  rtum  est,  is  a  well  established  fact,  well  known. 

4.  Fr.  prodigium,  iif  (pro  =  prae  +  dico,  to  foretell  events),  a  marvel,  a  worn 
an  unnatural,  or  supernatural  event;  adv.  -aliter,  in  a  wonderful,  extraordinary  m 
ner;  as  many  as  eight;  stitps,  pis,  f.,  stock;  insrro*  sevi,  insitum,  to  plant;  -«* 
(within)  two  years'  (time);  as  many,  as  seven;  a  vineyard;  as  many  as  a  hundi 
-urn,  i,  a  meadow;  -cm,  orum,  seldom  pascuum,  i.  a  grazing  land;  1-,  a  forest;  consu 
ui,  sultum,  to  take  care,  to  give  good  advice,  to  provide  for,  =  one  would  consider  1 
t  had  done  the  right  thing  towards  (by)  its  owner- 

5-  When  the  grains  answer  (respond)  with  the   fourth,  i-  e. ,  fourth   increment, 
crease,  four  times  as  much  as  was  sown;  memini,  isse,  has  no  pres.  time  even  in  Ini- 
the  perf.,  as  here,  is  employed,  =  we  can  scarcely  remember. 

6.  -is,  e,  that  has  no  (good)  fame,  not  reputable,  disreputable;  why    is   (or   staff 
be)  viticulture  of  questionable  repute  (as  a  lucrative  investment,  and  occupation)? 

152.  Nam  ut  amplissimas1  imptSnsas   vineae   pdscant,    non   tamen  excSdunt  sepr 
ugera  unius  6peram  vinitons,  quern   vulgus   quidem   parvi   aeris,    vel  de  lapide  n6x  | 


297 

isse  compirari  putat;  sed  ego  plurimorum  opinioni  disseiitiens,  pretiosum  vinitorem 
iprimis2  esse  ce*nseo;  isque  licet  sit  emptus  sex,  vel  potius  sest£rtiis  octo  millibus,  quum 
>um  solum  septem  iugerum  totidem  millibus  numm6rum  partum,  vinea'sque  cum  sua 
te,  id  est,  cum  pedam£ntis  &  viminibus  binis  millibus  in  singula  iugera  positas  duco. 
:  turn  in  assem  consummatum3  premium  sestertiorum  XXIX  millium.  Hue  account  se- 
sses4  usurarum  sest^rtia  tria  millia,  &  quadringenti  octuaginta  nummi  bi£nnii  tempcris 
o,  velut  mfintii  vineaVum,  cessat  a  fructu.  Fit  in  assem  summa  sortis5  et  usurarum 
1XII  millium  quadringentorum  LXXX  nummorum;  quod  quasi  nomen,  si,  ut  foenera- 
'  cum  debiibre,  ita  rusticus  cum  vineis  suis  f£cerit,  eius  summae,  ut  in  perp£tuum 
edicam  usuram  semissium  dominus  constituat,  percipere  debet  in  annos  singulos  mille 
>ting£ntos  quadraginta  sestirtios  nummos,  qua  computatione   vincit  tamen  reditus  VII 

[erum usuram  trium  millium  quadringentorum  octuaginta  nummorum.  Quippe,6 

deteYrimi  generis  sint  vineas,  si  cultae,  singulos  utique  culleos  vini,  singula  earum  iuge- 
peraequ^bunt;  utque  trec£ntis  nummis  quadrag£nae  urnae  v£neant,  quod  minimum  pr£- 
m  est  annonae,  consiimant  tamen  septem  cullei  sesteVtia  duo  millia,  &  centum  num- 
)S,  ea  porro  summa  exc£dit  usuram  semissium.  Atque  hie  calculus,7  quern  posiiimus, 
ascini  rati6nem  continet;  sed  nos  exstirpinda  vin£ta  cens£mus,  quorum  singula  iugera 
nus  quam  ternos  culleos  praebent. 

Colum.  III.  3. 

1.  Amplus,  a,  urn,  superl.,  wide,  broad,  large;  I.,  outlay;  I.,  vineyard;  -SCO,3  po- 
ci,  to  ask,  to  demand,  Prses.  Coni.  because  ut,  here  =  be  it,  that  .  .  .  granting, 
.t .  .  .  even  though;  vinitor,  is,  the  manager  of  vineyards,  vintage,  presses,  and  all 
:>aratus  pertaining  to  wine-making,  a  vintner;  opera,  ce,  labor,  operation,  =  still  se- 
1  acres  do  not  exceed  the  capacity  of  a  vintner;  vulgus,  i,  n.  (often  m.  with  many 
:hors)  not  used  in  pi.,  ordinary  folk,  the  average  man;  cheaplv;  lapis,  idis,  here 
ans  a  kind  of  pier,  upon  which  slaves  used  to  stand  for  sale;  -us,  i,  a  malafector,  or  a 
ivict;  -ro,1  to  getf  procure,  =  whom,  according  to  popular  belief,  one  could  get 
aply  (parvi  aeris),  even,  for  that  matter,  a  convict  from  the  selling  piers. 

2.  Adv.  fr.  in  primis,  above  all;  debit e  is  lacking,  ==  the  vinitor  should  be  an  ex- 
lsive  man;  i.  e.,  a  slave,  bought  at  high  price;  solum,  i,  the  ground;  pario*  peperi, 
turn,  paritum,  in  its  secondary  meaning,  to  acquire,  the  vinitor  may  cost  as  much  as 
seven  acres  of  land,  6,  or  rather  8  thousand   sestertiis;    dos,  dotis,  f.,    in   secondary 

aning,  a  by-product,  or   accessories,    -urn,   i,  stakes,    props,   -men,   inis,   n.,  twigs, 
;r,  a  slip. 

3.  -mo,1  r.,  fit,  fr.  fio,  c  —  the  whole  price  (expense)  is  summed  up  to  an  as. 

4.  Semis,  issis,  half  an  as,  s  —  usurarum,  half  per  cent,  interest,  i.  e.,  per  month, 
ch  is  equivalent  to  our  6%  per  year,  here,  upon  the  investment;  biennius,  a,  urn,  of 
1  two  years;  I.,  infancy;  ceases  from  tearing. 

5.  Here,  sors,  sot  tis,  f,  capital  invested;  nomen,  inis,  n.,  here,  an  investment,  a 
d  claim,  not  yet  collected;  a  lender  with  his  debtor;  prcedictus,  a,  urn,  foresaid  inter- 


298 

est,  perpetuus,  a,  urn,  standing,  not  ceasing,  permanent;   each  year;  vinco?  vici,  victu 

to  surpass,  to  vanquish  (in  ordinary  parlance,  it  beats). 

6  For  as,  in  as  much  as,  namely,  superl.  of  det'erior,  ius,  has  no  positive  degr, 
ut  -  sim  det-  even  though  they  be  the  worst;  peraquo?  v.,  to  match,  to  equal;  vent 
ivi  ii,  Hum  (venum  -  eo)  to  command  a  price,  sells,  intrans.,  I.,  the  yearly  crop,  01 
put;  -mo?  psi,  ptum,  to  use  up,  i.  e.,  shouli  the  cost  be;  excedtt,  {-do?  cessi.  ssum) 

VI"C  7.  ^'calculation,  reckoning;  II.,  proper  name;  ratio,  nis.  f.,  =  calculus;  exstirp 
r.,  fr.  ex  +  stirps.  is  a  stem,  to  root  up,  to  uproot;  -urn,  t,  vinea;  ternos,  =  tres;  -be 
ui,  Hum,  to  hand,  or  reach  over,  to  give,  produce. 


, 


153   _  3.  Numerus  est  unititum   collectio,  vel  quantitatis  acinus,  ex  uniti 
profusus »  Htiiu^  igitur  prima  divisio  est  in  impirem   atque  pirem     Et  par  quidem  e 
qui  potest  in  squilia  duo  dividi,  uno  medio  non  intercedente;*  impar  veto,  quern  nut 
in  aqualia  dividit,  eo,  quod  in  medio  pratdictus  unus  mtercedat. 

4    Ilia  autem  secundum  Pythagoricam  disciplinam3  talis  est;    par  numerus  est, 
sub  eadem  divisidne  potest  in  maxima  parvissimique  dividi:    mixime  spitio,  parvissn 

quantit  te^  n<imenIS  est,  qui  potest  in  duo  piria  dividi,  eiusque  pars  in  ilia  I 
piria,  partisque  pars  in  ilia  duo  piria.  ut  hoc  tdties  fiat ,  usqued urn  div.sto  pirttum 
indivisibilem  naturfliter  perveniat  unititem.  Ut  LX111I  numerus  habet  med.etitem XX.  1 
qui  autem  medietitem  XVI,  hie  veroVlll.HuncquoquequaterniriusMnsqua  partita,  i 
binirii  duplus  est;  sed  binarius  unititis  medietite  dividitur,  qua;  unitas  naturihter  snfl 
litis,  non  recipit  sectidnem- 

24  Sdperparticuliris  est  ndmerus  ad  ilterum  comparitus,  qudties  hibet  in  se  toil 
minor  m,  &  eius  iliquam  partem;  qui  si  minoris  hibeat  medietitem,  vocitur  sesaum 
si  vero  tertian,  partem,  vocitur  sesquitertius;  si  vero  quartam,  sesquiquirtus;  et,  si  q| 
tarn,  vocatur  sesquiquintus;  atque  his  nominibus  in  infinitum  duebs,  in  infinitum  a 
que  superparticulirium  forma  progreditur.  E:  maidres  quidem  ndmen  hoc  modovo, 
tur  mindres  vero,  qui  hibentur  toti,  &  edrum  iliqua  pars,  unus  subseqmalter,  ilterjl 
sesquWrtius,  ilius  subsesquiquirtus,  ilius  vero  subsesquiquintus,  atque  idem  secundi 
maiorum  normam.5  multitudin£mque  protenditur. 

Bo'ethius,  Inst.  Aritll 

1  Part,  prart-  profundo?  fudijusum,  fo  pour  forth. 

2  -do?  cessi,  ssum,  fr.  inter  +  cedo,  to  go  between;  i.  e-,  take  lit,  or  Hill,  and 
find  that  there  is  1  in  the  middle   (intercedit)   and  1  on  each  side  in  the  former,  and  1 
the  latter  example    Boethius' Latin  must  seem  very   easy,    partly  on  account  of  the 
ject  matter,  partly  because  it  is  almost  entirely  scholastic,  as  is  seen  in  the  last  sent< 
with  the  Coniuntivus. 


299 

3-  Li  fr.  disco,3  didici,  to  learn,  what  we  learn,  litterarum  d.  literary   pursuit,    here 
rands  for  doctrina,  ce,  what  is  taught,  teachings.  —  Parvissimus,  a,  um,  the   old   su 
lative  of  parvus,  a,  um,  once  in  Lucr.,  and  Varro  is  also  quoted  as  having  used  it,  but 
s  form  was  entirely  eliminated  in  the  classical  period,  and  minor,  and  minimus,  a,  inn, 
jstituted. 

4.  That  is,  numerus.  —  Sectio,  nis,  f.,  fr.  seco,  cui,  sectum,  one  of  the  many  verbs 
it  the  English  expresses  by  the  one  verb,  to  cut,  \.  e.,  slowly,  into  parts,  or  chips  as 
:earpentery,  in  shaping  timber- 

5.  1  ,  a  pattern,  a  model. 

This  Roman  arithmetic  nowhere  touches  any  arithmetical  operations,  as  we  have  it 
our  Arabic  system,  really  developed  by  the  Italians. 


EXERC1TATIONES  SCRIBENDI. 

I, 

1.  Quod  genus  nummi  est  libella?  —  2.  Si  uni  libellse  quinaVium  addam,  quot  ha- 
X)  libe'llas?  —  3.  Medietas  octo  libellarum  quanta  est?  —  4.  Quot  libellas  valent  tres 
\irii  totidemque  quinarii?  —  5.  Si  habeVes  qaadraginta  quinque  libe'llas  aereas,  quibus 
•dis  posses  in  nummos  arg£nteos  et  nicolinos  permutlre?  —  6.  Qui  et  quomodo  insti- 
int  argentarias?  —  7.  Unde  provenit  lucrum  argentarias?  —  8-  Qua  lege  concr£dunt 
Stores  suas  pecunias  argentariis?  —  9.  Quid  fit  si  argentaVia  nimium  credat,  ac 
■tremo,  solvendo  non  sit?  —  10-  Quae  pars  substantias  sunt  nomina  argentaViae?  —  11. 
em  vocimus  obaratum,  atque  cere  alieno  gravatum?  —  12.  Potestne  quiscumque  ve- 
ib  argent  aria  mutuum  impetrare?  —  qua  lege  potest? 

II. 

1.  Ex  quot  iugeVibus,  quantum  tritici  provenit  rustico  Romano,  quot  HS-is  v£ndi- 
singulos  modios,  et  quot  HS-os  acc£pit  pro  tota  huius  frum£nti  annona?  —  2.  Quot 
os  valebant  XL  urnae  vini?  —  3.  Quot  culleos  minimum1  deb£bat  iugerum  vineae  pro- 
e?  —  4.  Siquis  propria  fide  pecuniam  nee  ex  argentaria,  neque  e  parsimonali  mil 
m  impetrare2  potest,  habet  tamen  praedium  instructum,3  quid  faxiet?  —  5.  Quae  erat 
isura  fceni?  —  6.  Quae  erat  mensura  iiigeri  apud  Romanos?  quantum  est  iugerum 
trum?  —  7.  Quibus  instrum£ntis  metieb^ntur  Romani  pondera?  —  8  Quot  passus 
nertbat  millianum  Rom^num?  —  9-  Quonam  e  metallo  fi£bat  niimmus  sestertius?  — 
ntum  valebant  HS-ii  C?  —  10.  Unde  derivitur5  nomen  sestertii?  —  11.  Qui  nummi 
•ant  ex  asre?  —  12.  Quae  sunt  partes  assis?  quae  eius  composita? 

1  At  the  least.  —  2  -ro,1  r.,  to  obtain  something  by  asking.  —  3  Furnished-  —  4  I  , 
isure  of  all  kinds.  — 5  ro,1  r.,  fr.  fivus,  to  lead  down  philologically- 


300 


III. 

1.  Velis  hxc  primum  Rominis,  deinde  Gobaricis  numeris  exprimere;  Viginti  septe 
tredecim  triginta  tria,  quinquaginta  novem,  octuaginta  duo,  centum  undecim,  tercen 
duodeviginti,  quingenta  quinquaginta  octo,  sexc£nta  s^decim,  bis  millc  quadringenta  qi 
tuor,  auineenta  octuaginta  millia,  mille  millia- 

2  Efferto  ista  verbis:  37,  12,  55,  89,  107,  246,  411,  866,  959,  1  002,  2,1( 
20,007,  38,378,  1,001,100- 

3.  Exscribito  h*c  verbis:    V,  VIII,   XXVIII,    XLVII,    XCIX,    DCXL,   V, 

CD,  VCIO,  DC,  D)   .  Cc^C,  D))    ,    ((G)))  •  LCCO  ,  CQO,  MM. 

4.  Adde  hxc,  verbis  exscriptis: 

1,734 

9,365 

12,583 


5.  Subtrahe  ista: 


24,542 
18,321 


PHILIPPVS  CVRIVS1 

PVERI, 


EXERCITATIO  LOQVENDI. 
atque 


Phil.  Cur. 
peras. 


-Salve,  yEmili,  quonam  pr6- 


Ph.  C.  In  parsimonialem  eo,  ad  negotio- 
lum  curandum, 

Fh.  C.  Ego  vero  neuter  sum,  nee  pueri, 
quoad5  sciam,  rationarii,  vel  actdrii  esse  so- 
lent;  sed,  meam  comparca'tam  eo  depositum 
pecuniam. 

Ph.  C.  Quid  earn  rem  miraris?  An  quis- 
quam  corda'tus7  fliter  f  acit? 


>£M1L1VS  LARGVS-' 
COLLOQVVNTVR 

/Em.  Larg.  —  Salvus  sis  tu  quoque 
lippe;  ego  nusqum  propero,  sed  ito3 
turn.  Quonam  tu  is? 

/Em.  L.  Quid  ais?  tune  in  argentai 
is,  ibique  negotia  curas?  Num  tu  rati( 
rius,  an  actarius  es?  Ignosce,4  nescivi. 

/Em.  L  Hoc  6tiam  magis  miror.  A 
tu,  in  parsimoniali  te  dep6nere  solitun 
cuniam?  Fidem  meam  exceVit.6 

/Em.  L.    Utrum  ego  cordatus  sim 
ne,  haud  scio;    sed  ego  certe  pecuniam 
comparco- 


301 


Ph.  C.  Ecquid  de  pecunia  tua  agis?  dif- 
indisne  ac  prddigis?8 

Ph.  C.  Vera  quidem  m£moras,  nee  id  in- 
:ias  ibo;9  tamen  refert,  qui  pecuniam  com- 
ires:  si  tu  earn  proprio  labore  meres,  com- 
ircabis;  sin  vero  gratis  accipis,  quum  va- 
>rem  eius  nescias,  facile  prodiges. 


Ph.  C.  Laudo  tuam  docilem  indolem. 
jcemplum  meum  sequere!  Vide,  sis,  modo 
10s  centusses  cum  dimidio  dep6no,  quos 
septem  diebus,  mannulum  cuiusdam  vi- 
curando,  meVui;  et  hoc  per  totum  annum 
rosequar. 

Ph.  C.  Nss,  plus  erit.  Licet  inspicias 
lodo  libellum  meum  parsimonialem.  Cer- 
imodo:  ecce  deposita,  quae  sunt  caput, 
ve  sors;  en;  vide  usuras  trium  centesima- 
im;  insuper,  hie  additum  vides  anatocis 
ium  annuum,  prseteriti  anni;  horno13  res 
iagis  prospere  geram. 

Ph.  C.  Vale  multum! 


/km.  L.  Quaeris?  pecunia  pro  usu  est, 
itaque  pro  arbitratu  meo  utor  ei. 

/Em.  L.  Recte,  profecto,  mones,  ac  pro 
tua  astate  multum  te  sapere  arbitror.  Enim- 
vero  ego  nullam  pecuniam  mereo,  et,  si 
quam  habeo,  patri,  raro  aliis,  inacceptis  re- 
fero,10  ergo  et  facile  pessumdo.  lam  et  nunc 
in  condimentariam11  iturus  eram,  ut  guise 
cederem,  sed  tempore  mihi  occurristi,  me- 
lioraque  me  docuisti. 

s£m.  L.  Si  per  annum  perse verabis,12 
si  recte  rationor,  in  parsimoniali  tuae  fidei 
crediti  erunt  centum  et  triginta  centusses! 
Dii,  vestram  fidem!  quantae  divitiae! 


/Em,  L.  Ego,  Hercle,  istam  rem  nunquam 
antea  ita  luculenter,14  et  ad  captum,  decla- 
ratam  vidi!  Quam  stulte  ego  hactenus  feci! 
At  non  imposterum  fa'ciam.  Ob  istam  vero 
tuam  doctrinam  magnam  tibi  habeo  reddo- 
que  gratiam.  Dehinc  tuum  sequar  exem- 
plum.  Vale  plurimum! 


1.  Phil  -  hippos,  qui  equis  delectatur;  curius  est  qui  curat.  —  /Emilius  est  qui  na- 
is  est  in  yEmilia,  provintia  Italian;  largus,  liberalis,  facilis,  qui  diffundit  pecuniam;  et- 
m  amplus.  —  3.  Ho,1  r.,  eo  lente,  non  propero.  —  4.  -sco?  vi,  turn,  non  nosco,  da  ve- 
1am!  pardon  me!  —  5.  Quantum  sciam.  —  6.  Plus  est  quam  quod  ego  credere  pos- 
m-  —  7.  Qui  cor  sanum,  mentem,  rationem  sanam,  habet-  —  8.  Effundo,  dissipo, 
icio,  non  conserve  —  9.  Infitias  eo,  dico  contra,  nego;  refert,  interest,  est  alicuius 
lomenti;  sin  vero,  si  autem  non,  sed  .  .  .  —  10.  Aliis  debeo,  adtribuo;  pessumdo,  ab- 
cio  in  aquam.  —  11.  Taberna  dulciaria;  gula,  guitur,  faux,  amor  edendi  et  bibendi.  — 
2,  Non  desisto.  —  13  Hoc  anno.  -  14.  Lucide;  ad  intellectum;  claram  factam;  hue 
sque,  post  hoc;  ex  hoc  tempore. 


802 


ELEGANTLE   SERMONIS, 

E 

M.  ATTIO  PLAVTO,  P.  TERENTIO  AFRO. 


Salutem  Nuntiandi. 
ERVS  meus  tibi  me  salutem  multam  vcluit  dicere, 

Pseud.  IV,  2,  25-  IMai 

Mater  et  soror  Tibi  salutem  iusserunt  dicere.   Ph.   :^alv 
sient.  Mil.,  IV.  8,  5, 

Salutem  dicito  patri  et  matri,  Et  cognatis,  &  si  quern  alii 
benevolentem  videris.  Cap.  II ,  3,  28-: 

Salutem  multam  dicito  patrono.  —  Cur.  Nuntiabo. 

Cur.  IV.,  2* : 

Multam  me  tibi  Salutem  iussit  dicere.    —   Cur.  lhm9  50. 

Salutem  tibi  ab  sodali  solidam  nuntio.  —  Back.  //.,  2,  to. 

Salutem  primum  iam  a  principio  propitiam 

Mihi  atque  vobis,  spectators,  nuntio.  —  (Men.  Prol.,  /,  2. 

Salutem  ei  nuntiet  verbis  patris, 

Ilium  bene  gerere  rem  &  valere,  et  vivere, 

Et  eum  rediturum  a  tutum.  —  Trin.  ,//.,  ?,  42-44. 

Adeundi. 

MEVS  pater  hie  quidem  est,  quern  video;    ibo,  alloquar;  quid  fit,  pate 
r  Mer.  II. ,  3,  32. 

Accedam  atque  hanc  appellabo.  —  Ampb.  L,  i,  n- 

lam  hunc  non  ausim  praeterire,  quin  constistam  et  colloquar. 

<Aul.  III.,  4, 

Certum  est  confidenter  hominem  contra  colloqui.  —  Amph.  I.,  t,  183. 
Sed  ipsum  egressum  foras  video,  ibo,  alloquar.  —  Meant,  III.,  /,  n.—  T«, 
Opperiar  h6minem  hie,  ut  salutem  et  c611oquar.  —  Adel.  III.,  3,  93- 


303 
In  aditu  interrogandi. 
Congrediar.  Sa.  contra  aggrediar.  To.   DI  ament  te. 


.    Dabunt  Di  quae  exopies.  Ut  vales?  To.  ut  queo 

.    Quid  agitur?  To.  Vivitur.  —  per.  I    ,  ,5  ,7 

itin'  tu  usque  valuisti?  To.  Haud  probe.'—  Per  I   ,  2, 

uid  agis?  Perpetuon'  valuisti?  n  Varie.  _  Ep  I ' , ' ,1' 

mene  usque  valuisti?  st.  A  morbo  valui,  ab  a'nimo  sger  fui. 

squene  valuisti?  Ch.  Perpetuo  recte  dum  quidem  illic  ful^' '"  '"  **' 


—  Mer.  //.,  3,  53. 
Excipiendi. 


Ivum  te,  Ch.  Scio  et  credo  tibi.  Liberi  quid  agunt  mei? 
Vivunt,  valent.  Ch.  Di  me  salvum  et  servatum  volunt. 


—  / 


Salve.  Ep  Dii  dent  qua?  velis.  Venire  salvum  gaudeo'  -  £»??' 
ivus  sis,  salvum  te  advenire  gaudeo.  M„  Dii  te  ament!  " 

vum  te  advenire  gaudeo.  Co.  Multa  tibi  Di  dent  bon^'  "'"  ''  5*' 

quum  me  salvum  esse  vis.  —  Pcen  m 

salve,  et  salvum  te  advenisse  gaudeo.  '  3'  l2' 

Credo  omnia  istec  tibi,  si  ita  est  ut  pradicas.  -  Tri«  iy  d  , 
vum  te  gaudeo  hue  advenisse.  st.  Tarn  tibi  istuc  credo  quam  mihi. 

vus  quum  advenis  peregre,  gaudeo.  m.  Dii  te  ament." 
venientem  peregre  herum  suum  Salva  impertit  salute  strvus^''  *  ?' 

te  quid  agis?  ^  Valeo,  et  validum  teneo;  peregre  quum7"  *'  *™' 
wnis  ccena  detur.  Di.  Benigne  dicis.    -  True  I.   2  2j  ss 
me  Di  bene  ament,  Ut  mihi  v61upe'  st,i  Pamph'ilippe, 
quia  vos  in  patriam  domum  Redisse,  video,  bene' 
gesta  re,  ambos,  te  et  fra'rem  tuum.  —  sti  iy   ,  ,  ss 
/um  ^udeo>  Peregre  in  patriam  redisse  salvum.  _  sti ' Ik  \  6 


304 

Recte  tuum  patrem  rediisse  salvum  peregre  gaudeo.  —  Trin.  v.,  2,  $4. 

Ut  exspectatus  Peregre  advenisti!  —  True.  /.,  2,  81. 

Venire  salvom  volupe  est.  —  Photm.  IV.,  3,  5.  Tei 

Pan.   Mea  mater  salve.  So.  Gaudeo  venisse  salvam.  —  Hec.  III.,  2,  /8. 

Salvom  te  advenire,  Demea,  gaudemus.   —  Add.  /.,  /,  55. 

Here,  salve;  salvom  te  advenisse  gaudeo.  —  Phorm.  /.,  3,  56- 

Bene  factum  te  advenisse,  Pamphile, 

Et  adeo,  quod  maxumum  est,  salvum  atque  validum. 

Pa.    Creditur.  Hec-  IIL>  *  6' 

1  Volupe  est,  iucunde,  amoeneest,  an  old  adv.,  as  though  from  an  adj.  volupus, 
urn,  which  does  not  exist,  the  noun  being  voluptas,  tatis,  as  though  from  volup^ts 
Ritschl  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding. 


305 


PENSVM  NONVM. 
I. 

/^BSOLVTIS1  in  Penso  Octavo  iis  numeralibus,  qui  quantitatem 
xprimunt,  superest  ut  de  iis  disseramus,  qui  certa  ac  definita  loca  re- 
am in  ordine  positarum  indicant,  Sic,  pensum  quod  modo  tractamus, 
Dcamus  nonum,  quoniam  pensa  nostra  ordinem,  sive  seriem2  efffci- 
nt,  quae  series  a  penso  primo  incipit,  ac  per  secundum,  tertium,  quar- 
im,  quintum,  sextum,  septimum,  ac,  denique,  octavum  progressa,  in 
Dnum  ducit.  Tractavimus  autem  haetenus  octo  pensa,  unumquodque 
ngillatim,  quibus  si  ulteriora  duo,  nonum  nempe  atque  decimum,  ad- 
?mus,  universim  decern  pensa,  sive  Partem  Primam,  absolvemus.' 

Quot  fgitur  pensa  absolvimus?  Absolvimus  octo. 

Quotum  pensum  tractamus  nunc?  Nunc  tractamus  nonum. 

Quotum  tractabimus  prdxime?3  Proxime  tractabimus  decimum. 

Quot  pensa  complectetur  Pais  Prima?  Pars  Prima  complectetur 
?cem  pensa. 


Quantum  est  hoc?  !;  quantum  istud?  12:  ecquantum*  isthoc?  123. 
Quotnam  sunt  iste  lineote,    |    |    |  ?  quot  h*e,   I    I    I   I  ? 
Hoc  quantum  est?  X 

i  h„nbS°lT\Vi'  UtU?'  finirC'  terminare5  "Pram,  esse,  fui,   restat,    manet;  «*,* 
i,  nums .verba  facere;  locus,  i,  in  pi.  n.  loca. 

2.  Series,  ei,  f.,  res  in  ordine  stantes,  posits. 

3    Proxime,  mox,  paulo  post. 

4.  £/- quantum?  die,  sodes!  quantum;  isthoc,  istud  hoc;  istic,  isthic,  isthunc  &c„ 
5  nic,  istum  hunc. 


306 

I,       2,       3,       4,       V. 

Ouales  sunt  isti  numeri?  Primus  est  numerus  Romanus;  secundus 
tertius,  et  quartus  sunt  Arabici,  at  quintus  iterum  Romanus  est. 

Estne  unusqmsque5  horum  numerorum  Arabicus?  Estne  quisqu 
Romanus?  Nonne  quidam  sunt  Romani,  quidam  vero  Arabia? 

Quoti  sunt  Romani?  —  quoti  Arabici? 

1,       2,       3,       4,       5,       6 

Hi  numeri  omnes  ad  unum«  sunt  Arabici.  Estne  ullus  horum  Ro 
manus?  Nullus  est  Romanus;  ne  unus  quidem;  quisque  eorum  - 
Arabicus. 

1,    2,    3,    4,    V,    6,    7,    8,    9,    X,    11,    12,    13,    14,    XV 

Ulline  in  isto  numerorum  ordine  sunt  Romani?  suntne  nonnuli'  ir 
ter  eos  Romani?  Priores  quique  numeri  quatuor  sunt :, Arab >c>  quinti 
vero  quisque  est  numerus  Romanus.  Quotusquisque*  inter  hos  num 
ros  Arabicos  est  Romanus?  Singulo  cuique  quarto  Arabico  Romani 
succedit^  numerus.  Quotumquemque  Arabicum  antecedit  numer 
Romanus? 

Hoc  in  ordine  figurarum  prima  qusquei"  est  linea  plana ;  quan 
que  harum  excipit  punctum  parvum,  quodque  autem  ist6rum  subsequ 
tur  punctum  maiiisculum. 

5.  Quisqu*  unus,  omnes  et  singuM;  unusquisque.  umquaique.unumquodqueM 
simpliciter  quisque,  quceque,  quidque,  omnino  omnis,  ubi  nemo,  nihil  exc.p.tur.  «**• 
q™2£qLL.  quidam  vir,  =  aliquis  certus  vir;  quidam  res,  «rta  ahqua  res. 

6.  Omnes  ad  unum,  =  a  prime  ad  ultimum.  Ullus?  aliquis  unus?    Nullus,  ne. 

unus  (veluti  uni««s,  v.  unullus). 

7  Wonnullus,  a,  urn,  non  est  nullus,  est  aliquis;  sunt  aliquot,  pauci. 

8  Quotus  -  quisque?  quotus  singulorum  locorum?  omnis  tertius  o.  decimus. 
?!  Succedo*  cLi,  ssum,  sub  -  cedo,   eo   post,  ex  imo,  ab  infra;  antecedo, . 

pro-,  dis-,  con-,  ad  (ac-)-  cedo,  eo. 

10.  Vide  5-tam.  Excipio?  cepi,  ceptum  sequor. 


307 

Vicinum11  ac  finitimum  a  laevo  cuiusque  puncti  mai6ris  minus  est, 
uique  autem  puncto  minusculo  a  laevo,  contigua  vicinaque  est  lineola- 

Quotaquaeque  figiira  in  hoc  ordine  est  linea?  Quotumquodque  est 
mnctum  minus?  —  maius?  —  Quam  et  qualem  quodque  punctum  mi- 

iiisculum  figuram  contiguam  ac  vicinam  habet  a  tevo?  a  dextro? 

^uota  quaeque  puncta  sunt  hie  media?  —  quota  ultima? 


Series  6mnium  numerorum,  quibus  rerum  quanimque,  in  ordine 
>ositarum,  indicamus  locum,  haecce12  est: 


1  primus,  a,  um 

2  secundus,  a,  um 

3  tardus,  a,  um 

4  quartus,  a,  um 

5  quintus,  a,  um 

6  sextus,  a,  um 

7  Septimus,  a,  um 

8  octaVus,  a,  um 

9  norms,  a,  um 

0  d£cimus,  a,  um 

1  und£cimus,  a,  um 

2  duod£cimus,  a,  um 

3  tirtius  dScimus,  a,  urn16 

4  quartus  d£cimus,  a,  um 

5  quintus  d£cimus,  a,  um 

6  sextus  d£cimus,  a,  um 

7  Septimus,  d£cimus,  a,  um 

8  octavus  d£cimus,  a,  um 

(duodevic£simus,  a,  um) 

9  nonus  d£cimus,  a,  um 

(und£vic£simus,  a,  um) 


20  vic^simus,  a,  um 

(vigdsimus,  a,  um) 

21  primus  et  vic£simus,  a,  um 

(vig&imus  primus,  a,  um) 
(unus  et  vige'simus,  a,  um) 

22  secundus  et  vice'simus,  a,  um 

(vige'simus  secundus,  a,  um) 
(vidimus  et  alter,  a,  um) 

23  tirtius  et  vice'simus,  a,  um 

(vidimus  tardus,  a,  um) 

24  quartus,  a,  um,  et    " 

(vic£simus  quartus,  a,  um) 

25  quintus  et  vice'simus,  a,  um 

(vidimus  quintus,  a,  um) 

30  tric&imus  (trigeminus),  a,  um 

31  primus,  a,  um,  et  " 

32  secundus,  a,  um,et" 
(alter,  tera  um,et" 

33  tirtius,  um,et        " 
40  quadra'g&imus,  a,  um 
50  quinqua^simus,  a,  um 


11.  -us,  a,  um,  quod  nobis  adiacet,  tangit  fines  nostros,  contiguum. 

12.  -ce,  ut  hic^,  hxece,  hocce,  en,  vide,  cerne  hunc,  hanc,  hoc,  huncce,  &c. 

13.  Ita  potissimum  auctores  Romani;  colloquendo  tamen  dicimus  tred&cimus,  qua. 
nor  deamus,  quindecimus,  sedecimus,  septemdecimus,  octodecimus,  novemdecimus,  vi- 
£simus,  &c. 


308 


60  sexag£simus,  a,  um 

800 

70  septuag£simus,  a,  um 

900 

80  octuag£simus,  a,  um 

1,000 

90  nonag£simus,  a,  um 

2  000 

100  centesimus,  a,  um 

3.000 

101  primus,  a,  um  et  centisimus,  a,  um, 

4,000 

(unus,  a,  um  et  centisimus,  a,  um) 

5,000 

102  secundus,  a,  um,  et  centisimus,  a,  um 

(alter,  era,  um)  et  centisimus,  a.  um 

6  000 

103  tirtius,  a,  um  et  centisimus,  a,  um 

7,000 

200  ducentSsimus,  a,  um 

8,000 

300  trecent£simus,  a,  um 

9,000 

tercentisimus,  a,  um 

10,000 

400  quadringent£simus,  a,  um 

20,000 

500  quingintesimus,  a,  um 

50,000 

600  sexcentisimus,  a.  um 

100,000 

700  septing£nt£simus,  a,  um 

1,000,000 

=3 

octing£ntisimus,  a,  um 
nongente'simus,  a,  um 
mill£simus,  a,  um 
bis  mille'simus.  a,  um 
ter  mill£simus,  a,  um 
quater  mill£simus,  a,  um 
quinquies  (quinque) 

mill£simus,  a,  uir 
sex  (s£xies)   mille'simus,  a,  um 
septem  (s£pties)  mille'simus  I 
octo  (octics)   mille'simus,  a,  ut 
novem  (n6vies)   mill£simus  | 
decern  (de'cies)  mille'simus 
vicits  mille'simus,  a,  um 
quinqua'gies  mill£simus,  a,  um 
ce'nties  mile'simus,  a,  um 
millies  mille'simus,  a,  um 


Q 


II. 


VVM  unam  quantitatem  in  alteram  ducimus,1  'multiplic&re'  di- 
cimur.  Quum  vero  multiplicamus,  unam  quantitatem  'multiplicandam, 
alteram  autem  ^ultiplicatoriam/  sive,  vulgo,  numerum  'multiplicato- 
rem7  appellamus-  Quantitas  autem  multiplicanda  Numeris  Distributivis 
multiplicatoria  vero  Adverbiis  Numeralibus,  ut  in  tabella  sequenti,  ex- 
primuntur;  nempe: 


1  X 

2  x 
2  x 
2  x 


1  = 

2  = 

3  = 

4  - 


semel  unum  est  singulum3 
bis  bina3  sunt  quatdrna 
bis  terna  sunt  sen  a 
bis  quatirna  sunt  oct6na 


1.  Duas  quantitates  congerimus,  cumulamus,  =  ducimus.  'Multiplicator'  revei; 
homo  est,  tamen,  brevitatis  causa  etiam  numerum,  quo  multiplicamus,  mathematici  it; 
vocant. 

2.  Ita  scripsit  Varro,  teste  Nonio  Marcello. 

3.  Sic  habet  Cicero.  Casterum,  prater  poetas,  nemo  apud  Romanos  numeris  Cardi 
nalibus  sive  multiplicative,  sive  etiam  vel  ornate   sciibendo,  vel  de  quantitate  non  nume 


309 


2  x   5  = 

10 

2  x   6  = 

12 

2  x   7  = 

14 

2  x   8  = 

16 

2  x   9  = 

18 

2  x  10  = 

20 

3  x   3  = 

9 

4  x   4  = 

16 

5  x   5  = 

25 

6  x   6  = 

36 

7x   7  = 

49 

8  x   8  = 

64 

9  x   9  = 

81 

10  x  10  = 

100 

10  x  100  = 

1,000 

100  x  100  = 

10,000 

bis  quina  sunt  dena 

bis  sena  sunt  duodena 

bis  septina  sunt  quateYnad£na 

bis  octona  sunt  s£nad£na 

bis  nove*na  sunt  duodevic£na 

bis  dena  sunt  vicena 

ter  terna  (trina)  sunt  nov£na 

quater  quaterna  sunt  s£nad£na 

quinquies  quina  sunt  vic£naquina 

series  s£na  sunt  tric^nase'na 

s£pties  sept£na  sunt  undequinqua^na 

octies  octona  sunt  sexag£na  quaterna 

novies  nov£na  sunt  octuag£na  singula 

defies  d£na  sunt  centra 

d<kis  centra  sunt  miltena 

Unties  centra  sunt  d£na  mille'na 


Duo  hinc  numeralium  genera  cognoscuntur,  alteram  distributivo- 
rum,  adverbialiuum  alteram,  quorum  series  utronimque  hicce  pariter 
exhibemus: 


Numeralia   Distributiva.  Numeralia  Adverbia, 

1  singuli,  as,  a 

2  bini,  as,  a 

3  terni  (trini),  as,  a 

4  quaterni,  as,  a 

5  quini,  as,  a 


6  seni,  as,  a 

7  septini,  as,  a 

8  oct6ni,  as,  a 

9  nov£ni,  as,  a 


1  semel 

2  bis 

3  ter 

4  quater 

5  quinquies 

6  s£xies 

7  s£pties 

8  octies 

9  novies 


at.  djsserendo  usus  est.   'Dedit  mihi  binos  eentusses'  significat,  dedit  mihi  duos  centus- 

ul  '  £?  "t^'n0S  CcntUSSeS''   idem  SOnat   ac   Singulis  nostrum  dedit  duos  cen- 
ZL^  1°  I™"  Scholastici-  nostris  quoque  temporibus,  sic  calculant:  semel 

mum  est  unum;  b,s  duo  sunt  quatuor,  ter  tria  sunt   novem;   quater  quatuor  sunt  sede- 

eni  cJh      T'    "Umer°S    Cardinales   Pel'  Adverbial!,  modificando.      Quaternj 

uooue  nltTrh         S6Pa:atlm  SCriblmtUr'  S6d  mdinl  dmd&ni  nu^uam-     '«  ceteris 
[uoque  numerahbus  vanantes  formas  indicandas  censui,  quibus  uti  fas  sit. 


810 


10  d£ni,  as, a 

11  undent  as,  a 

12  duoddni,  as,  a 

13  ternid£ni»  ae,  a 

14  quaternid£ni,  ae,  a 

15  quind£ni,  as,  a 
quinid£ni,  as,  a 

16  senid£ni,  as,  a 

17  septinid£ni,  as,  a 

18  octonid£ni,  ae,  a 
duodevic£ni,  x,  a 

19  nov£nid£ni,  ae,  a 
undevic£ni,  ae,  a 

20  vic£ni,  ae,  a 

21  vic£ni  singuli,  ae,  a 

22  vic£ni  bini,  ae,  a 

23  vic£ni  terni  (trini),  ae,  a 
30  tric£ni,  ae,  a 

40  quadragejii,  ae,  a 
50  quinquag£ni,  ae,  a 
60  sexag£ni,  ae,  a 
70  septuag£ni,  ae,  a 
80  octuag6ni,  ae,  a 
90  nonag£ni,  ae,  a 
100  cent£ni,  ae,  a 
200  duc£ni,  ae,  a 
300  trecSni,  ae,  a 
400  quadring£ni,  ae,  a 
500  quing£m,  ae,  a 
600  sexc£ni,  ae,  a 
700  septing£ni,  ae,  a 
800  octing£ni,  ae,  a 
900  nong£ni,  ae,  a 
1,000  millem,  ae,  a 
10,000  duties  millem,  ae,  a 
100,000  Unties  millSni,  ae,  a 
200,000  dualities  mill£ni,  ae,  a 
500,000  quing£nties  mill£ni,  x,  a 
1,000,000  millies  milteni,  ae,  a 

d£cies  c£nties  mill£ni,  as,  a 
2, 000, 00 J  vicies  c£nties  mill£ni  as,  a 


10  de*cies 

11  unddcies 

12  cluod£cies 

13  tred£cies  (terd.) 

14  quaterd£cies 
quatuord£cies 

15  qui  n  defies 

16  sexd£cies 
sed£cies 

17  septiesd£cies 

18  6ctiesd£cies 
duodevicies 

19  n6viesd6cies 
undevicies 

20  vicies 

21  vicies  et  semel 

22  vicies  et  bis 

23  vicies  et  ter 

24  vicies  et  quater 

25  vicies  et  quinquies 

26  vicies  et  seories 

30  tricies 

31  tricies  et  semel 
40  quadrigies 

50  quinquigies 

60  sexigies 

70  septua'gies 

80  octuigies 

90  nona'gies 

99  nona'gies  et  novies 

100  cities 

101  centies  et  semel 
200  duc£nties 

300  terc£nties  (trec£nties) 
400  quadring£nties 
500  quing6nties 
600  sexc£nties 
700  septing£nties 
800  octing£nties 
900  nonglnties 
1,000  miilies 
2,000  bis  millies 
3  000  ter  millies 
10  000  deaes  millies 
100  000  cemies  millies 
500,000  quinginties  millies 
1,000,000  deaes  entities  millies 

millies  millies 
2,000,000  vicies  cities  millies 


311 

IIL 

i  ViAIOrES  quantities  e  minoribus  conflare  non  additione  tan- 
turn,  sed  et  multiplicatione  possumus,  ethoc  breviuset  expeditius  quam 
additione.  Multiplicare  autem  est  quantitatem  multiplicandam  toties 
sumendo,  quot  sint  in  multiplicatore  unitates.  Sic,  esto  summa  octo 
multiplicanda  per  quatuor;  summam  octo  quater  ponemus,  hunc  in 
modum:  octo  plus  octo,  plus  octo,  plus  octo  (8+8+8+8),  quas  si  inter 
se  addimus,  prodibunt  triginta  duo*  Fit  autem  multiplicatio,  mutando 
numerum  Cardinalem  multiplicatoris  'quatuor'  in  adverbium  'quater,7 
numerus  autem  multiplicands  utr61ibet  modo;  sive  Cardinali,  seu  Dis- 
tributivo  valebit;  dicemus  proinde  sive  'quater  octo/  sive  vero  'quater 
octona,'  ut  in  tabella  multiplicativa  ostendimus. 

Plerumque  numerum  mai6rem  facimus  multiplicandum,  min6rem 
vero  multiplicatorem. 

Exempla  hi  numeri  sunto :  7368  sint  multiplicand!  425  (quadrin- 
gentis  viginti  quinque).  Describemus  multiplicandum  in  medio,  multi- 
plicatorem autem,  paribus  numeris,  ab  unitate  progressi,  illi  subscribe- 
mus,  quo  facto,  lineam  planam  utrique  subdemus,  ac,  deinceps,  in  hunc 
fere  modum  procedemus: 

7368 
425 


46840 
14736 
29472 

3,131,400 


Quinquies  octo  sunt  quadraginta.  Nullam  huis  termini  (40)  sub* 
scribemus  unitatibus,  infra  lineam,  quatuor  autem  in  terminum  sequen- 
tem  ducemus  opus  prosequentes:  quinquies  sex  sunt  triginta,  et  resi- 
dua quatuor  efficiunt  triginta  quatuor.  Nunc  noto  quatuor,  reliqua 
autem  tria  ducam  in  membrum  sequens:  quinquies  tria  sunt  quindecim, 
et  tria  reliqua,  sunt  oct6decim,  Describam  octo,  ducam  autem  unum: 
quinquies  septem  sunt  triginta  quinque,  et  residuum  unum  sunt  trigin- 
ta sex;  quod  utrumque  describam,  quia  membrum  hoc  penitus  finivi- 


312 

mus.  Nunc  idem  cum  altero  membro  repetam:  Bis  octo  sunt  sedecim; 
describo  sex,  duco  unum;  bis  sex  sunt  duodecim,  et  unum,  tredecim; 
superest  unum;  bis  tria  sunt  sex,  unum  septem;  describo,  nihil  super- 
est;  bis  septem  sunt  quatuordecim;  integrum  describam,  et  ad  tertium 
procedam  membrum:  quater  octo  efficiunt  triginra  duo;  duo  subiicio 
loco  tertio  versiculi  tertii,  tria  duco  in  proximum  membrum;  quater  sex 
sunt  viginti  quatuor,  et  tria  viginti  septem;  quater  tria  sunt  duodecim,  et 
duo  quae  supererant,  sunt  quatudrdecim;  quater  septem  sunt  viginti  octo 
et  unum,  viginti  novem,  qua?  Integra  describam.  Multiplicatione  per- 
fecta,  alteram  lineam  ducam,  turn  tres  versiculos  quantitatum  addendo 
eos  cumulabo  hunc  in  modum:  Nullam  per  se  subsigno,tum  prosequor: 
sex  et  quatuor  sunt  decern;  describo  nullam,  ducam  unum;  unum  et 
duo  sunt  tria,  et  tria  sunt  sex,  et  octo  sunt  quatuordecim;  subsigno  qua- 
tuor, duco  unum:  unum  et  septem  sunt  octo,  et  septem  reddunt  quinde- 
cim,'et  sex,  efficiunt  viginti  unum.  Duo  et  quatuor  sunt  sex,  et  quatuor 
sunt  decern,  et  tria,  sunt  tredecim;  unum  et  novem  sunt  decern,  et  unum 
undecim;  unum  et  duo  sunt  tria* 

Nunc  numeros,  summam  resultantem  indicantes,  trinis  numeris  in 
terna  membra  virgulis  dispertior,  ut  commodius  perspicere  queamus; 
quo  facto,  intelligemus  summam  summarum  esse  tricies  et  semel  cen- 
tena  et  triginta  unum  millia  quadringenta. 


IV. 

QvaNDOQVIDEM  omnes  quantities  e  ciimulis  unitatum  co- 
alescunt,  satis  perspicuum  est  easdem  in  minores  quantities,  atque  in 
unitates,  res61vi  posse.  Operatioautem,  qua  maiores  in  minores  reduci- 
mus  quantities,  divisio  appellatur. 

Ut  natura  rei  fert  numerus  maior  est,  vocaturque  "dividendus," 
minor  autem  "divisorius,"  sive,  vulgo,  "divisor;7'  ii  autem  numen  qui 
produnt  "quoties"  numerus  min6r  in  maicri  recurrat,  sive  quoties  maior 
minorem  in  se  contineat  et  complectatur,  <<quotiens,,  vocari  solet. 

Proinde,  si  cognoscere  vellemus  quoties  quadringenta  viginti  quin- 
que  in  tricies  et  semel  centenis  et  triginta  uno  millibus  et  quadringentis 
complecterentur,  sic  nobis  procedendum  foret. 


318 


425  |  3131,400  |  7368 
2975 


1564 
1275 


2890 
2550 

3400 
3400 


Quoniam  tres  numeri  divisoris  maiores  sunt  quam  tres  priores  nu- 
eri  dividends  quantitatis,  nee  minus  per  maius  dividi  patitur,  quartus 
ioque  niimerus  dividendi  in  auxilium  advocandus  est;  quo  facto  quae- 
tius:  Quadringenta  viginti  quinque  quoties  recurret  in  tribus  millibus 
ntum  triginta  uno?  —  Fortasse  (sic  ratiocinabimur)  toties,  quoties 
atuor  (numerus  primus  divisoris)  in  triginta  uno,  -  prioribus  nempe 
obus  numeris  dividendi,  -  complectetur,1  scilicet  septies,  Itaque  se- 
?m  describam  extra  lineam,  post  dividendum,primo  loco,  eodivistfrem 
jltiolicabo,  summam  autem  resultatem,  quam  quatuor  prioribus  nu- 
ms  dividendi  minorem  esse  oportebit,  iis  quatuor  numeris  subscribam 
ex  iis  subtraham  hunc  in  modum:  Septies  quinque  sunt  triginta  quin- 
ie;  quinque  subscribam  uni  (numero  quarto),  qui  est  ultimus  niime- 
s  termini  primi,  turn  procedo:  supersunt  tria;  Septies  duo  sunt  qua- 
5rdecim,  et  residua  tria  sunt  septemdecim;  describo  septem;  septies 
ataor  sunt  viginti  octo,  et  unum,  quod  supererat,  sunt  viginti  novem; 
um  hoc  subscribo;  nunc  totum  subtraham:  Quinque  ex  undecim 
quet  sex;  septem  e  duodecim  linquet  quinque,  novem  e  decern  lin- 
et  unum.  Depromam  nunc  signaboque  quatuor,  numerum  primum 
mini  secundi,  ac  procedo:  Quadringenta  viginti  quinque  in  mille  quin- 
ntis  sexaginta  quatuor  deprehendam  ter;  ter  quinque  sunt  quindecim; 
bnoto  quinque,  superest  unum;  ter  duo  sunt  sex,  et  unum  residuum, 
ptem;  ter  quatuor  sunt  duodecim;  describo  totum;  nunc  subtraham: 
•inque  e  quatuordecim  linquet  novem;  septem  e  quindecim,  octo;  duo 
quatuor,  duo;  nunc  depromam  membrum  proximum  termini  secundi, 
illam,  eamque  adiungo  dividendo:  Quadringenta  viginti  quinque  in  bis 
He  (binis  millibus)  octingentis   nonaginta  recurrent  sexies;    sexies 


quinque  sunt  triginta,  subnoto  nullam,  ducam  tria:  sexies  du^  si: 
duodecim,  et  tria  ducenda,  quindecim,  superest  unum;  sexies  quati- 
sunt  viginti  quatuor,  et  unum,  viginti  quinque;  subscribo  totum,  tu 
subtraham:  Nulla  ex  nulla  linquit  nullam,  quinque  e  novem  linquet  qi- 
tuor,  quinque  ex  octo  linquet  tria,  duo  et  duo  se  exaequant  Resid 
sunt  tercenta  quadraginta,  quibus  adiiingam  ultimum  membrum  dn- 
dendi  depromptum,  nempe  nullam,  et  prosequor:  Quadringenta  vigi  i 
quinque  in  tribus  millibus  quadringentis  reperiam  octies;  describo;  tu 
pergo:  octies  quinque  sunt  quadraginta;  nullam  subscribo  nullae,  s- 
persunt  ducenda  quatuor;  octies  duo  sunt  sedecim,  et  quatuor;  duce- 
da,  sunt  viginti;  nullam  subsigno,  ducam  duo;  octies  quatuor  sunt  t- 
ginta  duo,  et  duo  relicta,  sunt  triginta  quatuor;  quum  utraque  quantis 
sese  ex  integro  aequet,  residuum  erit  nihil.  Quotiens  itaque  est  septn 
millia  tercenta  sexaginta  octo,  quae  ea  ipsa  est  quantitas,  quam  per  qi- 
dringenta  viginti  quinque  multiplicavimus,  quum  vero  sic  res  se  hab<t 
nullum  errorem  a  nobis  commissum  usquam  esse  clarum  est 


V^/ VVM  quispiam1  numerus  per  se  multiplicatur,  veluti  ter  1 1 
sunt  novem,  dicitur  in  potentiam2  duci,  vel  levari;  numerus  quidn 
alter  (tria),  vocatur  'radix,'3  eius  autem  'potentia'  est  novem.  Potentin 
hanc  *quadratamT  (D)  appellamus,  radicem  autem,  ex  qua  ea  potena 
oritur,  mathematici4  'radicem  quadratam'  nominaverunt. 

Siquis  autem  numerus  ter  sumatur,  ac  per  se  multiplicetur,  uti: 
tria  sunt  novem,  ter  novem  sunt  viginti  septem,   numerus  dicitur  i 


1.  Quispiam,  quxpiam,  quidpiarn,  quodpiam,  cuiuspiam,  cuipiam,  &c,  declinatum 
quis,  quae,  quid,  ullus,  quicunque,  sive  hie,  sive  ille,  sive  ilius. 

2.  I.,  facultas,  auctoritas 

3.  radix,  ids,  f.,  ea  res,  quae  plantas  in  terra  sustinet  et  alit. 

4.  CMathematicus,  i,  est  homo  numer6rum  doctus;  qui  mathesin  (math^sis,  is,' 
-sis,  eos,  f.,  sive  mathema'tica,  doctrina  numerorum)  profitetur,  scit,  docet;  apud  Ron 
nos  sic  vocabantur  astr61ogi,  divini,  fatidici,  Chaldsei,  Etrusci,  harioli,  qui  futurorum  J 
entiam  affectabant. 


315 

bum'5  sive  potentiam  ciibicam  duci,  vel  levari,  quo  in  eventu6  viginti 
>tem  sunt  cubus  trium,  tria  autem  sunt  radix  cubica, 

Ratiocinium,7  quo  retr6rsum,  ad  deprehendendam  radicem  quadra- 
n,  aut  cubicam,  alicuius  quantitatis  efficientem8  operamur,  'extractio 
licis  quadrate/  aut  'extractio  cubi/  appellatur. 

Perinde  atque  quantities,  sive  cumuli  unitatum,  tarn  in  minores 
antitates,  quam  in  unitates  resolvi  ac  dividi  patiuntur,9  sic  et  omne 
egrum,  proinde  etiam  unitas  ipsa,  in  partes  efficientes  diss6Ivi  ac  re- 
:i  queunt  Quum  unitatem,  aut  quamlibet10  rem  unam,  bifariam,  tri- 
jm,  quadrifariam,  plurifariam  dividimus,  partes  sic  ortas  communi- 
aequales  esse  intelligimus,  quamvis  et  inaequales  esse  pdssint 

Quum  igitur  rem  bifariam  diviserimus,  res  erit  dimidiata,  consta- 
que  e  duabus  partibus,  sive  duobus  dimidiis,  atque  integrum  sic  bi- 
titum11  niimeris  hunc  in  modum  significamus:  J£.  Rem  tripartitam. 
strifariam  divisam,  sic  designamus:  Ys;  quadripartitam,  sic:  *4. 
merus  sic  expressus  fractiira,  sive  f ractio,12  vocari  solet;  superior 

5.  Cubus,  i,  Graecis  idem  atque  alea;  est  mensura  quaqua  versum  quadrata  in  lati- 
nem,  longitudinem,  et  aliitudinem. 

6.  Eventus,  us,  —  turn,  i,  quod  evenit,  fit,  2ccidit,  quo  in  eventu,  quo  in  casu,  si 
fiat,  siquid  eveniat. 

7.  -um}  ii,  ratiocinatio,  calculatio,  computatio;  retro,  versus  tergum;  deprehendo,3 
Mm,  reperio,  praesertim  quum  aliquis  non  vult  reperiri,  videri- 

8.  Efficiens  causa,  res.  numerus,  quidquid  rem  efficit,  sine  quo  fieri  non  posset; 
or,1  atus  sum,  non  quiescc,  sedulo  aliquid  facio;  extraho,3  xi,  ctum,  traho  —  ex,  eli- 
evello,  extorqueo,  exquiro,  radicem. 

9.  Patiuntur  resolvi,  patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  sino,  perfero,  tolero,  non  reluctor, 
recuso,  indulgeo,  permitto;  solvo*  vi,  utum,  nodum,  ligaturam  quidquid  sit  ligatum, 
mis,  filum,  dissolvo,  resolvo,  renodo;  sinunt  ut  ad  unitatem  reducantur. 

10-  Quilibet,  qucelibet,  quodlibet,  quaecunque  res  ad  libitum;  bifariam,  &c,  adv- 
inationes  non  mutant:  in  duas,  tres,  quatuor,  plures  partes;  communiter,  more  solito- 
o.  in  ordinarium. 

11.  Bipariio*  —,  titumy  divido  in  duas   partes;   designamus.    Tripartitus,   a,    urn 
rtitus,  a,  urn,  part,  prat-,  sine  verbo,  divisum  in  tres  partes. 

12  Frango*fregitfractum,  rumpo,  contero,  comminuo;  ~ra,  ce,  res  fracta,  rupta; 
ms>  f.,  est  potius  actus  frangendi,  sed  et  res  fracta,  non  integra. 


316 

quidem  a  scholis13  'numerator,'  quod  niimerat  partes,  quot  sumimu 
inferior  autem  'denominator,'  quia  docet  quot  in  partes  res  divisa  < 
nominantur.  Efferendo14  autem  hos  numeros,  genere  foeminino  term 
nationum  utimur,  eo  quod  semper  vocabulum  'pars7  subaudiendum  ei 
Verbis,  proinde,  hos  numeros  sic  exprimimus: 


\  unum  dimidium 

una  dimidia  (pars) 
\  una  teVtia 
i  una  quarta 
unus  quadrans 

\  una  quinta 
■J-  una  sexta 
\  una  s^ptima 
\  una  octava 
■J-  una  nona 
^  una  d£cima 
T\  una  undeama 
T\  una  duod£cima 
3^-  una  tred£cima 

*    una  vig£sima 


duae  t^rtise 
duas  quintal 
duae  sextan 
tres  quadrantes 
dodrans,  tis,  m- 
quatuor  quintan 
quinque  sextae 
sex  s£ptimae 
septem  octavae 
octo  nonas 
novem  d£cimae 
decern  undeximae 
duodecim  quindecimse 


"9 
_9_ 

1  0 

u 

1 1 

1  2 

^  viginti  quatuor 

cent£simae 


^^  triginta  mill6srm£ 
H  sesquialter,  tera,  urn 
H  sesqui  tertius,  a   um 
li  sesqui  quartus,  a,  um 
1^  sesqui  quintus,  a,  um 
1£  sesqui  sextus,  a,  um 
1\  sesqui  Septimus,  a,  um 
H  sesqui  octavus,  a,  um 
H  sesqui  nonus,  a,  um 
1T\  sesqui  dScimus,  a,  um 
2\  duo  cum  dimidio 
3T\  tres  c  dodrante 
4T2¥  quftuor  c.  duabus 

sed£cimh> 
6¥8-^  sex  c.  octo  vic£simis 


13  Per  scholas  Academias,  Seminaria  atque  Scientiarum  Universitates  intelligimi 
quae  Medio  >Evo,  h.  e.  a  saeculo  Xl-mo  ad  XV-mum  floruerunt,  quarum  magistn  ac  e 
ctores  uno  verbo  "Scholastici"  appellantur. 

14  Fffero,3  extnli,  elatum,  hoc  in  sensu  significat  verbo  edisserere,  dicere,  enunf 
te,  pronuntiare;  alias  mortuos  ad  sepulcra  cvehere,  sepelire:  subaudio  est  audio  men , 
sine  verbo,  sine  loquela,  vulgo  'subintelligere.' 

Nota.  Here  we  close  our  arithmatical  exercises,  to  be  applied  in  our  next  Pensu, 
For  this  reason  Recensio  and  Vocabularia  are  omitted,  there  bring  no  new  words. 

This  is  the  way  how  the  Kepplers,  Newtons,    Leibnitzes,    and   all   Christendom  1  > 
learned  and  taught  arithmetic  and  mathematics,  from  the  birth  of  the  new  arithmetic  j 
our  own  times,  and  so  did  I  myself-  So  too  Algebra,    Geometry,    and  all  other  branc  > 
of  Mathematics  are  Latin  creations,  and  they   should  be  restored   so   in   all   schooK 
neither  the  teachers,  nor  the  students  understand   the   barbarized   Latin-Greek  tecnn. 
terms,  for  which  modern  tongues  have  no  expressions. 


317 


PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS 

I.  DE  NVMERALIBVS. 

Of  the  six  classes  of  numerals,  specified  in  Pens.  Octavum,  we  have  treated  four 
mally,  of  the  two  others,  the  Multiplicativa  (as  simplex,  duplex,  triplex,  etc  ),  men- 
led  incidentally,  while  the  Proportionalia,  only  two-three  in  all,  will  be  referred  to 
tx  on. 

122.  A  very  pleasing  and  characteristic  Latinism  is  introduced  in  this  Pensum  No- 
n  with  the  Numeralia  Ordinaria,  the  interrogative  adjective  for  that  class  of  numerals, 
his,  a,  urn,  (already  referred  to  in  Pensum  Secundum),  as  connected  with  Pronomen 
efinitum  quisque,  quceque,  quidque,  quodque,  each  one,  every  one,  and  further  empha- 
d,  unusquisque,  unaquceque,  unumquodque  (uniuscuiusque,  unicuique,  unumquem- 
,  etc.  each  part  declined  in  its  own  way).  When  we  say  in  English,  "How  many  of 
cnew  that,"  we  use  the  cardinal  numerals,  and  think  of  a  promiscuous  little  band  of 
i;  the  Roman  mind  saw  the  image  of  a  regular,  orderly  row  of  men,  of  which  per- 
s  each  5th,  10th,  50th  knew  the  thing,  and  so  the  Roman  said,  "quotusquisque  no- 
m  id  scivit?"  "The  each  how  manieth  of  us  knew  that?"  The  same  idiom  is  used  with 
as,  like;  so  if  I  wish  to  say,  "Just  as  one  will  sow  for  himself  will  also  reap,"  the 
n  idiom  will  be:  "Ut  quisque  sibiseverit,  itaet  metet."  The  same  is  the  case  with 
ie  superlatives,  as:  '  'All  respectable  people  deny  that  it  was  done,"  m  Latin,  "Opti- 
^  quisque  id  factum  (esse)  negat."  The  average  wicked  man  (or  people  of  the  wicked- 
rind)  will  point  to  the  crowd  (supporting)  as  his  proof;"  "Argumentum  pessimi  cu- 
ue  turba  est" 

123.  The  Distributiva.  —  Singulus,  a,  urn  is  occasionally  used  in  singular  (semel 
m  est  singulum),  but  usually  pi.  Bird,  *,  a,  pi.  only,  used  of  things  in  pairs  (bini 
0;  of  things  in  twos,  with  pi.  nouns,  as  bina  castra,  so  terna  (trina);  all  the  rest  is 
1,  often  for  style's  sake,  in  the  place  of  the  Cardinalia,  in  prose  more  than  in  poetry. 

124.  The  Adverbia  answer  the  English  o?ice,  twice,  thrice  to  qualify  verbs  and  nu- 
al,  or  other  adjectives,  as  ter  optimus,  0  terque  quaterque  beati. 

II.  DE  VERBIS. 

125.  A.  Verba  Depon6ntia.  —  This  is  a  system  of  regular  verbs,  passive  only  in 
Hi  but  active,  some  transitive,  some  intransitive  in  meaning,  wherefore  having  all 
;  participia,  consequently  also  gerundia.  Deponentia,  because,  as  the  Roman  gram- 
ians  explain,  they  have  laid  down  their  passive  meanings;  but  in  reality  they  convey 
nd  of  immanent  action  as  hortor,  I  busy  myself  m  urging  on,  loquor,  \  keep  myself 
mg.  Their  cunjugation  is  as  follows  : 


318 


Coniugatio 


VERBA  DEPONENTIA. 

ii 


in 


IV 


Tempora 

Primitiva 


MODVS  INFINITIWS 

Tpus  Prses. 
Tpus  Prset. 
Tpus  Fut. 


hortor  ari 
atus  sum 


hortari 
hortatum,  a 
hortaturum, 


im,esse 

,  um,  ' ' 


PARTICIPIA 

Prses  entis 

Prseteriti 
Futuri  Activum 
Futuri  Passivum 


vereor,  en 
veritus  sum 


vereri 

veritum,  am,  um,  esse 

veriturum,  am,  um,  esse 


hortans,  antis  verens,  entis  16quens,  entis 

hortatus,  a,  um  veritus,  a,  um  locutus,  a,  am 

hortaturus,  a,  um  veriturus,  a,  um  locuturus,  a,  um 

hortandus,  a,  um  verendus,a,  um  loquendus,  a,  um 

MODVS     INDICATIVVS. 

Tempus  Prxsens. 


loquor,  loqui 
locutus  sum 


loqui 

locutum,  am,  am,  esse 

locuturum,am,um,esse 


largior,  largiri 
largitus  sum 


largiri 

largitum,  am,  am, 
largiturum,am,um. 


hortor 

hortaVis  [-re] 
hortftur 
hort^mur 
hortamini 
hort  Oritur 

horttfbar 

hortabans[-re. 

hortaba'tur 

hortabamur 

hortabimini 

hortaba'ntur 


hortatus 
a,  um 

hortati 
as,  a 

horta'tus 
a,  um 

horta'ti 
as,  a 


vereor 

vereVis  [-re] 

verdtur 

ver£mur 

ver£mini 

ver£ntur 


loquor 

loqueris 

16quitur 

16quimur 

loquimini 

loquuntur 


Tempus  PrxUritum  Imperfection. 
vergbar  loqu£bar 

verebans  loquebans  [re] 

vereba'tur  loqueba'tur 

verebamur  loqueba'mur 

vereba'mini  loquebamini 

verebintur  loqueblntur 

Tempus  Prseteritum  Perfectum. 
locutus 
a,  um 
locuti, 
as,  a 


largiens,  entis 
largitus,  a,  um 
largiturus,  a,  um 
largiendus,  a,  um 


Urgior 

largiris 

largitur 

largimur 

largimini 

largiuntur 

largidbar 

largieba'ris 

largieb^tur 

largieba'mur 

largiebdmini 

largieba'ntur 


largitus 
a,  um 

largiti 
as,  a 


Tempus  Prseteritum  Plusquamperfectum 


6nm 

£rat 
erimus 
eritis 
erant 


hortibor 

horta'beris  [re. 

hortibitur 

hortdbimur 

hortabimini 

hortabuntur 


horta'tus 
a,  um 

hortfti, 
as,  a 


locutus, 
a,  um 
locuti, 
as,  a 

Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 
ver£bor  loquar 

ver£beris  [re]         loqueris  [re] 
ver£bitur  loquitur 

verdbimur  loqudmur 

verebimini  loquimini 

verebuntur  loquuntur 

Tempus  Futurum  Exactum. 
veritus,    "\ 

a,  um 
viriti, 
as,  e 


ero 

e*ris 

6rit 

eVimus 

iritis 

<£runt 


locutus,   ^ 
a ,  um  i 
locuti,      | 


e*ro 
<5ris 

a.lim    I     e>it 

<Srimus 
e>his 

X,  a      J     ^runt 


largitus, 
a,  um 

largiti, 
as,  a 

laVgiar 

largiens 

largiitur 

largi£mur 

largidmini 

largidntur 

largitus,  " 
a,  um 

largiti 
as,  a    * 


sum 

es 

est 

sumus 

estis 

sunt 


e"ram 

e"ras 

£rat 

erlmus 

eritis 

e"rant 


e"r6 

€x\s 

6rit 

Primus 

iritis 

drunt 


I 

horter 

horteris 

hortetur 

hortemur 

hortemini 

hortentur 

hortarer 

hortareris 

hortarctur 

hortaremiur 

hortaremini 

hortarentur 


VERBA  DEPON^NTIA 
MODVS     CONIVNCTIVVS 
Tempus  Prsesens. 
II  III 

verear  loquar 

verar.s  loquaris 

vereatur  loquatur 

vereamur  loquamur 

vereamini  loquamini 

verea^tur  loquantur 

Tempu    Prxteritum  Imperfectum 
vererer  loquerer 

verereris  loquereris 

vereretur  loqueretur 

vereremur  loqueremur 

vereremini  loqueremini 

vererentur  loquerentur 

Tempus   Prasteritum  Perfectum. 


319 


fiortatus 
a,  urn 

tiortati, 
ae,  a 

)rt£tus, 
a,  um    I 
>rtaU     | 
x,  a 

)rtaturus 
a,  um 
irtaturi 
se,  a 

•rtaturus, 
a,  um 
•rtaturi, 
as.  a 


Lenior, 
« < 

Asperior, 


lociitus, 
a,  um 

lociiti. 
36.  a 


sim 

sis 

sit 

simus 

sitis 

sint 


Tempus   Prasteritum   Plusquam   Perfectum. 


IV 

largiar 

largiaris 

largiatur 

largiamur 

largiamini 

largiantur 

largirer 

largireris 

largiretur 

largiremur 

largiremini 

largirentur 


largitus, 
a,  um 

largiti, 
x,  a 


sim 

sis 

sit 

simus 

sitis 

sint 


essem 

esses 

esset 

esse'mus 

esse"tis 

essent 


largitus, 
a,  um 
largiti, 

ae,  a 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 


veriturus, 
a,  um 

verituri, 
36.  a 


locuturus 
a,  um 

locuturi, 
ae,  a 


Tempus   Futurum   Exdctum. 


essem 

esses 

csset 

essemus 

ess£tis 

essent 


verituruS: 
a,  um 

verituri , 
as.  a 


essem 

esses 

esset 

esse'mus 

esse"tis 

essent 


locuturus, 
a,  um 

locuturi, 
ae.  a 


sim 

sis 

sit 

simus 

s  tis 

sint 


essem 

esses 

csset 

essemus 

esse'tis 

essent 


largitiirus, 
a,  um 

largituri, 
36,  a 

largitiirus, 
a,  um 

largituri, 
36,  a 


essem 

esses 

esset 

esse'mus 

essetis 

essent 


MODVS  IMPERATIVVS. 
S.       hortare 
PL      hortamini 
S.       2,  hortator 
"        3,  hortator 
PI.     2,  hortaminor 


3,  hortantor 


Ace. 
Abl. 


ora. 

en. 

at. 

cc. 

bl. 


hortatum 
hortatu 

1. 
hortandum  est 
hortandi 
hortando 
(ad)  hortandum 
'ab)  hortando 


verere 
veremini 
veretor 
verStor 
vereminor 
verentor 
S  V  P  I  N  A. 

veritum 

veritu 

G  E  R  V  N  D  I  A. 
II. 

verendum  est 
verendi 
verendo 
(ad)  verenum 
(a)  verendo 


loquere 

loquimini 

loquitor 

loqu  itor 

loquiminor 

loquuntor 


locutum 
locutu 


III. 
loquendum  est 
loquendi 
loquendo 
(ad)  loquendum 
(a)  loquendo 


largire 

largimini 

largitor 

largitor 

largiminor 

largiuntor 

largitum 
largitu 

IV. 

largiendum  est 

largiendi 

largiendo 

(ad)  largiendum 

(a)  largiendo 


320 

126.  Mark  the  difference  between  a  regular  active  and  transitive  verb  in  passive  for 
say,  dico,  passive  dicor,  and  a  deponent,  say  loquor,  in  the  Futurum  Infinitivi;  dicor% 
have  it  dictum  in,  to  be  told,  loquor,  on  the  contrary  locuturum  esse,  which  is  the  actr 
form  of  the  regular  verb,  as  dicturum  esse. 

127.  From  the  above  (125)  mentioned  immanently  active  character  of  the  Dep 
nents  though  otherwise  active  and  transitive  grammatically,  follows,  that  we  cannot  s; 
in  Latin  I  am  admired,  I  am  followed,  I  am  being  imitated,  and  the  like,  hence,  we  mi 
either  find  other  verbs,  or  use  active  construction. 

128.  Inasmuch,  however,  as  the  Participium  Pratenti  is  always  passive,  necessi 
broke  through  this  inflexible  principle  of  grammar,  and  did  not  allow  the  Deponentia 
lay  down  their  original  passive  character.  Wherefore,  as  it  is  a  very  difficult  matter 
recall,  or  even  to  ascertain,  which  of  them  have  retained  their  Participia  Prateriti  in  n 
passive  form  and  meaning,  for  easy  reference  1  record  them  here: 

Abominatus,  adeptus,  arbitratus,  comitatus,  commentatus,  complexus,  conatus,  cc 
fessus,  defunctus,  demeritus,  despicatus,  dignatus,  dilargitus,  dominatus,  blanditus, 
blanditus,  exsecratus,  exhortatus,  expertus,  frustratus,  imitatus,  interminatus,  interpre 
tus,  lamentatus,  largitus,  machinatus,  meditatus,  mensus,  admensus,  dimensus,  demens 
emensus,  permensus,  remensus,  mentitus,  ementitus,  mercatus,  mentus,  metdtus,  dii 
tatus,  modulatus,  moratus,  oblitus,  orsus,  exorsus  partitus,  dispertitus,  impertitus, 
ctus,  pollicitus,  populatus,  professus,  stipuiatus,  testatus,  contestatus,  detestatus,  testifi 
tus,  velificatus,  veneratus- 

129.  Only  such  of  the  Deponentia  have  a  full  set  of  four  Participia  as  have  dir 
government,  i.  e-  accusativus,  or  indirect  government  with  Ablativus,  as: 


sequor, 

sequens, 

secutus, 

secuturus, 

sequendus 

patior, 

patiens, 

passus , 

passurus, 

patiendus 

ulciscor, 

ulciscens, 

ult  us, 

ulturus, 

ulciscendus 

fruor, 

fruens, 

fruitus,  fructus, 

fruiturus, 

fruendus 

fungor, 

fungens, 

functus, 

functurus, 

fu'igendus 

utor, 

utens, 

usus, 

usurus, 

utendus 

N0ta  i.  —  Lcetor,  nitor ,  proficiscor  do  not  have  Part-  Futuri  Passivum,  while 
scor  has  only  vescens,  and  vescendus. 

N0t a  2    —  Those  Deponentia  which  are  intransitive,  and,  therefore  admit  neit 
Accusativus,  nor  Ablativus.  have  three  Participia,  labor,  labens,  lapsus,  Ifpstrus. 

^0fa  3  _  Orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum  has  that  peculiar  character  about  it,  that  in  Pr 
Infin-,  oriri,  it  belongs  to  the  4th  Conjugation,  as  well  as  in  the  Imperf.  lnd  et  Coniun 
oriebar  and  onrer,  and  Pra^s.  lnd-  2d  pers.,it  also  displays  the  characteristic  long/,  as 
ris,  but  in  3d   oritur,  in  the  3d  Conjugation,  and  so  throughout  the  whole  Conjugal  , 
in  the  Part    Praet.   ortus,  the  short «  is  dropped,    in   the   Part  Futuri  Activum  the  sa. 
short  i  is  retained,  oriturus,  a,  urn.  As  a  neuter  (intransitive)  verb,  it  has  no  onemius  , 
urn,  ,  Part.  Fut.  Pass.)  but  an  old  form  of  this,  as  an  adjective,  takes  its  place,  muna , 
a,  urn. 


321 

130.  The  Deponentia,  just  like  the  Passiva,  change  their  -6ns,  -iris,  -ens,  -iris, 
;ndings  in  2d  person  sing.  Prses.  Ind.,  Prass.  Con.,  Imperf.  Ind.  et  Coni.,  Fut.  Simpl. 
nd.  into  -are,  -ere,  -ere,  -ire,  so  that  for  hortan's,  wtxeris,  \6queris,  hrgiris,  north's, 
itxtaris,  loqudris,  hrgidris,  &c.,  we  can  also  say  and  write  hovtdre;  vtx'ere,  loquere  (but 
n  Fut.  Simpl.  loquere),  hrgire,  hortzbare,  vtxtbare,  loqueb^,  tergitbare. 

Nota.  —  In  the  older  phase  of  Latin,  what  is  called  "ante-classical"  speech,  i.  e., 
)efore  Caesar  and  Cicero,  the  Prsesens  Infinitivi  in  the  Vox  Passiva,  consequently  also  in 
Deponentia,  now  nominaii,  prceverti,  &c,  had  the  form  of  nominarter,  praeverti^,  often 
mitatad  by  the  classical  and  later  poets. 

VERBA  ANOMALA. 

All  verbs  in  no  language  follow  one  and  the  same  model  of  conjugation,  but  some 
leviate  and  follow  some  other  rule  or  model.  Such  are  few  in  Latin,  and  were  called  by 
he  Roman  grammarians  Verba  Anomala  (-us,  a,  um),  that  is,  irregular.  We  have  treat- 
id  some  of  them,  namely  sum,  possum,  eo,fio  (pp.  103—107);  the  remaining  ones  are 
ero,  feror,  volo,  nolo,  malo,  queo,  nequeo,  v£neo  and  edo.  These  are  conjugated  in  the 
olio  wing  manner: 

131.  Verbum  Fero. 

VOX   ACTIVA. 


fPRA  primitiva— fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum 

prces.  Infinitivi,  ferre 

prcet.        "        tulisse 

Fut.  laturum,  am,    um 

-os,  -as,  a  esse 
participium  Prcesentis,  ferens,  -tis 
Prceteriti,  latus,  -a,  -um 

Act.  laturus,  -a,  -um 


Futuri 


Pass,  ferendus,  -a,  -um 


MODVS   INDICATIVVS. 

Tpus  Prcesens. 

e>o,  fers,  fert, 
eVimus,  feYtis,  ferunt 

Tps.  Frcet.  Imperfectum. 

erSbam,  fer£bas,  ferebat, 
erebamus.  fereba'tis.  fer£bant 


MODVS   CONIVNCTIWS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 
f£ram,  fe'ras,  feVat, 
terimus,  feritis,  f£rant 

Tpus.  Prcet.  Imperfectum. 

feVrem,  fe'rres,  fe*rret, 
ferr6mus,  ferr£tis,  feVrent. 

Tps.  Prcet.  Perfectum. 

tulerim,  tuleris,  tiilerit, 
tule'rimus,  tul^ritis,  tulerint 

Tps.  Prcet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum, 

tulissem,  tulisses,  tulisset, 
tulis$6mus,  tuliss£tis,  tulissent 

Tps.  Futurum  Simplex, 
laturus,  -a,  -um,  sim7  sis,  sit, 
latiiri.  -ae,  -a,  simus,  sitis>  sint 


322 

Tps.  Prcet.  Perfectum. 

tuli,  tulisti,  tulit, 

tulimus,  tulistis,  tulenint,  tulere 

Tps.  Ptcet.  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 
tuleram,  tuleras,  tulerat, 
tuleramus,  tuleratis,  tulerant. 

Tps.  Futurum  Simplex. 

f£ram,  feVes.  fSret 
feremus,  fer&is,  fSrent 

Tps.  Put.  Exactum. 

tulero,  tuleris,  tulerit 
tulenmus,  tuleritis,  tulerint 

GERVNDIVVM. 

N.  Singulars.      1        N.  Pluralis. 


Tempus  Futurum  Exactum. 
laturus,  -a,  -urn,  £ssem,  esses,  6sset 
laturi,  -x,  -a,  essemus,  -tis,  -sent 

MODVS  IMPERATIVVS. 


Lenior, 

Sing,  fer! 
ferte! 


PI 


Tertia  Persona. 
ferto! 


Asperior. 

Sing,  ferto! 
PI.      fert6te! 

Tertia  Persona, 

Sing,  ferto! 
PI.      fer  unto! 


A/om.ferendus,a,um 
Gen.  fer£ndi,  x,  i 
Dai.  ferendo,  x,  o 

/4cC.ferendum,  am,  um 

Voc.  ferende,  a,  um 
Abl.  (a)fer£ndo,a,o 


fer£ndi,  ae,  a 

ferendorum,  arum, 

ferendis 
ferdndos,  as,  a 
ferendi,  xt  a 
(a)  ferendis 


Supina. 
zAccus.  latum 
Abl.       latu 

GERVNDIVVM. 

Norn,    ferendum  est 
Gen.      ferendi  (lebor) 
Dat.      ferendo  (aptus) 
/to.    '  ad  fer£ndum  (missus) 
Voc.  caret 

Abl.      (a)  ferendo  (destitit) 


*..  i. «.  r,,  « •<£;  SltttS  irs  i£\ 
Si'JSTA'Sft  «SE- * "-  >•""  *  *°"'d  s"  i,! " 

fer.1,  they  say,  it  is  rumored.  ... 

No*  2.  II,  compound,:  *M>  («d  -  too),   to  tat  *  tot. to  J™     *  J» 


323 

fTo,  to  bring  in  front,  or  before,  whence,  prcelatus,  in  eccles.  Latin,  a  priest  olaced  in 
ink  before  others;  profero,  to  bring  forth,  before  the  public,  into  the  open;  refer  o,  to 
ring  back,  to  put  on  record,  to  record,  to  report,  as:  ad  Senatum  referre,  to  lay  before 
he  Senate;  whence,  telator,  who  is  appointed  to  make  a  report,  a  reporter;  particularly: 
lultum  refert,  there  is  a  great  deal  of  difference,  it  is  of  a  great  importance;  parum,  or 
ihil  refert,  it  is  of  little,  or  of  no  consequence,  importance.  Suffero;  (sub  —  fero),  to 
derate,  to  bear;  qffero  (ob  —  fero),  to  tender,  offer. 

Nota  3.  The  carrying  idea  is  also  expressed  by  other  verbs,  according  to  the  various 
ays  and  methods  it  is  done;  such  are:  veho,3  -xi,  -ctum,  on  a  wagon,  ship,  horseback, 
rid  compounds:  aveho,  adveho,  conveho  (whence  English  convey),  eveho,  deveho,  inve- 
o,  reveho.  Gero?  gessi,  stum,  to  wear,  as  clothes,  or  carry  habitually;  compounds: 
ggero,  egero,  digero,  congero,  ingero,  obgero,  regero,  suggero.  Porto?  r. ,  to  carry  some- 
ling  bulky,  or  to  a  distance,  apporto,  asporto,  exporto,  deporto,  comporto,  importo,  re- 
orto,  supporto,  hence  also  porta,  a  gate,  mdportus,  a  port,  harbor.  Baiulo}  r.,  to  carry 
eavy  weight,  bags,  trunks,  &c, 

Verbum  Feror 


vox  passiva. 
pra  primitiva,  feror,  ferri,  latus  sum 

MODVS    INFINITIVVS. 


ps.  Prcesens,  ferri 

Prceterit.  latum,  -am,  -urn, 

-os,  -as,  -a  esse 
rut.         latum  iri 


The  Participium  Praeteriti,  and 
Fut.  Passivum 
find  with  the  other  Participia  in  the 
Active  Voice. 


MODVS    INDCIATIVVS. 


f£ror,  ferris,  feVtur, 
f£rimur,  ferimini,  feruntur 


MODVS   CONIVNCTISVV. 


Tempus  Prcesens, 


f£rar,  ferans,  ferftur 
ferimur,  feramini,  ferintur 


fer£bar,  ferebans  (-re),  ferebatur 
ferebamur,  ferebimini,  fereMntur 


Tempus  Prceteritum  Imperfectum. 

feVrer,  ferrens  (-re),  ferr£tur 
ferr£mur,  ferr£mini,  ferr£ntur 


Tempus  PrceUritum  Perfectum 


latus,  -a,  -urn,  sum,  es,  est, 
iati,  -as,  -a,  sumus,  estis,  sunt 


latus,  -a,  -um,  sim,  sis,  sit, 
lati,  -as,  -a  simus,  sitis,  sint 


324 


Tempus  Prcetkitum  Plus  quam  Perf'ectum. 
latus,  -a,  -um  torn,  eras,  erat,  I  latus,  -a,  -um  essem,  fees,  Jet 

lati  -x,  -a  eramus,  eratis,  erant  |  hfl.  -«,  -a,  essemus,  esset.s,  essent 


Tempus  FutHrum  Simplex. 


f6rar,  fer£ris  (-re) ,  fer&ur, 
feremur,  ferimini,  fer6ntur 


fer£ndus,  -a,  -um  sim,  sis,  sit 
fer£ndi,  -as,  -a  simus,  sitis,  sint 


Tempus  Futurum  Exactum. 
i  +        •«,«,  *™  em  erit  I  fer^ndus,  -a,  -um  6ssem,  £sses,  dsset, 

T'-Zl SS  Ss^nt  I  ferendi,  *  -a  essemus,  essetis,  essen 


MODVS  IMPERATIVVS. 


Unior, 

Si#.     fSrre 
P/.       ferimini 

Jlsp'erior. 

Sin,      fertor 
P/.        feriminor 

T£r/i#  Personx. 

Sin.  fertor, 

P/.  feruntor. 

Nota.  -  The  regular  meaning  offeror  is  /  ««  6«*  earned;** t  rt  _ B  moj  ft 
auently  employed  idiomatically  in  the  meaning  of  they  say  comadmg  w.th  ferunl 
Romulus/"*"  Romam  condidisse,"  which  in  active  vo.ee  would  sound,      Romul 
ferZ  Romam  condidisse,"  Romulus  is  said,  or -Off  ^  that Romans  .  „  ,  and  »fl 
application,  as  is  seen,  it  is  one  of  the  verba  senttendt  and  declarandr,  wh.ch  we 

^'Tnott  very  frequent  application  of  the  verb  is  to  express  rapid  movements  of  m 
animals  things,  as:  "Avesferuntur  per  aera,  birds  dash  through  the  a,r. 


132. 

Verba  vc 

TPRA  primitiva: 

volo,  velle 
v6lui 

MODVS   INFINITIVVS, 

Tps.  Prcesens 
7ps.  Prceteritum 
Tps.  Futurum 

velle 

voluisse 

caret 

Verba  VOLO,  NOLO,  Malo 


nolo,  nolle 
n61ui 

nolle 

noluisse 

caret 


malo,  malle 
malui 

malle 

maluisse 

caret 


PARTICIP. 

Prcesentis 
Prxt.  &  Fut. 


volens 
(voliturus) 


nolens 
caret 


caret 
caret 


325 


volo,  vis,  vult 
vdlumus,  vultis, 
volunt 


votebam,  -bas,  -bat 
volebamus,  -bitis,  -bant 


vdlui,  voluisti,  vdluit 
voliiimus,  -istis,  -enint, 
volume 


MODVS   INDICATIWS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 

nolo,  non  vis,  non  vult 
n61umus,  non  vultis 
nolunt 


malo,  mavis,  mavult 
ma'lumus,  maviiltis 
milunt 


Tempus  Prceteritum  Imperfectum. 

notebam,  -bas,  -bat  matebam,  -bas,  -bat 

nolebamus,  -bitis,  -bant  malebimus,  -bitis,  -bant 

Tempus  Prceteritum  Perfectum. 

ndlui,  noluisti,  ndluit  milui,  maluisti,  miluit 

noluimus,  -istis,  -emnt  maliiimus,  -istis,  -eYunt 

noluere  malueYe 


volueram,  -eras,  -erat 
volueramus,  -itis,  -ant 


'olam,  voles,  volet 
•'olemus,  -£tis,  -ent 


'oluero,  -eris,  -erit 
roluenmus,  -itis,  -int 


Tempus  Prceteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


nolueram,  -eras,  -erat 
nolueramus,  -itis,  -ant 


maliieram,  -eras,  -erat 
maluerimus,  -itis,  -erant 


Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 

ndlam,  n61es,  ndlet  ma*lam,  miles,  malet 

nolemus,  -itis,   ent  malemus,  mantis,  malent 

Tempus  Futurum  Exactum. 

noliiero,  -eris,  -erit  maluero,  -eris,  -erit 

nolueVimus,  -iritis,  -erint  maluenmus,  -iritis,  -erint 


£lim,  v£lis,  vflit 
elimus,  velitis,  v&int 


MODVS   CONIVNCTIWS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 

n61im,  ndlis,  n61it 
nolimus,  nolitis,  n61int 


milim,  milis,  milit 
malimus,  malitis,  milint 


326 


v&lem,  velles,  vellet 
vellemus,  -6tis,  -ent 


voluerim,  -is,  -it 
volueYimus,  -itis,  -int 


Tempus  Prceteritum  Imperfectum. 

ndllem,  n611es,  nollet  mlllem,  m  flies,  millet 

nollemus,  -etis,  -ent  mallemus,  -etis,  -ent 


Tempus  Prceteritutn  Perfectum. 

noluerim,  -is,  -it 
noluerimus,  -itis,  -int 


maluerim,  -is,  -it 
maluenmus,  -itis,  -int 


Tempus  Prceteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 


voluissem,  -es,  -et 
voluissemus,  -tis,  -ent 


voluero,  -eris,  -erit 
voluerimus,  -itis,  -int 


noluissem,  -es,  -et 
noluissemus,  -tis,  -ent 

Fututum. 

noluero,  -eris,  -it 
noluerimus,  -itis,   int 


maluissem,  -es,  -et 
maluissemus,  -6tis,  -ent 


maluero,  -eris,  -erit 
maluenmus,  -eritis,  -int 


Temporibus  Futuro  Simplici  atque  Exacto  carent. 

MODVS   IMPERATIVVS. 


caret;  eius  loco 
Praes.  Coni.  vilis, 
velitis  adhibentur 


Leniot 
Sing,  noli! 
PL  nolito! 


zAsperior 

Sing,  nolito! 
PL  nolitote! 


caret 


Tertia  Persona. 
nolunto! 


Not*    1.  The  meanings  of  these  three  verbs  are,  /  will,  I  will  not,  and  I  prefer. 
to  volo  I  will,  is  not  synonymous  with  the  English  I  will,  in  most  cases  an  aux.l. , 
verb  but  rather  with  the  verb  /  want,  when  used  in  its  place,  as  what  do  you  want,  j 
vis?  I  want  to  speak  with  you,  tecum  colloqui  volo.  Often  /  wish  ,s  subst.tuted   n  E. 
lish  as  "more  polite,"  but  it  is  also  more  misleading;  for  to  wish  is  e  sentiment,  no 
act  'of  the  will,  and  in  that  sense  it  answers  Latin  cupio,  -  volo  is  often  joined  with 
DatWus  of  the  Pronomen  Personale,  tibi,  sibi,  thus:  Quid  tiU  vis?  what  do  you  w  . 
quid  ille  sibi  vult?  what  does  that  fellow  want? 

2    We  often  hear  people  quote  nolens  -  volens;  but  this  quotation  does  not  res 
Roman  authority.  The  Roman  equivalent  is  velle    nolle,  and  vein-  n^s.    TheJ>a| 
pium  Prasentis  volens,  -tis  is  much  more  frequent  than  nolens,  -tis,  and,  smce  the  g. 


327 

marians  have  not  found  same  in  the  now  known  works  of  the  so  called  "classical* ' 
mthors,  they  have  dropped  it  from  school  grammars. 

3.  Gentler  imperatives,  as:  "please  do/'  "please  do  not,"  are  expressed  in  Latin  by 
:he  Prasens  Coniunctivi  of  volo  and  the  imperative  of  nolo,  as:  velis  mihi  dicere,  please 
ell  me!  noli  id  facere,  please,  don't  do  that! 

4.  Two  negations  in  Latin  mean  one  affirmation,  as:  nonnihil,  means  some-  haud 
arum,  not  a  little,  some;  non  ignoro,  \  am  not  unaware,  &c,  but  ne,  a  prohibitive  part- 
cle,  standing  with  nolo,  does  not  form  an  affirmation,  but  remains  negative,  as:  vereor 
ie  id  facere  nolit,  I  fear  that  he  be  unwillig  to  do,  that,  or,  lest  he  refuse  to  .'.  . 

5.  Malo  is  a  contraction  of  magis  volo,  through  another  contraction,  mavolo,  almost 
he  regular  form  before  Cicero's  time,  meaning  /  rather  have,  I  prefer,  as:  esse,  quam 
rideri,  bonus,  malebat,  he  preferred  to  be,  then  to  seem  to  be  good-  Hieronymus  has  also 
anployed  malens,  the  Participium  Prsesentis  but  we  do  not  know  of  another  instance, 
particularly  in  earlier  authors.  (Malo  is  often  strengthened  by  the  adverbia  multo,  longe, 
typido,  as:  muri,  quam  d£decus  ferre,  longe  malo,  to  die,  than  to  bear  disgrace,  I  much 
prefer. 

6.  Part.  Fut.  Act.,  voliturus  also  occurs  with  later  authors. 

133.  Verba  Qveo  et  Neqveo. 

A  Queo. 
rpRA  primitiva  —  queo,  quire,  quivi  (quii),  quitum 

40DVS   INFINITIVVS 

7pus  prasens  —  quire,       Tpus  Prcet.  quivisse, 
Tpus  Fut.  quiturum,  -am,  -um,  -os,  -as,  -a  esse,  fuisse 

'Articipia  —  Prats.,  caret;  Prat.,  quitus,  -a,  -um,  Fut.  quiturus,  -a,  -um 

MODVS   INDICATIVVS.  MODVS   CONIVNCTlVVS. 

Tempus  Prasens. 
queo,  quis,  quit,  queam,  queas,  queat, 

quimus,  quitis,  queunt  queamus,  queitis,  qu£ant 

Tempus  PrceUritum  Imperfectum. 
quibam,  -bas,  -bat  quirem,  -es,  -et 

quibamus,  -Mtis,  -bant  quiremus,  -e*tis,  -ent 


.328 

tempus  Prmtkitutn  Perfectunt. 

quivi  (quii),  quivisti,  quivit  ^verim,  quiveris,  quiverit 

quivimus,  quivistis,  quiverunt  quiverimus,  qmvent.s,  qu.venr, 

quivere,  quidre 

Tempus  PrceVeritum  Plus  quarn  Perfectum. 
quiveram,  -as,  -at,  quivissem,  -es     et 

quiverimus,  -ftis,  -ant  quivissemus,  -ft*  -ent 

Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 

quibo,  quibis,  quibit,  ^Woo,  quiveris,  quiverit, 

quivenmus,  -ltis,  -mt 

Futurum  Exactum 

quivero,  -is,  it, 
quiverimus,  -itis,  -int 

Supina. 

Ace.  quitum;        AM.  quitu 

Vox  Passive  Tps.  Frees.  Indie,  quitur  -  queuntur,  Prat,  quitus  sum 

Deponens:  quitus  est. 

B     Nequeo. 
tpra  primitiva  —  nequeo,  nequire,  nequivi  (nequii),  nequitum 
modvs  infinitiws  —  Pr&s.,  nequire;  Prcet.,  nequivisse,  — 
participivm,  Frees.,  nequiens,  nequeuntis 

MODVS    INDICATIVVS.  MODVS   CONIVNCTIVVS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 

,     .       L    .x  n6queam,  nequeas,  nequeat, 

nequeo,  nequis  neqmt,  nejuelmus,  -que^tis,  -queant 

nequimus,  -quitis,    queunt  nequeamu  , 

Tempus  Proeteritum  Imperfectum. 

su         w    t%*f  nequirem,  -res,  -ret, 

nequibam,  -bas,  -bat  ^  ,  .  x 

nequibamus,  -Mb,   bant  neqmremus,  -rete,    rent 


829 

Tempus  Pratt  eritum  Perfectum. 
nequivi  (nequii)  -visti,  -vit  -     . 

nequivimus,  -vistis,  -verunt,  neqmvenm,  -veris,  -verit, 

nequivere,  nequiere  nequivenmus,  -veritis,  -verint 

Tempus  Prxtiritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 
nequiveram,  -veras,  -verat  .  , 

lequiveramus,    atis,  -ant  neqmv.ssem,  -visses,  -visset, 

neqmvissemus,  -eHs,  -issent 

Tempus  Futurum  Simplex. 
lequibo,  -bis,  -bit 
lequibimus,  -tis,  -bunt  neqmvero,  -veris,  -verit 


Futurum  Exactum 
equivero,  -is,  -it, 
equiverimus,  -itis,  -int 


nequivenmus,  -itis,   int 


Vox  Passiva. 
Tpus.  Prms.  nequitur,         Pratt.,  nequitum  est. 

m  ^^^^^^'^^^^  P-«   witbtbe 
*  more  implies  physical  power,  might  authS    R, f  th  T"'  While^" 

mswesay  InUUiene  aueo    nr    M  y  "*   USed  J>romisC"ously. 

»  **  Butwhen^et y^Z^L^  l^oSe  '  the"  ^"^  ^ 

sK^r ally  —'  «* « -  -  -  ~  *J2?j«5 

annotwT  sThaSs?"  '",  "*  "^^  With  W"  et  haud>  «  *"»  ««■  *«. 

£  i:SS^  °~  -  —  *  -  2nu  century  B. 

134 

Verbum  Veneo 

^-i-vvo,  /  ac^^.,  venire,  rrcet.    veniviss^   v^nkw 
participiis  caret-  venivisse,  venisse,  - 


330 

^         „  MODVS    CONIVNCTIVVS. 

MODVS    INDICATIVVS. 

Tetnpus  Pmsens. 
.      ..  ,  -as,  -at 

vdneo  ?'  _lt   ~  i  '  V6neam'  -^us,  -atis,  -ant 

veneo'  -imus,  -itis,  -eunt 

Tetnpus  Prceteritum  Imperfectum. 

venibam    **>  *at  ^         f  Venirem'  -emus,  -etis,  -irent 

vemoam,  _^meS)  .^  _ant 

7^w/)«s  Pmteritum  Petfectum. 

venivi    "iviSti'  "iviV        l      f  veniverim,  ^imus,  -itis,  -int 

venivi,  „iyimuS)  -istis,  -venint 

venieVunt,  veniv£re 
venie*re 

Tempus  Pmteritum  Plus  quam  Perfectum. 

-vlsses,  -set 

veniveram    "Vera$'  "I  *  venivissem,  _viss6mus,  .tis,  -ent 

veniveram,  _tous>  -^tis,  -ant 

Tempus  Fufurutn  Simplex. 

"riSi  -rit 

venibo    "WSi         w       u    f  VenlVer0,  -vfrimus,  -itis,  -int 

venioo,   .bimuS)  .bitis,  -bunt 

Futurum  Exactum. 

-ris,  -rit 
venivero,  .vMmus>  _tis>  .int 

dropped,  thus:  venivi,  becomes  vmii,  in  the  1st  person,    Perl 

nivisti,  veniveram,  venieram,  &c.                                                    .  and  w#  jf(!-  i 

2.  This  verb  is  compounded    rom  «   «,        J.f  ^  ^            f 

*h*m  (see  con  ligation    pp.   1U4—1U3).     vuilc      «  ^oww 

r  £. » «u»i..s ».«  »'»»: » ,: »—  »x«%«s  (i, : 

-  r-»  SEES  —  ~» - — ;*  ;rr.t:  I 


331 

is  ventimdo,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  the  a  is  short  throughout;  to  sell,  to  offer  for  sale,  to 
put  up  for  sate.  These  two  verbs  seem  to  have  been  devised  to  take  the  places  of  prostu 
tuo,eref  tut,  tutum,  from  statue  +  pro,  to  place,  to  put  forward,  into  sight,  for  sale 
the  intransitive  of  which  is  prosto,  prostdre,  prostiti,  prostitum,  to  stand-for  (sale,  to  be 
on  sale).  The  transitive  form  has  immediately  acquired  an  inmoral  meaning,  and  had  to 
be  replaced  by  venumdo,  the  intransitive  form,  particularly  in  the  3rd  person  sing.  pro. 
stat,  is  still  a  decent  word,  and  is  correctly  used  in  the  meaning  of  "for  sale."  Because 
the  verb  really  is  eo,  it  is  so  conjugated. 

3.  The  following  examples  will  illustrate  the  practical  usage  of  these  verbs:  domus 
mea  prostat,  or  v£num  prostat,  my  house  is  for  sale;  domum  meam  venumd*bo,  I  shall 
sell  my  house,  that  is,  I  shall  offer  it  for  sale;  domum  meam  vendam,  I  shall  sell  my 
house,  i.  e.,  I  shall  not  keep  it,  or,  I  have  a  purchaser  for  it;  domus  mea  venibit,  my 
house  is  going  to  be  sold,  i.  e.,  it  will  be  offered  for  sale. 

135-  Verbum  Edo. 

tpra  primitiva:  £do,  <*dere,  edi,  £sum,  or,  edo,  esse,  edi,  esum 

MODVS    INFINITIVVS. 

Tps.  Pmsens,  e*dere,  or,  esse 
Prcet.,      edisse 
Put.,        esiirum,  -am,  -urn,  -os,  -as,  -a  esse,  fuisse 

PARTICIPIA, 

Prxsentis.  edens,  -tis,     Pt<zt.,  esus,  -a,  -urn,     Put.  Act.,  esurus,  -a,  -urn, 

Put.  Pas.,  edendus,  -a,  -urn. 

MODVS    INDICATIVVS.  MODVS   CONIVNCTIVVS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 
edo,  edis  edit  edo,  &,  est  £dem,  £das,  £dat 

eciimus,  ^ditis,      or     £dimus,  £stis  ed^mus,  ed^tis,  £dant 

edunt  £dunt 

Tempus  Prceteritum  Imperfectum. 
ed£bam,   bas,  -bat,  e^erem,  £deres,  £deret  £ssem,  esses,  £sset 

bamus,  -bitis,  -bant        ederemus,  eder&is,  Cerent    or     essemus,  -£tis,  -sent 

Tempus  Prceteritum  Perfectum. 
edi,  edisti,  edit  ,  Merinit  .deris>  ^ 

eciimus,  -istis,  -enmt  edenmus,  -itis,  -int 


332 


Tempus  PrceUritum  Plus  quant  Perfectum. 

dderam,  -as,  -at  edissem,  -es,  -et 

ederamus,  -tis,  -ant  edissemus,  -tis,  -ent 


Simplex, 

edam,  edes,  edet 
edSmus,  ed&is,  £dent 

Exactum, 

£dero,  £deris,  Sderit 
ed£rimus,  -itis,   int 


Tempus  Futurum. 


Simplex, 
£dero,  £deris,  6derit 
ederimus,  -itis,  -int 

Petiphrdsticum  Simplex 

esurus,  a,  um  )  sim,  sis,  sit 
esuri,  as,  a        )  simus,  sitis,  sint 

Periphrasticum  Exactum. 
esurus,  a,  um    \  essem,  -es,  -et 
esuri,  as,  a  [  -emus,  -tis,  -ent 


MODVS    IMPKRATIVVS. 


Lenior. 

Asp'erior. 

Sing.,  6de, 
PI.       edite 

,  £ste 

Tertice  Persona. 
edunto 

Sing.,  £dito,  esto 
PL       edit6te,  est6te 

GBRVNDIVVM. 

GKRVNDIVM. 

Nom. 

Gen 

Dat 

Ace. 
Voc. 

edendus,  a,  um 
edendi,  as,  i 
edendo,  as,  o 
edendum,  am,  um 
edende,  a,  um 

-di,  -as,  -a 

-d6rum,  -arum,  -6rum 

-dis 

-dos,  -as,  -da 

-di,  -as,  -a 

Nom.  (mihi)  edendum  est 
Gen.    (voluptas)  edendi 
Dat.     (idoneum)  edendo 
Ace.     ad  edendum 
Abl.     ab  edendo 

Abl. 

(ab)  edendo,  i,  o 

-dis 

Supina. 

Ace.  esum 

tAbl.  esu 

Notce  —  1.  The  verb  edo  means  /  eat,  in  the  widest  sense,  of  men,  animals  de 
seases,  rust,  &c  Because  it  is  an  active  transitive  verb,  it  is  also  used  passively,  both  in 
the  regular 'and  irregular  forms,  as,  editut  and  estur. 


333 

2.  The  marks  over  £deo,  £dere,  &c,  mean  the  accent  alone,  not  the  quantity  except 
ing  in  es,  for  the  e  is  short  throughout,  excepting  the  irregular  form,  because  these  are 
derived  from  sum,  is,  est.  This  must  be  well  remembered,  because  there  is  the  verb  edo 
from  ex  +  do,  to  give  forth,  give  out,  to  publish,  in  which  the  e  is  long,  on  account  of 
the  contraction  from  ex.  These  two  verbs  are  entirely  parallel  in  all  forms  excepting 
the  Perfects,  and  the  irregular  forms,  thus:  edo,  edis,  edit;  edebam  edebas;  edam,  edes; 
edam,  edas;  ederem,  ederes  and  £do,  £dis,  fctebam,  e'dam,  &c;  but  in  Prat.  Perf.  the 
former  is  edi,  the  latter  Midi,  gderam,  e^'deram;  ederim,  e^'derim,  &c. 

3.  As  some  tempora  of  this  verb  are  taken  from  sum,  and  these  forms  are  very  fre- 
quent in  the  authors,  even  in  Cicero,  instead  of  referring  to  these  as  exceptional  forms  I 
print  the  complete  verb  in  both,  regular  and  irregular  forms,  the  deviations  becoming  far 
more  striking.  Since,  therefore,  es,  est,  esse,  &c.,  thus  have  two  meanings,  in  Latin 
schools  and  circles  many  jokes,  and  plays  on  words  are  constructed,  like  Mea  pater 
suum  matrem  lupus  est  in  sylva.  Go,  father,  the  wolf  eats  the  swines'  mother  in  the 
forest.  (£Meo,i  r.,  to  go,  sus,  suis,  f.,  swine,  est  =  edit  &c.) 

VEBBA  DEFECTIVA. 

Those  verbs,  which  have  no  records  of  having  been  used  in  certain  modi,  tempora, 
or  persons,  are  called  defectiva. 

They  can  be  divided  into  three  groups:  A,  the  group  of  Verba  Maiora,  which  lack 
but  few  tempora,  particalarly  the  present,  and  its  derivatives;  B,  Verba  [Minora,  which 
have  but  a  few  fragmentary  forms,  and  all  the  rest  of  the  verbal  forms  are  missing;  and 
C,  Verba  Singularia,  parts  of  individual  verbs- 

A,  Verba  Maiora, 
!36-  Verba  Memini,  Ccepi,  Odi,  Novi 

MODVS   INDICATIWS. 

Tps.Pmsens  caret  caret  caret  caret 

fps.  Prcet.  Imp.  caret  caret  caret  caret 

3>s.  Prat.  Perf.  memini,  -isti,  -it  coepi,  -isti,  -it  odi,  -isti,  -it  novi,  -visti,  -it 

meminimus,  -istis,  -imus,  -istis,  -imus,  -istis,  -imus,  -istis, 

-erunt,  -ere  -erunt,  -eYe,  -erunt,  -ere,  -erunt,  -eYe 

rps.  Prcet.  Plus,  memineram,  -as,  -at    coeperam,  -as,  -at    oderam,  -as,  -at    soveran., -as,  -at 
quam  Perf.        -amus,  -atis,  -erant    -amus,  -atis,  -amus,  -atis,         -imus,  -atis 

-ant  -erant  -ant 


334 

Tps.  Fut.  Sim.            caret  caret                     carei  caret 

Tps.  Fut.  Exact,    meminero,  -is,  -it  coepero,  -is,  -it    6dero,  -is,  -it  n6vero,  -is,  -it 

-Primus,  -itis,  -imus,  -itis,          -Primus,  -itis,  -Primus,  -itis, 

-erint  -int                     -int  -int 


MODVS    CONIVNCTIWS. 


Tps.  Prces. 
Tps.  Prcet.  Imp. 
Tps.  Prcet.  Perf. 


Pps.  Prcet.  Plus 
quam  Perf. 


Tps.  Futurum 


caret  caret  caret 

caret  caret  caret 

meminerim,  coeperim,  6derim, 

-is,  -ti.,  -Primus  -is,  -it,  -imus  -is,  -it,  -imus, 

-itis  -int  -itis,  -int  -itis,  -int 

meminissem,  coepissem;  6dissem, 

-isses,  -isset,  -isses,  -isset,  -isses,  -isset 

-issemus,  -£tis,  -issemus,  -iss&is  -iss£mus,  -&is, 

-issent  -issent  -issent 

meminero,  coepero,  -is,  -it,  6dero,  -is,  -it, 

-is,  -it,  -Primus  Primus,  -itis,  -imus,  -itis, 

-entis,  -erint  -erint  -erint 


caret 

caret 
noverim, 
-is,  -it,  -imus 
-itis,  -int 

novissem, 
-isses,  -isset, 
iss£mus,  -£tis> 
•  issent 

novero,  -is,  -it, 
-imus,  -itis, 
-erint 


Sing. 
PL 


memento 
mementote 


Tps  Prcet.    meminisse 
Tps  Fut.  caret 


MODVS   IMPERATIVVS. 

caret 

MODVS    INFINITIVVS 

coepisse 
ccepturum, 
-am,  um,  -esse 


caret 


odisse, 

6surum, 

-am,  -um,  -esse 


caret 


novisse 

cant 


Prcesentis 
Prceteriti, 
FutHri. 


caret 
caret 
caret 


PARTICIPIA 

caret 
coeptus,  a,  um 
coepturus,  a,  um 


caret 
osus,  a,  um 
exosus,  a,  um 
6surus,  a,  um 


caret 
caret 

caret 


Notce.         1.  The    Tempora   Primitiva,   \.   e.,    the  way  we  quote  these  verbs,  are: 
mbnini,  meminisse,  coepi,  cozpisse,  odi,  odisse,  novi,  novisse. 


335 


2.  Their  meaning:  mkmini,  I  remember;  ctzpi,  I  have  begun;  odi,  \  hate;  novi  I 
know,  I  am  acquainted  w.  a  person,  or  thing. 

3.  As  to  quantity:  Since  the  first  persons,  mbnini,  &c.,  are  of  Tps.  Prcet  Perf.  the 
final  us  are  long,  the  *  in  memini  is  short,  but  I  mark  it  for  the  accent;  the  <S-s  in  odi 
and  novi  are  long. 

4  1  again  print  these  verbs  complete,  so  the  eyes  can  promptly  see  where  they  are 
defective.  The  chief  deficiency  is  the  total  absence  of  the  Tempus  Pnesens,  and  the  Im- 
perfectuni ,  and  the  conjugation  begins  from  the  Perfectum  But  we  must  well  remem- 
ber, hat  thts  Peifectum  serves  also  as  7emPus  Prxsens,  so  that,  when  1  say,  bene  memi- 
ni, it  means  /  well  remember,  fari  caepit,  he  began  talking;  odi  profanum  vulgus  1  hate 
the  unholy  mob;  dptime  novi,  I  knew  (him,  it)  very  well.  The  philosophy  of  the  thins: 
is ,  that  remembering,  starting  into  a  thing,  to  hate,  to  know,  all  imply  past  connection 
with  the  thing  as  we  cannot  logically  say,  "I  am  forgetting,"  for  it  is  a  contradiction  I 
can  only  have  forgotten-  ' 

5.  Memini  is  almost  synonymous  with  reminiscor,  and  recordor,  the  latter  two 
meanmg  more  the  act  of  bringing  back  the  image  of  a  thing  to  mind,  while  the  former 
implies  that  the  thing  is  still  in  mind,  not  forgotten.  Its  government  is  Genitivus  or  Ac- 
cus.  of  the  noun,  as:  memini,  nominft,  memini  vite  anteacte,  or,  nonwi  eius  memini- 
vitam  anteactam  memini;  Infinitivus  of  the  verb,  but,  of  course,  in  the  Prateritum:  me- 
mim  dictum  audivisse,  1  remember  having  heard  said.  Its  Imperativus  is  the  Asperior 
form,  for  the  Len.or  we  use  the  Fulurum,  memineris.  The  famous  "Memento  mori  » 
really  means  Don't  forget  to  die."  In  Roman  Latin  it  would  be:  memineris  te  moritu- 
rum,  when  with  Pnes.  Infinitivi,  then  the  verb  soleo,  bringing  in  the  idea  of  past  is  ad 
ded,  as:  memini  eum  dicere  solitum,  1  remember  that  he  was  wont  to  say. 

6.  Ccepi,  ccepisse,  is  a  compound  verb  from  con  +  apio,  or  apo.'to  tie  to  fasten 
used  frequently,  but  it  is  better  known  in  its  Part.  Praeteriti,  aptus,  a,  urn,  and  in  is  fre- 
quentative form^  apto,  are,  and  it  should  not  be  confused  with  capio,  caPete,  dpi  captum 
o  seize.  The  old  authors  did  use  these  forms  which  now  are  missing,  as:  ccepio,  cxpiam 
(Fut )  cafrat  (Pnes.  Coni  ),  ccepere,  (Pras.  ,nf.),  but  dassical  Rome  dropped  these  forms 
and  for  Praes.  Indie,  employed  incipio. 

in  I  J„h?hSt  the  T,b  ^  mean  l0  begin'  but  the  idea  of  *&***  has  a  different  width 
n  Latin  than  in  other  languages,  that  is,  we  would  not  say  and  they  began,  when  the 
Latin  does,  as,  Czsarem i  obsecrare  ccepit,"  he  began  to  beseach  Cxsar;  "cum  omnibS 
-opus  eos  sequ,  co/nt,  he  began  to  pursue  them  with  all  his  troops;  "lacessere  cceperunt  •• 
:hey  began  to  provoke  them,  &c  Its  application  in  this  way  is  pure  Latinism. 

There  is  still  an  other  application  of  this  verb  in  narratives,  where  the  author  nres- 

nH  ™lsub>eahYdnm*ticw*^  when  he  turns  from  the  past  tenses  to  the  present 
;nd  at  the  climax  he  puts  all  his  verbs  into  Pras.  Infinitivi,  in  this  manner:  hostes  mira- 
,  oonsistete,  pav.tare  ac,  denique,  se  in  pracipitem  fugam  dare,  the  enemy  to  wonder 
o  stop,  to  shake  with  fear,  and  finally  to  give  itself  to  headlong  run  .  .  .  the  main  verb,' 


336 

which  puts  all  the  other  verbs  into  Infinitive,  is  missing;  this  missing  verb  is  cceperunt. 
Abstract  grammarians  see  in  this  Latinism  a  wonderful  construction  and  call  it  "a  histo- 
rical Infinitive,"  whereas  it  is  but  an  ellipsis,  an  idiomatic  omission  of  cazpi. 

7.  Odi,  odisse,  to  hate,  to  dislike,  a  very  important  verb,  used  anciently,  as  odto; 
while  the  Christian  writers  largely  disregarded  its  classical  limitations,  and  used  forms, 
like  odis,  bdiant,  odiebani,  bdivi,  bditur,  odiremur,  &c.  but,  since  Latin  is  no  vernacu- 
lar to  us'  we  are  not  allowed  to  follow  such  examples,  and  the  classical  usage  must  be 
followed.  As  the  verb  has  no  Pr<es.  Coni.,  its  Pra*.  Peri  is  used,  just  as  in  the  Indicati- 
ve, of  which  Dictator  Sylla's  contemptuous  words  about  the  Roman  people  is  a  classical 
model*  "Oderint,  dum  m&uant!"  let  them  hate  me,  so  long  they  fear  me! 

8  Novi,  novisse,  in  reality  this  verb  is  nbsco,  nbscere,  novi,  noium,  and,  because  it 
is  derived  from  Greek  gignbsco,  its  compounds  are  dgnosco,  cognosce,  dignosco,  ignosco, 
anciently  gnbsco,  to  know,  to  get  acquainted,  or  to  be  acquanted  w.  somebody  or  some- 
thing The  syllable  w  very  often  is  omitted  in  most  forms,  nosse,  noram,  norm  even 
nonius,  for  novimus.  Whence  notus,  noti,  an  acquaintance,  acquaintances,  people  we 
know<  __  The  verb  is  active  transitive,  novi  hominem,  I  know  the  fellow;  homo  notus 
a  well  known  (notorious)  man,  homo  ignotus,  an  obscure  (unknown)  man.  But  we  must 
be  careful,  lest  we  mix  up  the  subject  and  object,  when  we  have  the  English  acquainted 
in  our  mind.  I  am  acquainted,  means,  some  one  else  has  made  me  familiar  w.  something 
he  is  the  subject,  /  am  the  object.  For  example,  "your  brother  is  acquainted  with  me, 
would  not  be  "frater  tuus  cognitus  (notus)  est  mecum/'  but,  "frater  tuus  mtht  cognitus 
(notus)  est,"  or,  simply,  and  more  idiomatically,  "frater  tuus  novit  me,"  or  cognoscit 
me.  "1  am  acquainted  with  your  brother/'  fratrem  tuum  novi,  or,  cognosco. 

B.  Verba  Minora. 

137.  Verba  Aio,  Inquam,  Fari,  Dari 

Praes.  Infin.  £iere 
participivm,  Prcesentis,  aiens 

MODVS    INDCIATIWS.  MODVS   CONIVNCTIVVS. 

Tempus  Prcesens. 

*io.  i£is,  iit  —  *ias>  *iat 

—    —  awnt  —    ~~   *iant 

ips.  Pmt.  Imperf.  Indicativi:  Tps.  Prczt  Perf.  Indicativu 

ai£bam,  -bas,  -bat,  £  aisti-  i[t 

aieba*mus,  -bdtis,  -bant 


387 

MODVS  INDICATIVVS. 

participivm  Pmsentis,  inquiens 
Tps.  Prczsem:  ^  jnquam,  inquis,  inquit,  inquimus,  inquitis,  inquiunt 


tt 


Prat.  Imperf.    -        -      inqui£bat     _ 

toff,    inquii,  inquisti 
put*  —    inquies,  inquiet 

MODVS   IMPKRATIVVS. 

Unbr,  S-,  inque  Aspirior,  S.,  inquito 


Tpra  Primitive  for,  fari,  fatus  sum 
Tps.  Prass.  infinitivi,  fari 
partic.  Prcesentis,  fans,  -tis 

MODVS   INDICATIVVS  MoDVS   CONIVNCTIVVS. 

Tpus  Prxsens,  -  faris,  fatur  Tpus.  Prat.  Imperf.,  farer 

—    —    fantur 

Tps.  Prat.  Perf.,  fatus,  a,  urn,  sum,  eram  modvs  impbrativvs 

Tps.Futurum,      fabor,     -    fabitur  Unior,  Ure 

SVPINVM  gbrvndivm 

AbL    fatu  Gen.,    fandi 


Abl.,    fando 


The  verb  <fen  is  classed  with  the  Defectiva  only  because  no  first  Person  Pras   Indi- 
cate. ,n  Passive  Voice,  i.  e.,  dor  is  found  in  Roman  texts  known  to  our  age     OthenSe 
he  verb  ,s  conjugated  regularly.  In  German  colloquial  language  these  last  two  verb7oc 
cur  m  reversed  order,  corrupted  into  lari-fari,  in  the  sense  of  idle  talk. 

m„,7  ~  hA  'nftead  0f  crowdi"S these  verbs  into  some  corner,  as  is  done  in  gram- 
mrs  I  have  d>v,ded  them  mto  three  groups,  Verba  Maiora,   Verba  Minora,  and  Verba 
.mgulana,  spectfymg  m  each  verb  all  the  forms  that  occur,  aiding  the  memory  by  vi  ua 
izmg  them,  and  making  them  handy  for  reference 

>us  witf 2T0Pniy  ™*nsfassert'  or'  7  **,  emphatically;  but  ordinarily  it  issynonym- 

u  don't  sav"'  W^;ermeanmg;n0t  ^  W°rdS  °f  S°meb0dy>  is  "uoted-  "Q»id  **?" 

eaUv'honSv^,         r       C  rterS  aiSm  tu?  d0  you  say?  d°  y°«  »ean  to  say? 
eally:  honestly?  ls  very  frequently  contracted  into  ai'n  lu? 


838 

3.  Inquam,  had  an  older  form  inquio,  and  also  inquo,  not  used  by  the  best  authors, 
and  gradually  the  inquam  form  survived.  The  meaning  is  "say  1  popularly  says 1,  I 
e  qurt  ne  not  the  meaning  but  the  words  of  some  one,  and  it  is  put  into  the  quotat.cn, 
after  the  fust  or  second  word  parenthetically,  in  this  manner:  "Qu  sibi,"  inquit,  senu- 
tarn  non  sapiunt,  alteri  monstrant  viam."  -  The  Part.  Praesenhs,  mqmins,  does  not  oc- 
cur excepting  in  the  Vulgata,  likely  from  Hebrew  similar  usage- 

except.^ ;  i       ^  ^^  ^  ^  synonymous  wlth  loqu,to  speak  the 

difference  being  that>»  nearer  expresses  the  ability  and  inclination  to  speak,  and  not  tc 
T2Z  The  fir  toenson  Pnes  lndic,  for,  is  not  used,  excepting  as  a  part  of  the  Tempo- 
SSmitiva  FromTpart .^enfe/««s,  is  ,«fans  derived,  because  unable  to  speak- 
BecaTe it  has  a  Gerundium,  we  can  assume  that  the  verb  has  also  had  a  Gerund.yum, 
LTconLquently,  a  Part-  Fut.  Passivum,  and  that  in  a  real  passive  meaning,  when* 
we  have /3«s  and,  in  particular,  infandus,  a,  urn,  as  in  "Infantum  Reg.na,  mbes  re; 
™  dolorem  »  unutterable,  unspeakable-  The  AM.  /**>.  is  very  frequent  ,n  vhras. 
like,  "ntfando  quidem  audivi,"  I  have  not  heard  it  even  from  hearsay. 


C.   Verba  Singular ia. 

138    Under  this  head  1  have  grouped  certain  verbs,  »hich  exist  only  in  fragments 
such 2':  qui,  ausimjorem,  age,  salve  and  ave,  defit  intit,  cedctnd  «*. 

1  qLo,  M,  or  U,  is  the  older,  therefore  more  solemn  and  religious form,  c rf  qua 
ro,3  qu*sivi,  -Uum,  to  seek,  to  ask,  to  pray;  in  this  form  not  used  bu . rta  fir** 
Inns  V^so  and  ««!««»«,  particularly  as  an  interjected  request,  as:     tu,  quaeso,  creb 
ST    ?1!  1  nr  Att  7  10  10.  It  has  passed  into  the  Roman  liturgy  from  the  anc.e, 


ler?"  Answer:  "A  prassta-quaesumus." 

"   2    Ausim,ausis,ausit,ausint,  according  to  modern   grammarians  an  ancient  for. 
of  Prts  Con!  of  «*<».•  «««  s«W;  I  dare;  1  maintaine  that  this  form  is a  mere co 

forem,  from  an  old  stem/wo,  whence  jm,  101  j  j  ^ 

bos,  for  honor  and  arbor),  almost  synonymous  with  «» .  «s t»  /« 
future  meaning;  for  instance:  "Si  id  verum«*t,  gauderem,    if  it  were  true, 


339 


begrad;  "Si  id  verum/^/,  if  it  should   become  true,   if  it  were  to  become  true  ..  ." 

Used  as  auxiliary  to  sum. 

4.  Age   and  strengthened,  agedum,  age  sis,  the  Imperat.  of  ago,*  egi,  actum,  to  act 
o  do,  used  along  w,th/f/te  (imperat,  of  facio  and  dico)  *  .,^>„** 

fac  abscedamus  h.nc!"  "say,  hellow  there,  let's  go  away  from  here-" 

5  Safe and  <iw,  to  which  belongs  also  vale,  words  of  greeting  and  parting  They 
are  but  the  nfimtiv,  of  the  respective  regular  verbs,  salveo?  aveo?  and  X'"  in  bo  h 
mperativi,  lenior  and  asperior:  salve,  salv'ete,  salv'eto,  salvetote,  be  thou,  ye,  safe  hail 
to  thee,  to  ye!  Aveo,  avete,  Imperat.  ave!  avete,  aveto,  a  verb  of  gree&g  app  ed'  to  a 
comer,  as  is  vale,  to  the  goer;  hail  to  thee,  velcome.  Once  used  by  Catafiu  to  his  dead 
brother,  ave  atque  vale;  hence  they  infer  that  vale  is  used  as  a  parting  from  th  dead 
(wh,ch  seems  absurd  from  the  meaning  of  the  word,  to  be  of  good  healft 7h  le  ave is 

be°S         HVln"-  FaTt  "  ^  VU,Sata'   SinCe  Q-ntilfanus  thinks  that     should 
be  written  and  pronounced  as  "haveo,"  it  seems  more  certain  that  its  original  is  the  He 
brew  ahav,  to  love  to  wish  well,  whence  it  was  contracted  into  hav-t0,  and  I  tlv   aveo 
whence  amis,  grand  father,  and  avitus,  a,  urn,  ancestral 

f^.^^^00'''^^*6^35'7^0™0^^^^  ^  <fe/?«'or,   itself  quite 
St'  I  ^  'S  n°thad'  laCki"g'  absent'   wantin^  W  mihi  P«»i  I  lack  bread   _ 
W  he,  she,  ,t  is  present,  he  is  in  suddenly,  he  is,  or  falls  into  it  par  icu larly  as  an  in- 
to* cutor,  he  puts  in  his  words,  he  says,   he  speaks,  as:  "inflt  laudare,"  begins  to  praise 
infit  faner,    begins  to  talk,  to  tell.  S  P    lse' 

7  0<fo,  *  short,  of  different  origin  from  Cedo?  cessi,  cessum,  to  g0  to  vield  summ- 
ed to  be  compounded  from  the  particle  -ce  (as  in  ec-ee),  and  doaarTTelltZ^o 
give;  hand  ,t  to  me,  give  it,  hither  with  it!  let  me  have  it!  This  verb  is  onlv  used  Z\t 
Imperat.,  in  this  way  cedo  manum!  give  me  vour  hand!  •■„„  ,J Ta         I  e 

cti "  in  V?rr?m  9   %  9A    "n  a      .  u  u       ,?   y  unum  cedo  auc»rem  tu  fa- 

»jlr,    h  ;       ut  blbam-  plaut- MosteI-  2> L  26- ,ts  "<«■•  «««• 

ac  cordWtf '  ?rt     f  t°.2CCepted  Philol°^'  an  adaptation  from  Greek,  macar,  blessed" 
iccordmg  to  our  Latin  tradition  it  is  a  pure  Latin  compound  of  magis  +  auctus  and This 
xplams  why  ,t  is  constructed  with  Abl.  and  esto,  este,  estote,  whilethe  other'  exifn 
•o  hing.  It  has  three  forms,  Norn.,  modus.  Voc,  made,  in  PI  Tom.  and  Voc   mS 
and  ,s  very  frequent  both  as  a  religious  word,  and  a  simple  exclamation,  brav^on 

te°virtutey"UCicXe^tP  12  ^T^  7°  "5*  eSt°'"  Cat°  *•*>  134'  *      M  - 
■irtuTe'la^jrad^^^T^'      **  ^  ^  *>    >*  ™ 

13S-  VERBA  IMPERSONALIA. 

A  group  of  active  transitive  verbs  is  called   Krba  Impersondlia  from  the  fact  thaf 
ch  verbs  cannot  be  used  with  subjects  of  the  first  and  second  persons;  ndther  cm  thev 
e  used  ,n  plural  number-  They  have  several  classes;  as:  hey 

1«,  of  mental  disposition;  such  are: 


340 

miseret,  poenitet,  pudet,  Xcedet,  piget,  decet,  libet,  licet,  oportet. 

a)  Miseret,  -ere,  -rtus  sum  (with  the  philologists,  miser/tus)  it  makes  me  pity,  I 
pity,  I  feel  merciful.  This  verb  is  simply  the  third  person  of  misereo,  -ere,  -ui,  -sertum, 
the  deponent  form  being  misereor,  -eri,  -rtus,  -sum.  I  pity,  I  take  pity.  Construction: 
Subject  Accusat.,  object  Genit.  of  the  noun  or  pronoun,  Infmitivus  with  verbs,  as:  aegro- 
ti  me  miseret,  vestri,  tui,  sui  nos  miseret;  id  videre,  or  vidisse  me  miseret. 

b)  Poenitet,  -rere,  -uit,  -uerat,  -eat,  -ens,  -urus,  -endus  (philologists,  pae  .  .  .  ; 
but  it  is  derived  from  punio,  hence  poena,  —  ancient  ce  for  u),  to  repent,  to  regret.  Con. 
struction  like  that  of  miseret.  Ex.:  poenitet  me  facti,  ire,  dedecoris;  with  verbs:  pceni- 
tuit  eum  id  dixisse,  neglexisse,  fecisse. 

c)  Pudet,  -ere,  -uit  (puditum  est),  -uerat,  -bit,  -eat,  -reret,  -ens,  -iturus,  -endus,  to 
be  ashamed:  delicti,  culpae  eum  pudet;  pudet  eum  dixisse. 

d)  Tcedet,  -rere,  -ebat,  -uit  (taesum  est),  -bit,  -eat,  -eret,  to  be  loath,  to  be  disgusted, 
to  suffer  from  nausea;  taedet,  -uit  nos  sermonis  tui,  sermonem  eius  audivisse. 

e)  Piget,  -'ere,  -uit  (pigitum  est),  ixompigeo,  and  this  from  piger,  pigra,  pigrum, 
lazy;  pigibit,  -uerat,  -eat,  -tret,  &c,  to  be  lazy,  to  lack  sprightliness,  to  feel  too  lazy  tc 
do  something;  but  the  Romans  themselves  mixed  it  up  with  taedet,  or  used  both  together 
Construction  the  same:  piget  me  laborare,   or  laboris,  I  feel  irksome,  unwilling  to  work. 

f)  Decet,  -ere,  -uit,  to  be  fitting,  befitting,  it  behooves,  it  is  becoming,  can  be  usee 
of  clothes,  as  fitting  a  person,  and  of  moral  fittingness.  Construction  different  from  tto 
others;  with  Accus.:  mentiri  neminem  decet,  it  is  unbecoming  anybody  to  lie;  with  Dat 
vestis  angusta  non  te,  or  tibi  decet;  Infim:  timere  non  decet. 

g)  Libet,  or  lubet,  -ere,  -uit  (libitum  est),  German  lieben,  leben,  English  love,  fron 
Hebrew  Veb  (leV),  heart  The  diversity  of  spelling,  just  as  in  all  similar  cases,  is  due  tc 
the  "pingue  quid  sonat,"  the  /sounding  something  fat;  as  some  Romnn  grammanai 
says  that  is,  it  is  neither  our  thin  i9  like  English  ee,  nor  is  it  an  u,  like  French  ou,  but : 
sound  between  the  two,  i.  e.,  the  French  u,  or  German  u.  Therefore  it  is  neither  Ubet 
norlwbet  but  tfbet.  Its  meaning:  it  agrees  with  my  will,  agreably  to  my  will,  becaus. 
1  want  it  so.  Construction:  with  Infmitivus  of  the  verb,  as:  libet  oiiari,  it  is  my  choic. 
to  lounge;  with  object:  quod  libeat,  pete,  ask  what  you  choose;  subject  always  Dativus 
mihi  id  facere  non  lubet,  I  do  not  care  to  do  that. 

h)  Licet,  -ere,  -uit,  licitum  est,  not  forbidden,  can  be  done  freely.  Construction 
Infinitivus  verbi,  subiectum  cum  Dativo:  semel  in  anno  insanire  licet,  one  may  make  : 
fool  of  himself  once  in  a  year,  licet  quidem  mihi,  sed  non  lubet,  I  am  at  liberty  to  do  ll 
but  1  am  not  willing,  n.  pi.  Norn.,  multa  licent,  sed  non  omnia  expediunt,  many  thing 
are  permissible,  but  all  are  not  advisable. 

i)  Oportet,  -ere,  -uit,  one  must,  it  is  necessary-  We  conjugate  this  and  all  the  other 
in  this  manner: 


341 


oportet 

oport^bat 

oportuit 

oportuerat 

oport£bit 

oportuerit 


properire 


opdrteat 

oporteret 

oportuerit 

oportuisset 

oporteVe 

oportuisse 


me 

te 

se 

nos 

vos 

se  (illos) 


properire 


2.  Verbs,  otherwise  regular,  used  impersonally;  such  are: 


fit,  it  happens 
iccidit,  happens  adversely 
contingit,  happens  unexpectedly 
£venit,  happens,  it  comes  to  pass 
acc^dit,  in  addition,  add  to  it 
restat       )  moreover 
superest   J  it  remains 
sufficit,  it  is  enough 
appiret,  it  appears 
liquet,  it  is  plain 
patet,  it  is  clear,  evident 
constat,  it  is  certain,  proven 


fttinet,  it  is  pertinent 
cdnvenit,  it  is  suitable,  befitting 
conducit,  it  is  conducive,  helpful 
e\xpedit,  it  is  timely,  opportune 
interest,  it  is  advantageous 
delectat,  it  affords  pleasure 
iuvat,  it  is  profitable 
placet,  it  meats  my  approval 
prastat,  it  is  better 

2   I  me>  te> se  i if  ?ts  my 

tuS"         y  <     attention,  or 

praeterit   Jnos,vos,eos        knowledge. 


3.  Verbs,  expressing  natural  phoenomena;  such  are: 


«fc  pluere,  pluit,   -erat,   -et,   -at,  -eret 
-isset,  -endo,  to  rain 

«flfc  -gere,  -nxit,  &c  to  snow 

'Andinat,  -are,  -vit,  -bit,  &c.  to  hail 

Pidat,  -a*re,  -vit,  -datum  est,  -bit,  -et,  &c. 
to  rain  stones 


tonat,  -are,  -uit,  abit,  &c,  tonans,  to 
thunder 

fulgurat,  -are,  -vit,  &c,  to  lighten 

lucescit,  -ere,  illucesco,  -ere,  illuxit,  to  light- 
en up,  of  the  day 

vesperascit,  -ere,  advesperascit,  -avit,  to 
grow  dark,  evening 


rfdSfn^  ^  C°"StmCted  either  with  A^us.,  as,  pluit  sanguinem,  or  with  AM.,  lacte, 

rained  £;  ~  f^*"  ™th0TS  Several  times  mention  laPUat-  laPid*bat>  "  atoned, 
rained  stones,  as  it  was  popularly  believed. 

-sonalt1"1^  ^1  ^fl:  °r  intransitive>  verb,  if  its  meaning  permits,  can  be  used  im- 

o  Passive  f 1 1        *       Z  """^  be  UXd  paSSively>  b*  chin^  the  3<>  P*™n  ™* 
mest  II  PUgnat'  pusnztur'  P"gnato  est;   it,   it«r,  Hum  est;  laborer, 

iueated  likf^"  '"  °?  P™?s™  (139<  *•  CW,  oportet)  the  Verba  Impersonalia  are 
jugated  hke  other  verbs  m  all  Tempora  et  Modi,  but  in  the  3d  person  sing,  alone  ex- 


342 

cepting,  perhaps^**,  for  we  can  say  "non  te  hsc  pude«*?"  but  few  of  them  have 
Participia,  such  being  specified  in  each  verb;  nor  have  they  Modus  Imperative  for  wh.ch 
the  Prss.  Coni.  is  employed,  as:  pudeat  te  tail  be  ashemed  of  yourself 

6    Grammarians  think  that  Verba  Impersonalia  do  really  have  subjects  not  expres- 
sed, but  understood,  thus:  pugnatur  (a  militibus);  itur  (via,  iter),  pluit,   tonat,  fulgurat 

('UP7eWe  may  count  along  with  the  Impersonalia  two  participial  constructions,  frequent 
with  the  authors,  one  with  oPus  est,  it  is  necessary,  as:  maturate  opus  est  tact  to  opus 
est,  it  is  necessary  to  hurry,  to  keep  silent;  and  the  other,  an  Ab  at.vus  Absolute.  And, 
to  regem  in  Ciliciam  tendere;  Sal.;  desperato  regionem  posse  ret.nen,  Curt., ,.  e,  quurn 
desperatum  esset;  cognito,  quod  insidi*  sibi  pararentur.  lust.,  i.  e.,  quurn  cognovissel 
insidias  sibi  parari. 


PENSVM  DECIMVM. 

I. 

G&MINOS1  hie  descripsi  circulos  alterum 
intra  alterum*  Spatium2  inter  utrumque  punctis 
primum  quatuor,  a  summo,  ab  imo,  a  dextro  et  a 
lasvo  in  aequa  intervalla  interstinguo.  Circuli 
nunc  in  quatuor  quadrantes  sunt  secti.  Quern- 
que  quadrantem  duobus  punctis  iterum  in  tria 
asqualia  intervalla  dispertior,3  singula  autem  in- 
tervalla lineolis  quatuor  in  quinque  interestitia 
partior. 

(The  teacher  drawing  these  two  circles  should  leave  ample  space  between  them,  so 
he  can  better  visualize  the  operation  described  in  the  text.  After  placing  the  four  hour- 
marks,  dividing  the  circles  into  four  quarters,  it  will  suffice  if  he  marks  out  the  hours 
12,  1,  2,  3,  and  divides  the  spaces  into  minutes;  he  need  not  do  it  all  around.) 

1.  -us,  -a,  -um,  fr.  gigno,3  genui,  -itum,  double,  two  at  a  time,  usually  of  two 
children  born  at  the  same  time,  gemini  fiat  res,  twin  brothers,  and  so  as  a  pi.  noun,  gt- 
mini,  -orum,  twins;  trigemini,  triplets;  frequently  used  of  other  things,  as  here,  double. 

2.  -um,  ii,  a  space;  adv.  at  first;  -urn,  i,  the  top;  -um,  4,  from  below;  -urn,  -i, 
from  the  right;  -um,  4,  from  the  left;  -um,  4,  fr.  the  military  language,  the  space 
between  the  tents  and  the  vallum,  \.  e . ,  pointed  planks,  or  other  timber,  so  sunk  into  the 
mound,  or  earth-work,  as  to  stand  out  some  5  6  feet,  making  a  wooden  fence  and  pro- 
tection for  the  soldiers  behind  it;  transferred  to  other  spaces;  -guo,3  -nxi,  -ctum,  to  mark 
off,  properly,  to  paint  apart,  like  distinguo,  to  paint  in  two  colors,  so  as  to  make  the 
thing  conspicuous,  fr.  tingo,  and  this  fr.  tango. 

3.  -or*  4tus  sum,  to  part  asunder,  to  divide  into  parts,  to  distribute;  a  little  more 
than  partior,4'  -itus  sum,  to  partition,  to  divide  up,  fr-  pars;  interstitium,  fr.  inter  — 
si%io,  standing  between;  a  place,  or  space  between  things. 


344 

Si  idem  per  totum  circtiitum4  fecero,  atque 
ex  adverso  singulis  punctis  niimeros  adscripsero, 
figiira  istiusmodi  notissima  enascetur,  quae  ho- 
rarium  vocatur.  Quodque  enim  punctum  hie  ho- 
ram,  qusequae  autem  lineola  partes  horarum,  quae 
miniita5  prima  appellantur,  significant;  numeri 
autem  du6decim  totidem  horarum  ordinem,  unum 
scilicet  diem,  aut  unam  noctem,  exprimunt. 


H0RAR1VM 


INDICES 


Hor£rium  lamella6  est  aenea  vitre&ta,  albo 
nigroque  distincta,  omnes  horas,  omniaque  mi- 
niita diei  exhibens.  Sunt  enim  in  die  horae  duo- 
decim,  hora  autem  quaeque  sexaginta  miniita  pri- 
ma, minutum  denique  quodque  primum  sexa- 
ginta minutis  secundis  ab^61vitur.7  Proinde,  si 
scire  velimus,  quota  sit  diei  aut  noctis  hora,  aut 
quis8  quadrans,  quotumque  minutum  vel  mo- 
mentum, indicio  opus  est,  quod  nos  doceat.    In 


4  .us,  -6s.  m.  fr.  circum  4-  eo,  to  go  around;  the  whole  circumference;  -urn,  U 
the  opposite  side;  well  known;  -scor*  naius  sum,  to  be  born;  a  dial. 

I  Minutum,  -i,  fr.  minuo,3  -i,  -utum.  fr.  minus,  what  has  been  made  very  small,  a 
minute,  used  as  a  noun,  fr.  which  are  the  neo-Latin  mutilations.  As  the  Romans  knew  no 
cTocks  in  modern  sense,  they  had  no  idea  of  any  divisions  of  the  hour,  wherefore  a  very 
short  space  of  time  they  called  punctum  temPoris,  and  momentum  (contracted  fr.  mm- 
mentul)  temporis,  but  without  a  definite  measure  of  its  duration  The  invention  of  clocks 
finally  enabled  mathematicians  to  divide  time  as  we  now  have  it,  when  the  dial  was  ch- 
SS  into  12  (respectively  24)  hours,  the  hour  into  '  'sexaginta  minuta prima  because 
th?  minutum^  was  again  divided  into  further  "minuta  ucunda."  i.  e.,  secondary  minu- 
te —  Exbrimo?  -pressi,  -ssum,  to  squeeze,  press  out,  tu  utter,  to  express. 

6.  I.,  a  small  plate;  -us,  -ft  -urn,  metal,  metallic;  -tus,  4a,  -turn,  a  word  used  only 

by  me,  to  mean  enamel. 

7    -vo  3  -vi,  -utum,  to  loosen,  to  finish,  finish  up,  divide. 

8*  Quis?  interrog.  pron.  properly  applied  to  persons  only;  but  because  qui?  which 

would  be  the  proper  pronoun  for  things  misc.,  was  found  by  the  Romans  to  cause  a  d* 

3  ab     hiatus  with  its  vowel  ending,  they  always  employ  quts  in  such  places  as     ml 

lerwor^;-^  bathing  that   gives  away,    betrays;    opuses  /  aliqu ^ -something  i. 

needed,  w.  Abl.,  indicia,  indicating  device;  -ceo-  -ui,  -ctum,  to  teach,  to  inform. 


345 

hac  igitur  figiira  duo  conspiciiintur  indices,  quorum  brevior  horas, 
longior  autem  minuta  indicat9 

Verum  enim  vero10  tempus  labitur,  et  perpe- 
tuo  fugit,  nee  indices  stativf  fugax  tempus  asse- 
quiintur.  Machilla11  opus  est,  quae  labidum  tempus 
pari  passu  comitetur,  efficiatque  ut  indices  circu- 
eant,  atque  tempus  nee  antecedant,  nee  subse- 
quantur,  sed  accurate,  et  ad  amussim,  tamquam 
digiti,  prodant  et  ostendant.  Machinula  huius  ge- 
neris horoltfgium12  appellator.  Est  autem  horolo- 
gium  pagmentum13  e  rotulis  axiculisque  dentatis, 
inter  se  nexis,  seseque  in  vices  urgentibus,  mira 
arte  fictum,  quod  pone  horarium,  in  capsa  recon- 


HOROLOGIVM 


9.  Indico?  r.,  fr.  in  +  dico,3  -dixi,  -ctum,  to  tell  in,  to  give  away,  to  bring  to  one's 
knowledge,  to  indicate;  the  thing  that  does  it,  is  index %  -ids,  m. 

10.  Many  write  it  in  one  word:  alas!  -bor?  -psus  sum,  to  slide,  fall;  adv.  unbro- 
kenly,  constantly;  -gio?  fugijugitum,  to  run,  flee;  -us,  -a,  -urn,  standing,  that  does  not 
move;  -ax,  -acts,  adj.  that  is  given  to  running,  fleeting;  to  overtake,  attain. 

11.  -Ua,  and  machinula,  dim.  of  machina,  a  machine,  an  engine,  abl.  because  opus 
est;  -dm,  -a,  -urn,  slippery,  liable  to  fall,  or  to  run  away;  -tor*  -atus  sum,  fr.  con  +  i 
to,  eo  —  cum,  to  go  along  with,  to  follow  along;  antte'edo?  -cessi,  -ssum,  to  precede,  to 
go  ahead  of  somebody,  here:  to  be  fast;  -quor*  cutus  sum,  to  follow  after,  here:  to  be 
slow;  adv.  exactly;  4s,  4s,  f. ,  a  string,  snapped  lengthwise  on  a  log,  struck  a  colored  line, 
or  rule  to  be  followed  in  squaring  a  round  log,  exactly,  to  precision;  -do*  -didi,  -Hum, 
to  give  away  a  secret,  to  betray,  to  disclose,  to  inform,  in  bonam partem;  -do* -di,  -turn] 
-sum,  to  show. 

12.  -urn,  ii,  a  clock;  with  the  Romans  the  sun  dial,  water,  or  sand,  for  the  word 
does  not  limit  its  meaning  to  any  one  kind. 

13.  -urn,  ii,  fr.  pango,3  p£pigi,  pactum,  to  bring,  bind,  beat,  press,  forge  together 
from  many  details  and  parts,  like  a  book,  from  many  pages,  a  house  from  many  bricks, 
&c. ;  -necto?  -xui,  -xi,  -xum,  to  tie,  to  bind,  join,  fasten;  in  vices,  alternately,  invicem, 
adv. ,  one  another  reciprocally ;  -geo*  -sz,  — ,  to  coax,  or,  physically  to  press,  squeeze,  push, 
force;  jingo?  -nxi,  fictum,  to  feign,  to  mould,  shape;  I.,  a  box;  -do?  -didi,  -ditum,  to 
hide,  conceal,  put  away;  -ium,  ii,  really,  a  band-master,  fr.  chorus  +  ago,  but  in  mecha- 
nics, a  spring,  that  causes  hopping  and  jumping;  chalybs,  -ybis,  f.,  steel,  4iust  a,  urn, 
tnough  usually  -ceus,  disregarding  Gr.  etymology,  of  steel;  I.,  a  coil,  a  spring;  -do*  -di. 
^um,  .sum,  to  tighten,  to  stretch,  wind  up;  -co?  r.,  to  unfold  itself;  -nor?  -atus  sum, 


346 

ditum,  a  choragio  chalybeio  in  spiram  intento,  dum  se  explicare  cona- 
tur,  inmotumagitur,  cuius  motus  iustum  modum  et  mensuram  per- 
pendiculum  oscilldndo  servat,  in  saccariis  vero  fraenum. 

Haec  omnia  in  id  unum  conspirant,14  ut  duos  indices,  quos  t6tidem 
axiculi,  unus  in  altero,  in  medio  horario  prcminentes,  dispari  motu  cir- 
cumversent.  Alter  enim  indicum,  brevior,  horarum  est,  minut6rum  pri- 
m6rum  alter:  hie  semel  omni  hora,  sive  duodecies  in  die,  circuitum  to- 
tum  percurrit,  ille  semel  in  die. 

Quod  tempus  indicat  horologium  istud?  Istud  horologium  horam 
duodecimam  cum  quadrante  indicat.  Quota  esset  hora  si  index  longior 
loco  trium,  quatuor  indicaret?  Tunc  esset  hora  duodecima  cum  viginti 
minutis.  Quota  esset  hora  si  indices  inter  se  permutati  essent?  Tunc 
esset  hora  tertia.  Quid  si  index  minutalis  sextam  indicaret,  horarius 
autem  inter  septimam  et  octavam  medium  locum  teneret?  Tunc  esset 
hora  septima  cum  dimidio,  sive  duobus  quadrantibus.  Quodsi  vero  mi- 
nutalis nonae  immineret,15  horarius  autem  decim^?  Esset  nona  cum 
dodrante,  sive  tribus  quadrantibus. 

At  sunt  horologia,  quae  tempus  non  modo 

visui  nostro,  verum  etiam  auditui  indicant,  quod 

quidem  in  tenebris  maximo  sunt  ilsuL16   Talia 

horologia  partim  campanulis,17  vel  nolis,  partim 

campAnvla  autem  sonantibus  spiris,  chalybeiis  atque  pulsa- 

tn  endeavor-  -us,  a,  urn,  just,  fair,  reasonable;  -us,  >i,  a  manner,  moderation,  curbing, 
restraint,  I. 'measure,  limit;  -w  i,  a  pendulum;  -W  r.,  to  swing;  modum  servo,  to 
temper,  'to  keep  regular;  frcenum,  i,  here,  escapement,  bridle. 

14.  -ro,ir.,  to  breath  in  common,   in  wider  sense,  to  co-operate;  axes  parvi;  -mi- 
nco*  -ui,  — ,  to  stand  Out;  -verso}  r,  frequ.  of  verto. 

'  15  -neo?  — ,  — ,  to  overhang,  to  be  hovering  over,  to  point  to,  to  approach. 
16*  -us,'-uS,  a  use,  practice,  application;  usui  est,  is  of  use,  with.  Dat,  very  useful. 
17  Campana,  ce,  a  church-bell;  -nula,  x,  a  small  bell,  gong;  -nola,  ce,  a  little  bell; 
the  first  is  so  called  from  Campania,  a  province  of  Italy,  where  it  was  invented,  the  sec- 
ond is  its  diminutive;  the  third  is  derived  from  the  name  of  Nola,  as,  the  capital  of 
Campania  but  the  o  in  it  was  made  short;  Mum,  i,  fr.  pulso,1  r.,  to  knock,  as  at  a 
door  or  strike  beat,  like  on  a  musical  instrument,  a  short  and  light  little  stick  with  a 
wrapped  head  for  beating,  playing  a  stringed  musical  instrument  with;  -iw,*^w,  to  sound, 
resound;  as,  ceris,  any  metal;  ictus,  -us,  a  stroke. 


347 


PVLSABVLAM 


bulo  sunt  instructa,  quoniam  hasc  resonantia  a^ra 
statis  temporibus  tot  ictibus  pulsant,  quotam  ho- 
ram  indices  ostendunt.  Idgenus  horologium  so- 
nax18  vocatur.  Inter  haec  illud  quoque  genus  re- 
ferri  potest,  quod  folliculo19  inflatum,  vocem  coc- 
cygis  imitatur.  His  item  annumeranda  sunt  et- 
iam  suscitabula,20  quae  nos  eo  quo  expergefieri 
tempore  ciipimus,  aut  cato  crepitu  suscitant,  aut 
suavi  musica. 

Caeterum  horologia  partim  sunt  stataria,21 
siquidem  in  mensis,  pegmatibus  ac  pluteis  stare 
solent;  partim  pendula,  quae  nempe  e  parietibus 
pendent;  partim,  denique,  saccaria,  quandoqui- 
dem  horologiola  istius  generis  nobiscum  in  sac- 
culis  genere  solemus. 

Quodque  horologium  bonum  recte  incedit,22 
tempus  accurate  indicat,  pulsuque  prodit;  si  vero  id  minus  faciat,  etnos 
errore  fallat,  sive  maturando,  sive  tardando,  horologium  vagum  et  erra- 


SPIRA 


CLAVIS 


18.  Sonax,  acts,  adj.,  resounding,  striking. 

19.  Follis,  is,  m.,  a  bellows,  -cuius,  i,  a  dimin.  thereof;  inflo,1  r.,  to  blow  into; 
coccyx,  ygis  (y  long),  mf.,  a  cuckoo;  -tor,1  atus  sum,  to  imitate. 

20.  -um,  i,  a  Roman  word,  properly  any  tonic,  anything  inciting,  waking  up,  used 
by  me  in  the  sense  of  an  alarm  clock;  expergefio,  -fieri,  -f actus  sum,  like  expergiscor,  to 
become  awake,  the  neutral  forms,  expergefacio,3  -feci,  -factum  to  wake  up  an  other 
person,  is  the  active  transitive  form;  catus,  ~a,  urn,  shrill,  loud;  -us,  -Us,  rattling  noise; 
-to}  r.,  to  quicken  up,  wake  up;  -z's,  -e,  pleasant;  I.,  music. 

21.  -us,  -a,  -um,  fr.  sto,  statuo,  standing;  pegma,  -atisf  n.,  any  wooden  or  other 
stand,  case,  in  furniture;  -us,  U,  shelves,  book-stand,  desk;  -ulus,  -a,  -urn,  hanging 
down;  -drius,  -a,  -um,  of  pocket. 

22.  do,3  -cessi,  -ssum,  fr.  in  +  cedo,  to  be  agoing,  as  a  neuter,  or  intransitive  verb, 
but  also  used  transitively  w.  Ace.  and  Dat.;  one  of  the  most  prolific  verbs  with  Us  com- 
pounds, as:  abscedo,  accedo  (ad  —  c),  decedo,  excedo,  concedo,  praxedo,  procedo,  re- 
cedo,  secedo,  succedo;  adv.,  accurate  (adcurate),  carefully,  exactly;  si  id  minus  facit  = 
whereas,  if  it  does  not;  fallo,3  fefellijalsum,  to  disappoint,  to  leave  in  lurch;  -ro,1  r., 
to  hurry,  to  be  fast;  -do,1  n,  to  tarry,  to  be  slow;  -us,  -a,  -um,  to  be  roving  about,  ua, 
reliable,  indefinite;  -icus,  -a,  -um,  one  given  to  roaming  about  aimlessly,  stray. 


348 

ticum  est.  Fit  etiam  sspe,  ut  horologium  ex  neglects  non  intentum 
omnloconsistatetobmutescat.  Quum  id  animadyertimus,  choragmrn 
clavi  saccarium  autem  cervicuia*  intorquendo,  intendimuset  ad  nor- 
mal ftSattoris  cuiusdam  horol6gii  adaptamus,  et  ad  rec  e  inceden- 
rmrestauraamus.  Si  verp  non  detentum-  sit,  sed  ex  qual.be  causa 
Seat  nee  id  ad  incedendum  incitire  queamus,  almd  superest  mhl 
nSut  horologium  chart*  emporetiae,  aut  diurnari*.  mvolvamus,  et  sub 
axilla  ad  horopegum,  causa  reparations,  deferamus. 

ttecensio.  —  Cuiusmodi  figuram  descripsi  initio  huius  Pensi?  - 
Quot  in  par  es'divisi  spatium  inter  geminos  circolos?  -  Quid  ind.can, 
™S  auid  intervalla?  -  Quid  vocatur  horanum?  -  Ex  qua  mate- 
rsolet  esfe  Sum?  -  Quot  in  partes  dividitur  hora?  quot  in  parte, 
StasectodaP-Statne  tempos?  -  Quid  est  ho  ologium?  -  Qu.c 
det  (movet)  machillam  horologii?  quid  moderator?  -  In  quid  conspi- 
rnt  oartes  horologii?  -  Cuiusmodi  horologia  sunt  sonacia?  -  Qua 
unt  soSabTa  -  Qu*  genera  sunt  horologiorum?  -  Quale  oporte 
3S Tbonum  esse?  -  Quid  agimus  si  horologmm  detentum  est 
-Quid  si  horol6gium  in  motum  agere  omnino  nequimus? 


•n    us  -us  a  neglect,  negligence;  -sco*  -ui,  to  become  dumb,  silent. 
24   I    dimin *tf£**, «"  U  a  neck,  in  mechanics,  any  joint  resembhng  a  neck 
here te stem  of  a  watch;  -gueo* -si, -rtum,  to  turn,  to  twist,  ,n  wmdmg  a  watch;  I, 

^'T^^ntXu^^^^si,  -sum,  to  get  stuck;   **  ,, 

•  I     ,m  2Z Tmud  superest  nihil  =  nothing  else  remains  (to  do);  I.,  packing 
"       TwsL  r    v'o'-vi,  -«*».  to  roll  in,  wrap  in;    I,  the  armpit,  the  arm;  -us,  , 
Pw"  d  ckmak.;  -ro>  ,.  to  match,  to  pair  a  thing  again;  to  .pan  (causa  -  f 
The  sake  of,  for  -  -):  -™>3  Mi,  latum,  to  br.ng,  carry  down  to. 


VOCABVLARIVM  25 


Nna.  Snbst. 

spitium,    ii 
interviillum,  i 
interstitium,  ii 
circuitus,  us 


adversum,  i 
horarium,  ii 
hora,  x 
minutum,  i 
lamella,  x 


momentum,  i 
indicium,  ii 
machilla,  x 
machinula,  x 
amiissis,  is,  f- 


digitus,  i 
horol6gium,  ii 
pagmSntum,  i 
ars,  artis,  f. 
capsa,  x 


349 


horanum,  fi 
spira,  x 
campanula,  x 
nola,  x 
pulsibulum,  i 
ictus,  Us 
folliculus,  i 
coccyx,  ygis,  f. 
suscitibulum,  i 
^r£pitus,  us 
musica,  x 
pSgma,  atis,  n. 
pluteus,  i 
pulsus,  us 
error,  is,  m. 
negl£ctus,  us 
clavis,  is,  f. 
cervicula,  x 
norma,  x 
dusa,  x 
axilla,  x 
horop£gus,  i 
repadtio,  nis,  f. 

Nna.  Adi. 

g£minus,  a,  um 
summus,  a,  um 
imus,  a,  um 
dexter,  tra,  um 
lasvus,  a,  um 
aequus,  a,  um 
notus,  a,  um 
aureus,  a,  um 
vitreltus,  a,  um 
stativus,  a,  um 
fug  ax,  -cis 
llbidus,  a,  um 
mirus,  a,  um 
chalybe'ius,  a,  um 
iustus,  a,  um 
accanus,  a,  um 


minuta*lis,  e 
horaYius,  a,  um 
son  ax,  ids 
catus,  a,  um 
sua*vis,  e 
statlrius,  a,  um 
pSndulus,  a,  um 
vagus,  a,  um 
errfticus,  a,  um 
accurltus,  a,  um 
empor£ticus,  a,  um 
diurnanus,  a,  um 

Adverbia. 

nunc,  iterum 

scilicet 

veYumenimvSro 

perpe'tuo 

accurate 

ta*mquam 

dum,  tunc 

partim 

siquidem 

nempe 

quand6quidem 

recte,  ssepe 

Verba. 

interstinguo,3  nxi,  ctum 
seco,1  cui,  ctum 
dispe'rtior,4  titus  sum 
paYtior,4  -itus  sum 
en^scor,3  tus  sum 
Sxprimo,3,  pressi,  ssum 
exhibeo,2  hibui,hibitum 
absdlvo,3  vi,  utum 
conspicio,3  spexi, 

spectum 
indico,1  r. 
labor,3  psus  sum 
fugio,3  gi,  itum 


issequor,3  cutussum 
cdmitor,1  atus  sum 
circumeo,4  ivi,  turn 
antec£do, 3  cessi,  ssum 
subsequor,3  cutus  sum 
prodo,3  didi,  itum 
oste'ndo,3  di,  turn,  sum 
necto,3  xui,  xum 
iirgeo,2  — ,  — , 
fingo,3  nxi,  fictum 
recondo,3  didi,  itum 
interido,3  di,  turn,  sum 
eocplico,1  r.  &  -cui, 

-itum 
conor, 1  atus  sum 
oscillo,1  r. 
sfrvo,1  r. 
conspiro,1  r. 
promineo,2  ui,  — 
circumve'rsor,1  r. 
percurro,3  rri,  cucurri, 
sum 
permuto,1  r. 
t£neo,2  ui,  turn 
immineo,2  — ,  — . 
re'sono,1  vi,  — 
sono,1  ui,  itum 
sisto,3  stiti,  statum 
pulso,1  r. 
inflo^r. 

imitor,1  atus  sum 
annumero,1  r. 
expergefio,  fieri,  fa- 

ctus  sum 
cupio,3  ivi,  itum 
siiscito,1  r. 

p£ndeo,2  pependi,  — 
gero,3  ssi,  stum 
s61eo,2  itus  sum 
ince'do,3  cessi,  ssum 
fallo,3  fefflli,  ttlsum 


350 


mature1  r. 
tardo,1  r. 

consisto,3  stiti,  stitum 
obmut£sco,3ui,  — 


animadv£rto,3  ti,  sum 
intorqueo,2  si,  rtum 
adapto^r., 
restiuro,1  r- 


d£tendo,3  di,  turn,  sum 
haereo,2  si,  sum 
incite1  r. 

involve3  vi,  utum 
d£fero,3  tuli,  latum 


.   ,  •  .,f.  r,orc  Hipi     Diem  autem  illud  tem- 

uora  est  una  vigesima  quarta  pars  aiei.    uiem  au 

1.  Arctus,  -a,  -urn,  (to  philologists:   artus),  tight,  narrow,  restricted;    IV.,   sense 
meaning,  AM.;  adj. of  dies-  at  the  heels;  .„,  -a, 

2.  -urn,  -«,  twnight;  ■*>.»  -«*».  ■«*».  «*  +  £         ^^  transit.   to  enlarge, 
-urn,  reddish,  or  bright  red;  -esco,   -,      »      *    *  neutral,  1  become  larger,  1  grow, 
make  larger,  the  -sco  ending  makes  he  verb  ntrans.to     neuhra  _^    .  ^ 
longer,  bigger;  -turn,  -.the  outhnes    opaco    r    to  sh  ad          ^  ^^^  ^  sev. 

3.  Septimana,  -<z,  the  f  •  of  -nus,  -a,  urn,  inai  u>  f  was 
enth,  belonging  to  the  seventh,  f^^J5»(2^^to^«dnue  doin* 
used  to  express  the  Jewish  idea  of  a  ™*£™>™'  £™  every  seventh  day,  whence 
(the  reference  being  to  the  history  of  creatmn  M-  e  ^ tor est  y  ^  ^.^ 
the  idea  of  a  week  (Lev  xxn,,  15),  the  ^O^SS*  smaine>  and  the  like.  The 
,o  the  Italians,  Span.ards,  French,  &c- ,  have  the ir  ,  RomanS|  m 
Leek  words  MW««.  ■-*-  and  »«.  .^  ^  also  kno  ^  ^  ^ 
the  meaning  of  seven  days  (A-  Ge ^^V'the  Roman  Church  Idiom,  the  pure  Latin 
meaning  of  a  week  and  .    also  p  es ent  u.                           ^  ^  as  ^  ^  Romance 

SS.  -Sft- WSmES.  to  denote,  to  d.stinguish. 


351 

pars  septimanae  est,  et  ut  partes  septimanae  propriis  nominibus  insigni- 
lintur.  Nomina  vero  dierum  septimanae  sunt: 

dies  Solis4 
dies  Lunae 
dies  Martis 
dies  Mercurii 
dies  Iovis 
dies  Veneris 
dies  Saturn  i 

Sex  ex  his  diebus  septem  quotidiani,5  sive  septimanarii,  vocantur, 
quibus  htfmines  ad  victum  merendum  muneribus  fungi,  negotiaque 
quisque  sibi  prtfpria  exercere  solent.  Dies  Solis  est  sacer6  et  religiosus, 
quo  Christiani  ad  sacra  facienda  in  templa  coeunt,  cultu  autem  divino 
absolute,  animos  relaxant,  seseque  quieti  tradunt 

4.  The  fact  that  the  names  of  the  days  of  the  week  are  pagan,  of  the  sun,  moon 
and  the  planets,  and  the  further  fact  that  some  of  them  are  found  on  Roman  stones,  even 
though  the  idea  of  a  week  was  not  Roman,  it  is  plain  that  they  are  of  ante-Christian  origin 
The  Christians,  however,  have  rejected  the  first  and  the  last,  and  for  Dies  Solis  have 
adopted  Dies  Domini,  or  Dominica  (Dimanche),  and,  for  Saturni,  have  substituted  Sab- 
batum,  or  Dies  Sabbati,  the  Hebrew  Shabbas.  The  original  gender  of  dies  was  masculi- 
ne, which  is  conclusively  proven  by  the  word  hodie,  \.  e.  hoc  +  die,  the  Abl.  of  hie, 
but  the  poets,  personifying  it,  changed  the  gender  to  feminine.  Even  Cicero  et  Caesar  use 
it  promiscuously,  as,  Bello  Gall.  1,  6:  diem  dicunt  qua  die  ad  ripam  Rhodani  omnes 
conveniant;  is  dies  erat  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Apr.,  both  genders  in  one  sentence,  a  good  example 
for  those  who  insist  on  cast-iron  uniformity! 

5.  -us,  -a,  -urn,  of  every  day,  -ius,  -a,  -urn,  of  weekday;   IV.,  a  living;  -eo*  Mi 
-Hum,  to  earn;  -us,  -eris,  n. ,  a  duty,  an  office,  Abl.,  fungor*  -ctus  sum,  demands  so.    ' 

6.  Sacer,  -era,  -urn,  holy,  sacred;  -us,  -a,  -urn,  pertaining  to  sacred  things,  oaths 
duties,  religion;  -us,  -a,  -urn,  a  disciple,  or  follover  of  Christus,  i,  a  Greek  translation 
of  the  Hebrew  rpffo,  mashiach,  the  Anointed  one,  the  national  hero,  who  was  to  lead 
the  Jews  through  a  victorious  revolution  to  political  freedom,  and  national  independence 
the  Liberator,  the  Redeemer;  coco*  -vi,  -Hum,  to  go,  or  to  gather  together,  whence  c<b- 
tus,  -us,  a  meeting,  gathering,  congregation;  for  both  templum,  and  eoetus,  the  Church 
language  employs  the  Greek  word,  ecclesia,  gathering;  -us,  -us,  worship,  cultivation; 
-us,  it  the  mind,  mentality,  disposition;  -xo,±  r.,  to  slacken;  -es,  -His,  f.,  rest;  -do  3  -di 
di,  -ditum,  to  give  over. 


352 


Dtfbus  festis?  atque  feriatis,  quum  homines  a  labonbus  cessant  et 
vacant,  multi,  nee  hoc  raro,  nimis  quiet,  se  dedunt,  atque  ad  multum 
a?em  ledum  premunt,  quod  sero  cubitum  ivissent,  et  idcirco,  vicissim 
etiam  Smodum  sero,  multo  iam  die,  e  lectis  surgunt.  Qui  ita  p.grantur,* 
aS  S  Pigritiaque  sic  capti  tenentur,  in  numero  p.grorum  haben- 
ur  Sunt  tam'en  ftta?  bene  multi  qui  a  prime  mane  -  -ram  ^qu 
noctem  solerter  lab6rant,  et  tamen,  etiam  die  fcsto.  ad  icturr i  horotogi 
autadstreporem  suscitabuli,  multo  mane  ex ■Pe^t^^ 
lecto  consurgunt.  Hi  nniniis«>  suis  nunquam  desunt,  ad  off.cia  semper 
tSnpori  adsunt,  qui  ut  alacres  ac  tempestivi  omn.bus  grab  sunt.  H6m,- 
nis  cordati11  est  hoc  praeceptum  vitas  observare: 

7  .us,  -a, -urn,  of  holidays,  festal,   festive,  jolly; > turn,  i  a  holiday;  -tus-ta 
^teisure  in  letters,  1  am  engaged  in  literary  pur^its;  ««» ,  no *, ^ 

=g^ss  ,  laziness; 

8    .^.i  .«te«,  to  be  indolent,  lazy;  L,  -«.«>  f-  ^^±.£^1 
*£  A  '<*-.  to -Pture,  ,ize  to  hold;  --  ^^UTS^S 

slaved  by  slotfulness  and  laziness  are  held,  alt  quern  in  am 

is  counted  among  .  .  .;  -er>  '*>  -um>  ^zy.  WomP  oWoke-  impiger,  -gra,  -urn, 

9.  Expergiscor*  -perrectus  sum,  to  wake  up,  to  become  awake,      p&    ,   s 

non  piger.  oe..^MOi     nffirisl   duties,   D at.,  on  ace.  of  the 

expected  to  be,  punctual,  an  early  riser;  velcome  to  ah  Genitivus  js  a 

11.  -«,-«.-«».  ^o  h«  a  heart,  indent.  lud^us.«Uon^ 

Latinism:  boni  pastoris  est  tondere  pecus.   "^^^  £,  it,  skin  it);  -m,  < 
dence,  wisdom,  duty)  to  shear  the  sheep,  not  to  pluck  it  (or,      pe 
what  is  bidden;  -vo,lr-  =  servo,  to  keep. 


353 

Seotem  horas12  dormire  sat  est  iuvenique  senique, 

Octo  damus  pigris,  novem  at  de  stemmate  natis, 

Quatuor  septimanas,  superadditis13  binis,  alias  ternis  diebus,  efffciunt 
unum  mensem,  Mensis  igitur  est  tempus  duodetriginta,  alias  unius  et 
triginta  dierum.  Menses,  in  universum,1*  sunt  duodecim,  quorum  quis- 
que  nomine  prtfprio  insignitur.  Nomina  mensium  h^ec  sunt : 

mensis  Ianuarius15  mensis  Iulius 

mensis  Februarius  mensis  Augustus 

mensis  Martius  mensis  Septembris 

mensis  Aprilis  mensis  Octobris 

mensis  Maius  mensis  Novembris 

mensis  Iunius  mensis  Decembris 

12.  Although  dormio  is  not  a  transitive  verb,  it  cannot  govern  an  Accusativus,  yet, 
there  is  a  higher  principle  the  duration  of  time,  which  demands  an  Accusativus  (al- 
though we  could  use  an  Ablativus  here),  and  this  puts  the  horn  into  Accusativus;  sat, 
satis,  no  endings,  enough,  demands  a  Dativus  (iuven*,  sen/);  stemma,  atis,  a  distin- 
guished race,  parentage,  pedegree,  -tus,  -a,  -urn,  born,  Dat.  because  damus,  we  give. 

13.  Super  addo* -didi, -ditum,   to   add  over   and   above;    adv. ,  at  another  time 
mensis,  -is,  m.,  a  month- 

14.  In  uuiversum,  in  all,  altogether,  a  little  different  from  umversim. 

15.  The  names  of  the  months  are  adjectives,  as,  Mensis  Ianuarius,  the  Ianusww 
month,  but  they  can  be  also  employed  as  nouns,  without  changing  the  endings;  from 
Septembris  on,  the  Nomina tivi  become  -ber,  as,  Septemfor,  -bris,  October,  -bris,  &c., 
all  being  m.  Ianuarius  is  named  after  God  I  anus,  not  ianua,  as  though  it  were  the  door, 
or  entrance  of  the  year,  for,  in  fact,  king  Numa  Pompilius  has  made  (Martius,  in  honor 
of  God  Mars,  the  first  month  of  the  year,  and  Februarius  was  the  last  month  of  the  year, 
until  the  time  of  the  Decemviri.  On  the  15th  of  Februarius  were  celebrated  the  Luper- 
cilia  (Lupercus  =  Pan),  with  great  orgies,  the  luperci,  priests  of  Lupercus  (lupos  +  ar- 
ceo)  running  about  naked,  whence  our  "carnivale"  (vale  caro!  good-by  meat!  for  the 
next  40  days,  in  the  Christian  system);  whilst  the  name  is  from  februo}  r.,  a  Sabine 
word,  to  purify,  evidently  from  fevers,  and  Februalis,  et  Februata,  is  a  surname  of  Iuno, 
presiding  over  purifications;  this  feast  of  purification  is  also  preserved  in  Christianity.  — 
Aprilis,  -is,  fr.  aperilis,  fr.  aperio,  I  open,  the  opening  at  spring  of  nature.  —  Maius,  -i, 
supposed  to  be  named  after  Maiesta,  or  Maia,  the  wife  of  Vulcanus.  =  Iunius,  ii,  prob- 
ably named  in  honor  of  the  lunii,  whence  the  Decii,  Bruti;  Iulius,  ii,  in  honor  of  Caius 
Iulius  Caesar,  fr.  lulus  the  grand-father  and  grand-son  of  >Eneas,  whence  the  Gens  Iulia 


354 

Tempus  du6rum  mensium  est  bimestrum;  trium  mensium,  trime- 
strum;  quatuor  mensium  quadrimestrum;  quinque  mensium  quime- 
strum;  denique,  sex  mensium  semestrum;  quod  vero  quoque  mense 
fit,  est' menstruum.16  Menses  duodecim  efficiunt  annum.  Annus,  itaque, 
est  summa  duodecim  mensium,  sive  tercentorum  sexaginta  quinque  di- 
gram, aliquot  horarum  praeterea,  atque  paucorum  minutorum,  quae  ho- 
rse, quseque  minuta,  in  annis  quatuor  unum  integrum  efficiunt  diem ; 
tunc  annus  e  diebus  tercentis  sexaginta  sex  coalescit,17  qui  annus  bis- 

sextilis  vocatur. 

Quoniam  vero  mensis  Februdrius  est  brevissimus,  quod  hie  dies 
nonnisi  vigintiocto  ntimerat,  dies  ille  supernumerarius18  huic  attribuitur, 
et  inter  vigesimum  quartum  et  quintum  intercalatur,  et  ob  id  etiam  in- 
tercalaris  nominate,  Hinc  fit  ut  quartus  quisque  Februarius  dies  viginti 
novem  numeret 

Annus,  quern  modo  agimus,  est,  post  Christum  natum  millesimu^ 
nongentesimus  quindecimus,19  mensis  Februarius,  dies  vero  hodiernus20 

has  derived  his  origin;  before  the  time  of  Caesar,  who  in  45  B.  C,  has  reformed  the  ca- 
lendar, called  after  him  the  Julian  Calendar,  still  in  vogue  in  Russia.  Augustus,  -i,  is 
named  in  honor  of  Emperor  Octavianus  Augustus.  These  two  months  were  formerly 
called  Quintilis  and  Sextitis,  Fifth  and  Sixth,  respectively,  and  the  remaining  ones  re- 
tained their  original  numerical  names,  September,  October,  November,  December,  -bris, 
as  nouns,  though,  since  Ianuarius  and  Februarius  had  been  taken  off  as  the  last  two 
months,  and  had  been  transferred  at  the  head,  are  no  more  the  7th,  8th,  9th  and  10th 
montns.  __  16.  -ws,  -a,  -urn,  adj    of  mensis,  monthly. 

17.  -sco?  -ui,  -itum,  to  be  formed  into  one  from  nuny  parts,  to  cleave,  or  grow 
into  one  whole.  —  Bissextilis,  -e,  annus,  a  leapyear;  because  sexto  calendar  CMartii,  the 
sixth  day  before  March  1st,  or  the  24th  of  Februarii  was  twice  proclaimed,  i.  e.,  the 
24th  of  February  was  announced  twice,  whereby  February  had  29  days. 

18.  -us,  -a,  -um,  super  +  numerus,  over  and  above  the  regular  number,  -buo,3  -ui, 
-utum,\o  apportion;  intercalo,1  r.,  fr.  calo^tocall  out,  to  proclaim,  intercalaris,  -e, 
that  which  is  proclaimed;  the  day  is  meant  which  was  twice  proclaimed  by  the  Pontifices 

as  Febr.  24th. 

19.  Years,  days,  hours,  any  other  serials,  demand  ordinal  numerals.  Our  era  dates 
from  the  birth  of  Jesus,  which  is  assumed  to  have  been  the  753d  of  the  Roman  era,  i.  e. 
Annus  Urbis  Conditae,  there  it  ceasing,  the  30th  of  Octavianus  Augustus  (30  B.  C.  — 
14  A.  D.),  though  it  is  asserted  that  a  mistake  of  4  years  has  been  discovered  in  the  cal- 
culation. —  20.  Adj.  of  hodie,  of  to-day. 


355 

est  Mercurii  Februarii  decimus.  Mensi  Februario  dies  homo*  non  in- 
terca.atur,  ideoque  annus  hornotinus  bissextilis  npn  est,  sed  ordinarius. 


pndie  fuerat  dies  Solis,  7-mus  Februarii 
nudius  tertius  fuit  dies  lume,  8-vus  Februarii 
hen  erat  dies  Martis,  9-nus  Februarii 

H6die22  est  dies  Mercurii,  10-mus  Februarii 
eras  ent  dies  Iovis,  11-mus  Februarii 
perendie  fiet  dies  Veneris,  12-mus  Februarii 
postridie  futurus  est  dies  Saturni,  13-mus  Februarii 


anni 

millesimi 

nongente- 

simi 

quindecimi 


HiPm?    T        ~  QU'd  6St  h°ra?  -  Quod  temP°ris  sPat^  vocamus 
diem?  -  Arct.or, i  autan  sensu?  -  Quid  vocamus,  duos,  tres,  quatuor 

quidque  septem  d.es?  -  Memora  nomina  dierum.  -  Quid  interest  inter 

diem  So  is  et  easterns?  -  Quid  solent  agere  homines  diebus  festL?  1 

a  11  quid?  -Qui  sunt  homines  aiacres  et  tempestivi?  -  Recita  pnece- 

ptum  quod  homines  cordati  observant !-  Quid  est  mensis?  -  Recita 

rTt!^rnSiUm'  "  Quiestannus  bissextilis?  -  Quo  in  loco  inter- 
calate dies  supernumeranus?  -  Qui  annus,  mensis,  dies  est  hodie? 

of  Jh  C°ntraction  of  hoc  anno'  Abl-  this  year,  adv.,  the  adj.  is  hornotinus  -a,  -urn 
of  this  year;  -us,  -a,  -urn,  regular,  ordinary.  .«.*»• 

x  Hif  ■iwhe^aCherbe5inSat  this  WOrd'  goes  backward,   then  foreward;  hodie  =  hoc 

cttaL  eirtT5'  'V5  CUSt°m7  '"  lf  t0  add  the  endin*s  to  num^  -*S 
cltangtheir  reading;  hen  yesterday;  nudius  tertius,  quartus,   quintus,  &c,  =  nunc 

ZZl:  ;' \  v         =  Pn0n  d'e;  the  day  before;  cras>   to-morrow;  perendi,  after-to- 

tzi :»:  ithz :  poster° die>  the  day  foi,owing<  °r^  **  *■  ■**; 

an  oration  of  ct IT  7*"  ^l™'  "0t  "SUperi°ri  n0Cte'"  as  some  think  from 
from  nlw  /  ?  \  I  rrdS  mea"  a  f0rmer  ni£ht'  a  ni£ht  ago  or  so;  whithin  a  week 
4TrT;Sept,menaabhlnc'aweek  **>  today,   Septimana  ex  hinc;  the  other  day, 

x.W     f  w'dT  an"°  SUPen°ri-  tnn°  Praterit0''   n6Xt  year'   anno  fut"ro>  «***  pro- 

d  ebus  oost    to?  Ha£t°'  T*  d'ebUS  6X  hinC;  a  feW  days  after>  »aucos  dies  P«t,  Pauc 
diebus  post,  for  the  time  being,  imprasentiarum;  in  our  davs,  nostris  tempdribu  . 


356 


VOCABVLARIVM    26, 


Nna.  Subst. 
lineamentum,  i 
biduum,  i 
triduum,  i 
quadriduum,  i 
septimana,  x 
hebdomada,  x 
victus,  us,  m 
munus,  -eris,  n. 
neg6tium,  ii 
cultus,  us,  m. 
Animus,  i 
munia,  orum 
officium,  ii 
prasceptum,  i 
stemma,  atis,  n. 
mensis,  is,  m. 
bimestrum,  i 
trimestrum,  i 
quadrimestrum,  i 
quimestrum,  i 
semestrum,  i 
annus,  i 


Nna.  Adi. 
arctus,  a,  urn 
rutilus,  a,  um 
quotidianus,  a,  um 
septimanarius.a,  um 
proprius,  a,  um 
sacer,  -era,  -crum 
divinus,  a,  um 
festus,  a,  um 
feria'tus,  a,  um 
nimius,  a,  um 
piger,  gra,  grum 
serus,  a,  um 
impiger,  gra,  rum 
Placer,  cris,  ere 
tempestivus,  a,  um 
gratus,  a,  um 
cordatus,  a,  um 
sat,  indecl. 
menstruus,  a,  um 
biss£xtilis,  e 
supernumerarius, 


intercalates,  e 
hodiernus,  a,  um 
horn6tinus,  a,  um 
ordina'rius,  a,  um 

Verba 
intercede3  cessi,  ssum 
succ£do,d  cessi,  ssum 
perfundo,3  di,  sum 
augesco,3  — ,  — , 
minuo,3  ui,  utum 
opaco,1  r. 
insignio,4  vi,  turn 
mereo,2  ui,  itum 
fungor,3  ctus  sum 
exeVceo,2  ui,  itum 
c6eo,4  ivi,  itum 
absolve3  vi,  utum 
relaxo,1  r, 
trado,3  didi,  itum 
cesso,1  r. 
vaco,1  r. 
d£do,3  d^didi,  itum 


a,  um  premo/  pressi,  ssum 


cubo,1  ui,  itum 
pigror, x  atus  sum 
expergiscon3  rectus  sum 
d£sum,  -esse,  -fui 
adsum,  -esse,  -fui 
observo,1  r- 
supperaddo,3  -didi 

ditum 

coalesce3  ui,  itum 
attribuo,3  ui.  utum 
intercalo, :  r. 
nascor,3  -tus  sum 

Adverbia 

raro,  sero 

vicissim,  admodum 
solerter,  semper 
alias,  praeterea 
tunc,  modo 
homo,  hodie 
heri,  nudius 
pridie,  eras 
per£ndie 
postridie 


Hi 

VBI  coelum  est  temperatum,1  annus  abipsa  rerum  natura  in  quatuor 
partes  dividitur.  Unaquaeque  pars  spatium  temporis  trium  mensium 
complectitur.  Has  quatuor  partes  anni  "Quatuor  Tempora"2  appellantur, 

1.  -ro,lr.,  prop.,  to  keep  time,  to  keep  measure  (like  moderor,  to  keep  within 
bounds),  to  keep  just  distances,  proportions,  to  keep  equable  grade  of  heat  and  cold,  to 
be  moderate  and  just;  coelum  temp.,  temperate  climate;  birth,  origin  of  things,  often 
natura  alone. 

2.  Four  seasons;  corrupted  in  German  into  "Quatember,"  meaning  the  four  sea- 
sonal fast  days  in  the  Roman  Church;  the  compilers  of  English  dictionaries  do  not  know 
that  the  English  "ember  days"  is  the  corruption  of  the  German  term. 


357 

Primum  Tempus  anni  est  Ver.3  Initium  capit4  Ver  a  vigesimo  pri- 
mo  die  mensis  Martii,  qui  dies  /Equinoctium  Vernum  vocatur  ideo,  quia 
dies  et  nox  eo  temporis  puncto  longitudinesuntasquales.  Desinit5  autem 
Ver  die  vigesimo  prinio  Iunii;  is  dies  Solstitium  iEstivum  dicitur,  quod 
turn  secundum  anni  Tempus,  nempe  ^stas  incipit,  atque  sol  per  ali- 
quantum  temporis,  stare  videtur.  Tempus  aestivum  die  vigesimo  pri~ 
mo  Septembris  finem6  accipit,  quum  tertium  anni  Tempus,  Autumnus 
instat,  qui,  vicissim,  die  vigesimo  primo  Decembris,  Solstitio  Hiemali, 
qui  dies,  anni  brevissimus,  bruma  vocatur,  desinit,  Hiems  autem  incipit 
quae  usque  ad  ^Equinoctium  Vernum  perdurat. 

Vere,7  lenioribus8  ventis,  uti  Vulturno,  Austro,  Favonio,  sive  Ze- 
phyro,  atque  Africo  flantibus,  aura  sub  temperato  coelo  tepescit,  terram 


3.  Ver,  v'eris,  n.,  the  spring,  primum  ver,  early  spring,    Italian  prima  vera,  French 
printemps;  it  does  not  seem  to  occur  in  pi. 

4.  Takes  its  beginning,  fr.  in  -  eo,  initium,  the  going  in. 

5.  Desino*  sii,  situm,  to  cease,  to  come  to  an  end;  cestivum,  -us,  -a,  -urn,  adj.  of 
cestas,  -atis,  f.,  summer. 

6.  -nis,  -is,   m.    an   end;     accipit,  comes  to   an   end. nus,  i,  like  auctor,  fr. 

augeo*  xi,  ctum,  to  enlarge,  increase,  augment,  is  also  spelled  auctumnus,  though  the 
prevalent  spelling  is  without  the  c,  whereas  auctor  never  spelled  as  autor,  or  altogether 
author;  the  word  means  the  third  season,  fall,  autumn,  as  it  increases  the  possesions  of 
the  farmer.  —  Insto,1  stiti,  statum,  to  stand  in,  to  draw  near,  to  approach,  to  enter; 
—  hiemalis,  e,  adj.  of  hiems,  is,  f.,  winter,  wintry;  solstitium,  ii,  sol  —  stat;  bruma,  ce, 
the  shortest  day  of  the  year,  poetically,  the  winter;  perdtiro,1  r.,  to  stay  hard,  that  does 
not  melt,  that  stays,  lasts,  holds  out. 

7-  Vere,  tempore  verno,  cestate,  tempore  cestivo,  &c. ,  all  reference  to  a  period  of 
time,  is  always  expressed  by  the  Ablativus,  without  a  proposition,  though  we  see  in  Ci- 
cero, (Phil.  V.  14,  38)  in  illo  tempere  civitatis,  when,  however,  tempus  means  rather  the 
condition,  than  a  year,  month  or  day.  Conditions  of  that  kind  are  usually  referred  to  by 
ea  tempestate,  nostra  tempestate,  not  nostris  diebus,  as  in  English,  the  reference  always 
implying  something  mournful,  regretful. 

8.  -nis,  e,  mild,  gentle;  ventus,  i,  the  wind, flo,  flare,  -vi,  -turn,  to  blow,  with  gent- 
ler winds  blowing,  a  very  frequent  Latin  construction,  called  the  Ablativus  Absolutus, 
i.,  e ,  independent  Ablativus,  that  is,  an  Abl.  admitting  no  preposition,  —  Vulturnus,  if 
a  wind  from  the  direction  of  Vultur,  -is,  a  mountain  in  Apulia,  south-east  wind; 
Auster,  4ri,   the  south  wind,  Favonius,  -ii,  is  the  same  as  Z'ephvrus,  i,  of  the  Greeks, 


358 

pltiviae  tepidse  humectant,  atque  si  beneficus  etiam  solis  calor  accedit, 
gramina  in  campis,  pratis  ac  sylvis  revirescunt,  flores  in  hortis,  in  agns 
pullulant,  sata  semina  germinant,  totaque  rerum  natura  virorem  rnduit 
Plantis9  sensim  adolescentibus,  lumbrici,  erucEE,  aliique  vermes,  turn  ta- 
bani,  scarabgei,  crabrones,  apes,  plantis  vescentes  nascuntur,  quibus 
aves  ceu  pabulo  superveniunt,  et  mox  sylva,  campi,  vines,  omnisque 
regio  virens  cantu  avicul&rum  resonat. 

^stas  tempus  vernum  excipit.  Calore  solis  aer10  concalescit,  herb* 
segetesque  sensim  crescunt,  grana  ac  semina  dmnium  frugum  adole- 
scunt,  sestateque  procedente  maturescunt,  fnimenta  autem  matura  tem- 

the  west  wind,  gentle  and  dry;  Africus,  i,  the  south-west  wind,  warm  and  moist,  blow- 
ing across  the  Mediterranean  from  Africa;  aura,  a,  the  atmosphere,  a  breeze,  the  air  we 
inhale;  Upesco?  to  become  lukewarm;  -do}  v.,  -dm,  a,  um,  lukewarm;  -do,  r.,  to 
moisten;  -or,  is,  m.,  heat;  goes  to  it,  is  added  to  it;  -men,  inis,  n.,  the  grass-covered- 
eround;  -us,  i,  grassy  level  land,  whence  German  Kampf,  English  camp;  pratum,  t,  a 
meadow;  -va,  ce,  a  forest;  -resco*  to  become  green  again;  flos.flons,  m.  (not  feminine) 
a  flower;  -us,  i,  a  garden;  -get,  -gri,  m.,  field  under  cultivation;  -lo}  r.,  to  sprout,  to 
come  to  the  surface  like  grass,  shoots,  hence  pullus  of  animals;  ™,'™.*%»>* 
SoW;  -en,  -inis,  n.,  a  seed;  -no}  v.,  to  sprout;  -or,  is,  m.,  greenness,   verdure;  -duo,  m, 

Mum,  to  dress,  to  put  on  clothes. 

9    i.  properly  foot-sole,  but  as  the  sower  covers  the  seed  with  earth  with  his  too 

and  stamps  it  down,  the  act  is  called  "plantare,"  hence  pUnta  means  what  grows  out 
of  the  seed,  a  plant.  Noticeably,  little-by-little;  -sco?  levi,  ultumir  zd  +  oleum,  oil,  to 
come  to  be  oily,  the  image  taken  from  the  olive  tree,  with  all  philology  ancient  and 
modern  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  to  ripen,  to  become  of  age,  to  grow  up  the  pa- 
It  verb  is  oho?  to  smell  of  oil,  to  have  a  smell  good  or  bad;  olidus,  a  um,  having  a 
bad  smell,  addleo*  to  sacrifice  something  of  good  smell,  to  bum  in  sacrifice;  at Meo, to 
outgrow  Us  smell  to  lose  its  usefulness,  to  blot  Out,  to  "abolish,"  constr.  Abl.  Abs,  -cus 
i,  an  earth-worm,  similar  worms  in  the  bowels;  ).,  a  caterpillar;  -mts  «,  a  worm;  -nus 
i  ahorse-fly;  -us,  i,  a  beetle,  a  June-bug;  -ro,  nis,  m.,  a  hornet;  -w  is,  f.,  a  bee, 
wLrT-to  feed on,  to  live  on,  governs  Abl.;  scar?  natus  sum,  to  be  born;  ^ ,u. 
f  a  bird;  ceu  =  tamquam,  as  if,  just  as;  come  on  top;  vtnea,  ce,  a  vineyard;  regto 
nis,  f.(  properly  a  kingdom,  a  country,  a  region;  -tus,  us,  m„   a  song;  d.m.n.  of  avts, 

-ro.1  r.,  to  sound-  ,.     ,       .,  ,.     ,J 

10.  Aer,  is,  m.,  the  air;  -sco?  ui,  to  warm  up;  I.,  grass;  -ges,  ehs,  f     all  the  ce- 
reals in  the  state  of  grass;  -co?  crevi,  turn,  to  grow;  fruges,  um,  a    the  ea  a bte  the  earth 


reals  mine  siaicui  &id^f    ~, >  ~  »— '     '       .       .     ccyc     yc    i     the  harvest* 

produces;  -do?  cessi,  ssum,  to  go  forward;  -sco?  ui,  to  ripen;  -ssis,  is,  t.,  the  harvest, 

-to?  messui,  ssum,  to  mow  down. 


359 

pore  messis  in  agris  demetuntur.  Fit  subinde  ut  temperies11  aens  aesti- 
vo  tempore  ad  gradum  quadraginta  Celsiacum  et  ultra,  caloris  exsurgat, 
quo  fit  ut  omnes  plantae  languescant,12  fontes,  rivuli,  lacuna,  exare- 
scant,  casspites  et  gramina  exurantur,  homines  vero  atque  iumenta  calore 
aestuent,  ac  sudore  madeant,  omnisque  regio  ardore  solis  torreat  Aridi- 
tas13  istiusmodi,  si  sit  diuturna,  plerumque  sasva  tempestate  rumpitur. 
Sub  occasum14  etenim  solis  aut  submissum  e  longinquo  murmur,  dissi- 
tum  nempe  tonitru,  exaudiri  solet,  aut  vero  coelum  micare  animadverti- 
tur,  praenuntium  appropinquantis  tempestatis.  Turn  procella15  exoritur, 
pulveris  nubes  turbine  correpta  in  altum  rapitur  et  in  furentem  gyrum 

11.  -es,  h,  f.,  the  right  degrees  of  compounds,  right  proportions,  properly  mixed, 
tempered,  moderated,  temperature;  40  C°  forty  degrees  Celsius,  =  32°  Reaumur,  104 
Fahrenheit.  Dr.  Evangelista  Torricelli  (Faenza,  1608—1647),  invented  the  vacuum,  Dr. 
Ren£-Antoine  de  Reaumur  (La  Rochelle,  1683— 1757)  has  invented  the  thermometrum, 
bearing  his  name;  Gabriel,  Daniel  Fahrenheit,  a  Prussian  physician  (Danzig,  1686— 
1736),  has  changed  its  scale,  but  has  not  improved  it;  Olaf  Celsius,  a  famous  Swedish 
scientist  (1670—1756),  teacher  of  the  illustrious  Charles  Linnaeus  (1707—1778).  It  is  a 
strange  ignorance  in  the  English-speaking  countries  that  neither  the  manufacturers  of 
thermometers,  nor  the  compilers  of  dictionaries,  ever  so  big,  nor  yet  the  schools  and  pub- 
lic writers  know  that  C  in  a  thermometer  means  Celsius,  they  all  repeat  parrot-like  centi- 
grade. Celsius  better  deserves  credit  than  Fahrenheit. 

12.  -sco,3  to  become  flabby;  -ns,  Us,  m.,  a  well,  a  spring;  I.,  a  lakelet,  a  pool;  -sco,3 
m,  to  dry  out'^-es,  Ms,  a  sod;  -ro?  ussu  ustum,  to  burn  out;  -turn,  i,  a  beast  of  bur- 
den j^-kg,*  r.,  "to  feel  roasting"  with  heat;  -dor,  is,  m.,  sweat;  -deo?  ui,  to  be  "soak- 
tag,"  to  be  wet;  -or,  is,  m.,  to  be  aflame,  the  burning,  glowing;  -reo?  ui,  tostum,  to 
parch,  to  toast. 

13.  -tas,  Wis,  f.,  driness,  drought;  -us,  a,  urn,  fierce;  -as,  atis,  f.,  a  storm;  -po? 
rupi,  r upturn,  to  disrupt,  break,  tear. 

14.  Sub  occasum,  towards  sunset;  -us,  a,  urn,  subdued,  low,  -urn,  i,  a  distance,  -ut 
uns,  n.,  a  grumbling,  a  rumble;  -tus,  a,  urn,  far  off;  tonitru,  us,  or  indecl.  in  S.  n.  r. 
•trua,  pi.  a  thunder;  -co}  ui,  to  flash;  -to*  ti,  sum,  to  notice;  -urn,  ii,  a  forerunner; 
-quo,1  v.,  to  approach. 

15.  I.,  a  wind-storm;  -vis,  eris,  m.>  dust,  powder;  -es,  is,  f.,  a  cloud;  -bo,  inis,  m., 
a  whirle-wind,  a  top,  a  turbine;  -ripio*  rripui,  reptum,  to  seize,  -pio*  pui,  raptum,  to 
snatch;  furo?  to  be  raving;  -go,  inis,  f.,  black  darkness;  -bo?  cubui,  itum,  to  lie  upon; 
-gor,  is,  m.,  a  crash;  -no?  ui,  to  thunder;  -us,  a,  urn,  brilliant;  -ro?  r.,  to  be  lightning' 
-ber,  ns,  m.,  a  shower;  I.,  a  drop;  -do,  inis,  m.,  a  hailstone;  ruo?  ui,  turn,  to  dash,  to 
rush,  tumble. 


360 


agitur  quum  interim  atrae  nubes  s61em  dbruunt,  caligo  incumbit  terrae. 
ccelum  ingenti  frag6re  tonat,  et  cortiscis  luminibus  fulgurat,  imber  ma- 
gnis  guttis,  subinde  cum  grandine,  in  terram  ruit. 

Exeunte16  restate,  autiimno  autem  ineunte,  aestus  sensim  subsidit, 
aer  non  parum  refrigescit,  prasertim  noctiirno  tempore,  quum  guttse  ro- 
ds in  foliis  plantarum  colliguntur,  quse  coelo  sereno  et  algido,  nulhs  fla- 
bris  temperantibus,  in  pruinam  congelant,  tenellasque  plantas  enecant. 
Tempore  autumnali  e  pomariis  hortisque"  omnes  fructus,  olera,  cun- 
ctaquequse  terra  gignit  esculenta,  in  horrea,  granaria,  cellasque  penuanas 
agricolse  olitoresque  colligunt,  et  anndnam  recbndunt,  ut  habeant  unde 
ipsi  suique  hieme  ac  vere  se  sustentent;  siquid  autem  annonse  supersit, 

vendunt.  „  ,    ,  ,     .. 

Denique  recedente18  autiimno  gelida  flabra  crebrescunt :  Aquilo, 
venti  subsolani  atque  Eurus,  venti  humidi,  nimbos  cogunt,  nebulas 
agunt  pluvias  gelidas  afferunt,  non  raro  nive  mixtas.  Alias1*-  fngidus 
Caurus  aut  Boreas  vapores  aquarum  atque  pluvias  in  nivem  congelat, 
eamque  alias  leniori  pulsu,  alias  sasva  procella  in  terram  depellit,  quo 

16  Exeo  *  ivi,  ii,  Hum,  to  go  out;  ineo*  ivi,  ii,  itum,  to  go  in,  the  »'  of  the  SupU 
num  though  of  the  4th,  in  the  compounds  of  to  is  short;  AM.  Abs.;  -sido?  s'edr,  ses- 
Z.  to  sit,  or  settle  down,  to  subside;  -sco?  fixi,  to  cool  down;  I.  a  drop;  res,  ions 
m  the  dew  -turn,  ii,  a  lief;  -go?  legi,  tectum,  to  gather;  -us,  a,  urn,  cloudless;  -us,  a, 
um,  cool;  -bra,  orum,  n.  pi.,  breezes;  I,  hoar  frost;  -lo?  r.,  to  freeze;  -us,  a,  um,  di- 
min  of  tener,  era,  um,  tender;  -co}  -cui,  -ctum,  to  kill  out. 

17  11    a  garden-  olus,  eris,  n.,  garden- vegetables;  -gno?  genm,  itum,  to  beget,  to 
to  produce,'  bring  forth;  -us,  a,  um,  and  -um,  i,  eatables;  -um,  ei,  a  barn;  -urn 
gramary;    I.,  a  cha.nber,  a  cell,  a  larder;  I.,  m.,  a  farmer;  -or,  ts,  a  gardner,  a  truck- 
farmer    1.   a  year's  product,  provisions;  -do?  MM,  Hum,  to  store  up;  adv.   whence, 
who  depend  on  them;  Urns,  is,  f .,  winter;  -to?  v.,  to  support;  is  left  over. 

18  -do?  cessi,  ssum,  to  go  back,  to  pass  away;  -us,  a,  um,  frosty,  cold;  -sco? 
rui,  to  become  more  frequent;-/*,  nis,  m.,  north,  also  north-east  wind;  -us.  aum. 
eas -winds,  11.,  southeast  wind;  -us,  a,  um,  wet,  damp;  II.,  rainy,  hangmg-down 
clouds-  1.,  a  fog;  I,  a  rain;  nix,  nivis,  f.,  snow;  -sceo?  cm,  xtum,  to  mix. 

19.  Adv.,  at  other  times;  -us,  a,  um,  cold;  II.,  north-west  wind;  -as  *, north 
wind-  -or,  is,  m.,  steam,  mist;  IV.,  a  driving;  now  -  now;  II.,  windstorm;  -to?  pepult 
pulsum,  to  drive  down;  which  done;  -us,  a,  um  white;  -men,  tm.n.,  a  cover;  adj.  of 
nix;  iaceo?  ui,  to  be  lying  down;  stemo?  strain,  stratum,  to  spread  out,  to  cove,. 


361 

facto,  omnis  regio  candido  tegmine  niveo  iacet  strata.  Frigora20  nonnun- 
quam  ita  ingravescunt,  ut  superficies  aquarum  ad  crassitudinem  plurium 
digitorum,  vel  etiam  pedum,  in  glaciem  rigescat.  Si  raras21  piantas  sem- 
pervivas,  muscumque  demas,  iam  nunquam  virorem  conspicis:  folia  ar- 
borum  ac  dumorum  frigore  marcida  et  enecta  iam  pridem  deciderunt, 
niveque  in  altitudinem  aliquot  digitorum  6bruta  iacent,  totaque  rerum 
natiira  in  soporem  hibernum  recidisse  videtur. 

Dies  verni  atque  autumnales  aeque  longi  sunt  ac  noctes,  suntque 
duodecim  horarum  longitiidinis,  quia  tempore  aequintfctii  sol  hora  sexta 
oritur  matutina,  eademque  hora  vespertina  occidit.  Sed  successu22  tem- 
poris  sol  in  dies  maturius  oritur  ac  tardius  occidit,  unde  fit  ut  dies  quo- 
tidie  incrementa  accipiant,  ac,  denique,  vigesimus  primus  lunii  sit  dies 
anni  longissimus,  primus  et  vigesimus  autem  Decembris  brevissimus, 
nox  vicissim  longissima. 

Annos  duos,  tres,  aut  plures  etiam  singularibus  nominibus  appella- 
nts, uti,  biennium,  triennium,23  decennium,  vicennium,  sed  centum 
anni  nomen  ferunt  sasculi.  Tempus  du6rum,  trium,  quatuor  annorum 
est  bimatus,24  trimatus,  quadriiMtus,  quod  vero  tantum  temporis  vivit 
vel  durat,  est  bimulum,  trimulum,  quadrimulum;  id  autem  quod  omni 
anno  fit,  est  annuum;  quod  quovis  anno  fit,  aut  sine  intercapedine  an- 
nue  recurrit,  est  perenne,  quod  nunquam   vel   nusquam  cessat,  est  per- 

20.  Lasting  cold  is  expressed  by  the  pi;  -sco,3  to  increase;  -es,ei,i.,  a  surfaces 
-tudo,  nis,  f. ,  thicknes;  II.,  finger,  inch;  -es,  H,  f.,  ice,  whence  gla;e, gla^e,  glass;  -sco,3  ui 
to  stiffen,  harden. 

21.  -us,  a,  urn,  scarce,  a  few;  -us,  a,  urn,  evergreen;  moss;  -mo^psi,  ptum,  to 
except;  adv.  nowhere;  -cio,^  spexi,  ctum,  to  see;  -us,  a,  urn,  withered;  long  since;  -do? 
di,  to  fall  down;  -or,  is,  m.,  slumber;  -us,  a,  urn,  wintry;  -do*  cidi,  fall  back. 

22.  IV.,  the  coming  up,  following  on  the  heels,  in  the  course  of  time;  day  after 
day;  adv.  earlier;  later;  adv.  every  day;  -urn,  i,  growth,  accession,  gain. 

23.  Also:  quadriennium,  quinquennium,  sexennium,  septennium,  octennium;  but 
neither  centennium,  nor  millennium  in  Roman  Latin. 

24.  IV.,  all,  a  two,  three,  four  years  time;  -us,  a,  urn,  all,  puer  bimulus,  a  two 
years  old  child;  -ro}  r.,  to  last;  intercapedo,  inis,  f.,  tempus  interceptum,  an  interrupted 
time,  interval,  pause,  cessation;  adv.,  yearly;  returns;  -nis,  e,  annual,  yearly,  repeated 
every  year,  or  never  ceasing;  nusquam,  nowhere;  -us,  ay  urn,  uninterrupted,  perpetual 
in  time  space,  careo*  ui,  Hum,  not  having,  lacking;  -us,  a,  urn,  everlasting. 


362 

petuum,  quod,  denique,  fine  omnino  caret,  est  aeternum,  vel  sempiter- 

Tempus,  quod  spatium  vitae  humanae  circumscribe^25  ac  terminare 
creditur,  ann6rum  nempe  sexaginta,  aetas  hbminis  appellari  solet,  quam- 
vis  non  omnes  h6mines  eandam  aetatem  pervivant;  unde  hominem  vi- 
cenarium,  iuvenem,  tricenarium  6ptimae  aetatis,  quadragenanum  et  quin- 
quagenarium,  mediae  aetatis,  sexagenarium  seniorem,  vel  adultiorem, 
septuagenarium  et  oetuagenarium,  senem,  senecionem,  qui  vero  aerate 
iam  confectus  sit  quotcunque  annos  sit  natus,  pappum,  vel,  per  lmpro- 
bam  contumeliam,  silicernium  appellare  solent. 

Certa  intervalla  temporum,  quibus  h6mines  6mnium  terrarum  vi- 
vunt,  etiam  aetates  vocitantur,5*  Sed  quaeque  una  aetas  aevum  audit.  Pri- 
scum2?  illud  tempus,  ubi  genus,  sive  saeclum,  humanum  mcepit,  est  pn- 
maevum;  aevum  quod  ternis,  quaternisque  ab  hinc  annorum  millibus 
viguit,  est  vetustas;  de  temP6ribus  Graeco-Romanis,  ut  de  vetenbus, 
vel  de  antiquitate,  loquimur.  Tempus  quod  a  nato2*  lesu  Chnsto  ad  re- 

25.  To  draw  lines,  setting  limits;  -noS  r.,  to  set  limits,  terminus,  i,  being  a  stone 
marking  the  ends  of  one's  field,  what  is  believed,  or  supposed  to  . .  .;  cetas,  axis  t.,  an 
age;  vicenarius,  a  man  of  twenty  years  of  age;  -is,  is,  adj.  and  noun,  no  gender  end- 
ing, young,  a  youth;  senior,  is,  compar.  of  senex,  is,  adj.  and  n.,  old,  older,  but  the 
compar.  meaning  less  than  the  positive;  -tus,  a,  um  grown  up,  but  also  ,n  compar- 
"elderly;"  -cto.nis,m.,  still  a  diminutive,  an  "oldy,"  cetate  confectus,  done  up, 
"used  up  "  with  age;  whatever;  sum  viginti  annos  natus,  1  am  of  twenty  years  ot  age; 
-us,  i,  a  grandfather,  Greek,  more  in  joke,  for  the  Latin  is  avus  v, -us,  a  um  w.cked 
malicious;  I.,  insult;    -um,  i,  properly  a  burial  feast,  a  contemptuous  term  for  an  old 

m26.  -to,1  r.,  frequentative  of  voco;  or,    unaquceaue;    cevum,   i.   an  epoch,  itself  a 
Graco-Latin  word,  epocha,  m;  vocatur,  a  middle  application  of  audio. 

27.  -us,  a,  um,  ancient,  primitive;  sceclum,  i,  in  this  form  =  race,  human  race, 
-um,  i,  primum  +  ^evum;  from  hence  =  ago;  -geo*  ui,  to  be  living  thnvmg  flounsh- 
ing,  to  exist;  -as,  atis,  f.,  antiquity;  veins,  eris,  adj.,  ancient,  in  pi.,  veteres,  um,  the 
ancients;  -tas,  atis,  f.,  antiquity. 

28    Nascor  3  natus  sum,-  to  be  born;  lesus,  -«,  -um,  -u,  no  other  case  ending 
Christus,  i,  Gr.  '"the  anointed  one,"  lb,  regular;  a  nato  ...    is  a  better  form  thai '  « 
we  said  a  nativitate,  though  that  is  also  correct;  usque  ad  reperam  -  *™™m<^ 
same  construction,  where  in  English  they  resort  to  a  noun,  the  discovery,  the  Latin  form 
"to  the  discovered  America;  America,  Latinized  from  Amerigo,   accent  on  i,  and  this  .s 


163 

pertam  usque  a  Christophoro  Coltimbo  Ameriaim  effiuxit,  Medium 
Mvum,  inde  ad  exitum  Saeculi  Decimi  Noni  Mvum  Renascentium  Litte- 
rarum,  quod  vero  inde  effliixit,  et  quod  modo  vivimus,  Tempora  IV\o- 
derna,  ^Evum  Modernum  vocitamus. 

Mensura  annorum,  mensium,  dierum,  ortus  accasiisque  solis  atque 
lunge,  est  calendarium.29 

Recensio.  —  Ubi  solent  quatuor  anni  tempora  distingui?  —  Quod 
est  primum  anni  tempus?  —  ubi  incipit?  quo  die  desinit?  —  A  quoto 
die,  cuius  mensis  incipit  a^stas?  —  quando  finem  accipit?  —  Duo  ulte- 
riora  tempora  quando  ineunt,  et  quando  exeunt?  —  Narra  aliquid  de 
vere;  de  hieme.  —  Narra  de  tempestate.  —  Memora  ventorum  nomina, 
et  unde  quisque  flet.  —  Quid  est  ros?  —  quid  pruina?  —  Quando  est 
iEquinoctium  Vernum?  —  quando  Solstitium  Hiemale?  —  Quid  inter- 
est inter  bimulum  et  bimatum?  —  Quid  est  "perenne?"—  Quo  nomine 
vocamus  centum  annos?  —  decern  annos?  —  duos  annos?  —  Quid 
appellamus  astatem  hominis?  —  Quid  vocamus  aetatem  viri  quadrage- 
narii?  —  Quid  est  asvum?  —  Quod  vocatur  Medium  y£vum?  —  JEvum 
Modernum? 

a  corruption  of  Enrico,  Henrigo,  fr.  German  Haiti  +  reich,  Heinrich,  Henri,  Henry, 
lastly  Harry.  —  Christophorus,  i,  a  Christ- bearer,  a  Christian  name:  Columbus,  i,  a 
male  pigeon;  effluo?  xi,  xum,  to  flow  away. 

29.  -urn,  ii,  a  tablet  in  Rome,  the  Fasti,  upon  which  the  Calendce  (the-to-be-pro- 
claimed)  first  days  of  the  months  were  engraved.  Those  who  affect  archaisms  in  parti- 
cular few  things,  and  disregard  in  others,  write  these  words  Kalendae  and  Kalendarium , 
I  follow  tradition,  for  K  is  an  unnecessary  letter  in  Latin  throughout. 

This  would  be  the  place  to  treat  Roman  Calendar,  but  space  forbids,  and  insert  it 
all  at  the  end  of  the  book. 


t 

i         -j 
VOCABVLARIVM   27. 

Nna.  Subtt. 

solstitium,  ii 

hiems,  is,  f. 

gramen,  inis,  n. 

natura,  x 

astas,  atis,  f. 

ventus,  i 

campus,  i 

ver,  veris,  n. 

finis,  is,  m. 

aura,  x 

pratum,  i 

initium,  ii 

autumnus,  i 

pluvia,  x 

sylva,  x 

fcquinoctium,  ii 

bruma,  x 

calor,  is,  m. 

flos,  floris,  m. 

364 


hortus,  i, 
ager,  gri,  m. 
semen,  inis,  n- 
viror,  is,  m. 
planta,  x 
lumbricus,  i 
eruca,  x 
vermis,  is,  m. 
tabinus,  i 
scarabasus,  i 
crabro,  nis,  m. 
apis,  is,  f. 
avis,  is,  f. 
vinea,  x 
regio,  nis,  f. 
cantus,  us 
avicula,  x 
aer,  is,  m. 
herba,  x 
seges,  etis,  f. 
fruges,  urn,  f. 
messis,  is,  f . 
temperies,  £i,  f. 
gradus,  us 
fons,  tis,  m. 
rivulus,  i 
lacuna,  x 
csespes,  itis,  m. 
iumentum,  i 
sudor,  is,  m. 
ardor,  is,  m. 
ariditas,  tis,  f. 
tempestas,  tis,  f. 
murmur,  is,  n. 
tonitru,  us,  n. 
prasnuntium,  ii 
procella,  x 
pulvis,  eris,  m. 
nubes,  is,  f. 
turbo,  inis,  m. 
caligo,  inis,  f. 


fragor,  is,  m. 
imber,  bris,  m. 
gutta,  x 
grandoj  inis,  f. 
asstus,  us 
ros,  rods,  m. 
folium,  ii 
flabra,  orum,  n. 
pruina,  x 
olus,  eris,  n. 
horreum,  i 
granarium,  ii 
cell  a,  x 
agricola,  x,  m. 
61itor,  is,  m. 
ann6na,  x 
nimbus,  i 
nebula,  x 
nix,  nivis,  f . 
vapor,  is,  m. 
pulsus,  us 
tegmen,  inis,  n. 
superficies,  e*i,  f. 
crassitude,  inis,  f. 
glaxies,  ei,  f. 
muscus,  i 
dumus,  i, 
sopor,  is,  m. 
longitudo,  inis,  f. 
successus,  us 
increm£ntum,  i 
biSnnium,  ii 
tri£nnium,  ii 
dec£nnium,  ii 
vicdnnium,  ii 
sasculum,  i 
bim&us,  us 
trimftus,  us 
quadrimitus,  us 
intercap£do,  inis,  f. 
aetas,  itis,  f. 


sen£cio,  nis,  m. 
pappus,  i 
contumelia,  x 
silicernium,  ii 
asvum,  i 
sasclum,  i 
primaevum,  i 
vetustas,  atis,  f . 
v&eres,  um,  m. 
antiquitas,  atis,  f. 
6xitus,  lis 
mensiira,  x 
calendarium,  ii 

Nna.  Propria 

Celsius,  ii 
Vulturnus,  i 
Auster,  tri 
Fav6nius,  ii 
Z6phyrus,  i 
Africus,  i 
Aquilo,  nis,  m. 
Eurus,  i 
Caurus,  i 
Boreas,  eas,  m. 
lesus  Christus, 
Christ6phorus 

Columbus 
America,  x 

Nna.  Adi. 

Tern  per  itus  ,  a  ,  um 
vernus,  a,  um 
asstivus,  a,  um 
aliquintus,  a,  um 
hiemilis,  e 
lenis,  e 
tSpidus,  a,  um 
beneTicus,  a,  um 
maturus,  a,  um 
diutiirnus,  a,  um 


sasvus,  a,  um 
dissitus,  a,  um 
coriiscus,  a,  um 
nocturnus,  a,  um 
ser£nus,  a,  um 
ilgidus,  a,  um 
tendllus,  a,  um 
autumnalis,  e 
escul£ntus,  a,  um 
penuirius,  a,  um 
gelidus,  a,  um 
subsolinus,  a,  um 
humidus,  a,  um 
frigidus,  a,  um 
cindidus,  a,  um 
niveus,  a,  um 
rarus,  a,  um 
sempervivus,  a,  um 
maxcidus,  a,  um 
hib£rnus,  a,  um 
bimulus,  a,  um 
trimulus,  a,  um 
quadrimulus,  a,  um 
innuus,  a,  um 
per£nnis,  e 
perpetuus,  a,  um 
asternus,  a,  um 
sempiternus,  a,  um 
huminus,  a,  um 
iiivenis,  is, 
senex,  nis 
improbus,  a,  um 
priscus,  a,  um 
Graxus,  a,  um 
m£dius,  a,  um 
mod£rnus,  a,  um 

Verba 
complector, 3  xus 


sum 


d£sino,3  sii,  situm 


365 


insto,1  stit,  statum 
perduro,1  r. 
flo,1!*. 
tep£sco,3  ui 
hum^cto,1  r. 
tempero,1  r. 
acc£do,3  cessi,  ssum 
reviresco,3  ui 
pullulo,1  r. 
sero,3sevi,  satum 
germino, 1  r, 
induo,3  ui,  utum 
adol£sco,3  evi,  ultum 
vescor,3 

nascor,3  -tus  sum 
superve*nio,4  ni,  turn 
vireo,2  ui 
r^sono,1  iv\ 
concal£sco,3  lui 
cresco,3vi,  turn 
proc£do,3 cessi.  ssum 
matur£sco,3ui 
d£meto,3  ssui,  ssum 
exsurgo,3  rrexi,  ctum 
langu£sco,3  gui 
exar£sco,3  ui 
exuro,3ussi,  stum 
aestuo,1  r. 
mideo,2  ui 
torreo,2  rui,  stum 


rumpo,3  rupi,  ptum 
mico,1  cui 

animadveVto,3  ti,  sum 
appropinquo,1  r, 
corripio,3  ripui,  reptum 
ra'pio,3  pui,  ptum 
furo,3  ui 

incumbo,3cubui,  itum 
tono*1  ui 
fulguro,1  r. 
ruo,1  rui,  turn 
exeo,4  ivi,  itum 
ineo,4  inivi,  turn 
subsido,3  sedi  ssum 
r£frig£sco, 3  fixi 
c611igo,3  legi,  lectum 
congelo,1  r. 
e^ieco,1  cui,  ctum 
gigno,3  genui,  itum 
recondo,3  didi,  ditum 
sust£nto, *  r. 
rec£do,3  cessi,  ssum 
crebr£sco,3  brui 
cogo,3  c66gi,  coactum 
misceo,2  cui,  mixtum 
depello,3  d£puli, 

pulsum 
iiceo,2  cui 

sterno,3  stravi,  stratum 
ingrav£sco,3 


rigesco,3  gui 
demo,3  psi,  ptum 
decido,3  cidi 
r£cido,3  cidi 
vivo,3  xi,  ctum 
duro,1  r. 

recurro, 3  recurri,  sum 
cesso,1  r. 
cireo,2  ui,  itum 
teYmino, !  r. 
credo,3  didi,  itum 
conficio,3  feci,  fectum 
vigeo,2  ui 

repeVio,4  peri,  pertum 
£ffluo,s  fluxi,  xum 
r£nascor,3  natus  sum 
vdcito,'1  r. 


Adverbia 

ideo,  vicissim 
ceu,  sensim 
subinde,  ultra 
interim,  praesertim 
raro 
31ias,  nonnunquam 
nusquam,  pridem, 
maturius,  taVdius 
innue,  modo 


366 

EXERCITATIONES  LEGEND! 

154.        Prima1  salutantes  atque  altera  continet  hora, 
Exercet  raucos  tertia2  causidicos. 
In  quintam3  varios  extendit  Roma  labores; 

Sexta  quies  lassis,  septima  finis  erit 
Sufficit  in  nonam  nitidis  octava  palaestris;4 

Imperat  exstructos  frangere  nona  toros.5 
Hbra  libellorum  decima  est,  Eupheme,  meorum,6 
Temperat  ambrosias  quum  tua  cura  dapes. 

Martialis,  IV.  8. 

1.  Namely  hora,  which  began  with  sunrise,  the  last,  or  twelfth  being  at  sunset  and 
so  hours  were  longer  or  shorter  according  to  seasons.  The  clocks  were  either  sun-dials, 
solaria  o"up  of  sand,  or  water  (clepsidr*,  water  stealers) .  The  '<sa  utatio,"  or  beggary 

n  the  nouses  of  the  rich,  then,  started  with  sunrise,  and  lasted  some  two  hours 

2.  Assuming  that  sunrise  was  at  six,  then  the  tertia  was  our  9,  which  exercised  the 
hoarse  lawyers,  causidicus  being  somewhat  ironical. 

3  Tertia  quarta  is  understood  unto  the  fifth,  or  until  11  A.  M.  The  sixth,  our  12th 
or  noon  weather  being  rather  hot  in  Rome,  and  throughout  Roman  possessions,  was 
the  time  of  rest,  whence  Italians  still  call  that  idling  siesta. 

4  It  L  enough  to  spend  an  hour,  from  2  to  3,  p.  m.,  in  the  wrestling  school  as  an 

0nl0°5keBy  3p.m,  the  heat  having  abated,  the  lounging,  or  sleeping  on  the  torus,  bed, 
was  to  be  broken,  and  business  to  be  attended  to.  t 

6  O  Euph  mus,  the  time  for  my  books,  i.  e.,  for  study  ng  and wntmg,  , .ten 
o'clock  i  e  ,  4  P.  M.  or  his  poems  to  be  declaimed  at  the  table  over  the  godly  d  shes, 
fit  for  the  Gods,  under  the  auspices  of  Euphemus,  inviting  poor  Martians  to  his  pnncely 
table. 

155  Post  cibum  meridianum,  ita  ut  vestitus  calceatusquei  (Augu- 
stus) erat,  retectis  pedibus  paullisper  conquiescebat,  opposite  ad  ocu  os 
manu.  A  cana^  lucubratoriam  se  in  lecticulam  recipiebat  I bi  donee  re- 
sidua diurni  actus  aut  omnia,  aut  ex  maxima  parte,  conficeret,  ad  mul- 

i    with  his  shoes  on:  retectis,  =  tectis,  covered. 

2  M  "he  diom:  ;  c*na.  from  the  supper,  directly  from  the  table,  immediately 
after  supper  -  Sw  r„  is  to  study  at  night,  with  small  light,  lamp-light,  lecfcula 
lucubratoria,  a  kind  of  study-sedan,  or  a  lounging  divan. 


367 


tarn  noctem  permanebat.  In  lectum  inde  transgressus,  non  amplius, 
quam  plurimum,3  quam  septem  horas  dormiebat;  ac  ne  eas  quidem 
continuas,  sed  ut  in  illo  temporis  spatio  ter  aut  quater  expergisceretur.* 
Si  interruptum  somnum  recuperare,  ut  evenit,*  non  posset:  lectoribus 
aut  fabulatonbus  accersitis,  resumebat,  producebatque  ultra  primam 
saepe  lucem. 

Suetonius,  Augustus,  75. 

3.  At  most,  the  second  quam  is  the  correlative  to  non  amplius. 

4.  Not  passive,  but  deponent. 

5.  That  is,  not  once,  many  a  time;  readers,  story-tellers. 

156-  •  •  •  clamore  opus  est,  ut  sentiat  auris, 

Quern  dicat  venisse  puer,  quot  nuntiet  horas.1 

Iuvenalis,  10,  215—6. 

1.  The  Roman  gentleman  remaining  in  bed,  while  the  atriensis,  the  hall-boy  would 
repeat  each  "salutator,"  as  above  in  Martialis'  allusion,  and,  as  they  had  no  striking 
clocks,  would  also  announce  the  hour. 

1*7.  Sed  Allobroges,  Roscilli  atque  Meg\  familiares,*  (quos  perfu- 
gisse  ad  Pompeium  demonstravimus),  conspicati  in  itinere  exploratores 
Domitii,  seu  pristina  sua  consuetudine,  quod  una2  in  Gallia  bella  gesse- 
rant;  seu  gloria  elati;  cuncta  ut  erant  acta,  exposuerunt,  et  Qesaris  pro- 
fectionem,  et  adventum  Pompeii  docuerunt  A  quibus  Domitius  certior 
tactus,  vix  IV  horarum  spatio  antecedens,  hostium  beneficio3  periculum 

1.  -is,  e  relatives,  or,  also  mere  friends;  -gio*  i,  Hum,  to  flee,  to  desert  to  the  ene- 
my, in  the  Civil  War  Cn.  (pronounce  Gnaws)  Pompeius  was  the  commander  of  the 
Roman  forces  against  the  rebellious  C.  (pronounce  Gains)  I.  (iulius)  Caesar;  we  have 
shown,  explained;  -eor}  aim  sum,  to  sight,  to  get  into  sight;  -tor,  is,  a  scout,  advance 
guards;  his  was  L(ucius)  Domitius  Ahenobarbus,  Consul  699  A.  V.  C  (anno  urbis 
<f  nchte),  a  general  of  the  Pompeian  forces,  whom  Caesar  has  captured  in  the  beginning 
of  the  Civil  War,  but  dismissed. 

2.  An  adv.,  together,  I  mark  it  with  an  accent,  lest  the  student  consider  it  an  adj.  as 
though  una  Gallia,  or  una  bella;  when  these  fugitives  had  met  the  patrouille  of  Domi- 
tius, their  former  companions  in  the  Gallic  wars,  had  a  friendly  talk,  explaining  them  all 
that  was  done,  that  C.  had  started  out  etc. 

3.  By  the  information  his  advance  guards  gained  from  the  above  conversation. 


368 

vitavit,  et  ad  yEginium.  quod  est  obiectum*  oppositumque  Thessalias, 

Caesari  venienti  occurit. 

Cxsar,  Bellum  Civile,  III,  79. 

4.  Obiicio?  ieci,  tectum,  to  throw  in  one's  way,  ^ginium  being  thrown,  or  situ- 
ated,  was  opposit  to  Thessalia,  now  northern  Greece. 

158.  Dixit  Pompeius,  sive  voluit;*  nam  ut  surrexit,  opera  Clodia- 
n*  clamorem  sustulerunt,  idque  ei  perpetua  oratione  contigit,  non mo- 
do  ut  acclamation,*  sed  ut  convitio  et  maledictis  impede Ju r  Qui  ut 
peroravit,3  nam  in  eo  sane  fortis  fuit:  non  est  deterntus;  dix,  omnia, 
atque  interdum  etiam  silentio,  cum  auctdr.tate  peregerat;  sed  ut  pero- 
ral, surrexit  Clodius.  Ei  tantus  clamor  a  nostns  (placuerat  en  m  re 
ferre  gratiam),  ut  neque  mente,  neque  lingua,  neque  ore  consjsteret. 
Ea  res  acta  est  quum  H.  VI.  vix  Pompeius  perorasse  usque  ad  H. 
VIII.,  quum  omnia  maledicta,  versus  etiam  obscoenissimi  in  Clodium  et 

Clodiam  dicerentur. 

Cicero,  Quinto  Fratri,  II,  3. 

1  Or  rather  wanted  to  (make  an  address,  oration);  oPem,  -arum >,  a  fern,  noun 
but  iSi^S  laborers,  we  used  in  Pen,  VI  here  it  r^^SSf^ 
Publius  Clodius  Pulcher,  Tribunus  Plebis,  a  great  enemy  of  Cicero),  wh,ch  is  a  contract 
ed  form  of  Claudius,  a  famous  Roman  gens- 

2.  -MclamaUo  ordinarily  implies  approval,  but  like  here,  it  often  stands  for  shout 
ing  at  somebody,  as  in  this  case,  to  interrupt. 

g  3.  Petoro,  to  come  to  the  end  of  one's  oration,  to  finish,  complete,  drxtt  «  • 
e  ,  all  of  what  he  intended  saying;  did  accomplish  with  h,s  mere  authority  and  influenc  ■ 

4  Did  not  consist,  i.  e„  he  went  to  pieces,  could  not  hold  out-  Ab  hora  sexta  u  • 
que  ad  horam  octavam,  from  12  at  noon,  until  2  p.  m.;  versus,  -us,  a  verse,  ihymes, 
insulting  ditties,  lampoons. 

159        Si  te  grata  quies  et  primam  somnus  in  horam1 
Delectat;  si  te  pulvis,  strepitumque  rotarum;2 

1    mprimam  horam,  =  usque  ad  p.  h.,  until  sun  rise,  or  6  o'clock  in  the .  morning- 
2.  Rome  had  no  asphalted  streets,  and  the  two  wheeled  wagons  tumbling  through 
the  rough  cobble  stones,  have  caused  much  dust  and  noise. 


869 

Si  laedit  caupona:3  Ferentinum  ire  iubeba 

Horatius,  Epist.  I,  17,  6—8. 

3.  If  the  corner  saloon,  over  which  you  have  your  apartment,  is  too  offensive  to  you 
with  its  stale  smell,  and  brawl  of  the  drunken  customers;  I  bid  you  to  go  to  live  at  Fe- 
rentinum, a  little,  solitary  town  of  the  Hernici,  in  Latium,  as  if  quiet  people  of  New  York 
were  referred  to  Philadelphia,  for  sleeping. 

160,  De  Crabrai  quid  agatur,  etsi  nunc  quidem  etiam  nimium  est 
aquas,  tamen  velim  scire.  Horologium  mittam  et  libros,  si  erit  sudum.2 

Cicero,  Familiarium  XVI,  18. 

1.  The  aqueduct  from  the  Tiberis  to  Tusculum,  Cicero's  countryplace. 
;  2.  -urn  i,  bright,  cloudless  sky,  clear  weather,  otherwise  the  sun  dial-kind  of  horo- 
logium is  of  no  use. 

16 1#  De  Nominibus  Septem  Dierum. 

Primum  supremumque  diem  radiatus  habet  SoL1 
Proxima  fraterna?  succedit  Luna  corona. 
Tertius  assequitur  Titania  lumina  Mavors,2 
Mercurius  quarti  sibi  vindicat  astra  diei. 
Illustrmt  quintam  Iovis  aurea  sidera  zonam. 
Cuncta  supergrediens  Saturni  septima  lux  est 
Octavum  instaurat  revolubilis  orbita  Solem, 

D.  Magnus  Ausonius,  Eclogarium,  5. 

1.  Primum  diem  habet  Sol.  As  the  idea  of  a  week  is  Hebraic,    unknown  to  the  Ro- 
mans, the  days  of  the  week  had  no  names  until  Christian  times,  say,   the    IVth  century 
when  Ausonius  wrote.  This  fact  also  proves  that  the  Neo-Latin  nations  have  not  inherit- 
ed their  languages  from  the  Romans,  but  from  the  Christian  Roman  missionaries,  though 

ChrkriS '  <rh?  T  hfe  the  dayS  named  after  pa^an  Deities>  Sund^>  the  chief 
2 M  nl7  n0"  •  °rdS  °ay  StiH  bdng  Called  DieS  Solis>  which>  eventually,  had  to 
g1^     D™tm>  of  the  Church,  and  Dies  Saturni  had  to  give  place  to  Dies  Sab- 

^^  f  Z?  ^  ^  The  on^  ^t  reference  to  the  names  of  the  Gods  as 
appLed  to  days  is  that  of  Plautus  (Bacchides  2,  3,  21):  "Vulcanus,  Sol,  Luna,  Dies, 
Dn  quatuor,  scelestiorem  nullum  illuxeYe  alterum,"  these  four  Gods,  as  days,  have  ne- 
ver shone  upon  another  villain  like  him. 

2.  Mavors,  mortis,  is  the  old  and  poetical  name  of  Mars, 


370 

162.  De  Mensibws  et  Quatuor  Anni  Temporibus. 

JEternos  menses,  et  tempora  quatuor  anni 
Quatuor  ista  tibi  subiecta  monosticha1  dicent : 
Martius,2  Aprilis,  Maius  sunt  tempora  Veris. 
lulius,  Augustus,  nee  non  &  Junius  /Estas. 
Septembri,3  Octobri  Autumnus  totoque  Novembri. 
Brumales4  lanus,  Februarius,  atque  December. 

D.  Magnus  Auaonius,  Eclogarium,  7. 

1.  ZMonostichum,  i,  or  -stichon,  i,  a  verse  of  one  kind,  like  the  present,  all  hexa- 
meters or  six  feet;  subiecta,  here  below  presented  to  you. 

2  Beginning  with  Martius,  not  because  that  has  been  the  first  month  since  the  be- 
ginning of  the  Roman  calendar,  introduced  by  Numa  Pompilius,  the  successor  of  Romulus, 
no  doubt,  from   Etruria,   but  because  the  first  season  is  the  Spring,  which  beg.ns  in 

Martius.  .         .    _         . 

3.  These  are  Ablatives  of  time,  i.e.,  tn  Sept.,  &c. 

4.  Brumalis  stands  for  hyemalis.  For  the  sake  of  meter  lanus,  the  two  faced  God 
in  whose  honor  lanuarius  was  named. 

163  Eodem  die  legati  ab  hostibus  missi  ad  Qesarem  de  pace*  ve- 
nerunt  His  Csesar  numerum  obsidum,2  quern  antea  imperaverat,  du- 
olicavit  eosque  in  continentem3  adduci  iussit:  quod  propinquo  dieaequi- 
noctii/infirmis  navibus,  hyemi  navigationem  subiiciendam  non  existi- 
mzbzt.  Cxaar<  BeUi  gall.  IV,  36. 

1  About  peace,  in  rererence  to  peace. 

2  Obses  -sidis,  fr.  ob  +  sedeo,  to  sit,  or   settle  down   against  something;  men, 
™n  or  children  taken  as  securities  for  the  fulfilment  of  an  obligation,  a  hostage. 
^mTcontintX  fr.  con  +  teneo,  to  hold  together,  the  solid  land,  as  opposed  to 
an  island-  although  terra  is  understood,  still  the  -ant.  -ens  ending  is  masculine  and  so 
conZns  is  masculine.  He  ordered  the  living  securities  to  be  delivered  on  the  continent 

i .,  I  clarThen  being  in  Britannia,  bis  transportation  facilities  were  very  poor,  he  could 

"*  "1  oul^rautumnal,  in  September,  for  he  explains:  navigationem,  infirmis 

•w/mnrh  weakened,  battered,  patched  ships)  non  existimabat  hyemi  subnaen- 

^%o:ttZ7^^r,l,J^  the  wintery  tempests,   stormy  weather  of 

the  Channel. 


371 

164.  .Estus1  duobus  squinoctiis  maxime  tumentes,  et  autumnali 
amplius  quam  verno. 

Plinius,  Hist.  Nat.  II,  97,  99,  215. 

1  Astus  Us,  m.,  properly  heat,  but  figuratively  it  means  the  heat,  or  anger  of  the 
sea,  the  tide;  tumeo?  to  swell. 


165.  Locis  frigidis,  ubi  timor  est,1  ne  autumnalis  satio2  hyemis  ge- 
licidus  peruratur,  arundinibus  humiles  canterii  fmnt,  iisque  virgas  trans- 
versa imponuntur,  &  virgis  stramenta  supra  iaciuntur,  &  sic  a  pruinis  se- 
mina  defenduntur.  Ubi  vero  apricis^  regionibus  post  pluvias  noxia  in- 
cesserunt  animalia,  qua  a  nobis  appellantur  enicse,  vel  manu  cdlligi  de- 
bent,  vel  matutinis  tempdribus  frutices  olerum  concuti. 

Columella,  De  Re  Rustica,  XI,  3,  63. 

1.  Where  there  can  be  any  fear.  -  2.  A  sowing,  a  sown  field;  -dium,  it,  fr   gelu, 
frost  +  cxdo,  to  slash,  slay,  kill,  a  killing  frost;  -n?  ussi,  ustum,  to  burn  to  burn  out 
up,  down;  -do,tms,i„  a  reed;  -us,  ii,  properly  a  gelding,   a  horse,  here  a  wooden 
horse;  virga,  x,  a  switch,  a  twig,  shoots  of  trees;  straw;  pruina,  <z,  a  hoar  frost-  -en 
tms,  n. ,  a  seed.  '       ' 

3.  -us,  a,  urn,  bright,  sunshiny;  incedo?  cessi,  ssum,  to  invade,  go  into:  ertica,  x. 
a  caterpillar;  frutex,  tas,  f.,  small,  young  trees,  a  bush;  olus,  eris,  n.,  any  leguminous 
garden  plant,  vegetables;  concutio*  cussi,  ssum,  to  beat  together,  to  shake. 

166.         At  suffire1  thymo,  cerasque  recidere  inanes 

Quis  dubitet?  nam  sspe  favos2  ignotus  adedit 
Stellio,  &  lucifugis  congesta  cubilia  blattis; 

1-Suffio*  vi,  turn,  to  fumigate,  to  smoke,  to  perfume;  thymum,  i,  an  odoriferous 
plant,  thyme;  I.,  wax,  here  the  cells;  do,  di,  sum,  to  cut  off;  -is,  e,  empty. 

*t,tl'  '"■'  *'  a  ho"eycomb;  ad-  ed°>3  edi,  esum,  to  gnaw,  to' bite  into,  to  eat  out, 
sello  ms,  a  specked,  or  starred  little  lizard,  a  newt;  lucifuga,  <z,  adj.  of  one  ending, 
hght-fleemg;  -gero,  gessi,  stum,  to  hoard,  to  cram,  to  pile  up,  fill  up;  cubile,  is,  n  a 
bed,  cot,  sleeping  place,  chamber,  cell;  blatta,  <e,  a  cockroach,  also  a  moth,  a  book- 

wuriH, 


372 


Immunisque3  sedens  aliena  ad  pabula  fucus, 
Aut  asper4  crabro  imparibus  se  immiscuit  armis. 

Virgilius,  Georgicorum  IV,  2H—5. 

3.  -nis,  e,  properly,  one  without  a  duty,  or  function,  free  of  trouble,  of  danger,  of 
punishmentof  risks,  desease;  fucus,  i,  a  drone,  a  male  bee,  sitting  free  of  work,  at 
other  pe^s  food.  ^  ^  mannerless,  regardless,   coarse,   crabro,  nis, 

m  a  hornet;  imparia  attna,  because  he  is  a  big,  bullylike  insect  as  compared  with  a 
tee,  and  with  a  corresponding  sting;  altogether  a  very  pretty  image,  p.ctunng  the  life  of 
the  bee,  as  understood  in  the  time  of  Virgilius. 

167  Non  minoresi  0portet  inire  bimas,  ut  trim®  pariant,  eo  melius 
si  quadrimee. Eas  pasci*  oportet  in  locis  viridibus  &  aquosis  Cu- 
rare oportet,  ne  aut  angustius3  stent,  aut  feriantur  aut  concurrent,  to- 
que quod  eas  estate  tabani*  concitare  solent  et  bestiote  quaedam  mi- 
nuts  sub  cauda,  ne  concitentur,  aliqui  solent  includere  septis. 

Varro,  De  Re  Rustica,  II,  5,  U. 

1  Minot,  -us,  smaller,  not  only  in  size,  but,  as  here,  also  in  age:  inire    here,  for 
breeding;  pario?  psperi,  partum,  to  bring  forth,  to  bear;  by  that  much  better;  4  years 

2  Pasco,3  pavi,  pastum,  to  feed,  pascor?  pastus  sum,  to  graze. 

3.  Too  closely;  to  be  struck,  i.  e,  strike  each  other  with  their  horns;  to  attack  each 
other**  the  horns^  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^  ^  .^  ^  ,,  fte  w 

-urn,  e,  inclosure. 

168.   Ev.  Cogito,1  quonam  ego  illam  curram  quaeritatum. 

Ch    Certa  res  est,  2 

Me  usque  quaerere  illam,  quoquo  hinc  abducta  est  gentium, 
Neque  mihi  ulla  obsistet  amnis,3  neque  mons,  neque  adeo 

1.  -to}  v.,  I  am  thinking;  the  order:  quonam  ego  curram  qusritatum  illam:  whith- 
er shall  1  run  to  seek  (search  for)  her.  .  . 

2  The  order:  quoquo  gentium  (ilia)  ablata  est,  whither  ever  (in  the  world)  she  is 

carried  away,  I  am  still  searching  for  her-  „i,„c/„  3  cMfl 

3  -is,is,  properly  a  swift  mountain  brook,  but  used  widely  as  fluv.us;  obststo,  sttti, 


373 

Nee  calor;necfrigus  metuo,  neque  ventum,  nequegrandinem. 
Imbrem  perpetiar,  laborem  sufferam,  solem,  sitim, 
Non  concedam,  neque  quiescam  usquam  noctu,  neque 

interdias 
Pnus,  profecto,  quam  aut  amicam,  aut  mortem  investigavero. 

Plautus,  Mercator,  V.  2,  16,  ss. 

stitum,  to  set  one's  self  into  the  way  of  somebody  (no  stream  will  stand  in  my  way ; 
mountain,  even  the  sea;  J  fear  no  cold;  I  shall  bear  the  shower);  sitis,  is,  f.  the  thirst, 
its  Accus.  exceptionally  4m;  concedo*  cessi,  ssumf  often,  as  here,  to  resort  to,  to  go  to; 
interdiu  (the  s  may  have  been  an  old  form)  at  day  time;  before,  indeed,  than  .... 
I  shall  have  traced,  either  my  girl-friend,  or  death. 

169.  Alter  motus  solis  est,  alter  coeli,  quod  movetur  a  bruma  ad 
solstitium.  Dicta  bruma,  quod  brevissimus  dies  est;  Solstitium,  quod 
sol  eo  die  sistere  videatur;  aut  quod  sol  ad  nos  versum,*  proximum  est 
solstitium.  Quum  venit  in  medium  spatium  inter  brumam  &  solstitium, 
quod  dies  asquus  sit,2  ac  nox,  ^Equinoctium  dictum.  Tempus  a  bruma 
ad  brumam,  dum  sol  redit,  vocatur  annus:  quod  ut  parvuli  circuli  annuli, 
sic  magni  dicebantur  "circites3  anni." 

Varro,  De  Lingua  Latina,  V,  2. 

1.  Ad  nos  versum,  towards  us;  versus,  and  versum,  are  propositions  with  Ace.  tak- 
ing also  other  propositions,  as  here,  ad,  or  in;  but  because  they  follow  the  Ace.  for  the 
most  part,  particularly  with  the  other  prepositions,  grammarians  class  them  as  adverbi 

2.  Aiquus  sit,  as  the  day  be  equal  with  the  night.  Grammarians  teach  that  causa- 
tive quod,  i.  e.,  when  quod  means  because,  demands  Indicative  after  itself,  unless  the 
author  expresses  some  one  else's  opinion,  so  that  Varro  here  ought  to  have  said:  "quod 
dies  oquus  est  ac  nox."  He  did  say  so  in  the  preceding  sentence:  "quod  brevissimus  dies 
est;  yet  in  the  next  turn  he  again  uses  Coniunctivus:  "quod  sol  eo  die  sistere  videatur." 
Then  we  can  safely  infer  that  both  usages  are  correct  and  this  is  the  practice  in  spoken 
Latin,  one  should  not  try  to  force  a  language  into  cast  iron  rules. 

3.  Circes,  itis,  m.,  an  old  word,  same  as  circulus,  i.  I  am,  of  course,  using  all  old 
editions  of  the  Roman  authors;  hence  it  seems  to  me  very  ridiculous,  if  not  shameless, 
when  1  see  Brambachized  texts  and  lexica,  in  which  these  very  words  I  behold  adulterated 
into  anus  and  anulusl  Will  our  apes  continue  to  cherish  these  adulterations  hereafter? 


374 

170.  Seculum1  spatium  annorum  centum  vocarunt:  dictum  a  sene, 
quod  longissimum  senescendorum2  hominum  id  putarunt.  ^vum  ab 
getate  omnium  annorum;  hinc  aeviternum,  quod  factum  est  sternum. 

Varro,  De  Lingua  Latina,  V,  S. 

1  Spelled  sceculum  and  skulum,  with  long  and  accented  e.  The  philological  nut  to 
be  cracked  is  the  pronunciation  of  Varro.  Quite  apart  from  the  fact  that  the  e  in  senex  is 
short,  while  in  seculum  it  is  long,  he  cannot  have  pronounced  the  syllable  m  question  as 
sa-e  ...  as  his  age  did,  but  s*  ...  as  did  Imperial  Rome,  and  as  do  we  to-day,  as  do 
all  neo-Latin  nations,  or  his  age  was  mistaken,  and  we  all  are  mistaken  in  writing  sae, 
or  s*  ...  If  he  ignored  the  quantity,  he  could  have  better  derived  seculum  from  seco 
(here  too  e  is  short),  to  cut,  to  chop,  as  though  a  seculum  were  a  cut  age,  cut  to  the  size 
of  man's  life. 

2.  Another  pitfall.  Senesco,  I  become  old,  or  am  becoming  old,  like  all  sco  verbs,  ex- 
cepting, perhaps  disco,  are  intransitive,  therefore  can  not  be  used  passively;  yet  he  attri- 
butes a  Participium  Futuri  Passivum  to  it,  senescendus;  "the-to-be-aged"  men.  But  then 
Marcus  Tullius  Cicero  says  of  him:  -  -  "omninoque  Latinis  &  litteris  lumims  attulisti, 
&  verbis;"  (Acad.  Quaest  I)  so  that  if  Cicero  has  acknowledged  Varro  as  a  great  La- 
tinist,"  and  a  "Classical  Scholar,"  surely  we  cannot  protest. 


EXERCITATIONES  SCRIBENDI. 
I. 

I.  In  quot  intervalla  et  quomodo  dispertitus  sum  initia  Pensi  De- 
cimi  circulos  geminos?  —  2.  Quot  lineolarum  interstitia  sunt  in  singu- 
liS  hons?  —  3.  Qui  numeri  indicant  horas  in  quadrantibus  horum  cir- 
culorum?  —  4.  Quot  et  quales  sunt  indices  in  horArio?  —  quo  quisque 
f  ungitur  officio?  —  5.  Quid  est  munus  (officium)  machillae,  quae  indices 
motet  (continuo  movet)?  —  6.  Ubi  est  haec  machinula  rec6ndita?  —  & 
Quid  est  quod  totum  horologium  ciet  (agit  in  motum)?  —  3.  Quoties 
index  minor  se  in  die  circumvertit?  —  9.  Quo  sunt  ambo  indices  versi 
meridie?  —  media  nocte?  —  quo  quinque  minutis  post  tertiam?  —  qum- 
que  minutis  ante  octavam?  —  dodrante  nonas?  —  sexta  cum  dimidiaf 
—  io  Cuiusmodi  horologia  sunt  sonacia,  sive  pulsantia?  —  11.  E  qui- 
busnam  partibus  constat  apparatus  pulsans?  —  12.  Quando  et  cur  qua- 


375 

dam  horologia  nos  fallunt?—  13.  Siquod  horologium  ad  incedendum 
concitare  nequimus,  quid  solemus  facere? 

II. 

1.  Quid  est  hora?  —  2.  Quid  est  dies  latiori,  quid  arctiori  sensu? 
—  3.  Quid  est  septimana?  —  4.  Enumera  dies  septimanas.  —  f>.  Quid 
est  dies  Solis?  —  6.  Casteri  autem  dies  que  nomine  distinguuntur  a  die- 
bus  sacris  ac  feriatis?  —  7.  Quinam  solent  segnes  ac  pigri  dies  festos 
observare?  —  8.  Qui  sunt  alacres  &  tempestivi?  —  9.  Recita  przecepta 
de  horis  dormiendi.  —  10.  Quid  est  mensis?  —  11.  Recita  nbmina  men- 
sium.  —  12.  Quid  est  bimestrum?  —  trimestrum?  —  semestrum?  — 
13.  E  quot  mensibus,  septimanis,  diebus  consistit  annus?  —  14.  Quid 
scis  de  mense  Februario?  —  15.  Qui  dies  est  hodie?  —  16.  Edissere 
(explica !)  scripto  quando  natus  sis,  et  quotum  annum  agas. 

III. 

1.  Omnine  in  loco  annus  in  quatuor  partes  dividitur?  —  ubi  tan- 
turn?  —  2.  Nomina  Quatuor  Tempora.  —  Quando  incipit,  et  quando 
desinit  ver?  —  4.  A  quibus  diebus  initia  capiunt  finiuntque  sestas, 
autumnus,  atque  hyems?— 5.  Qui  venti  flant  vere  &  restate?  —  6.  Quid 
fit  vere?  —  7.  Qualis  solet  esse  temperies  a  solstitio  aestivo?  —  8.  De- 
scribe temoestatem.  —  9.  Autumno  ineunte  quae  mutatio  temperiei  su- 
pervenire  solet?  —  10.  Unde  est  nomen  "autumni?"  —  11.  Hyeme  ap- 
propinquante  qui  venti  solent  irruere?  —  12.  Quid  fit  vaporibus,  rori 
pluvias?  —  13.  Quid  turn  fit  stagnis,  fluviis,  lacubus?  —  14.  Quid  solet 
&  quemadmodum  tegere  montes,  vailes,  campos,agros  tempore  hyema- 
li?  —  15.  Quomodo  differunt  dies  hiberni  ab  aestivis?  —  16.  Qui  dies 
noctesque  anni  sunt  aequales,  qui  differunt  maxime?  —  17.  Quo  nomi- 
ne vocamus  duos,  decern,  viginti  annos?  —  centum?  —  18.  Quid  est 
bimatus,  et  bimulum?  —  19.  Quid  significamus  vocabulis  "annuum," 
"perenne,"  "sempiternum?"  —  20.  Quid  intelligimus  per  "astatem," 
"aevum?"  —  21.  Explica  diversas  States?  —  22.  Quid  est  calenda- 
rium? 


376 


EXERCITATIONES  LOQUENDL 


THOMAS1  Tempestivus. 

T.  Quonam  curris  Georgi?  Nunquamte 
ita  properantem  vidi. 

T.  Numquid4  boni  alicunde  exspectas? 

T.  Itane?  strenam?  Interim  recte  mones, 
perendie  enim  Annus  Novus  erit,  sive  pri- 
mus Ianuarii,  quum  amici  cognatique  inter 
se  strenas  dare  solent.  Ecquid  strenae  ex- 
spectas? 

T.  ^Equum  dicis.  At  iam  hie  sumus;  in- 
tremus  tabellariam.  Quonam  sub  numero 
columbani6  forulus  tuus  situs  est? 

T.  Haudquaquam.  Nihil  exspecto,  nisi 
casu  quis  mini  litteras  vacuas  mittat.  Ta- 
men  inspiciamus!  —  A,  prorsus  nihil.  Cx- 
terum  diribitor8  usque  diribet,  speremus 
itaque. 

T.  Siccine?  Tunc  planum  est  te  manipu- 
um,  aut  saltern  pugillum10  accepturum. 

7.  Ex  aspectu  rei  iam  suspicor  quid  id 

sit. 

T.  Horologium  id  alicuis  generis  stativi13 

esse  auguror. 

7.  At  vero,  Hercle,  tu  eo  plane  eges.  Ne- 
mo te  plus 

T.  Scilicet,  quod  tu  oppido  nimium  cur- 
sas  et  properas. 


T.  Nae,16  yEdepol,  cursatores  et  prope 
rantes  segnes  ac  tardi  sunt.  Nemo  enim  sa- 
nus  currit.  Is  tantum  currit  qui  est  tardus, 
tardus,  autem  est,  quia  sero  munus  inchoat. 
Nemo  tempestivus  persultat  caespites,  et 
anhelus  advenit 


GEORGI  US*  Tardus. 

G.  Eodem3  pr6pero  quo  tu,  nempe  in 
tabellariam. 

G.  E  litteris  nupcrnis5  patrui  colligo  me 
strenam  aliquam  ab  eo  accepturum. 

G.  Quinam  ego  sciam?  Meo  quidem  iu- 
dicio  ineptissimum  esset  praenuntiare  ^  quis 
quid  et  quale  cuiquam  munusculum  mittere 
vellet. 

G.  Forulum  conductum  teneo  rationa- 
tum,  sub  numero  527.  Tune,  mi  Thomas, 
etiam  strenam  exspectas? 

G.  Ohe,  ego  iam  video  notitiam  in  foru- 
lo,  quae  me  ad  fenestram  refert  manipula- 
rem.9  Curiosissimus  sum;  miror  quid  sit. 
Exspectadum. 

G.  Erit,  jEdopol,  aliquid  pulchri.  En, 
videdum,  est  potius  pugillum-  Sine11  modo 
ut  resolvam. 

G.  Quidnam  est?  Divina!12 

G,  Recte,  me  Hercule,  divinasti  mi  Tho- 
mas- Est  enim  suscitabulum  prorsus  bellu- 
lum.14Quam  gaudeo! 

G.  Ecquid  ita? 

G.  Quin,  si  ita  res  esset,  aliquid  sedato- 
rii,15  aut  soporiferi  me  accipere  decebat, 
quo  sumpto  minus  cursarem,  essemque  se- 

gnior. 

G.  Curiose  tu  ratiocinaris.    Et  tamen  te 
vera  memorare  agnosco.  Revera  nimis  sae- 
pe  curro  ac  propero,  quin  et  contra  mores 
caespitem  persulto.   Sed  nunc  iam  meliora 
doctus  imposterum  ne  id  faciam  cavebo. 


377 


T.  Optime  statuis.  At,  cerne  modo,  et 
Iitterse  te  exspectant.  Procul19  dubio  ab  au- 
ctore  munusculi.  —  Eho,  et  ego  litteras 
accepi,  quin  et  pyxidiculam.  Oppido  miror 
quid  id  sit,  et  quis  id  miserit. 


T.  Aspice,  Georgi,  est  horologiolum  sac- 
carium  aureum ,  ab  avia20  mea,  quae  me  ob 
tempestivos  mores  valde  collaudat,  mihi  in 
strenam  missum,  quae  me  etiam  admonet 
ut  in  iisdem  moribus  ulterius  quoque  per- 
severem. 


G.  Proinde  non  mihi  invidebis.  At  Tho 
mas  mi,  litteras  a  patruo  tuli19  auctore  stre- 
nse,  et  me  fateri  pudet  eum  quoque  me  de 
eadem  re  commonere,  quam  tu  memorasti, 
ut  tempus  mihi  sumam,  nee  amplius  cur- 
sem  ac  properem.  Ita  et  faciam.  Sed  quid 
tu  strense  accepisti?  Ostende  sis! 

G.  Factum  bene.  Et  ego  tuos  mores  de- 
inceps21  asmulabor. 


I.  Thomas,  oe,  Hebrew,  a  twin.  —  2.  Georgius,  ii,  Greek,  an  "earth- worker,"  a 
farmer,  a  paysan,  peasant,  in  all  modern  languages  in  one  or  another  form,  whence  also 
the  German  form  Georg,  often  pronounced  as  Jork,  Jork,  and  hence  the  English  York. 
—  3.  Eo,  thither,  -dem  same,  quo  whither;  tabellaria,  ce,  post  office.  —  4.  Anything? 
According  to  grammarians  it  always  demands  a  negative  answer.  1  say,  it  is  not  true- 
Genitivus  partitivus,  because  quid  means  a  noun;  from  somewhere.  —  5.  -us,  a,  urn, 
of  the  other  day;  -go,s  egi,  ectum,  I  gather;  I.,  a  New  Year's  gift.  A  Roman  custom- 
Christmas  is  not  a  day  of  gifts  and  of  commercial  rage,  mixing  up  St.  Nicolas'  day  (6th 
of  Dec.)  and  St.  Lucia's  (13th  of  Dec.)  with  the  feast  of  the  birth  of  Jesus,  but  a  most 
solemn  religious  holy  day.  And  the  Churches  ought  to  vindicate  it. 

6.  -um,  ii,  properly  a  dovecot,  pigeon  holes,  like  here,  is  used  as  in  English  for  let- 
ter boxes,  &c;  -us,  i,  a  drawer,  or  pigeonhole.  —  7.  -tus,  at  um,  fr.  rationor,  reasoned, 
a  combination  lock;  conduco,  to  hire;  abbreviated  to  Nro,  nro,  or  No.  on  account  of  sub, 
w.  Abl.;  quingentesimo  vigesimo  septimo. 

8.  -or,  is,  fr.  diribeo,2  —  itum,  to  sort  out  votes,  letters;  a  distributer,  here  of  mailes. 

9.  Manipulus,  i,  a  bundle,  or  handful;  parcel  window.  —  Just  wait! 

10.  Pugillus,  i,  or  -um,  i,  properly,  a  small  fist,  a  fistful,  a  small  parcel. 

II.  Sino*  sivi,  situm,  just  allow  me,  to  open  it. 

12.  Divino,1  r.,  to  guess,  Imperativus. 

13.  -us,  a,  um,  standing,  that  stands. 

14.  -us,  a,  um,  pretty;  how  glad  I  am! 

15.  -us,  a,  um,  fr.  sedo,1  r.,  to  make  settle  down,  sit  down,  to  sooth,  sedate;  -fer* 
f era,  um,  that  brings  upon  sleep. 

16.  Imo,  quin;  inchoo,1  r.  to  begin;  -to,1  r„  to  jump,  run,  trample  over  grass  plots, 
lawns;  -us,  a,  um,  panting,  out  of  breath. 

17.  Against  good  manners;  adv.,  hereafter. 


878 

18.  Far  from  doubt,  without  doubt;  the  author,  sender  of  the  gift;  tWttobn. 
Valde  miror  mitto.  - 19.  Litterasfero  =  1-  accipio,  litteras  do,  scnbo  mitto  ad  h- 
quet  commoneo  =  admoneo,  tempus  sibi  sumere,  to  take  time.  Ostendo  ,  monstro, 
sis  =  si  vis,  velis,  be  kind  enough. 

20.  Mater  patris  aut  matris;  persevero*  r.,  permaneo. 

21.  Deinceps,  in  posterum,  hereafter;  xmulor}  r.,  to  emulate. 


ELEGANTUE  SERMONIS. 

E 

M.  ATTIO  PLAVTO,  &  P.  TERENTIO  AFRO 


Congressus. 


Al  Ad  te,  Hercle,  ibam  commodum. 

St'  Atque  ego,  Hercle,  ad  te.  —  Cas.  Ill,  k,  s,  PLAVTTS. 

Pe  Bene,  opportuneque  obviam  es.  —  Mil.  Ill,  s,  2k. 

ve.  FF  M  Tn    Nunquam  potuisti,  mihi 

Magis  opportunus  advenire,  quam  advenis.  -  Most.  Ill,  l,  k6.       _ 
Me    Non'potuisti  magis  per  tempos  mihi  advemre,  ^arnjdvems. 

Er   Optime,  in  tempore  advenis.  -  Cap.  IV,  2,56. 
Mi.    Salvos  sum;  eccom;  quern  qusrebam;  quid  agis,  bonevir?  J 

CL  Pater,  opportune  advenis.  -  Heaut^muH_ 

La.  Opportune  te  mihi, 
Phidippe,  in  ipso  tempore  ostendis.  -  Hee.  IV,  k,  k. 

Si.  Opportune  hie  fit  mihi  obviam.— And.  Ill,  k,  n. 
Be.    Ehem!  opportune;  te  ipsum  quaerito.  -  Add.  I,  %,  l. 

Ge   Te  ipsam  quasrito: 
Te  exspecto;  oppido  opportune  te  obtulisti  mi  °b™^  ^  ^    j 


879 

Da.   Te  ipsum  quasro;  euge,  o  Charine!  ambo  opportune:  vos  volo. 

-—  And.  II,  2,  8. 
Si.    Atque  adeo  in  tempore  eccum  ipsum  obviarn  Chremem. 

—  And.  Ill,  2,  52. 

Ge.    Eccum  ipsum  video  in  tempore  hue  se  recipere. 

—  Phor.  II,  3,  2U. 

Ch.  Te  ipsum  quasrebam.  —  si  et  ego  te. 
Ch.   Optato  advenis.  -  And.  Ill,  s,  i. 

Ca.  Per  tempus  advenis; 
Ausculta.  -  And.  IV,  5,  U. 

So.  Te  ipsum  quasro.  Ch.  Loquere, 
Quid  velis.  -  Heaut.  IV,  1,  9. 

My.  Hem,  Pamphile,  optime  mihi,  te  offers. 

—  And.  IV,  2,  3. 

.  Me.  Optime, 

Ipsos  video.  -  Heaut.  V,  5,  2. 

Ch.    Amice, 
balve;  nemo  est  omnium,  quern  ego  magis  nunc  cuperem  quam  te. 

t,        .,  .  .  Eun.III,5,13 

Sy.     I  e  mihi  ipsum  iam  dudum  optabam  dari.  -  Heaut.  IV,  5, 10. 
Ge.    Ipse  est,  quern  volui  obviarn.  —  phor.  I,  u,  19. 
Ge.    Ego  obviarn  conabar  tibi,  Dave.  —  phor.  I,  2,2. 
De.    Nos  ad  te  ibamus,  Phormio.  —  Phor.  V,  7,  e.  ' 

Egressus. 

St.     Foris  crepuit,  senex  eccum  aurum  ef fert  foras. 

n  c  .  .   ,  —  Aulvl.  IV,  5,  5.  PLAVTTS. 

Pa.  Fores  vicini  proximi  crepuerunt  —  Mil  II,  4,  56. 

Pal.  Foris  concrepuit  hinc  a  vicino  sene;  ipse  exit.  —  Mil  II,  1  73 

Ch.  Foris  concrepuit  nostra,  quinam  exit  foras?  -  Bach  II,  2  56 

Do.  Ibi  concrepuit  foris,  quisnam  egreditur  foras?  -  Per.' ill,  2,  5- 

e  Pe.  Aperitur  ostium* 

Eccum  ipsum  video,  progreditur  foras.  -  Men.  1, 1  32 

Ly.    Quis  hincnam  a  nobis  exit?  aperitur  foris/ 1  Mer.  IV,  2,  s. 


380 


Pa.    Ecce,  commode  aperitur  foris, 
Hilarus  exit.  —  Mil  TV,  4  61. 
Phil.  Aperiuntur  aedes,  quo  ibam;  commode  ipse  exit.  —  Tri.  II,  s,  9. 
Sa.    Quern  convenire  maxime  cupiebam,  egreditur  foras.  — 

Per.  II,  4,  30. 
Pa.    Quos  videre  exoptabam  me  maxime, 
Un&  exeuntes  video  hinc  e  proximo.  —  Mil  IV,  3,  U%. 
Am.  Heus,  ecquis  hie  est?  ecquis  hoc  aperit  ostium?  —  Am.  IV,  /,  id 
Me.    Heus,  ecquis  hie  est  ianitor? 

Aperite,  atque  Erotium  aliquis  ante  evocet  ostium.  —  Men.  IV,  2,  109. 
Ly.    Pandite  atque  aperite  propere  ianuam.  —  'Bach.  Ill,  1,  /. 
Pe.    lam  fores  ferio 
Me.   Placide  pulta.  pe.  Metuis,  credo,  ne  fores  Samiae  sient.  — 

Men.  /,  2,  65. 

Ct.    Foris  crepuit.  Sy.  Mane,  mane,  ipse  exit  foras.  —  Ad.  II,  5,  //. 

TERENTIYS, 

Ch.     Quid  crepuerunt  fores? 
Hinc  a  me  quisnam  egreditur?  —  Heaut.  /,  /,  121. 

Ch.    Quid  est,  quod  tarn  a  nobis  graviter  crepuere 

fores?  —  Heaut.  Ill,  3,  53. 

Ph.    Ostium  concrepuit  abs  te.  An.  Vide  quis  egreditur. 

—  Phor.  V,  5,  12, 

Sy.    Quisnam  a  nobis  egreditur  foras?  -  Heaut.  HI  2,  50. 
La.    Video  Phidippum  per  tempus  egredi.  —  Hec.  IV,  ■?,  ri- 
ch.   Ipse  egreditur;  quam  severus!    —  Heaut.  V,  ?,  20. 
Heus,  heus,  iEschinus  ego  sum;  aperite  aliquis  actutum  ostium. 
Prodit  nescio  quis.  —  Mel.  IV,  4,  25. 
Mi.    Quisnam  a  me  pepulit  tarn  graviter  fores?  —  Add.  V,  3,  2. 

Ch.  cesso  pultare  ostium 
Vicini?  —  Heaut.  Ill  1,  1. 


381 
PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS. 

DE  PRONOM1NIBUS. 

140.  A  pronomen,  as  its  name  suggests,  is  a  word  which  is  used  in  the  place  of  the 
name  of  the  thing  instead  of  repeating  that  name,  as:  Omnis  Gallia  est  divisa  in  partes 
tres,  quarum  unam  incolunt  Belgas,  &c,  instead  of  saying:  trium  Galliarum  unam.  The 
man,  who  is  approaching,  is  a  physician. 

The  pronomina  are  thus  divided: 

1.  Pronomina  Personalia, 

2.  Pronomina  Demonstrativa, 

3.  Pronomina  Relativa, 

4.  Pronomina  Interrogativa, 

5.  Pronomina  Indefinita, 

6.  Pronomina  Possessiva, 

7.  Pronomina  Gentilitia. 


1.  PRONOMINA  PERSONALIA. 

As  we  have  handled  fairly  all  the  Pronomina  in  all  cases,  I  shall  group  them  here 
for  easy  reference,  and  systematically  declined.  The  Pronomina  Personalia  stand  in  the 
place  of  the  names  of  persons.  They  are:  ego,  tu,  — ,  in  plural:  nos,  vos,  — . 

They  are  thus  declined: 

U^umerus  Singularis. 
Nominativus,    ego 


Genitivus, 

Dativus, 

Accusativus, 

Vocativus, 

Ablativus, 


mei 

mihi 

me* 

caret 

(jQme* 


Nominativus,    n6s 

(nostri 
Gentttvus,     jnostmm 

Dativus,  n6bis 

Accusativus,      n6s 
Vocativus,         caret 

tAblativus,  (i)  n6bis 


tu 

— 

till 

sui 

tibi 

sibi 

te* 

s£ 

(6)  tu 

caret 

(abs)  tt 

W)s6 

rails. 
vds 

vestri 

vestrum 

sui 

vdbis 

sibi 

vds 

s£ 

(6)  v6s 

caret 

(i)  v6bis 


00  s* 


382 


Not*.  1.  Grammar  distinguishes  three  persons,  the  first,  which  is  the  speaker, ', 
ego;  the  second,  to  which  we  speak,  thou,  tu;  and  the  third,  m.  he,  f.  she,  n.  it,  wh.ch 
latter,  i.  »,  the  third  person,  has  no  Pronomen  in  Latin  Nominativus  either  in  Sing,  or 
PL  Its  place  is  filled  by  other  Pronomina,  to  wit:  hie,  heec,  hoc,  ,f  the .person  or  thing 
referred  to  is  nearer  to  me;  is.  ea,  id,  if  nearer  to  thee;  or  near  to  us  both  or  back  of  us 
ilk,  ilia,  Mud,  and  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  of  not  present,  or  farther  away.  The  most  frequent 
has  always  been  ilk,  as  is  seen  in  the  Romance  languages,  of  which  the  Italian  retained 
the  first  part,  il,  the  French  has  split  it  into  tl  and  le. 

2  The  speaker  (the  first  person)  always  addresses  the  second  person  by  tu,  plur., 
«*.  whether  he  (she),  i.  e.,  the  second  person,  be  God,  a  monarch,  or  a  pauper,  male 
or  female,  old  or  young.  That  in  the  neo-Latin  tongues  almost  exclusively  the  plur.  is 
used  instead  of  the  sing,  is  due  to  the  Roman  Church  missionary  w^  naturdly, 
spoke  to  crowds.  The  Slavs  under  French  influence  do  the  same;  those  unde  ^German 
influence  use  the  3d  person  sing,  and  pi,  while  ^  ptnawm  msnyv^W^*. 
or  among  friends,  and  towards  children  use  the  Latin  principle,  in  military  and  rural  us 
age  address  in  the  3d  pers.  sing.,  in  literary  and  social  style  they  use  3d  W-f' 

3.  Personal  pronouns  in  Latin  are  not  used  at  all,  for  the  endings  of  he verbs  su  - 
ficiently  express  them;  they  are  resorted  to  only  for  the  sake  of  emphasis, ^  ^  «pre» 
contrasts,  as:  ego  legebam,  quum  tu  in  horto  ambulabas,  one  doing  one  thing,  the  other 
someftmgdse.  ^  ^^  ^  ^  and  ^  ^^       3d>  nQ  h  < 

social  differences  there  may  be  between  the  persons;  ""^^  ™??y:  *?'  *'  ™ 
pater,  atque«*.  On  this  same  principle  the  male  sex  prece des  the  emale  ^d  so  we 
cannot  say  in  Latin  "ladies  and  gentlemen,"  but  "men  and  women,  vm  ataue  mulwres, 
the  same  as  in  traditional  German.  Grammar  does  not  ^^^^^ 

5.  Tides,  a  matter  of  affectation  and  flattery,  are  not  known  i i  Rom an  g ywmx, 
because  such  were  not  present  in  the  severely  simple  Roman  life.  This  subject  will  be 
treated  more  fully  at  its  proper  place. 

6.  Take  notice  that  the  2d  pers.  sing,  and  pi,  are  used  also  in  Vocat. 

7.  Mark  that  the  Genitivus  PI.  has  two  forms,  nostn  and  nostrum  vest  rt£ 
sttum.  in  sing,  they  are  met  et  Hi,  but  they  have  their  counter-parts  in rth Pronoro na 
Possessiva,  mus  et  turn.  Their  usage  is  best  explained  by  examples:  pars  ma.  my  part, 
port  on  ar  share;  pars  mi.  physically,  are  my  limbs,  morally,  one  dearest  to  me,  my 
wife,  my  child,  my  friend,  who  saved  my  life,  my  honor;  pars  nostra  our  part,  our  tot, 
Z Portion,  share!  pars  nostri,  a  companion,  member  of  the  same  body  politic  a  vk- 
Z  of  the  aL  f  te  with  us.  Whereas  nostrum  is  thus  employed:  nostrum  nor,  es  ,ud - 
care,  it  is  not  our  privilege,  duty,  business,  to  judge;  vestrum  est  curare,  v.dere,  it  is 
vour  dutv,  obligation,  business,  to  attend,  to  see  to  it. 

*  8  The  prepositions  a  and  at,  have  also  a  third  form,  abs.  With  the  per,  pronouns 
m,  te,  se,  /can  be  used  with  all,  both  in  sing,  and  plur.;  ab  w.  se  only;  abs  only  with 
te  and  se,  and  this  is  also  the  best  usage. 


383 

9.  The  preposition  cum,  with,  does  not  precede,  but  follows  the  personal  pronouns,  and 
is  joined  with  them  in  one  word,  as:  mecum,  tecum ,  secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum;  but  not 
with  other  pronouns  standing  for  se,  such  as  is,  ea,  id,  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  ille,  ilia,  illud, 
they  follow  the  rule,  cum  eo,  ea,  eo,  cum  ipso,  cum  Mo,  &c. 

10.  The  adj.  similis  y  e,  governs  the  Genitivus  of  the  personal  pronouns,  as,  mei, 
tut,  sui,  nostri,  vestri,  similis,  but  of  no  others;  its  regular  government  is  the  Dativus, 
as,  filius  similis  est  patri  suo;  discipulus  similis  est  magistro.  People  given  to  affectation 
and  display  of  learning  make  an  exception  in  the  case  of  verum,  i,  and  invariably  write 
simile  verz,  and  in  one  word,  verisimile,  resembling  truth,  likely,  probable,  alleging  Ci- 
cero's authority,  as  having  always  used  so.  While  I  do  not  wish  to  deny  it,  for  I  could 
not  prove  the  contrary,  as  no  manuscripts  of  Cicero  are  extant,  I  maintain  that  seizing 
and  displaying  this  one  word  does  not  make  the  faddist  a  Cicero,  but  it  can  make  him 
ridiculous,  because  he  soon  betrays  himself,  while  grammar  demands  Dativus,  and  we 
are  quite  sure  that  we  are  right  if  we  say  verosimile,  simile  vero. 

11.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  3d  person,  sui,  sibi,  se,  is  also  called  Pronomen 
Reflexivum,  or  Reciprocum,  because  it  serves  as  the  object  of  its  own  subject,  as  sol  se 
movet,  homo  se  in  pedes  erigit.  As  indirect  object:  nescit  quid  sibi  velit,  he  does  not  know 
what  he  wants  (for  himself).  The  se  is  often  doubled  sese,  in  which  case  the  first  se  has 
the  appearance  of  a  Nominativus.  Charisius  thinks  that  we  say  se,  when  a  person  acts  upon 
another,  and  sese,  when  one  acts  upon  himself,  as,  ille  dicit  se  hoc  1111  fecisse  and  dicit 
sese  hoc  sibi  fecisse;  but  this  is  not  observed.  The  real  difference  is  but  the  emphasis.  We 
may  say  either  "milites  se  ad  Cassarem  receperunt"  or  sese  ad  Cassarem  receperunt, 

12.  When  we  wish  to  emphacise  a  Pronomen  Personale,  we  attach  the  emphatic 
syllable  -met  in  the  1st  and  3d  persons,  excepting  Gen.  sing,  and  pi.,  thus  tgomet,  mi- 
himet,  memet,  nosmet,  vosmet,  &c.  The  second  person,  tu  is  strengthened  by  adding  te 
to  it,  as  tute,  in  the  Norn,  tete  in  the  Ace,  while  the  -met  syllable  is  attached  to  the  tute 
form,  as,  tutemet,  and  tibimet. 

13.  The  Pronomen  Personale  is  emphacised  by  bringing  the  Pronomen  Demonstra- 
tivum  ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  self,  in  person,  he,  she,  it,  in  opposition  with  it,  just  as  in  all 
other  languages,  as,  ego  ipse,  I  myself,  tu  ipse,  thou  thyself,  is,  or  ille  ipse,  ea  ipsa,  ilia 
ipsa,  id  ipsum,  illud  ipsum  or  inverted?  ipse  ego,  ipsa  ilia,  ipsi  nos,  ipsa  vos,  ipsa  ea, 
&c,  in  all  cases.  But  ipse  does  not  exclude  the  -met  syllable,  and  so  we  can  heighten  the 
emphasis  by  employing  both,  as:  ipsemet  ego,  I  myself,  my  own  self;  tibimet  ipsi,  to 
thy  own  self;  semet  ipsum,  or,  egomet  ipse,  ipsummet  se,  —  Ipse  however  does  not  al- 
ways follow  the  subject  into  Accusativus  -  apposition  say,  te  ipsum,  nos  ipsos,  se  ipsum, 
as  the  subject  in  such  cases  does  not  stand  out  sufficiently,  and  thus  ipse  must  supply  the 
emphasis,  by  remaining  in  the  Nominativus;  for  instance,  amicus  meus  se  ipsum  occidit: 
leaving  out  amicus,  let  us  substitute  ipse,  and  say,  ipse  se  ipsum  occidit;  where  the  Accus. 
is  stronger  than  the  Norn.,  therefore  we  strike  out  ipsum,  but  retain  ipse,  in  Norn,  se  being 
the  Accus.  and  the  sentence  will  be  well  balanced,  as,  se  ipse  occidit;  as  Cicero  has  it: 
"Junius  necem  sibi  ipse  conscivit"  (N.  D.  2,  3,  7),  it  might  have  been  sibi  ipsi  .  .  . 


384 


2.  PRONOMINA  DI 

EMONSTRATIVA 

HIC,   HJEC,  HOC 

ILLE,  ILL  A,  ILLUD 

Numerus  Singularis 

U^umerus  Singularis 

m. 

/• 

n. 

m. 

/. 

n. 

Norn. 

hie 

hasc 

hoc 

Me 

ilia 

illud 

Gen. 

huius 

illius 

Dat. 

huic 

illi 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

Abl. 

(ab)  h6c 

d^um 

hac 
.  Plur. 

h6c 

(ab)  ill6 

ilia 
U^um.  Plur. 

ill6 

Norn. 

hi 

hae 

h#c 

illi 

ills 

ilia 

Gen. 

h6rum 

Mrum 

hdrum 

ill6rum      illaVum 

ill6rum 

Dat. 

his 

illis 

Ace. 

h6s 

his 

hsec 

ill6s 

ilia's 

ilia 

Abl. 

(ab)  his 

(ab)  illis 

IS,   EA,   ID 

IDEM,  EADEN,  IDEM 

V^um 

Sing. 

U^um.  Sing. 

m. 

/. 

n. 

m. 

f. 

n. 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

idem 

£adem 

idem 

Gen. 

£ius 

£iusdem 

Dat. 

ei 

eidem 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Abl. 

(ab)  e6 

ei 

e6 

(ab)  e6dem   e^dem 

e6dem 

Num. 

Plur. 

Num.  Plur. 

Nom. 

ii  (ei) 

tx 

ea 

iidem 

eaedem 

eadem 

Gen. 

e6rum 

tirum 

e6rum 

e6rundem 

earundem 

e6rundem 

Dat. 

iis 

(eis) 

iisdem  (eisdem) 

Ace. 

e6s 

tis 

ea 

e6sdem 

eisdem 

eadem 

Abl. 

(ab)  iis 

(eis) 

(ab)  iisdem  (eisdem) 

IPSE,  IPi 

JAt    IPSUM 

m. 

/. 

n. 

m. 

/• 

n. 

Nom. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsi 

ipsse 

ipsa 

Gen. 

ipsius 

ips6rum 

ipsirum 

ipsdrum 

Dat. 

ipsi 

ipsis 

Ace. 

ipsum 

ipsam 

ipsum 

ipsds 

ipsa^ 

ipsa 

Abl. 

(ab)  ips6 

ipsa 

ips6 

(ab) 

ipsis 

385 


3.  PRONOMINA  RELATIVA. 


141.  A  Pronomen  Relativum  is  a  declinable  particle,  pointing  back,  or  referring  to, 
the  person,  or  thing,  just  mentioned,  as:  vir  qui,  mulier  quce,  animal  quod.  In  a  wider 
sense  also  uter,  utra,  utrum,  qualis,  quale,  quantus,  a,  urn,  quot  and  quotus,  a,  urn,  may 
be  classed  with  the  Pronomina  Relativa;  but  as  we  have  treated  them-  as  numerical  ad- 
jectives, what  they  really  are,  we  omit  them  here,  qui,  quce,  quod  alone  remaining  for 
consideration. 

It  is  thus  declined: 


U^umerus  Singularis. 
m.     f. 

Casus    Nominativus,     qui,  quae, 
Genitivus,  cuius 


< « 


n. 
quod 


11  Dativus,  cui 

"  Accusativus,    quern,  quam,  quod 

"  Vocativus,  caret 

"  Ablativus,  (a)   qud,   qua\    qu6 


m. 

qui, 
quorum, 

qu<5s, 


humerus  Pluralis. 
f. 


n. 


quae,  quae 

quarum,  quorum 

quibus,  (queis) 
quis,  quae 

caret 
(a)     quibus,  (queis) 


V^ota.  1,  The  Dat.  and  Abl.  Plur.  have  retained  an  old  form,  queis,  favored  by 
writers  in  archaic,  or  solemn  style. 

2-  The  Abl.  Sing,  has  also  the  form  qui,  only  used  when   the   preposition  cum  be 
comes  a  postposition,  which  is  always  the  case  with  the  Pron6mina   Personalia  (mecum, 
tecum,  secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum)  and  with  the  Relativa,  when  qubcum,  quacum,  quo. 
cum  and  quibuscum,  are  the  regular  forms,  but,  instead  of  the  three  first,   some  writers 
use  quicum. 

3.  The  Pronomina  Relativa,  along  with  the  Pronomen  Interrogativum  (quis?  quae? 
quid?)  undergo  various  changes,  and  extension  of  meanings,  when  certain  other  particles 
are  attached  to  them,  or  when  they  are  themselves  reduplicated.  Thus: 

a.  quisquis,  quaequae,  quidquid,  whoever,  whatever. 

b.  By  adding  the  compound  cum  -  que,  contracted  into  -cunque:  as:  quicunque, 
quaecunque,  quodcunque,  quiscunque,  quidcunque,  whoever,  whichever,  whatever;  uter- 
cunque,  utdcunque,  utrumcunque,  whichever  of  the  two;  qualiscunque,  qualecunque,  of 
whatever  kind;  quantuscunque,  quantaciinque,  quantumcunque,  however  much,  ever  so 
much,  or  great;  quotcunque,  ever  so  many,  no  matter  how  many;  quotuscunque  quota- 
cunque,  quotumcunque,  no  matter  how  mznieth;  quotquot,  of  whatever  number. 

c.  The  two  nouns,  modus,  i,  (o  short),  mode,  manner,  and  genus,  -eris,  n   (e  in  ge 
short  as  well  as  in  -£f ),  a  kind,  sort,  enter  into   conjunctions  with  several  of  the  Prono- 
mina in  these  forms:  cuiusmodi,  huiusmodi,  eiusmodi.  istiusmodi,  illiusmodi,    cuiuscun 
quemodi,  of  this  kind,  or  sort,  of  what  kind,  of  whatever  kind,  but   (instead  of  cuius, 


386 

cuiusmodi)  cuicuimodi.  These  are  used  as  indeclinable  adjectives,  as:  homo  eiusmodi, 
hominis  eiusmodi,  homini  huiusmodi,  hominem,  mulierem,  animal  istiusmodi,  arborum 
illiusmodi;  cuiusmodi  libros  etnisti?  what  sort  of  books  have  you  bought?  Genus,  on  the 
other  hand  is  a  noun  in  the  Nominative,  when  connected  with  id,  quod,  hoc,  and  written 
in  one  word,  as:  idgenus,  hdcgenus,  qu6dgenus,  because  the  compound  is  pronounced 
under  one  accent,  while  if  we  separate  them,  we  must  use  two  accents,  just  as  if  we  se- 
parated English  words,  like  commonwealth,  nevertheless,  and  the  like,  into  their  consti- 
tuent parts,  and  say,  common  wealth,  n'ever  thfe  less,  under  as  many  accents,  the  mean- 
ings would  change. 

4.  PRONOM1NA  INTERROGATIVA. 

142.  Many  particles  are  used  for  the  purpose  of  asking  questions,  such  as:  qualis,  e? 
quot?  quotus,  a,  um?  uter,  utra,  utrum,  quantus,  a,  um,  and  others,  which  under  that 
consideration  could  be  classed  under  this  head;  but,  properly  speaking,  the  Pronomina 
Interrogativa  are  only  quis?  and  quid?  who?  and  what?  They  are  thus  declined: 


QUIS?  QUID? 


Numetus  Singularis. 


Casus  Norn. 

quis            quid 

"      Gen. 

cuius 

'«      Dat. 

cui 

"      Ace. 

quern          quid 

"      Voc. 

carei 

"      Abl. 

(a)  qu6 

Numerus  Pluralis. 

qui  quae 

quorum 

quibus 

quos  quae 

cant 

(a)  quibus 

Notce. — 1.  Quis?  is  equivalent  to  English  who?  quid?  means  what?  and,  in  principle 
both  are  used  like  their  English  equivalents,  i.  e.,  the  former  only  for  male  persons,  the 
latter  for  things;  thus:  quis  ita  dixit?  who  has  said  so?  quid  ille  dixit?  what  did  he  say? 
—  quid  novi?  what  news?  —  In  fact,  however,  quis  is  also  employed,  at  least  by  Plau- 
tus,  for  women,  as  quis  mulier?  and,  even  the  best  authors,  like  Cicero  himself,  employs 
it  for  masculine  things,  like,  quis  locus?  quis  mons?  where  grammar  demands  qui,  as 
qui  oculos?  qui  mons?  —  Moreover,  quis  is  an  adjective,  as:  "quis  puer  gracilis?"  where- 
as, quid  is  a  noun,  as:  "quid  mulieris?"  what  kind  of  a  woman?  i.  e.,  governing  the  fol- 
lowing noun  into  the  genitive,  as  do  all  nouns. 

2.  Quid  differs  from  quod  just  as  in  English  what?  differs  from  which?  Since  quid  is 
a  noun,  it  will  always  stand  alone  as  the  subject,  or  the  object  of  a  sentence,  as:  quid  es 
hoc?  what  is  this?  quid  innuis?  what  are  you  alluding  to?  If  it  stands  with  a  noun,  as 
above,  quid  mulieris?  or,  quid  negotii  habes?  what  is  your  business?  the  noun  is  put  into 
genitive.  Quod,  on  the  other  hand,  being  an  adjective,  will  always  stand  with  a  noun,  as: 


387 

quod  animal  memoras?  what  animal  are  you  talking  about?  —  One  is  liable  to  confound 
quod?  interrogativum,  with  quod  relativum.  When  it  is  so  used,  it  will  always  refer  to  a 
noun,  expressed,  as,  palatium,  quod  vidisti,  regis  est,  the  palace,  which  you  have  seen,  is 
that  of  the  king,  or,  at  least,  id  will  stand  in  the  noun's  place,  either  expressed,  or  under- 
stood, as*  non  intelligo,  quod  dicis,  I  do  not  understand  what  (really,  id  is  left  out,  i.  e., 
that  which)  you  say.  In  such  constructions  there  are  two  sentences  linked,  I  do  not  un- 
derstand —  that,  wfrch  you  say.  In  Latin  this  means  a  world  of  difference,  for  the  sec- 
ond sentence  is  said  to  be  dependent  on  the  first,  and  grammarians  call  such  a  sentence  a 
dependent  clause,  the  verb  of  which  demands  the  Modus  Coniunctivus-  Example:  Intelli" 
gis,  quod  tibi  dico?  Do  yon  understand  (id  =  that,  which)  what  I  am  telling  you?  — 
with  quid  it  will  sound:  Intelligis  quid  tibi  dicam?  Non  intelligo  quod  dicis;  Non  intelligo, 
quid  dicas. 

3.  The  Abl.  Sing,  has  also  the  form  qui,  with  a  sharp  and  emphacised  i,  employed 
as  an  adverbium,  answering  the  other  adverbial  question,  quomodo?  how?  and  is  used  ex- 
actly like  this,  as:  qui  scis?  how  do  you  know? 

4,  All  cases  of  quis  and  quid  can  be  emphacised  by  attaching  to  them  the  particle 
-nam,  thus,  quisnam,  cuiusnam,  quidnam,  quemnam,  quamnam,  &c,  as:  quisnam  ille 
vir  est,  quocum  venisti?  who  is  the  gentleman  you  came  with?  Quis  is  sit,  scio;  quid  is 
sit,  nescio;  who  he  is  (be)  I  know;  what  he  is  (be)  I  do  not  know. 

5.  PRONOM1NA  INDEFINITA. 

143.  The  Pronomen  Interrogativum  quis,  and  the  particles  enumerated  under  the 
Relativa,  are  further  utilized,  by  the  attachment  of  particles,  to  furnish  the  Latin  lan- 
guage with  the  Pronomina  Indefinita,  so  called,  because  they  cannot  be  grouped  by  their 
meanings  under  any  head,  and  so  they  are  classed  according  to  their  forms.  Of  these 
new  formative  particles  the  first  is  ali  — 

1.  By  attaching  the  formative  particle  ali-  before  quis,  we  obtain  the  new  Prono- 
men aliquis,  aliqua  (not  aliqux),  dliquid,  somebody,  something,  declined  regularly:  *li- 
cuius,  ilicui,  dliquem,  iliquam,  dliquid,  &c, 

Nota  Bene:  This  ali-  (contraction  of  alius)  in  certain  connections  is  dropped,  and 
quis  alone  is  employed  in  exactly  the  same  meaning,  as:  dicet  quis,  some  one  will  say  (as 
an  objection,  in  criticism). 

2.  In  the  same  manner  iXiquantus,  a,  urn,  some,  of  some  size,  pars  aliqudnta,  some 
portion,  and  aliquantum  as  a  noun,  aliquantum  temporis,  some  time,  aliquantum  virium, 
some  of  the  strength.  —  So  also  aliquot,  &  few,  aliquot  dies,  a  few  days,  not  declined; 
aliquot  diebus,  aliquot  libellae,  a  few  cents,  pretio  aliquot  centussium  emit,  he  bought  it 
at  the  price  of  a  few  dollars. 

3.  The  other  particles,  used  like  ali-,  are:  si-,  num-,  and  quum-  in  connection  with 
quis,  in  one  word,  under  one  accent,  as  explained  above;  thus:  siquis,  siqua  (not  siquce* 


388 


if  divided  into  two  words,  this  could  be  the  case,  but  it  cannot  be  divided)  siquid.  And 
so  we  obtain  the  forms,  siquis,  siqua,  siquid,  if  anybody,  if  anything;  nequis,  nequa,  ne- 
quid,  lest  anybody  or  anything;  numquis,  numquae  (not  numqutf),  numquid,  (is  there, 
perhaps?)  anybody,  or  anything?  quumquis,  quumquai,  quid,  when  a  person,  when  any- 
body, anything.  All  are  declined  like  quis,  the  particles  being  indeclinable. 

4.  When  the  question  is  emphatic,  the  particle  ec  (an  adaptation  of  et)  is  prefixed 
to  quis,  thus:  ecquis?  ecqua?  ecquid?  Ecquis  id  mandavit?  who  (the  thunder)  ordered, 
commanded,  that?  Ecquid  hie  vult?  what  (on  earth)  does  he  want? 

5.  Quis  is  also  employed  with  the  particles  -dam,  -piam,  -quam,  quidam,  quaedam, 
quiddam,  quoddam,  a  certain  one,  as  an  adjective,  or  alone,  as,  quidam  vir,  quasdam  mu- 
lier,  quoddam  animal;  but  quidam  alone  will  mean  a  certain  one  (person,  masculine); 
but  quiddam  is  a  noun.  Quispiam,  quaepiam,  quidpiam,  quodpiam,  somebody,  some- 
thing; as  quaeret  quispiam,  but  some  one  will  ask;  quisquam, quidquam,  any- 
body, anything;  quisquamne  vidit?  has  anybody  seen  it?  audivistine  quidquam?  have 
you  heard  anything?  —  nihil  quidquam  audivi  aut  vidi,  I  have  not  heard  or  seen  a  single 
thing.  All  of  them  are  declined  like  quis  and  quid  alone,   the  particles  being  all  indeclin- 

6.  Another  set  of  formatives  attached  to  quis,  and  the  other  particles  mentioned 
among  the  Relativa,  are  -que,  -vis,  and  -libet,  producing  the  following  Pronomina  In- 
deilnita: 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque,  quodque,  each,  everybody,  each  one 

quivis,  quaevis,  quidvis,  quodvis,  every  one,  whatever 

quilibet,  quaelibet,  quidlibet,  quodlibet,  each  one,  whoever,  whatever 

uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each  of  the  two 

utervis,  utravis,  utrumvis,  whichever  of  the  two 

ut&rlibet,  utralibet,  utrumlibet,  whichever  of  the  two 

quantusvis,  quantavis,  quantumvis,  however  much,  or  grate,  ever  so  much 

quantuslibet,  quantalibet,  quantumlibet,  no  matter  how  much,  or  big 

qualislibet,  qual&ibet,  no  matter  of  what  kind 

Nota  Bene:  quisque  is  strenghtened  by  joining  to  it  unus,  a,  urn,  as:  unusquisque, 
unaquaeque,  unumqu6dque,  unumquidque,  each  and  every  one,  each  single  thing,  govern- 
ing genitive,  as,  unusquisque  nostrum,  vestrum,  eorum,  civium,  militum.  To  these  also 
belongs  quotusquisque,  quotaquaeque,  quotumquodque,  the  each  "howmanieth,  of  a 
row,  or  of  a  crowd,  as:  quotusquisque  nostrum  haec  intelligit?  the  howmanieth  each  in 
this  row,  or  crowd  of  us  understands  these  (things)?  "Suae  quisque  fortunae  faber  est 

*  This  much  used  quotation  is  found  in  the  2d  (called  1st)  letter  (called  oration), 
ofC  Sallustius  Crispus  -  if  the  work  is  genuine  -  De  Republica  Ordinanda,  to  C 
lulius  Caesar,  advising  him  what  to  do  with  the  country,  when  he  became  the  sole  mas 


every  man  is  the  maker  of  his  own  fortune;  pro  se  quisque  iudicet, 
for  himself. 

6.  PRONOMINA  POSSESSIVA. 


389 

let  every  man  judge 


144.  These  are  the  following:  meus,    mea,  meum,  my,  mine;  tuus, 
thine;  suus,  sua,  suum,  his,  hers,  its.  They  are  thus  declined: 


tua,  tuum,  thy 


MEVS,  MEA,  MEVM  NOSTER,  -TRA,  -TRVM 

Numerus  Singularis. 


tn. 

/- 

n. 

m. 

/. 

n. 

Cas. 

Norn, 

meus, 

mea, 

meum 

noster, 

nostra, 

nostrum 

tt 

Gen. 

mei, 

meae, 

mei 

nostri, 

nostras, 

nostri 

n 

Dat. 

me6, 

meae, 

me6 

nostr6, 

nostra, 

nostr<5 

tt 

Ace. 

meum, 

meam 

,      meum 

nostrum, 

nostram, 

nostrum 

t* 

Voc. 

mi, 

mea, 

meum 

noster, 

nostra, 

nostrum 

tt 

Abl. 

(a)    me6, 

mei, 

me6 
Numerus 

(a)  nostrd, 
Pluralis. 

nostri, 

nostr6 

Cas. 

Norn. 

mei, 

meae, 

mea 

nostri, 

nostras, 

nostra 

" 

Gen. 

medrum, 

meirum 

,  me6rurn 

nostrorum, 

nostrirum, 

nostr6rum 

tt 

Dat 

meis, 

meis, 

meis 

nostris, 

nostris, 

nostris 

" 

Ace. 

me<5s, 

meis, 

mea 

nostrds, 

nostris, 

nostra 

t* 

Voc% 

mei, 

meae, 

mea 

nostri 

nostras, 

nostra 

tt 

Abl.  (a)  meis, 

meis, 

meis 

(a)  nostris, 

nostris, 

nostris 

TVVS,  TVA 

TVVM 

VESTER, 

VESTRA,  VESTRVM 

Numerus  . 

Singularis. 

tn. 

f. 

n. 

m. 

/. 

n. 

Cas. 

Norn, 

tuus, 

tua, 

tuum 

vester, 

vestra, 

vestrum 

t* 

Gen. 

tui, 

tuae, 

tui 

vestri, 

vestrae, 

vestri 

tt 

Dat. 

tu6, 

tuae, 

tu6 

vestro, 

vestrae, 

vestrd 

a 

Ace. 

tuum, 

tuam, 

tuum 

vestrum, 

vestram, 

vestrum 

" 

Voc. 

caret 

caret 

tt 

Abl. 

(a)  tu6, 

tui, 

tu6 

(a)  vestro, 

vestri, 

vestrd 

ter  of  Rome.  The  quotation  is  in  oratio  obliqua,  and  it  reads:  "Sed  res  docuit  id  verum 
esse,  quod  in  carminibus  Appius  zitfabrum  esse  suce  quemque  fortunce."  This    Appius 
the  real  author  of  the  sentence,  seems  to  be  the  one,  whom  Cicero  praised  as  a  '  'sapiens 
poeta." 


390 


U^umerus  Pluralis. 


Cas. 

Norn. 

tui, 

tuae, 

tua 

nostri, 

nostrae, 

nostra 

tt 

Gen. 

tu6rum, 

tuirum, 

tu6rum 

nostr6rum, 

nostrirum, 

nostr6rum 

« 

Dat. 

tuis, 

tuis, 

tuis 

nostris, 

nostris, 

nostris 

tt 

Ace. 

tu6s, 

tuis, 

tua 

nostras, 

nostris, 

nostra 

tt 

Voc. 

c  a 

re  t 

caret 

tt 

AM. 

(a)  tuis, 

tuis, 

tuis 

(a)  nostris, 

nostris, 

nostris 

SVVS,   SVA,   SVVM 


frQumorus  Singularis. 

thQumerus  Pluralis. 

:as 

.  Norn 

suus, 

sua, 

suum 

sui, 

suae, 

sua 

tt 

Gen. 

sui, 

suae, 

sui 

su6rum, 

suirum, 

su6rum 

tt 

Dat. 

su6, 

suae, 

su6 

suis, 

suis, 

suis 

tt 

Ace. 

suum, 

suam, 

suum 

su6s, 

suis, 

sua 

tt 

Voc. 

care 

t 

caret 

41 

AM. 

(a) 

su6, 

sui 

su6 

(a)  suis, 

suis, 

suis 

Notce.  —  1.  The  Latin  Pronomina  Possessiva  have  no  regard  for  the  sex,  or  gender 
of  the  subject,  and  so  we  cannot  say  her ,  or  it,  hers,  or  its.  The  gender-endings  refer 
only  to  the  possession,  as:  me*  manus,  my  hand,  manus  being  feminine;  nostra  manus, 
our  hands;  tuum  nomen,  thy  name,  sua  voluntas,  his,  her,  or  its  will. 

2.  Like  his  in  English,  suus,  a,  urn,  is  often  troublesome,  in  cases  like  "I  called  on 
his  brother,  in  whose  house  I  met  also  his  friend,"  where  the  latter  his  may  refer  to  two 
persons;  this  is  avoided  in  Latin  by  saying:  adivi  suum  fratrem,  cuius  domi  et  amicum 
eius  conveni;  but  if  the  amicus  is  of  the  brother,  1  would  say  huiusque,  or  isttusque;  vi- 
di  mercatorem,  eiusque  uxorem,  in  such  cases,  where  suus,  a,  urn  would  mean  of  the 
same,  eius  is  better  used- 

3.  To  strengthen  the  meaning  in  the  Ablativus  of  su6,  sui,  su6,  we  attach  the  syl- 
lable -ptet  as:  su6pte  consilio,  by  his  own  determination;  su6pte  p6ndere,  by  its  own 
weight;  suipte  naturi,  by  its  own  nature,  by  the  nature  of  the  thing. 

7.   PRONOMINA  GENTIL1TIA. 

145  As  their  name  indicates,  these  Pron6mina  mean  one's  origin,  family,  or  count- 
ry, relationship,  nationality,  or  other  social  or  political  connections.  Only  the  following 
ones  are  recognized: 

cuias,  -itis,  of  what  country,  place,  clan 


391 

nostras,  -4tis,  of  our  kind,  kinship,  country,  clan,  crowd 
vestras,  -a*tis,  of  your  kind,  kinship,  country,  clan,  crowd 

They  are  declined  regularly:  cuia'tis,  cuifti  cuiftem,  cuiate,  cuiams,  culatum,  cui- 
atibus,  &c. 

frCotce.  -—  1.  In  colloquial  Latin  we  add  another,  although  not  demonstrable  by  co- 
dices and  inscriptions,  but  a  very  useful  word,  huius,  -atis,  and  its  adjectival  form,  hu- 
mus,-a,  -um,  of  this  place,  town,  or  country.  They  are  thus  used:  Quum  quaererem  ex 
eo  cuius  esset,  nee  scirem  utrum  e  nostrdtibus,  e  vestratibus,  an  omnino  alienigenus  esset» 
ipse  se  huiatem  (or  huiatum)  esse  respondit,  prorsusque  nostratem;  as  1  did  not  know 
whether  he  was  of  our  kind,  or  your  kind,  or  altogether  a  foreign-born,  he  answered, 
that  he  was  a  native  of  this  place,  and,  what  is  more,  he  was  belongig  to  our  crowd. 

2.  Here  I  mention  also  the  Adverbium  tuutim,  in  thy  way,  in  thy  manner,  a  Plau- 
tus-word,  used  thus:  rem  tuitim  faaam,  I  shall  do  the  thing  in  your  way,  as  you  would 
doit. 

8    PRONOMINA  CORRELATIVA. 

146.  Some  of  the  Pron6mina  of  the  various  groups  have  an  interrelation  among 
themselves,  which,  because  they  mutually  illustrate  and  help  each  other,  is  called  correla- 
tive By  juxtaposition,  and  a  few  examples  of  their  uses,  their  powers  will  easily  be  un- 
derstood. 


Pro,  Intel rog. 

Relativum. 

Demonstrativum , 

Indefinitum, 

quis?   ) 
qui      J 

qui 

is 

iliquis 

qualis? 

qualis 

talis 

qualislibet 

quantus? 

quantus 

tantus 

aliquantus 

quot? 

quot 

tot 

aliquot 

Noia.  -—  The  student  will  notice  that  there  is  a  hiatus,  or  something  missing,  in  the 
1  ndefinita,  which  would  properly  answer  qualis?  All  the  answers  begin  with  ali-,  but 
qualis?  has  qualislibet.  In  traditional  spoken  Latin  we  have  the  proper  answer,  uliqualis, 
of  some  kind,  while  qualislibet,  in  classical  Latin,  is  no  answer  to  it  at  all,  for  qualislibet 
means,  no  matter  what  kind,  whatever  kind- 

Examples:  Quis  fuit  ille?  —  Quis  (relat.)  is  (dem.)  fuerit,  nescio;  sed  certe  fuit 
aliquis  (indef.). 

Qualis  est  servus?  —  Qualis  (rcl.),  est  dominus.  talis  (dem.)  est  et  servus;  qualisli- 
bet (indef.)  ille  est,  est  et  iste. 

Quanta  turba  fuit  in  theatro*  —  Aliquanta  (indef.)  certe  fuit;  tanta  (dem.)  profecto, 
quanta  (relat.)  merito  exspectari  poterat;  surely  of  a  size  of  crowd  that  reasonably  could 
be  expected. 


392 

Quot  centusses  solvisti  pro  ista  domo?  -  How  many  dollars  have  you  paid  for  this 
house'  -  Tot  (derr.  -  non  solvi,  quot  (relat.)  tu  existirnas;  1  have  not  pa.d  as  many  as 
you  think;  solvi  tamen  aliquot  (indef.)  millia;  yet  1  paid  a  few  thousands. 

DE  ADVERBIIS. 

147  How  a  class  of  Adverbia  are  formed  from  Adiectiva,  and  how  they  are  com- 
pared  we  have  already  seen  That  class  of  Adverbia  answers  the  question,  qutoodo. 
Walrecte  longe  late,  breviter,  feliciter,  bene,  male.  Adverbia  are  so  called  because 
5  +  verbum!  I,  they  primarily  qualify  verbs,  but  they  also  qualify  adjecuves  and 
adverbl  as  in  English,  as,  he  writes  mil;  very  good;  fully  well,  or  ent.rely  «11;  valde 
"bene    nimis  celeriter,  longe  optime,  bene  multum,  &c. 

AdvTbia  then,  can  best  be  grouped  according  the  questions  they  answer. 

A  ADVERBIA  LOCI. 
This  class  of  adverbia  answers  the  questions  M  quo?  (whither?)  unde?  whence? 


ubi? 

ubi  (relat.) 

ibi 

hie 

illic,  there 

istic,  here,  near  you 

alicubi,  somewhere 

ubique   ) 

ubivis    lwherev?r 

ubihbet  |  everywhere 

£libi,  elsewhere 
utrobi?  at  which  of  the  2 
places 
utrobique,  at  both  places 
qui?  by  which  way 
el,  by  that  way 
hlc,  this  way 


1.  Ubi? 
that  way 


this  way 


by  some  way 


ill* 
illic 

ista 

istic 

aliqul,  to  somewhere 

qulvis 

qullibet 

*spiam    )  anywhere 
usquam   J 

niisquam,  nowhere 

circa,  about 

contra,  against 

intra    |  inside 

intus     J  within 

supra,  above 

insuper,  in  addition 


} 


behind 


infra,  below 

subtus,  underneath 

pone 

post 

prope,  near 

coram,  in  presence  of, 

openly 
prxsto,  present 
6bviam,  on  one's  way 
foris,  outdoors 
procul-  far 
peregri,  abroad 


393 


unde?  whence? 
unde  (relat.)  whence 
inde,  thence 
nine,  hence 


qu<5?  whither? 
qu6,  (relat  ) 
e6,  thither 
hue,  hither 

m        )  LU  1 

ffluc   f  t0  that  place 
ist6    )        ,  .     , 
blue  /  to  this  place 

aliqu6,  to  somwehre 


2.  Unde? 

illinc,  thence 
istinc,  from  here 
aliciinde,  from  somewhere 
undelibet,  whence ver 


3.  Quo? 


h 


any  place 


whatever 


qudpiam 
quoquam 
qudvis 
quolibet 

i\\6,  to  another  place 
utr<5?  whither  of  2  places? 
utroque,  to  both  places 
n£utro,  to  neither  of  the  2 
places 

B  ADVERBIA  TEMPORIS. 


rindique,  from  all  sides 
aliunde,  from  somewhere  else 
utrimque,  from  both  sides 
d£super,  from  above 


intr6,  inward 
retr6,  backward 
foras,  to  outdoors 
quatenus?  how  far? 
eitenus,  that  far 
Mctenus,  thus  far 
protinus,  forward,  at  once 
peregre,  to  abroad 


148.  These  Adverbia  express  relations  of  time.  They  are: 


quando?  when? 
quando,  when,  since 

(relat.) 
interim ) 
inteVea  hn  the  meanwhile 

illico,        \ 

stitim       Vat  once 

ext£mplo  J 

quum  mixime,  as  when 

most 
quam  mixime,  most  of  all 
simul,  as  soon  as 
iam,  already 
tandem,  at  last 
d£mum,  finally 
£lias,  at  some  other  time 
nunc,  now 
etilmnum    ) 
etiamnunc      even  now 


quandocunque,  whenever 
aliqu^ndo,  at  some  time 


at  the  time,  then 


dnte    | 

a-nteaJformerly 
tunc 
turn 

pridie,  the  day  before 
heri,  yesterday 
nudius  tertius,  the  day  be- 
fore yesterday 
postridie,  the  next  day 
eras,  to-morrow 
per£ndie,  after  to  morrow 
unquam,  ever 
nunquam,  never 
semper,  always 
pleriimque,  for  the  most 
Part 


interdum 
subinde 


occassionally 


m2ne,  in  the  morning 
int£rdiu,  during  the  day 
ve*speri,  in  the  evening 
noctu,  at  night 
ex  qu6?  since  when? 
ex  e6,  since  then 
dein,  deinde,  then 
exinde,  thence  on 
deinceps,  from  thence 
praetirea,  besides 
abhinc  } 
define  |tom  now  on 

idhuc  as  yet,  so  far 
quamdiu?  for  how  long? 
quamdiu  (relat.)  as  long  as 
tamdiu.  until 


394 


h6die,  to-day 
modo,  now,  just 
nuper,  the  other  day 
pridem,  long  since 
qu6ndam,  once  upon  a 

time 


prop£diem,  by-and-by 

p6sthac,  hereafter 

p6stea  ") 

postmodum  V  afterwards 

postmodo     J 

mox,  soon 

quam  mox?  how  soon? 


aliqu£mdiu\  for  some  time 
dudum,  long  since 
usque,  still 

parumper,  a  little  while 
paulisper,  for  a  little  time 
tantisper,  just  until 


C  ADVERBIA  REPETITI^. 
149.  These  Adverbia  answer  the  question  quoties?  how  many  times? 


qu6ties?  how  many  times? 
qudties,  (relat.)  as  often  as 
toties,  as  many  times  as 
aliqu6ties,  a  few  times 
iterum,  again 


rursus,  again 
de'nuo,  anew 
ssepe,  often 
id£ntidem,  repeatedly 
quotidie,  daily 

D  ^ADVERBIA  MODI. 


quotinnis,  every  year 
quotmensibus,  every  month 
semel,  once 

iterum  iterumque,  again  and 
again 


150.  This  class  of  Adverbia  answers  to  the  question,  qu6modo?  qui?  quem4dmo- 
dum?  in  what  way?  how?  and  so  they  belong  to  the  category  of  the  Adverbia,  formed 
trom  the  adjectives  of  the  II.,  in  e  or  o,  as  bene,  male,  merito,  necessario,  and  of  the  III. 
in  -iter,  as  ccleriter,  feleciter;  to  which  we  add  the  endings  -im  and  -itus,  as,  parttm, 
furtim,  partly,  stealthily,  fitnditus,  from  the  very  foundations,  divinitus,  providentially; 
and  the  -urn,  the  neutral  of  the  adjectives,  as,  incassum,  in  vain,  of  no  avail. 


qu6modo? 
qui? 

quemadmodum? 
qudmodo,  \ 

Qui,  > 

quemadmodum  ) 
ut,  uti,  as 
sic    )  so, 
ita    )  thus 
item,        ]  also 
itidem,      >  again 
perinde     )  alike 
quam,  how! 


how? 


rela- 
tively 


prsecipue  )  above  all 
imprimis  j  particularly 
frustra,  in  vain 
nequiquam,  to  no  avail 
t£mere,  recklessly 
vix,  scarely 
sane,  yes,  indeed 
modo,  if  only 
dumtaxat,  at  least 
fere,      ] 

ferme,    >  nearly,  almost 
paene     ) 
saltern,  at  least 


casterum      )  as  to  the 
cseter6quin  J  rest 
nempe,  that  is 
nimirum  ] 
scilicet      V  namely 
videlicet   ) 
utpote,  as,  since 
plane,  quite 
omnino,  altogether 
nae,  what  is  more 
utique,  of  course 
non,     \  no, 
haud   )  not 


395 


tarn,  so 

v  otherwise 
secus    j 

satis,  enough 

valde  ] 

2d  mod  urn     >  very 

perquam       J 

quantdpere,  how  very 

tantopere,  so  very 

nimis 

nimium 


too  much 


perhaps 


forte 

forsitan 

fortasse 

fortassis 

clam  ) 

clanculum  J™  the  sly 

palam,  openly 

subito,  on  a  sudden 

repente,  all  at  once 

sensim,  noticeably 

alidquin,  in  contrary  case 


ne  —  quidem,  not  even 
n£utiquam,  not  likewise 
im6,  on  the  contrary 
cur?  \  why? 

quare?  Vwhere- 

quamobrem?  J  fore? 
ideo,  1    therefore 

idcirco  \    for  that 

proptirea     S   reason 


E  ADVER<Bl<A  CORRELATIVA. 

151.  The  Adverbia,  just  like  the  Pronomina,  have  interrelations  with  each  other, 
and,  accordingly,  they  can  be  classed  as  Adverbia  Interrogativa,  Relativa,  Demonstrativa 
and  Indefinita,  and  on  this  account  they  are  also  called  Correlativa.  Several  of  them  un- 
dergo some  changes  by  taking  endings;  such  are: 


Interrogativa. 

ubi? 
where? 


rfnde? 
whence? 


qu6? 
whither? 


qua*? 

by  what  way? 


Relativa. 

ubi  where 
(ubiubi 
(ubiciinque 

wherever 


unde 
(undeiinde 
(undecunque 

from  wherever 


qu6 

vquoqu6 
Vquocunque 

witherever 


qui 

(quaqud 
(qua'cunque 

by  whichever  way 


Demonstrativa. 
ibi,  there 
ibidem 
at  the  same  place 


inde,  thence 

indidem 

from  same  place 


e6,  thither 
etfdem ,  to  the 
same  place 


ea\  by  that  way 
eidem,  by  the 
same  way 


Indefinita. 
alicubi 
somewhere 
(  ubique 
(  ubivis 
(  ubilibet 
everywhere 
alicunde 

from  somewhere 
( lindique 
(  undevis 
(  und£libet 
from  wherever 
41iqu6 

to  somewhere 
(  quovis     to  what- 
(quolibet  ever  place 
a'liqua',  by  some 
way 
(  qua>is,      by  any 
( qu^libet         way 


396 


Mce.-l.  TheAdverbia  Interrogate  can  be  emphadsed  by  adding  the  suffix 
.nam  to  any  of  them,  as,  mnam?  undenam?  qudnam?  quanam?  -  ub.narr,  gentium 
suls>  where  (on  earth)  are  we? -undenam  venis?  whence  (,n  to  world  are  you 
comtog?  -  qudnam  me  ducis?  -  whither  (in  the  world)  are  you  leading  me?  -  qui- 
nam  is?  bv  what  way  (pray)  are  you  going? 

2  The  Idverbia  Relativa  are  modified  either  by  reduplication,  as,  ubiubi?  undeunde? 
or  by  attaching  the  particle  -cunque,  thus:  ubicunque  habites,  wherever  you  may  be  living, 
te  visum  veniam.  1  shall  come  to  see  you. 

3  The  Adverbia  Demonstrativa  can  be  strengthened  by  adding  to  them  the  syl  able 
.dmJmZ.  (the  i  becoming  emphatic)  at  the  same  place:  ubicunque  tu  sis,  Undm 
ero  ei  eeo  wher  ver  thou  be  (vou  shall,  or  happen  to  be) ,  I  shall  be  at  the  same  place. 

1    The A  verbalndefinita  are  formed  from  the  Interrogate  (.)  putting be  ore 
them  the  particle  alu,  and  filling  out  the  gap  thus  arising  between  the  final  vowel  J  of 
1  and  the  possible  following  other  vowel,    by  ^^Vi^^'^T 
where-  or,  (*),  by  subjoining  the  syllable  -que,  as,  ub.que,   he  *  becoming  emphabc. 

Examples:  Ubi  est  file?  (interrogative)  -  where  is  he?  S, ;  ipse  A.  non .*  «M  - 
lative)  eum  reliquisti,  certe  est  alkuM  (indefinite)  »  vicuna; ;  rftam  do **«,  ■*« 
von  left  him  surely  he  is  somewhere  in  the  neighborhood.  -  Unde  iste  venit  «"«™ 
C  doe  Hh  s  (one  or  man)  come?  Undecunque  (undelibet,  undevis)  vfaent,  ex.*™, 
eum  fa£ veSe,  «**  tu  venisti;  -  from  wherever  he  came,  1  am  of  he  opinion  tot 
became  thence,  whence  you  have  come:  which  all  may  not  be  good  Enghsh,  but  >t  telh- 

'^^^^^^tZ^Zo  +  ver-,  in  which  direction? 
andtoSnlg  AdvLa  of  directions:  sursum,   ^J^^ 
nrorsum    forward;   retrdrsum,  backward;    dextrorsum,  to    he  right,  tevorsum, 
left    ahorsum,  i„  some  other  direction,  but  quaquaversum,  m  every  direction. 


PARS 

PAL^ESTRiE 

ALTERA 


399 


PENSVM  VNDECIMVM, 


Mappa1  Orbis  Terrarum  Antiqui. 


I. 

^QVA  ilia  vastissima*  quae  Europam  ab  America  separat,  est 

mare.  Maria  magna  dceatii*  appellantur.  Oceanus,   quo 

Europa  ab  America  wiungitur,*  est  Oceanus  Atlanticus.  Multo  tamen 

u       ■  L,  in  Roman  Latin,  a  napkin;  when  maps  were  devised,  their  authors  called  them 

nappa  mundi;"  hence  its  name  in  the  modern  languages;  4s,  is,  m.,  a  ball,  a  globe 

**s  terrarum,  the  ball  of  the  earth,  the  world;  -us,  a,  urn,  that  goes  before,  the  fore- 

*osi  nihil  habibam   anti quiu s,  I  had  nothing  more  important;  in  old  English,   after 

French,  they  used  to  write  antient,  fr.  Latin  ante  -  lent  (ante  iens,  euntis,  ient  being 

*Tong),  foregoing,  now,  ancient. 

2-  Vastus,  a,  urn,  vast,  immense,  vasto*  v.,  to  lay   waste,  properly,  boundless  de- 

ts;  mare,  is,  n.,  a  sea.  —  3.  II.,  a  Gr.  word,    an  ocean.  —  4   Seiungo?   nxi,   ctum, 

the  opposite  of  coniungo,  to  disjoin.  -  Fr.  Atlas,  lantis,  mythol,,  who  carries,  or  holds', 

earth'baU  on  his  shoulder,  the  name  of  the  highest  mountain  in  North  Africa,  the  name 


vastior  oceanus  is  est,  qui  America  e  Asia  f*"^"^  ° ™  ' 
Tranqmllus  vocatur.  Sunt,  pdno*  et  din  ocean.,  ut.  Indicus  Arcti  us, 
atque  Antarctica ;  prior  Indiam  alluit,  postenorum  vero .alter  ad  car 

TZ  terra,  SeptemLnalem  ad .^f^TZtlmntes-  h* 
Terrae  auas  oceani  ab  invicem?  dividunt,  sunt  continenus  nag 
autem  urtquinque:  Europa,  Asia,  Africa,  America,  atque  Australia 
auretSL?niaappellarisolet.  Ex  his  America  trifanam  dispescitu^ 
t% eDtemtrLdlem,  MediMam,  sive  Centralem,  atque  Australem  seu 
MerSm  qu6niam  ea  continens  ingenti  longitudine  ab  Hyperbolas 
Snfous  ad  Maria  glacialia  Antarctica  pane  se  exporngit. 

£a  partes  sunt  oceanorum.  Maximum  et  amplfss.mum  mare  est 

ErvtSum  quod  inter  Africam  atque  Asiam  Meridianam  s.ve  Indiam, 

SSrestque  pars  Oceani  Indici.  Maria  alias  smgulas partes  cont  - 

I  ™ iiS rema »  dispescunt.  Omnium  marium  celeberr.mum  est 

^Xtemm^kScL  et  Asiam  ab  Europa  seiungit  Ratione 

c   i    .4.    ;„fflr  -/>n  2 — •  -us,  a,  urn.  quiet.  —  6. 

of  the  ocean,  adj.  -icus,  a,  um.  -  5.  lacet  -  in to  eo        ,  ^  ^ 

the  bear,  1.  e.,  Ursa  Maior,  arcnc,  .  to  stretch 

on  that  account/.,  but  also  «:,  because  ■■am.  ens. 

8.  .SC0,3  cui,  stun*  to  karate;  -.^-;  *  ;  £d.  jj^  out. 

„«,,  over  -  north,  Or.,  far  north;  -  s,  «.  .cy    ^    ™^  *"£ '  name  of  tnat  sea  in 

.     ^  'Z^^^f^Z:^  n^uXwhich  means  anyth* 

chance,  receive;  1  am  using  the  name  Data    a    rath  ghan  11  lyr  cu  ^  ^  ^ 

name  of  a  particular  country,  where*  fflyncum^ J^J^ni^  now  exist. 
countries  along  the  eastern  shores  of  the  Adnat  c,  neu er  does     y  ^^ 

10.  II.,  Hellespont  HeUe's-M»nto,  ttj-jrfH  dfct  ^^^ 

ft*),  Black  Sea;  Sea  of  Azov,  Crimea. 


401 

per  Bosporum  cum  Ponto  Euxino  coniungitur,  cuius  extremitas  Palus 
Maeotidis11  est,  quae  Chersonesum  Tauricam  alluit. 

Sunt  terras,  quas  aqua  undique12  incmgit;  terra  idgenus  est  insula. 
Tales  insulas  sunt  Sicilia,13  Sardinia,  Creta,  Cyprus,  Anglia,  Hibernia, 
multeque  alias.  Mas  autem  terrae,  quas  aqua  a  tribus  lateribus  cingit14 
ex  una  autem  parte  continenti  hczret,  est  pceninsula;  Italia,  Hispania, 
Grascia,  Dania,  atque  Scandinavia  sunt  pasnfnsulas.  Ubi  peninsula 
exigua^  in  marese  porrigit,  atque  continentem  finit,  promontarium  dici- 
tur,  quasi  montium  pr^nuntium. 

11.  Mceotis,  idis,  palus,  udis,  %  lake,  swamp,  the  Sea  of  Azov;  Chersonesus  =  pen- 
insula, also  Cherronesus,  f.;  Tauris,  icus,  a,  urn,  the  peninsula  of  Crimea. 

12.  Adv.  on  all  sides,   from  everywhere;  -go,3  nxi,  ctum,  fr.  cingo,  to  encircle;  I. 
an  island. 

13.  The  inhabitants  are  Siculus,  i;  Scandia,  ce,  and  -navia,  ce,  originally  supposed 
to  be  some  northern  island,  but  finally  became  the  name  of  the  great  peninsula,  inhabited 
by  the  Norvegii  and  Sued,  neither  is  of  Roman  origin,  Norvegians  and  Swedes,  who  are 
supposed  to  be  the  Gothi,  one  of  the  German  tribes.  —  Creta,  also  Candia,  whence 
creta,  ce,  chalk;  -us,  i,  still  retains  its  ancient  name.  —  Anglia,  ce,  the  country  of  the 
Angli,  latinized  from  Eng-land,  narrow  land,  Germans,  formerly  of  Schleswig-Holstein 
neighbors  of  the  Dani,  Tannenland,  country  of  pines,  spruces,  all  Germans  calling  them 
selves  from  the  character  of  their  lands,  as:  Kothi  (Gothi),  Kothland,  Tanneland,  Jut- 
land (Gtiteland),  Holland  (hollowland),  England,  angusta  terra;  it  is  no  more  Britannia 
now  since  the  invasion  of  six  German  colonies,  any  more  than  America,  accidentally  so 
called,  is  India,  or  Americans  are  Mohawks,  Iroquois,  or  Seminoles. —  Hibernia,  ce,  win- 
ter country,  so  called  by  the  Romans,  fr.  hibernus,  a,  urn,  fr.  hyems,  is,  f.,  winter. 

14.  -go,3  nxi,  ctum,  to  surround;  -reo,2  si,  sum,  to  stick;  pcene,  almost  +  insula.  — 
I-,  has  retained  its  name,  although  the  inhabitants  call  themselves  Italic/,  inhabitants  of 
Italy,  for  they  are  the  descendants  of  the  Longobardi,  Ostroghoti,  Vandali,  and  other 
German  conquerors  and  later  immigrants  from  the  North,  of  Greeks,  Arabs,  other  Africans 
in  Sicily  and  Southern  Italy.  —  Hispania,  now  Espana,  a  little  distorted  from  the  Rom- 
an; the  inhabitants  are  also  to  a  considerable  rate  Visigothi,  Suevi,  Vandals  (hence  An- 
dalusia =  Vandalitia),  Arabs.  —  Grcecia,  inhabitants  Graeci,  who  call  themselves  Hel- 
lenes, and  their  country  Hellas,  not  so  known  to  the  Romans,  though  their  language  is 
essentially  Greek,  but  its  pronunciation  has  strongly  degenerated  under  Slav  influence. — 
Dania,  the  Tannenland,  the  pineland,  in  the  Chersonesus  Cimbrica,  the  peninsula  of 
the  Cimbri,  which  word  equally  points  to  timber,  or  dimmer,  in  German,  of  the  same 
meaning. 

15.  -guus,  a,  uum,  small;  finio,*  vi,  ii,  turn,  to  end;  -urn,  ii,  pro  -f  mons,  before, 


402 

Fit,  vicissim,  ut  maria  longe  in  terras  petietrent™  proinde  terrae 
aquam  a  tribus  lateribus  claudunt,  aqua  vero  a  quarto  latere  mari  hae- 
ret  mare  istiusmodi  sinus  vocatur;  tales  sinus  sunt  Sinus  Adnaticus, 
Co'n'nthiacus,  Arabicus,  Persicus,  atque  Codanus,  inter  Sueciam,  Ger- 
mdniam  et  Russiam.  Propria  loquendo  etiam  Mare  Internum  haud 

or  preceding  a  mountain,  despite  all  philological  sophistry;  mons,  tis,  a  mountain;  -us, 
a,  urn,  a  forerunner,  a  messenger.  , 

16.  -tro}  r.,  to  enter,  to  go  in  deep,  to  penetrate;  on  three  sides;  -do*  si,  sum,  to 
close;  sinus,  As,  a  bosom,  a  bay,  folds  of  a  garment;  fr.  an  old  town  of  Adna  (or  Ha- 
driaV  the  gulf  of  Arabia,  of  Persia;  Arabs,  bis;  Persa,  «,  Arabia,   Persia,  or  Persis,  idis; 
the  Baltic  Sea-  Suecia,  as,  Sweden,  Suecus,  i.  -  Germania,  as,  a'pure  Latin  word,  ge- 
nuine, real,  xs  in  inter  germanus,  a  brother  by  the  same  father  and  same  mother   as 
aeainst  tracer  uterinus,  a  brother  by  the  same  mother  only.  The  Romans  so  called  the 
Germans  because  their  oneness  and  identity  though  divided  into  numerous  clans  with  as 
many  different  names.  The  attempt  of  the  German   philologists  to  explain  this  name 
from  words  likv  wehren,  wahren,  Eng.  war,  French  guerre,  Ital.  guerra,  &c.,  is  irration- 
al for  these  words  are  the  mere  corruptions  of  the  Latin  germ  in  the  phrase  bellumge 
r'ere    The  worth  of  Germans  as  fighters  and  soldiers  was  very  promptly  recognized  by 
C  Gear,  and  he  quickly  engaged  them  as  cavalrymen  in  his  army.  They  continued  in 
Roman  service  under  the  Emperors  as  cavalry  and  pretorian  guards,  whereas  rew  of  the 
GalU  were  so  valued;    and  it  is  the  only  nation  now  surviving  that  has  measured  swords 
with  Rome  and  survived.  In  German  imperialism  we  see  Roman  imperialism  preserved. 
They  have  colonized  directly,  and  indirectly  by   infiltration  as  mechanics  and  tradesmen 
during  the  last  2,000  years  all  countries  of  Europe,  so  that  the  northern  countries  are  en- 
Sy  Germans,  the  rest  very  largely.  -  Russia,  as,  the  country  of  the  Rus*  which  has 
no  affinity  with  Latin  russus,  a,  urn,  red,  rust  color;  they  were  not  known  to  the  Romans 
for  the  name  Sauromatas,  and  Sarmatas,   was  the  generic  name  of  all  Slavs,  as .bcymx 
of  the  Tatars  (not  Tartars)  Turcos,  now  called  Turanians.  By  blood  and  bones  the  Kosst 
(as  they  call  themselves)  are  Tatars  but  they  were  Slavicized  by  their  neighbors,  the  va- 
rious Slav  tribes,  like  the  Roxolani,  probably  the  Poles  and  Lithuanians,  the  latter  the 
most  original  Slavs.  So,  too,  the  Bulgars,  were  Turanians,  lost  their  own  language  and 
became  the  first  Christian  Slavs;  their  two  Apostles,  SS.  Cyrillus  e t  Methodius  have  de- 
vised a  new  alphabet,  the  Cyrillic,  and  converted  the  nation  to  Greek  Christianity. 

17    -rius,  a,  urn,  one's  own,  proper,  adv.  -tie,   properly,  prop,  speaking;   cttcum- 
cludo?  si,  sum,  claudo,  to  close  in  all  around;  coarcto}  v.,  con  +  arctus,  a,  urn,  tight, 

narrow,  to  make  narrow,  tight;  -go.'  »xi>  ctum-  to  bind'  *°  ^htfn;  SZ         *'  V      J 
now  Cadiz,  Gades,  ium,  pi.  only;  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar,  CalPe,es;   the   corruption  o 
the  Arabic  Dshebel    al  -  Taric,  the  Mountain  of  Taric,  a  part  of  the  rocks,  called  by  the 
Romans,  Columns  Herculis,  the  Pillars  of  H. 


403 

aliud  est  quam  vastus  sinus  Oceani  Atlantici,  quandoquidem  tribus 
continentibus  circumclusum  tenetur,  atque  ex  una  tantum  parte  Oceano 
haeret,  a  duobus  promontoriis  coarctdtum.  Mare  sic  constrictum  et  co- 
arctatum  /return,  vocamus,  quorum  omnium  celeberrimum  est  Fretum 
Gaditanum,  prope  ad  Calpen,  sive  Columnas  Herculis,  quod  fretum 
Europam  ab  Africa  seiungit. 

Etiam  fit,  e  contrario,  ut  maria  terras  sic  coarctent  &  constringant, 
ut  duae  continentes,  aut  regiones,  angustus  tantum  terras  tractus18  con- 
iungat.  Eiusmodi  terra  angusta  isthmus  dicitur,  uti  est  Isthmus  Corin- 
thius. 

Alias  autem  aquae  ita  circumdatas  sunt  terris,  ut  easdem  quasi  in- 
sula liquid^19  undique  septce  videantur ;  aqua  sic  circumdata  &  circum- 
septa  lacus  vocatur,  qualis  est  Lacus  Lemanus  mfinibus  Helvetia,  La- 
cus  Hyrcanus,  sive  Caspiacus,  qui  et  mare  appellari  solet. 

Recensio:  —  Quid  iacet  inter  Europam  et  Americam?  —  Nomina, 
sis  oceanos,  et  ubi  ii  siti  sint.  —  Qui  sunt  continentes?  memora  earum 
nominal  —  Quot  in  partes  est  America  dispesta?  —  quare?  —  Enume- 
ra  praecipua  maria!  —  Die,  sodes,  quasnam  sint  prascipuas  partes  Maris 
Interni!  —  Ubi  est  Propontis?  —  Explica  quid  sit  insula!  —  Eniimera 
aliquot!  —  Describe,  sis,  pasninsulam!  —  Nomina  aliquot  peninsulas! 
Quid  intellfgimus  sub  nomine  promontorii?  —  Doce  nos,  quid  sit  sinus 
maris!  —  Proprie,  quid  est  ipsum  Mare  Internum?  —  et  cur  ita?  — 
Velis  nobis  explicare  quid  fretum  appelletur!  —  quod  fretum,  et  ubi 
situm,  est  omnium  celeberrimum?  —  Explica,  rogo,  quid  sit  isthmus, 
et  memora  unum!  —  Expone  nobis  quid  sit  lacus,  et  nomina  aliquot! 

18.  Tractus,  us,  m.,  a  drawing,  a  draught,  fr.  traho*  xi,  cturn,  to  draw,  a  tract  of 
anything,  here,  of  land.  —  Isthmus,  i}  m.,  a  narrow  piece  of  land  between  two  bodies 
of  water. 

19.  -us,  ay  urn,  fluid,  liquid;  sepio,*  ivi,  ii,  ptum,  to  enclose,  to  force  in;  -do,  dare, 
dedi,  datum,  (a  short,  e  short),  to  surround;  -us,  us,  m.,  a  lake,  a  vat;  the  Lake  of 
Geneva,  in  Switzerland,  fines,  ium,  pl„  the  boundaries. 


404 


VOCABVLARIVM    28. 


Nna  Subst. 
mappa,  x 
orbis,  is,  m. 
aqua,  x 
mare,  is,  n. 
6c£anus,  i 
cardo,  inis,  m. 
continens,  tis, 

f.  m. 
longitudo,  inis,  f- 
r£gio,  nis,  f. 
regnum,  i 
ratio,  nis,  f. 
extr£mitas,  tis,  f. 
insula,  x 
latus,  eris,  n. 
peninsula,  x 
promontorium,  ii 
sinus,  us,  m- 
fretum,  i 
columna,  x 
tractus,  us  m. 
isthmus,  i,  m. 
lacus,  us,  m. 


fines,  ium,  m. 


Nna  Adi. 
antiquus,  a,  um 
vastus,  a,  um 
tranquillus,  a,  um 
a'rcticus,  a,  um 
anta'rcticus,  a,  um 
medianus,  a,  um 
centralis,  e 
austrilis,  e 
ingens,  tis 
hyperboreus,  a,  um 
glacialis,  e 
amplus,  a,  um 
celeber,  bris,  e 
internus,  a,  um 
diversus,  a,  um 
exiguus,  a,  um 
prasnuntius,  a,  um 
liquidus,  a,  um 


Verba 
s^paro,1  r. 
seiungo,3  nxi,  ctum 
interiiceo,2 
alluo,3  ui 

protendo,3  di,  turn,  sum 
dispesco,3  cui,  pestum 
exporrigo,3  rrexi,  ctum 
sortior,4  itus  sum 
incingo,3  nxi,  ctum 
cingo,3  nxi,  ctum 
hsereo,2  si,  sum 
p6rrigo,3  rrexi,  ctum 
finio,4  vi,  turn 
fio,  fieri,  factus  sum 
penetro,1  r. 
claudo,3  si,  sum 
loquor,3  cutus  sum 
circumcludo,3  si,  sum 
teneo,2  ui,  turn 
coarcto,1  r. 

constringo,3  nxi,  ctum 
circumdo,1  dedi,  datum 
s£pio,4  psi,  ptum 


ndmino,1  r. 
sino,3  sivi,  situm 
m^moro,1  r. 
enumero,1  r. 
explico,1  ui,  itum 
describo,3  psi,  ptum 
doceo,2  ui,  ctum 
volo,  velle,  volui 
rogo,1  r. 
expono,3  posui,  itum 


Adverbia 

multo,  porro 
invicem 
trifiriam 
pa^ne,  a'lias 
undique,  quasi 
vicissim,  longe 
proinde 
prdprie 

quand6quidem 
e  contrario 
ita,  sic 


^QVA 


II. 

manna1  est  salsa  &  amdra  nee  potdtu  apta ;  sed  sunt  etiam 
aquae  dulces  &  potabiles.  Aquae  marfnae  sunt  semper  sta- 


1.  -us,  a,  um,  of  the  sea,  marine;  -us,  a,  um,  salt,  salty,  fr.  sal,  is,  m.,  salt,  whence 
also,  salum,  i,  the  salt,  the  sea;  -us,  a,  um,  bitter,  hence,  possibly  mare;  Abl.  of  the  su- 
pinum  of  poto,1  r.,  to  drink,  to  drink  heavily,  mostly  used  of  animals  and  drunkards, 
but  it  being  a  more  flexible  verb  than  hibo,  in  the  odd  forms  is  employed  in  its  stead;  4s, 
e,  sweet,  aqua  dulcis,  fresh  water;  aqua  viva,  flowing,  drinking  water. 


405 

twee,2  dulces  raro.  Aquae  dulces  fere  semper  fluunt,  et  propterea  etiam 
thimiiid?  fluvii,  atque  rM  appellantur. 

Origcfi  omnis  fluvii  est  fons.  Fons  autem  est  locus,  si ve  foramen, 
in  terra,  vel  in  saxis,  unde  aqua,  plerumque  limpida  &  dlgida,  saspe  ta- 
men  etiam  fervida  &  acidula  ebullit  &  manat,  atque  scaturit,  unde  fons 
etiam  scatebra,  atque  scaturfgo  vocatur.  Aqua  fontana,  recens  et  gelida, 
potatu  maxime  sdlubris  &  iucunda  est,  quia  sttim  sedat  &  restinguit. 

Aqua,  relicto  fonte,  loca  humiliora  quaerit,  ac  per  saxa  et  lapillos5 
perstrepens,  alifsque  vents  aquarum  aucta  in  nvulum,  turn  fterum  aliis 
accedentibus,  in  amnem  aut  torrentem  crescit,  atque  tandem  in  planam 
terram,  saepe  non  sine  sonoris  cataractis,  delapsa,  in  rivum,  fluvium, 
denique  in  magnum  flumen  aucta,  longis  saspe  atque  tortuosis,  itineri- 
bus  emensis,  se  in  mare  effundit. 


2.  -us,  a,  um,  standing,  stationary  water;  adv.,  seldom. 

3.  -en,  iniSy  n.,  a  river.  While  not  demonstrable  from  Roman  usage  in  colloquial 
Latin  flumen  designates  a  large  river,  directly  flowing  into  the  sea,  all  others  are  fluvii 
rivi,  &c. 

4.  -go,  inis,  f.,  the  rise,  start,  origin;  fons,  tis,  m.,  a  spring,  a  fountain,  a  source, 
— men,  inisfn.,  a  hole;  -um,  i,  a  rock;  -us,  a,  um,  cool;  -us,  a,  um,  hot;  -us,  a,  um, 
souerish,  absolutely,  sour  mineral  water;  -Uo,±  it,  ivi,  itum,  to  bubble,  to  b.  up,  fr.  bul- 
la, ce,  a  bubble;  -no}  r.,  to  flow  gently,  to  oose;  -*V  r.,  to  flow  gently  and  steadily, 
hence  the  two  nouns  scatebra,  and  scaturigo,  inis,  f.,  a  well,  spring,  also  fons  iugis  (-is, 
e),  a  never  failing  spring;  -us,  a,  um,  derived  from  a  spring;  -ens,  tis,  this  is  also  the 
form  of  adv.,  fresh;  -us,  a,  um,  cold,  of  water,  frosty,  of  winds;  -bar,  bris,  bre,  whole- 
some, healthy;  -us,  a,  um,  pleasant;  -is,  is,  f.,  thirst;  -do,1  x.,  to  cause  to  sit,  or  settle 
down,  to  sedate;  -guo*  nxi,  nctum,  to  quench. 

5.  II.,  a  pebble;  -po*  ui,  itum,  to  make  noise;  vina,  ce,  i  vein;  augeo,2  xi,  ctum> 
to  enlarge;  -us,  i,  a  brook;  -do?  cessi,  ssum,  to  go  to,  with  others  joining;  -is,  is,  m. , 
usually  a  swift  creek,  or  large  river,  coming  down  from  hills,  also  generally,  river;  -ens, 
tis,  a  mountain  brook,  fr.  totreo,2  ui,  tostum,  to  dry,  to  parch,  to  toast,  any  rivulet  runn- 
ing water  in  the  street,  in  the  rut  of  a  wheel,  all  such  as  will  eventually  dry  up;  -us,  a, 
um,  founding;  delabor,3 psus  sum,  to  tumble  down,  fall,  rush  down;  -osus,  a,  um,  fr. 
torqueo,2  si,  rtum,  to  twist,  twisted,  wound;  iter,  itineris,  a  rout,  a  road,  passage,  jour- 
ney, course;  emetior*  nsus  sum,  to  measure  out,  here,  measure  out  a  length,  a  Latin 
idiom,  to  leave  a  long  road  behind,  to  pass  through;  -do,6  fudi  (u  short),  -fusum, 
pour  out  {se,  itself). 


406 

Tametsi6  omnia  flumina  e  fontibus  derivantur,  non  omnia  recta  vid 
in  maria  illabuntur,  sed  nonnulla  lacus,  aut  lacunas  efficiunt,  non  raro 
etiam  stdgna,  ubi  terra  demissa  est,  aqua  autem  solutis  nivibus,  aut 
pluviis  nimis  aucta,  ut  totam  regionem  diluvione  perfundant,  denique 
in  alia,  se  plerumque  maiora  flumina  lnfluunt.  Istiusmodi  fluvii  conflu- 
entes,  locus  autem,  ubi  confluunt,  confluens  vocatur. 

Europa  multis  &  magnis  rigdtur1  fluminibus.  Maximum  horum  est 
Rha,  quod  in  occidua  Russia  ortum,  magnis  circuitibus  Orientem  ver- 
sus labitur,  vocaturque  Rha  Occidental,  dein  Rha  Orientali  auctum, 
cursum  ad  Meridiem  flectit,  ac,  denique,  in  Mare  Caspium  illabitur. 
Ultra  hoc,  ad  orientem  solem,  e  Montibus  Hyperboreis  deorsum  fluit 
Daix,  qui  per  partem  cursus  sui  Europam  ab  Asia  dividit,  ac  se,  deni- 
que, in  Mare  Caspium  effundit. 

Haud  procul  a  Boruscorum8  sedibus  exsurgit  Tanais,  cis  flumen 

6.  Adv.,  although;  -vo,1  r.,  to  flow  down;  also,  simply  rectd,  straight  way,  direct- 
ly; -bor*psus  sum,  to  glide,  slip,  fall  into;  L,  a  lakelet;  -urn,  i,  a  pond;  fr.  demitto* 
si!  ssum,  lew,  flat;  solvo?  vi,  utum,  to  untie,  to  loosen,  to  melt,  with  the  snows  melted, 
when  the  snows  melt;  -vio,  nis,  f.,  a  flood-  —  -ens,  tis,  m.,  a  tributary;  hence,  where 
the  Mosel  empties  into  the  Rhine,  being  a  confluens,  the  name  of  the  city  at  that  place  is 
now  called  Coblen^. 

7.  -go,1  r.,  to  water.  —  Rha,  indecl.,  n.,  the  Volga,  the  western  branch  is  Volga  pro- 
per, the  eastern  is  the  Kama;  the  name,  on  account  of  a  weed,  very  generally  used  in  all 
the' world  as  an  article  of  food,  originally  brought  from  its  shores,  has  been  distorted  in- 
to many  shapes:  Celsus  calls  it  Radix  Pontica,  Amm.  Marc,  rha;  Linneus  rheum  Rha 
Ponticum;  popularly  re  barbara,  ra  barbarum,  French,  Rhubarbe,  Eng.,  rhubarb,  i.  e., 
Rha  Barbarum.  —  Montes  Hyperborei,  or  Farnorth  Mountains,  the  Ural  Mountains; 
Daix,  ids,  m.,  the  Iaik,  or  Ural  river. 

8.  Boruscus,  i,  a  Slavic  people'in  central  Russia,  possible  the  ancestors  of  the  Bo- 
russi,  popularly  Prussi,  now  Germanized.  —  Tanais,  is,  m.,  the  Don  river;  prapos.  and 
adv.,'  on  this  side;  ultra  &  citra,  further  and  nearer,  the  other  side  and  this  side;  -ium, 
it,  a'  main  door,  entrance,  mouth  of  a  river;  prep,  and  adv.,  across;  the  same  as  Caspi- 
um; by  scholastic  writers  confounded  with  Tartarus,  they  have  nothing  in  common;  with 
the  Romans  all  were  Scythae,  all  the  Slavs  Sarmatx;  Caucasius,  -icus,  a,  urn,  Armenius, 
icus,  a,  urn;  in  these  our  times  (hac  nostra  tempestate,  a  frequent  phrase).  —  I.,  its  name 
is  retained;  I.,  Poland;  I.,  Lithuania,  the  Lithuani  are  supposed  philologically  to  be  a 
connecting  link  between  Greeks  and  Slavs,  whence  their  claim  to  be  the  most  original 
Slavs;  the  Baltic  Sea;  Sweden,  Finland. 


407 

Rha,  qui  iam  in  Paludem  Masotidem  fnfluit.  Ultra  et  citra  ostia  horum 
Aluminum,  et  c.s  et  trans  Mare  Hyrcanum,  sive  Caspiacum,  sedes  sunt 
Tatarorum  qui  se  hinc  in  Asiam  longissime  protendunt,  item  Austrum 
versus,  in  Montes  Caucasios,  et  Armeniam,  quamvis  hac  nostra  tem- 
pestate  sub  Russorum  sint  potestate.  -  Memorari,  porro,  meretur  Vi- 
stula, qua  Poloniam  &  Lithuanian!  perfluit,  et  in  Germaniam  egressa 
inSinum  Codanum,  inter  Sueciam,  Finningiam,  Russiam&  Germaniam' 
aquas  suas  diffundit. 

Terra  Germanic  copiosis  aquis  fluentibus]  est  irrfgua.  Licet  hie 
inter  celeberrima  flumina  memorare  Viadrum,  sive  Suevicum,  qui  se  in 
Sinum  Codanum,  sive  Mare  Suevicum  infundit,  Albim  &  Visurgim  qui 
in  Mare  Germanicum,  illabuntur,  atque  longe  celeberrimum,  Rhenum 
Hie  in  Helvetia  onundus,  confluentibus  Nicro,  Mceno  ac  Mosella  auctus' 
cursum  paullo  superius  in  Occasum  flectit,  ac  Bataviam  perfluens' 
magnis  ostns  aquas  suas  cum  Oceano  Atlantico  miscet. 

Solurni"  Francis  quoque  haud  paucis  navigabflibus  flumfnibus  hu- 

in„  1'  '"  ,the  nUn!ry ,°f  the  Germani'   insisting  of  numerous  tribes,  but  now  all  call, 
ing  themselves  Deutsch,  or,  what  the  Romans  called   Teutones,  or  Teuton!  i  e    Teut 
"J-  What  teut  means,  is  unknown,  but  the  word  likely  is  still  present  in  some  provin- 
1  idiom   as,  for  mstance  in  Dutch,  Flemish,  Vallon,  Danish,  &c  It  seems  that,  like  in 

faxc   L^m?    w  nme^  the  W°rd   Wi"   6XpreSS  the  Charader  of  the  'a"d.  ^  does 
±axo,  Rockland,  a  Latin  word,  a  Rocklander,  Holland,  hollowland,  &c  -us,  a  urn  wa 

tered-Il.,  the  Oder;  Suabian;  -is,  is,  Elbe;  -is,  is,  Weser;  Rhein,  Rhine.  -  II    Switz- 
erland;-us    a,   um,  originating;  -er,  cri,  Neckar;  Main,  Moselle;  I.,  Holland,  although 
he  Hollanders  are  no  more  Batavi,  who  were  Celts,  but  Germans;  -sceo?  scui,  xtum 
to  mix,  to  blend. 

10.  -um,  i,  the  ground,  soil;  I.,  the  country  of  the  Franks,  the  inhabitants  calling 
themselves  Francenses;  the  Visigoths  (442-507)  settled  there  for  some  70  years,  the 
Franks  established  themselves  permanently  (437),  the  Burgundians  (444),  the  Alemanni 
%)  and  numbers  of  Germans  through  all  the  countries,  but  an  Ecclesiastical  Latin  lan- 
guage has  maintained  itself,  and  on  this  account  the  French  are  called  Neo  Latins.  -  -is, 
<•-  tr.  navis,  is,  f.,  a  ship,  navigable;  to  moisten;  iuvat  memorare  (roS  r  )  an  idiom  it 
is  helpful  to  mention;  I.,  the  Seine;  L,  the  Marne;  I.,  the  head-city,  gens,  Us,  f  a  na- 
hon  called  also  Parisii,  orum,  which  nieans  the  inhabitants,  the  nation,  or  tribes  of  the 
Galh,  who  have  inhabited  France  before  the  Roman,  and,  afterward,  the  German  inva- 
sion. -  Liger,  is,  m>,  the  Loire;  L,  the  Garonne;  II.,  the  Rhine. 


408 

mectatur,  e  quibus  iuvat  memorare  Sequanam,  quae  confluente  Matro- 
na  adaucta,  Lutetiam,  caput gentis,  perfluit,  et  in  Oceanum  Atlanticum 
effluit.  Memorabile  quoque  flumen  est  Liger,  ad  Meridiem  a  superiori- 
bus,  qui  perinde  in  Atlanticum  se  effundit.  In  idem  mare  vergit,  mul- 
to  inferius,  flumen  Garumna.  Denique  celebre  flumen  est  Rhodanus, 
qui  ab  Aquilone  in  Austrum  tendit,  ac,  tandem,  ternis  magnis  ostiis  in 
Mare  Internum  illabitur. 

Notissimum11  Anglias  flumen  est  Tamesis,  qui  caput  nationis,  Lon- 
dinum,  perfluit,  ac  mox  post  in  Mare  Germanicum  se  effundit.  In  par- 
te insulas  occfdua,  Sabrfna  e  Septemtrione  labitur,  atque  adversum  Li- 
bonotum  in  mare  profunditur.  Denique  est  etiam  ad  Aquilonem  flumen 
Abus. 

Nee  Iberia,12  sive  pasninsula  Hispaniae,  caret  Claris  flumfnibus. 

11.  Fr.  nosco*  novi,  notum,  to  know,  the  most,  or  best  known.  By  Anglia  is  the 
entire  kingdom  is  meant,  i-  e.,  all  who  in  its  territory  speak  the  language,  of  the  Angli. 
Locally  there  is  also  a  Scotia,  a  name,  which  unless  it  can  be  shown  to  be  Celtic,  1  hold  to 
be  Greek,  for  scotos,  in  Greek  means  dark,  shady,  and  Scotia,  a  fugitive  slave,  keeping 
in  dark.  As  this  people  was  subdued  by  the  invading  Germans,  and  other  indications  seem 
to  point  that  way.  The  Saxones,  Rocklanders,  are  the  German  Sachsen,  which  is  the  La- 
tin Saxo,  Saxonis,  their  original  German  name  being  lost,  must  have  migrated  from  mo- 
dern Saxony,  from  the  Bohemian  mountains,  whence  the  name,  into  the  neighborhood 
of  the  English,  or  eng  -  land  -  ish,  the  Narrow-land,  which  now  is  cut  through  by  the 
Kiel  Canal.  The  Welsh,  and  their  country  Wales,  had  no  Roman  names.  The  Britanni 
were  but  Celts  of  Bretagne,  immigrated,  as  Csesar  tells  us,  but  conquered  by  Germans  in 
the  first  half  of  the  VI.  century.  They  are  called  Vallenses,  and  Cambri,  Valksia  and 
Cambria;  not  Roman;  —  Hiberni,  Hibernia,  the  Roman  name  of  Erin,  Ireland,  which 
ought  to  sound  Eriland,  and  the  inhabitants  Erinish,  or  Erish,  unless  some  grammatical 
reason  demands  it  so  in  Celtic,  a  language  though  classified  into  a  group  of  Iberian, 
Welsh  and  Scotch,  seems  to  me  to  belong  to  the  Graeco-Latin  group,  many  of  their  words 
being  Latin,  and  the  letters  plain  Latin,  so  that  they  can  be  recognized.  —  Tamesis,  is, 
the  Themse;  -tio,  nis,  a  nation;  -um,  i,  London;  I.,  the  Severn;  II.,  the  Humber. 

12.  I.,  name  of  the  peninsula  from  the  river  Iberus,  Ebro.  I.,  Spain,  Hispanus,  i, 
a  Spaniard,  the  country's  Roman  name,  whether  from  the  language  of  the  Iberi,  or  from 
Latin  hispidus,a,um,  shaggy,  hairy,  as  the  Helvetii  from  helvus,  a,  um,  blond,  I  cannot 
tell.  There  are  three  distinct  races  in  the  country:  the  Caniabri,  or  Base,  Vascon,  Biscai- 
an,  probably  a  Turanian  people;  the  Castellani,  the  Spaniards  properly,  in  the  center; 
and  the  Catalauni,  in  the  East  (Barcino,  Valentia,  Barcellona,  Valencia,  &c.)-  The  latte 


40< 

Imprimis  memorandus  est  Iberus,  a  quo  paenfnsula  nomen  sortfta  est: 
hie  a  Cantabris  Orientem  versus  defluit,  et  in  Mare  Internum  se  effun- 
dit.  In  Meridiana  Hispania  clarissima  duo  flumina  sunt  Bastis,  atque 
Anas;  utrumque  in  Oceanum  Atlanticum,  supra  Gades  ac  Tartessum 
se  effundit.  Tagus,  ex  Hispania  in  Portugalliam  transfluit,  et  amplfssi- 
mo  orificio  in  Atlanticum  elabitur.  Est,  denique,  Durius,  qui  ad  Caler 
in  mare  dilabitur. 

Italia13  haud  multis  &  magnis  flumfnibus  foecimddtur.  Principerr 
locum  inter  flumina  Italiae  tenet  Padus,  qui  ex  Alpibus  delapsus,  Tici- 
no,  plurimisque  amnibus  in  se  infusis  in  Orientem  vergit,  seque  in 
Mare  Adriaticum  diffundit.  Longe  minores  eo  sunt  Arnus,  qui  Floren- 
tiam,  atque  Tiberis,  qui  caput  Italiae,  Romam,  perfluit,  et  hie  se  ad 

speak  a  Latin  idiom,  much  nearer  to  the  Latin  than  the  Castellani,  the  only  nation  using 
Latin  Nominatives,  and  they  seem  to  be  the  descendants  of  the  Suevi,  Schwaben,  or  the 
Alani,  both  having  invaded  Spain  in  409.  conquered  by  the  Visigoths  419,  who  in  turn, 
were  conquered  by  the  Mauri,  or  Arabs,  of  Mauritania  (our  little  map  being  copied  by 
the  artist  from  a  German  map,  has  it  Mauritania,  a  German  fad),  who  have  held  Spain 
until  1492.  The  Vandals,  too,  have  stayed  here  for  20  years  (409— 429) ,  when  they 
passed  over  to  Africa.  Thus  the  Spaniards  have  little  in  common  with  Rome,  or  Latin, 
their  language  being  derived  from  Christian  Rome,  through  the  missionaries.  —  Careo,' 
ui,  Hum,  to  lack;  -us,  a,  um,  celebrated,  famous;  -is,  is,  m.,  now  Quadalquivir;  Anas 
&>  m  ,  now  Quadiana  (in  Arabic  IVadi,  vallis,  valley  of  Ana,  river  Ana);  Tartessus,  the 
Biblical  Tarshish,  whence  King  Salomon  obtained  his  valuable  timber,  silver,  &c,  for  his 
temple;  both  are  situated  on  an  island  —  Tajo. — Portugallia,  <z,  Portugallus,  i,m  Roman 
times  the  country  was  called  Lusitania,  which  overed  a  much  larger  territory.  The  presenl 
name  is  derived  from  Portus,  us,  and  the  Roman  name  Cale,  of  the  city  of  Oporto,  O 
Porto,  the  Portus  (of)  Cale  =  Portucall,  Portugall,  the  home  of  the  Port  Wine.  The 
people,  originally  Spaniards,  have  developed  an  idiom  of  their  own  in  the  course  ol 
centuries;  -ficium,  it,  a  mouth,  particularly  of  vessels,  of  rivers.  —  Durius,  it,  the  ri- 
ver Duero. 

13.  1 ,  has  retained  its  Roman  name;  inhabitants,  Italus,  i;  language  partly  ancient 
partly  Christian,  or  Ecclesiastical  and  scholastic  Latin;  race,  to  some  extent  Latin,  Greek, 
with  German  much  preponderating:  settled  by  Visigoths,  409;  Vandals  455;  Longobards 
568;  Heruli,  476:  Suevi,  472;  Ostrogoths  493.  —  Fcecundo}  r  ,  to  make  fertile;  prin- 
cipem  locum  tenere  {-ceps,  ipis,  chief,  adj.  of  one  ending),  to  hold  the  chief  place;  II., 
the  Po;  Alpesy  turn,  II.,  Ticino;  II.,  Arno;  I.,  Florence;  -is,  is,  m.,  Tevere,  Tiber;  I., 
and  -tia,  orutn,  f.,  or  n.,  a  door,  mouth  of  a  river,  the  city  of  that  name  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Tiber;  Pisce,  arum^  a  city  of  Etruria;  II.,  II.,  two  rivers. 


410 

Ostia,  in  Mare  Inferum,  ille  autem  prope  ad  Pisas,  in  Mare  Superum 
egerit.  Item,  Aufidus,  atque  Vulturnus,  amnes  in  contrarias  partes  cur- 
rentes:  prior  in  sinum  Adriaticum,  posterior  in  Mare  Internum. 

Mediam  circiter  Europam  grandis  rigat  Danubius,14  qui  prater  Rha, 
nulli  in  Europa  flumini  locum  cedit.  Is  in  radicibus  Montis  Abnobae, 
prope  ad  fines  Helvetia  oritur,  dlveo  satis  tortuoso  in  Orientem  vergit, 
perfluit  Bavariam,  utramque  Austriam,  ad  mediam  usque  Hungariam 
attingit,  ubi  subito,  cursu  in  Austrum  flexo,  iter  diu  prosequitur,  do- 
nee Dravo  auctus,  iterum  ad  Orientem  se  vertit,  et  assumptis  Tysia 
atque  Savo,  multisque  aliis  rivis,  a  Singiduno,  nomine  in  Istrum  mu- 
tato,  prasterfluens  Serbiam,  Bulgariam  atque  Rumaniam,  longe  lateque 
diffusus,  pluribus  ostiis  in  Pontum  Euxinum  se  effundit. 

Denique  sunt  fluvii,  qui  proprias15  aquas  non  habent,  sed  cestum 


14.  II.,  locum  cedo,  I  yield  (my)  place.  I.,  the  northern  portion  of  the  Schwartz- 
wald,  Black  Forest;  II.,  Switzerland;  II.,  a  riverbed;  I.,  the  country  of  the  Boiovari; 
II.,  is  not  a  Latin  name,  but  Latinized  from  Osterreich,  or  Eastern  Empire,  eastern 
portion  of  the  (Holy  Roman)  Empire,  which  it  never  was;  Upper  and  Lower  Austria;  L, 
not  a  Roman  or  Latin  name,  but  the  Latinized  form  of  Hun  -  Ugon  Hungar,  Ungar,  a 
race,  the  connecting  link  between  the  Finno  -  Ugor,  on  one  side,  the  Turco  -  Tatar,  or 
Turkish  races  on  the  other,  their  language  (the  Magyar)  being  related  to  both  flanks, 
with  some  Semitic  elements  both  in  word-treasure  and  grammar;  II.,  Drave;  1.,  which 
is  also  called  Tibiscus,  though  I  am  not  sure  whether  this  latter  is  not  the  name  of  the 
former's  tributary,  the  Temes,  it  sounds  so,  Tysia  is  now  called  Tis^a;  II. ,  Save;  -urn,  i, 
Belgrade,  a  corruption  of  Bjelo  Hrad,  white  fort;  -ter,  tri,  the  lower  Danube;  -to,1  r  , 
to  change;  -o,3  xi,  xurn,  to  flow  by;  I.,  or  via,  at,  neither  is  Latin,  but  an  adaptation  of 
the  name  of  the  nation,  calling  itself  Srb;  and  so  it  may  be  either  Serbus,  -bins,  a,  urn, 
or,  -vus,  ius,  a,  urn,  I.,  if  I  am  not  mistaken,  the  original  is  Bihar,  whence,  BulgatX 
having  no  h  in  their  languages,  the  Russian  and  South-Slavs  express  h  by  g,  so  Pjetro 
hrad,  Petrograd,  Bjelo  Hrad,  gtad,  gorod,  meaning  hrad,  fort,  so  Horit\  Goritz,  Gortz. 
celsitudo,  altitudo,  locus  editus;  I.,  a  lately  assumed  name,  originally  Vlachoi,  of  tht 
Byzantine  writers,  Vlachi,  Valachi,  Walachi,  a  mixed  race  of  Slavs  and  Italians,  speaking 
a  Neo-Latin  idiom,  but  scarcely  recognizable. 

15.  -us,  a,  um,  one's  own;  -us,  us,  m.,  properly,  heat;  cestus  maris,  the  tide  of 
the  sea,  -pio?  cepi,  ptum,  to  take  up,  receive;  -scop-  ui,  to  swell  up,  to  become  swollen: 
I.,  the  neighborhood;  do}  r.,  fr.  unda,  ce,  a  wave,  to  flood;  -urn,  i,  a  pool;  -us,  udis, 
f.,  a  swamp;  adv.,  as  well  as;  -um,  i,  liquid  mud;  -um,  i,  mud,  II.,  slime,  mire;  -um, 
it,  an  estuary. 


411 

marium  tantum  excipiunt,  quo  £dmodum  subfnde  intumescunt,  planas- 
que  terras  in  vicinia  inundant.  yEstu  tamen  iterum  refluente,  stagna  ac 
paludes  relinquuntur,  perinde  atque  c&num,  Mum  ac  limus;  hi  fluvii 
aestuira  appellantur. 

Recensio.  —  Cur  est  aqua  marina  potatu  inepta?16  —  Prater  sapo- 
rern,11  quf  differunt  aquas  dulces  ab  amaris?  —  Quid  est  fons?  —  Qua- 
les  sunt  aquas  fontanae?  —  Relicto  fonte,  quid  fit  aquae?  —  Nomina 
varia  genera  fluentium  aquarum.  —  Omnesne  fluvii  recta  in  maria  de- 
fluunt?  —  quid  fit  plurimis?  —  Enarra,  quid  scias  de  maximo  flumine 
Europe  1  —  Enarra  reliqua18  flumina  Russia !  —  Memora19  flumina  Ger- 
manise I  —  Quae  flumina  humectant  solum  Francis?  —  Quibus  flu- 
minibus  rigatur  Anglia?  —  Quae  sunt  clara  flumina  paeninsulae  Iberi- 
cae?  —  Quae  sunt  maxime  memorabilia20  flumina  Italiae?  —  Quod 
grande  f lumen  perfluit  mediam  Europam?  —  quod  f lumen  vocatur 
Ister?  unde?  —  Quae  aquae  vocantur  aestuaria?  —  yEstu  recedente,  quid 
solent  hae  aquae  in  terris  et  in  alveis  aestuariorum  relinquere? 

16.  -us,  a,  urn,  unsuitable.  —  17.  -or,  is,  m.,  a  taste.  —  18.  -us,  a,  urn,  mostly 
pi.,  the  rest.  —  19.  -ro,1  r.,  to  mention,  Imperat.  —  20.  -bills,  e,  worth  mentioning,  or 
remembering. 


VOCABVLARIVM    29. 


Nna  Subst. 

flumen,  inis,  n. 
fluvius,  ii 
rivus,  i 
origo,  inis,  f. 
fons,  tis,  m. 
foramen,  inis,  n. 
saxum,  i 
scftebra,  x 
scaturigo,  inis,  f. 
sitis,  is,  f. 
lapillus,  i 
vena,  x 
rivulus,  i 


amnis,  is,  m. 
torrens,  tis,  m. 
iter,  itineris,  n. 
via,  x 

lacus,  lis,  m. 
lacuna,  x 
stagnum,  i 
diluvio,  nis,  f. 
confluens,  tis,  m. 
circuitus,  us,  m. 
cursus,  us,  m. 
sedes,  is,  f. 
ostium,  ii 
tempestas,  tis,  f. 


potestas,  tatis, 
solum,  i 
caput,  itis,  n. 
gens,  tis,  f . 
nitio,  nis,  f. 
drificium,  ii 
radix,  icis,  f. 
fines,  ium,  m. 
a'lveus,  i,  m. 
aestus,  us,  m. 
vicinia,  x 
coenum,  i 
lutum,  i 
limus>  i 


aestuarium,  ii 
sapor,  is,  m. 

Nna  Propria. 

Europa,  se,continens 
Rha,  indecl-,  n. 
Russia,  xf  regnum 
Mare  Caspium 
Montes  Hyperborei 
Daix,  fluvius,  m. 
Asia,  x,  continens 
Boruscus,  i,  gens 
Tanais,  is,  m.  fluv. 
Palus  Masotis 


412 


Mare  Hyrcanum 
Tatarus,  i,  gens 
Russus,  i.  gens 
Montes  Caucasii 
Armenia,  as,  regnum 
Vistula,  as,  fluv. 
Polonia,  as,  regnum 
Lithuania,  x, 

regnum 
Germania,  x, 

regnum 
Sinus  Codanus 
Suecia,  x,  regnum 
Finningia,as,regn. 
Viadrus,  i,  fl. 
Suevicus,  a,  um, 

gens 
Albis,  is,  fl.  m. 
Visurgis,  is,  fl.  m. 
Rhenus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Helvetia,  x,  regnum 
Nicer,  cri,  fl.  m. 
Moenus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Mosella,  as,  fl.,  f. 
Batavia,  as,  regnum 
Oc£anus  Atlanticus 
Francia,  as,  regnum 
S£quana,  as,  fl. 
Matrona,  as,  fl. 
LutStia,  x,  urbs 
Liger,  is,  fl.,  m. 
Garumna,  as,  fl.  f. 
Rhodanus,  L  fl.,  m. 
Mare  Internum 
Anglia,  as,  regnum 
Tamesis,  is,  fl. ,  m. 
Londinum,  i,  urbs 
Sabrina,  33,  fl.,  f. 
Lib6notus,  i,  m. 

ventus,  regio 
Abus,  i,  fl.,  m. 


j  Iberia,  as, 
I  Hispania,  x,  regn. 
Iberus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Cantaber,  bri,  gens. 
Bastis,  is,  fl.,  m. 
Anas,  as,  fl.,  m. 
Gades,  ium, 

oppidum 
Tartessus,  i,  colonia 
Tagus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Portugallia,  as,  regn. 
Durius,  ii,  fl-,  m. 
Cale,  £s,  f.,  urbs 
Italia,  as,  regnum 
Padus,  i,  fl-,  m. 
Alpes,  ium,  f., 

montes 
Ticinus,  i,  fl-,  m. 
Mare  Adriaticum 
Arnus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Florentia,  as,  urbs 
Tiberis,  is,  fl.,  m. 
Roma,  as,  urbs 
Mare  Inferum 
Pisas,  arum,  urbs 
Mare  Superum 
Aufidus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Vulturnus,  i,  fl. ,  m. 
Danubius,  ii,  fl. ,  m. 
Mons  Abnoba 
Bavaria,  as,  regn. 
Austria,  as,  regn. 
Hungana,  as,  regn. 
Dravus,  i,  fl.,  m. 
Tysia,  as,  fl.,  f. 
Savus,  i,  fl.,  m, 
Singidunum,  i,  urbs 
Ister,  tri,  fl-,  m. 
Serbia,  as,  regnum 
Bulgaria,  as,  regn. 
Rumania,  as,  regn. 


Pontus  Euxinus. 

Nna  Adi. 

marinus,  a,  um, 
salsus,  a,  um 
amarus,  a,  um 
dulcis,  e 
potabilis,  e 
stativus,  a,  um 
limpidus,  a,  um 
algidus,  a.  um 
f£rvidus,  a,  um 
acidulus,  a,  um 
recens,  tis 
gelidus,  a,  um 
salubris,  e 
iucundus,  a,  um 
sonorus,  a,  um 
tortuosus,  a,  um 
demissus,  a,  um 
copi6sus,  a,  um 
irriguus,  a,  um 
celeber,  bris,  re,  f. 
oriundus,  a,  um 
navigabilis,  e 
memora'bilis,  e 
notus,  a,  um 
clarus,  a,  um 
amplus,  a,  um 
princeps,  is 
inferus,  a,  um 
superus,  a,  um 
contrarius,  a,  um 
internus,  a,  um 
proprius,  a,  um 
reliquus,  a,  um 

Verba. 

potu,1  r. 
ebullio,4  r. 
mano,1  r. 


scaturio,4  r. 
sedo,1  r. 

restinguo,3  nxi,  ctum 
relinquo,3  qui,  ctum 
perstrepo,3  ui,  itum 
augeo,2  xi,  ctum 
accedo,3  cessi,  ssum 
cresco,3  crevi,  turn 
delabor,3  psus  sum 
em^tior,4  mensus  sum 
efTundo,3fudi,  sum 
derivo,1  r. 
illabor,3  psus  sum 
solvo,3  vi,  litum 
perfundo,3  fudi,  sum 
influo,3  xi,  xum 
confluo,3  xi,  xum 
rigo,1  r. 

labor,3  psus  sum 
exsurgo,3  nexi,  ctum 
protendo,3  di,  sum, 

turn 
memoro,1  r. 
mereor,2  itus  sum 
egredior,3  ssus  sum 
liceo,2  ui,  itum 
misceo,2  ui,  xtum 
humecto,1  r. 
iuvo,1  iuvi,  turn 
vergo,3  xi  (?) 
tendo,3  tetendi,  sum, 

turn 
prof  undo,3  di,  sum 
careo,2  ui,  itum 
sortior,4  itus  sum 
foscundo,1  r. 
e^gero,3  ssi,  ssum 
cedo,3  ssi,  ssum 
attingo,3  tigi,  factum 
pr6sequor, 3  cutus  sum 
verto,3  ti,  sum 


413 


assumo,3  psi,  ptum 

muto,1  r. 

excipio,3  cepi,  ptum 

intumesco,3  ui 

inundo,1  r. 

refluo,3  xi,  xum 

relinquo,3  qui,  ctum 

differo,3  stuli.  latum 

enarro,1  r. 

scio,4  r. 

recede3  cessi,  ssum 

Adverbia. 

semper 
raro,  fere 
propterea 
unde,  iterum 
plerumque 


tandem 

saepe,  de'nique 

nimis,  dein 

deorsum 

haud 

longissime 

porro,  hie 

longe,  paullo 

superius 

perinde 

multo 

inferius,  mox 

post 

imprimis 

subito,  diu 

donee,  late 

admodum 

subinde 


recta' 
maxime 
satis,  qui 

Pr&positiones. 

per,  versus 
ultra,  procul 
cis,  citra 
trans,  sub 
cum,  adversum 
supra,  prope 
circiter,  pr aster 
usque,  de 

Coniunctiones. 

tametsi 
quamvis 


III. 

DARTES  continentum,  quae  pelagis1  obiectce  sunt,  oraz  maritime 
*  appellantur,  mdrgines  autem  oras,  quos  aquae  contingunt  pe- 
lagi,  sunt  litbra,  fluminum  autem,  ripa.  Ubi  tamen  nee  rerum  natura, 
nee  ars2  humana,  obiectis  littoribus  aut  aggeribus,  impetui aquarum  mo- 
dum  ponit,  fluctus  libere  diffunduntur,  editiora  &  sicca  loca,  utinsulas, 
ambiunt,  casteram  vero  regionem  ita  uvidam  &  hiimidam  reddunt,  ut 
praeter  ulvas,  carinas,  arundines  iuncosque  nihil  nisi  herbas  steriles,  pe- 
cori  ingratas,  invia  gignat.  Regiones  tales  lustra  sunt  pestiferorum  in- 


1.  -us,  i,  n.,  a  frequent  Gr.  name  of  mare,  although  -us,  i,  it  is  n.,  not  masc;  fr. 
ob  +  iacio,  to  throw  in  the  way,  against,  to  oppose,  obstruct,  lying  against;  I.,  edge, 
margin,  sea  shore;  -us,  a,  urn,  of  the  see,  maritime;  -go,  inis,  brink,  border;  -go,3  tigi, 
factum,  to  touch;  -us,  oris,  shore,  while  or  a,  as  to  the  sea,  is  the  whole  coast,  littus,  is 
the  shore,  or  beach;  1..  a  river  bank. 

2.  Ars,  Us,  fr.,  any  occupation  of  man;  -us,  a,  urn,  pertaining  to  man,  human,  by 
nature,  or  by  human  art;  -ger,  is,  m.,  a  dam,  a  dike;  -us,  us,  m.,  a  rush,  a  dash;  -us, 


414 

sectorum,  uti  culices,  qui  hamana  habitacula  infestant  etiam  dissita, 
qirusque  febrium  disseminant;  item  unguium  venenato  morsu  lethalium. 

Alterum3  genus  regionum  littordlium  est  rupibus  ac  soxosis  praeci- 
pitiis  aspernum  et  Rorridum.  Saxa  haec  plerumque  sunt  exesa,  summa 
autem  capita  muscosa,  quoniam  spumantes  fluctus  ea  per  omne  serum 
eis  irruentes  mrberant,  aspergineque  in  sublime  elisa  rigant.  His  in  locis 
saxa  saepe  etiam  sub  aquis  dditescunt,  quse  scopulos  et  cautes  appella- 
mus,  quibus  si  navigia,  ventis  adacta,  aut  navarchis  deceptis,  illidantur, 
naufragium  faciunt,  itaque  nunquam  non  sunt  navigatoribus  diro  pe- 
riculo. 

Est,  deuique  genus  littorum,  ubi  regio  circum  editor4  et  sicca  est, 


i,  a  mode,  moderation,  modum  pono,  1  check,  temper,  moderate,  refrain  (by  throwing  up 
dams,  or  dikes,  to  check  the  rush,  of  waters);  adv.  freely,  unchecked;  -us,  a,  um,  raised, 
elevated,  higher;  -us,  a,  um,  dry;  -us,  i,  in  pi.  becomes  n.,  excepting  when  meaning 
places  in  books;  -bio,*  ii,  Hum,  to  go  around,  surround;  -us,  a,  um,  wet;  -us,  a,  um, 
moist;  I.,  sedge  grass;  cane,  reed;  -do,  inis,  f.,  reed;  -us,  i,  bull  rush;  herba  sterilis, 
weed;  -us,  oris,  n.,    cattle;  -us,   a,  um,   unpleasing;  -us,  a,  um,  roadless,  impassable; 

-gno,3  g'enui,  Hum,  to  beget,  to  produce. um,  i,  a  lair,  hiding   place;   -fer,  ra,   urn, 

bringing,  bearing  pestis,  is,  f.,  a  pest,  a  desease;  -um,  i.  fr.  in  4-  seco,1  ui,  ctum,  to 
make  an  incision,  to  carve,  cleave,  whittle,  a  bug,  because  its  body  has  incisions,  the 
neck,  the  waist;  as;  -ex,  ids,  m.,  a  mosquito;  -ulum,  i,  a  dwelling;  -to,1  r.,  to  go  into 
w.  a  hostile  mind,  to  infest;  -us,  a,  um,  far  away  (etiam  =  even);  -us,  i,  n.,  venom, 
poison;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  fever;  -no,1  r.,  to  sow,  disperse,  disseminate;  -is,  is,  m.,  a  snake; 
-no,1  r.,  to  poison,  pp.,  poisoned,  -us,  us,  m.,  a  bite;  -is,  e,  deathly  (d.  by  their  pois- 
onous biting). 

3.  -er,  a,  um,  ius,  i,  another;  -us,  eris,  n-,  a  kind;  -is,  e,  shory,  littoral;  -es,  is,  f., 
and  -um,  i,  &  rock;  -um,  it,  fr.  pras  +  caput,  a  downright  dizzy  height;  -per,  a,  um, 
harsh,  rough;  -us,  a,  um,  hair  raising.  Ex'esus,  a,  um,  fr.  ex  +  edo,  out  eaten,  washed 
out;  -osus,  a,  um,  covered  with  moss;  -mo1  r.,  to  foam;  -ruo,3  ui,  to  dash  against,  to 
rush  upon;  -ro,1  r.,  to  beat,  to  keep  beating;  -go,  inis,  f.,  a  spray;  -me,  is,  n.,  fr.  -mis,  e, 

lofty,  high,  height;  -do,3  si,  sum,  to  fling,   pitch,  cast  up,  out. sco,3  ui,  to  be  hiding, 

to  be  hidden;  II.,  a  cliff,  a  crag,  a  ledge,  under  water;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  sharp  rock;  -um,  ii, 
a  vessel,  a  ship;  11.,  a  ship  captain;  -io,3  epi,  ptum,  to  cheat,  deceive,  to  lead  into  mis- 
take (w.  the  captain  deluded,  mistaken);  -do,3  si,  sum,  to  strike  against,  to  run  into;  -um, 
ii,  shipwreck,  nunquam  non  sunt  =  semper  sunt;  -or,  is,  m.,  a  seafarer;  -us,  a,  um, 
dire,  cruel  -um,  i,  a  danger. 


415 

littus  autem  leniter  devexurn,  arenosum  ac  sabulosum,  subinde  etiam 
cretosum  atque  corallitica,  ubi  innumera  teste  testudinum,  ostrearum, 
conchas  conchyliorum,  purpuras,  extivias  cancrorum  atque  cammaro- 
rum,  nonnunquam  etiam  margaritas,  vel  uniones  in  conchis  latentes 
colligere  potes.  Littora  idgenus  multitudini,  quae  estate  gratia  se  la- 
vandi  eo  confluere  solet,  gratissima  sunt;  fit  tamen  subinde,  ut  incau- 
tos  quospiam  cete  rapiant. 

Color  aquae  marine  in  alto5  est,  glaucus,  propius  autem  littoribus 
vfridis  est,  et  super  has  aquas  terra  propiores  fulicdrum  turban,  pisci- 
culis  inhiantes  solent  circumvolitare,  unde  nautce  probe  intelligunt  se  a 
ierris  haud  procul  versari,  seque  cautos  esse  oportere;  namque  navi- 
gdtio  in  alto  tonge  tutior  est  quam  in  propinquitate  terrarum.  Flumina 
^nim,  ut  et  ipsi  fluctus  saepe  magnam  vim  sabulonum  atque  gldrece,  et 


4.  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  edo,  fr.  ex  +  do,  in  comparat.  -tor,  ius,  raised,  elevated;  -us,  a 
wn,  dry;  adv.  gently;  -us,  a,  urn,  fr.  de  -  veho,  to  drew  down,  slanting  down  (the 
beach  lying  lower,  slanting  from  the  shore  downward);  -us,  a,  urn,  sandy;  -us,  a,  urn, 
with  wet  sand;  -us,  a,  urn,  chalky;  -us,  a,  urn,  of  corallic  formation;  I.,  a  shell;  -do, 
**ts,  f.,  a  tortoise,  a  turtle;  I.,  an  oyster;  I.,  a  muscle;  -urn,  it,  a  shell  fish;  I.,  a  purple 
shell;  1.,  the  shed  shell  or  skin;  II.,  a  crab;  11.,  a  lobster;  I.,  a  pearl;  -to,  nis,  m.,  a  soli- 
taire pearl;  -eo?  ui,  to  be  hiding; do,  inis,  maniness,  multitude;  -us,  a,  urn,  reckless; 

-**,  *,  pi.  only  cete,  a  shark;  -pio?  ui,  ptum,  seize,  grab. 

5.  -urn,  i,  an  adj.  standing  for  a  noun,  mare  to  be  understood,  on  the  high  (sea); 
-us,  a,  urn,  grayish  blue,  blue,  said  of  the  sea,  of  bodies  bruised,  of  fruits;  I.,  a  sea  gull; 
I.,  a  crowd;  -us,  i,  dimin.  of  piscis,  is,  m.,  "fishies;"  -hio?  r.,  to  gape  covetously;  frequ. 
of  volo?  r.,  to  fly;  I.,  m.,  a  sailor;  -ot?  atus  sum,  to  be,  to  find  one's  self;  -to,  nis,  sail- 
ing; magna  vis  (vis,  vim,  vi,  f.,  force)  an  idiom,  a  great  quantity;  glarea,  <z,  gravel;  I., 
sea  weed;  -no?  rri,  fsum,  to  sweep  together;  II.,  a  pile;  -is,  is,  f.,  fr.,  Syrtis  Maior  et  S. 
Minor,  on  the  African  coast,  a  sand  bank;  -ia,  urn,  a  shoal;  -to?  r.,  to  avoid;  -urn,  i,  a 
ford,  a  shallow  water,  fr.,  vado?  di,  sum,  to  vade,  to  go,  hence,  vado?  r.,  to  ford; 
'to,  cept,  captum,  to  catch,  to  gtt  caught;  -do?  sedi,  sidi,  to  settle  down,  to  sink,  foun- 
der; -eo?  st,  sum,  to  stick  to;  -sso?  r.,  to  beat  or  shake  together;  -do?  fr.,  -fligo?  xi, 

turn,  to  strike  together,  to  shatter.  —  Pharus,  i,  f.,  properly  an  island  near  Alexandria, 
Egypt,  a  light  house,  built  on  it,  a  light  house;  -is,  e,  that  can  be  turned;  I,  fr.,  rates, 
k,  f.,  a  raft,  a  floating  contrivance,  a  buoy;  -nio?  r  ,  the  sound  of  a  bell,  to  ring;  us, 
Us>  Dat.  &  Abl.  pi  portz/fcus,  pronounced  as  ubus,  in  German;  -eo?  ivi,  ii,  itum,  to  go 
under,  to  go  in,  to  enter. 


416 

algdrum  in  aquis  tranquillis  converrunt,  qua?  in  ingentes  cumubs,  totas 
adeo  insulas  ac  peninsulas  accrescunt,  que  syrtes  ac  brevia  appellan- 
tur,  navibus  admodum  vitanda,  ne  in  vado  capiantur  ac  desidant,  ibf- 
que  herentes,  tempestatibus  supervenientibus  conquassentur,  et  affli- 
dentur.  At  loca  hec  modo  iam  cognoscuntur,  nam  etiam  in  promonto- 
riis  proximis  phari  lumine  versatili  regionem  indicant  noctu,  interdiu 
autem  ratarm  tinnientes.  Ceterum  nulla  navigia  prope  littora  accedunt, 
nisi  que  portum  subire  velint. 

Terre,  quo  magis  ab  equore6  pelagi  recedunt,  eo  altius  assurgunt, 
alias  subito,  alias  leni  fastigio.  Simul  ac  planitiem  udam  ac  desertam 
littorum  egrederis,  campestremque  assequeris  regionem,  virore  herbo- 
so,  dumorum,  frutioum  arbustorumque  laetum,  aura  sensim  tepescen- 
te,  intelliges,  arenosum  solum  te  pone  te  reliquisse,  pedibusque  so- 
lum terere  argillosum,  humo  fertili  generosum.  Hie  iam  case  cobmrum 
inter  arboreta  ac  f ruticeta  albicant ;  in  pratis  opimos  conspfcies  boves, 
vaccas  cum  suis  vitulis,  hinnulos  cum  equabus,  pascua  lete  persultan- 
tes;  in  tumults  bdlantes  agnellos  matres  oves  circumcursantes,  unde 
clarum  erit  te  in  regione  fertili,  frugum  feraci,  colonis  grata,  versari. 

6.  Aiquor,  is,  n»,  a  level,  a  sea  level,  the  sea,  so  in  poetry  frequent,  re+cedo,3  cessi, 
ssum,  back  +  go;  quo  -  eo,  the   more  —  the  higher;  -go*  rrexi,  ctum,  ad  +  surgo, 
to  rise,  up;  -urn,  ii,  the  top,  the  summit  of  an  elevation,  steps,  building,  a  terrace,  gently 
sloping.  —  Simul  ac,  before  consonants,  others  than  gutturals,  (c,  ch,  g),  atque,  before 
h  and  vowels,  as  soon  as;  -es,  ei,  f.,  a  flat,  or  level  ground;  -«s,  a,  urn,  wet,  humid;  fr. 
desero?  ui,  turn,  abandoned,  deserted;  -dior,3  ssus  sum,  to  step  out,  to  leave;  -ter,  iris, 
tre,  plain,  an  open  country,   without  hills,  grassy   plains,  prairie;  -quor?  cuius  sum,  to 
reach;  11.,  a  bush;  -tex,  ids,  f.,  a  shrub;  -um,  i,  young  trees;  -us,  a,  urn,  glad,  joyous; 
-sco*  to  become  lukewarm;  prep.,  behind,  w.  Accus.;  -ro?  trivi,  tritum,  to  wear  out  by 
using,  to  tread  (whence  terra);  fr.  argilla,  a,  clay,  claiy;  humus,  i,  f.,  (because  bearing) 
the  top  soil,  humus;  -is,  e,  fr.  fero,3  tuli,  latum,  bearing,  fruitful;  -us,  a,  um,  of  a  good 
parentage,  stock,  pedigree,  noble,  liberal,  generous.  —  II.,  one  who  cultivates  the  ground; 
hence  colbnia,  a  settlement  of  cultivators;  -um,  i,  where  arbores  crescunt,   so  frutic&um, 
dumetum,  &c,  where  frutices  and  dumi  are  thick;  -co}  r.,  to  peep  out  white  from  among 
trees;  -us,  a,  um,  good  and  fat;  bos,  bovis,   m.,   and  f.,  an  ox,  or  cow;  I.,  a  cow;  II-,  a 
calf;  II.,  and  -ess,i,  a  colt;  equa,  a,  a  mare,  Dat-  and  Abl.,  pi.  -abus:  -uum,  i,  a  pasture; 
-to,1  r.,  transitive,  to  romp,  to  frisk  about;    II- ,  a  hillock;  -lo,1  r-,  to  bleat;  II  ,  dimin.  of 
agnus,  i,  a  lamb;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  sheep;  -so,1  r.,  to  run  about;  frux,  gis,  f.,  usually  pi.  -ges, 
um,  farm  produce;  -ax,  cis,  adj.  fertile  of. 


417 

Si  oculos  tuos  in  horizonte  occfduo  circumferas,  fncidunt7  tibi  li- 
neamenta  assurgentium  collium,  ultra  quos  iuga  livescunt  montium 
plus  minusque  celsorum.  Post  plurium  horarum  iter  secundum  decur- 
sum  amnis  eo  si  veneris,  in  vdllibus  &  anfrdctibus  partim  pecora  repe- 
ries  in  declivitatibus  pascentia,  casasque  incolarum  e  virore  candican- 
tes;  partim  autem  complura  industries  humane  indicia.  Una  enim  ope- 
rarum  caterva  arbores  credit,  ac  materiam  in  serrdria  apparat;  alia  car- 
ros  ferr&oicv  tabulis  onerat;  iterum  alia  in  lapicidina  lapides  credit;  alia 
ccementum  atque  mortdrium  fabricator;  alia  denique  lactdriam  exercet. 

Alia  in  valle  vise  acclines8  et  arduae  ducunt  ad  clibanos  Idterum  ac 
teguldrum,  et  calcis,  sive  laterfnas,  tegulinas,  atque  calcarias,  item  cat- 
bondrias,  quibus  commodis  producendis  atque  expediendis,  multa  homi- 
num  millia  victum  merentur,  quasstumque  exercent. 

Superius,  in  convallibus,9  fodfnae  lithdnthracum  conspiciuntur, 
quarum  ex  amigiis  metdllici,  in  capedulis  suis  pusillas  lucernas  geren- 

7.  -do,3  di,  to  fall  in,  to  come  into  sight,  mind;  -urn,  i,  the  outlines;  •«,  is,  m.,  a 
hill;  -um,  i,  a  yoke,  heights,  chain  of  mountains;  -sco,3  to  become,  or  appear  blue;  -us, 
a,  um,  high.  —  -us,  Us,  the  run,  or  flowing;  thither  if  you  come,  arrive;  -is,  is,  f.,  a 
valley;  -us,  {is,  m.,  a  winding  valley;  -us,  oris,  n.,  cattle,  including  horses,  asses,  mules, 
excluding  sheep,  hogs,  goats,  which  are  pecus,  udis,  f.;  4as,  tis,  f.,  a  slope;  -scot,3  stus 
sum,  to  be  grazing;  1.,  m.,  -or,  is,  m.,  verdure;  -co,1  r.,  same  as  albico;  1.,  diligence; 
de  industria,  aliquid  agere,  to  do  something  purposely,  deliberately,  industry;  -ium,  iit 
a  mark.  —  1.,  workers,  laborers;  I-,  a  gang;  -do,3  cecidi,  ccesumy  to  slash,  to  chop,  to 
cut;  I.,  a  matter,  in  general,  lumber,  building  material,  in  particular;  I.,  fr.,  serra,  a,  a 
saw,  a  saw  mill;  ad  +  paro,  to  prepare  for;  II.,  a  freight  cart,  or  railway  freight  car; 
compounded  fr.  ferrum  +  via,  iron  road,  a  modern  Latin  formation,  not  by  me,  a  rail- 
way; I.,  a  board;  -ro,1  r.,  to  burden,  to  load;  I.,  a  quarry;  -urn,  i,  broken  stone,  for 
roads  or  building;  -urn,  iit  mortar,  cement;  I.,  a  dairy;  -ceo,2  ui,  Hum,  to  practice. 

8.  -nis,  e,  rising  upward;  -uus,  a,  urn,  steep;  II.,  kilns,  furnaces;  -er,  eris,  m.,  a 
brick;  I.,  a  tile;  calx,  cis,  f.,  lime;  1.,  a  brick  kiln;  I.,  a  lime  kiln;  I.,  a  charcoal  kiln; 
-urn,  i,  a  commodity;  -co3  xi,  ctum,  to  bring  forth;  -dto}  ivi,  itum,  to  transport;  vi- 
ctum (-us,  us,  m.)  mereor,  (-o,2)  itus  sum  to  earn  a  living;  -us,  6st  a  gain,  a  lucrative 
pursuit. 

9.  -is,  is,  f.,  a  closed  valley;  I.,  a  mine;  -thrax,  cis,  m.,  coal,  stone  coal,  a  neo- 
Latin  word,  not  by  me;  I.,  a  shaft,  a  pit  of  a  mine;  II.,  a  miner,  metallum,  i,  a  mine 
(fodina  is  a  general  term  for  any  dugout);  -urn,  i,  a  cap;  -us,  a,  um,  little;  I.,  a  lamp; 
-urn,  it,  a  hundredweight  (the  um  means  a  contraction  of  -orum);  adv.,  yearly;  -uo,3  ui, 


418 

tes,  centupondiGm  centena  ac  mfllia  annue  eruunt,  magnariisque  per 
aversionem  vendunt,  qui,  vicissim,  aucto  pretio,  minutulariis  minuta- 
tim  evenditant,  hi  vero  consumentibus. 

^  Si  his  visis10  etiam  superius  scandere  statueris,  sylvam  circum  te, 
perinde  atque  auram  rarescere,  teporem  dimfnui,  algorem  autem  ingra- 
vescere  senties,  ac  tandem  omnem  virorem,  prater  museum,  prorsus 
cessare.  Fissm  ac  ritnosa  rupes  in  cautes  exacuuntur;  undique  hian- 
tes  vordgines;  pedetentim  ingentes  conspicies  stlrias,  in  vertiginosa  ba- 
rdthra  dependentes.  Dispiciens,  animadvertes  vertices  montium  coni- 
cos,  prorsus  steriles  ac  desertos  te  iam  superasse,  nunc  vero  te  celsfs- 
simum  cacumen  solitarii  montis  tentare,  ubi  nihil  reperias  nisi  nives 
sempiternas. 

His  etiam  deteriores11  sunt  montes  ignivorni,  veluti  Vesuvius,  pro- 
pe  Neapolim,  /Etna  in  Sicilia,  aliique  alibi,  quorum  vertices  hiant  era- 

utum,  to  get  out  something  from  a  tight  place  by  force;  II.,  a  wholesaler;  per  aversionem, 
by  dumping,  at  wholesale;  -urn,  ii,  a  price;  II.,  a  retailer;  4o}  r.,  to  sell  about  little  by 
little;  -mo*psi,  ptum,  to  use  up. 

10.  His  visis  =  with  these  seen,  the  Latin  needs  no  preposition,  :ust  plain  Abl., 
which  is,  therefore,  called  Ablativus  Absolutus,  a  bare  Abl,  very  frequent  in  narrating 
events;  we  shall  come  back  to  it  at  another  place;  adv.,  higher;  -do?  dit  sum,  to  climb; 
if  you  decide;  I.,  a  forest;  -sco,3  to  become  more  scanty,  thin;  -or,  is,  m.,  lukewarm- 
ness;  -or,  is,  m.,  a  chill;  II.,  moss;  -o,1  r.,  to  cease.  —  -do?fidi,  ssum,  to  split;  -ws, 
a,  urn,  full  of  chinks,  cracks;  -cuo*  ui,  utum,  to  sharpen  it,  to  make  a  thing  pointed; 
-go,  inis,  f„  a  chasm;  adv.,  gradually;  I.,  an  icycle;  -us,  a,  urn,  dizzy;  -urn,  i,  an  abyss; 
-deo,2  to  hang  down.  —  -io,3 pexi,  ctum,  to  look  around;  -to3  ti,  sum,  to  notice;  -ex, 
ids,  m.,  the  top,  the  turning  point;  -us,  a,  urn,  coneshaped;  -is,  e,  barren;  ~ro,1  r.,  to 
overcome,  to  be  higher;  -en,  inis,  n.,  a  peak;  -us,  a,  urn,  lonely,  that  is  alone;  -to,1  r., 
to  try,  to  attempt;  -us,  a,  um,  everlasting. 

11.  -ior,  ior,  ius,  Comparativus,  -Srrimus,  a,  um,  Superlat,  Gradus  Positivus  lack- 
ing, worse;  -us,  a,  um,  fire- vomiting  mountain;  II.,  the  wellknown  volcano;  -is,  is,  f., 
Accus.  -im,  or  -in,  Naples;  crater,  erisy  m.,  in  first  meaning  a  deep  wine  vessel  for  mix- 
ing wines,  in  secondary  meaning,  the  mouth  of  a  volcano;  -po,3  rupi,  ptum,  to  break 
forth;  -um,  i,  here,  a  metal;  -do,3  dijusum,  to  pour,  to  melt,  to  smelt;  -us,  a,  um,  won- 
derful, stupendous;  vis,  Ace,  vim,  Abl.  w,  no  other  cases  in  sing.,  reg.  in  pi.  vires, 
-ium,  &c.,  force,  strength,  power,  violence;  -bro,1  r.,  to  fling  out;  -us,  us,  perdition, 
destruction;  adv.  all  over;  -go,3  si,  sum,  to  scatter;  advs.,  far  and  wide;  -sco3  ui,  to  be- 
gin trembling,  fr.  tremo,3  ui,  to  tremble. 


419 

Uribus,  e  quibus  haud  raro  ater  fumus,  alias  etiam  flammas  erumpunt, 
metalla,  saxaque  fusa  effluunt,  aut  vero  prodigiosa  vi  in  sublime  evo- 
muntur  et  evibrantur,  interitum  circumquaque  spargentia,  ita  ut  ipsa 
terra  longe  lateque  contremfscat. 

Jtecensio.  —  Narra,  sis,  quid  sint  ora  maritima,  littus,  ripa.  — 
Quonam  modo  solemus  aquis  modum  ponere?  —  Quas  res  gignit  regio 
littoralis?  —  Culices  quid?  —  Cuiusmodi  est  alterum  genus  regionis 
littoralis?  —  Ubi  et  cur  solent  naufragia  fieri?  —  Ubi  reperies  arenam? 

—  et  quid  aliud?  —  Ubi  solent  fulica*  versari?  —  Ubi  solent  syrtes  ef- 
formari?  quare?  —  Quomodo  cavetur  contra  syrtes?  —  Ubi  solet  ter- 
ra assurgere?  —  Ubi  et  quales  sunt  terrae  fertiles?  —  qui  scies?  — 
Quid  cernes  in  occiduo  horizonte?  —  Si  propius  accedes  quid  vides? 

—  Memora  genus  industriae  in  valle  vigentis.  —  Quo  ducunt  vise  ar- 
duae?  —  quid  ibi  fit?  —  Ubi  invenies  fodinas  lithanthracum?  —  qui  et 
quomodo  earn  vendunt?  —  Quid  si  altius  ascendas?  —  Narra  de  mon- 
tibus  ignivomis. 


VOCABVLARIVM    30. 


Nna  Subst. 

p£lagus,  i,  n. 
ora,  x 

margo,  in  is,  m. 
littus,  oris,  n. 
ripa,  x 
ars,  tis,  f. 
agger,  is,  m. 
impetus,  us,  rru 
ulva,  x 
carina,  x 
arundo,  inis,  f. 
iuncus,  i 
pecus,  oris,  n. 
lustrum,  i 
insectum,  i 
culex,  ids,  m. 


habiticulum,  i 
virus,  i,  n. 
febris,  is,  f. 
anguis,  is,  m. 
morsus,  us,  m. 
prsecipitium,  ii 
caput,  itis,  n. 
fluctus,  us,  m. 
aspergo,  inis,  f, 
sublime,  is,  n. 
scopulus,  i, 
cautes,  is,  f. 
navigium,  ii 
navarchus,  i 
naufra'gium,  ii 
navigator,  is,  m. 
periculum,  i 


testa,  x 
testudo,  inis,  f. 
6strea,  x 
concha,  x 
conchylium,  ii 
purpura,  x 
exuvise,  arum 
cancer,  cri 
cammarus,  i 
margarita,  x 
unio,  nis,  m. 
multitudo,  nis,  f. 
gratia,  x 
c£te,  indecl. 
color,  is,  m. 
altum,  i 
fiilica,  x 


turba,  x 
pisciculus,  i 
nauta,  x,  m. 
navigatio,  nis,  f. 
propinquitas,is,f. 
vis,  vim,  vi,  f. 
sabulo,  nis,  m. 
glaYea,  x 
alga,  x 
cumulus,  i 
syrtis,  is,  f. 
breVia,  orum,  n. 
navis,  is,  f. 
vadum,  i 
pharus,  i,  m. 
rataVia,  x 
portus,  us,  m. 


420 


a  iuor,  is,  n. 
fastigium,  ii 
planities,  ei,  f. 
dumus,  i, 
frutex,  ids,  f. 
arbustum,  i 
humus,  i,  f- 
col6nus,  i 
arboretum,  i 
frutic6tum,  i 
pratum,  i 
bos,  bovis,  m.  f. 
vacca,  x 
vitulus,  i 
hinnulus,  i 
equa,  x 
pascuum,  i 
tumulus,  i 
agnellus,  i 
ovis,  is,  f- 
frux,  gis,  f. 
lineamentum,  i 
collis,  is,  m. 
iugum,  i 
mons,  tis,  m. 
iter,  itineris,  n. 
decursus,  us,  m. 
vallis,  is,  f. 
anfractus,  us,  m. 
pecus,  oris,  n. 
declivitas,  tis,  f . 
incola,  x,  m. 
viror,  is,  m. 
industria,  x 
indicium,  ii 
operae,  arum,  f. 
caterva,  x 
materia,  x 
sen-aria,  x 
carrus,  i 
ferr6via,  x 


tabula,  x 

lapicidina,  x 
lapis,  idis,  m- 
caementum,  i 
morta*rium,  ii 
clibanus,  i 
later,  is,  m. 
tegula,  x 
calx,  cis,  f. 
laterina,  x 
tegulina,  x 
calca'ria,  x 
carbona'ria,  x 
c6mmodum,  i 
v ictus,  us,  m. 
qusestus,  us,  m. 
convallis,  is,  f. 
fodina,  x 
lithanthrax, 

acis,  m. 

arrugia,  x 

metallicus,  i 

capedulum,  i 

lucerna,  x 

magnaVius,  ii 

minutulirius,  ii 

aversio,  nis,  f. 

premium,  ii 

sylva,  x 

tepor,  is,  m. 

algor,  is,  m. 

muscus,  i 

vora*go,  inis,  f. 

stiria,  x 

barathrum,  i 

vertex,  icis,  m. 

cacumen,  inis,  n. 

crater,  eVis,  m. 

flamma,  x 

metallum,  i 

sublime,  is,  n. 


inteVitus,  lis,  m. 


Nna  Adi. 

huma'nus,  a,  um 
editus,  a,  um 
siccus,  a,  um 
easterns,  a,  um 
uvidus,  a,  um 
humidus,  a,  um 
sterilis,  e 
ingratus,  a,  um 
invius,  a,  um 
pestifer,  a,  um 
dissitus,  a,  um 
venena*tus,  a,  um 
lethalis,  e 
littodlis,  e 
sax<5sus,  a,  um 
asper,  a,  um 
hdrridus,  a,  um 
exesus,  a,  um 
summus,  a,  um 
muscdsus,  a,  um 
de*vexus,  a,  um 
aren<5sus,  a,  um 
sabuldsus,  a,  um 
cret6sus,  a,  um 
coralliticus,  a,  um 
innumerus,  a,  um 
gratus,  a,  um 
incautus,  a,  um 
glaucus,  a,  um 
viridis,  e 
cautus,  a,  um 
tutus,  a,  um 
versitilis,  e 
lenis,  e 
udus,  a,  um 
herb6sus,  a,  um 
argil!6sus,  a,  um 


fertilis,  e 

ge*ner6sus,  a,  um 
opimus,  a,  um 
ferax,  cis 
celsus,  a,  um 
acclinis,  e 
irduus,  a,  um 
pusillus,  a,  um 
rim6sus,  a,  um 
vertigin6sus,  a,  um 
c6nicus,  a,  um 
solita*rius,  a,  um 
sempiternus,  a,  um 
deterior,  ius 
ignivomus,  a,  um 
prodigi6sus,  a,  um 

Verba 
obiicio,3  ieci,  ctum 
contingo,3  tigi,  tactum 
ambio,4  r- 

gigno,3  genui,  itum 
infesto,1  r. 
dissemino,1  r. 
spumo,1  r. 
irruo,3  ui 
verbero,1  r. 
elido,3  si,  sum 
rigo,1  r. 
delitesco,3  ui 
adigo,3  egi,  actum 
decipio,3  cepi,  ptum 
illido,3  si,  sum 
lateo,2  ui 

colligo,3  legi,  lectum 
lavo,1  lavi,  -vavi,  atum 
rapio,3  ui,  ptum 
inhio,1  r. 
circumvtflito,1  r. 
imilligo,3  xi,  ctum 
versor,1  atus  sum 


421 


oportet,8  uit 

converro,3  rri,  sum 

accresco,3  vi,  turn 

vito,1  r. 

capio,3  cepi,  captum 

desido,3  sedi,  ssum 

haereo,2  si,  sum 

superv£nio,4  ni,  turn 

conquasso,1  r. 

afflicto,1  r. 

cognosco,3  novi,  nitum 

indico,1  r. 

tinnio,4  r. 

accedo,3  cessi,  ssum 

subeo,4  r. 

recede, 3  cessi,  ssum 

assurgo,3  rrexi,  ctum 

egr£dior, 3  ssus  sum 

a'ssequor,3  cutus  sum 

tepesco,3 

relinquo,3  liqui,  ctum 

tero,3  trivi,  turn 

albico,1  r. 

conspicio,3  spexi,  ctum 

persulto,1  r. 

balo,1  r. 

circumcurso,1  r. 

circumfero,3  tuli,  latum 


incido,3cidi 
livesco,3 
repeVio,4  ri,  turn 
pascor,3  pastus  sum 
candico,1  r. 
caedo, 3  cecidi,  cassum 
ipparo,1  r. 
6nero,1  r. 

exerceo,2  cui,  citum 
duco,3  xi,  ctum 
produce3  xi,  ctum 
expe*dio,4r. 
mereor,2  itus  sum 
gero,3  ssi,  stum 
eruo,3  ui,  utum 
ev^ndito,1  r. 
consumo,3  mpsi,  ptum 
scando,3  si,  sum 
raresco,3 

diminuo,3  ui,  utum 
ingravesco,3 
cesso,1  r. 
findo,3  fidi,  ssum 
ex£cuo,3  ui 
dependeo.2 
dispicio,3  pexi,  ctum 
animadverto,3  ti,  sum 
de*sero, 3  rui,  rtum 


supero,1  r. 
tento,1  r. 

erumpo,3  rupi,  ptum 
£vomo,3  ui,  itum 
eVibro, t  r- 
spargo,3  si,  sum 
contrSmisco,3  ui 

Adverbia 

libere,  leniter 
subinde,  nonnunquam 
propius 
probe,  procul 
a*deo,  admodum 
modo,  caeterum 
magis,  i\t\us 
alias,  subito 
simul,  sensim 
hie,  laete 
plus,  minus 
partim,  iterum 
supeVius,  annue 
minutatim 
undique 
pedetentim 
alibi,  raro 
longe  lat£que 


422 

EXERCITATIONES  LEGENDI. 

171.  Omne  hoc,  quidquid  est,  cui  Mundi  Coelique  nomen  indfdi- 
mus,1  unum  id  est,  et  uno  ambitu  se,  cunctaque  amplectitur.  —  Huic 
medio  Terra  sublimis  cingitur  undique  mari ;  eademque  in  duo  latera, 
quae  Hemisphgeria  nominantur,  ab  oriente  divisa  ad  occasum  Zonis 
quinque  distinguitur.  Mediam  asstus2  infestat,  frigus  ultimas ;  reliqu^e 
habitabiles  paria  agunt  anni  tempora,  verum  non  pariter.  Antichthones3 
alteram,  nos  alteram  incolimus.  Illius  situs  ob  ardorem  intercedentis 
plagas  incognitus,  huius,  dicendus  est.  Haec  ergo  ab  ortu  porrecta  ad 
occasum,  et  quia  sic  iacet,  aliquanto,  quam  ubi  latissima  est,  longior, 
ambftur  omnis  oceano,  quatuorque  ex  eo  maria  recipit :  unum  a  se- 
ptemtrione  a  meridie  duo,  quartum  ab  occasu.  —  Hoc  primum  angu- 
stum,  necamplius  decern  millibus  passuum  patens,  terras  aperit,  atque 
intrat.  Turn  longe  lateque  diffusum,  abigit  vaste  cedentia  littora,  fis- 
demque  ex  diverso  prope  coeiintibus,  adeo  in  arctum  agitur,  ut  minus 
mille  pasbibus  pateat.  Inde  se  rursus,  sed  modice  admodum,  laxat, 
rursusque,  etiam  quam  fuit,  arctius  exit  in  spatium.  Quo  quum  est 
acceptum,  ingens  iterum,  et  magnae  paludi,  cseterum  exiguo  ore,  con- 
iungitur.  Id  omne,  qua  venit,  quaque  dispergitur,  uno  vocabulo,  No- 
strum4 Mare  dicitur.  Angustias,  introitumque  venientis,  Fretutn  apella- 
mus.  Qua  diffunditur,  alia  aliis  locis  cognomina  acceptat.  Ubi  primum 
se  arctat,  Hellespontus  vocatur ;  Propontis,  ubi  expandit.  Ubi  iterum 
pressit,5  Thracius  Bosporus.  Ubi  iterum  effundit,  Pontus  Euxinus.  Qua 
paludi  committitur,  Cimmerius  Bosporus;  palus  ipsa  Mseotis.  Hoc 
mari  et  duobus  inclytis  amnibus,  Tanai,  atque  Nilo,6  in  tres  partes 
universa  dividitur.    Tanais  a  septemtrione  ad  meridiem  vergens,  in 


1.  fndo,3  didi,  ditutn,  do,  impono-  —  2.  Mediam  zonam,  terras  tropicas;  cesius, 
calor;  frigus  infestat.  Zonarum  extrema,  regiones  Artcicas  et  Antarcticas.  —  3.  -nes,  urn, 
antipodes;  incognitus  est,  huius  situs  describendus  est.  —  4.  Mare  Internum,  vulgo  Me- 
diterraneum;  praster  Melam  vix  alii  ita  vocarunt.  —  Fretutn  nempe  Gaditanum.  —  5. 
Si  textus  germanus  est,  grammatica  non  est,  se  pressit,  se  compressit,  coarctavit;  se  ef- 
fundit. —  6.  Ridiculum  esset,  nisi  interpretaremur  mentem  auctoris  veluti  qui  de  Mar* 
Interno  scriberet,  cuius  et  Pontus  Euxinus  pars  esset,  sic  autem  accepta  mente  auctoris, 
clarum  erit  et  Tanain,  et  Nilum  in  idem  mare   influere,  ille  e  septemtrione,  hie  e  meridie 


423 

mediamfereAfeotidadefluit;  et  ex  diverso  Nilus  in  pelagus   Ouod 
terrarum  iacet  a  Freto  ad  ea  flumina  ab  altera  latere  Africam  vocamus 
ab  altera  Europen;  ad  Nilum  Africam,  ad  Tanain  Europen.  Ultra  auid- 
quid  est,  Asia  est.  M 

Pompdnius  Mela,  De  Situ  Orbis,  I.  l. 

172  Ac  principle  terra  universa  cernatur,  locata  in  media  mundi 
sede,  solida  et  globosa,  et  undique  ipsa  in  sese  nutibus  suis  congloba- 
ta  vestita  floribus,  herbis,  arboribus,  frugibus.  Quorum  omnium  in- 
credibilis  multitudo,  insatiabili  varietate  distinguitur.  Adde  hue  fon- 
tiumgehdas  perennitates,  Iiquores  perlucidos  amnium,  riparum  vestftus 
vindissimos,  speluncarum  concavas  altitudines,  immensitatesque  cam- 
porum:  adde  etiam  reconditas  auri  argentfque  venas,  infinitamque  vim 
marmons.  —  At  vera  quanta  maris  est,  pulchritudo!  qua?  species 
amoeniMesorarumetlfttoraml  ~  Ipsum  autem  mare  sic  terram  ap- 
petens  littonbus  alludit.i  ut  una  ex  duabus  naturis  conflata  videatun 

1    I  ,^,t  ,a  a    vu  L  M-  T-  cieero<  Nat.  Deorum,  II,  39. 

1-  Ludit  ad,  fluctibus  verberat. 

173.  O,  quam  ridiculi  sunt  mortalium  termini!    Ultra  Istrumi  Da- 

tici  h  tZ^Tn  traX"  ^  'Stria'  Parte  °Hm  Gmx  Cisalpins>  P*ninsuIa  Maris  Adria- 
tic, ab  mcol.s  lstns,  quorum  caput  erat  Tergeste,  nunc  Triest,  ita  nominata  Aloes  Car 
mc*  determinant  Istriam  ex  una  parte,  ex  altera  autem  Pannoniam  aZe  ilyr  am  Sa- 
vusfluvmsonturexA.pibus   Carnicis,  in   Pannonia,   itaque  non  proprie  in™,  tlu  t 

Bemd)  inn  6mK  aCSi,fJfria  rVenir6t'  6t  3d  SingidunUm-  AiLt  Alba'  Arx 
Belgrad)  in  Danub.um  illabitur.  Ab  hoc  confluent!  ipse  Danubius  Ister  vocatus  est  auas 
ex  Istna  onundus.  '  4 

■\  DJ?h  P°PU,US  Sarmaticus  (Slavicus),  qui  quondam   partes  Hungarte  (Transyl- 
vamae),  Moldav,*  atque  regiones  usque  ad  Istrum  a  Singiduno  ad  Pontum  Euxinum  u  - 

Zu mTJf  "f  1Tra!°r  TraianUS  £0S  Sub  P0testatem  Romanam  red^'t.  Ponte  per 
strum  conduo.  Imp.  Aurehanus  .egiones  inde  reduxit.  Terras  has  ex  magna  parte  gens 

.ncoht,qUa;se/?«^m^  appellat,  utiturque  idiomate  quodam  Italico.  Fabula  quasi 
gens  origlnem  a  ,egjonibus  Traiani  ducat)  siveeliberis  Mc  ^.^  fida  fertur  a  tribusqmo_ 

nachis  Hunganc.s  Romas,  circa  finem  s*culi  XVIII,  e  paucis  sententiis  unius  Scriptorum  Re- 
run. Augustanarum.  Scriptores  Byzantini  hane  gentem  Blax,  per  aversionem  vocaverunt 

Rnl^T  "T6"  Suum  V,acs'  Valacs'  Walachs.  qui  tamen  se  ab  ipsis  incolis  Imperii 
Komam  Byzantini  Romaioi  appellaverunt,  unde  Rumani. 


424 

cuss  non  exeat.  Strymon^  et  Haemus*  Thracas  includat.  Parthis  obstet 
Euphrates.  Danubius  Sarmatica  ac  Romana  disterminet.  Rhenus  Oer- 
maniae  modum  facial  Pyrenaeus  medium  inter  Gallias  et  Hispamas 
iugum  extollat;  inter  ^gyptum  et  ^thfopas  arenarum  inculta  vastitas 

^Ceat  L.  Ann.  Seneca,  Quasi.  Nat.  I.,  Pro! 

3  Modo  Struma  fiuvius  Macedonia;.  -  4.  Mons  Hasmus,  nunc  Balkan,  inter  Thra- 
ciam  nunc  ex  parte  Turcia,  cetera  omnis  regie  usque  ad  Istrum,  est  Bulgaria,  qua=  modo 
t  am  ScythtanfMinorem,  cuius  pars  nunc  Dotru4sHa  appellor,  ~»~?£  JjJ 
istri  complectitur.  Urbes  illic  notissim*  lstropolis,  atque  Tom,,  ub.  P-  Ov.d.us  Naso 
Poeia  Romanus  vitam  in  exsi.io  degerat  Oeterum  regie >  inter  Hon-  et  Istrum  ,n  dua 
partes  erat  divisa:  Mcesiam  Superiorem,  nostris  temponbus  Serb.a,  a  gente,  qua  «  i« 
vocat,  atque  Mcesiam  Inferiorem,  modo  Bulgaria,  gens  Tatanca,  sed  lmgua  Sarmat.ca. 
—  5.  Modum  facere,  est  moderari,  fines  imponere. 

174  Itineribus  extensis,  Amazones  ad  usque  Caspium  Mare  pro- 
ducts circumcolunt  Tanain,  qui  inter  Caucasias  oriens  rupes,  per  si- 
nuosos  labitur  circumflexus,  Asiamque  disterminans  ab  Europa,  in 
stagnis  IVUeoticis  delitescit.  Huic  Rha  vicinus  est  amnis,  in  cuius  su- 
perciliis  quasdam  vegetabilis  eiusdem  nominisgignitur  radix,  proiiciens 

ad  usus  multiplices  medelarum.1 

Amm.  Marcellinus,  XX11,  8. 

1.  Medicatio,  medicamentum- 

175  Ortus  Ister  in  Germania,  iugis  montis  Abnobaa,  ex  Adverse 
Raurici.'Galliae  oppidi  multis  ultra  Alpes  mfllibus,  ac  per  innumeras 
lapsus  gentes,  Danubii,  nomine,  immenso  aquarum  auctu,  et unde  pn- 
mum  lllyricum  alluit,  Ister  appellatus,  sexagmta  amnibus  receptis,  me- 
dio ferme  numero  eorum  navigabili,  in  Pontum  vastis  sex  fluminibus 

C.  Plinius  Secundus,  Maior.  Hist.  Nat.  IV,  12,  79- 

176  Terrarum  orbis  universus  in  tres  dividitur  partes,  Europam, 
Asiam,  Africam.  Origo  ab  occasu  solis  et  Gaditano  Freto  qua  irrum- 
pens  Oceanus  Atlanticus,  in  maria  interiora  diffunditur.  H.nc  mtrant. 


425 

dextera  Africa  est,  lasva  Europa,  inter  has,  Asia;  termini  Tanais  et  Ni- 
lus.  Quindecim  millia  passuum  in  longitudinem,  a  vico  Mellaria  Hi- 
spanias  ad  Promontorium  Africa  Album.  —  Nee  profunda  altitudo  mi- 
raculum  minuit,  frequentes  quippe  taeniae1  candicantis  vadi  carinas 
territant,  qua  de  causa  limen  Interni  Maris2  multi  eum  locum  appella- 
vere.  Proximis  autem  faucibus  utrfmque  impositi  montes  coercent 
claustra,3  Abyla  Africa,  Europe  Calpe,  laborum  Herculis  mete,4  quam 
ob  causam  indigent  Columnas  eius  Dei  vocant,  creduntque  perfossas, 
excliisa  antea  admisfsse  maria,  et  rerum  naturae  mutasse  faciem. 

C.  Plinius  Secundus,  Maior,  Hist.  Nat.  Ill,  2. 

1.  Tcenia,  -oe,  proprie,  vitta,  ligamentum,  plerumque  coloratum,  ornamenti  causa 
vestium  muliebrium,  aut  etiam  crinium;  hie,  per  similitudinem,  ordines  saxorum  in  fun- 
do  maris  vadosi;  candico,  eniteo  colore  albo;  carina,  cz,  est  tabulatum  subtus  fund  urn 
navis,  quas  hanc  in  aqua  sequilibrio  sustinet,  navis  ipsa.  —  2.  Mare  Internum,  est  nomen 
proprium  maris,  quod  vulgo  Mediterraneum  appellatur;  eius  Umen  (-inis,  n.,  est  lignum, 
aut  lapis,  inferior  pars  postis,  quam  domum  intrantes  transgredimur),  quia  per  eum  locum 
naves  Mare  Internum  intrant.  —  3.  Claustrum,  iy  id  quod  aliquid  claudit,  frustum  lignL 
quod  intra  ianuam  transversum  ponitur,  ne  ianua  pandi  possit;  firmamenti  instar  Abyla 
et  Calpe,  montes  ex  utroque  latere  Freti  Gaditani.  —  4.  Finis;  qui  illic  nati  sunt;  Colu- 
mns Herculis;  quasi  Hercules  ilia  claustra  perfregerit,  oceanoque  ostium  ad  ingredien- 
dum  aperuerit. 

177.  Namque  perpetua  vallis  iacet  usque  ad  Mare  Caspium  patens. 
Duo  terras  eius  velut  brachia1  excurrunt;  media,  flexu  modico,  sinum 
faciunt*  lunaa  maxime  similem,  quum  eminent  cornua,  nondum  totum 
orbem  sydere2  implente. 

Qu.  Curtius  Rufus,  VI,  8. 

1.  eBrachiumi  ii,  pars  corporis  humani,  supra  manum,  ad  humerum  usque.  —  2. 
Sidus,  eris,  n.,  (etiam  scribitur  sydus),  lumen,  pars  luminosa,  illuminata. 

♦Since  the  German-made  dictionaries,  like  that  of  Freund  (Harper's),  seem  deliberately  to 
omit  examples  of  facio  with  inanimate  subjects,  they  mislead  book-learned  latinists  into  assuming, 
that  this  verb  can  only  stand  after  living,  animate  subjects.  On  this  ground  criticism  has  reached 
me,  because  I  used  in  Pens.  III.,  "duae  lineae  obliquae  faciunt  angulum."  Here  C.  Rufus,  author  of  the 
first  half  of  the  first  century  uses  it  so;  so  do  Mela,  of  the  same  century,  and  Plinius  of  the  same 
age,  and  here  is  M.  Cete  Faventinus,  an  architect,  using  the  very  same  expression  as  did  I:  "Mul- 
ta  variaque  genera  sunt  horologiorum,  sed  Pelecini  et  hemicyclii  magis  aperta  et  sequenda  ratio  vi- 
detur.  Pelecinum  enim  horologium  dicitur,  quod  ex  duabus  tabulis  marmoreis,  vel  lapideis  superiori 
parte  latioribus,  inferiori  angustioribus  componitur;  sed  hae  tabulae  aequali  mensura  fiunt,  et  quinis 
lineis  directis  notantur,  ut  angulum  faciant,  qui  sextam  horam  signabit." 


426 

178.  Aut  stant  omnes  aquae,  aut  eunt,  aut  colliguntur,  aut  varias 
habent  venas:  dliae  sunt  dulces,  aliae  variae,  aspera  quippe  interveni- 
unt,  salsse,  amaraeque,  aut  medicate,  ex  quibus  sulphuratas  dicimus, 
ferratas,  aluminosas:  indicat  vim  sapor. 

L.  An,  Seneca,  Quaest.  Nat.  Ill,  3. 

179.  In  eadem  Campaniae  regione  Sinuessanae  aquae  —  virorum 
insaniam  abolere  produntur;  in  yEnaria  insula  calcinosis  mederi,  et 
qua?  vocatur  Acfdula,  a  Teano  Sidicino  quatuor  millibus  passuum  — 
hsec  frigida,  —  item  in  Stabicano,  quae  Dimidia  vocatur,  et  in  Vena- 
frano  ex  fonte  acfdulo. 

Crannone  est  fons  calidus  citra  summum  fervorem,  qui  vino  tn- 
duo  addito  calorem  potionis  custodit  in  vasis.  Sunt  et  Matiaci1  in  Ger- 
mania  fontes  calidi  trans  Rhenum,  quorum  haustus  trfduo  fervet,  circa 
margines  vero  pumlcem  fdciunt  aqu<£. 

C  Plinim  Secundum,  Maior,  Hist.  Nat.  XXXI,  9. 
1.  Wiesbaden. 

180.  Sarmatia  intus,  quam  ad  mare,  latior,  ab  his,  quae  sequuntur, 
Vistula  amne  discreta,  qua  retro  abit  usque  ad  Istrum  flumen  immitti- 
tur.  Gens  habitu  armisque  Parthicae  proxima,  verum  ut  coeli  asperioris, 
ita  ingenii:  non  se  urbibus  tenent,  et  ne  statis  quidem  sedibus.  Ut  in- 
vitavere  pabula,  ut  cedens  et  sequens  hostis  exigit,  ita  res  opesque 
secum  trahens,  semper  castra  habitat;  bellatrix,  libera,  indomita,  et 
usque  eo  immanis,  ut  foemin^  etiam  cum  viris  bella  ineant. 

Pompdnius  Mela,  De  Situ  Orbis,  III.  4. 


SCYTHIA, 


Inde  Aste  sonfinia,1  nisi  ubi  perpetuae  nives  sedent  et  intolerdbi- 
lis  rigor,  Scythici  populi  incolunt,  fere  omnes  etiam  in  unum  Sagae2 

1.  Fines,  limites;  rigor,  is,  m.^gelu,  congelata  terra,  glacies.  —  2.  Ita  Graeci,  Au- 
ctor,  alios  imitatus,  scripsit  "Belcae." 


427 

appellati.  In  Asidtico  littore  primi  Hyperborei,3  super  a  aquilonem  Rhi- 
pseosque  montes,  sub  ipso  siderum  cardine  iacent,  ubi  sol  non  quoti- 
die,  ut  nobis,  sed  primum  verno  aequinoctio  exortus,  autumnali  de- 
mum  occidit,  et  ideo  sex  mensibus  dies,  et  totidem  aliis  nox  usque 
continua  est.  Terra  angusta,  apnea,  per  se  fertilis.  Cultores  iustissimi, 
et  diutius  quam  ulli  mortalium,  et  beatius  vivunt.  Quippe  festo  sem- 
per otio  laeti,  non  bella  novere,  non  iurgia;  sacris  oper&ti  —  habitant 
lucos  sylvasque,  et  ubi  eos  vivendi  satfetas  magis  quam  taedium  cedit, 
hilares,  redimiti4  sertis,  semet  ipsi  in  pelagus  ex  certa  rupe  prascipites 
dant  —  Mare  C&spium  —  in  tres  sinus  diffunditur;  contra  os  ipsum 
in  Hyrcanum,  ad  sinistram  in  Scythicum,  ad  dextram  in  eum,  quern 
proprie,  et  totius  nomine,  Caspium  appellant.  —  Multi  in  eo  sinu  ma- 
gni  parvique  amnes  fluunt,  sed  qui  famam  habent,  ex  Cerauniis5  mon- 
tibus  uno  alveo  descendit,  duobus  exit  in  Caspium,  Rha. 

Pompdnius  Mela,  De  Situ  Orbis,  III  6. 

3.  Ita,  sine  discrimine,  gentes  ad  extremam  Septemtrionem  appellant,  utique  de  Lap- 
ponibus,  Samoiedis,  Zyrienis  et  caeteris  Fennicis  tribubus  haec  aceipienda  sunt,  fabulis 
exornata.  Montes  autem  sunt  Ural,  nulli  enim  alii  sunt.  Habitant  lucos,  auctoris  est  pro- 
prium,  habito  enim  non  est  transit! vum,  /whabito,  atque  /»colo,  sunt-  —  4-  Exornati, 
adornati  manipulis  florum,  —  5.  Hie  non  de  Caucasiis  montibus  agitur  ut  volunt  intei- 
pretes. 

182.  Germani  quoque,  qui  usque  a  fontibus  istri  terras  ad  Sinum 
Adriaticum  spectantes  habitant,  legatos  miserant.  Nam  Ister  in  Ger- 
mania  oritur;  ipsi,  patrio  vocabulo,  T>aniibium  appellant.  Magnitudi- 
nem  corporum,  animorumque  alacritatem  admiratus  Alexander,  inter- 
rogavit:  Quidnam  omnium  mdxime  vererentur?  putans  suam  potentiam 
formidabilem  ipsis  esse,  eamque  se  confessionem  expressurum.  Illi 
nihil  se  magnopere  vereri  responderunt,  nisi,  forte,  ne  caelum  in  ipsos  rti- 
eret;  cceterum  virorum  fortium  amicftiam  plurimi  facere.  Perculsus  im- 
proviso  responso,  paulum  retfeuit;  deinde  hoc  unum  effatus:  Germd- 
nos  arrogdntes  esse;  foedus,  ut  petiere,  iunxit. 

Qu.  Curtius  Rufus,  De  Reb.  Ges.  Alex.  M.,  I.,  12. 


428 

183.  Nunc  de  Suevis  dicendum  est,  quorum  non  una,  ut  Catt6- 
rum,Tenchterorumve  gens,  maiorem  enim  Germ&niae  partem  obtinent, 
propriis  adhuc  nationibus,  nominibusque  discreti,  quamquam  in  com- 
mune Suevi  vocantur.  —  Vetustissimos  se  nobilissimosque  Suevorum 
Semnones  memorant.  —  Adiicit  auctoritatem  fortuna  Semnonum: 
centum  pagis  habitatur,  magnoque  corpore  efficitur,  ut  se  Suevorum 
caput  credant.  Contra,  Longobardos  paucitas  nobilitat.  —  Reudigni  de- 
fnde  et  Aviones,  et  Angli,  et  Varfni,  et  Eudoses,  et  Suardones,  et  Nui- 
thones  fluminibus  aut  sylvis  muniuntur,  nee  quidquam  notabile  in 
singulis,  nisi  quod  in  commune  Hertham,  i.  e.  Terram  matrem  colunt, 
eamque  intervenire  rebus  hominum,  invehi  populis  arbitrantur.  • 

C.  Corn.  Tacitus,  De  Morib.  Germ.  Cap.  6. 

184.  Eo  tempore  Picti,  in  duas  gentes  divisi,  Dicalfdonas  et  Ve- 
ctoriones,  itidemque  Attacotti,  bellicosa  hominum  natio,  et  Scotti,  per 
diversa  vagdntes,  multa  populabantur,  Gallicanos  vero  tractus  Franci 
et  Saxones,  iisdem  confines,  quo  quisque  erumpere  potuit,  terra  et 
mari,  prsedis  acerbis,  incendiisque  et  captivorum  funeribus  omnium 
violabant. 

Amm.  Marcel.,  XVI 1,  8. 


G  E  R  M  A  N  I  A. 

185.  Germania  hinc  ripis  eius  usque  ad  Alpes,  a  meridie  ipsis 
Alpibus,  ab  Oriente  Sarmaticarum  confinio  gentium,  qua  Septemtrio- 
nem  spectat  Oceanico  littore  obducta  est.  Qui  habitant,  immanes  sunt 
animis  atque  corporibus,  et  ad  insitam  feritatem  vaste  utraque  exer- 
cent  bellando  animos,  corpora  ad  consuetudinem  laborum.  Maxima  fri- 
gora  nudi  agunt  antequam  puberes  sint,  et  longissima  apud  eos  puerf- 
tia  est:  viri  sagis  velantur,  aut  libris1  drborum.  Quamvis  s^va  hyeme, 

1.  Liber,  bri,  m-,  primus  ac  proprius  sensus  verbi  est,  ut  hie,  fibrce,  Ucia  arborum 
sub  cortice,  e'quibus  primitus  vestes,  deinde  charta,  parari  solebant,  unde  sensus  secunda- 
rius  libri,  libelli,  scripti. 


429 

nandi  non  patientia  tantum  Mis,  studium  etiam  est.  Bella  cum  finiti- 
mis  gerunt;  causas  eorum  ex  libidine  arcessunt;  neque  imperitandi 
prolatandique  quae  possident  (nam  ne  ilia  quidem  enixe  colunt),  sed 
ut  circa  ipsos  quae  iacent,  vasta  sint.  Ius  in  viribus  habent,  adeo,  ut 
ne  latrocinium  quidem  pudeat;  tantum  hospftibus  boni,  mitesque  sup- 
plfcibus.  Victu  ita  asperi  incultique,  ut  cruda  etiam  carne  vescantur, 
aut  recenti,  aut  quum  rigentem  in  ipsis  pecudum  ferarumque  coriis, 
manibus  pedibusque  subigendo2  renovarent. 

Terra  ipsa  multis  impeditur  flumfnibus,  multis  montibus  aspera  et 
magna  ex  parte  sylvis  ac  paludibus  invia.  Pallidum  Suesia,  Estia  et 
Malsiagum  maximae ;  sylvarum  Hercynia,  et  aliquot  sunt,  quae  nomen 
habent,  sed  ilia  dierum  sexaginta  iter  occupans,  ut  maior  aliis,  ita  et 
notior.  Montium  altissimi  Taunus,  et  Rhetico,  nisi  quorum  nomina  vix 
est  eloqui  ore  Romano.  Amnium  in  alias  gentes  exeuntium,  Danubius 
et  Rhodanus,  in  Rhenum,  Moenis  et  Lupia,  in  Oceanum,  Amisius,3  Vi- 
surgis,  et  Albis  clarfssimi.  Super  Albim  Codanus  ingens  sinus,  magnis 
parvisque  insulis  referctus  est.  Hac  re  mare,  quod  gremio  littorum  ac- 
cipitur,  nusquam  late  patet,  nee  usquam  mari  simile,  verum  aquis  pas- 
sim interfluentibus,  ac  saepe  transgressis,  vagum  atque  diffusum  facie 
omnium  spargitur,  qua  littora  attfngit,  ripis  contentum  insularum  non 
longe  distantibus,  et  ubique  p^ene  tantundem,  it  angustum  et  par  freto, 
curvansque  se  subinde  longe  supercilio4  inflexum  est.  In  eo  sunt  Cim- 
bri  et  Teutoni;5  ultra,  ultimi  Germanise,  Hermiones. 

,  Pomponius  Mela,  De  Situ  Orbis,  III,  3. 

2.  Subigot3  egi,  actum,  macerando,  aut  depsendo;  dicimus  de  massa,  quam  qui  pa- 
nem  faciunt,  pugnis  suis  tractant,  subigunt,  depsunt.  Ita  carnem  crudam  veteres  trive- 
runt  manibus  vel  pedibus,  et  ita  emolliveiunt.  —  3.  Nunc  Ems,  alii  scriptores  Amisiaw 
vocant.  —  4.  Est  ripa  editior,  in  similitudinem  dorsi  montis,  vel  iugi.  —  5.  Alii  eos- 
Teuton^s  vocant. 


430 

EXERCITATIONES  SCRIBENDI 
I. 

1.  Doce,  sis,  quid  appellenter  vastae  illae  aquae,  quae  terris  interia- 
cent.  —  2.  Velis  nominare  cunctos  oceanos  atque  maria,  item,  situm 
eorum.  —  3.  Enumera  continentes.  —  4.  Die,  quaenam  sint  partes 
Maris  Interni.  —  5.  Explica,  velim,  quid  sit  insula,  quid  paeninsula; 
nomina  aliquot.  —  6.  Declara  quid  sit  sinus,  fretum;  nomina  celebri- 
ora.  —  7.  Quidnam  est  isthmus?  —  8.  Quidnam  ut  "insula  liquida?" 
—  9.  Nomina  aliquot  lacus. 

II. 

1.  Estne  aqua  marina  potabilis?  —  si  non,  quare  non?  —  2.  Quae- 
nam  aquae  sunt  potabiles?  —  3.  Unde  prodeunt  illae  aquae,  et  quo  illinc 
vergunt?  —  4.  Denique  qua  via,  quo  omnes  aquae  deveniunt!  —  5. 
Quid  et  quales  sunt  aquae  stativae?  —  6.  Memora  maxima  flumina  in 
Europa  orientali.  —  7.  Quas  regiones  incolunt  Tatari?  —  8.  Memora 
flumina  Germaniae.  —  9.  Enumera  flumina  Franciae.  —  10.  Habetne 
Anglia  flumina  navigabilia?  quae  sunt  ea?  —  11.  Enarra  quid  scias  de 
fluminibus  Hispaniae  atque  Lusitaniae.  —  12.  Quae  sunt  flumina  clario- 
ra  Italiae?  —  13.  Describe  quidquid  scias  de  Danubio.  —  14.  Praeter 
haec  suntne  et  alterius  generis  flumina?  quae  et  qualia  sunt  ea? 

III. 

1.  Velis  explicare,  quid  intersit  inter  oram  et  ripam.  —  2.  Ubinam 
diffunduntur  aquae  marium  atque  fluminum  libere?  —  Terrae  ob  earn 
rationem  uvidae  et  palustres  quid  gignunt?  —  4.  Quodgenus  animalia 
eiusmodi  in  locis  habent  sua  lustra?  — 5.  Quaenam  plantae  gignuntur  in 
saxis  humidis?  —  6.  Quaenam  res  sunt  navigatoribus  diro  periculo?  — 

7.  Nonnunquam  qualia  sunt  littora,  et  quid  in  arenis  reperiuntur?  — 

8.  Quidnam  est  pharus?  ubi  solet  stare?  —  quamobrem?  —  9.  Ubi 
solent  stare  casae  colonorum?  —  10.  Quae  animalia  solent  pasci  in  tu- 
mulis?  — 11.  Ubinam  sunt  valles  et  anfractus?  — 12.  Quae  potissimum 


431 


humane  industrial  genera  vigent  in  regionibus  montanis?  describe  ali- 
quot. —  13.  Ubinam  vigent  fodin^e  lithanthracum?  —  14.  Quid  vides 
in  summis  verticibus  et  cacuminibus  celsorum  montium?  —  IS.  Qui 
montes  sunt  deteriores  aliis? 


EXERCITATIONES  LOQVENDI, 
Duo  Studios!  Colloquuntur. 


P.  Campestris.  —  Diis  habeo  grates,1 
quod  schol^  finita,  iam  feriari  licet. 

Cam.  —  Quonam  tibi  in  animo  est4  ire 
his  feriis. 


Cam.  —  Urbs5  ne  mihi  quidem  solum 
natale  est,  sed  ut  tu,  scholarum  causa,  domi 
mat£rteraj  ha*bito,  quas  hie  convictum  susti- 
net.  Nunc  vero  rus  paternum  redibo. 

Cam.  —  Sedes7  nostras  haud  procul  ab 
ostiis  fluminis  Flavi  s\tx  sunt,  ubi  nulli  col- 
les,  ne  grumi  quidem,  videntur.  Aquas>  fe- 
re sine  ripis,  centena  navigia8  omnis  gene- 
ris sulcant,  orbte  ferroviarum  eo  concur- 
runt,  duoque  ingentes  pontes,  alter  ferreus, 
lapideus  et  arenaceus  alter,  magnis  arcubus 
flumen  traiiciunt. 

Cam.  —  Recte  memoras.  Ubi  enim  so- 
lum, praesertim  aliquanto  retrorsum9  a  flu- 
mine,  editius  est,  prasdia  multa  vigent,  et 
agricolatus  floret;  sed  apud  nos,  ubi  solum 
satis  siccum  est,  fabric*  chalybeiae,  fusoria, 
mote,  textrinas  sedulo  operantur. 

Cam.  —  ita,  sane.  Apud  nos  certe  fer- 
vet11  labor.  Verumtamen  nos  et  pradiolum 


Z..2  Montanus.  —  Tibi  pemtus3  assentior, 
nam  et  ego  volo  ruris  voluptatibus  frui. 

Mon.  —  Nos,  utique,  domum  proflcisc6- 
mur,  quoniam  parentes,  totaqne  familia, 
gratia'  scholarum,5  hyemem  in  urbe  agunt, 
aestate  autem  intra  montes  nostros  remigra- 
mus.  Et  quo  tu? 

Mon.  —  Rus  tuum  paternum,  ut  e  ver- 
bis tuis  coniecto,  non  est  regio  montana, 
sed  campestris,  ubi  agricolatus  exercetur, 
non  autem  fabricatus.  Ego,  ex  mea  parte, 
monta'nam  regidnem  campestri  6ppido  an- 
tep6no. 

Mont.  —  A,  id  quoque  iucundissimum 
videtur  esse  aspectu.  Prseterea,  si  tot  navi- 
gia, totque  ferroviarum  orbitaa  ad  vestrum 
flumen  concurrunt,  nee  illic  videntur  homi- 
nes oti6si  vitam  d£gere. 


Mont.  —  At  locus  eius  generis  iam  non 
rus  vocandus  est,  sed  potius  alvear10  fabro- 
rum,  quippe  ubi  nulla  quies,  otium,  nullus 
rusticatus  est,  ut  in  urbe  remanere  satius 
videri  debeat.  Apud  nos  res  longe  aliter  se 
habet 

Mont.  —  Mira  narras.  Qualenam  illud 
praedium  esse  potest,  quod  in  parvulas  in- 


432 


habemus,  a  ferrovia  haud  procul,  quae  ibi 
stationem  habet.  JEdes  nostras  stant  in  in- 
sula; et  sive  in  stabula,  sive  in  horrea,  sive 
in  hortulum,  vel  quocunque  te  conferre  ve- 
lis,  pontem  transeas  necesse  est. 

Cam.  —  Eheu,  tu  rem  male  intellixisti, 
et  p£rperam13  interpretaris.  Situs  is  nostri 
habitaculi  est  a  patre  meo,  geometra,  sic 
effictum;  quum  enim  solum  udum  esset, 
elicibus  ductis.  insula  et  rivuli  nati  sunt;  in- 
sulae  vero  quum  essent  spatiosae  arbustis, 
dumis  ac  fruticibus  consitae  sunt,  aedificia- 
que  commoda  erecta,  ut  alteram  Venetiam 
putares. 

Cam.  —  Culicibus  non  affligimur.  Pro- 
ximum  nobis  est  praediolum,  tamquam  men- 
sa  haec  plana,  quod   easdem  quas  memoras 


res,  nobis  ubertim15  suppeditat. 


Cam.  —  Nonne  meministi  Magistrum 
quondam  ex  Tullio17  recitasse:  "Patria  est, 
ubicunque  est  bene?"  Si  ergo  tu  montibus 
tuis  contentus  es,  ego  certe  contentus  sum 
nostra  planitie.  Faustas  ac  felices  tibi  fe- 
rias ! 


sulas  est  discerptum.13  Ibi  certe  non  aratis, 
occatis,  sed  pala  foditis,  rastris  occatis,  li- 
gonibus  humum  vertitis.  et  agellos  ex  sac- 
culo  conseritis-  Ecquis  tale  quid  excogi- 
tavit? 

(Mont.  —  Locus  certe  perquam  curiosus 
ali6quin16  tamen  egregius  esse  videtur.  Ve- 
reor  tamen  ne  agminibus  culicum  sit  infe- 
stus;  quodsi  ita  sit,  montes  nostros  longe 
pluns  facio:  utpote  ubi  aer  est  purus,  ubi 
armenta  vaccarum  saluberrimum  )ac,  ca- 
seum,  florem  lactis  atque  butyrum  mini- 
strant. 

Mont.  —  Itaque,  ut  ex  tuis  verbis  facile 
colligo,  nihil  refert,16  utrum  quis  in  monti 
bus  aut  vallibus,    aut   vero  loco  campestri 
vivat   et  mari  proximus,  dummodo  locus 
habitabilis  sit. 

(Mont  —  Idem  et  ego  tibi  vicissim  pre- 
cor. 


1.  Used  only  in  Norn.  Ace  and  Abl.  pi-  towards  the  Gods;  toward  men  we  say, 
gratias  ago,  habeo,  nuntio,  I  thank,  I  render  thanks.  Ferior,1  atus  sum,  to  take  a  rest, 
cease  to  work,  have  a  holyday. 

2    Lucius,  ii,  Roman  proper  name. 

3.  Adv.,  entirely,  thoroughly;  -or,4  assensus  sum,  to  agree.  Rus,  ruris,  n.,  fields, 
country,  country  place.  Fruor,  frui,  fructus,  or  fruitus  sum,  to  enjoy,  gov-  Abl.  and 
Accus. 

4-  In  animo  (mihi,  tibi,  sibi)  est,  it  is  in  my  (thy,  his,  &c.)  mind,  it  is  my  inten- 
tion. Feria,  arum,  holydays. 

5  Gratia  scholarum,  for  the  sake  of  schools.  (Migro,*  r.,  re  -  migro,  to  transfer 
one's  domicile.  Quo?  whither? 

6.  Urbs,  urbis,  f.,  a  city;  solum  natale,  native  soil,  birth  place;  causa,  like  gratia; 
matertera,  ce,  a  mother's  sister;  convictus,  us,  a  boarding  place;  -neo?  ui,  tentum,  to 
maintain,  to  support. 


433 

7.  -ium,  pi.  f.,  a  seat,  family  seat;  flavus,  a,  urn,  yellow,  here  the  name  of  a  river; 
grumus,  i,  a  hillock,  said  also  of  an  ant  hill. 

8.  -ium,  ii,  any  ship;  -co,x  r.,  tu  furrow;  I.,  properly  a  rut,  the  rails  of  a  railroad 
track;  of  iron;  of  stone;  of  sand  (concrete);  IV.,  an  arch;  do*  ieci,  iactum,  to  throw 
over,  to  cross-  to  span. 

9.  Adv.,  back,  backward,  -tus,  at  urn,  more  raised,  higher:  turn,  ii,  a  farm;  IV., 
farming;  -reo*  ui,  to  bloom,  to  flourish;  prasp.  with  apud  nos,  with  us;  -us,  a,  urn,  dr> ; 
of  steel;  -urn;  i,  smelting;  1.,  weaving  factory  (called  mills,  but  not  properly,  for  Latin 
mola,  can  be  used  only  of  grist  mills,  fr.  molere,  to  grind  cereals,  or  generally,  crush- 
ing), -ror,'1  atus  sum,  to  be  working. 

10.  -ar,  is,  n.,  a  bee  hive;  -her,  bri,  a  worker  at  some  trade,  a  mechanic;  IV.,  a 
field  occupation,  an  engagement  in  farming,  summering. 

11.  -veo*  bui,  to  be  boiling,  a  great  activity;  horreum,  i,  a  barn;  -us,  i,  dimin.  of 
kortus,  i,  a  garden;  whitherever;  to  betake  thyself. 

12.  -po,*psi,ptum,  to  tear  into  bits;  -ro*  r.,  to  plough;  -co*  r.,  to  harrow;  I.,  a 
spade,  -rum,  /,  (in  pi.  m.,  rastri),  a  rake;  -go,  nis,  m.,  a  hoe;  -us,  i,  dimin.  of  ager,  a 
cultivated  field;  -us,  i,  a  pocket;  -ro,3  sevi,  satum,  situm,  to  sow,  to  fo-sow;  to  think 
out. 

13.  Adv.,  falsely,  wrongly;  -tor,'1  atus  sum,  explain,  translate,  interpret;  IV.,  loca- 
tion, place;  1.,  m-,  an  engineer;  -ngo?  nxi,fidum,  to  devise,  to  feign,  to  plan,  to  shape; 
elix,  pi.  elices,  urn,  m.,  a  drain,  a  trench  to  lead  off  water. 

14.  Adv.  otherwise;  -us,  a,  urn,  prominent,  eminent,  splendid,  fine;  -stus,  a,  urn, 
disturbed,  bothered,  harrassed;  pluris  facere,  to  esteem  higher;  as  where;  -urn,  i,  a  drove; 
-us,  tf  cheese;  flos  lactis,  cream;  butter. 

15.  Plentifully;  -toj  r.,  tu  supply. 

16.  It  makes  no  difference. 

17.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero,  Quasstiones  Tusculanas,  5,37,108,  quoting  some  an- 
cient poet. 


PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS. 
DE  PR>EPOSITIONIBVS. 

152.  A  Prapositio  is  a  part  of  speech,  which  modifies  the  relation  of  the  word  be- 
fore which  it  stands  The  word  itself  is  compounded  from  prce,  fore,  before,  and  po- 
no*  posui,  positum,  so  prcepono,  pmponere,  prxpbsui,  prcepositum,  I  put,  place  before, 
ptcepositio,  the  placing,  or  the  thing  placed  before. 

153.  The  Praepositiones  are  divided  into  two  general  classes:  A.  Prcepositiones  Se- 
parators, i.  e.,  independent  words,  by  themselves;  and,  B.  Prcepositiones  Inseparables* 
i.  e.,  syllables,  which  cannot  stand  alone. 


434 

A.  PRsEPOSITIONES  SEPARABILES. 

154.  The  group  of  Propositions  Sepadbiles  is  divided  into  three  classes:  1,  of 
those,  which  govern  Quart um  Casum,  that  is  Accusativum;  2,  of  those,  which  govern 
Sextum  Casum,  i.  e.  Ablativum;  and,  3,  of  those,  which  govern  now  the  Quartum, 
now  the  Sextum,  according  to  che  meaning  to  be  conveyed. 

1.  The  Praepositiones  demandig  Quartum  Casum,  are  comprised  in  the  following 
memorial  verses  *  to  be  studied  by  heart: 

155.  Trans,  apud,  adversus  Quarto  iungantur  &  ante; 
Pone,  per,  adversum,  iuxta,  prope,  versus  et  infra, 
Ad,  post  et  circum,  circa,  cis,  circitei ,  extra; 
Prceter,  ob,  intra,  erga,  citra,  secus,  usque,  secundum-, 
Et  propter,  contra,  supra,  penes,  inter  et  ultra. 

As  to  their  meanings: 

Trans,  across,  over,  trans  montem,  across  the  mountain. 

Apud,  by,  by  the  side,  with,  apud  nos,  with  us. 

Adversus,  and  adversum,  toward,  adversum  mare,  toward  the  sea. 

Ante,  before,  of  place  and  time,  ante  Christum,  ante  helium,  before  Christ,  before 
the  war;  ante  pedem,  before  the  foot,  ante  portam,  before  the  gate. 

Pone,  behind,  pone  tergum,  behind  the  back. 

Per,  through,  ire  per  pontem,  to  go  through  the  bridge;  per  me  licet,  it  may  be 
done,  as  far  as  I  am  concerned. 

Iuxta,  beside,  iuxta  mensam,  beside  the  table. 

Prope,  near,  prope  urbem,  near  the  city. 

Versus,  towards,  in  the  direction  of;  it  follows  its  noun,  according  to  Roman  usage, 
as:  Romam  versus,  Italiam  versus;  in  later  Latin,  used  promiscuously. 

Infra,  beneath,  under,  infra  terram,  under  the  earth. 

Ad,  to,  eo  ad  patrem,  1  am  going  to  my  father. 

Post,  after,  post  Christum;  post  meridiem,  after  noon. 

Circum,  around,  circum  insulam,  around  the  island. 

Circa,  about,  circa  meridiem,  about  noon  time,  circa  domum,  about  the  house. 

Cis,  on  this  side,  cis  lacum,  on  this  side  of  the  lake. 

Circiter,  about,  circiter  mensem,  about  a  month;  octavam  circiter  horam,  at  about 
eight  o'clock. 

♦These  memorial  verses  are  taken  from  the  Institutiones  Grammaticse,  by  the  Royal  Hunga- 
rian University  of  Budapest,  1823,  in  four  volumes.  They  are  far  more  suitable,  being  in  hexameters, 
as  Latin  didactic  matter  should  be,  than  the  rhythmic  German  verses  of  Latin  words,  now  so  gener- 
ally made  use  of. 


435 

Extra,  outside,  extra  ictum,  outside  of  shooting  (firing)  distance;  sum  extra  me,  1 
am  beside  myself  (unconscious). 

Ptceter,  besides,  excepting,  praeter  viam,  on  the  roadside;  prater  nos  nemo,  no  one, 
excepting  us- 

Ob,  for,  on  account,  ob  eius  diligentiam,  for  his  diligence. 

Intra,  within,  intra  domum,  within  the  house;  intra  horam,  within  an  hour. 

Erga,  towards,  erga  parentes,  .towards  our  parents. 

Citra,  on  this  side  (like  cis)  citra  Rhenum,  on  this  side  of  the  Rhine. 

Secus,  otherwise,  also  along,  res  longe  secus  est,  the  thing  is  very  differently. 

Usque,  as  far  as,  usque  Romam,  until,  all  the  way  to  Rome;  also  with  other  pre- 
positions: usque  ad  sylvam,  until,  as  far  as  the  forest. 

Secundum,  according,  along,  secundum  mentem  auctoris,  according  to  the  mind  of 
the  author;  secundum  parietem,  flumen,  along  the  wall,  the  river- 

Propter,  like  prope,  propter  viam,  on  the  road  side;  on  account,  propter  tempestates, 
owing  to  bad  weather. 

Contra,  against,  contra  voluntatem,  against  one's  will;  contra  hostes,  against  the 
enemy;  contra  leges,  against  the  laws. 

Supra,  over,  above,  supra  terram,  above  the  ground;  super,  on,  upon,  super  men- 
sam,  on  the  table;  super  caput,  on  the  head. 

Penes,  beside,  with,  in  the  power  of,  summa  potestatis  penes  Imperatorem  est,  the 
supreme  power  is  with  (in  the  possession  of)  the  Commander  in  chief. 

Inter,  between,  among,  whether  two  or  more,  inter  duas  fenestras;  between  the  two 
windows;  inter  omnia  animalia,  amongst  all  the  animals. 

Ultra,  over,  beyond,  ultra  vires  humanas,  beyond  human  power. 

2.  The  Praspositiones  governing  Sextum  Casum: 

156.    Abs,  ab  et  a  poscunt  cum  clam  sibi  sumere  Sextum; 
Et  tenus  atque  palam,  procul,  absque  fruuntur  eodem; 
Ex,  e,  de,  coram,  pro,  prise,  sine.  Ponitur  apte 
Post  Patrium  ferme  numero  tenus  una  Secundo. 

Their  meanings: 

A,  before  consonants,  ab,  before  vowels  and  h,  abs,  before  s  and  t,  from,  off,  away, 
by,  venio  a  fratre;  ab  urbe,  abs  te,  I  am  coming  from  my  brother,  from  the  city,  from 
thee;  locus  ab  hostibus  captus  est,  the  place  has  been  taken  by  the  enemy. 

Clam,  on  the  sly,  clam  patre  without  the  knowledge  of  my  father. 

Tenus,  as  far  as,  up  to,  pectore,  collo,  capite  tenus,  up  to  the  breast,  neck,  head. 

Palam,  openly,  palam  populo,  before  the  people,  palam  omnibus,  before  (in  pres- 
ence) of  all;  palam  te,  in  your  presence,  to  your  face. 


436 

Procul,  far,  procul  castris,   urbe,   moenibus,    away,   far  from  the  camp,  city,  the 
walls,  fortifications  of  a  town. 

Absque,  without,  absque  me  perivisses,  only  for  me  (without  my  help)  you  would 
have  perished;  absque  praeiudicio,  prejudice  being  absent,  witout  prejudice. 

E,  before  consonants,  ex,  before  vowels  and  h,  out,  out  of,  e  manibus,  out  of  the 
hands;'  ex  ore,  from  the  mouth;  ex  auro,  of,  out  of,  gold,  e  domo,  out  of  the  house. 

De,  down  from,  de  coelo,  down  from  the  heavens;  de  me,  about  me;  de  Bello  Gal- 
lico,  about  (concerning,  down  from)  the  Gallic  War. 

Coram,  in  the  presence,  coram  Deo,  before  God;  te  coram  (or,  coram  te)  in  thy 
presence;  coram  populo,  in  the  presence  of  the  people. 

Pro,  many  meanings:  Wktprce  (next  below),  before,  pro  porta,  before  the  gate;  pro 
rostris,  before  the  speaking  stand;  on  behalf,  for  the  benefit  of,  pro  Archia  Poeta,  in  be- 
half of  the  Poet  Archias;  pro  patria,  for  (in  behalf)  the  country;  pro  me,  for  me  (for 
my  good) ;  pro  me,  in  my  place. 

Prce,  fore,  before,  in  preference,  for:  prae  foribus,  before  the  door,  prae  caeteris,  be- 
fore (in  preference)  the  rest  of  them;  pr*  gaudio  flere,  to  weep  for  joy. 

Sine,  without,  sine  fine,  without  an  end;  sine  studio,  without  partiality. 

Tenus,  same  as  above,  as  far  as,  up  to,  the  rule  saying,  that  "una  numero  Secundo, 
that  is,  with  Numerus  Pluralis,  tenus  is  properly  joined  with  the  Casus  Patrius  (which  is 
the  Casus  Genitivus),  and  we  say:  genuum  tenus,  i.  e.,  placing  same  post  Patrium  Ca- 
sum,  after  the  Genitivus,  up  to  the  knees,  whereas  in  Nrus.  Sing,  it  would  be  genu  te- 
nus, up  to  tee  knee;  so  manuum  tenus,  humerorum  tenus,  up  to  the  shoulders.  We  pro- 
nounce this  word  always  like  an  enclitic,  without  any  accent,  the  stress  falling  upon  the 
end-syllable  of  the  preceding  word,  as:  digit6  tenus,  digitorum  tenus,  up  to  the  fingers, 
or  finger. 

3.  The  Praepositiones,  which  govern  both,  Quartum  and  Sextum,  Accusativus  and 

Ablativus.  . 

157    The  following  prepositions  have  two  powers:  one  is  that  of  tending,  moving 

towards;  the  other  is  that  of  being,  standing  still.  As  the  Accusativus  case  is  the  case  of 
the  direct  object  of  the  action  of  transitive  verbs,  it  will  be  the  Accusativus  that  these 
prepositions  will  demand  when  they  exert  their  power  of  tending,  moving  towards.  But 
when  they  imply  nothing  more  than  being,  being  in  or  at  a  place,  they  will  demand  an 
Ablativus.  They  are: 

In,  into,  upon:  eo  in  hortum,  I  go  into  the  garden;  ieci  librum  in  mensam,  I  have 
thrown  the  book  upon  the  table. 

Its  other  power  is  to  denote  the  condition  of  being,  of  being  somewhere,  when  it 
stands  with  an  Ablativus:  sum  in  horto,  I  am  in  the  garden;  liber  iacet  in  mensa,  the 
book  lies  on  the  table. 

In  other  words:  When  in  is  to  answer  the  question  quo,  whither,  it  will  be  followed 


437 

by  an  Accusafivus;  when,  on  the  other  hand,  it  answers  the  question  ubi,  where,  Ablati- 
vus  is  used. 

Sub,  under,  quo  is?  whither  dost  thou  go?  eo  sub  arborem,  1  go  under  the  tree;  ubi 
sedes?  where  dost  thou  sit,  sedeo  sub  arbore,  I  sit  under  the  tree. 

Subter,  under,  underneath:  pulli  confugiunt  subter  alas  matris;  the  chickens  flee 
under  the  wings  of  their  mother;  Abl.,  subter  littore>  down  at  the  shore,  only  in  poetry. 

Super,  over,  above,  upon:  super  mensam,  montem,  upon  the  table,  on  the  moun- 
tain; a'gere  super  re  aliqua  (Abl.)  to  treat,  act  about  a  thing,  mostly  in  the  language  of 
the  lawyers. 

NotsB  ad  Prospositiones  Separabiles. 

Nota  1.  —  There  are  two  general  tendencies,  or  not  formulated  principles  through- 
out the  language,  governing  the  usage  of  prepositions.  We  omit  the  prepositions  when 
not  compounded,  wherever  we  can  without  causing  ambiguity;  and  we  repeat  them  in 
many  cases,  when  they  are  compounded  with  verbs.  This  principle  applies  both  to  Accu- 
sative and  to  Ablativus,  to  the  latter  more  than  to  the  former,  when  namely  the  natural 
power  of  either  Casus  suffices  to  express  the  relation  implied  in  the  preposition.  Such  is 
the  case  in  particular  with  the  names  of  cities,  some  islands,  domus,  rus,  and  the  Supi- 
num  being  the  Accus-  of  the  IVth  Declension,  as:  eo  Romam,  dornum,  rus,  emptum 
chartam,  I  am  going  to  Rome,  to  the  country,  to  buy  paper. 

In  the  Ablativus:  si  essem  tuo  loco,  if  I  were  in  your  place,  suo  quisque  modo, 
everybody  in  his  own  way;  toto  ccelo,  by  a  whole  heavens,  &c  A  bare  Ablativus,  depend- 
ing on  its  own  power,  is  called  an  Ablativus  Absolutus,  an  Independent  Ablative,  which 
has  many  details,  with  corresponding  names,  such  as,  Ablativus  Medii,  Ablativus  Instru- 
ment!, Ablativus  temporis,  Ablativus  cum  Participio,  &c,  which  we  shall  treat  in  their 
places. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  compounds  we  duplicate,  by  repeating,  the  prepositions,  as: 
abto  a  fratre,  1  go  away  from  my  bi  other,  exto  ex  horto:  I  go  out  of  the  garden;  addo  ad 
earn  rem,  I  add  to  that  thing;  intro  in  cubiculum,  1  enter  (into)  my  room;  convenlo 
cum  amico,  I  come  together  with  my  friend;  &c,  K  e.,  1  meet  my  friend. 

2-  When  prepositions  lose  their  cases,  that  is,  when  they  can  be  used  without  any 
case  government,  by  themselves,  independently,  they  are  considered  as  Adverbia,  thus: 
Id  factum  est  longo  post  tempore,  that  happened  a  long  time  after.  Such  are  ante,  area, 
clam,  coram,  contra,  infra,  intra,  iuxta,  palam,  pone,  post,  propter,  secus,  subter,  super, 
supra,  ultra. 

3.  Prepositions  of  two  syllables,  such  as  ante,  contta,  inter,  propter  can  be  placed 
after  the  Proncmen  Relativum,  as:  quern  ante,  quern  contra,  quos  inter.  Those  of  one 
syllable  are  often  placed  after  the  Pronomen  Relativum,  or  Demonstrativum,  and  between 
an  Adiectivum  and  its  noun,  in  this  manner:  quam  ob  causam,  quam  ob  rem,  certis  de 
causis,  magna  ex  parte,  aliquot  post  menses. 


438 

4.  Proposition  cum  regularly  follows  a  Pronomen  Personale  and  connected  there 
with,  thus:  mecum,  tecum,  secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum;  also  with  Pron.  Relativa,  as: 
quocum,  quacum,  quibuscum  (also  quicum,  instead  of  quocum);  yet,  occasionally  we 
also  find  cum  quo,  and  this  of  necessity,  when  the  relative  pronoun  is  followed  by  its 
noun,  as:  cum  quo  viro,  not  quocum  viro. 

5  The  preposition  cum,  with,  along  with,  is  used  only  when  it  denotes  accompani- 
ment, in  society  with,  and  not  as  with  is  used  in  English.  Ibo  cum  fratre  ambulatum, 
shall  go  awalking  with  my  brother.  So  also:  cum  prima  luce,  with  the  first  light;  i.e. 
(with)  early  morning;  id  cum  malo  tuo  facies,  you  will  do  that  with  (at)  your  penljfe- 
rendum  hoc  opus  est  cum  labore,  this  burden  has  got  to  be  carried  with  great  hardship; 
multis  cumlacrymis  obsecrare,  to  beseach  with  many  tears.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
with  in  sentences,  like  he  threatens  me  with  death,  1  write  with  a  pen,  with  my  right 
hand  with  lamplight,  come  under  other  considerations:  the  first  means  a  simple  govern- 
ment of  the  verb  minors  atus  sum,  to  threaten,  and  is  to  be  thus  expressed:  mortem 
mihi  minatur.  The  others  belong  under  the  head  "Ablativus  Absolutus,"  under  the  sub- 
divisions Abl.  Medii,  and  Abl.  Instrument!,  i.  e.,  an  independent  Ablative  (without  a 
preposition),  manu  dextra,  ad  lumen  lUcernas,  calamo  scribo. 

De  Prsepositionibus  in  Compositis. 

158    Several  of  the  prepositions  are  prefixed  to  verbs,   some  to  nouns,    whereby 
changes  in  powers  and  relations  are  brought  about  in  the  words  so  prefixed.  Many  in 
transitive  verbs,  by  receiving  a  preposition,   become  transitive,  or  change  their  govern- 
ments, sometimes  their  conjugations. 

As  many  of  the  prepositions  end  in  a  consonant,  and  the  words  to  which  they  are 
joined  begin  with  consonants,  in  practical  use  by  the  Roman  people,  these  concurrences 
of  consonants  were  worn  down  by  assimilating  the  final  consonant  of  the  preposition  to 
that  of  the  initial  of  the  verb,  or  noun;  thus,  for  2d  +  loquor,  they  said  a/loquor,  but 
arfvenio,  a^miror,  a^probo,  a^clamo,  a^necto,  a/figo,  assequor,   but  a^iudico,  a^stnngo, 

a/tento,  &c.  ,  M  ,        ,  . 

This  condition  of  things  has  opened  a  wide  field  for  German  philology  for  specula- 
tion, to  devise  a  cast  iron  principle  of  generalization,  as  to  what  particular  consonants 
are  assimilated  into  what  other  consonants.  As  the  result  is  an  intolerable  vexation  to 
students  and  readers,  and,  because  these  conclusions  are  mere  puerilities,  vain  hairsplitt- 
ings, and  historically  as  well  as  philologically  not  true,  I  simply  ignore  them.  For,  it  i 
be  true,  that  cow  (from  cum,  com)  must  stand  before  lego,  and  we  must  say  cowligo,  tor 
co/ligo,'  collegium,  for  co/legium,  co^paro,  inpar,  then,  this  principle  must  first  apply 
to  modern  tongues,  so  that  the  Germans  themselves,  then  the  French,  English  &c> 
must  say,  respectively,  Konlegium,  conlege,  conlege,  conlegio,  &c,  before  we  should  do 
it  in  Latin.  Since,  however,  all  the  world  will  never  acknowledge  that  it  was  mis 
taken  through  all  these  centuries  until  German  philologists  discovered  this  light,  students 


439 

need  take  no  notice  of  this  preposterous  claim.  Hearing,  and  common  sense  will 
show  the  way. 

Ante,  does  not  change,  as:  antepono,  antecedo,  anteeo. 

Circum,  as:  circumdo,  circumnavigo;  but  it  throws  out  the  m  in  circueo,  I  go  around, 
circiiitus,  the  going  around. 

Inter,  with  lego,  combines  into  intilligo,  otherwise  it  remains  unchanged,  as,  inter- 
cludo,  interficio,  intereo,  interimo,  intercalo. 

Ob  changes:  occupo,  occurro,  officium,  ofTero,  but,  omitto,  oblector,  obmutesco,  ob- 
sequor. 

Per  does  not  change,  as,  perfero,  with  adjectives,  permagnus,  peramplum;  but  one 
may  say  pelluceo,  pellucidum,  though  this  is  needless.  Also  pelliceo  is  used,  to  lure  one 
over  to  some  other  party. 

Post  has  but  two  changes  pomosrium,  pomurium,  from  post,  or  pone  murium,  a 
space  beyond  the  town  walls;  and  pomeridianum,  for  postmeridianum. 

Trans,  suffers  some  contractions:  trado,  for  transdo,  I  hand  over,  traduco,  I  lead 
over,  traiicio,  1  throw,  shoot  through,  trano,  I  swim  oven  the  former  from  trans  + 
iacio,  the  latter  from  trans  +  no,  no,  nare,  navi,  to  swim,  to  float- 

159.  A,  ab,  abs,  do  not  differ  in  meaning,  the  only  question  is  the  form  to  be 
changed  in  compounding.  A  stands  usually  before  m  and  v,  as,  amoveo,  amolior,  to 
move  away,  avolo,  I  fly  away;  ab  is  used  with  vowels,  and  before  many  consonants,  as 
aberro,  I  go  astray;  abiudico,  ablaqueo;  before  fero  and  fugio  the  ab  changes  into  an,  as 
aufero,  auferre,  but  abstulu  and  ablatum,  whence  Casus  Auferendi,  or  Ablativus;  aufugio^ 
I  run  away.  Before  s  and  t  the  form  abs  is  used,  as,  abscondo,  I  hide,  I  conceal,  absti- 
neo,  I  withhold  myself,  I  keep  myself  away. 

E ,  ex,  out,  out  of,  from,  will  employ  its  latter  form  before  vowels  and  many  con- 
sonants (c,  p,  q,  s,  t,  and  assimilates  its  x  with  f),  as,  exeo,  exaudio,  excandesco,  exci- 
pio,  expono,  exporto,  exquiro,  exsolvo,  exspecto;  but  effero,  extuli,  elatum,  educo, 
eligo,  edo. 

In,  in,  within,  in  some  cases  it  retains  its  form,  as,  incido,  I  fall  in,  induo,  I  dress, 
I  put  on  dress;  infligo,  I  inflict;  ingero,  I  insert,  or  I  meddle;  inspicio,  I  look  into;  infit, 
says;  but  before  m  and  p  its  n  changes  into  m,  as:  imbuo,  improbo,  impudicus,  immitto, 
impero;  illaqueo,  illegitimus,  iilabor,  illudo;  it  loses  its  n  altogether  in  ignarus.  Before  r 
the  n  is  assimilated,  as,  irruo,  irrumpo,  irrogo,  irretio. 

Sub,  under,  assimilates  its  b  with  many  consonants,  as:  succurro,  succino,  suffoco, 
suggero,  suppono,  suppeto;  before  vowels,  and  several  consonants  it  does  not  change, 
subeo,  subacidum,  subiicio,  subiaceo,  subodoro,  subligo,  submoveo,  subnitor,  subnoto, 
subrideo;  in  other  cases,  surripio,  surrigo  (and  subrlgo) ;  still  in  other  cases  it  changes 
into  sus-  as,  suscipio,  suspicor,  sustineo,  and  once  subscus  (for  sub  +  cudo),  a  dove- 
tail (in  carpentery) . 


440 

B.  PRJEPOS1TIONES  INSEPARABLES. 

160.  The  small  group  of  monosyllabic  propositions,  inseparably  connected  with 
Adiectiva  and  Verba,  producing  the  same  changes  in  those  words,  consists  of  the  follow- 
ing particles: 

Amb-  around,  on  both  sides,  from  Gr.  amphi-  whence  Latin  ambo,  both,  as,  am- 
bio,  I  go  around  a  thing,  ambitus,  us,  the  going  around,  ambitio,  nis,  the  act,  the  habit  of 
going  around,  in  good  or  bad  sense;  ambigo,  ere,  to  be  in  doubt  as  to  which  way  to  go, 
to  hesitate  in  choosing;  ambiguus,  a,  urn,  doubtful,  uncertain,  a  thing  that  has  two  ways 
about  it;  amputo,  to  chop  off  all  around;  anfractus,  us,  a  winding  valley,  through 
woods,  with  pastures;  anceps,  itis,  dubious,  doubtful,  not  sure  which  way  is  better. 

Dis  or  di-t  asunder,  apart,  separation  on  the  same  level,  hence,  fundamentally  dif- 
ferent from  de  down  from  above;  yet,  for  this  very  leason  deliberately  confounded  by 
German  philology,  and  by  ignorance,  as  in  English,  when  people  insist  en  saying  and 
writing  distill,  for  Estill.  De  word  is  compounded  from  de  +  still  a,  down  +  drop, 
drip,  whereas  distWXo  would  mean  to  scatter  to  drop  asunder,  instead  of  dripping  down. 
So,  too,  German  philologists  insist  that  we  should  say  and  write  <feverto,  for  rfiverto, 
^versorium  for  d/versorium,  a  hotel,  where  a  traveller  Averts,  turns  away  from  his 
journey,  but  he  does  not  divert,  turns  top  down,  whence  dz'versus,  diversio,  radically 
different  from  deverto,  everto,  subverto.  Sometimes  it  assimilates  its  s,  sometimes  it  does 
not,  as,  diduco,  dilabor,  diligo,  digero,  diverto,  diluculum,  differo,  diffundo,  discedo, 
discerno,  discrimen,  dispono,  disquiro,  dispicio,  dissolvo. 

Re-  contracted  trom  retro,  back,  backward;  recedo,  I  retreat,  refello,  reddo,  1  give 
back,  reclamo,  1  shout  back,  recalcitro,  I  kick  back;  before  vowels  a  d  is  inserted,  as, 
re^uviae,  a  hangnail,  re^eo,  I  go  back;  re^igo,  I  bring  back  a  thing  into  proper  order,  or 
reduce  a  thing  into  one's  power,  or  lower  condition.  The  re-  is  also  used  to  express  a  repe- 
tition, as,  repeto,  1  ask  back,  resolvo,  I  untie,  unbind  again,  revolvo,  I  roll  a  thing  back, 
or  again,  recreo,  1  create  again. 

Se-,  apart,  asunder,  away,  as:  secedo,  I  go  apart,  aside,  1  withdraw  myself,  step 
aside;  seiungo,  I  disjoin;  with  Adiectiva,  securus,  without  care  (se  +  cura),socors.  -dis, 
(so,  for  se),  as  a  matter  of  euphony,  to  harmonize  with  cors  (cor,  dis,  heart),  without  a 
heart,  that  is,  unwilling  to  suffer  hardsips,  lazy,  sloathful;  so  also  sobrius  (for  se  +  ebri- 
us),  undrunk,  sober;  seditio  (se-d-itio,  going  apart,  not  to  stand  together). 

In-  a  negative  particle,  like  English  un  ,  with  Substantiva,  Adiectiva,  and  Participia, 
inimicus  (in  +  amicus),  unfriendly;  inanimis,  soulless,  i.  e.,  lifeless,  indoctus,  unlearned' 
infectus  (in  +  factus)  undone,  imbecillis  (in  +  baculus),  caneless,  helpless;  illegitimus 
(in  4-  legitimus,  fr.  lex)  lawless,  i.  e.,  not  in  accordance  with  law;  illitteratus,  unlettered; 
irritus,  (in  +  ratus)  not  approved,  void;  immundus,  impurus,  unclean. 


441 


IDIOM  ATA  LATIN  A  CVM  PRJEPOSITIONIBVS. 
Cum  Accusativo. 


AD. 

Ad  focum  sedere,  to  sit  at  the  fire  side. 
Ad  vinum  disertus,  eloquent   at  a   wine 

goblet. 
Ad  multam  diem,  v.  diei,  till  late  in  the 

day. 
Ad  multam  noctem,  till  late  night. 
Ad  lucem  dormitare,    to  slumber  until 

daylight. 
Remedium  ad  morbum  (expellendum)  a 

remedy  against  disease. 
Ad  hoc  missus  est,  he  was  sent  for  this 

purpose. 
Ad  breve  tempus,  for  a  short  while. 
Ad  praescriptum  agere,  to  act  according 

to  directions. 
Ad  vesperam,  towards  evening. 
Ad  meridiem,  towards  noon  time. 
Ad  umbram  trepidare,  to   tremble   at   a 

shadow. 
Ad  sapientiam  huius   viri   nugator  est, 

compared  with  the  wisdom  of  this 

man,  he  is  a  mere  trifler. 
Ad  parietem  affigere,  to  fasten   on  the 

wall. 
Ad  manus  mihi  omnia  sunt,  I  have  all  at 

hand. 
Ad  votum,  ad  sententiam,  to  one's  wish, 

desire. 
Ad  summum,  at  the  most. 
Ad  verbum,  ad  litteram,  word,  for  word, 

to  the  letter. 
Ad  unguem,  with  precision. 
Ad  Hquidum,  clearly. 
Ad  captum,  to  the  measure  of  one's  un- 
derstanding. 


Ad  nauseam  usque,  until  one's  stomach 
is  turned. 

Ad  vivum  resecare,  to  search  to  the  bot- 
tom (to  shave,  or  cut  to  the  quick.) 

Ad  calcem  operis,  to  the  end  of  the 
work. 

Ad  solem  sedere,  to  bask  in  the  sun. 

Ad  fistulam  salire,  to  dance  at  (some- 
body's) whistle. 

Ad  aliquam  dare  litteras,  to  write  to 
somebody. 

Ad  se  (ad  saniora)  redire,  to  come  back 
to  one's  senses;  (reason). 

Ad  unum  omnes,  every  one  to  the  last 
man. 

Ad  postremum,  finally,  at  last- 

Ad  iactum  lapidis  distare,  at  a  stone's 
throw. 

Ad  nutum  paratus  (parere),  ready  (to 
obey)  at  a  wink. 

Ad  annos  maxime  natus  est  octo,  he  is 
eight  years  eld,  at  the  most. 

Ad  populum  dicere,  to  address  the  people- 

Frequentes  sum  us  ad  ducentos,  about  200 
of  us  are  gathered- 

Quid  illud  at  te?  what  does  that  concern 
you? 

Quid  ad  rem?  what  has  that  to  do  with 
the  thing? 

Ad  rem  facit,  it  is  pertinent. 

Ad  Graecas  calendas,  to  be  acted  upon  on 
the  Greek  calends  (i.  e.,  never). 

Ad  internecionem  deleti,  wiped  out  by 
butchery. 

Ad  rem  suam  nemo  non  satis  sapit,  every- 
body knows  enough  for  his  interests. 

Ad  citharam  canere,  to  sing  to  a  guitar. 


442 


APVD 

Apud  se  est,  he  is  by  his  senses. 

Apud  amicum  coenare,  to  soup  at  a  friend's 

house. 
Apud  animum  cogitare,  to  think   to   one's 

self. 
Apud  animum  statuere,  to  decide  in  one's 

mind. 

ANTE 

Ante  pedes  quod  est,  videre,  to  see,  what 

is  at  hand. 
Ante  lucem,  before  day  break. 
Ante  oculos,  before  the  eyes. 
Ante  urbem  conditam,  before  the  founding 

of  Rome  (a  long  time  ago). 

ADVERSVS 

Ad  versus  edictum  face  re,  to  act  in  defiance. 

Reverentia  adversus  senes,  respect  towards 
aged  people. 

Adversus  solem  ne  loquitor,  do  not  speak 
against  open  truth. 

Urbs  alia  adversus  aliam  a  city  against  an- 
other. 

CITRA 

Citra  risum,  not  to  be  laughed  out. 
Citra  prasmeditationem,  without  premedi- 
tation. 
Citra  pulveris  iactum,  without  trouble. 
Citra  controversiam,  indisputable. 
Citra  invidiam,  without  jealousy. 

CIRCVM 

Capillus  circum  caput  negligenter  reiectus, 
the  hair  carelessly  thrown  back  about 
the  head. 

Circum  aliquem  esse,  to  hang  about  some- 
body. 


Urbes,  quae  circum  Romam  sunt,  the  cities 
around  Rome. 

CIRCA 

Circa  ima  subsistere,  to  stop  at  the  thresh- 
old. 
Omnes  circa  me,  all  those  around  me. 

CIRCITER 

Circiter  meridiem   hasc  loca,   these   place 

southward. 
Decern  circiter  millia  passuum,    about  ten 

miles. 
Octavam   circiter   horam,    at   about   eight 

o'clock. 

CONTRA 

Contra  naturam  vivere,  to  live  in  an  unna- 
tural manner. 

Contra  stimulum  ne  calcitres,  do  not  kick 
against  the  goad. 

Contra  commodum  meum  hoc  feci,  I  have 
done  this  at  my  own  loss 

Contra  ius  fasque,  against  law  and  justice. 

Carthago  contra  Italiam,  Carthago  opposite 
to  Italy. 

ERGA 

Tua  voluntas  erga  me,  your  good  will  to- 
ward me. 

Erga  te  ita  sum  afTectus,  I  am  so  friendly 
minded  toward  you. 

Erga  te  odium,  the  hatred  against  you. 

Erga  aedes,  coward  the  mansion. 

EXTRA 

Extra  teli  iactum,  outside  of  hurt. 

Extra  culpam,  periculum,    without   fault, 

danger. 
Extra  iocum,  without  a  joke,  seriously. 


443 


Extra  modum,  beyond  measure. 
Nemo  extra  eum  est,  nobody  but  he. 

INTER 

Inter  prandendum,  while  dining. 

Inter  scyphos    (pocula),    while    drinking 

(cups  and  glasses). 
Inter  spem  metumque,  in  suspense  between 

hope  and  fear. 
Silent  leges  inter  arm  a,  laws  are  silent  amid 

arms. 
Inter  manus  auferri,  to  skip,  or  taken  away 

from  hands. 
Inter  omnes  optimus,  best  among  them  all. 

INTRA 

Intra  paucas  horas,  within  a  few  hours. 
Intra  decern    proximos   annos,   within   the 

next  ten  years. 
Intra    terminos    manere,    to    stay   within 

bounds. 
Intra  urbem,  within  the  city. 
Intra  legem  epulatur,  one  is  feasting  within 

the  (sumptuary)  laws. 

INFRA 

Infra  se  humana  omnia  ducere,  to  consider 
all  human  things  beneath  one's  self. 

Infra  mensam,  under  the  table. 

Infra  dignitatem  meam  hoc  est,  this  is  be- 
neath my  dignity. 

Infra  iram,  too  paltry  to  be  incensed  about. 

IVXTA 

luxta  viam,  on  the  road  side, 
luxta  Deum  in  tua  manu  est,  next  to  God, 
it  is  in  your  power. 

OB 

Ob  duas  causas>  on  account  of  two  things. 


Ob  oculos  versari,  to  be  (rolling,  turning) 

before  the  eyes. 
Pretium  ob  stultitiam  fero,  I  am  getting  my 

reward  for  my  folly. 

PENES 

Penes  quern  est  summum  imperium,  in 
whose  hands  is  the  supreme  power. 

Penes  usum  est  arbitrium,  usage  holds  the 
decisive  power. 

Fides  sit  penes  auctorem,  the  author  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  statement  (not  I) 

Penes  quern  non  est  culpa,  who  (the  person 
I  am  speaking  about)  is  not  at  fault. 

Non  est  penes  me,  I  have  not  the  authority. 

PER 

Per  se  sibi  quisque  charus  est,  by  nature 
everybody  is  dear  to  himself. 

Per  se,  sine  alio,  all  by  himself,  with  no- 
body else. 

Per  se  expetenda  virtus,  virtue  is  desirable, 
(to  be  sought)  by  itself. 

Per  idem  tempus,  at  that  same  time- 

Per  negligentiam,  quae  fit,  turpissima  iactu- 
ra  est,  the  loss,  one  sustains  by  negli- 
gence, is  the  most  shameful. 

Per  iocum,  by  joking,  as  a  joke. 

Per  litteras,  by  letter,  correspondence. 

Per  simulationem,  perspeciem,  by  a  make- 
believe,  by  appearance. 

Per  avaritiam  id  appetit,  he  covets  it  from 
avarice. 

Per  aetatem  potuit,  he  could,  owing  to  his 
age. 

Per  insidias  (interna),  to  be  slain  by  an 
ambush. 

Per  eos  dies,  all  through  those  days. 

Per  legem  licet,  it  is  allowed,  as  far  as  the 
laws  are  concerned. 


444 


Per  te  stetit,  it  depended  on  you. 

Per  partes,  piecemeal. 

Per  manus  aliquid  tradere,  to  deliver,  to 

hand  down  to  posterity. 
Per  Deum  te  oro,  I  beseach  you  for  God's 

sake. 
Per  Deum  iuro,  1  swear  by  God. 
Per  valetudinem  non  potuit,  he  was  unable 

owing  to  his  (bad)  health. 
Per  tres  annos,  during  three  years. 
Per  vim,  by  force- 
Per  otium,  by  leisure  time. 
Per  vices,  in  turns. 
Per  occasionem,  when  convenient. 

PONE,  PROPE,  TRANS 

Pone  nos  recede,  get  behind  us. 
Prope  diem,  by  and  by. 
Trans  f return,  across  the  ferry. 

POST 

Post  tergum,  behind  the  back. 

Post  aliquod  tempus,  after  some  time. 

Post  homines  natos,  since  the  beginning  of 
mankind. 

Post  hominum  memoriam,  within  the  me- 
mory of  men. 

PILETER 

Praeter  morem,  beyond  measure. 

Praeter  hoc,  besides  this. 

Praeter  opinionem,  against  all  expectation. 

PROPTER 

Propter  metum   parere    legibus,    to   obey 

laws  for  fear. 
Propter  earn   causam,  on  account  of  that, 

for  that  reason. 
Propter  viam,  near  the  road. 


Propter  te  qui  sedet,  vel  dormit,  the  one, 
who  is  sitting  or  sleeping  beside  you. 

Propter  officium  datur  beneflcium,  remune- 
ration is  given  for  duly  performed. 

SECVNDVM 

Secundum  Platonem,  according  to  Plato. 
Secundum  facta  sua  laudari,   to  be  praised 

according  to  one's  deeds. 
Secundum  patrem  tu  es  proximus,  you  are 

the  next  to  me  after  my  father. 
Vulnus  in  capite  secundum  aurem,  a  wound 

on  the  head  along  the  car. 
Secundum  arbitrium  tuum,    at   your  own 

free  will- 

SVPRA 

Supra  terram,  above  the  earth. 
Supra  modum,  beyond  measure. 
Supra  numerum,  beyond  counting. 
Supra  vires,  beyond  one's  strength. 
Quae  supra  nos,  nihil  ad  nos,  things  beyond 
us,  do  not  concern  us. 

VLTRA 

Ne   sutor  ultra    crepidam,    a    shoemaker 

(should  not   reach  out)   beyond   the 

sandals. 
Ultra  terminum   vagari,  to  roam  beyond 

the  limits. 
Ultra  primas  litteras  progressus  est,  he  has 

reached  beyond  the  rudiments. 
Viret  ultra  gramen,  he  is  more  green  (more 

thriving)  than  grass. 

VERSVS 

Meridiem  versus,  toward  the  South. 
Romam  versus,  toward  Rome. 


445 


Cum  Ablativo. 


A,  AB,  ABS,  ABSQVE 

A  praeceptore  castigari  malo,  quam  torque- 

ri  a  carnifice,  I  prefer  to  be  chastized 

by  the  teacher,  then  to  be  tortured  by 

the  hangman   (to   choose  the  lesser 

evil). 
Ab  eo  tempore,  from  that  time  on. 
A  nobis  stetit,  he  stood  on  our  side. 
Ab  aliis  exemplum  cape,  take  example  from 

others. 
A  sole  dolet  caput,  my  head  aches  from  the 

sun. 
A  me  est  hoc  totum,   all  this  is  water  on 

my  mill. 
Ab  obitu  eius,  since  the  time  of  his  death. 
A  coena,  from  supper  on. 
A  teneris,  ab  adolescentia,  ab  incunabulis, 

a  puero,  a  pueris,  ab  unguiculo,  ab  in- 

eunte  astate,  from  childhood. 
A  rege  proximus  (primus)   the   next  after 

the  king. 
A  capite  piscis,  the  fish  (begins  to  rot)  from 

the  head. 
A  necessariis  instructus,  provided  with  all 

the  needs. 
A   pecunia    imparatus,    unprovided    with 

money. 
A  fronte,  from  the  front. 
A  tergo,  from  the  back. 
A  poena  liber,  free  of  punishment. 
Ab  amicis  inops,  lacking  friends. 
Abs  te  hanc  ne  segreges,    you   must   not 

part  with  her. 

CVM 

Cum  prima  luce,  early  morning. 
Cum  imperio  esse,  to  be  in  power. 
Cum  telo  esse,  to  be  armed. 


Cum  virtute  esse,  to  be  virtuous. 
Cum  patre  esse,  to  be  with  the  father. 
Cum  aliquo  facere,    to   make  a  common 

cause  with  somebody. 
Cum  animo  statutum  habere,  to  have  one's 

mind  made  up. 
Cum  illo  quid  ages?  what   can    you   begin 

with  him? 
Cum  illo  mihi  nihil  est,  1  have  nothing  in 

common  with  him. 
Cum  bona  gratia  dimissus,  he  was  allowed 

to  depart  with  much  courtesy. 

CLAM 

Clam  patre,  without  the  father's  knowl- 
edge. 

Clam  me  omnia  fecit,  he  has  done  all  with- 
out my  knowledge. 

Clam  vos  (Accus.)  ilia  sunt,  this  all  is  with- 
out your  knowledge. 

CORAM 

Coram  Senatu,  in  the  presence  of  the  Sen- 
ate. 
Coram  illis,  in  their  presence. 

DE 

De  integro  (to  do  it)  anew. 

De  industria,  purposely. 

De  improviso,  to  happen  unforeseen. 

De  caetero  (and  caeterum),  as  for  the  rest. 

Hac  de  re,  about  this  thing- 

Gravi  de  causa,  for  a  grave  reason. 

De  grege  illo  est,  he  is  one  of  the  gang. 

De  plebe  est,  he  is  a  plebeian. 

De  tua  sententia,  according  to  your  mind. 

De  manu  in  manum,  from  hand  to  hand. 

De  prandio,  immediately  after  dinner. 


446 


De  facie  aliquem  noscere,  to  know  one  by 

sight. 
De  scripto  dicit,  he  is  reading  his  speech. 
De  nihilo  est,  it  is  almost  nothing. 
De  civitate  bene  meritus,  well  deserving  of 

his  country. 
De  lana  caprina  rixari,  to  quarrel  about 

goat's  wool,  (which  does  not  exist) 

nothing. 

E,  EX 

E  medio  tolli,  to  be  done  away  with. 

E  regione  solis,  from  the  direction  of  the 
sun. 

E  regione  mihi,  opposite  to  me. 

E  re  tua  est,  it  concerns  you. 

Ex  hoc  die,  from  to-day  on. 

Ex  necessitate  facere,  to  act  from  necessity. 

Ex  asse  hseres,  sole  heir. 

Ex  omnibus  unus,  one  from  among  all. 

Ex  insperato,  inopinato,  all  unexpectedly, 
unhoped  for. 

Ex  industria,  deliberately. 

Ex  me  saluta  eum,  greet  him  on  my  part. 

Ex  ordine,  in  right  order. 

Ex  ingenio  suo  habet,  by  his  own  inge- 
nuity. 

Ex  supervacuo,  for  no  purpose. 

Ex  pacto,  e  conventione,  according  to 
agreement. 

Ex  professo  (or  de)  professedly- 

E  contrario,  quite  the  opposite. 

E  vestigio,  forthwith. 

Ex  voto,  like  by  charm  (as  was  wished). 

Ex  animo,  from  one's  heart. 

Ex  tempore,  on  the  spur  of  the  moment. 

Ex  usu  tuo,  according  to  your  practice. 

Ex  usu  tibi  est,  helpful  to  you. 

Ex  obliquo,  from  an  oblique  direction. 

Ex  occasione  ementium,  varia  sunt  pretia, 
prices  vary  according  to  demand- 


Ex  continenti,  instantly. 

Ex  equo  labi,  to  fall  from  the  horse. 

Annus  est  ex  quo  regnavit,  it  is  a  year  now, 
since  he  has  been  reigning. 

Ex  improviso,  unforeseen. 

Ex  insidiis  capi,  to  be  caught  from  an  am- 
bush. 

Ex  Platonis  sententia,  according  to  P's 
mind. 

E  pedibus  laborat,  his  feet  hurt  him. 

Aliud  ex  alio  malum,  one  trouble  begets 
another. 

Ex  eo  tempore,  since  that  time. 

Poculum  ex  auro,  a  goblet  of  gold- 

Ex  eo  die,  ever  since  that  day. 

Ex  me  nemo  sciat,  no  one  shall  know  it 
from  me. 

Ex  asquo  et  bono,  from  what  is  just  and 
right. 

Ex  toto,  by  its  entirety. 

Ex  xquo,  from  what  is  fair. 

Ex  parte,  in  part. 

Ex  abundantia,  out  of  plenty. 

Ex  longinquo,  from  afar. 

Ex  lege,  by  the  law. 

Ex  arte,  in  accordance  with  art. 

Ex  ad  verso  loci  alicuius,  in  the  opposite 
direction  of  a  place. 

Ex  consuetudine,  from  habit. 

Ex  composito,  in  accordance  with  an  under- 
standing. 

Ex  pacto,  as  per  contract. 

Ex  quo  (of  time),  since. 

PRO 

Pro  mercede  vel  prasmio  mihi  hoc  erit,  this 
1  shall  consider  as  my  reward  or  pay. 

Pro  ratione  nostrorum  temporum,  consi- 
dering the  conditions  of  our  times. 

Pro  tua  prudentia,  humanitate,  by  reason 
of  your  prudence  (kindness). 


447 


Pro  re  nata,  for  the  occasion. 

Pro  re  ac  tempore  consilium  capere,  to 
take  measures  according  to  conditions 
and  times. 

Pro  se  quisque,  everybody  on  his  own  part. 

Pro  vectura  solvere,  co  pay  for  transpor- 
tation. 

Pro  eo  ac  debui,  in  the  manner  it  was  my 
duty. 

Pro  certo  habere,  to  consider  it  as  certain. 

Satis  pro  imperio,  enough  of  (your)  domi- 
neering! 

Pro  cive  se  gerere,  behaving  as  a  citizen. 

Pro  beneficio  hoc  habeo,  I  regard  this  as  a 
good  deed  toward  me. 

Pro  me  est,  it  works  for  my  good. 

Pro  tuo  in  me  amore,  for  your  great  favor 
toward  me. 

Pro  ancilla  earn  habet,  he  treats  her  like  a 
servant  girl. 

Pro  sua  quisque  facultate,  every  one  to  the 
extent  of  his  ability. 

Pro  mentis  gratias  referre,  to  render  thanks 
for  benefits. 

Pro  more,  according  to  custom. 

Pro  viribus,  to  the  extent  of  one's  ability. 

Pro  concione,  before  an  audience. 

Pro  curia,  foribus,  before  the  court,  door. 

Pro  patria  mori,  to  die  for  one's  country. 

Pro  tempore  et  loco,  with  regard  to  time 
and  place. 

PRiE 

Prae  se  agere  gregem,  to  drive  a  flock  be- 
fore one's  self. 

Pras  gaudio,  ubi  sim,  nescio,  I  do  not  know 
for  joy  where  1  am. 

Pras  lacrymis  loqui  non  possum,  I  cannot 
speak  for  (on  account  of)  tears. 

Viri  boni  speciem  pras  se  ferre,  he  bears  the 
appearence  of  a  good  man. 


Ilium  prae  se  contempsit,  he  despised  the 
man  as  compared  with  himself. 

Prae  nobis  beatus..  est,  he  is  more  happy 
than  we. 

Pras  se  putare  neminem,  to  regard  as  no- 
body, compared  to  himself. 

Prse  manu  alicui  dare  pecuniam,  to  advance 
money  to  somebody. 

Similitudinem  pras  se  fert,  to  bear  resem- 
blance to  somebody. 

SINE 

Sine  ullo  dubio,    dubitatione,   without  any 

doubt. 
Sine  cortice  natare,  able  to  support  himself. 

TENVS 

Capulo  tenus,  up  to  the  hilt, 
Titulo  tenus,  by  title  alone. 

IN,  cum  Accusative*. 

Ivit  in  urbem,  has  gone  to  town. 

In  postremum,  to  the  last- 
In  quintum  annum,  into  the  fifth  year. 

In  perpetuum,  forever. 

In  speciem,  for  appearance. 

In  os  aliquem  laudare,  to  praise  one  in  face. 

In  manus  sumere,  to  take  into  hand. 

Miserandum  in  modum,  in  a  pitiful  man- 
ner. 

In  horas  mutatur,  changing  hourly. 

In  rem  nostram  hoc  est,  this  is  helpful  to 
our  cause- 

In  dies  singulos  crescit  numerus,  their  num- 
ber is  increasing  every  day. 

Pius  in  Deum,  devout  to  God. 

Crudelis  in  victos,  cruel  toward  the  van- 
quished. 

DifTerre  in  crastinum  (diem),  to  postpone 
till  the  next  day. 


448 


In  apricum,  in  lucem  proferre,  to  bring  it 

out  to  daylight. 
In  aliquem  dicere,  to  hold  an  oration  against 

somebody. 
In  singulosdies,  annos,  for  every  day,  year. 
In  universum,  in  general,  altogether. 
In  Deum  peccat,  he  sins  against  God. 

IN,  cum  Ablativo. 

In  culpa  est,  he  is  at  fault. 

In  ore  omnium  est,  it  is  all  the  town-talk. 

In  periculo  sum,  I  am  in  danger. 

In  tempore  (or,  tempori)  venire,   to   come 

in  time. 
In  libris  perdius  et  pernox,  he  is  in  his  books 

day  and  night. 
In  sere  alieno  sum,  I  am  in  debt. 
In  ambiguo  hoc  est,  this  is  in  doubt. 
In  incerto  hoc  est,  this  is  not  certain. 
In  vitiis  hoc  est,   this  is  counted   among 

faults. 
In  loco  pecuniam  negligere,  to  be  ignorant 

of  where  and  how  to  employ  money. 
Est  in  manu  nostra,  it  is  in  our  power. 
In  more  est,  it  is  so  customary. 
In  sinu  gaudere,  to  rejoyce  over  something 

in  secret. 

SVB,  cum  ^Accusative*. 

Sub  idem  tempus,  simultaneously. 

Sub  lucem,  at  daybreak. 

Sub  noctem  cura  recurrit,  at  nightfall  wor- 
ries return. 

Sub  vesperam,  towards  evening. 

Sub  finem,  toward  the  end. 

Sub  adventum,  at  about  home  coming. 

Sub  iugum  mittere,  to  force  one  under  yoke, 
to  humiliate  one. 


Sub  manus  hoc  bene  succedit,  this  goes  off 

the  hands  quite  smoothly. 
Sub  oculos  cadit,  it  falls  under  the  eyes. 

SVB,  cum  Ablativo. 

Sub  dio,  under  open  sky. 

Sub  poena  capitis,  under  punishment  of 
death. 

Sub  iudice  lis  est,  the  case  is  still  in  court, 
the  matter  is  undecided- 

Sub  imperio  alicuius  esse,  to  be  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  somebody. 

Sub  specie  pacis,  under  the  guise  of  peace. 

Sub  manu  habere  tabellarios,  to  have  mes- 
sengers at  command. 

SVPER,  cum  A  ecus,  et  Ablat. 

Super  coenam,  during  supper. 

Alias  litterae  super  alias,  one  letter  after  an- 
other. 

Super  hac  re  scripsi,  I  have  written  on  this 
subject. 

Super  me  tarn  multa  rogat,  he  is  asking  so 
many  questions  about  me. 

Super  se  collocare  aliquem,  to  place  some 
one  over  one's  self. 

Super  fronde  viridi,  about  a  green  bough. 

Super  octingentos  annos,  over  eight  hund- 
red years. 

Super  somnum  servus,  a  guard  over  the 
master's  sleep. 

SVBTER,  cum  Accus.  et  Ablat. 

Subter  terram,    lunam,    under  the  earth, 

moon. 
Subter  testudine  densa,  under  the  shelter  of 

a  strong  vault. 


449 


PENSVM  DVODECIMVM. 


1.  Avis.  2.  Sciurus.  3.  Rana.  4.  Anguis.  5.  Vespertilio.  6.  Nidus  et  ova.  7.  Papiliones. 
8.  Aranea.  9.  Formica.  10.  Musca.  11.  Asilus,  sive  Tabanus.  12.  Cicada. 


Ti 


ANIMALIA   AERIA. 


ERRA  circumfusa  undique  est  hac  animali  spirabilique  natura, 
cui  nomen  est  aer.1  Omne  id,  quod  hunc  aerem  animalem  spiritu  du- 
cit,  sive  spiral,  est  dnimans,  quia  habet  dnimam:  dnima2  enim  est  qua 

1.  Cic,  N.  D.  2.36,91,  expressing  most  concisely  the  thoughts  here  implied.  Its 
words:  -do,3  di,  sum,  to  pour  around;  -lis,  e,  animating,  life-giving;  -bilis,  e,  what  can 
be  breathed;  aer,  is,  m.,  the  air. 

2.  This  other  fundamental  conception  is  expressed  by  Ennius  (169  B.  C),  and  it 
sets  clear  what  the  Romans  understood  by  anima,  ce,  animans,  tis,  (m.  f.  n.),  and  ani- 
mus, i;  accordingly,  anima  is  the  breath  of  life  (originally  meaning  but  breath,  a  breeze, 
light  wind),  life  itself,  last  breath;  -ans,  is  a  living  being,  also  comprising  plants;  animus, 
is,  by  which  we  are  rational  beings,  i.  e.,  sapimus,  for  sapio,3  ivi,  ii%  ui,  originally,  to 
have  a  taste,  bene  sapit,  it  tastes  well;  therefore,  to  have  the  power  of  discernment,  to 
know,  to  understand,  sapiens,  Us,  wise,  a  wise  man. 


450 

vivimus,  animus    autem,  quo  sapimus.    Omne  animans,  quod  motu 
cietur  interno  et  suo,  animal  appellator.3 

Sunt  qusedam  animalia  aeria^  quippe  quae  in  sublimi  aere  moven- 
tur,  non  quidem  pedibus  eundo,  sed  voldndo.  Animalia  autem  volantia, 
sive  volatilia,  adminfculo  duarum  alarum  volant,  et  ob  id  etiam  dhtes, 
atque  wlucres,  aut  vero  communi  vocabulo,  aves,  vel  avicula  vo- 

cantur. 

Aves  animalia  sunt  bipeda,5  attta,  plumis,  saepe  pictis,  ac  versico- 
loribus  vestita.  Alae  atque  caudae  dvium  pennis  firmis  sunt  munitae, 
quarum  ope  corpora  sua  levia  in  sublime  facile  et  celeriter  attollere,  et 
perniciter  quaquaversum  agitdre  possunt.  Ora  avium  rostra  appel- 

lantur. 

Volucres,  ut  cetera  animalia  cuncta,  secundum  sexum,*  sunt  ma-^ 
resetfamince,  sive,  masculas  et  foemellae.  Mares  et  foeminas,  collate 
opera,  uni  nidificant,  hoc  est,  materiam  comportant,  sibique  ntdos  fa- 
ciunt.  Earum  aliqu^e  in  rands  drborum,  alia-  in  cavis  arborum,  aut  in 
saxis  ac  prsecipftiis  montium ;  aliqua-  tamen  etiam  humi,  in  virguttis 
atque  dumetis  nidificant. 

Nido  parato,  foemella  avis  ova7  parit,  ea  calore  corporis,  us  mcu- 
bando,   fovet,  pullosque  ex  iis  excludit,  dum  mascula  ei   alimentum 

3.  Again  Cicero's  (Tusc.  1,23,54);  its  words:  cieo?  civi}  citum,  to  move,  to  set  into 
motion;  -al,  is,  n.,  a  breathing,  living  being,  an  animal,  with  man  included. 

4  -us,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  aer:  -me  is,  n.,  -mis,  e,  adj.,  high  aloft,  on  high;  -lot  r-,  to  fly; 
•tilts,  e,  given  to  flying;  -urn,  i,  the  means,  in  scholastic  Latin,  along  with  this,  but  more 
frequently,  media,  orum,  is  used,  whence  English  means,  pi.;  I.,  a  wing;  -es,  tns,  adj  ana 
noun,  a  winged  thing,  a  bird;  -oris,  is,  f.,  a  flying  thing,  a  bird,  the  adj.  being  volucer, 
oris,  e%  fleeting,  flying;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  bird;  its  diminutive. 

5.  .pes,  dis,  two  feeted;  I  ,  feather;  -us,  a,  urn,  colored;  -lor,  is,  of  many  colors, 
-/w/  r.,  to  clothe;  I.,  a  quill,  whence  a  pen;  -io?  r.,  to  strengthen,  to  be  fitted;  ops,  opts 
only  opis,  opem  et  ope,  by  the  means  of;  -lo?  to  lift,  to  raise  up;  adv..  nimbly;  os,  oris, 
n.,  a  mouth;  -urn,  i,  a  beak. 

6    -ws,  rfs,  the  sex;  mas,  maris,  male;  I.,  a  female;  confero,  <#***,   «,  with  con 
certed  effort;  -«V  r„  to  nest;  -«s,  i  a  nest;  -«s,  /,  a  branch;  -urn,  i,  a  cavity;   hum, 
in  genit.,  on  the  ground;  -urn,  i,  a  copse,  a  place  full  of  switches,  osiers;  -urn,  i,  bushes, 

a  thicket.  h  x 

7.  -ww,  i,  an  egg;  -io*  peperi,  partum,  to  give  birth,  to  bring   forth,   to  lay;  -™% 


451 

supportat.  Dein,  pullis  exclusis,  tarn  pater,  quam  mater  alimentum 
quassitum  avolant,  repertum  autem  magno  gaudio  reportant.  Pulliceni 
famelici  nudique,  rostellis  hiantibus  pipientes  prsestolantur  parentes, 
qui  repertos  vermfculos,  lumbricos,  muscas,  aut  quaslibet  insecta,  aut 
aliud  quod  esculenti  genus,  patulis  oribus  immittunt,  sicque  suos  cha- 
ros  pipiones  cibant  ac  nutriunt. 

Secundum  vitas  rationem8  aliquas  aves  sunt  rapdces  acpmdatorice; 
prsedas  autem  quas  rapiunt,  sunt  varia  animalcula  minora,  sive  alata, 
sive  humi  repentia,  sive  vero  quadrupeda,  quorum  cdrnibus  vescuntur, 
et  eapropter  carnivorcz  appellantur.  Taleb  sunt  dquilce,9  accipitres,  milvi, 
vultures,  fakones;  item  ordo  nocturnarum  avium,  quales  sunt  noctuce, 
bubones,  sive  ululce,  item  buteones;  bubones  enim  noctu  in  sylvis  bu- 
biunt  et  circumvolitant,  interdiu  autem  in  cavis  suis  dormitant.  Eodem 
fere  modo  vitam  agunt  et  vespertiliones,10  qui  aves  quidem  non  sunt, 
sed  volatiles,  fereque  mures,  quique  sera  vespera  volitant,  et  vappo- 
nes,  nocturnos  papiliones,  captant. 

Corvi11  et  cornfces  nocte  quiescunt,  ut  plerasque  volucres  in  perti- 


ui,  Hum,  (also,  r.\  to  lie  upon,  to  hatch;  -veo?  vi,  turn,  to  foster,  to  keep,  or  to  make 
warm;  -us,  i,  the  young,  the  brood;  -do,3  si,  sum,  to  hatch  out;  -urn,  i,  the  means  of 
living,  the  feed;  -to,1  r.,  to  keep  bringing  on;  -lo,x  r.,  to  fly  away;  -us,  i,  the  little 
chicks;  -us,  a,  nm,  hungry;  -us,  a,  um,  bare,  naked;  -urn,  i,  little  beak;  hio,1  r.,  to 
gape,  -io*  r.,  to  pipe,  chirp;  -or,1  atus  sum,  to  be  waiting;  -us,  i,  little  worms;  -us,  i, 
an  earth-worm;  I.,  a  fly;  -um,  i,  an  insect;  -um,  i,  eatable;  -us,  a,  um,  open,  gaping; 
-us,  a,  um  dear  (by  affection,  carus,  a,  um,  dear  by  price);  -to,  nis,  m.  f.,  chickies; 
-bo,1  r.,  to  feed;  -*'o,4  r.,  to  nourish. 

8.  According  to  their  way  of  living;  -ax,  cis,  given  to  grabbing,  to  plunder;  -ius,  a, 
um, living  of  prey,  spoil,  plunder,  booty;  I.,  a  booty,  prey;  -to*  ut,  turn,  to  grab,  to 
rob;  -po,3,  psi,ptum,  to  creep;  -ro,  mis,  f.,  flesh,  meat;  -scor,3  to  feed  on,  usually  gov. 
abl.;  -us,  a,  um,  flesh-gulper. 

9.  I.,  an  eagle;  -ter,  iris,  a  hawk;  -us,  i,  a  kite;  -tur,  is,  a  vulture;  -co,  nis,  a  fal- 
con; -do,  nis,  m.,  an  order,  class,  family;  I.,  an  owl;  -bo,  nis,  m.,  a  horned  owl;  II., 
same;  -teo,  nis,  a  buzzard;  -io,3  to  hoot;  -to,1  r.,  to  slumber. 

10.  -to,  nis,  m.,  a  bat;  mus,  ris,  m.,  a  mouse;  -us,  a,  um,  late;  -po,  nis,  m.,  a 
moth;  -io>  nis,  m.,  a  butterfly. 

11.  II.,  a  raven;  -nix,  ids,  f.,  a  crow;  I  ,  a  perch;  -to,1  r.,  to  stay  overnight;  -us, 
a,  um,  fallen,  or  about  to  fall,  shaky,  ramshackel;  -ver,  is,  n.,  a  dead  body;  II.,  a  squir- 


452 

cis  pernoctantes,  et  praedam  suam,  sive  caduca  cadavera  speculantes, 
sive  vero  sciuros,  mures,  glires,  sorices,  aut  minores  aves,  interdiu 
persequentes.  Autumno  praesertim  tempore  catervatim  rura  grocantes 
et  cornicantes  pervolant.  —  Pica  garrula  et  furax  ex  arboribus  stre- 
pens  et  ganniens  pullicenos  observat. 

Omnium  longe  maxima  et  fortissima  avis  est  struthiocatnelus,12 
qui  propter  longum  collum,  parvum  caput,  staturamque  corporis  simi- 
litudinem  cameli  prae  se  ferre  videtur,  nee  volare  valet,  sed  pennae  et 
plumae  eius  in  pretio  habentur.  Sunt  etiam  alise  aves,  quas  potius  pro- 
pter externam  speciem,  ac  pennarum  pulchritudinem,  cristas  et  cirras 
gestimantur,  uti  upupa,  olor,  sive  cygnus,  pavo,  cassita,  palumbes,  at- 
que  turtures.  Perinde  alias  aves  circa,  aut  intra  domos  aluntur  plerum- 
que  in  caveis,  quae  hominibus  alio  quodam  modo  oblectamento  sunt, 
uti  monedula,  sive  grdculus,  atque  psittacus,  quae  aves  humanum  ser- 
monem  imitari  discunt.  -  Cuculus  vero,  sive  coccyx,  avis  Europaea  eo 
se  infamem  reddit,  quod  sibi  nidum  non  facit,  sed  in  nido  alieno  ova 
parit,  atque  facit,  ut  alia  avis  suam  sobolem  excludat,  nutriat  atque 

educet. 

Sunt  complura  genera  volucrum,  qu^  gregatim13  in  planitie,  in 
solitariis  campis  et  pratis  humi  nidificant,  seminibus  herbarum,  granis 

rel;  glis,gliris,  m.,  a  dormouse;  sorex,  ids,  m.,  a  shrew-mouse,  as  the  Romans  knew 
no'distinction  between  a  mouse  and  a  rat;  in  scholastic  Latin  these  two  words  are  used 
to  signify  a  rat,  particularly  glis.  —  Catervatim,  adv.,  in  crowds;  -co,1  r.,  to  croak; 
the  voice  of  a  crow.  —  Pica,  a9  a  very  common  bird  in  Italy  and  central  Europe,  the 
magpie;  -us,  a,  urn,  prattling,  babbling,  prating;  -ax;  acts,  thievish ;  po*  ui,  to  rattle; 

-w,4  to  prate. 

12.  -us,  i,  an  ostrich;  -urn,  i,  a  neck;  I.,  shape,  standing;  II.,  a  camel;  prx  sefert, 
has  theappearance;  in  pretio  esse,  v.  habere  =  is  valued.  —  Potius,  adv.,  rather;  I.,  a 
crest;  II.,  a  tuft  of  feathers;  -mo,1  r.,  to  value;  I.,  a  hoopoe,  a  handsome  European 
bird;'  -or,  is,  m.,  or  -us,  i,  a  swan;  -vo,  nis,  a  peacock;  I.,  the  tufted  lark;  -bes,  is,  f., 
a  ring-dove;  -tor,  is,  a  turtle  dove.  —  I.,  a  cage;  -umt  i,  pleasure,  delight;  L,  or  -us,  it 
a  jackdaw;  II.,  a  parrot;  -tor,1  atus  sum,  to  copy,  imitate.  —  II.,  or  -cyx,  ygis,  f.,  a 
cuckoo;  -mis,  e,  of  bad  reputation;  -es,  is,  f.,  an  offspring;  -co1  r.,  to  rear,  to  bring  up. 

13.  Adv.,  in  flocks;  -us,  a,  urn,  lonely;  -urn,  i,  a  meadow;  -men,  inis,  n.,  a  seed; 
-urn,  i,  a  grain;  -um,  it  cereals;  -nix,  ids,  f.,  a  quail;  -dix,  ids,  f.,  a  partridge;  I., 
a  lark. 


453 

frumentorum  herbisque  vescuntur,  cuiusmodi  sunt  coturnices  atque 
perdfces ;  alaudas  quoque  idem  agunt,  sed  magnam  partem  diei  in  sub- 
lfme  se  extollunt  dulcique  cantu  se  audientes  oblectant. 

Avicularum  plurima^  cantillant,14  ac  trissant,  et  quum  hoc  modo 
aures  nostras  delectabili  cantu  permulcent,  turn  etiam  summam  utilita- 
tem  hortis,  segetibus  arboribusque  afferunt,  quoniam  deterrimas  pestes 
frugum  terr«,  erucas,  locustas,  cicadas,  asilos  sive  tabanos,  larvas 
vermium,  ipsos  vermes,  scarabaeos,  insecta  omnigena,  muscas,  culi- 
ces,  devorando,  fertilitatem  agrorum  atque  hortorum  tuentur.  Inter 
has  memorare  iuvat  hiriindines,  fringillas,  tnerulas,  sturnos,  scolopaces. 

Notissimas15  omnium  alitum  illas  aviculas  sunt,  quae  in  areis  ac 
tectis  domuum  obstrepunt,  frumenta  granatim  avidissime  vorant,  nee 
quidquam  utilitatis  afferunt:  hi  sunt  pdsseres,  sive  passerculi.  Turn 
sunt  canariae,  quas  propter  suavem  modulationem,  qua  fere  luscinias, 
sive  philomelas,  sequant,  turn  etiam  propter  pulchras  plumas  flavas, 
homines  in  caveis  captfvas  servant. 

Sunt  et  mercatores  avium,  prassertim  cantantium,  quia  et  multi 
concupfscunt16  aves  cantantes,  quas  ipsi  capere  nequeunt,  et  sunt  ho- 

14.  -lo,1  r.,  -sso,1  r.,  to  warble,  to  twitter;  -ceo,2  si,  sum,  to  charm,  to  sooth;  ~tas, 
tis,  i.,  usefulness;  -us,  i,  a  garden;  -es,  etis,  f.,  the  standing  crops;  -rior,  ius,  superlat 
-errimus,  a,  um,  worse,  worst,  an  adj.  without  positive  degree;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  plague; 
frux,  gis,  f.,  Nomin.  not  in  use,  pi.  -es  um,  produce  of  the  land;  I.,  a  caterpillar;  I.,  a 
locust;  I.,  a  grashopper;  -us,  i,  and  II.,  a  horsefly;  I.,  prop.,  a  ghost,  also  a  mask, 
otherwise  persona ,  of  insects,  when  they  are  grubs,  in  transition,  maggots;  -is,  is,  m., 
and  its  abbrev.,  -cuius,  i>  a  worm;  II.,  a  June-bug,  a  bug,  or  beetle;  ~umy  i,  fr.  in  + 
seco,  an  insect;  -us,  a,  um,  all  kinds;  I.,  a  fly,  -ex,  icis,  m.,  a  mosquito;  -tas,  atis,  f., 
the  power  of  bearing  fruit;  -er,  gri,  m.,  a  cultivated  field;  or,2  itus  sum,  to  defend,  to 
assert;  memorare  iuvat,  a  Latin  idiom,  it  is  serviceable,  or  helpful  to  mention;  -do,  inis, 
f.,  a  swallow;  I.,  a  red-breast,  a  robin;  1.,  a  merle,  a  blackbird;  II.,  a  starling;  -pax% 
cis,  f. ,  a  snipe. 

15.  Fr.  noscoy  tus,  a,  um,  best  known;  I.,  a  yard,  a  garden-bed;  -po,3  ui,  itumy  to 
rattle,  clatter,  to  make  such  noise  by  loud  and  rapid  talk;  adv.,  grain  by  grain;  adv.  of 

-us,  a,  um,  eager;  to  gobble;  -er,  is,  m.,  a  sparrow. us,  a,  um,  of  dogs,  doggish,  the 

Dog  Islands  (Canary  Islands,  so  called  on  account  of  their  breed  of  dogs),  a  canary 
bird,  originally  from  those  Islands;  -tio,  nis,  f.,  singing;  1.,  a  nightingale;  I.,  same  in 
Gr.;  -us,  a,  um,  yellow;  -us,  a,  um,  a  captive,  a  prisoner;  -vo,1  r.,  to  keep. 

16.  -sco3  ivi,  Hum,  to  covet;  laqueus,  i,  a  noose;  I.,  a  snare;  I.,  a  trap; -do,3  teten 


454 

mines,  qui  aves  capere  sciunt,  et  sua  arte  pecuniam  mereri  cupiunt. 
Hi  itaque  partim  laqueos,  pedicas  et  tendiculas  aviculis  tendunt,  par- 
tial visco,  cassibus,  aut  aliis  insidiis,  inter  has  fistula,  eas  allectant  et 
capiunt;  de  his  carmen  scriptum  est: 

"Fistula  dulce  canit,  volucrem  quum  decipit  auceps." 

Recensio.  —  Quanam  re  est  ista  terra  nostra  circumfusa?  — 
Quidnam  vocamus  omne  id  quod  aerem  animalem  spirat?  —  Quidnam 
interest  inter  animam  et  animum?  —  Quae  animalia  vocamus  aeria?  — 
Qua  re  vestiuntur  volucres?  —  Quid  est  avis,  et  ubi  solet  habitare? 

—  Sexu  quomodo  inter  se  differunt?  —  Quid  agit  avis  foemella  in  ni- 
do?  —  Quomodo,  et  quibus  rebus  aluntur  pipiones?  —  Quas  volucres 
vocamus  rapaces?  —  Quid  est  vespertilio?  quid  et  quando  hie  captat? 

—  Quid  solent  corvi  insectari?  —  Statura  corporis  quae  avis  est  ma- 
xima?—Quodgenus  volucres  solent  homines  ob  pulchritudinem  potius 
quam  ob  utilitatem  domi  suae  servare?  —  Quae  aviculae  vivunt  grega- 
tim?  —  Quid  scis  de  cuculo?  —  Quaenam  est  utilitas  avicularum  quae 
canorae  (singing)  sunt?  —  Novistine  passerem?  quid  scis  de  eo?  — 
Qui,  et  ubi  emunt  homines  aviculas  canoras?  —  quare?  —  Recita  car- 
men de  aucupe 1 

di,  turn,  sum,  to  stretch,  to  set  up;  -scum,  i,  a  birdlime;  -es,  ium,  m.,  a  net,  a  hunting-net; 
-dice,  arum,  an  ambush,  plot;  I.,  a  whistle;  -do,1  r.,  to  lure;  -men,  inis,  n.,  a  verse* 
-pio*  cepi, ptum,  to  deceive;  auceps ,  aucupis,  m  ,  a  bird-catcher,  a  fowler. 


VOCABVLARIVM    31. 


Nna  Subst. 

motus,  us 

avicula,  x 

mas,  maris,  m 

natura,  x 

animal,  is,  n. 

pluma,  x 

foemina,  x 

aer,  aeris,  m. 

adminiculum,  i 

penna,  x 

opera,  x 

spiritus,  us 

ala,  x 

ops,  is,  f . 

materia,  x 

animans,  tis 

ales,  itis,  f. 

sublime,  is,  n. 

nidus,  i 

£nima,  x 

volucris,  is,  f. 

rostrum,  i 

ramus,  i 

animus,  i 

avis,  is,  f. 

sexus,  us 

cavum,  i 

455 


humus,  i,  f. 
virgultum,  i 
ovum,  i 
calor,  is,  m. 
pullus,  i 
alimentum,  i 
gaudium,  ii 
pullicenus,  i 
rostellum,  i 
vermiculus,  i 
lumbricus,  i 
musca,  x 
insectum,  i 
os,  oris,  n. 
pipio,  nis,  m. 
vita,  x 
ratio,  nis,  f. 
praeda,  x 
animalculum,  i 
humus,  i,  f . 
caro,  nis,  f. 
aquila,  x 
accipiter,  tris,  m. 
milvus,  i 
vultur,  uris,  m. 
falco,  nis,  m. 
ordo,  inis,  m. 
noctua,  x 
bubo,  nis,  m. 
ulula,  x 
buteo,  nis,  m. 
cavum,  i 
vespertilio,  nis,m. 
mus,  ris,  m. 
vappo,  nis,  m. 
papilio,  nis,  m. 
curvus,  i 
cornix,  icis,  f. 
p£rtica,  x 
cadaver,  is,  n. 
sciiirus,  i 


glis,  gliris,  m. 
s6rex,  icis,  m. 
rus,  ruris,  n. 
pica,  x 

struthiocamelus,  i 
collum,  i 
statura,  x 
similitudo,  inis,  f . 
camelus,  i 
species,  ei,  f. 
pulchritudo, 

inis,  f . 
crista,  x 
cirrus,  i 
upupa,  x 
olor,  is,  m. 
cygnus,  i,  m. 
pavo,  nis,  m. 
cassita,  x 
palumbes,  is,  mf. 
turtur,  is,  mf, 
caVea,  x 

oblectamentum,  i 
mon£dula,  x 
gr^culus,  i 
psittacus,  i 
sermo,  nis,  m. 
cuculus,  i 
coccyx,  ygis,  mf . 
s6boks,  is,  f. 
semen,  inis,  n. 
coturnix,  icis,  f. 
perdix,  icis,  f. 
alauda,  x 
auris,  is,  f. 
utilitas,  atis,  f. 
hortus,  i 
seges,  etis,  f. 
pestis,  is,  f . 
frux,  gis,  f. 
locusta,  x 


cicada,  x 
asilus,  i 
tab^nus,  i 
larva,  x 
vermis,  is,  m. 
scarabasus,  i 
fertilitas,  atis,  f. 
hirundo,  inis,  f. 
fringilla,  x 
meVula,  x 
sturnus,  i 
scolopax,  cis,  f. 
irea,  x 
passer,  is,  m. 
modulatio,  nis,  f. 
luscinia,  x 
philome*la,  x 
laqueus,  i 
p£dica,  x 
tendicula,  x 
viscum,  i 
casses,  ium,  m. 
insidia%  arum 
fistula,  x 
carmen,  inis,  n. 
auceps,  aucupis, 
m. 

Nna.  Adi. 

animalis,  e 
spirabilis,  e 
internus,  a,  um 
aerius,  a,  um 
sublimis,  e 
volatilis,  e 
bipes,  dis 
alatus,  a,  um 
versicolor,  is 
firmus,  a,  um 
masculus,  a,  um 
fam£licus,  a,  um 


nudus,  a,  um 
pitulus,  a,  um 
charus,  a,  um 
rapax,  cis 
pr£datorius,a,um 
carnivorus,  a,  um 
serus,  a,  um 
caducus,  a,  um 
garrulus,  a,  um 
furax,  cis 
externus,  a,  um 
humanus,  a,  um 
infamis,  e 
ali£nus,  a,  um 
complures,  es,  a 
solitarius,  a,  um 
dulcis,  e 
delectabilis,  e 
summus,  a,  um 
deterior,  ius 
omnigenus,  a,  um 
notus,  a,  um 
canarius,  a,  um 
suavis,  e 
flavus,  a,  um 
captivus,  a,  um 

Verba 

circumfundo,3  di,  sum 
spiro,1  r. 
sapio,3  ivi,  ii 
cieo,2  civi,  turn 
volo,1  r. 
vestio,4  r. 
munio,4  r. 
attollo,3  — ,  — 
confero,3  tuli,  latum 
nidifico,1  r. 
comparo,1  r. 
pario,3  peperi,  partum 
incubo,1  ui,  itum 


456 


foveo,2  vi,  turn 
excludo,3  si,  sum 
supporto,1  r. 
dvolo,1  r. 
reporto,1  r. 
hio,1  r. 
pipio,4  r. 

prxstolor,1  atus  sum 
immito,3  si,  sum 
cibo,1  r. 
nutrio,4  r. 
rapio,3  ui,  ptum 
repo,3  psi,  ptum 
vescor,3  — ,  — 
bubio,3  — ,  — 
dormito,1  r. 
volito,1  r. 
capto,1  r. 

speculor,1  atus  sum 
persequor, 3  cutus  sum 
groco,1  r. 
cornico,1  r. 
pervolo,1  r. 


strepo,3  ui,  itum 
gannio,4  r. 
observo,1=r. 
valeo,2  ui,  itum 
aestimo,1  r. 
alo,3  ui,  itum 
imitor,1  atus  sum 
reddo,3  didi,  itum 
nutrio,4  r. 
educo,1  r. 
extollo,3  — ,  — 
oblecto,1  r. 
cantillo,1  r. 
trisso,1  r. 

permulceo,2  si,  sum 
4rTero,3  tuli,  latum 
dSvoro,1  r. 
tueor,2  itus  sum 
memoro,1  r. 
iuvo,    iuvi,  iutum 
obstrepo,3  ui,  itum 
voro,1  r. 
aequo,1  r. 


servo,1  r. 
canto,1  r, 

concupisco,3  ivi,  itum 
capio,3  cepi,  captum 
mereor,2  itus  sum 
cupio,3  ivi,  itum 
tendo,3tetendi,  tentum 
allecto,1  r. 
decipio,3  cepi,  ptum 

Adverbia 

perniciter 

p6tius 

perinde 

gregatim 

avide 

fere 

dulce 

Prsepositiones 

secundum 
propter 


45  7 


II 


1.  Piscis.   2.  Ardea.   3.  Tursio.  4.  Testudo.   5.  Crocodilus.   6.  Phoca. 


ANIMALIA   AQVATICA, 


A. 


.QVA:  marinas  perinde  ac  fluviatiles1  innumera  pasne  genera 
animalium  alunt  et  sustinent,  quorum  aliqua  aqudtioa  vocantur,  quod 
aquam  nunquam  relinquunt,  alia  autem,  quae  partim  in  terra  sicca  vi- 
tal agunt,  amphibia  appellantur. 

Multigena2  animalia,  praesertim  aquatica,  aut  omnino  testis  inclusa 

1.  Adj.  of  fluvius;  -lo,3  ui,  itum,  to  feed;  -neo,2  ui,  tentum,  to  support;  -ticus,  a, 
urn,  watery,  living  in  water,  or  derived  from  w«;  -quo,3  reliqui,  ctum}  to  leave;  -us,  a, 
umf  dry;  -bium,  ii,  Gr.  two  lives. 

2.  -us,  a,  urn,  many  kinds;  I.,  a  shell;  -is,  is,  f„  a  skin;  -us,  a,  urn,  horny;  -us, 
a,  urn,  hard;  -is,  e,  soft;  -us,  a,  urn,  made  of  shell;  -is,  e,  light,  thin;  -us,  a,  urn,  soft- 
shelled;  -to,*  r. ,  are  called.  —  Crustum,  i,  a  hard  bark,  shell,  crust;  adi.  of  calxfcis,  f. 
lime;  -do,  inis,  f.,  a  tortoise;  -cer,  ai,  a  crab;  II.,  a  lobster;  nepas,  ce,  and  nepa,  <z,  a 
crab;  I.,  an  oyster;  -lus,  i,  a  sea-mussel;  -Hum,  ii,  a  shell-fish;  I.,  a  bivalve  shell-fish, 
a  shell;  -no,y  ui,  itum,  to  sound;  I.,  a  pomp;  matrix,  ids,  f.,  a  source,  origin,  a  matrix; 
1.,  a  pearl;  -to,  nis,  m.,  a  large,  single  pearl., 


458 

vivunt,  aut,  loco  pellis,  testa  munita  sunt.  Quaedam  autem  teste  cor- 
ner et  durae  sunt,  alias  molles.  Universa  haec  testacea  appellantur,  si 
vero  teste  leves  sint,  mollusca  audiunt.  Teste  aliorum  crusta  sunt  cal- 
caria,  quamobrem  idgenus  animalia  Crustacea  vocantur.  Ad  haec  gene- 
ra pertinent  testudines,  cancri,  camrnari,  nepce,  ostrece  atque  ingens  fa- 
milia  musculorum,  et  conchyliorum,  quorum  conchas,  aliquando  so- 
nantes,  magnaque  pompa  colorum  pictas  in  littoribus  invenire  sole- 
mus.  Hae  concha  etiam  matrices  sunt  margaritarum  atque  unionum. 

Alterum  genus  aquaticorum  ilia  animalia  sunt,  quae  vitam  partim 
in  aquis,  partim  in  littoribus  ducunt,  quam  ob  causam  a  Grzecis  am- 
phibia appellantur,  uti  sunt  crocodilfi  Nilotici,  atque  hippopotami,  sive 
equi  fluviatiles,  in  glacialibus  autem  maribus  phocce,  sive  vituli  ma- 
rini. 

Ex  iis  vero,  quae  prorsus  omnem  vitam  in  aquis  agunt,  memora- 
biles4  sunt  illae  vaste  et  immanes  belluae,  quae  saepe  in  longftudinem 
quinquagenum,  quin,  non  raro  et  in  centum  pedum  accrescunt,  et  quas 
generali  nomine  cete  appellamus.  Hue  pertinent  physeteres,  qui  oleum 
quoddam  ceratum  suppeditant,  lingua  mercatoria  "spermaceti"  insi- 
gni'tum;  turn  balaenae,  carchari,  delphini,  atque  tursiones.  Licet  his 
etiam  polypos  adnumerare. 

Longe  tamen  animalium  aquaticarum  maior  frequentia5  piscium  est. 

3.  -us,  i,  adi.  of  Nilus  river;  II.,  the  seal,  or  sea  calf. 

4.  -is,  e,  that  can  be  mentioned;  -is,  e,  gigantic,  fierce;  I.,  a  brute;  -sco?  crevi, 
cretum,  to  grow  up;  the  word  cete  is  not  declinable,  all  sea  monsters  in  general,  may  be 
so  called,  but  in  particular  the  shark,  or  any  man-eating  sea-monster.  —  Phystter,  eris , 
the  sperm  whale;  -urn,  i,  oil;  fr.  cera,  ce,  wax;  -to,'1  r«,  to  furnish;  -tnaf  Us,  n.,  Gr., 
same  as  Latin  semen,  inis,  fr.  sero,3  sevi,  satum,  to  sow;  -nio*  r.,  to  designate;  I.,  a 
whale;  II.,  a  dog-fish >  a  shark;  II.,  a  dolphin;  -to,  nis,  m.,  a  porpoise;  II.,  a  many- 
feet,  polypus. 

5.  I.,  a  multitude;  -is,  is,  m.,  a  fish;  no,  nare,  navi,  to  swim;  its  frequentative  is 
more  frequent,  nato,y  r. ;  -mo,  nis,  m.,  a  lung;  -chix,  atum,  the  gills;  I.,  a  feather;  II., 
a  hair;  -Ho*  r.,  to  clothe;  -ma,  ce,  the  scales  of  fishes;  I  ,  the  fins;  -culum,  i,  the  go- 
vernment, a  rudder.  —  Migro?  r.,  to  wander;  -um,  i,  the  salt  water,  the  sea  (nempe  = 
that  is  to  say).  —  Esculentus,  a,  urn,  eatable,  fit  to  be  a  food;  -bilis,  e,  that  can  be 
eaten;  adv.  accordingly;  est  cibo  belluis,  serves  as  food  to  the  big  beasts;  principem  lo- 
cum vindicat,  it  claims  the  most  important  place;  -do,  inis,  f.,  Gr.    alcyon,  the  king- 


459 

—  Piscis  est  animal  aquaticum  sine  pedibus  et  alis,  proinde  nee  it,  nee 
volat,  sed  nat;  porro,  nee  pulrnonibus,  sed  branehiis  spirat,  nequeplu- 
mis  aut  pilis  vestitum  est  ut  eastern  animalia,  sed  squammis,  nat  autem 
tiinnis,  versatque  se  gubernaeulo  eaudae.  Aliqui  pisees  migrant,  tam- 
quam  aves,  ex  salo  nempe  in  aquas  dulces,  et  vieissim.  —  Plenque 
pisees  sunt  esculenti,  hoe  est,  edibiles,  proinde  eibo  sunt  magnis  bel- 
luis,  et  etiam  eompluribus  alitibus,  inter  quas  prineipem  loeum  sibi 
vindieat  alcedo,  quales  sunt  lari,  fulieae;  aliae  alites  non  supervolant 
maria,  sed  longis  eruribus  invadunt  asstuaria  atque  vada,  uti  ardeae,  et 
eieoni's,  et  sie  piseieulos  eaptant.  Hae  aves  palmipedes  sunt. 

Verum  etiam  homines,  non  tantum  fabulosi  ichthyophagi1  vetusta- 
tis,  piseibus,  eseterisque  aquatieis,  animalibus  libenter  veseuntur,  sal- 
tern semel  aut  bis  per  septimanam.  Gratissimi  autem  pisees  Romanis 
fuemnt,  —  hodieque  nobis  fere  sunt,  —  truetae,  thynni,  seomber, 
asellus,  perea,  salmo,  dein  sarda-  atque  saperdae,  quas,  ut  salsamenta, 
salsugine  eondfta,  nos  haud  minus  libenter  edimus  quam  Romani;  ta- 
men,  fortasse  delicatissimi  atque  sapidissimi  existimantur  aeipenser, 

elupea,  atque  turdus. 

Crudele8  et  inhumanum  est  piseieulos,  avieulas,  aut  quodlibet  m- 
nocuum  animaleulum  sive  eausa  gulae,  sive  ex  inerti  otio,animi  eausa, 

fisher;  -us,  i,  the  sea  gull,  according  to  zoologists;  1.,  a  coot,  usage  makes  this  bird  the 
sea  gull;  cms,  cruris,  n„  a  leg;  -do?  si,  sum,  to  enter;  I.,  a  heron;  I-,  a  stork;  -pes,  dis, 

web  foot.  ,      ,   . 

7.  II.,  fish-eaters;  -fas,  Us,  f.,  antiquity;  I.,  a  trout;  II.,  a  tunny;  -bet,  bn,  m.,  a 
mackarel;  II.,  a  cod;  I.,  a  perch;  -mo,  nis,  m.,  a  salmon;  I.,  a  sardine;  I.,  a  herring; 
turn,  i,  a  pickle;  -go,  inis,  f.,  salt  water,  brine;  -dio?  r.,  to  season;  -tus,  a,  urn,  fine, 
delicate;  -us,  a,  urn,  tasty;  -mo*  r.,  to  deem,  consider;  -ser,  eris,  m.,  a  sturgeon,   I.,  a 

shad;  II.,  a  thrush. 

8.  -is,  e,  cruel;  -us,  a,  urn,  unmanly,  not  befitting  a  man;  -us,  a,  urn,  harmless;  !•, 
a  throat,  for  the  sake  of  gluttony;  -ers,  Us,  idle,  inactive;  -urn,  it,  leisure;  animt  causa 
for  a  pass-time;  "one  should  deem  enough,"  -mo}  r.,  to  deem;  I.,  the  catching;  I.,  fish- 
ing; -us,  us,  a  living;  IV.,  a  gain,  earning;  -urn,  i,  gain,  profit;  -or,  is,  a  fisher.  0«- 
losus,  a,  urn,  gluttonous;  II.,  a  fish-hook;  arundo,  inis,,  f.,  a  reed,  a  fishing-rod;  I.,  a 
bait;  II.,  a  fishmonger;  -urn,  i,  a  market-place;  -of,  is,  a  customer;  -us,  a,  urn,  here, 
-ww,  i,  muddy,  stirred,  confusion,  disorder  =  a  man  utilizing  the  disturbed,  unsettled 
conditions  for  his  personal  gain;  do  not  bear  a  good  reputation. 


460 

occidere.  Satis  existimandum  est  si  pisces  ab  iis  capiantur  qui  captu- 
ram  piscium,  siv e  piscaturam,  tamquam  victum  atque  quaestum,  lucri 
causa,  exercent;  ii  sunt  piscatores.  Gulosi  piscatores  hamo,  arundine 
et  esca  piscibus  insidiantur,  eosque  inique,  per  dolum  ac  fraudem  ca- 
piunt.  Piscatores  ex  quaestu  retibus,  sagenis,  atque  everriculis,  veluti 
vi,  eosdem  capiunt,  quos  dein  cetariis  vendunt,  a  quibus,  vicissim,  in 
foris  et  tabernis  a  cetariis  adventores  emunt. 

Homines  denique,  qui  in  turbido  piscari  amant,  apud  cives  suos 
non  bene  audiunt. 

Recensio.  —  Quid  alunt  et  sustinent  aqua??  —  Aqua  marina  tan- 
turn?  —  Quo  nomine  designamus  ea  animalia,  quas  et  in  aqua  et  in 
arido  solent  vivere?  —  Ad  quod  genus  animalium  pertinet  testudo?  — 
Quod  genus  animal  est  ostrea?  —  Quod  genus  animal  est  phoca?  — 
Memora  quasdam  magnas  belluas  marinas!  —  Describe  piscem!  — 
Memora  aliquot  volucres  quas  piscibus  vescuntur!  —  Suntne  omnes 
pisces  esculenti?  —  Qui  vocabantur  antiquitus  (anciently)  ichthyo- 
phagi?  —  Memora  nomina  quorundam  piscium,  quos  Romani  in  delitiis 
habueruntl  —  Qui  pisces  solent  ut  sdlgama  (-orum,  pickles  in  brine) 
condiri?  —  qui  in  oleo?  —  Quid  existimamus  esse  crudele  et  inhuma- 
num?  —  Quibus  rebus  piscantur  gulosi  piscatores?  —  Piscatores 
autem  pro  qusestu  (who  practice  it  is  a  living)?  —  Quid  de  piscatori- 
bus  in  turbido? 


VOCABVLARIVM    32. 


Nna.  Subst. 

amphibium,  ii 
testa,  x 
pellis,  is,  f. 
crustum,  i 
testudo,  inis,  f. 
cancer,  cri 
cammarus,  i 
nepa  (-as),  as 


ostrea,  a? 
familia,  x 
musculus,  i 
conchylium,  ii 
concha,  x 
pompa,  x 
color,  is,  m. 
matrix,  icis,  f. 
margarita,  x 


unio,  nis,  m. 
crocodilus,  i 
hippopotamus,  i 
phoca,  x 
bellua,  x 
cete,  n. 

phys£ter,  £ris,  m. 
oleum,  i 
"spermaceti" 


balaena,  x 
carcharus,  i 
delphinus,  i 
tursio,  nis,  m. 
polypus,  i 
frequentia,  x 
piscis,  is,  m. 
pulmo,  nis,  m. 
branchiae,  arum 


461 


pilus,  i 
squamma,  x 
pinna   x 
gubernaculum,  i 
cauda,  x 
salum,  i 
cibus,  i 
ales,  itis,  f- 
alcedo,  inis.  f. 
larus,  i 
fulica,  x 
crus,  ris,  n. 
ardea,  x 
ciconia,  x 
pisciculus,  i 
ichtyophagus,  i 
vetustas,  atis,  f- 
tructa,  x 
thynnus,  i 
scomber,  bri 
asellus,  i 
perca,  x 
salmo,  nis,  m- 
sard  a,  x 
saperda,  x 
salsamentum,  i 
salsugo,  inis,  f. 
acipenser,  is,  m. 
clupea,  x 
turdus.  i 
gula,  x 
otium,  ii 
captura,  x 
piscatura,  x 
victus,  us 


quasstus,  us 
lucrum,  i 
piscator,  is,  m. 
hamus,  i 
arundo,  inis,  f. 
esca,  x 
dolus,  i 
fraus,  dis,  f. 
rete,  is,  n. 
sagena,  x 
everriculum,  i 
vis,  vim,  vi,  f. 
cetarius,  ii 
forum,  i 
civis,  is,  mf. 
turbidum,  i 

Nna  Adi. 

fluviatilis,  e 
innumeri,  x>  a 
aquaticus,  a,  um 
multigenus,  a.  um 
corneus,  a,  um 
durus,  a,  um 
mollis,  e 
uni versus,  a,  um 
testaceus,  a,  um 
molluscus,  a,  um 
calcarius,  a,  um 
crustaceus,  a,  um 
niloticus,  a,  um 
memorabilis,  e 
immanis,  e 
generalis,  e 
ceratus,  a,  um 


mercatorius,  a,  um 
esculentus,  a,  um 
edibilis,  e 
princeps,  ipis 
palmipes,  edis 
fabulosus,  a,  um 
gratus,  a,  um 
delicatus,  a,  um 
sapidus,  a,  um 
crudelis,  e 
inhumanus,  a,  um 
innocuus,  a,  um 
iners,  tis 
gulosus,  a,  um 

Verba. 

sustineo,2  ui,  tentum 
relinquo,3  liqui,  lictum 
includo,3  si,  sum 
vivo,3  xi,  ctum 
munio,4  r. 
pertineo,2  ui,  — 
sono,1  ui,  itum 
invenio,4  ni,  turn 
accresco,3  crevi,  turn 
suppedito,1  r. 
insignio,4  r. 
adnumero,1  r. 
no,  nare,  navi,  — 
vestio,4  r. 
verso,1  r. 
migro, '  r. 
vindico,1  r. 
invado,3  si,  sum 
condio,4  r. 


edo,3  edi,  esum 
existimo,1  r. 
occido,3  di,  sum 
exerceo,2  cui,  citum 
insidior,1  atus  sum 
piscor,1  atus  sum 
audio,4  r. 


Adverbia 

pasne 

nunquam 

partim 

praesertim 

omnino 

loco 

aliquando 

prorsus 

saepe 

proinde 

porro 

libenter 

saltern 

fere 

fortasse 

inique 

vicissim 


Pr&positiones 

sine 
per 
ab,  ex 
apud 


462 


1.  Vaccae.  2.  Taurus.  3.  Vitulus.  4.  Oves.  5.  Equus. 


ANIMALIA   TERRESTRIA. 


A, 


.NIMALIA  quidem,  sensu  proprio,  terrestria  sunt  omnia,  quippe 
quae  cuncta  hunc  terrarum  orbem  incolunt,  arctiori  tamen  sensu  ea 
tantum  ita  vocamus,  quae  aut  in  humana  societate  circa  domos  habi- 
tant, et  ideo  domestica  appellantur,  quod  sunt  manibus  hominum  as- 
sueta,1  unde  et  "mansueta,"  et  cicura  vocantur;  aut  vero  fera,  et  li- 
bera, quae  in  sylvis,  aut  montibus,  in  cavis,  antris,  lustris  ac  latibulis 
vitam  agunt,  atque  foramfnibus,  saepe  abs  se  scalptis  et  effossis,  eaque 
uno  verbo  fern  nominantur. 

Domesticorum  animalium  quadrupedum  maiora,  uno  verbo  peco- 


1.  -sco,3  suevi,  turn,  to  get  used  to;  -tus,  a,  um,  used  to  hand,  tame;  -ur,  is,  tame; 
-us,  a,  um,  wild;  -er,  a,  um,  free;  -M3  Ps^  ptum,  to  scratch;  -do,  or  ~dio,3  di,  ssum,  to 
dig  out;  I . ,  a  wild  animal. 


463 

ra,2  minora,  pecudes  appellamus.  Ad  priora  pertinent  equi,  asini,  muli, 
item,  cornfgera,  nempe  boves.  Multi  equi,  asini  et  muli  sunt  grex; 
multi  boves,  sunt  artnenturn.  Utrumque  genus  pecorum  vocatur  iumen- 
ta,  sive  adiumenta  laborum;  nam  utrumque  adiuvat  hominem  labo- 

rando. 

Equus  et  equa  progignunt3  parvos  equos  et  equas,  sive  pullos 
equinos,  quos  hinnulos  vocamus  a  voce  sua,  quia  equi  hinniunt. 

Bos  est  animal  cornutum;4  mas  vocatur  taurus,  foemina  autem 
vacca,  pulli  vero,  sive  soboles,  buculi,  iuvencae,  vel  vituli.  Hoc  gene- 
re  pecorum  nihil  homfnibus  est  utilius.  Viva  enim  labores  maxime  ar- 
duos  mira  patientia  perferunt,  vili  aluntur,  lac,  florem  lactis,  butyrum, 
caseumque  ad  victum  nostrum  suppeditant:  mortua  vero  tergora  sua 
nobis  pnebent,  quibus,  sub  nomine  bubulcecarnis,  vescimur,  pelles  autem 
in  carium  conversa,  calceos,  pluresque  alias  res  nobis  subministrant. 

Laborum  patientissima  iumenta  sunt  asini  et  muli.  Sunt  enim  la- 
bores,  ad  quos  perficiendos  nee  equi,  nee  boves  valent,  sunt  etiam  loca 
aliseque  conditiones,  quibus  hi  soli  apprime5  conveniunt.  Ut  equi  hin- 
niunt, boves  bovant  et  mugiunt,  sic  aselli  rudunt,  vel  meant. 

2.  Pecus,  oris,  n.,  cattle;  pecus,  udis,  f ,  the  smaller  house-animals,  particularly 
the  sheep;  -asinus,  i,  an  ass;  II.,  a  mule;  corniger,  a,  urn,  horn-bearing;  bos.bovis,  pi., 
boves,  bourn,  bobus  (bubus),  &c,  m.  and  f.,  an  ox,  or  a  cow.  —  Grex,  gregis,  m.,  a 
flock;  -urn,  i,  a  drove. 

3.  -gno?  genui,  g'enitum,  to  beget,  to  bring  forth;  -us,  i,  or,  -leus,  i,  a  colt;  -mo, 
r.,  to  neigh,  to  whinny. 

4.  -us,  a,  urn,  horny,  having  horns;  II.,  a  bull;  I.,  a  cow;  II.,  a  young  bullock;  a 
steer;  II..  a  calf.  —  -us,  a,  urn,  alive,  living;  I  ,  a  patience;  to  endure;  vilis,  e,  abl.  vih 
(scil  pretio),  cheaply;  lac,  tis,  n.,  milk;  flos  lactis,  cream;  -urn,  i,  butter;  II.,  cheese; 
-to*  r.,  to  supply,  to  furnish;  -us,  a,  urn,  dead;  -us,  oris,  n.,  a  carcass;  -eo*  uit  Hum, 
to  give,  to  hand  over;  II  ,  (scil.  caro,  mis,  flesh)  beef;  -urn,  i,  leather;  -to,3  ti,  rsum,  to 
turn  into;  II-,  a  shoe;  -tro,1  r.,  to  put  to  our  service. 

5.  Adv.  most  exactly;  -mo*  ni,  ntum,  to  tally,  to  fit;  boo,1  r.,  or,  bovo,boare, 
boavi,  boatum,  boo,  boat,  &c,  boant,  bovant,  and  mugio*  r.,  to  bellow,  to  roar,  said  of 
cattle,  of  storms,  seas,  also  of  men;  rudo3  ivi,  Hum,  properly,  like  onco*  r.,  is  said  of 
an  ass,  whereas  of  a  lion  we  say  rugio,*  r.,  even  Roman  authors  confuse  these  two 
words. 


464 


Pecudum  primae  sunt  oves,6  hae  quidem  sunt  foeminae,  mares  sunt 
arietes,  aries  autem  castratus  est  veroex,  pulli  autem  sunt  agni,  agnelli, 
et  agnellse,  quse  balantes  solent  matres  suas  quaerere.  Haec  est  pecus 
lanigera,  qu«  hominibus  tarn  carne  sua  ooilla,  quam  lana,  unde  no- 
stra vestes,  tarn  viva  quam  mortua  multifariam  se  utilem  praebet. 

Alterum  genus  pecudum  sunt  caprce,1  quarum  mares  vocantur 
capri,  sive  hirci,  animalia  cornuta  et  barbata,  quod  hirci  sub  mento  bar- 
bam,  sive  aruncum  gerunt.  Pulli  horum  sunt  hoedi,  hoeduli,  atque  ca- 
pellce.  Summa  utilitas  horum  est  lac,  atque  pellis. 

Tertium  genus  pecudum  sunt  sues*  quarum  mares,  si  domestici, 
vocantur  verves,  si  ferae,  apri;  foeminae  autem  sunt  scrofoe,  quarum 
pulli  nomen  ferunt  porcorum,  porcellorum,  atque  nefrendum.  Genus  hoc 
pecudum  admodum  sordidum  et  squdlidum  existimatur,  quod  nee  in 
eligendo  cibo,  nee  in  seligendo  ad  cubandum  loco  quidquam  fastidiat. 
Qeterum,  si  vivum  nihil  homini  prodest,  tergus  magno  beneffcio  ho- 
mini  est.  Vergora  enim  suum  saginatarum  suppeditant  hominibus  pin- 
guedinem,  laridum,  petasones  atque  pernas,  suillamque  tarn  recentem, 
quam  salitam  atque  fumatam,  gratissimum  cibum  omnibus  fere  genti- 

6.  Ovis,  is,  f.,  a  sheep;  dries,  etis,  m.,  a  ram;  -tro,1  r.,  to  castrate;  vervex,  (ber- 
bex,  verbex)',  £cis,  m.,  a  wether,  its  meat,  in  English  is  called  mutton,  another  Latin 
wor'd;  _  ii.,  II.,  a  lamb,  and  its  diminutive,  in  fern.,  I.,  -lo,x  r.,  to  bleet.  —  -ger, 
a  urn,  Una,  x,  wool  +  gero,  to  wear;  -us,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  ovis,  flesh,  meat  of  a  sheep, 
as  ag'nina  is  of  lambs;  vestis,  is,  f.,  clothes;  adv.,  in  many  ways;  utilis,  e,  fr.  utor* 
usus  sum,  useful. 

7.  I.,  a  she  goat;  -per,  pri,  a  he  goat;  II.,  a  buck;  -us,  a,  urn,  bearded,  II.,  the 
beard  of  a  goat;  II.,  and  dimin.,  a  kid;  I.,  a  little  she-goat. 

8.  Sus,  suis,  m.  f.,  (subus,  suibus),  a  hog,  swine;  -es,  is,  m.,  a  boar;  -per,  pri,  m., 
a  wild* boar;  I.,  a  sow;  II.,  a  pig;  dimin.,  II.,  -frens,  dis,  an  adj. ,  that  cannot  crack 
beans,  little  pigs,  teethless,  at  the  stage  of  being  no  more  sucklings,  then  killed,  roasted 
and  served  whole;  both  -us,  a,  urn,  dirty,  filthy;  eligo,  to  choose,  and  seligo*  legi,  ctum, 
to  select,  pick  out;  -bo,1  ui,  Hum,  to  lie  down;  -dio*  r.,  to  feel  loath,  to  be  particular 
about  food,  or  personal  matters.  —  Sagino,*  r.,  to  fatten,  by  forced  feeding;  -do,  inis, 
f.,  lard;  -urn,  i,  bacon;  -so,  nis,  m-,  a  shoulder  (of  a  hog,  as  meat);  I.,  a  ham;  I.  pork; 
■ens,  Us,  adj.',  fresh;  salio*  r.»  to  salt;  -mo}  r.,  to  smoke;  -us,  a,  urn,  pleasing,  wel- 
come; seta,  ce,  a  bristle,  hair  of  hogs,  as  well  as  the  mane  and  tail  of  horses,  so  also 
brushes  made  of  them;  -ro*  rri,  sum,  to  sweep,  to  brush;  scopes,  arum,  a  broom,  parti- 
cularly of  seta,  bristles;  the  other  kinds  are  genista,  ce,  and  spartum,  i. 


465 

bus;  e  setis  autem  penicilli  pictorum,   seteque  ad  verrendas  vestes, 
atque  scopse  domibus  verrendis  apte  fiunt. 

Nullum  pecus  domesticum  est  carnivorum;  cuncta  herbis  vescun- 
tur,  sive  frugibus  terras.  /Estate  greges  et  armenta  in  campos  herbi- 
dos,9  in  colles  et  anfractus  virentes,  sive  in  pdscua  dimittuntur,  turn 
ad  pascendum,  turn  ad  quiescendum,  ubi,  post  pasturam,  iam  herbis 
saturi,  equi  se  in  gramine  volutare  solent,  boves  vero  in  amnem  aut 
stagnum  ad  potandum  descendunt,  in  aqua  autem  genuum  tenus  stan- 
tes,  delectantur,  suamque  voluptatem  longo  mugitu  enuntiant.  lllinc, 
denique  ascendentes,  perambulant  pascuum,  et  umbroso  sub  arboribus 
loco  reperto,  boves  decumbunt,  conquiescunt,  sorteque  sua  contenti, 
rumindntur. 


Aliud  genus  animalium  terrestrium  sunt  ferze. 

Homo  quoque  animal  est,  sed  rationis10  compos;  quod  vero  ani- 
mal rationis  compos  non  est,  vocatur  animal  brututn;  omnia  quidem 
bruta  possunt  et  bestice  appellari,  verumtamen  eo  vocabulo  prassertim 
bruta  agrestia,  sive  fera,  propter  saevitiam  et  immanitatem  ita  appel- 
lamus. 

Bestir  enim  procul  ab  omni  societate11  curaque  humana,  instin- 

9.  -us,  a,  um,  grassy;  -urn,  i,  a  grazing  ground;  -to,*  si,  ssum,  to  send  forth;  -tur, 
a,  um,  full,  replenished;  -en,    inis,   n.,  the  grass,    ground,  -to,1  r.,  to   roll  one's  self; 

to,1  r.,  to  drink;  genu,  us,  or  u,  the  knee;  -tas,  talis,  f.,  delight;  -tio,x  r.,  to  express; 
•us,  a,  urn,  shady;  -bo,3  cubui,  Hum,  to  lie  down;  sors,  Us,  f.,  one's  lot;  -us,  a,  um, 
satisfied:  -nor,*  atus  sum,  to  chew  the  cud. 

10.  -do,  nis,  f.,  reason;  -pos,  potts,  to  be  in  possession;  -us,  a,  urn,  raw,  and,  as  a 
noun;  -urn,  i,  an  untrained,  raw  animal;  I.,  an  untamed  animal;  -is,  e,  ix^ager,  field- 
animal,  not  domesticated;  -tia,<z,  wildness,  fierceness;  itas,  tatis,  f.,  savagery,  fierce- 
ness, with  the  idea  of  a  great  size. 

11.  -tas,  tatis,  f.,  companionship;  IV.,  inciting,  inspiration,  instinct;  I.,  birth,  the 
state,  original  condition  in  which  one  is  born,  a  condition  common  to  all,  nature;  no, 
didi,ditum,  to  put  into;  -urn,  i,  a  cave;  I.,  a  grotto,  cave;  um,  i,  a  lair;  -men,  inis, 
n.,  a  hole;  um,  i,  a  hiding  place;  -po,1  psi,  ptum,  to  scratch;  -co,1  r.,  frequentat.  of 
fodio*  to  dig  little  by  little;  -us,  a,  um,  safe  from  care,  secure;  -sco,3  tui,  to  lurk;  -pio? 
r.,  to  put  to  sleep;  -no,1  to  spend  the  winter  asleep. 


466 

ctum  a  natura  sibi  inditum  sequuntur,  et  eo  duce,  antra,  speluncas, 
lustra  in  sylvis  atque  in  montibus  incolunt,  aut  vero  foramina  ac  latf- 
bula  sibi  scalpunt  et  fodicant,  in  quibus  securae  delitescant,  nonnulae 
etiam  obsopitae  hibernent. 

Quoniam  ferae  maiores  et  minores  altera  alterius,  aut  se  minorum 
carnibus  vescuntur,  compardtio12  victus,  sive  praedae,  luctamen  sempi- 
ternum  est,  atque  periculum  vitae  perpetuo  imminens.  Ob  earn  rem 
Natura  unamquamque  feram  adminiculis  tutandas  vitae,  mortisque  ar- 
cendge,  instruxit:  elephantes  magnis  dentibus  duobus,  item  probosci- 
de  donavit;  rhinocerotes  crassa  pelle,  cornuque  in  naso;  leones,  tfgri- 
des,  leopardos,  ursos,  lynces,  lupos,  hyenas,  multasque  alias,  denti- 
bus ad  mordendum,  ungulis  ad  lacerandum,  celerique  cursu;  hystri- 

12.  -tio,  nis,  f.,  the  acquisition,  the  procuring;  -men,  inis,  n.,  a  struggle;  -us,  a, 
urn,  eternal;  -urn,  i,  a  danger,  risk;  adv.,  constantly;  -neo?  to  overhang.  —  Adminicw 
lum,  i,  a  means;  -tor,1  atus  sum,  frequ.  of  tueor*  itus  sum,  to  defend;  mors,  Us,  f„ 
death;  -ceo*  ui,  ctum,  to  keep  off,  to  hinder;  -uo?  xi,  ctum,  to  furnish  w.  something. 
-phas,  antis,  m.,  -phantus,  i,  an  elephant;  dens,  tis,  m.,  a  tooth;  -is,  idis,  f.,  a  trunk; 
-wo,1  r.,  to  donate,  to  present;  -os,  otis;  m.,  II.,  a  nose;  leo,  nis,  m-,  a  lion;  tigris,  is, 
or  '-idis,  mf.,  a  tiger;  II.,  a  leopard;  II.,  a  bear;  lynx,  cis,  mf.,  a  lynx;  II.,  a  wolf;  I.,  a 
hyena;  -deo?  momordi,  morsum,  to  bite;  I.,  the  nails  of  animals,  i.  c,  hoofs  of  horses 
and  cattle,  talons  of  birds,  claws  of  cats,  paws  &c,  man's  is  unguis,  is,  f.,  -ro?  r.,  to 
tear;  -trix,  cis,  f.,  a  porcupine;  II.,  a  hedge  hog;  L,  a  thistle,  a  spine;  -no?  ui,  to  stand 
erect,  to  bristle  (said  of  the  hair);  I.,  a  viper;  -is,  idis,  f.,  an  asp,  a  small  venomous 
snake;  —  II,,  Gr.,  a  rattle-snake;  -&#  is,  U  a  snake  (very  frequent  is  also  serpens,  ttst 
mf.,  but  it  is  a  Part.  Praes.  of  serpo?  psi,  ptum,  to  creep,  plants  as  well  as  animals,  a 
creeper);  -ber,  bri,  m-,  a  big  snake;  -us,  a,  urn,  poisonous;  IV.,  a  bite;  -«,  is,  f„  a  bee; 
-ro,  nis,  m.,  a  hornet;  I.,  a  wasp;  -&,  ^s,  m.;  II.,  a  sting;  -**,  ias,  m.,  a  flea;  -«c, 
ids,  m-,  a  mosquito;  -/o,  nis,  m.,  a  stiletto,  a  cane  with  a  hidden  iron  point,  applied  to 
those  two  animals;  4o}  r.,  to  feign;  -ter,  tra,  urn,  horrid,  horrible;  -or,  is,  m.,  stench; 
-ws  a,  urn,  enemy;  -lo?  puli,  pulsum,  to  drive  away;  -as,  ft  and  -a,  a,  a  monkey;  -» 
is,  in.',  a  cudgel,  a  stick;  -fe  «fe,  m.,  a  stone;  -wo,1  r.,  to  fight;  -as,  aHs,  l,  ability; 
I  a  spider;  -*w,3  *«',  turn,  to  teach,  instruct;  -*s,  ium,  m.,  here,  a  spider  s  web,  same 
as  the  following  three:  tela,  a,  a  web;  -is,  e,  very  fine,  thin;  I.,  a  web;  I,  a  web;  -xo? 
ui,  turn,  to  weave;  1.,  a  pigeon;  II. ,  a  giraffe  (also  -fe  fc,  f.);  adv  with  foresight; 
-mo  i  r. ,  to  provide  with  weapons;  -or,  is,  m.,  ahunter,  its  verb  venorl  atus  sum,  armat 
orum  a  weapon;  -to?  ccecidi,  ccesum,  to  strike,  cut  down,  to  slay.  —  Donum,  i,  a  gift; 
-no?  r.,  to  adorn;  ro?  r,  to  surpass;  IV.,  the  sense  of  touch;  IV.,  the  sense  of  smell; 
IV.,  sight;  IV  ,  taste. 


467 

ces  et  erindceos  pelle  spinis  horrenti;  vfperas,  dspides,  crotalos,  alios- 
que  angues  et  colubros  venenoso  morsu ;  apes,  crabrones,  vespas  at- 
que scorpiones  aculeo  venenoso;  muscas,  pulices,  atque  culices  do- 
lone;  alia  insecta  facultate  se  mortua  simulandi;  iterum  alia  teterrimo 
fcetore  adversarios  depellendi ;  simias  docuit  fustibus  et  lapfdibus  pu- 
gnandi  facultatem ;  araneas  instituit  artem  casses,  telas  subtilissinnas 
atque  plagas  et  pedicas  texendi,  quibus  suam  praedam  caperent,  et  sic 
si  pauca  bruta  demas,  uti  columbas,  oves,  camelopardalos,  omnes  be- 
stias,  ad  vitam  tuendam  providenter  armavit,  tamen  venatores  multas 
feras  aut  capiunt,  aut  armis  caedunt. 

Natura  igitur  multas  bestias  donis  ornavit,  quibus  ipsos  superant 
homines,  unde  de  illis  scriptum  est: 

Nos  apter  auditu  superat,  aranea  tactu, 
Vultur  odoratii,  lynx  visu,  simia  gustu. 

Kecensio.  ■ —  Latiori  sensu  quae  animalia  sunt  terrestria?  —  quae 
arctiori  sensu?  —  Quae  sunt  pecora?  —  quae  pecudes?  —  Describe  bo- 
vem,  eiusque  utilitates!  —  Narra,  quid  de  ovibus  scias!  —  Refer  de 
capris!  —  Quod  est  tertium  genus  pecudum?  —  Cur  existimantur 
sues  animalia  sordida?  —  Quid  est  pascuum,  et  quae  animalia,  ea  fre- 
quentant?  —  Qui  differt  homo  a  brutis?  —  Ubi  habitant  ferae  bestiae? 
—  Comparatio  victus  ferarum  quid  necessario  exigit?  —  Quibus  ad- 
miniculis  ad  vitam  tutandam  munivit  natura  plerasque  bestias?  —  Re- 
cita  carmen  de  sensibus,  quibus  nonnulla  bruta  homines  superant. 


VOCABVLARIVM    33. 


Nna.  Subst. 

sensus,  us 
orbis,  is,  m. 
societas,  atis,  f. 
manus,  us,  f. 
antrum,  i 


lustrum,  i 
latibulum,  i 
foremen,  inis, 
fera,  x 

pecus,  oris,  n. 
pecus,  udis,  f. 


dsinus,  i 
mulus,  i 
bos,  bovis,  mf. 
grex,  gis,  m. 
armentum,  i 
iumentum,  i 


adiumentum,  i 
hinnulus,  i 
mas,  maris 
taurus,  i 
fcemina,  x 
vacca,  ae 


468 


buculus,  i 
iuvenca,  x 
vitulus,  i 
patientia,  ae 
lac,  ctis,  n. 
flos,  floris,  m. 
caseus,  ci 
corium  ii 
calceus,  i 
conditio,  nis,  f. 
ovis,  is,  f. 
aries,  etis,  m. 
vervex,  £cis,  m. 
agnus,  i 
agnellus,  -Hi 
ovilla,  x 
lana,  x 
capra,  x 
caper,  pri,  m. 
hircus,  i 
mentum,  i 
barba,  x 
aruncus,  i 
hoedus,  i 
hoedulus,  i 
capella,  x 
sus,  suis,  f. 
verres,  is,  m. 
a  per,  pri,  m. 
scrofa,  x 
porcus,  i 
porcellus,  i 
nefrens,  dis,  m. 
tergus,  oris,  n. 
beneficium,  ii 
pinguedo,  inis,  f. 
laridum,  i 
petaso,  nis,  m. 
perna,  as 
suilla,  x 
seta,  x 


scopae,  arum 
pascuum,  i 
pastura,  x 
voluptatis,  f. 
mugitus,  us 
sors,  tis,  f . 
ratio,  nis,  f. 
brutum,  i 
bestia,  x 
saevitia,  x 
immanitas,  atis,  f . 
cura,  x 
instinctus,  lis 
natura,  x 
dux,  cis,  m. 
spelunca,  x 
comparatio,  nis,  f . 
luctamen,  inis,  n. 
periculum,  i 
adminiculum,  i 
elephas,  antis,  m. 
dens,  tis,  m. 
proboscis,  idis,  f. 
rhinoceros,  otis,  m 
nasus,  i 
leo,  nis 
tigris,  idis 
leopardus,  i 
ursus,  i 
lynx,  cis 
lupus,  i 
hyena,  x 
ungula,  x 
cursus,  us 
hystrix.  icis,  f. 
erinaceus,  i 
spina,  x 
vipera,  x 
aspis,  idis,  f. 
crotalus,  i 
anguis,  is,  mf . 


coluber,  bri,  m. 
morsus,  lis 
apis,  is,  f. 
crabro,  nis,  m. 
vespa,  x 
scorpio,  nis,  m. 
aciileus,  i 
musca,  x 
pulex,  icis,  m. 
culex,  icis,  m. 
dolo,  nis,  m. 
facultas,  atis,  f. 
foetor,  is,  m. 
adversarius,  ii 
simius,  ii,  —  a,  ae 
fustis,  is,  m. 
lapis,  idis,  m. 
aranea,  x 
tela,  x 
plaga,  x 
columba,  x 
camelopardalus,  i 
donum,  i 
auditus,  lis 
tactus,  lis 
odoratus,  lis 
visus,  lis 
gustus,  lis 
genista,  x 
spartum,  i 
venator,  is,  m. 
arma,  orum,  n. 

Nna  Adi. 

proprius,  a,  um 
arctus,  a,  um 
mansuetus,  a,  um 
cicur>  is 
ferus,  a,  um 
liber,  era,  um 
corniger,  a,  um 


equinus,  a,  um 
cornutus,  a,  um 
utilis,  e 
vivus,  a,  um 
arduus,  a,  um 
minis,  a,  um 
vilis,  e 

mortuus,  a,  um 
bubulus,  a,  um 
patiens,  tis 
solus,  a,  um 
laniger,  a,  um 
barbatus,  a,  um 
summus,  a,  um 
sordidus,  a,  um 
squalidus,  a,  um 
recens,  tis 
gratus,  a,  um 
aptus,  a,  um 
carnivorus,  a,  um 
herbidus,  a,  um 
satur,  a,  um 
umbrosus,  a,  um 
contentus,  a,  um 
compos,  otis 
brutus,  a,  um 
agrestis,  e 
humanus,  a,  um 
securus,  a.  um 
sempiternus, 

a,  um 
celer,  is,  e 
venenosus,  a,  um 
taster,  tra,  um 
adversarius,  a,  um 
subtilis,  e 
pauci,  ae,  a 

Verba 

incolo,3  ui,  — 
assuesco,3  vi,  turn 


469 


scalpo,3  psi,  ptum 
efT6dio,3  di,  ssum 
pertineo,2  ui,  — 
adiuvo,1  vi,  iutum 
progigno,3  genui, 

g£nitum, 
hinnio,4  r. 
perfero,3  tuli,  latum 
alo,3  ui,  altum,  alitum 
suppedito,1  r. 
prsebeo,2  ui,  itum 
subministro,1  r. 
perficio,3  feci,  fectum 
valeo,2  ui,  itum 
convenio,4  ni,  turn 
boo,  boare,  vi,  turn 
mugio,4  r. 
rudo,3  ivi,  itum 
onco,1  r. 
castro,1  f. 
balo,1  r. 
gero,3  ssi,  stum 
existimo,1  r. 
£ligo,3£gi,  ctum 
s£ligo,3  legi,  lectum 
cubo,1  ui,  itum 
fastidio,4  r. 


prosum,  desse,  fui 
sagino,1  r. 
suppedito,1  r. 
salio,4  r. 
fumo,1  r. 
verro,3  rri,  sum 
vireo,2  ui,  — 
dimitto,3  si,  ssum 
pasco,3  pavi,  stum 
quiesco,3  evi,  turn 
volute,1  r. 
soleo,2  itus  sum 
poto,1  r. 

delector,1  atus  sum 
enuntio,1  r. 
reperio,4  ri,  rtum 
ruminor,1  atus  sum 
indo,3  didi,  turn 
sequor,3  cutus  sum 
incolo, 3  ui,  — 
scalpo,3  psi,  ptum 
fodico,1  r. 
delitesco,3  tui,  — 
obsopio,4  r. 
hiberno,1  r. 
immineo,2  — ,  — 
tutor,1  atus  sum 


arceo,2  cui,  ctum 
instruo,3  xi,  ctum 
domo,1  ui,  itum, 

morsum 
mordeo,2  momordi 
lacero,1  r. 
horreo,2  ui,  — 
simulo,1  r. 
depello,3  puli,  lsum 
pugno,1  r. 
instituo,3  ui,  litum 
texo,3  xui,  xtum 
demo,3  psi,  ptum 
tueor,2  itus  sum 
armo,1  r. 

caedo,3  cecidi,  caesum 
orno,1  r 
supero,1  r. 

Adverbia 

apprime 
multifariam 
fere  illinc 
prsesertim 
per  pet  uo 
providenter 


EXERCITATIO   LEGENDI. 

186.  Bellua  immanis,  crocodilus  ille,  qui  in  Nilo  gfgnitur,1  ut 
comperior,  purgandos  sibi  dentes  innoxio  hiatu  prasbet.  Nam  quod  est 
ore  amplo,2  sed  elingui,  et  plerumque  in  aqua  recluso,  multe  hirudi- 

1.  -gno* g&nui,  Hum,  to  beget,  begotten,  born;  -riorf*  rtus  sum  (also  -rid  peri, 
turn),  to  find  out,  =  as  1  find  (reading  in  my  books);  -go,1  r.,  to  cleanse;  -us,  a,  urn, 
not  dangerous;  -  IV.,  gaping.  -  2.  -us,  a,  urn,  wide,  large,  abl.,  =  as  he  is  with  a 
large  mouth;  -«,  e,  tongueless;  re  +  claudo,  -«s,    a,   urn,   open;  -do,  mis,  f.,  a  leech; 


470 

nesdentibus  implectuntur;  eas  illi  quum  egressus  in  praerfpia  flumi- 
nis  hiavit,  una  ex  avibus  fluvialibus,  arnica  eius,  iniecto  rostro  sine 
noxse  perfculo,  exscalpit. 

L.  Apuleius,  Apol. 

-cto*  xi,  xumt  to  get  tangled  into;  illi,  dat.,  prae  +  ripa,  -ium,  ii,  the  banks;  hio,1  r., 
to  gape;  noxa,  ce,  harm;  scalpo?  psi,  ptum,  to  scratch  out,  pick  out. 

187.  Est  bos,  cervi1  figura,  cuius  a  media  fronte,  inter  aures, 
unum  cornu  exsistit  excelsius,  magisque  directum  his,  quae  nobis  no- 
ta  sunt,  cornibus.  Ab  eius  summo,  sicut  palmae,  rami  quam  late  dif- 
funduntur.  Eadem  est  foeminae,  marisque  natura.  eadem  forma,  ma- 
gnitudoque  cornuum. 

Sunt  item,  quas  appellantur  Alces.2  Harum  est  consimilis  capris 
figura,  et  varietas  pellium,  sed  magnitudine  paullo  antecedunt,  muti- 
l^que  bunt  cornibus,  et  crura  sine  nodis  articulisque  habent;  neque 
quietis  causa  procumbunt,  neque  si,  quo  afflictae  casu  conciderint,  eri- 
gere  sese,  aut  sublevare  possunt.  His  sunt  arbores  pro  cubilibus:  ad 
eas  se  applicant,  atque  ita  paullum  modo  reclinate  quietem  capiunt; 
quarum  ex  vestigiis  quum  est  animadversum  a  venatoribus,  quo  se  re- 
cipere  consueverint,  omnes  eo  loco,  aut  a  radicibus  subruunt,  aut  ac- 
cidunt  arbores  tantum,  ut  summa  species  earum  stantium  relinquatur. 
Hue  quum  se  consuetudine  reclinaverint,  infirmas  arbores  pondere 
affligunt,  et  und  ipsse  concidunt. 

1.  -us,  i,  a  stag;  from,  Us,  f.,  forehead;  -«,  is,  f.,  an  ear;  -s/o,3  stiii,  stitum,  to 
exist,  to  be,  often  used  for  est;  higher,  n.,  qualifying  cornu;  rectum,  straight;  his  = 
illis,  referring  to  cornibus.  —  At  about  the  top  (summo);  L,  a  palm,  latissime;  are 
spread  out. 

2.  Alces,  is,  f.,  (Gr.)  an  elk;  antecedo,  \  go  before,  it  surpasses;  -us,  a,  urn, 
maimed;  nodus,  it  articulus,  i,  both,  a  joint;  lie  down;  siquocasu  afflicts,  if  they  suffer 
from  any  mishap;  -do,*  di,  to  tumble,  collapse;  -go*  exi,  ctum,  to  straighten  up;  -le,  is, 

a  bunk,  a  sleeping  place  (to  them  trees  serve  as );   -ium,   ii,  footsteps;  whither 

were  they  wont  to  betake  themselves;  omnes  arbores;  radix,  ids,  f.,  a  root;  subruo,3  ui, 
rutum,  to  undermine;  accido,  =  incido,  ad  +  casdo,  cut  in;  so  much;  be  left  as  stand- 
ing. Hither,  ex  consuet  .  .  .;  in  their  usual  way;  to  lean  back;  weak,  overturn;  along 
with;  concido,  I  fall,  tumble. 


471 

Tertium  est  genus  eorum,  qui  uri3  appellantur.  Hi  sunt  magnitu- 
dine  paullo  infra  elephantos ;  specie  et  colore,  et  figura  tauri.  Magna 
vis  eorum,  et  magna  velocitas;  neque  homini,  neque  ferae,  quam  con- 
spexerint,  parcunt.  Hos  studiose  foveis  captos,  interficiunt.  Hoc  se  la- 
bore  durant  homines  adolescentes,  atque  hoc  genere  venationis  exer- 
cent;  et  qui  plurimos  ex  his  interfecerunt,  relatis  in  publicum  corni- 
bus,  quse  sint  testimonio,  magnam  ferunt  laudem ;  sed  adsuescere  ad 
homines,  et  mansuefieri  ne  parvuli  quidem  excepti  possunt.  Amplitu- 
do  cornuum,  et  figura,  et  species,  multum  a  nostrorum  bourn  cornibus 
differt.  Hsec  studiose  conquisita,  a  labris  argento  circumcludunt,  at- 
que in  amplissimis  epulis  pro  poculis  utuntur. 

C.  /.  Csesar,  De  Bello  Gallico,  Lib.  VI.,  26,  27,  28. 

3.  Urus,  i,  a  buffalo,  same  as  bubalus,  i,  velocitas,  =  celeritas;  -co,*  peperci,  par- 
sum,  to  spare,  to  give  quarters.  —  I.,  a  ditch;  -io?  feci,  fectum,  to  kill;  Iuvenes  Germani, 
isto  labore  se  obdurant,  harden  themselves,  and  by  this  kind  of  hunting;  Abl.  Absolutus: 
cornua  referunt  in  suos  conventus,  ut  sint  testimonio  (for  a  proofs  magnam  laudem  fe- 
runt (domum,  bring  home,  earn,  receive);  excepti  parvi  =  when  caught  young.  —  Bourn* 
see  our  note  to  "Bos.  —  Conquisita  =  con  +  quiro,  to  search  out,  to  hunt  up,  and 
gather  in;  labrum,  i,  the  edge,  i.  e.,  the  wide  opening,  the  mouth  of  the  horn;  they 
mount  in  silver;  epulce,  arum,  great  public  dinners;  for  a  goblet. 

These  stories  are  related  by  Caius  Cassar,  as  he  heard  them,  possibly  from  Roman 
merchants,  coming  back  from  Germany.  Students  of  Palasstra,  I  hope,  will  find  them 
not  much  different  from  our  own,  with  few  new  words  and  phrases,  and  may  not  need 
all  these  detailed  notes,  which  are  added  to  make  sure  of  the  correct  reading. 

188.  Rebus  meis  in  illo  cubiculo1  conditis,  pergens  ipse  ad  bal- 
neas,  ut  prius  aliquid  nobis  cibatui  prospicerem,  forum  cupedinis  peto, 

1.  -urn,  i,  a  room;  -do?  didi,  ditum,  to  put  away;  I.,  (really  -um,  i),  a  bath;  IV., 
feeding,  a  meal;  -cio?  pexi,  ctum,  to  look  out  for,  to  provide;  -do,  inis,  f  ,  Forum  Cu- 
pedinis, a  market  place  for  food  delicacies  in  Rome,  or  elsewhere;  -to?  ivi,  Hum,  to  go; 
IV.,  fishery;  -us,  a,  urn,  gorgeous,  rich,  fine.  —  Percontor,1  atus  sum,  to  inquire  (a  de- 
ponent used  passively,  a  poetical  license,  or,  in  the  language  of  the  people)  \-um,  ii,  the 
price:  centum  nummi,  about  40  cents;  -co}  r.,  to  indicate,  to  express  in  words,  to  tell; 
-nor,  atus  sum}  to  refuse,  to  despise;  viginti  denarii,  at  the  time  of  Apuleius,    (about 


472 

inque  eo  piscatum  opiparum  expositum  video.  Et  percontato  pretio, 

quod  centum  nummis  indicaret  aspernatus,  viginti  denariis  praestinavi. 

Inde  me  commodum2  egredientem  continuatur  Pytheas,  condiscipulus 

apud  Athenas  Atticas  meus,  qui  me  post  aliquam   multum  temporis 

amanter  agnitum  invadit,  amplexusque  et  comiter  deosculatus, 
"Mi  Luci,"  ait,  "sat,  Pol,  diu  est  quod  intervfsimus3  te." 
"At  Hercules,  exinde,4  quum  a  magistro  digressi  sumus." 
"Quae  autem  tibi  causa  peregrinationis5  hums?" 
"Crastino  die  scies,"  inquam.  "Sed  quid  istud?  Voti6  gaudeo.  Nam 

et  lixas,7  et  virgas,  et  habitum  prorsus  magistratui  congruentem  in  te 

video.' ' 

"Annonam8  curamus,"  ait,  "et  aedflem  gerimus;  et  siquid  obso- 

nare  cupis,  utique  commodabimus." 

Abnuebam,9  quippe  qui  iam  ccenge  dffatim  piscatum  prospexera- 

mus.  Sed  enim  Pytheas,  visa  sportula,  succusisque  in  aspectum  pla- 

niorem  piscibus, 

100  to  160  after  Christ),  a  copper  coin,  say,  one  cent,  was  understood  by  this  word, 
otherwise  denarius  was  a  silver  coin,  worth  about  16  American  cents;  as  the  other  fish 
was  too  expensive,  he  bought  some  for  less  money. 

2.  Adv.,  at  leisure;  -nuo*  r.,  to  continue,  but  it  has  a  deponent  form,  the  one  em- 
ployed here,  meaning  to  follow  and  come  up  to,  to  join,  -as,  ce,   his  friend's  name;  11 

a  school-mate;  aliquam  —  multum,  somewhat  many,  or  much;  agnosco,  recognized. 

3.  Interviso,3  si,  urn,  to  see,  to  visit,  to  meet,  both  are  speaking  in  pi. 

4.  Since  the  time,  when;  digredior,3  ssus  sum,  to  step  apart,  to  separate,  since  we 
left  school. 

5.  Travel.  —  6.  The  phrase  is,  voti  sum  compos,  or  v.  s.  c  f actus,  I  have  attained 
my  aim,  my  ambition  is  fulfilled,  and  so,  voti  gaudeo  =  gaudeo  te  voti  tui  compotem 
esse  factum. 

7-  I.,  m.,  properly  a  kitchen  aid  to  the  cook;  also  a  suttler,  a  dealer  of  victuals  fol" 
lowing  a  military  camp;  here  an  official  as  a  food-expert;  I.,  the  fasces,  for  an  aedilis; 
IV.,  outfit,  equipment. 

8.  I.,  the  food  supply;  cedilis,  is,  m.,  a  superintendent,  inspector  of  buildings, 
markets,  weight  and  measures;  gero,3  ssi,  stum,  \  am  functioning  as  an  aedilis  am  an 
acting  aedilis;  -sono?  r.,  to  be  shopping  victuals;  -do,t  r-,  to  lend  (our  authority)  to 
you. 

9.  -nuo3  ui,  ntitum,  to  shake  the  head  in  the  negative,  to  decline;  I.,  a  small  bas- 
ket; 'Ho3  ssi,  ssum,  to  shake  up;  into  fuller  sight. 


473 

"At  has  quisquilias10  quanti  parasti?" 

"Vix,"  inquam,  "piscatori  extorsimus11   accfpere  viginti   dena- 


rios.,, 


Quo  audito,  statim  arrepta  dextra,  postliminio12  me  in  forum  cupe- 
dinis  reducens. 

"Et  a  quo,"  inquit,  "istorum  nugamenta  haec  comparasti?" 

Demonstro  seniculum  in  angulo  sedentem.  Quern  confestim,  pro 
asdilitatis  imperio,  voce  asperrima  increpans,  inquit: 

"lam  nee  amicis  quidem  nostris,  vel  omnino  ullis  hospitibus  par- 
citis,  qui  tarn  magnis  pretiis  pisces  frfvolos13  venditatis,  et  florem 
Thessaliae  regionis  instar  solitudinis  et  scopuli  edulium  caritate  dedu- 
citis;  sed  non  impune.  lam  enim  faxo  scias,  quem&dmodum  sub  meo 
magisterio  mali  debeant  coerceri." 

Et  profusa  in  medium  sportula,  iubet  officialem  suum  insuper  pi- 
sces inscendere,  ac  pedibus  suis  totos  obterere.14  Qua  contentus  mo- 
rum  severitudine  meus  Pytheas,  ac  mihi,  ut  abirem,  suadens. 

"Sufficit  mihi,  o  Luci,"  inquit,  "seniculi  tanta  haec  contumelia." 

His  actis  consternatus,  ac  prorsus  obstupidus,15  ad  balneas  me  re- 
fero,  prudentis  condiscipuli  valido  consflio  et  nummis  simul  privatus 
et  coena. 

L.  Apuleius,  Metamor.  Lib.  I. 


10-  -lice,  arum,  sweepings,  trash;  for  how  much?  paro  =  comparo,  to  acquire,  to 
procure. 

11.  Extorqueo,2  si,  turn,  to  wrest  out,  Inf.,  instead  of  ut  acciperet. 

12.  Adv.,  anew,  again,  leading  me  back. 

13.  -us,  a,  umy  silly,  paltry,  empty,  worthless;  florem  Thessalice,  a  garden-spot, 
-Hum,  -liorum  catitate,  by  dearth,  high  prices  of  eatables,  you  make  a  barren  desert.  — 
I  shall  do  it,  I  am  going  to  teach  you;  coerceo2  ui,  Hum,  to  force,  to  compel,  to  subdue. 

14.  Obtero?  trivi,  tritum,  to  tread  upon  with  his  feet,  and  to  trample  on,  to 
crush. 

15.  -us,  a,  umt  stupens;  by  the  mighty  advise,  or  wisdom,  I  was  now  out  both  of 
my  money  and  supper. 


474 

189.  OAusca  et  ZMula. 

Musca  in  temone  sedit,  et  Mulam  increpans,1 

Quam  tarda  es!  inquit;  non  vis  citius  progredi? 

Vide,  ne  dolone  collum  compungam2  tibi. 

Respondit  ilia:  Verbis  non  moveor  tuis; 

Sed  istum3  timeo,  sella  qui  prima  sedens, 

Iugum  flagello  temperet  lento  meum, 

Et  ora  frenis  continet  spumantibus. 

Quapropter  aufer  frivolam  insolentiam : 

Namque,  ubi  tricandum,  et  ubi  currendum  sit,  scio. 

Hac  derideri  fabula  merito  potest, 

Qui  sine  virtute  vanas  exercet  minas.4 

Phmdrus,  Fab.  Lib.  III.,  6. 

1.  -M1  ui>  iium>  t0  scold*  "~  2*  Compungo,  pungo*  pupugi,  punctum,  to  prick,  to 
stick.  —  3-  This  one,  the  mulio,  a  mule-driver;  lento  flagello  meum  iugum  temperat, 
who  with  tardy  whip  rules  over  my  yoke,  et  os  meum  fraeno  spumanti  tenet;  quare,  tolle 
tuam  stultam  impudentiam;  quia,  ubi  fatuari  (tempus  terere)  mihi  liceat,  rite  novi. 

4-  Mince,  arum,  threats. 


EXERCITIA  SCRIBENDI. 
I. 

1.  Explica  scripto,  quid  aerem  esse  dixerimus.  —  2.  Doce  nos, 
quid  animus  vocetur,  et  quamobrem.  —  3.  Die,  velim,  quid  intersit 
dnimam  inter  et  animum.  —  4.  Defini,  velis,  quid  sit  animal.  —5. 
Fac,  explices,  quae  animalia  vocentur  aeria.  —  6.  Age,  die  paucis  qui- 
bus  vocabulis  insigniamus  animalia  aeria,  volantia.  —  7.  Ratione  se- 
xus,  quomodo  dividimus  volucres?  —  9.  Scribe  nobis  aliquid  de  pul- 
licenis:  v.  c.  (verbi  causa),  quemadmodum  alentur.  —  10.  Memora, 
sis,  aliquot  aves  praedatorias,  sive  rapaces.  —  11.  Agedum,  scribe, 
quid  de  corvis  et  cornicibus  scias.  —  12.  Velis  memorare  aliquot  vo- 


475 

lucres,  quas  homines  alicuius  oblectamenti  causd  circa  domos  suas, 
aut  vero  in  domibus,  servare  soleant.  —  13.  Doce  nos,  quibus  potissi- 
mum  rebus  aviculae  canorae  (-us,  a,  urn,  singing)  in  agris  et  sylvis 
vesci  soleant.  —  14.  Explica,  sis,  quis  sit  auceps,  et  quemadmodum 
is  suam  artem  exerceat. 

II. 

1.  Doce  nos  propriis  verbis,  quid  alent  aquae  marinae  atque  flu- 
viatiles.  —  Explica,  sis,  nobis,  quae  animalia  Graeco  vocabulo  amphibia 
appellentur.  —  3.  Fac,  memores,  crustaceum  quoddam,  cuius  testa 
binis  valvis  (Pens.  III.)  claudatur.  —  4.  Age,  memora  aliquot  animalia, 
quae  bifariam  vitam  ducunt,  nempe  aquaticam  et  terrestrem.  —  5.  Die, 
sodes,  quam  belluam  in  omni  mari  (in  the  whole  see)  maximam  esse 
arbitreris.  —  6.  Describe,  sis,  piscem.  —  7.  Potesne  aliquot  volucres 
quae  piscibus  vescuntur,  memorare?  —  8.  Explica,  sis,  cuiusmodi  pe- 
des hae  volucres  habeant.  —  9.  Quosnam  pisces  putas  Rom&nis  maxi- 
me  placuisse?  —  10.  Quosnam  vocavimus  piscatores  "gulosos?"  — 
11.  Quonam  apparatu  captant  pisces  gulosi  piscatores?  —  12.  Piscato- 
res autem  ex  quaestu  quibus  utuntur  instrumentis  piscatoriis? 

III. 

1.  Explica,  quaeso,  quaenam  animalia,  proprio  sensu,  vocemus 
terrestria,  et  quae  sensu  arctiori.  —  2.  Quaeritur,  ubi  ferae  habitent.  — 
3.  Quidnam  interest  inter  pecora  atque  pecudes?  —  4.  Quonam  nomi- 
ne vocamus  foetus  (soboles)  mares  taurorum  et  vaccarum?  —  foemi- 
nas?  —  5.  Quaenam  sunt  utilitates  bourn  foeminarum?  —  6.  Ad  quod- 
genus  labores  adhibentur  asini  atque  muli?  —  7.  Quibus  nominibus 
cognoscimus  oves  mares,  atque  pullos  ovium  utriusque  sexus?  —  8. 
Refer,  sis,  nomina  suum  marium  ac  foeminarum  senum  atque  sobolum. 
9.  Quaenam  genera  carnium  e  tergoribus  suum  obtinemus?  —  10.  Post 
pasturam  quid  solent  equi  agere,  quid  boves?  —  11.  Quonam  modo 
parant  sibi  foramina  ferae  minores?  — 12.  Quo  genere  alimenti  vescun- 
tur ursi,  leones,  tigrides?  —  13.  Memora,  sis,  varios  modos,  quibus 


476 

ferae  suam  vitam  tuentur.  —  14.  Recita,  sis,  carmen,  quo  docemur, 
aliqua  bruta  quibusdam  sensuum  facultatibus  homines  superare. 


EXERCITIA  LOQVENDI. 
P.  Apronius,1  atque  Com.  Verres,  studios!  colloqunntur. 


P.  Apr.  —  Quemnam 
es,  Corneli  Verres? 


video!   Tune   is 


Apr.  —  Heri  tantum  rure  expedite*3  tra- 
ctu  in  urbem  redivi.  Sed,  Hercle,  minime 
te  iam  reversum  et  hicce  me  offensurum 
exspectavi.  Es  salvus ! 

Apr.  —  Quam  optime,5  mi  Corneli. 
Pater,  mater,  sororcute  optime  valent,  nun- 
quam  melius.  Spero  idem  de  tuis  prsedicarj 
posse. 

Apr.  —  Casterum,  quo  potissimum6  mo- 
do  dies  aestivos  feriarum  trivisti? 


Apr.  —  Mira  narras.  Atqui  ego  nequa- 
quam  scivi  te  plantas  omnino  curare. 

Apr.  —  Atqui  botanicam,10  quantum 
scio,  in  vestra  classe  discitis.  Ergo  novum 
studium  non  videtur  esse. 

tApr .  —  Ecquis  te  ad  studium  suscitavit? 
Si  ego  studio  vermium,  vapponum  atque 
papilionum  ardeam,12  certe  non  adeo  ma- 
gistro,  quam  patri  meo  in  acceptis  refero, 
quod  pater  meus  medicus  est,  atque  eo  ge- 
nere  studiorum  tenetur.  Sed  perge! 

Apr.  —  Quid?  assecla  es  f actus?  Num- 
quid  novi  docet?  Num  tu  con  versus  ad  eius 
sacra  es?u 

Apr.  —  Ecqui  poteras  intra  duos   men- 


Corn.  Ver.  —  Sum,  equidem.  Et  ego 
miror  te  hie  versari.  Unde  et  quando  ve- 
nisti?  Te  reducem2  esse  gaudeo. 

Ver.  —  Tu  quoque  salvus  sis,  mi  Publi! 
Salvusne  ac  vegetus4  totas  ferias  egisti? 
Multum  aveo  scire,  quemadmodum  tu,  tui- 
que  omnes  ferias  egeritis. 

Ver.  —  Facis  humaniter  et  amice,  Publi 
mi,  meos  memorando.  Omnes  valemus  at- 
que prosperamus. 

Ver.  —  Quin  ego  tempus  nequaquam 
trivi,  sed  utilissime  exegi  millenas  fere 
omnis  generis  plantas  colligendo,  grande- 
que  herbarium7  instituendo. 

Ver.  —  Vera  memoras.  Novum  hoc  stu- 
dium his  feriis  in  accepta  refero.9 

Ver.  —  Utique,  et  ego  debut  discere,  sed 
non  feci;  non  mihi  satis  cordi11  fuit,  quod 
aut  initia  neglexi,  aut  magister  rem  somno- 
lenter  tractavit. 

Ver.  —  Casu  factum  est,  ut  pater  meus 
quemdam  magistrum  in  nostro  pago  rusti- 
cantem  agnovisset,13  cuius  studia  quum 
perspexisset,  ad  nobiscum  coenandum  invi- 
tavit.  Is  tanto  ardore  apud  nos  de  plantis 
disseruit,  ut  eum  omnes  mirati  essemus,  et 
ab  eo  die  assecla  eius  f actus  essem. 

Ver.  —  Nequaquam.  Sed  quod  antea 
non  fui,  modo  botanicus  sum. 

Ver.  —  Haud  est  tarn  mirum,  ut  tibi  vi- 


477 


ses  botanicus  factus  fuisse.  Res    mihi  incre- 
dibilis  videtur. 

Apr.  —  Libenter  inspiciam;  quum  vero 
me  visum  veneris,  ego  quoque  exhibebo 
tibi  thesauranum15  meorum  papilionum, 
vapponum  atque  erucarum,  cuius,  certo 
scio,  similem  vidisti  nunquam. 

Apt.  —  Sic,  profecto.  Ad  vappones  ni- 
mirum  colligendos,  magnum  in  horto  sus- 
pendimus  lumen  electricum,  superaddito 
reverberatorio,16  ex  cassitero.  Lumen  erat 
fulgidissimum,  ad  quod  millena  quoque 
vespere  vapponum,  scarabaeorum,  et  omni- 
genum  animantium  alatorum  convolarunt, 
e  quibus  nos  reticulis  afTatim,  quantum  vo- 
luimus,  cepimus,  dum  interea  bufones  hu- 
mi,  vesperciliones  in  aere  bene  se  paverunt. 

Apr.  —  Ego,  profecto,  nos  longe  utilius 
atque  iucundius  nos  ferias  egisse  arbitror18 
quam  qui  ex  innata  feritate,  aut  gula,  pisci- 
culos  aut  aviculas  vexant  et  fatigant. 

<Apr.  —  Perendie  itaque  in  collegio  nos 
intervisemus.20  Vale  plurimum  interim. 


detur.  Quum  videris  herbarium  meum,  in- 
telliges. 

Ver.  —  Praster  voluptatem  sciendi,  et 
tantos  thesauros  possidendi,  nonne  etiam 
labor  tot  specimina  colligendi,  iucundissimus 
est? 

Ver.  —  Certe  delectabile  erat  visu,  ut 
opinor.  Nos  vero  agros  et  saltus,  n£mora17 
atque  sylvas  peragravimus,  ubi  avicularum 
centenae  frigutientes  nos  cantilenis  delecta- 
verunt.  Reperta  exempla  caute  radicitus 
evulsimus,  alia  recidimus,  pyxidique  inges- 
simus,  domum  autem  reduces,  ea  inter  fo- 
lia magni  libri  depressimus,  adscripto  nomi- 
ne Graece,  aut  Latine,  et  ubi  poteramus,  et- 
iam vernacule. 

Ver.  —  Tibi  prorsus  assentior,  nee  ego 
imposterum  unquam  inter  eos  numerabor, 
qui  casdem19  animalculorum  animi  causa 
"iucundum  tempus"  vocitare  non  erube- 
scunt. 

Ver.  —  Ita  spero;  interim  et  ego  te  sal- 
vere  beneque  valere  iubeo.21 


1.  Both,  Apronius  and  Verres  are  names  of  Romans:  Quintus  Apronius  was  a 
lieutenant  of  Caius  Cornelius  Verres,  a  governor  of  Sicily,  who  fled  when  he  was  to  be 
prosecuted  by  Cicero. 

2.  Redux,  cis,  adj.,  one  that  has  returned. 

3.  -tus,  ta,  turn,  fr.  expedio,  to  free  the  feet  from  snares,  free-feeted,  light,  swift; 
tractus,  us,  fr.  traho,3  xi,  ctutn,  to  draw;  a  thing  drawn,  a  train,  here,  an  express  train; 
-do,3  di,  sum,  to  find  —  es,  imperat  lenior  of  sum,  be. 

4.  -us,  a,  urn,  thriving,  doing  well;  aveo.2  —  1  wish,  I  crave;  tuique,  and  thine 
(i.  e.,  your  people). 

5.  Most  well;  -co}  r.,  to  say,  to  assert. 

6.  Adv.,  mainly,  or,  above  all;  tero3  trivi,  tritum,  to  wear  out,  to  tread,  to  pass 
time. 

7.  -urn,  i,  a  place,  a  vessel,  a  book,  where  specimens  of  grasses  and  other  plants 
are  kept. 

8.  Yet;  euro*  r,  fo  care  for,  to  be  interested  in. 


478 

9*  i  thank  this  to  the  vacation, 

10.  Not  used  in  Roman  Latin,  later  introduced  from  Greek,  botany,  the  study  or 
science  of  plants. 

11.  Mihi  cordi  est,  or,  curat  est,  1  take  a  deep  interest,  I  am  concerned,  I  have  it  at 
heart;  -turn,  ii,  the  in-going,  beginning;  adv.,  sleepily;  to  handle. 

12.  -deo?  si,  sum,  to  be  burning. 

13.  -sec*?  novi,  nitum,  to  get  acquainted;  ccenoj  r.,  to  take  supper  with  us;  ro?  uit 
rtum,  to  talk;  I.,  a  follower,  a  disciple. 

14.  Sacra,  orum,  religion. 

15.  -urn,  it  treasury. 

16.  A  reflector;  -urn,  %  tin;  -us,  a,  urn,  bright;  quoque,  each;  -urn,  i,  a  small  net; 
-fo,  nis,  m.,  a  toad. 

17.  -us,  oris,  a  grove,  wooded  pasture;  -gro,*  r.,  to  wander  through;  -Ho,4  to  war- 
ble; adv.,  by  the  root,  -lo?  vulsi,  vulsum,  to  pull  out;  -do?  di,  sum,  to  cut  off;  -is, 
idis,  t,  a  box;  -um,  ii,  a  leaf,  also  of  books;  -mo?  ssi,  ssum,  to  press  down. 

18.  -ror*  atus  sum,  it  is  my  opinion;  -tus,  ta,  turn,  inborn;  -tast  Us,  f.,  savagery; 
-xos  r.,  to  pull  hither  and  thither  Oeho),  to  vex;  -go}  r.,  to  make  tired. 

19.  Ccedes,  is,  a  murder,  slaughter,  killing;  -sco?  ui,  to  blush. 

20.  -so,3  si,  sum,  to  see  each  other. 

21.  Te  valere,  or  te  salvere  iubeo  {-eo,2  iussi,  ssum,  to  bid)  1  bid  you  welcome,  or 
farewell. 


PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATICS. 

De  Coniunctionibus. 

The  Coniunctiones  are  parts  of  speech,  joining  words,  or  sentences.  According  to 
their  meanings  they  are  divided  into  the  following  classes: 

I.  CONIVNCTIONES  COPVLATIV>E. 

159.  et       )  ac        \  etiam    >  nee       ) 

-que   f and     atque   f and     quoque  \  also    neque  \  nor 

Notaz:  —  1.  Instead  of  following  the  bickerings  and  philological  hair-splittings  of 
the  grammarians,  1  am  following  my  own  experience,  and  will  say:  et  is  fully  equival- 
ent with  English  and;  but  it  differs  when  et  is  repeated  twice,  as,  et  longum  et  latum, 
when  the  English  will  say,  both,  long  and  wide;  or  three,  or  many  times,  as:  et  longum, 


479 

et  latum,  et  crassum,  et  rectum,  in  which  case  modern  languages  just  separate  the  words 
by  commas,  or  use  a  conjunction  before  the  last;  hence,  et,  really,  is  a  conjunction  of 
enumeration.  Its  abbreviation,  &. 

2.  The  -que  is  an  enclitic  syllable,  corresponding  to  Greek  te,  but  likely  a  translite- 
ration of  Greek  hat,  =  and,  pronounced  as  cet  like  ecce.  Its  real  power  is  a  closer  join- 
ing of  words  than**,  and  therefore  it  is  employed  with  cognate  subjects,  almost  synonym- 
ous, or  things  going  together;  as:  pater  mater<?«£,  "fidem  rectumque  colebant"  (Ovid. 
Met.  1,  90)  "poena  metusque  aberant,"  (same  91),  faith  and  rightousness;  punishment 
and  fear,  &c. 

3.  Ac  and  atque  have  a  variety  of  powers,  but  I  confine  myself  to  the  most  com- 
mon usage  of  both.  They  mean  and,  not  of  enumeration,  but  of  placing  the  second 
subject  on  at  least  at  par  with  the  first;  and  particularly  atque  demands  a  new  attention, 
new  emphasis,  which  would  be  denied,  or  neglected  by  both  et  and  -que.  So,  Vulpis  et 
Uva;  Canis  et  Lupus;  we  can  also  say  puer  et  felts,  a  boy  and  a  cat;  but,  puer  tiusque 
felis,  the  boy  and  his  cat,  puer,  felisque  sua;  but  if  I  say:  puer  ac  felis,  and  above  all, 
puer,  atque  felis,  I  mean  to  say :  a  boy  and  (an  important)  cat,  a  cat,  emphacised,  as 
important  as  the  boy.  One  must  bear  in  mind,  that  ac  can  never  stand  before  a  vowel 
or  h,  c,  g,  q,  it  must  be  followed  by  a  consonant,  atque  must  take  its  place  before  vowels  and 
h,  c,  g,  q-  So  also  simul  ac,  ccque  ac,  iuxta  ac,  will  be  simul  atque,  &c,  before  vowels 
and  h,  c,  g,  q. 

4.  Etiam,  compounded  from  et  +  iam,  and  so  it  must  be  parted.  It  goes  before  the 
word  it  emphacised,  while  quoque  follows  the  same;  as:  etiam  'ego,  I,  too;  but  igo  quo- 
que,  I  too;  neither  of  them  can  bear  the  emphasis,  and  both  are  pronounced  like  enclitics, 
scarcelly  heard.  —  Etiam  very  frequently  abbreviated  into  ett  as:  id  et  ego  scio,  I,  too, 
know  that;  timeo  Danaos  et  dona  ferentes,  I  fear  the  Greeks,  even  when  bringing  pres- 
ents. It  is  also  used  [like  yes;  as:  audivistine  nova?  have  you  heard  the  news?  —  etiam! 
—  yes! 

5.  Nee  and  neque  are  used  as  we  have  used  them  in  Pensum  I,  and  all  other  explan- 
ation is  superfluous. 

II.  CONIVNCTIONES  DISIVNCTIV>£. 

160.  aut,  or,        vel,  or,        -ve,        sive  (seu),  or 

D^Qotce:  —  1.  All  of  these  particles  serve  to  connect  two  or  more  words,  or  sets  of 
words,  disjoining  them  into  two  or  more  opposing,  or  contrasting  propositions.  They 
are  thus  used:  "Fallens  aut  fallor;  non  fallor;  falleris  ergo,"  either  I  am  mistaken,  or 
thou  art;  but  I  am  not,  therefore  thou  art.  Hoc  aut  Mud,  this  or  that  (but  one  must 
be,  objectively),  hoc,  vel[\\udt  this  or  that  (as  you  will,  I  care  not,  subjectively);  volu- 
cris,  sive  (seu)  avis,  a  flying  thing,  or  (wiih  another  word)  a  bird;  sive  ego  sive  tu, 
either  I  or  thou  (whichever  of  us).  —  Vel  is  also  used  thus:  si  vel  maxime,  if  at  all;  sj 
vel  verbum  proferat,  if  he  dared  say  but  a  word. 


480 

2.  The  particle  —  ve  is  again  a  matter  of  philological  controversy.  Accordingly,  it 
is  but  a  syncopated  form  of  vel,  as  is  apparent  from  the  phrase,  plus  minusve,  more  or 
less.  But  other  examples  point  to  -ques  as:  quercum  tempestas  vetustasve  consumpserit, 
when  storms  and  (not  or)  old  age  have  consumed  the  oak;  nullum  membrum  reperies 
Reipublicse  perfecti,  quod  non  fractum  debilitatum^  sit,  broken  and  (not  or)  weakened- 
—  This  same  -ve  occurs  with  the  adv.  neve,  or  neu;  caveto,  ne  quam  materiam  doles, 
neu  caedas,  neu  tangas,  nisi  siccam,  neu  gelidam,  neu  rosulentam  (Cato,  De  Re  Rust. 
37),  beware,  lest  you  hew  the  lumber,  nor  should  you  cut  it,  nor  touch  it,  excepting 
when  dry,  nor  when  it  is  frosty,  nor  when  it  is  dewy,  in  which  all,  we  can  substitute 
neque,  neque,  so  that  neve,  neu,  -ve.  are  but  the  older  forms  of  neque,  and  -que. 

III.  CONIVNCTIONES  COMPARATIVE. 

161.  ut,  utit  as,  like  prout,  as  quasi,  as  though 
sicut,  sicuti,  just  as,        quam,  than  acsi,  as  if 
velut,  veluti,  like             tamquam,  like 

Examples:  fac,  ut  (uti)  melius  videbitur;  do  as  it  will  seem  best  to  you;  sicut  pro- 
misit,  fecit;  he  did,  as  he  had  promised;  agit  velut  puer,  he  acts  like  a  boy;  statues  prout 
res  secum  feret,  you  will  decide  as  the  thing  will  brng  with  itself  (will  suggest  or  de- 
mand); age  quam  potes  optime,  do  the  best  you  can;  se  gerit  tamquam  rusticus,  he  be- 
haves like  a  hayseed;  ita  loquitur,  quasi  dicat  se  interfuisse,  he  speaks  as  though  saying 
that  he  was  present;  acsi  nos  nunquam  vidisset,  as  if  he  had  never  seen  us. 

IV.  CON1VNCTIONES  CONCESSIVE. 

162.  etsi         \  quamquam  |even  quamvis  1  albeit 
tametsi  j  although        etiamsi        /though        quum       j  since 

licet,  though,  although 

Perhaps  the  only  difference  between  them  is,  that  some  of  them  demand  Modus 
Coniunctivus,  more  frequently  than  the  others. 

Examples:  etsi  video,  non  satis  intelligo;  although  I  see  it,  I  do  not  quite  understand 
it;  non,  mehercule,  haec,  quae  loquor,  crederem;  tametsi  vulgo  audieram,  Cic.  Verr.  2, 
25;  occasionally  also  with  Coniunctivus:  memini,  tametsi  nullus  moneas,  Ter.,  Eun.,  2, 
1,  10.  —  Etiamsi,  like  etsi  and  tametsi,  is  used  partly  with  Indicativus,  partly  with 
Coniunctivus:  gaudeo,  etsi  nihil  scio  quod  gaudeam,  Plaut.  Capt  4,  2,  62;  etsi  taceas, 
palam  id  quidem  est,  Plaut ,  Aul.  3,  2,  7;  ista  Veritas  etiamsi  iucunda  non  est,  mihi  ta- 
men  grata  est;  Cic,  Att.  5,  24;  quae  etiamsi  essent,  quae  nulla  sunt;  Ci:.,  N.  D.,  1,  39, 
110.  —  Quamquam  with  Indie,  quamquam  id  est  minime  probandum;  Cic,   Rep,  1, 


481 

26,  42;  quamquam  sint  in  quibusdam  malis;  Cic,  Tusc.  5,  30,  85.  —  Quamvis,  in 
Cicero  regularly  with  Coni-,  in  other  good  authors,  Indie:  homines,  quamvis  in  turbi- 
dis  rebus  sint;  Cic.,  Phil.  2,  16,  39;  erat  inter  eos  dignitate  regia,  quamvis  carebat  no- 
mine; fl\V/>.,  Milt.  2,  2;  quamvis  infesto  animo  et  minaci  perveneras;  Ldv.,  2,  40,  7.  — 
Quum,  as  a  Coniunctio  Concessiva,  i.  e-,  granting,  allowing  conjunction,  originally,  i.  e., 
before  the  age  of  Caesar  and  Cicero,  was  followed  by  the  Indie.,  but  since  Caesar  and 
Cicero,  is  always  joined  with  Coni.,  as:  testis  est  Graecia,  quae  quum  eloquentiae  studio  sit 
incensa,  iamdiuque  excellat  in  ea  ,  Cic.,  Brut.  7,  26.  —  Licet,  properly  an  impersonal 
verb,  it  is  licit,  it  is  allowed,  as  a  concessive  conjunction  has  always  governed  the  Con- 
iunctivus,  later,  in  technical  writings  it  was  used  with  Indie.:  licet  saepius  tibi  huius  ge- 
neris litteras  mittam;  Cic.,  Fam.  13,  27,1;  licet  inter  gesta  et  facta  videtur  quaedam 
esse  subtilis  differentia;  Dig.  (Pandectae)  50,  16,  58. 

We  learn  from  these  facts,  that  no  cast-iron  rules  can,  or  should  be  dictated,  and 
the  volumes  of  books  on  this  subject  prove  nothing.  The  best  authors  have  differed,  for 
it  was  a  matter  of  individual  taste  and  habit  to  suspend  (by  employing  Coniunctiones) 
a  sentence  after  coniunctiones  of  certain  kinds,  or  let  the  same  pass  as  a  matter  of  fact 
(by  employing  Indicativus),  and  so  we  are  free  to  follow  either  taste,  as  long  as  the  sen- 
tence is  grammatically  correct,  and  Roman. 

V.  CONIVNCTIONES  CONDITIONALES. 

163.  si,  if  nisi,  ni,  unless  simodo,  if  only 
sin,  if  however           siquidem,  since,  in  view           dummodo,  so  long 

Exempla:  si  vales,  bene  est,  if  you  are  well,  good;  but  this  if,  i.  e.,  the  condition 
we  put,  often  suspends  the  sentence,  and  then  we  change  to  Coniunctivus,  as:  si  valeas 
(as  I  heard  you  did)  bene  est:  sin  autem  aliter  res  habeat,  but,  however,  if  the  thing  be 
otherwise  .  .  .  Nisi  litteras  ab  eo  accipiam,  unless  I  receive  (be  receiving)  a  letter  from 
him  ...  Ita  rem  arbitror  esse  (I  deem  the  king  so  to  be),  siquidem  ipse  frater  sic  fassus 
est  (since  his  own  brother  has  so  confessed).  —  Simodo  culpa*  vacet,  if  he  only  be  free 
of  blame.  —  Etiamsi  aeger,  modo,  or  dummodo  adveniat;  even  though  sick,  so  long, 
if  only,  he  arrive,  be  present. 

VI.  CONIVNCTIONES  CONCLVSIV^. 

164.  ergo,  therefore,         itaque,  accordingly,  eb,  for  the  reason 
igitur,  so  then,         proinde,  consequently,        ideo,  on  the  account 

idcirco     \  for  quart  \  quocirca      ) 

proptttea  ]  that  cause       quamobrem  )  wherefore       qmpropttr  ]  wherefore 


482 

Of  these  igitut  usually  stands  after*  the  word,    it  refers  to;  as:  noster,  igitur  ami- 
cus .  .  .  and  so  our  friend  .  .  .  ;  but  it  can  also  begin  a  sentence. 

VII.  CONIVNCTIONES  CONSECVTIViE. 

165.  ut,  uti,  so  that  ut  non  ) 

ita  ut,  so  that  quin     \  so  as  not 

As  their  name  indicates,  these  Coniunctiones  introduce  some  inference,  or  deduction 
wherefore  they  always  suspend  the  sentence,  making  it  depend  on  the  foregoing,  not 
indicating  anything,  but  suspending,  or  enunciating  conditionally,  consequently  their 
verbs  must  be  in  Modus  Coniunctivus;  as:  adeo  gaudebat,  ut  illi  lacrymas  oborirentur, 
he  was  so  joyful,  that  tears  were  rolling  from  his  eyes;  ita  erat  caliginosum,  ut  nihil  cer- 
nere  possemus,  it  was  so  dark,  that  we  could  not  see  a  thing;  nemo  inter  nos  fuit,  quin 
id  vidisset,  there  was  not  one  of  us,  but  who  saw  it. 


VIII.  CONIVNCTIONES  CAVSALES. 

166.         nam    }  quia  )  quum,  as  quando 

enim    j  *or     quod  j  Decause     qubniam,  seeing  that     quandoquidem 

siquidem 

Of  these  nam,  or  namque,  always'begin  a  sentence,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  enim, 
never;  but  if  et  is  attached,  it  can  stand  in  front;  as:  nam,  or,  etenim,  si  verum  faten- 
dum  sit,  for,  if  the  truth  must  be  confessed  .  . .  ;  but:  ego  enim,  .  .  .  for,  I  .  .  .  — 
Quia  does  not  govern.  Quod  is  followed  by  Indie,  excepting  when  somebody  else's  opi- 
nion is  expressed,  as  the  grammarians  say,  it  will  govern  Coni.  —  Quum  also  in  this 
application,  i.  e.,  when  the  cause  of  the  preceding  assertion  is  to  follow,  will  again  de- 
mand the  Coni.:  quum  hxc  ita  sint,  since  these  hings  be  so  .  .  .  Qubniam,  when  stating 
a  fact,  is  followed  by  Indie,  giving  a  cause,  or  other  people's  opinion,  it  demands  the 
Coni.  —  Quando,  ita  tibi  visum  est  since  this  is  your  view,  Indie- ;  very  seldom  with 
Coni.;  quandoquidem  is  always  followed  by  Indie-;  siquidem  is  also  stands  with  Indie 

IX.  CONIVNCTIONES    FINALES. 

167.        ut,  uti,  that  ne,  lest,  that  not  quo,  by  that 

in  order  that  neve,  or  neu  and  lest  quominus,  from,  lest 

By  the  term  finalis  the  grammarians  mean  the  end,  aim,  or  purpose  contained  in 
the  sentences  connected  by  these  particles,  which,  owing  to  their  uniformity  in  governing 


483 

the  Coniunctivus,  and  their  frequency,  are  the  most  simple,  and  the  most  easily  learned. 
—  Exempla;  hasc  dico  tibi,  ut  scias,  I  am  telling  you  these  (things),  so  you  may  know; 
cave,  ne  id  credas,  beware,  lest  (that  you  may  not)  believe  it,  —  ne*ve  putes  eum  id  si- 
gnificare  velle,  nor  should  you  think  that  he  means  to  convey  that  idea;  namque  ego 
probe  intelligo  quo  id  dicas,  dicis  enim  eb,  ut  tibi  fidem  habeamus,  for  1  understand  very 
well  to  what  purpose  you  be  speaking,  for  you  speak  with  the  purpose  that  we  may  have 
faith  in  you;  nihil  obstat,  nihil  prohibet,  nemo  vetat,  qubminus  tecum  ambulatum  earn, 
nothing  is  in  the  way,  nothing  forbids  (hinders),  nobody  forbids  rat  from  (that  I  should 
not)  take  a  walk  with  you. 


X.  CONIVNCTIONES  ADVERSATIVE. 

168.     sed,  but  at,  ast,  but  now    veto    )  on  the  tamen  f  yet 

verum,  however     at  qui,  and  yet        autem  \  other  hand    cceterum,  for  the  rest 

To  express  simple  contrasting  of  subjects,  sed  is  employed  as  an  adversative  con- 
junction, thus:  non  ego  id  dixi,  sed  magister,  not  /  —  but  .  .  .  When  the  contrast  is 
greater,  or  something  is  brought  in  with  a  startling  novelty;  or  a  new  departure  is  intro- 
duced with  some  striking  features,  at,  or  ast  is  the  adversative  conjunction,  as:  At  perfi- 
dus  ensis  Frangitur  in  medio,  Virg.,  JEn.  12,  731,  but  lo!  the  treacherous  sword  breaks 
in  the  middle!  Ast  is  less  frequently  used.  — ■  An  equally  strong  adversative  particle  is 
verutn  (enimvero,  verum  enimvero,  the  strongest),  no  equivalent  in  English,  contrasting 
rather  the  argument,  than  merely  sharpening  a  turn;  as:  merito  maledicas  mihi,  si  id  ita 
factum  est:  Verum  haud  mentior,  resque,  uti  acta,  dico;  Plant.,  Am.  2,  1,  23;  deserv- 
edly will  you  curse  me,  if  that  so  happened:  However,  \  do  not  lie,  and  I  am  telling  the 
thing,  as  it  happened.  —  Atqui  can  be  thus  illustrated:  non  credo  quod  dicis;  atqui  tu 
mihi  ita  dixisti!  I  do  not  believe  what  you  say;  yet  (why,  it  was  yourself  who)  told  me 
so.  —  The  two  most  frequent  adversatives  autem  and  veto  (has  no  reference  whatever  to 
verum,  as  above,  nor  verum f  i,  truth),  are  thus  used:  ego  sum  vir,  tu  autem  puer,  I  am 
a  man  (an  adult)  while  (on  the  other  hand,  in  turn)  you  are  a  boy;  ego  doceo,  vos  vero 
discitis,  I  am  teaching,  whilst  (in  turn)  you  are  learning;  though  in  English  we  often 
hear  adversative  sentences  joined  by  and,  as,  I  am  teaching  and  you  are  learning,  it  must 
not  be  attempted  in  Latin,  nor  expressed  by  while  I  am  teaching.  —  Tamen,  yet,  still, 
naturam  furca  expellas,  tamen  usque  recurret,  Hor.  Ep.  1,  10,  24;  drive  out  nature  with 
a  pitchfork,  jM  it  will  again  return  (run  back).  Cceterum,  and,  de  ccetero,  are  used  to 
change  the  subject  of  which  the  speaker,  or  author  is  disserting,  as  for  the  rest:  foedera 
alia,  aliis  legibus,  cceterum  eodem  modo  omnino  fiunt;Zix>.  1,24,  3;  other  alliances  under 
other  conditions,  but,  otherwise,  all  go  on  in  the  same  way. 

To  this  we  may  add  alioquin,  otherwise,  and  cxteroquin,  otherwise;  as:  laborandum 
tibi  est,  alioquin  punieris,  you  must  work;  otherwise  you  get  punished;  and:  cceteroquin 


484 

regio  est  satis  irrigua,  et  ad  colendum  apta;  in  other  respects  the  land  is  sufficiently  moist 
and  suitable  for  cultivation. 


XI.  CONIVNCTIONES  TEMPORALES. 


169. 


quutn, 

ubi   } 

ut     }as 

ut 

ubi 

quum 

quam 


when 


primum 
y  as  soon 

as 


simul  ac      \ 

as  soon 

dumt  while, 

when 

simul  atque 

as 

donee 

)  while, 

priusquam   f 

sooner, 

usque  dum 

Until 

antequam     ( 

before 

quoad 

)  as  long  as 

postea 

posteaquam 

!  after 

Exempla:  —  ubi  ea  dies  venit,  when  that  day  arrived,  Cces.,  B.  G. ,  1,  8;  qui  ut 
hue  venit,  —  hominesque  ut  vidit  incensos,  Cic,  Rep.  2, 13,  25;  Sicubi,  ut  primum  vi- 
dere  vulgari  morbos,  Uv .,  25,  26,  13;  qui  ut  peroravit,  surrexit  Clodius,  Cic.,  Q.  Fr.,  2, 
3,  2;  huic  mandat,  ut  ad  se  quamprimum  revertatur,  to  come  back  to  him  as  soon  as 
possible  {Cces.  B.  G.  4t  21);  Simul  atque  eo  perveneris,  mihi  scribas,  as  soon  as  you 
arrive  there,  write  me.  Priusquam  aggrediar,  Cic.,  Balb.  7,  18.  Antequam  ad  sententiam 
redeo,  Cic,  Cat.  4.  20;  before  returning  to  my  subject.  —  Posteaquam  ego  in  Siciliam 
veni,  Cic,  Verr.  2,  2,  56.  —  Ut  sua  sponte,  dum  sine  periculo  liceret,  excederet  Gadibus, 
Cces.,  B.  C  2,  20,  3.  —  Donee  eris  felix,  multos  numerabis  amicos;  Tempora  si  fuerint 
nubila,  solus  eris,  as  long  as  you  will  be  happy,  you  will  count  many  friends,  when  the 
weather  (times)  will  be  cloudy,  you  will  be  alone  {Ovid.,  Trist.  1,  1,  40).  —  Ferrum  us- 
que eo  retinuit,  quoad  renuntiatum  est  vicisse  Boeotios,  Nepos,  Epam.  9,  3. 

XII.  CONIVNCTIONES  INTERROGATIVE. 


There  are  also  a  few  particles  by  which  questions  are  formed.  These 
trumt  the  enclitic  -net  nonne,  and  the  syllable  ec-\  but  I  shall  treat  them 
chapter. 

DE  INTERIECTIONIBVS. 


are:  num,  u- 
in  a  separate 


170-  The  particles,  expressing  joy,  surprise,  grief,  disgust,  &c,  are  the  following: 

1.  For  joy:  io,  euge!  well  done!  good!  euoe! 

2.  For  pain:  vce!  heu!  'eheul  pro! 

3-  For  surprise:  6,  'en,  ecee,  hem,  hui,  a. 

4.  For  addressing,  or  appeal:  heusy  6}  eho,  pro. 

5.  For  tiredness:  ohe,  pax  (supposed  to  be  Greek)! 

6.  For  disgust:  fitft,foetet  (for  stench). 


485 

Also  the  names  of  the  Gods,  nomina  appellativa,  adiectiva  and  verba  are  so  employ- 
ed; as:  Hercules,  Mehercule,  Hercle,  Mecastor,  Pol,  iEdepol  (by  the  temple  of  Pollux), 
per  Deos;  Dii  Immortales!  Faxint,  Dii,  may  the  Gods  grant!  Dii  Meliora!  God  forbid* 
Medius  Fidius!  so  help  me  God.  Dii  te  ament!  Ita  vivam!  [Malum!  oh  evil;  nefas! 
indignumt  miserum!  macte!  bravo.  Verba:  quceso,  pray;  oro,  precor,  obsecro,age,  age- 
dum  (agite,  agitedum);  apage!  get  away;  cedol  here,  hand  it  to  me!  —  sodes  (sup- 
posed to  mean  si  audes) ,  if  you  please;  sis  (si  vis),  do,  please ! 


PENSVM  TREDECIMVM. 


(P  WEAlHtfUMK; 


COLONICA. 
I. 


G 


.OLONICA1  domus  rusticana  est,  quod  earn  rusticus,  eiusque 
familia,  incolunt.  Haud  magno  intervallo2  a  colonica,  ad  meridiem,  fe- 
re in  circuitu,  plura  stant  aedificia,  usui  rerum  rusticarum  destinata,  in- 

1.  I.,  a  farm-house;  -us,  a,  urn,  the  2nd  adj.  of  riis,  the  first  being  rusticus,  a,  urn, 
of  the  country;  —  II  ,  a  peasant,  a  farmer. 

2  -urn,  iy  a  space;  IV.,  a  use;  -wo,1  r.,  to  tie  down,  to  be  for  some  purpose;  -io, 
nis,  f.,  in  later  Latin,  a  dwelling,  or  stopping  place,  station. 


486 

ter  qua*  manstonemque  ipsam,   cors*  est,  quam  ab  habitaculo  domini 
sepes  tigillina  dirimit,  binis  portis  pervia. 

E  regione  domicilii  horreum4  est,  spatiosum  asdificium  duarum 
contignationum,  quarum  superior  receptaculum  foeni,  sive  fcenile,  est, 
pedeplanum  autem  tarn  a  fronte,  quam  a  tergo  magnis  ionbus  patulum, 
cum  mandris  equorum  a  laevo,  cornigertim  autem  a  dextro,  cumque 
omni  supellectili  stabuli.  Vaccae  quidem  cum  suis  vitulis  totos  dies  in 
pascuis  oberrant,5  nee  nisi  ad  occasum  solis  ad  stabula  redeunt  parata 
pabula  e  prassepibus  capture,  dum  eas  interea  bubulcus  mulget,  lac  au- 
tem mactris  in  ladariam  contiguam  defert. 

Vicinum  horreo  a  lasvo  est  grandriurn?  in  quo,  ex  utroque  latere 
magnae  conspiciuntur  cumerce  ligneae,  ianuis  supemis  acclinibus,  sera- 
que  clausis  tectae,  quae  post  messem,  magnamque  partem  hyemis  plense 
sunt,  quippe  quae  grana  sementwa  cuiusque  generis  frumenti  celant, 
quae,  nisi  penuria  premat  viliorum,  raro  attrectantur.  Caeterum  spatia 
ab  ingressu  postico  utrimque  saccis  expleta  sunt,  qui  omnem  pr<e- 
terea  annonam  frumentariam  continent,  et  in  magnos  acervos  decussa- 
tim  coacervati  sunt. 

Ultra  granarium  est  additamentum7  recens  structum,  foribus  pan- 

3.  Cors,  tis,f,t  is  variously  written,  zschors,  so  the  Greek  original  (chorus),  co- 
hors,  Us,  so  always  in  military  meaning,  a  battalion,  one  tenth  of  a  legion,  in  rural' lan- 
guage, a  barn-yard; us,  a,  urn,-  a  picket  fence;  -mo*  emi,  ptum,  to  separate;  -us,  a, 

urn,  penetrable,  a  way  that  can  be  passed,  passable. 

4.  -urn,  i,  a  barn;  -us,  a,  urn,  roomy;  -urn,  i,  a  storing  place;  also  called  fcenile,  is, 
n.,  from  the  front  and  back;  -us,  a,  um,  open. 

5.  -ro,1  r,  to  go  about;  to  receive,  to  take,  Part.  Fut.  Act.,  of  caph]  II.,  an  at- 
tendant on  cattle;  -geo?  si,  sum,  to  milk;  I.,  a  milk  pail;  II.,  a  dairy. 

6.  -urn,  ii,  a  grain  storage;  I.,  a  bin;  -us,  a,  um,  on  the  top,  above;  -nis,  e,  slant- 
ing; I.,  a  lock;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  harvest;  -us,  a,  um,  seed  — t  for  sowing;  -lo}  r.,  to  hold 
conceal;  1.,  scarcity;  -mo*  pressi,  ssum,  to  press;  -is,  e,  comparat.,  of  the  cheaper  kind- 
adv.  seldom;  -/o,1  r.,  to  touch;  -us,  a,  um,  rear;  adv.,  on  both  sides;  1.,  a  year's 
crop;  -neo*  ui.  tentum,  to  hold,  contain;  II.,  a  pile;  adv.  cross  ways;  -ro,i  r.,  to 
pile  up. 

7.  -um,  i,  fr,  ad  +  do,  an  addition;  adj.  and  adv.  -ens,  Us,  new,  fresh,  its  regular 
form  recenter,  is  not  in  general  use;  sttuoj  xi,  ctum,  to  pile  up,  to  build;  -ris,  e,  agri- 
cultural; -do?  didi,  turn,  to  put  away;  I.,  thrashing  machine,  I.,  a  sowing  machine;!  ,  a 


487 

sis,  in  quo  machine  agricolares  novas  recondite  sunt,  uti  trituratoria, 
satoria,  messoria,  item  ventilabrum,  atque  tractorium,  perinde  ac  digce 
discursorias,  atque  onerariae.  Circum  parietes  disposita  sunt  instru- 
menta  agricolationis,  quae  ad  fundum,  vel  pmdiurn  instructum  perti- 
nent. Contignatio  secunda  contubernium  est  operarum. 

Contiguum  huic  est  grunda,  sive  subgrundium,  ubi  aliquot  plau- 
stra,8  aratra,  hirpices,  orates,  sive  occce,  pabones,  trahceque,  item  plana- 
rdtruni,  condita  sunt,  eastern  autem  omnis  supellex  in  camera  occlusa 
est. 

Deinde  ovile9  sequitur,  ubi  opilio  suam  pecudem  tempore  noctur- 
no  diligenter  inclusam  custodit:  turn  gallinarium,  sive  aviarium,  vel 
etiam  omithon,  cum  haris  dnserum  et  dnaturn,  probe  clausum,  ne  aditus 
cani,  vulpi,  feliculas,  aut  avibus  rapacibus  aliquo  modo  pateret. 

Postremo,  in  corte  extrema  hara  suutn  collocata  est,  in  declivitate 
autem  rivuli,  salicibus  probe  umbrata,  earundem  volutabrum10  est. 

mowing  or  harvesting  machine;  -urn,  i,  a  winnowing  and  sifting  machine;  -urn,  i,  a 
drawing,  pulling  machine;  digce,  arum,  a  word  formed  by  me  fr.  de  4-  iugum,  a  yoke- 
less,  horseless  machine,  erroneously  called  an  automobile,  the  models,  being  bigct,  a  two- 
yoked,  trigcB,  three-yoked,  quadrigce,  four-yoked  vehicle,  i.  e., so-many  horses;  discurro* 
rri,  sum,  to  run  about.  —  Agricolatio,  nis,  the  act  of  cultivating  the  fields;  II. ,  the 
ground,  i.  e.,  a  lot  in  the  city,  landed  property,  the  farm,  if  in  the  country,  and  a  farm, 
if  furnished,  is  fundus  instructus,  or  prcedium  instructum.  —  Contubernium,  ii,  proper- 
ly con  +  taberna,  a  common  tent  to  many,  in  a  wider  sense,  apartments,  dwellings, 
quarters;  ~rce,  arum,  f,  laborers,  hands. 

8.  -um,  i,  a  cart,  or  farm  wagon;  -urn,  i,  a  plough;  -ex,  ids,  m-,  a  wooden  har- 
row, or  frame,  with  wooden  or  iron  teeth,  to  rake  and  level  the  ploughed  field;  crates,  is, 
(or,  -is,  is),  f..  prop,  a  lattice  work,  but  most  frequently  a  wicker  work,  woven  of  wil- 
low switches,  osier,  to  serve  as  fences,  or  defences,  coverings,  and,  as  here,  a  kind  of 
harrow,  to  be  dragged  by  horses  over  the  sown  field,  to  cover  the  seed  with  earth,  the 
same  as  occa,  ce;  trahce,  arum,  usually  pi.  but  also  traha,  ce,  a  drag,  a  sledge,  a  vehicle, 
without  wheels;  a  scoop,  a  kind  of  plough  to  scrape  roads  and  turn,  or  lift  masses 
of  earth. 

9.  -le,  is,  n.,  a  sheep-fold;  -io,  nis,  a  shepherd;  -dio*  r.,  to  guard;  a  hencoop; 
■on,  is,  n.,  Greek,  the  same;  hara,  ce,  a  warren,  an  enclosure  for  geese,  and  also  a  hog- 
pen; -er,  is,  m-,  a  goose;  -nas,  tis,  f.,  a  duck;  IV.,  an  entry;  -nis,  is,  a  dog:  vulpes,  is, 
f.,  a  fox;  dimin.  of  felts 9  is,  a  cat;  -eo,2  ui,  to  be  open. 

10-  -um,  i,  a  wallowing  place. 


488 

Paullo  ante  colonicam  via  praetervehit  agiaria  vicinalis  a  pago11 
haud  longe  dfssito,  quae,  traiecto  ponte  per  fundum  colonicae,  ad  statio- 
nem  ferrovice  ducit,  non  admodum  procul.  Anseres  et  anates  in  rivulo 
lasciviunt12  sursum  ac  deorsum  natantes  et  pisciculis  insidiantes.  Gallin 
interim  gallinacei,  cum  gallinis,  pullastrisque,  horse  pabulationis  me- 
mores,  iam  ante  portam  adstant,  quibus  se  meledgrides ,  passerculi  co- 
lumbaeque  adiungunt,  quum  interea  hinc  caniculus  caudam  quassans 
vigilat,  illinc  autem  felicula  caute  grassatur,  testis  pasturae  alitum.  De- 
nique  filia  agricolas  cum  fiscella  in  manu  egreditur,  grana  tritici  atque 
%ece  in  terram  dispergit,  quo  viso  omnes  alites  ingenti  pipitu  altera  al- 
terius  in  terga  convolant,  granaque  brevissimo  tempore  avide  colligunt. 

Recensio. — Quidnam  vocamus  colonicam?  —  Cuiusmodi  asdificia 
stant  circum?  —  Quid,  et  ubi  est  cors?  —  Ubi  est  receptaculum  foeni? 

—  Ubi  est  locus  vaccarum  et  bourn?  —  Quid  agit  bubulcus  vesperi? 

—  Explica  tuis  propriis  verbis,  quid  et  ubi  sit  granarium,  quidque  idem 
contineat.  —  Recens  structum  additamentam  quas  res  in  se  continet? 

—  Qusenam  res  repositae  sunt  in  grunda?  —  Quod  est  habitaculum 
ovium?  gallinarum?  anserum?  —  Ubi  habitant  sues?  —  Quid  est  ante 
colonicam?  —  Quse  animalia  colliguntur  ante  ingressum   mansionis? 

—  Quid  turn  evenit? 


11.  II.,  a  village;  -us,  a,  urn,  to  be  lying  far  away;  traiicio?  ieci,  tectum,  to  throw 
over,  to  shoot  through,  to  pass  over,  across;  -to,  nis,  a  standing  or  stopping  place;  I ,  a 
new  Latin  word,  not  by  me,  a  railway. 

12.  -vio*  r.,  to  disport 

13.  II.,  a  rooster,  usually  with  the  adjective  gallinaceus  (of  the  hen  family),  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  other  meanings  of  Gallus;  I.,  a  hen;  I.,  a  young  hen;  to,  nisf  f..  a 
feeding;  -or,  is,  mindful;  -agris,  idis,  f.,  a  turkey;  dimin.  of  passer,  is,  m  ,  a  sparrow; 
-sso,x  r.,  to  shake;  loyl  r.,  to  be  awake,  to  watch;  -ssor,1  atus  sum,  frequ.  of  gradior, 
to  step;  L,  the  act  of  grazing,  or  feeding  on  the  part  of  the  animals;  ales,  itis,  f .,  a 
fowl.  —  Fiscella,  ce,  a  basket,  dimin.  oifiscus,  i;  %ea,  ce,  this  Greek  word  in  our  times 
is  used  to  denote  Indian  corn;  -go?  si,  sum,  fr.  spargo*  si,  sum,  to  scatter;  -urn,  i,  the 
back;  adv.,  eagerly;  -go,*  legi,  ledum,  to  pick  up. 


489 


VOCABVLARIVM    34. 


Nna.  Subst. 

col6nica,  x 
intervallum,  i 
mansio,  nis,  f. 
cors,  tis,  f. 
horreum,  i 
receptaculum,  1 
foenile,  is,  n. 
bubulcus,  i 
mactra,  x 
lactaria,  x 
granarium,  ii 
cumera,  x 
sera,  x 
messis,  is,  f. 
penuria,  x 
spatium,  ii 
annona,  x 
acervus,  i 
additamentum,  i 
trituratoria,  x 
satoria,  x 
messoria,  x 
ventilabrum,  i 
tractorium,  ii 
digae,  arum 
agricolatio,  nis,  f. 
fundus,  i 
praedium,  ii 
contubernium,  ii 
plaustrum,  i 
aratrum,  i 
hirpex,  ids,  m. 
crates,  is,  f. 
occa,  x 


trahae,  arum 
planaratrum,  i 
camera,  x 
ovile,  is,  n. 
opilio,  nis,  n. 
gallinarium,  ii 
aviarium,  ii 
ornithon,  is,  n. 
hara,  x 
anser,  is,  m. 
anas,  tis,  f. 
aditus,  us 
canis,  is,  mf. 
vulpes,  is,  f. 
felis,  is,  f . 
sus,  suis,  f . 
salix,  icis,  f. 
volutabrum,  i 
pagus,  i 
statio,  nis,  f. 
gallus,  i 
gallina,  x 
pullastra,  x 
pabulatio,  nis,  f. 
meleagris,  idis,  f. 
passerculus,  i 
columba,  x 
testis,  is,  m. 
fiscella,  x 
triticum,  i 
zea,  x 
pipitus,  lis 
tergum,  i 

Nna  Adi. 
rusticanus,  a,  urn 


rusticus,  a,  um 
tigillinus,  a,  um 
pervius,  a,  um 
spatiosus,  a,  um 
patulus,  a,  um 
corniger,  a,  um 
contiguus,  a,  um 
ligneus,  a,  um 
supernus,  a,  um 
sementivus,  a,  um 
vilis,  e 

posticus,  a,  um 
frumentarius. 

a,  um 
discursorius  a,um 
agrarius,  a,  um 
gallinaceus,  a,  um 

Verba 

incolo,3  ui 

destino, 1  r. 

dirimo,3  emi,  emptum 

oberro,1  r. 

capio.3  cepi,  captum 

mulgeo,2  si,  sum 

celo,1  r. 

premo,3  ssi,  ssum 

attrecto,1  r. 

expleo,2  vi,  turn 

contineo,2  tinui,  tentum 

coacervo,1 1. 

struo,3  xi,  ctum 

pando,3  di,  sum, 

passum 

recondo,3  didi,  turn 

dispono,3  sui,  itum 


instruo,3  xi,  ctum 
condo,3  didi,  ditum 
occludo;3  si,  sum 
pateo,2  ui 

praeterveho,3  xi,  ctum 
traiicio,3  ieci,  iectum 
lascivio,4  r. 
insidior, l  atus  sum 
adiungo,3  nxi,  ctum 
quasso,1  r. 
vigilo, '  r. 
grassor,1  atus  sum 
egredior,3  ssus  sum 
dispergo,3  si,  sum 
colligo,3  legi,  ctum 

Adverbia 

fere,  raro 

casterum 

dtrimque 

prasterea 

decussatim 

recens 

diligenter 

probe 

postremo 

paullo 

longe 

admodum 

procul 

sursum 

deorsum 

interea 

hinc,  illuc 

caute 

denique 

avide 


490 


II. 


1.  Aratrum:  a,  buris;  6,  culter;  c,  vomer;  d,  d,  stivae;  e,  rallum.  2.  Hirpex.  3.  Occa,  sive  crates.  4. 
Malleus.  5.  Aicicula.  6,  Sicilis.  7.  Tribulum.  8.  Acus.  9.  Eculeus.  10.  Serra.  11.  Pala.  12.  Rastrum.  13. 
Falx.  14.  Vanno  ventilare.  15.  Spartum.  16.  Furca  fimatoria.  17.  Dolabra.  18.  Nasiterna.  19.  Securis. 

20.  Runco. 


A, 


INSTRVMENTA  RVSTICA, 


lGRICOLA,  qui  terram  subigere}  aut  agros  etiam  optimos  fru~ 
ctuosos  reddere  cupit,  prater  operam  iumentorum  et  instrumentis  eget 
rusticis,  quae  ne  inclementid  temporum,  neglectuque  mercenariorum  ru- 
bigine  vitientur,  loco  idoneo  ac  securo,  in  camera  utensilium  servare 
solet. 

Horum  omnium  fere  principem2  locum  tenet  aratrum,  quod  sive 

1.  -go,2  egi,  actum,  to  subdue,  to  prepare;  -us,  a,  urn,  fruit  bearing;  I.,  unmerci- 
fulness.  severity;  IV.,  negligence;  II.,  a  hired  man;  -go,  inisy  f.,  rust;  -iotl  r.,  to  spoil, 
to  vitiate;  -us,  a,  urn,  suitable;  I.,  a  chamber;  -le,  is,  n.,  a  tool;  -vo}  r.,  to  keep. 

2.  -ps,  ipis,  here  an  adj.,  the  chief,  most  important,  locum  principem  tenet ,  it  holds 
the  chief,  most  important  place;  -urn,  i,  a  yoke,  a  pair;  -do?  cidi}  ssum,  to  rip,  split,  to 
cut  open;  -co}  r.,  fr.  II.,  a  furrow,  to  funow;  -urn,  it    the   field  in  use,  while  ager,  gri, 


491 

iugo  bourn,  sive  iugo  equorum  tractum,  est  instrumentum  ad  proscin- 
dendum  et  sulcandum  arvurn,  et  ad  vertendum  solum,  ut  idem  putre 
fiat,  et  ad  semina  recipienda  accommodatum.  Solum  nonnunquam  est 
novate,3  alias  vervactutn,  aut  natura  sua  argillosum,  unde  necesse  est, 
ut  aratrum  vomere  chalybeio  acuto,  si  vero  et  caespes  findendus  sit, 
cultro  quoque  instructum  sit,  qui  medio  buri,  supra  vomerem,  infixus 
est,  ut  dum  hie  humum  penetrat,  ille  caespitem  proscindat. 

Ut  vero  arator  vomerem  suum  ad  gequam4  altitudinem  deprimere, 
et  sulcos  lirasque  ad  iustam  latitudinem  recteque  ducere  queat,  necesse 
est  ut  aratrum  ad  suum  arbftrium  regere,  eique  rite  moderari  possit,  id 
autem  fit  ope  stivdrum,  quas  utraque  manu  tenet.  Inter  utraque  cornua 
sti varum,  prope  ad  manum,  rallum  solet  iacere,  ad  deradendam  terram 
vomeri  haerentem,  atque  stimulus,  ad  boves  instigandos. 

Postquam  arvurn  ex  sententia5  peraratum  est,  ad  glebas  laceran- 
das  et  comminuendas,  item  ad  herbas  divellendas,  hirpex  iugo  bourn 
aut  burdonum  per  idem  perductatur,  turn  colonus  in  arvo  sic  pexo  se- 
mentem  facit,  sive  agrum  consent.   Sunt  qui   id   manu  perficiunt,  alii 

m.,  is  a  general  term  for  all  arable  fields,  or,  in  wider  sense,  all  the  territory  of  a  city, 
or  state;  -tris,  e,  friable,  soft,  not  clay;  -do,V.r-,  to  adapt. 

3.  Originally  a  land  newly  broken;  later,  a  field  after  lying  fallow,  is  once  more 
broken  up;  -urn,  i,  a  fallow  land;  -ussa,  urn,  with  much  clay  in  it;  -er,  is,  m.,  a  plough- 
share; -eius,  a,  urn,  of  steel;  -esy  Ms,  m.,  a  sod;  -do,3  fidi,fissumy  to  split;  -er,  tri,  m., 
a  coulter;  -is,  is,  m.,  the  plough-beam;  -go,3  xi,  xum,  to  set  in;  -tro,]  r.,  to  pass 
through. 

4.  -ws,  a,  um}  reasonable,  fair,  right;  -mo3  pressi,  ssum,  to  press  down;  I.,  the 
ridge  thrown  up  between  two  furrows;  -go3  x'u  ctutn,  to  direct,  to  guide,  govern;  adv,, 
properly;  -ror*  atus  sum,  to  temper;  I.,  the  plough  handle;  -umt  i,  a  tool  like  a  small 
spade,  w.  a  wooden-handle,  to  scrape  off  the  earth,  that  cleaves  to  the  plough-share;  -do,z 
si,  sum,  to  shave  off;  11.,  a  goad;  -go*  r.,  to  set  on,  to  stir  on. 

5.  According  to  one's  wish;  I.,  a  clod;  -ro}  r.,  to  tear;  ^uo,3ui,  utum,  to  crush; 
I.,  properly,  grass,  but  where  grass  should  not  be,  it  means  weed;  -lo3  vulsi,  sum,  to 
pull  off;  *dot  nis,  a  mule  (the  offspring  of  a  horse  and  a  she  ass,  while  mulus  is  an  off- 
spring of  a  male  ass  and  a  mare);  -to*  r.,  to  drag  over; colonus,  i,  fr.  colo3  ui,  cultum, 
a  farmer,  generally,  particularly  a  man  working  on  some  one  else's  farm,  and,  also  a  colo- 
nist, a  settler;  -to,3  xi,  xum,  or p'editum,  to  comb;  -Us,  is,  f.,  sowing;  -ro3  sevi,  situm 
and  -satum,  inhio}  r.,  to  covet;  -pio,3  ripui,  reptum,  to  snatch,  rob;  II.,  a  roller;  go?  m 
o  smooth  >  to  level. 


492 

autem  machina  satoria,  quo  perfecto,  occam,  sive  cratem,  aliquando 
cumulis  terrae  oneratam,  perductant,  et  sic  satum  semen  terra  conte- 
gunt,  ne  semina  volucres  iis  inhiantes  diripiant.  Haud  pauci  agricolae 
sata  etiam  volgiolis  lsevigant. 

Quum  vero  segetes  rnaturuerunt?  messores  conducuntur,  qui  eas 
machinis  messoriis,  aut  vero  fdlcibus  demetunt,  nihil  nisi  stipulas  relin- 
quentes,  secundum  strigas  in  manipulos  eas  colligunt,  hos  in  mergi- 
tes  thomicibus  colligant,  colligatas  in  metas  comportant  et  coacervant,  et 
paucos  post  dies,  quum  spicce  et  aristce  exaruerunt,  in  aream  conve- 
ctant.  Stato  tempore  mergites  ligaturis  solvuntur,  stramen  cum  spicis 
sibi  obversis  humi  sternitur  duoque  ordines  operarum  tribulis  triturant, 
hoc  est,  grana  excutiunt,  stramen  autem  iterum  colligunt,  et  asportant. 
Alias7  equis  aut  bobus  super  stratam  segetem  ad  exculcanda  grana  cir- 
cumagunt,  extritum  autem  stramen  mergis  colligunt  et  avehunt.  No- 
stra tamen  tempestate  iam  machinis  rustici  triturant.  Nihilo  tamen  se- 
cius  multis  in  locis  grana  extrita,  aut  exculcata,  lfgneis  vannis*  in  subli- 
me iactant,  quo  fit,  ut  mrapdleatn  difflet  ac  diripiat,  frumentum  autem 
sic  discretum  in  cumulum  recidat,  quod  deinceps  saccis  et  cumeris 
committitur.  Alias  idem  ventilabris  manu  actis  perficitur.  Sunt  praeterea 
loca,  ubi  frumenta  in  skis  colligunt  et  in  tuto  servant. 

Solum  horti  olerarii9  non  arari,  sed  palis  fodi  solet,  turn  rastris  pe- 

6.  {Maturesco,3  ui,  to  ripen;  -or,  is,  m-,  a  mower,  an  harvester;  -co,3  xi,  ctum,  to 
hire;  falx,  cis,  f.,  a  scythe;  -to,}.ssui,  ssumy  to  mow,  L,  a  stubble;  I.,  a  swath;  II.,  a 
bundle;  -ges,  itis,  f. ,  a  sheaf;  thomex,  ids,  f.,  a  cord,  a  string,  part,  of  straw;  I.,  a 
stack;  I.,  an  ear;  I.,  the  awn,  beard  of  grain;  -sco*  ui,  to  dry  out;  I.,  the  thrashing 
ground;  I.,  binding;  -vo,3  vi,  lutum,  to  untie;  -to3  rti,  sum,  to  turn  against  (ear  against 
ear);  -no3  stravi,  turn,  to  lay  down,  to  spread  out;  -urn,  i,  a  flail;  -*V  r.,  to  thrash; 
-cutio*cussi,  ssum,  to  strike,  beat  out;  -to}  r.,  to  carry  away. 

7-  Adv.  the  other  places,  other  times; -co,1  r„  to  tread  out;  -tero*  trivi,  turn,  to 
tread  out;  I.,  a  fork,  pitchfork;  -ho,3  xi,  ctum,  to  haul  away.  —  A  Latin  phrase,  "in  our 
times  " 

8.  II. ,  f.,  a  wooden  shovel;  -me,  is,  a  height,  to  toss  up  into  the  air;  1.,  the  moving 
air,  a  breeze;  I.,  the  chaff,  -flo,x  r.,  to  blow  asunder;  -pio3  ripui,  reptum,  to  snatch 
away;  discerno,3  crevu  cretum,  to  pick  out,  to  separate;  II.,  a  pile;  -do3  rkidi,  recasum, 
to  fall  back;  adv.,  thereafter;  sirus,  i,  a  grain-pit. 

9.  Olus,  eris,  n.,  a  garden  vegetable;    -atius,  at  urn,  its  adj.;  I.,  a  spade;  -diot3  di, 


493 

cti,  pexum  autem  solum  in  areolas,  semitis  tritis,  dividi.  Semina  dein 
sive  late,  sive  in  strigis,  sparguntur,  bulbi  autem  atque  radices  plantu- 
laeque  sive  foraminibus,  acubus  factis,  sive  vero  scrobiculis,  runcone 
aut  ligone  csesis  inseruntur,  plantaque  inculcantur.  Nonnulas  plantulas, 
postquam  germinarunt  atque  pullularunt,  adminiculis  alligant,  alias 
autem  circum  culmos  ac  radices  humo  opplent,  iisque  grumos  cir- 
cumdant. 

Prater  instrumenta  his  laboribus  accommodata10  in  eadem  camera 
etiam  multa  alia  apparata  ac  digesta  conspiciuntur,  veluti  secures,  bi- 
pennes,  ascias,  ascicute,  terebrae,  serrse,  mallei,  marci,  paviculas,  caeli, 
cribra,  sidles,  furcae  fimatorise,  dolabrae,  nasiternae,  sparta,  aliaque 
complura. 

ltecensio.  —  Quibus  rebus  indiget  agricola  in  subigendis  agris? 
—  Die,  sodes,  cur  soleat  agricola,  sua  instrumenta  rustica  in  camera 
recondere.  —  Describe,  sis,  aratrum,  et  quae  ad  illud  pertinent.  — 
Praeter  rudectum  quaiia  genera  soli  cognoscuntur?  —  Cuiusmodi  res  est 
rallum?  —  quid  stimulus?  —  Cui  usui  putas  esse  hirpicem?  —  Quid- 
nam  est  occa,  sive  crates?  —  Cur  ea  utuntur?  —  Narra  nobis,  qui  sint 
messores,  et  quibus  muneribus  ii  fungantur.  —  Ad  quern  usum  est 
vannus?  —  Edissere,  quomodo  solum  horti  olararii  colatur.  —  Quo- 
nam  modo  serunt  semina?  —  bulbi  et  radices?  —  Quae  sunt  adtnini- 
cula?  —  Quid  est  ventilabrum?  sirus?  —  Enumera  alia  instrumenta 
rustica? 

ssum,  to  dig;  -urn,  i,  (pi.  m.,  rastti,  orum),  a  rake;  dimin.  of  area,  I. ,  a  bed;  I.,  a 
path;  scrobs,  is,  m-  (denied  by  philologists,  according  to  them  it  is  scrobes,  or  scrobis,  is, 
m.),  a  little  hollow,  a  little  round  hole,  made  with  an  acus,  us,  a  needle,  a  planting  pin, 
stick;  a  hoe,  ligo,  nis,  m«,  or,  runco,  nis,  a  weeding  hoe\  here  the  dimin.  form,  scrobi- 
culus,  i;  1.,  the  sole  of  the  foot,  whence  the  name  planta,  ce,  and  the  verb  -to}  x.,  to 
plant;  -co?  r-,  fr.  calcof  r.,  fr.  calx,  cis,  f.,  a  heel  to  stamp  down.  —  Germino,*  r.,  to 
sprout;  -/o,1  r.,  to  sprout;  -urn,  i,  a  stake;  -go-*  r.,  to  tie  to;  II.,  the  stem;  -ixt  kis, 
f.,  the  root;  -pleo,2  vi,  turn,  to  fill  up;  II.,  a  hillock 

10.  -do?  r.,  to  adapt;  -ro,3  gessi,  stum,  arranged;  -is,  is,  f.,  an  axe;  -nis,  is,  m.,  a 
double  edged  axe;  I.,  a  larger  hatchet;  I.,  a  hatchet;  1.,  a  gimlet;  I.,  a  saw;  1I-,  a  ham- 
mer; II.,  a  sledge  hammer;  L,  a  mallet;  II.,  a  chisel;  -um,i,  a  sieve;  -is,  is,i.t  a 
sickle;  I.,  a  manure-fork;  I.,  a  pick-axe;  L,  a  watering  pot;  -turn,  i,  a  broom. 


494 


VOCABVLARIVM   35. 


Nna.  Subst. 

agricola,  x,  m. 
ager,  gri,  m. 
opera,  x 
i amentum,  i 
instrumentum,  i 
inclementia,  x 
neglectus,  us 
mercenarius,  ii 
rubigo,  inis,  f. 
camera,  x 
utensilia,  um,  n. 
artrum,  i 
iugum,  i 
bos,  bovis,  mf . 
arvum,  i 
solum,  i 
semen,  inis,  n. 
novale,  is,  n. 
vervactum,  i 
vomer,  is,  m. 
caespes,  itis,  m. 
culter,  tri,  m. 
buris,  is,  m. 
humus,  i,  f . 
arator,  is,  m. 
sulcus,  i 
lira,  x 
arbitrium,  ii 
stiva,  x 
rallum,  i 
stimulus,  i 
sententia,  x 
gleba,  x 
hirpex,  icis,  m. 
burdo,  nis,  m- 
colonus,  i 
sementis,  is,  f. 


occa,  x 
crates,  is,  f. 
sata,  orum 
volgiolus,  i 
seges,  etis,  f. 
messor,  is,  m. 
falx,  cis,  f. 
stipula,  x 
striga,  x 
manipulus,  1 
merges,  itis,  f. 
thomex,  icis,  f . 
meta,  x 
spica,  x 
arista,  x 
area,  x 
ligatura,  x 
stramen,  inis,  n 
operae,  arum 
tribulum,  i 
merga,  x 
tempestas,  acis,  f. 
vannus,  i,  f . 
aura,  x 
palea,  x 
ventilabrum,  i 
sirus,  i 
tutum,  i 
cumulus,  i 
sublime,  is,  n. 
pala,  x 
rastrum,  i 
areola,  x 
se*mita,  x 
bulbus,  i 
radix,  icis,  f. 
plantula,  x 
foramen,  inis,  n. 


pastinum,  i 
scrobiculus,  i 
runco,  nis,  m. 
ligo,  nis,  m. 
planta,  x 
adminiculum,  i 
culmus,  i 
grumus,  i 
securis,  is,  f. 
bipennis,  is,  f. 
ascia,  x 
ascicula,  x 
teVebra,  x 
serra,  x 
malleus,  i 
marcus,  i 
pavicula,  x 
callus,  i 
cribrum,  i 
sicilis,  is,  f. 
furca,  x 
dolabra,  x 
nasiterna,  x 
spartum,  i 

Nna  Adi. 

fructuosus,  a,  um 
rusticus,  a,  um 
idoneus,  a,  um 
securus,  a,  um 
princeps,  ipis 
putris,  e 
accommodatus, 

a,  um 
argillosus,  a,  um 
aequus,  a,  um 
iustus,  a,  um 
satorius,  a,  um 


messonus,  a,  um 
status,  a,  um 
ligneus,  a,  um 
olerarius.  a,  um 
complures,  a 

Verba 

subigo,3egi,  actum 
reddo,3  didi,  itum 
cupio,3  ivi,  itum 
egeo,2  ui 
vitio,1  r. 
servo,1  r. 

proscindo, 3  cidi,  scissum 
sulco,1  r. 
verto,3  ti,  rsum 
findo,3  fidi,  ssum 
infigo,3  xi,  xum 
penetro, '  r. 

deprimo,3  pressi,  pressum 
rego,3  xi,  ctum 
moderor,1  atus  sum 
iaceo,2  ui 
derado,3  si,  sum 
hsereo,2  si,  sum 
instigo,1  r. 
peraro,1  r. 
lacero,1  r. 

comminuo,3  ui,  utum 
divello,3  vulsi,  sum 
perducto,1  r. 
pecto,3  xi  (ui),  xum, 

pectitum 
consero,3  sevi,  situm, 

satum 
contego,3  texi,  ctum 
inhio,1  r. 
diripio,3  ripui,  reptum 


495 


laevigo,1  r. 
maturesco,3  ui 
conduce3  xi,  ctum 
dimeto,3  ssui,  ssum 
colligo,1  r. 
coacervo, *  r. 
exaresco,3  ui, 
convecto,1  r. 
solvo,3  vi,  utum 
obverto,3  ti,  sum 
sterno,3  stravi,  stratum 
trituro,1  r. 
excutio,3  cussi,  sum 
asporto,1  r. 
exculco,1  r. 


extero,3  trivi,  turn 
aveho,3  xi,  ctum 
iacto,1  r. 
difflo,1  r. 

diripio, 3  pui,  reptum 
discerno, 3  crevi,  turn 
recido,3  di,  casum 
committo,3  si,  ssum 
f odio, 3  di,  ssum 
tero,3  trivi,  turn 
spargo,3  si,  sum 
caedo,3  caecidi,  sum 
insero,3  rui,  rtum 
inculco,1  r. 
germino,1  r. 


pullulo,1  r. 
aligo,1  r. 
oppleo,2  vi,  turn 
apparo,1  r. 
digero,3  gessi,  stum 


Adverbia 

nonnunquam 
ilias,  unde 
recte,  rite 
aliquando 
iterum 
ilias,  secus 
deinceps 


496 


III. 


/V/» 


>/&fty 


g*fff 


1 


6£N  WCAMRWM 


"■"      — -     ~i-    "-    >«-     ~"  -  ' "r-     wr  .»»      IV     W  -  V 

«•  «  *  *>■*  <&  *  -*  4$  «£  ^ 
«•  *•  4$  «.'^  '*>  *  %  &  **• 


PR>EDIVM. 


Jl  VNDI  cuiusque  prasdii  plerumque  dividi  solent  in  viltam,1  sive 
colonicam,  cum  hortulo  cohorteque,  sedes  videlicet  famfliae  rustics, 
turn  hortum  olerarium,  dein  pomarium,  ac  demum  in  agros  et  pascua. 

T)omniprazdius2  noster  universim  centum  et  sexaginta  iugera  pos- 
sidet,  quorum  pars  sylvestris  est,  ne  lignum  ac  materies  ei  unquam  de- 
f iciant ;  pars  est  pascuum  ad  alendum  pecus ;  pars  pratiim,  ad  foenum 
gignendum,  pars  ager  frumentarius;  denique  pars  est  hortus  oletdriusl 
atque  pomarium. 

Horto  olerario,  quaternorum  iugerum,  hortuldnus3  praeest,  cui  ter- 

1.  I.,  a  gentleman's  country-residence;  II-,  dimin.  of  hortus,  here  in  the  meaning 
of  a  small  flower-garden,  in  front  of  the  house;  same  as  cors,  lis,  a  barn-yard;  -es,  W 
f.,  pi.  a  family-seat;  -us,  a,  urn,  adj.  of  olm,  eris,  n.,  vegetables,  a  veg.  garden;  -urn,  i, 
an  orchard;  -cuum,  i,  grazing  lands. 

2.  II.,  a  landlord;  adv.,  in  all;  iugerum,  i,  an  acre;  -deo?  sedi,  sessum,  to  own,  to 
hold;  -iris,  e,  timberland,  woody;  both  1.,  and  V.,  lumber;  -ficio*  feci,  fectum,  govern- 
both  Dat.  et  Ac,  to  be  deficient,  to  lack;  -urn,  i,  a  meadow;  -gno?  genui,  Hum,  to  be- 
get, to  produce;  -«s,  u,  urn,  grain-bearing.  —  Pomum,  i,  all  fruits  grown  on  trees. 

'  3.  II.,  a  gardner;  -or,  is,  m.,  a  vegetable  gardner;  II  ,  a  hired  man;  -tia9<z9  a  need; 
-men,  inis,  n.,  fr.,  -lego*  gi,  ctum,  to  pick,  to  gather,    vegetable  of  any  kind;  IV.,  fruit; 


497 

ni  olitores  totidemque  mercendrii  subsunt,  quorum  est  non  modo  indi- 
gents famfliae  oleribus,  leguminibus  atque  fructibus  satisfdcere,  sed  et 
uberrimas  quam  possint  fruges  procredre,  ut  etiam  ad  vendendum  affa- 
tim  supersit.  Hortus  itaque  in  quaterna  quadra  divisus  est,  quorum  in 
medio  pergula  stat,  ad  quam  quatuor  trdmites  ex  angulis  convergunt.  — 
Omne  reliquum  spatium  in  areolas  sedum*  est,  semitis  extritis  divisas. 
—  Nulli  labori  nee  sumptibus  parcitur,  ut  ubertati  consulatur.  Autumno 
e  sterquilinio,  pone  stabula,  plurimas  vehes  fimi  in  hortum  et  in  agros 
convectant,  atque  dispergunt,  sataautem,  postquam  germinaverunt,  ac, 
dum  adolescunt,  canaliculis  e  rivulo  ductis,  rigant  et  humectant,  in 
extremis  autem  angulis  horti  hdmulis  palanga  supportatis  f&cundant 
atque  IxMficant  aqua  salubri  foetus  frugum  teneros. 

Par  diligentia  cernitur  in  dntibus  etporcis  sedulo  pastinatis,  runcd- 
tis  omnique  herba  expurgatis.  Lycopersica  iam  rubentia,  fabce,  phaseoli, 
pisa,  cicercula,  in  areolis  iam  tumentes  agunt  siliquas,  suntque  singula, 
qu^  eo  egent,  adminiculis  atque  ridicis  deligata.  Iuxta,  in  alia  areola, 
c&pullce  thallis  celsis  et  erectis  virent,  item  porri  et  dllia.  Turn  dpium, 
pastindca,  petroselinum,  carotce,  radicular,  armordcia,  rdphani,  rapcB, 
quaeque  suo  genere  veget  virore  acri,  alia  prdsino,  glauco  colore  alia. 

satis  4.  facio,  \  do  enough;  uber,  is,  plentiful;  fruges,  urn,  produce  of  the  land;  -creo* 
r.,  pro  +  creo,  to  produce.  —  Quadrum,  i%  a  square;  I.,  a  wooden  structure,  to  sit  in; 
also  called  philagoria,  Greek,  love  of  launging,  a  gathering  or  launging  place;  -mes,  itis, 
m.,  a  road;  -go*  to  drift  toward  a  common  center. 

4.  Seco,1  cui%  sectum,  to  carve,  to  slice,  to  cut;  -ro,3  trivi,  tritutn,  to  stamp  out  with 
the  feet.  —  -co?  peperci,  parcitum,  no  labor  and  expense  are  stinted;  -tas,  Us, 
abundance;  to  provide;  -wm,  ii,  dung-pit;  ~es,  is,  f.,  a  load;  II.,  a  manure;  -go?  si,  sum, 
to  scatter;  satum,  i,  usually  pi.,  -ta,  orum,  what  is  sown;  -no,*  r.,  to  sprout;  -scoplevi, 
ultum,  to  grow  up;  II.,  wooden,  or  other  canal,  ditch;  hama,  ce,  dimin.,  a  bucket;  I., 
(origin.  Gr.  phalangce,  arum,  but  a  very  ancient  Roman  word  in  the  above  form) ,  a 
pole,  carried  on  the  shoulders,  across  the  neck,  with  buckets  of  water;  -do,1  r.,  to  make 
fruitful,  fertile;  -co,1  r.,  to  make  joyful,  to  fertilize;  IV.,  the  offspring  of  animals  and 
plants;  -bris,  e,  (-ber,  bris,  bret  rare,  health-giving,  wholesome);  -er,  a,  urn,  tender 

4.  Antes,  ium,  m.,  pi.,  rows,  of  plants,  other  things:  I.,  the  ridges  of  earth  between 
the  furrows;  -no*  r.,  to  hoe;  -co?  r.,  to  weed  with  a  hoe.  — -cum,  if  the  botanical  name 
of  the  tomato;  I.,  a  bean;  -olus,  or,  -selus,  i}  a  string-bean;  -urn,  i,  a  pea;  cicer,  is,  n., 
its  pi.  is  in  dim.  from  cicercula,  orum,  but  this  form  went  over  into  cicercula,  m,  and  this 


498 

Item  caules,5  uti  brdssica,  cramhe,  botrytis,  hisque  proximi  lentes,  lactu- 
cce,  cdpsica  (piper),  vicia,  luptni,  intybi,  vegetis  foliis,  magnaque  sua 
varietate  olitores,  dominumque  horti  delectant.  Adde  his,  diversa  in 
parte  horti  asparagos  turn  late  serpentes  vites  cucurnerurn,  genera  cu- 
curbitdrum,  uti  pepones,  tnelones,  citrtilbs. 

Via  ex  horto  in  pomarium  bifariam  secat  agrum,  cuius  lseva  pars, 
circiter  bina  iugera  solanorum6  est,  altera,  ad  dextrum,  %ece,  quae  fruges 
inter  alimenta  hominum  atque  pecorum  haud  ulli  cedit  locum. 

Hinc  iam  in  pomarium  itur,7  quod  maceria  est  septum.  Ad  dextrum 

has  become  the  regular  literary  form,  a  yellowish  pea,  the  chick-pea,  hence  the  name  of 
the  family  of  the  Cicero-s,  possibly  because  they  may  have  been  cultivating,  or  more  suc- 
cessfully than  others;  -meo,2  ui,  to  swell;  I.,  a  pod;  -urn,  i,  a  stake,  support;  I.,  a  stake. 
—  Capa,  a,  dimin.  ccepulla,  ce,  an  onion  (whence  German  Zwiebel);  II.,  the  stalk  of 
the  C£pa;  II.,  and  -urn,  i,  a  leek;  -urn,  ii,  a  garlic.  —  Apium,  ii,  a  celery  (also  a  species 
of  parsley);  I.,  a  parsnip;  -um,  i,  a  rock-parsley;  I.,  a  carrot;  I.,  the  small  red  or  white 
radishes;  I.,  a  horse-radish;  II.,  a  radish;  -um,  i,  and  I.,  a  turnip,  a  rape,  -^o,2to  thrive; 
-us,  a,  um,  dark  green. 

5.  Caulis,  is,  (colis,  coles),  m.,  a  stalk  of  a  plant;  extended  to  the  plants  having 
such  stalks,  whence  the  German  Kohle,  English  cole;  I.,  a  cabbage;  -be,  es,  f.,  a  variety 
of  cabbage;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  cauliflower;  lens,  lis,  f.,  a  lentil;  I.,  a  lettuce;  II.,  the  red  pep- 
per, which,  as  such,  is  called  piper,  is,  n.,  but  its  botanical  name,  as  a  garden- vegetable, 
is  capsicum,  i;  L,  a  wetch;  II.,  a  lupin;  II.,  an  endive;  -us,  a,  um,  thriving;  -um,  ii,  a 
leaf.  —  II.,  asparagus;  -po,3  psi,  ptum,  to  creep;  -is,  is,  f.,  a  vine;  -er,  is,  or  -is,  eris, 
m.,  a  cucumber;  I.,  a  gourd,  a  general  name  of  the  family  of  these  creepers,  to  which 
pepo,  peponis  (mark  the  accent),  m.,  a  pumpkin,  squash,  cucurbita,  in  particular,  m'clo* 
onis,  m  ,  and  melopepo,  and,  finally,  citrullus,  i,  m-,  the  botanical  name  of  water-melon, 
belong. 

6.  um,  i,  originally  the  name  of  a  creeping  plant,  but  with  the  adj.  tuberosum  added 
Linnaeus  so  calls  the  potato;  so  %ea,  ce,  a  Greek  word  is  employed  to  denote  the  plant, 
known  as  Indian  corn,  or,  mais,  zea  mais. 

7.  Uur,  eo,  ire,  impersonally  "one  goes;"  I.,  also  -es,  ei,  f.,  a  wall,  around  gardens, 
buildings;  piot  ivi,  ii,  ptum,  to  fence  in.  —  Seminarium,  iiy  a  seed-house,  a  tree- nurs- 
ery; plantarium,  ii,  a  glass-house,  for  vegetable  plants;  -sis,  is,  f .,  a  heating  from  under, 
a  furnace;  dus,  a,  um,  warm,  heated  —  Pullus,  a,  um,  black;  II.,  a  shoot;  -io,  vis, 
a  scion,  a  cutting,  switch,  for  transplanting.  —  Ablaqueo,1  r  ,  to  mulch  a  tree;  to  trim 
II.,  a  stem  of  a  tree;  I.,  the  crown  of  a  tree;  -us,  a,  um,  tottering;  -us,  a,  um,  worm- 
eaten.  II.,  an  apple  tree,  all  -us,  i,  tree  names  are  f  ,  -us,  a,  um,  fr.  insero,3  ui,  situm, 
satutn,  4  o  ingraft,  grafted;  II.,    a   pear   tree;  II.,  a  plum   tree;  II-,  a  peach   tree;  I,   an 


499 

et  lsevum  ab  ingressu,  loco  aprico,  semtnarium  atque  plantdrium  fiunt 
obviam  intranti.  Plantarium  hoc  tempore  algidiori  hvpocdusi,  gratia  te- 
neriorum  atque  exoticarum  plantularum,  florum,  bulborum,  tuberorum, 
contra  inclementiam  frigorum,  formidum  servatur,  alteram,  in  horto, 
non  item.  Idem  fit  in  seminario,  ubi  semina  in  pulla  humo  seruntur 
arborum  fructiferarum,  item  surculizc  turiones,  qui  quum  convaluerunt, 
uti  ex  plantario,  alias  transplantantur.  —  Longi  arborum  ordines  in 
pomario  iucundum  prasbent  aspectum.  Omnes  enim  ac  singulae  arbo- 
res  pomfferae  magna  cura  ablaquedtw,  putdtce,  truncis  mundis,  amis  in- 
tegrae,  nulla?  caducce  aut  cariosce,  laeto  gramine  incinctas,  ubertate  foe- 
tus gaudent.  Longe  maior  earum  pars  mali  sunt,  plurium  generum, 
aliquae  insitce,  turn  sunt  pin,  pruni,  persici,  armeniacce,  sorbi,  mori, 
iuglandes,  amygdali,  cerasi,  castdnece,  mespili. 

Propter  caritdtem8  annonae,  homo  nulla  pars  agrorum  restibilis  re- 
licta  est,  quin  et  aliquantum  novellatum  est,  et  vervacta  proscissa,  ut 
tanto  uberiores  sementes  fierent.  Saturn  autem  erat  prassertim  triti- 
cum  atque  siligo,  aliquantum  secdlis,  plus  hdrdei  atque  avena;  dein, 
pars  agrorum  consita  est  milio  eifagopyro,  postremo,  propius  ad  rivu- 
lum,  in  iumentorum  pabulum  sata  sunt  foenum  Graecum,  cytisum, 
praesertim  autem  medico, ,  zc,  demum,  in  usus  domesticos,  linum  atque 
cannabis. 

Recensio.  —  Qui  solent  fundi  praediorum  dividi?  —  Quot  iugera 
possidet  domnipraedius  noster?  —  Praeter  frumentarios  agros  quid  ha- 
bet?  —  Horti  curam  quis  gerit?  —  Quemadmodum  est  hortus  divisus? 

apricot  tree;  II.,  a  sorbe  tree;  II.,  a  mulberry  tree;  -glans,dis,  f.f  a  walnut  tree;  II.,  an 
almond  tree;  II.,  a  cherry  tree;  I.,  a  chestnut  tree;  II  ,  a  medlar  tree;  where  the  tree  is 
II.,  f,  tree  fruit  is  -um,  i. 

8.  4as,  Us,  dearth;  I.,  provisions,  supply  of  grains;  adv.,  this  year;  -is,  ey  lying 
Idle; -to,1  r.,  to  break  up  new  land.  —  Siligo,  inis,  f.,  the  lighter,  or  yellow-colored 
wheat,  winter  wheat,  of  much  value;  -leg  is,  n.,  the  rye,  not  much  known  in  Italy,  no 
writer  of  husbandry  mentions  it,  only  Plinius;  -urn,  i,  barley;  I.,  oats;  ro*  sevi,  situm, 
latum,  to  sow,  to  plant  with  something;  -urn,  ii,  millet,  much  used  for  food  of  man  and 
beast;  urn,  i,  the  botanical  name  of  buck-wheat;  -um,  i,  fenu  Greek;  Cytisum,  i,  or, 
•us,  i>f,  a  shrubby  variety  of  clover,  much  valued;  I,  the  clover,  the  chief  fodder, 
originally  from  Media,  hence  its  name,  hence,  mi  -  dica;  -um,  i,  flax;  -is,  is,  f.,  hemp. 


500 

Quomodo  irrigatur  hortus?  —  Quae  genera  olerum  ac  leguminum  na- 
scuntur  in  horto?  —  Quidnam  sunt  adminicula  et  ridicae?  .—  Hortum 
inter  et  pomarium  qui  agri  sunt?— Ubi  et  quid  est  maceria?— Ad  dex- 
trum  et  laevum  intranti  quaenam  res  iacent?— quo  proposito?  —  Qu# 
pomiferae  arbores  virent  et  vegent  in  isto  pomario?  Ob  quam  causam 
subegerunt  omnes  partes  agrorum  ad  fructificandum  in  isthoc  praedio? 
—  Enumera  sis  genera  f rumentorum  quae  hie  coluntur !  —  Memora  ge- 
nera pabulorum.  —  Et  praeterea  quid? 


VOCABVLARIVM    36. 


Nna.  Subst. 

fundus,  i 
praedium,  ii 
villa,  ae| 
hortulus,  i 
cohors,  tis,  f. 
sedes,  ium,  f. 
pomarium,  ii 
ager,  gri,  m. 
pascuum,  i 
domniprasdius,  ii 
iugerum,  i 
lignum,  i 
materies,  ei,  f. 
pratum,  i 
hortulanus,  i 
olitor,  is,  m. 
mercenarius,  ii 
olus,  eris,  n. 
indigentia,  ae 
jegumen,  inis,  n. 
fructus,  us,  m. 
fruges,  um,  f. 
quadrum,  i 
pergula,  ae 
trames,  itis,  m. 


spftium,  ii 
sumptus,  us,  m. 
ubertas,  tatis,  f. 
sterquilinium,  ii 
vehes,  is,  f . 
fimus,  i 
canaliculus,  i 
hamula,  as 
palanga,  as 
foetus,  us,  m. 
antes,  ium,  f. 
porca,  as 
lycopersicum,  i 
faba,  as 
phaseolus,  i 
pisum,  i 
cicerculum,  i 
siliqua,  ae 
adminiculum,  i 
ridica,  ae 
caspulla,  ae 
thallus,  i 
porrus,  i 
Allium,  ii 
a*pium,  ii 
pastina'ca,  ae 
petroselinum,  i 


carota,  as 
radicula,  as 
armoracia,  as 
r^phanus,  i 
rapum,  i  (-pa,  as) 
viror,  is,  m. 
caulis,  is,  f. 
brassica,  as 
crambe,  es,  f . 
botrytis,  is,  f. 
lens,  tis,  f. 
lactuca,  as 
capsicum,  i 
piper,  is,  n. 
vicia,  ae 
lupinus,  i 
intybus,  i 
varietas,  tatis,  f. 
asparagus,  i 
vitis,  is,  f. 
cucumis,  eris,  m. 
cucurbita,  as 
pepo,  onis,  m. 
melo,  6nis,  m. 
citrullus,  i 
solanum,  i 
zea,  as 


alimentum,  i 
maceVia,  as 
ingressus,  us 
seminirium,  ii 
plantarium,  ii 
hypocausis,|  is,  f. 
flos,  floris,  m. 
bulbus,  i 
tuber,  b,  n. 
inclementia,  ae 
frig  us,  oris,  n. 
surculus,  i 
turio,  nis,  f. 
truncus,  i 
coma,  as 
malus,  i,  f. 
pirus,  i,  f , 
prunus,  i,  f. 
persica,  as 
armenica,  as 
sorbus,  i,  f. 
morus,  i,  f. 
iuglans,  dis,  f. 
amygdalus,  i,  f. 
cerasus,  i,  f. 
castanea,  as 
mespilus,  i,  f. 


SOI 


caritas,  tatis,  f. 
annona,  x 
triticum,  i 
siligo,  inis,  f. 
secale,  is,  n. 
hordeum,  i 
av£na,  x 
milium,  ii 
fagopyrum,  i 
cytisum,  i 
m£dica,  x 
linum,  i 
cannabis,  is,  f. 

Nna  Adi. 

sylvestris,  e 
uber,  is 
salubris,  e 
tener,  a,  um 
par,  is 
acer,  cris,  e 
prasinus,  a,  um 
vegetus,  a,  um 
di versus,  a,  um 
laevus,  a,  um 
apricus,  a,  um 
algidus.  a,  um 
ex6ticus,  a,  um 
formidus,  a,  um 
pull  us,  a,  um 
fructifer,  a,  um 
iucundus,  a,  um 
pomifer,  a,  um 
mundus,  a,  um 
caducus,  a,  um 


canosus,  a,  um 
laetus,  a,  um 
restibilis,  e 
aliquantus,  a,  um 

Verba 

possideo,2  sedi,  ssum 
deficio,3  feci,  fectum 
alo,3  ui,  itum  (altum) 
gigno,3  genui,  itum 
subsum,  esse,  fui 
safisfa'cio,3  feci,  factum 
procreo,1  r. 
supersum,  esse,  fui 
convergo, 3 
occo, '  sui,  ctum, 
parco,3  peperci,  parsum 
p^rcitum 
convecto,1  r. 
dispergo, 3  si,  sum 
germ  i  no,1  r. 
adolesco,3  levi,  ultum 
rigo,1  r. 
humecto,1  r. 
supporto,1  r. 
foecundo,1  r. 
laetifico,1  r. 
cerno,3  crevi,  turn 
pastino,1  r. 
runco,1  r. 
expurgo,1  r. 
rubeo,2 
tumeo,2 
egeo,2  ui 
deligo,1  r. 


vigeo,2 
vegeo  2 
delecto,1  r. 
serpo,3  psi,  ptum 
cedo,3  cessi,  ssum 
sepio,4  ivi,  septum 
convalesce3  ui 
transplant^,1  r. 
prasbeo,2  ui,  itum 
ablaqueo,1  r. 
puto,1  r. 

gaudeo,2  visus  sum 
inserot3  sevi,  situm 
novello,1  r. 
consero,3  sevi,  situm 


satum 


sero,3  sevi,  satum 

Adverbia 

demum 

universim 

unquam 

a'ffatim 

s£duIo 

late,  bifariam 

circiter,  hinc 

6bviam,  ilias 

longe,  horno 

postremo 

propius 

praesertim 

Prxpositiones 

pone  contra 
propter 


502 

EXERCITATIONES  LEGENDI. 

190.  Quid  geris,1  extremis  positus  telluris  in  oris 
Cultor  arenarum  vates?  cui  littus  arandum, 
Oceani  finem  iuxta,  Solemque  cadentem: 
Vilis  arundineis  cohibet  quem  pergula  tectis, 
Et  tingit  piceo  lacrymosa  cobnica  fumo. 

Decius  Magnus  Ausonius,  Ep.  4,  7. 

1.  Quidnam  agis,  mi  Theo,  amice,  collocatus  in  dissitissimis  finibus  terras,  tu  poeta, 
agricola,  terra?  sabulosae?  qui  in  Occidente,  oras  maris  arare  debes;  quem  casula  misella, 
arundinibus  tecta  continet,  et  quem  domuncula  rustica,  sine  fumario  (camino),  plena 
fumo,  lacrymas  cogente,  qui  fumus  te  atro  colore  tingit,  inficit  tibi  vultum. 

191.  Pecudibus  fient  stabuia,  qu<e  neque  frigore,  neque  calore  in- 
festentur.  Domitis1  armentis  duplfcia  bubilia  sint,  hiberna  atque  aesti- 
va.  Caeteris  autem  pecoribus,  quae  intra  villain  esse  convenit,  ex  parte 
tecta  loca,  ex  parte  sub  dio  parietibus  altis  circumsepta,  ut  illic  per 
hyemem,  hie  per  aestatem  sine  violentia  ferarum  conquisecant.  —  Lata 
bubilia  esse  oportebit  pedes  decern  vel  minime  novem,  quse  mensura 
et  ad  procumbendum  pecori,  et  iugario2  ad  circumeundum  laxa  mini- 
steria  praebeat.  Non  altius  edita  esse  praesepia  convenit,3  quam  ut  bos, 
aut  iumentum  sine  incommodo  stans  vesci  possit.  Villico,4  iuxta  ianu- 
am  fiat  habitatio,  ut  intrantium  exeuntiumque  conspectum  habeat. 
Procuratori  supra  ianuam  ob  easdem  causas;  et  is  tamen  villicum  ob- 
servet  ex  vicino,  sitque  utrique  proximum  horreum  quo  conferatur 
omne  rusticum  instrumentum. 

Pars  autem  fructuaria  dividitur  in  cellam  oleariam,5   torculariam 


1.  Domo*  ui,  Hum,  to  break  in,  to  tame;  bubile,  isy  n.,  a  stable  for  cattle.    —  Sub 
diot  under  the  open  sky. 

2.  -us,  i,  =  bubulcus,  a  stablehand  for  cattle,  one  who  yokes  oxen. 

3.  Convenit,  impers.,  it  behooves. 

4.  us,  /,  the  farmer  of  a  villa,  whereas  the  procurator  is  the  representative  of  the 
owner,  the  superintendent  of  the  place, 

5.  Olearius,  a,  urn,  relating  to  oil,  olive  fruit  and  oil,  an  important  matter  in  Italy 


503 

cellam  vinariam,  defrutariam,  foenilia,  paleariaque,  et  apothecas,  et 
horrea,  ut  ex  iis,  quae  sunt  in  piano,  custodiam  recipiant  humidarum 
rerum,  tamquam  vini  aut  olei,  venalium.  Siccae  autem  res  congerantur 
tabulatis,6  ut  frumentum,  foenum,  frondes,  paleae,  caeteraque  pabula. 
Sed  granaria  —  scalis7  adeantur,  et  modicis  fenestellis  aquilonibus  in- 
spirentur.  —  Sterquilinia  quoque  duo  sint:  unum,  quod  nova  purga- 
menta  recipiat,  et  in  annum  conservet;  alterum,  ex  quo  vetera  vehan- 
tur.  —  Area,  si  competit,  ita  constituenda  est,  ut  vel  a  domino,  vel 
certe  a  procuratore,  despici  possit.  Eaque  optima  est  silice8  constrata, 
quod  et  celeriter  frumenta  deteruntur,  non  cedente  solo  pulsibus  un- 
gularum,  tribularumque,  et  eadem  eventilata  mundiora  sunt,  lapillis- 
que  carent,  et  glebulis,  quab  per  trituram  fere  terrena  remittit  area.  — 
Pomaria  quoque  et  hortos  oportet  septo9  circumdari,  et  esse  in  pro- 
pinquo,  atque  in  ea  parte,  qua  possit  omnis  stercorata10  colluvies  cor- 
tis,  balineorumque,  et  oleis  expressa  amurcae  sanies  influere;  nam 
eiusmodi  quoque  lastatur  alimentis  et  olus,  et  arbor. 

L.  Iunius  Moderatus  Columella,  De  Re  Rustica  Lib.  I.,  6. 

and  Spain,  Columella  having  been  an  Hispanian  Roman;  torcular,  is,  n.,  a  press,  for  oil, 
wine  any  purpose;  cella  vinaria,  a  wine  cellar;  defruto*  r.,  do  boil  down  must  (wine 
before  fermentation)  to  one  half,  or  one  third,  the  place  where  this  is  done;  the  place  for 
chafT;  I.,  a  storehouse;  vendlis,  e,  for  sale. 

6.  -turn,  i,  the  upper  stories;  from,  dis,  f.,  boughs  of  trees,  which  the  Romans   fed 

to  cattle. 

7.  L  a  ladder,  stairs,  so  they  should  be  in  the  loft,  not  easily  accessible,  and  exposed 

to  ventilation. 

8.  Siiex,  ids,  m.,  properly,  a  flint;  then,  any  hard  stone,  upon  which  the  grain  is 
easily  stripped  of  its  husk;  the  ground  not  yielding  to  the  blows  of  the  hoofs,  or  the 
flails  (Columella  using  tribute,  ce,  for  tribulum,  i). 

9.  -urn,  i,  a  fence,  which  was  usually  a  stone  wall,  or  stones  piled  up. 

10.  Stercus,  oris,  n.,  dung,  Part.  Prat.,  -vies,  ei,  f.,  V.,  a  swilly  liquid  flowing 
from  a  cesspool,  filth;  balneum,  i,  or,  balineum,  i,  a  bath:  I  ,  the  dregs  of  olives;  -es,  ei, 
f,,  properly,  "matter,"  corrupt  blood,  pus,  here  the  oily  water,  oosing  from  the  presses 
of  olives:  Icetor,1  atus  sum,  to  rejoice,  to  enjoy,  good  as  fertilizer. 

192.  In  segetibus  frumentum  (est),  quod  culmen  extulit.  Spica  ea 
quae  mutilata  non  est,  in  hordeo  et  tritico,  tria  habet  continentia,  gra- 


504 

num,  glumam,  aristam;  et  etiam  primitus  spica  quum  oritur,  vagmam. 
Granum  dictum,  quod  est  intimum  solidum.  Gluma,  qui  est  foHiculus 
eius,  ^Arista,  qua*  ut  acus  tenuis  longa  eminet  e  gluma.  Proinde,  ut 
grani  theca  sit  gluma,  et  apex  arista.  —  Illud  autem  summa  in  spica 
iam  matura,  quod  est  minus  quam  granum,  vocatur  frit,  quod  in  infi- 
ma  spica,  ad  culmum  stramenti  summum,  item  minus  quam  granum 
est,  appellatur  urruncum. 

Marcus  Terentius  Varro,  De  Agriculture,  Lib.  I.,  48. 

193.  Prima  et  utilissima  sunt  hominibus  frumenta,  triticutn,  et  se- 
men1 adoreum.  Tritici  genera  complura  cognovimus,  verum  ex  his 
maxime  serendum  est,  quod  robus2  dicitur:  quoniam  et  pondere,  et 
nitore  prasstet.  Secunda  conditio  est  habenda  siliginis,  cuius  species 
in  pane  praecipua  pondere  deficitur.3  Tertium  erit  trimestre*  cuius  usus 
agricolis  gratissimus.  Nam  ubi  propter  aquas,  aliamve  causam  matura 
satio  est  omissa,  presidium  ab  hoc  petitur.  Idgenus  est  silfginis.  Reli- 
quas  tritici  species,  nisi  si  quos  multiplex  varietas  frugum,  et  inanis 
delectat  gloria,  supervacuae5  sunt.  Adorei6  autem  plerumque  vidimus 


1.  By  Semen,  fr.  sero^  sevi,  satum,  not  seed  alone  is  meant,  but  anything  sown, 
i   e-,  grain. 

2.  Robus  (an  old  form,  like  arbos,  honosAox  arbor,  honor),  for  robur,  oris,  n.,  the 
oak-tiee,  transferred,  strength,  power,  the  flower,  the  best,  the  kernel,  of  anything;  here 
a  very  hard  variety  of  wheat;  mark  the  Coniunctivus  prcestet  against  the  precepts  of  our 
grammarians. 

3.  Deficio^  feci,  fectum,  to  be  lacking,  originally  used  in  passive  form,  "the  ab- 
sence of  which  is  noticeable  in  bread  by  the  absence  of  weight." 

4.  Trimestris,  e,  (tres  menses)  the  variety  of  wheat,  which  when  sown,  will  ripen 
in  the  ground  within  three  months- 

5.  -us,  a,  urn;  vacuus,  a,  urn,  empty,  over  empty,  useless,  unnecessary,  super- 
vacaneum. 

6.  Ador  (both,  adoris  and  adoris  are  used),  oris,  n.,  adj.,  -eus,  a,  urn,  as  is  stated 
i.i  :he  first  sentence,  triticutn  et  semen  adoreum,  and  under  this  head  the  author  enumer- 
ates four  species:  tht  far  Clusinum,  the  far  vennuculum  of  two  kinds,  reddish  and  white 
and  the  trimestret  or  alicastrum.  Now  ador  is  nothing  else  than  spelta,  a  cereal  well- 
known  in  Central  Europe.  It  resembles  wheat,  but  more  pointed,  not  split,  some  reddish, 


505 

in  usu  genera  quatuor.  Far,  quod  appellator  Clusinum,  candoris  nitidi. 
Far,  quod  vocatur  vennucalum1  rutilum,  atque  alterum,  candidum,  sed 
utrumque  maioris  ponderis,  quam  Clusinum.  Semen  trimestre,  quod 
vocatur  alicastrum*  idque  pondere  et  bonitate  est  praecipuum.  —  Tri- 
ticum  autem  sicco  loco  melius  coalescit.  Adoreum  minus  infestatur 
humore. 

L.  Iunii  Moderati  Columella,  De  Re  Rustica,  Lib.  II.,  6. 

some  whitish,  its  flour  is  always  mixed  either  with  wheat- flour,  or  with  rye-flour.  Both 
are  "triticum,"  so  \sfar  (f arris,  n. ),  and  this  is  the  oldest  known  to  the  Romans,  whence 
farina,  ce,  flour.  Both  were  used  popped,  or  roasted,  and  offered  in  sacrifices,  and  both, 
or  either  of  them  is  meant  by  the  terms  "triticum,"  while  "frumentum,"  or  "Cerealia," 
embrace  also  rye,  barley  and  oats. 

7.  What  the  word  means,  neither  the  Romans  seemed  to  understand,  nor  modern 
interpreters;  for,  while  it  is  vennulum  (far)  and  vennucula  uva,  to  Columella,  to  Hora- 
tius  Flaccus  it  is  venucula  (uva,  to  be  preserved  in  jars),  while  to  Plinius  it  is  venicula; 
the  first  apparently  means  hardy.  Clusium  was  the  famous  capital  of  Etruria,  or  Tuscia, 
whose  king  was  Porsenna,  celebrated  in  Roman  history. 

8.  Alica,  x,  is  the  old  name  of  spelta,  fr.  alo,3  ui,  Hum,  altum,  meaning  both,  the 
grain,  and  the  grits  therefrom,  which  was  later  Hellenized  into  dlix\  the  rest  of  the  word, 
—  aster \  tra,  um,  Wktformaster,  pinaster ;  magister,  minister,  a  formative  particle. 

194.  Secale  Taurini1  sub  Alpibus  Asiarn  vocant,  deterrimum,  sed 
tantum  ad  arcendam  famem;  foecunda,  sed  gracili  stipula,  nigritia 
triste,  pondere  praecipuum.  Admiscetur  huic  far,  ut  mitiget  amaritudi- 
nem2  eius,  et  tamen  sic  quoque  ingratissimum  ventri  est.  Nascitur 
qualicunque  solo  cum  centesimo3  grano,  ipsumque  pro  laetamine  est. 

C.  Plinius  Secundus,  Major,  Hist.  Nat.  18,  40,  141. 

1.  Turin,  Italy.  Stipula  here  the  stalk,  straw;  nigritia,  ce,  blackness,  he  means  its 
flour,  for  the  biead  made  of  pure  rye  alone,  is,  indeed,  quite  black,  moist,  sticky,  still 
not  coherent,  like  mud,  heavy;  pondere  praecipuum,  =  its  weight  is  its  chief  importance; 
but  also  its  grain,  as  contrasted  with  siligo,  is  certainly  "triste." 

2.  -tudo,  inis,  f.,  bitternes;  ingratum  ventri,  not  welcome  to  the  belly,  and  is  being 
used  for  bread  "ad  arcendam  famem, "  only  to  ward  away  hunger.  Rye,  however,  is  not 
quite  as  bad,  neither   is  it   so   very   bitter;  its  bitterness  is  agreeable,    and  on  the  whole, 


506 

while  pure  rye  bread  does  look  "tristis,"  mud-like,  crumbles  to  pieces,  it  will  not  easily 
dry,  stale,  light,  straw-like,  as  wheaten  bread  is  known  to  become,  it  is  very  palatable, 
pleasant,  and  nutritious,  it  better  satisfies  a  hungry  stomach  than  any  other  kind  of 
bread. 

3.  Should  be  centuplici,  a  hundredfold;  but,  of  course,  not  everywhere;  -men,  inis* 
n.,  in  this  sense,  a  fertilizer,  but  a  very  expensive  one-  Rye  is  a  great  blessing  wherever 
cultivated:  it  highly  improves  wheaten  bread,  it  is  a  substantial  food  in  itself,  its  straw 
can  be  fed  to  cattle. 

195.  Messis  proprio  nomine  dicitur  in  iis,  quae  metimus,  maxime 
in  frumento,  et  ab  eo  esse  vocabulo  declinata.1  Frumenti  tria  genera 
sunt  messionis:  unum,  ut  in  Umbria,  ubi  falce  secundum2  terram  suc- 
cidunt  stramentum,  et  manipulum,  ut  quemque  subsecuerunt,  ponunt 
in  terra.  Ubi  eos  fecerunt  multos,  iterum  eos  percensent,3  ac  de  sin- 
gulis secant  inter  spicas  et  stramentum,4  spicas  coniiciunt  in  corbem, 
atque  in  aream  mittunt,  stramenta  relinquunt  in  segete,5  unde  tollun- 
tur  in  acervum.  Altero  modo  metunt,  ut  in  Piceno,  ubi  ligneum  ha- 
bent  incurvum  batillum,6  in  quo  sit  extremo  serrula  ferrea.  Haec  quum 
comprehendit  fascem  spicarum  desecat,  et  stramenta  stantia  in  segete 
relinquit,  ut  postea  subsecentur.  Tertio  modo  metitur,  ut  sub  urbe 
Roma,  et  locis  plerisque,  ut  stramentum  medium  subsecent,  quod  ma- 
nu  sinistra  summum  prehendunt,  a  quo  medio  messem  dictam  puto. 
Infra  manum  stramentum,  quod  terrae  haeret,  postea  subsecatur.  Con- 
tra, quod  cum  spica  stramentum  haeret,  corbibus  in  aream  defertur. 


1.  Derivata. 

2-  Closely  to  the  ground. 

3.  Go  over  it  again. 

4.  At  the  base  of  the  ear;  throw  the  ears  into  the  basket. 

5.  Leave  in  the  field;  a  pile- 

6  'Batillus,  or  batillum,  seems  to  have  been  a  tool,  of  which  is  nothing  known  to- 
day the  same  as'the  next  following.  It  appears  to  have  been  a  kind  of  wooden  fork,  of 
two' prongs  bent  upward  at  its  end,  while  at  the  end  of  the  slit  there  was  a  little  saw.  A 
whole  bunch  of  the  wheat-ears  was  caught  in  the  slit,  sawed  off  with  the  movable  saw, 
the  ears  dropping  into  a  basket,  while  the  straw  has  remained  standing  in  the  field,  ater 
to  be  mowed  down. 


507 

Ubi  discedit  in  aperto  loco  palam,  a  quo  potest  nominata  esse  paleaJ 
Alii  stramentum  a  stando,  ut  stamen  dictum  putant.  Alii  ab  stratu,  quod 
id  substernatur  pecori.  Quum  est  matura  seges,  metendum,  quum  in  ea 
iugerum  fere  una  opera  propemodum  in  facili  agro  satis  esse  dicatur. 
Messas  spicas  corbibus  in  aream  deferre  debent. 

E  spicis  in  aream  excuti  grana;8  quod  fit  apud  alios  iumentis  iun- 
ctis,  ac  tribulo.  Id9  fit  e  tabula  lapidibus,  aut  ferro  asperata,  quo  im- 
posito  auriga,  aut  pondere  grandi  trahitur  iumentis  iunctis,  ut  discutiat 
e  spica  grana ;  aut  ex  asseribus  dentatis  cum  orbiculis,  quod  vocant 
pbstellum  P&nicurn.10  In  eo  quis  sedeat  atque  agitet,  quae  trahant  iu- 
menta,  ut  in  Hispania  Citeriori,  et  aliis  locis  faciunt.  Apud  alios  exte- 
ritur  grege  iumentorum  inacto,  et  ibi  agitato  perticis,  quod  ungulis  e 
spica  exteruntur  grana.  lis  tritis,  oportet  e  terra  subiactari11  vallis,  aut 
ventilabris,  quum  ventus  spirat  lenis:  ita  fit,  ut  quod  levissimum  est 


7.  Varro  was  the  great  philologist  of  Rome,  lived  in  the  time  of  Cicero  and  Caesar, 
and  so  he  has  one  eye  constantly  of  philology,  often  very  primitive:  here  he  tells  as  that 
palea,  chaff,  seems  to  him  to  be  derived  from  the  adv.  palam  publicly,  openly,  as  above 
messis  from  medium,  and  below,  sir  amen,  trom  stare,  or,  more  correctly,  from  stetno. 

8.  Solet,  is  to  be  supplied.  This  method  of  treading  out  the  grain  by  oxen,  or,  more 
frequently  by  horses,  still  survives  in  ail  central,  eastern  and  southern  Europe  and  in 
Asia. 

9.  Id,  that  is,  tribulum,  which  is  here  described  as  board,  or  more  likely  several 
boards,  like  a  door,  with  stones,  or  iron  knuckles  fastened  to  one  side,  or  face  of  it,  to 
make  it  rough,  and  with  like  wheels  on  the  corners,  dragged  by  oxen,  or  horses  over  the 
ears  spread  out  on  the  area,  to  break  up  the  husks  and  to  liberate  the  grain. 

10.  Plostellum  Pcenicum  (read,  Punicum),  i.  e.,  the  diminutive  of  plaustrum, 
a  cart. 

11.  Subiactari  vallis,  i.  e.,  sursum  iactari  vannis,  vallus  here  is  the  dimin.  of  van- 
nus,  i,  f.,  a  wooden  shovel,  for  the  wind  was  not  produced  by  machinery,  as  the  grain 
was  to  be  tossed  high  up  into  the  air  (subiactari)  with  light  breeze;  while  our  ventilabrum 
is  a  large  wooden  box  with  four  handles,  with  a  crank  for  hand-power,  driving  a  ma- 
chinery, consisting  of  several  sieves,  separating  the  normal  grain  from  the  undeveloped, 
from  dust  and  chaff,  which  are  driven  out  by  the  wind,  produced  by  a  rapidly  whirling 
fan  (vannus). 


508 

in  eo,  atque  appellator  acus,™  evarmatur  foras,  extra  aream,  ac  frumen- 
tum,  quod  est  ponderosum,  purum  veniat  ad  corbem. 

M.  Terentius  Varro,  De  Re  Rustica,  Lib.  I. ,  50,  52. 

12.  Acus,  eris,  n.,  as  was  stated  above  by  Varro,  is  the  same  as  arista ,  but  here  all 
broken  up,  and  he  does  not  mention  palea,  which  is  the  broken gluma;  -«o,3towinowout. 

196.  Instrumenta  vero  haec,  quae  ruri  necessaria  sunt,  praepare- 
mus.  Aratra  simplicia,  vel  si  plana  regio  permittit,  aurita,  quibus  pos- 
sint  contra  stationes  humoris  hiberni  sata  celsiori  sulco  attolli.  Biden- 
tes,1  dolabras,  falces  putatorias,  quibus  in  arbore  utamur,  et  vite.  Item, 
messorias,  vel  foenarias,  ligones,  lupos,  id  est,  serrulas  manubriatas 
minores  maioresque  ad  mensuram  cubiti,  quibus  facile  est,  quod  per 
serram  fieri  non  potest,  resecando  trunco  arboris,  aut  vitis  interseri; 
acus,  per  quas  in  pastinis  sarmenta  merguntur;  falces,  a  tergo  acutas, 
atque  lunatas;  cultellos  item  curvos  minores,  per  quos  novellis  arbo- 
ribus  surculi  aridi,  aut  exstantes,  facilius  amputentur.  Item,  falciculas 
brevissimas  tribulatas,2  quibus  filicem  solemus  abscindere;  serrulas 
minores,  vangas,  runcones,  quibus  vepreta  persequimur;  secures  sim- 
plices,  vel  dolabratas,  sarculos,  vel  simplices,  vel  bicornes,  vel  ascias 
in  aversa  parte  referentes  rastros.  Item  cauteres,3  castratoria  ferramen- 
ta  atque  tonsoria,  vel  quae  ad  animalium  solent  pertinere  medicinam. 


1.  Bidens,  tis,  m. ,  (the  f.  means  sheep,  goats,  as  sacrificial  animals,  and  in  poetry), 
a  heavy  hoe,  like  a  pickax,  but  with  two  bent  teeth ;  puto, 1  r.,  to  lop  off,  to  prune,  to 
trim;  vitis,  is,  f.,  a  vine,  grape-vine;  cubitus,  i,  the  elbow,  as  a  measure;  II.,  the  stem; 
IV.,  f. .  a  needle,  a  planting  stick,  some  times  with  an  iron  point  and  crooked  wooden 
handle;  pastina,  orum,  the  ground  dug,  or  hoed  up;  -urn,  i,  a  twig;  shoot,  fagot;  cul- 
tellus,  i,  dimin.  of  culter, 

2  -us,  a,  urn,  with  sharp  teeth,  or  waved,  like  our  bread- knives;  -ix,  ids,  f.t  ferns; 
vanga,  ce,  an  adz,  or  mattock,  like  pickax,  with  the  edge  crossways;  -turn,  it  a  thorn- 
bush;  sarculus,  it  a  small  hoe;  this  ascia,  ce,  is  a  small  hatchet,  its  back  being  a  smaller 
iron  rake. 

3.  Canter,  eris,  m.,  or,  canterium,  ii,  a  branding  iron;  tondeo,2  totondi,  tonsutn, 
to  shave. 


509 

Tunicas4  vero  pelliceas  cum  cucullis,  et  ocreas  manicasque  de  pellibus, 
qua*  vel  in  sylvjs,  vel  in  vepribus,  rustico  operi,  et  venatorio  possint 
esse  communes. 

Palladius  Rutilius  Taurus  jEmilianus,  De  Re  Rustica  Lib.  I  ,  Tit.  40. 

4.  I.,  a  coat;  -eus,  ea,  urn,  of  pellis,  is,  f.,  skin,  leather;  II.,  a  hood;  1.,  a  leggin; 
I.,  a  sleeve;  -es,  is,  m. ,  a  thorn-bush;  venor,1  atus  sum,  to  hunt. 

197.     Dicendum  et  quae  sint  duris  agrestibus1  arma: 

Queis2  sine  nee  potuere  seri,  nee  surgere  messes. 
Vomis,3  et  inflexi  primum  grave  robur  aratri, 
Tardaque  Eleusinas4  matris  volventia  plaustra, 
Tribulaque,  trahe^eque,5  et  i-niquo  pondere  rastri; 
Virgea  prasterea  Ceiei6  vilisque  supellex. 
Arbuteae  crates,7  et  mystica  vannus  Iacchi.8 
Omnia  quas  multo  ante  memor  provisa  repones, 
Si  te  digna  manet  Divini  gloria  ruris. 

1.  Fortibus  agricolis. 

2.  An  old  form,  for  quibus^  sine  quibus. 

3.  Same  as  vomer;  grave  robur,  a  heavy  oak;  the  primitive  plough-share  was  but  a 
stout  branch  of  an  oak  tree,  cut  to  a  sharp  edge,  whilst  the  other  part  of  the  same  branch 
left  long,  made  up  the  buris. 

4.  Eleusina  mater  is  the  Goddes  Ceres,  the  giver  of  bread  stuffs;    tarda  plaustra 
slow  cart,  was  the  contrivance  of  two  drums,  i.  e.,  spokeless  wheels,  supporting   the  fore 
part  of  the  buris;  in  some  countries  two  wheels  still  remain,  a  larger  one,  running  in  the 
sulcus,  and  a  smaller  one  rolling  over  the  lira. 

5.  Trahea,  or  trahoe,  a  sleigh,  a  wheelless  vehicle,  a  few  boards  nailed  together, 
dragged  by  horses  or  oxen  to  convey  anything  heavy  on  the  farm,  or  to  smooth  out  the 
surface  of  ploughed  and  sown  ground. 

6.  Triptolemus,  the  son  of  Celeus,  a  king  of  Eleusin,  in  Attica,  the  inventor  of  the 
plough;  according  to  others  it  was  invented  in  Egypt. 

7.  The  arbutea  crates,  the  vilis   supellex  is  the  same  as  the  occa  (see  the  picture) 
made  of  osier,  or  the  twigs  and  long  switches  of  the  salix,  willow,  a  "cheap  implement  ' 

8.  Iacchus,  is  one  of  the  names  of  Bacchus;  mystica  vannus,  because  mystically 
used  in  the  sacred  rites  of  Bacchus  for  cleansing,  purging  human  souls;  it  is  the  winnow- 
ing shovel,  as  explained  above. 


510 

Continuo  in  sylvis  magna  vi  flexa  domatur 
In  burim,  et  curvi  formam  accipit  ulmus9  aratri. 
Huic  a  stirpe  pedes  temo10  protentus  in  octo; 
Binge  aures,11  duplici  aptantur  dentalia  dorso. 
Caeditur  et  tilia12  ante  iugo  levis,  altaque  fagus, 
Stivaque,  quae  currus  a  tergo,  torqueat  imos, 
Et  suspensa  focis  exploret  robora  fumus.13 

Publ.  Virgilius  Maro,  Georg.  I.,  160 — 175. 

9-  The  elm  tree,  its  branches  so  bent,  if  a  proper  kind  not  found,  fit  for  a  buris  and 
a  vomer  in  one  piece;  later  the  vomer  was  made  of  a  separate  piece,  and  fastened  into 
the  buris. 

10.  Temo,  nis,  m.,  the  pole,  eight  feet  long,  between  the  oxen,  to  which  the  iugum 
was  joined  by  long,  iron  pins. 

11.  Bince  aures,  the  two  earlaps,  one  flat,  fastened  to  the  vomer,  on  the  left,  the 
other  bent  outward,  on  the  right;  the  former  had  the  function  to  make  the  lira  high  and 
vertical;  duplici  dono  of  the  vomer;  the  dentalia,  by  which  the  aures  are  attached,  or 
removed. 

12.  !.,  the  linden-tree  levis,  a.  light  wood  but  strong,  the  material  of  the  iugum,  borne 
by  oxen;  II.,  f. ,  the  beech  tree,  for  the  stivce,  plough-handles,  by  which  from  the 
rear,  and  above,  the  vomer  in  front  and  below,  torque  atur. 

13.  Not  coherent  with  the  foregoing,  the  poet  says,  all  this  timber  has  first  been  in 
the  foci,  over  the  fireplace,  or  chimney,  to  be  tested  as  to  the  roboia,  strength,  by  drying 
and  smoke. 

198.  Nonnulli  iuxta  cubilia  talparum1  plures  cavernas  aperiunt,  ut 
illae  territae  fugiant  solis  admissu.  Plerique  laqueos2  in  aditu  setis  pen- 
dentibus  ponunt.  Hoc  etiam  mense  (Martio)  ulpicum  bene  et  allium 
seremus,  et  caepullas,  et  cunilam,  locis  frigidis,  et  anethum.  Nunc  et  si- 
napis,3  et  caules  optime  seruntur,  vel  plantantur;  et  malva  seritur  et 
armoracia,  et  origani  planta  transfertur.  Lactuca  et  beta,  et  porrus  et 

1.  A  mole. 

2.  II.,  a  snare;  seta,  x,  horse  hair;  ulpicum,  i,  a  variety  of  leek;  I.,  the  wild-marjo- 
ram; anethum ,  i,  dill,  anise. 

3.  Sinapis,  is,  f.  (-pi,  is,  n.),  mustard;  I.,  mallows;  origanum,  i,  also  a  kind  of 
wild  marjoram,  for  the  genuine  is  amaracum,  from  which  the  English  word  was  taken. 


511 

capparis4  seri  possunt,  et  colocasia,  et  satureia,  et  nasturtium.  Intyba 
etiam,  et  raphanos  nunc  aliqui  serunt,  quibus  utantur  aestate.  Nunc 
melones  serendi  rarius.  —  Nunc  et  cucumeres  seminantur.  —  Hoc 
mense  asparagos  seramus.  —  Expeditior  ratio  est,  si  asparagorum 
spongias  ponas,  qua?  cito  fructum  ministrent.  Has  sic  fient:  semina 
asparagi  quanta  tribus  digitis  comprehendere  possis,  post  Idus  Febru- 
arias  pingui,  et  stercorato  solo  in  singulis  fossis5  ponis,  et  leviter  ob- 
ruis.   His  coeuntibus,  radix  connexa  nascetur,  quae  appellatur  spongia. 

Palladius  Rutilius  Taurus  JEmilianus,  De  Re  Rustica,  Mart.  Tit.  9. 

4.  ris,  is,  f.,  or  -ri,  indecl.,  the  caper;  I.,  and  -w,  orum,  n.,  the  famous  Egyptian 
bean  plant,  resembling  a  lily,  a  delicacy  for  eating;  I.;  or  -iat  orum,  the  savory,  a  plant 
for  seasoning;  -urn,  i,  a  variety  of  cress. 

5,  1.,  a  ditch;  obruo*  ui,  rutum,  to  cover  with  earth;  the  first  meaning  being  that  of 
a  sponge  (-ia,  #). 

199,  Seges  dicitur,  quod  aratum  satum  est;  arvum,  quod  aratum, 
necdum  satum  est.  OXpvalis,  ubi  satum  fuit  ante  quam  secunda  ara- 
tione  renovetur.  Rursum1  terram  quum  primum  arant,  proscindere  ap- 
pellant; quum  iterum,  offringere  dicunt,  quod  prima  aratione  glsebae 
grandes  solent  excitari;  quum  iteratur,  offringere  vocant.  Tertio  quum 
arant  iacto2  semine,  boves  lirare  dicuntur,  i.  e.,  cum  tabellis  additis  ad 
vomerem  simul  et  satum  frumentum  operiunt  in  porcis,  et  sulcant  fos- 
sas,  quo  pluviae  aqua  delabatur.  Nonnuli  postea,  qui  segetes  non  tarn 
latas  habent  (ut  in  Apulia),  idgenus  prasdii  per  sarritores3  occare  solent, 
siquae  in  porcis  relictae  grandiores  sint  glaebae.  Qua  aratrum  vomere 
lacunam  striam  fecit,  sulcus  vocatur.    Quod  est  inter  duos  sulcos  elata 


1.  Iterum;  oh  +  frangere;  Hero*  r.,  iterum  facio. 

2.  lacio,3  ieci,  iactum,  to  throw,  iacio  semen,  I  sow;  not  to  be  confounded  with  lyra, 
m%  a  musical  instrument;  from  this  lira  is  derived  delirare,  when  the  oxen  of  the  plough- 
man make  a  zig-zag  lira,  not  walking  and  drawing  the  line  straight  whence  de- 
lirium. 

3.  Sarrio,*  r-,  to  hoe,  -itor,  is,  a  hoer;  in  such  occaref  the  application  of  the  hirpex, 
is  to  be  understood,  although  here  the  pastinum,  or  the  bidens,  is  more  in  place. 


512 


terra  dicitur  porca,  quod  ea  seges  frumentum  porricit.   Sic  quoque  exta 
Diis  quum  dabant,  porticere*  dicebant. 

Marcus  Terentius  Varro,  De  Re  Rustica,  Lib.  I.,  29. 

4.  Porricio*  red,  rectum,  different  from  pot  rigo,  though  of  the  same  origin;  par 
(pro)  +  rego,  to  hold  something  in  the  hand,  and  to  raise  the  hand  to  the  image  of  the 
God  as  at  a  sacrifice;  but  it  is  also  employed  by  Varro  himself  in  the  meaning  of  produco 
of  the  soil,  earth;  the  exta,  arum,  n.,  the  heart,  lungs,  liver  and  kidneys  of  the  animal 
bodies,  the  stomach  and  bowels  included,  with  the  above,  are  called  viscera,  urn,  III  ,  n. 
The  Roman  peasants  may  have  used  a  shorter  philological  reasoning  to  call  that'  thing  a 
porca-" 

200.  Est  interdum  praestare,1  mercaturis  rem  quaerefe,  ni  tarn  peri- 
culosum  siet,  et  item,  foenerari,  si  tarn  honestum  siet.  Maiores2  enim 
nostri  sic  habuerunt,  et  ita  in  legibus  posiverunt,  furem  dupli  con- 
demnan,  foeneratorem  quadrupli.  Quanto  peiorem  civem  existimarint 
foeneratorem  quam  furem,  hinc  licet  asstimari.  Et  virum  bonum  quum 
laudabant,  ita  laudabant,  "Bonum  agricolam,"  "Bonum  colonum  " 
Amplissime  laudari  existimabatur,  qui  ita  laudari  existimabatur,  quf  ita 
laudabatur. 

Marcus  Portius  Cato,  Maior,  De  Re  Rustica,  Prsefatio. 

1.  Sometimes  it  is  advantageous,  to  seek  one's  living  by  commerce,  if  it  be  not  so 
dangerous  (meaning  navigation);  old  form  of  sit;  also  lending  money,  if  done  honestly 

2.  Maiores,  umy  our  ancestors;  the  old  form  for  posuerunt,  despolio,  condemnare 
to  pay  back  twice  the  amount,  or  value,  stolen;  the  usurer  to  pay  back  the  four  fold' 
fur,  is,  m.,  a  thief.  —  Varro,  and  nearly  all  other  Roman  writers  call  Cato  "Porcius  "  as 
if  from  porcus,  a  pig;  this  they  do  with  all  other  names,  in  which  there  is  a  it  syllable 
with  zvowel  following  like  Apfcius,  &c,  but  this  all  is  wrong;  it  is  Mu//us,  Marcus  (not 
Marcus),  Att*us,  (not  Accius),  Porous,  Patr*7ius,  so  also  proving  (not  proving)  de- 
\\tix(notdt\\cix\  fr.delino?  levi,  litum,  &c.  -  Critics  for  the  last  three  centuries, 
have  not  believed  that  Cato's  book  is  original,  but  has  been  through  some  polishing  by 
later  hands,  the  language  being  too  modern,  as  compared  with  his  age,  having  been  prob- 
ably 90  years  old  when  he  died  about  150  or  145  before  Christ. 


513 


EXERCITATIONES  SCRIBENDI. 
I. 

1.  Die,  velim,  cur  vocemus  domum  rusticam  "colonicam?"  —  2. 
Ubinam  solet  cors,  seu  cohors,  esse  sita?  —  3.  Describe,  sis,  horreum. 
4.  Explica,  si  ita  placet  (if  you  please),  interiora  granarii!  —  5.  Qui- 
nam  apparatus  rurestres  conditi  sunt  in  additamento?  —  6.  Ubi  est  con- 
tubernium  operarum?  —  7.  Enumera,  sis,  supellectilem  rusticam  in 
subgrundio  dispositam !  —  8.  Quinam  locus  est  ovile?  —  9.  Ubinam 
habitant  gallinas?  —  quodnam  est  domicilium  anserum?  —  10.  Sues 
autem  quam  partem  prsedii  obtinent?  —  11.  Ubi  prastercurrit  via  agra- 
ria?  unde  et  quo?  —  12.  Quae  alites  lasciviunt  in  profluente?  quid  illic 
agitant?  —  13.  Quasnam  turba  alitum  congregata  stat  ante  portam? 
quid  exspectat?  —  14.  Ubi  est  caniculus?  —  felicula?  —  15.  Narra, 
quid  fiat,  quum  puella  egreditur  cum  fiscella? 

II. 

1.  Praeter  iumenta,  quibus  rebus  indiget  agricola?  —  2.  Ob  quam 
rem  indiget  camera  instrumentaria  rusticus?  —  3.  Quod  est  princeps 
instrumentum  rusticum?  —  quamobrem?  —  4.  Qualem  oportet  esse 
vomerem  si  solum  sit  argillaceum?  —  5.  Si  vero  et  casspes  findendus 
sit,  qua  re  ulterius  eget?  —  6.  Cuiusmodi  res  sunt  stivce?  —  7.  Inter 
duo  cornua  stivarum  quas  instrumenta,  cui  usui,  esse  solent?  --  8.  Cui 
operi  adhibetur  hirpex?  —  9.  Postquam  arvum  satum  est,  quo  instru- 
ment, et  quomodo  verrit  colonus  terram,  et  cur?  —  10.  Quibus  mo- 
dis  solent  serere?  —  11.  Volgiolus  autem  quid?  —  12.  Narra,  sis,  pro- 
priis  verbis,  quemadmodum  messisfiat!  —13.  Quinam  est  antiquus 
modus  triturandi?  —  14.  Alius  modus  quinam  est?  —  15.  Velis  expli- 
care,  quonam  modo  antiquitus  (adv.)  ventilaverint,  et  multis  locis  ho- 
diedum  ventilent,  frumental  —  16.  Quinam  sunt  siri?  —  17.  Quibus- 
nam  instruments  vertitur  et  pectitur  solum  hortorum?  —  18.  Quo- 
modo seruntur  semina  olerum  in  hortis?  —  19.  Quomodo  inseruntur 
plantulse,  surculi,  taleae,  bulbi,  tubera?  —  20.  Siquae  plantas  soke  stare 


514 

nequeunt,  quid  eis  fit?  —  21.  Velis  memorare  alia  instrumenta  rustica, 
quae  in  cameris  reperiri  solent. 

III. 

1.  Quas  in  partes  solent  prasdia  plerumque  dividi?  —  2.  Domni- 
prsedius  latifundii  {-urn,  i,  a  large  estate)  quid  debet  praterea  habere? 

—  cur?  —  3.  In  latifundiis  quis  solet  horto  praesse,  et  qui  subsunt  ei? 

—  4.  Quod  est  horum  negotium?  —  5.  Hi  omnes  quomodo  lsetificant 
solum,  et  quomodo  rigant?  —  6.  Hortus  olerarius  quomodo  dividitur, 
et  quo  convergunt  tramites?  —  7.   Unde  videtur  sedulitas  operarum? 

—  8.  Quae  olera  habent  siliquas?  —  9.  Memora  caules,  et  colores  ali- 
quarum  olerum !  —  10.  Quae  egent  ridicis?  —  11.  Quae  olera  serpunt 
humi?  —  12.  Qui  agri  sunt  iuxta  viam  in  pomarium  utrimque?  —  13. 
Quid  est  maceria?  —  14.  Ubi,  et  quid  sunt  seminarium  atque  planta- 
rium?  —  15.  Quid  fit  in  his  contra  frigora?  —  16.  Quid  fit  surculis, 
turionibus  (taleis),  quum  convaluerunt?  —  17.  Pomarium  intrans, 
quid  animadvertis?  —  18.  Bonus  agricola  qua  diligentia  curat  singulas 
arbores?  —  19.  Enumera  genera  arborum  pomiferaruml  —  20.  Qui 
ager  vocatur  restibilis?  —  21.  Quidnam  est  "novellas?"  —  quid  ver- 
vactum?  —  22.  Quae  genera  frumentorum  coluntur  in  agris?  —  2h. 
Quae  sunt  prascipua  pabula?  —  24.  E  fibris  {-bra,  ce,  a  fiber)  quarum 
plantarum  fiunt  vestes? 


EXERCITATIONES   LOQVENDI. 
Colonius  atque  Fabritius,  duo  Studiosi,  colloquuntur. 


Cnceus*  Colonius:  Num  non  videntur 
tibi,  mi  Luci,  plurimi  paadagogi2  continuo 
delirare? 

Colon.  Equidem  istud  periodicum3   lecti 
to,  "Educationem  Popularem;"  in  eo  qui- 
dam  paedagogus  helleborosus  de  "Vocatio- 
ns"  sive  de  "Educatione  Vocativa,"  bla- 
terat. 


Lucius  Fabritius:  At  ego  ne  hoc  quidem 
suspicor,  quid  in  sermone  versetur,  aut  qua 
de  re  quasratur.  Video  te  legere  aliquid. 
Quidnam  legis? 

Fab,  Nunc  iam  intelligo,  quo  tua  quaestio 
tendat.  Tractatulus4  itaque  quern  lectitas,  de 
Vocativa  Educatione  balbutit,  quam  tu  non 
videris  maximi  facere.  Tu,  utique,  intelligis 
quid  hi  populo  persuadere  velint 


515 


Colon.  Ut  maxime.  Per  vocationem  isti 
sensu  Biblico,5  i.  e.,  lingua*  Ecclesiastic^,  in- 
dicare  volunt  nutum  Divinum  atque  coe- 
lestem,  quo  quisque  ad  certum  ac  definitum 
vitae  statum  divinitus  accitur  et  invitatur, 
sed,  suo  modo,  sua  vocatio  ad  opificinam 
fabricamque,  non  ad  litteras  probitatem- 
que  vitae  allectat. 

Colon.  Id  quod  tu.  Nos,  pueri,fereomnes 
ad  artes  illiberales  nisu7  quodam  naturali 
ferimur,  paucissimi  ad  litteras  humaniores; 
at  hoc  non  vocari  est,  sed  proclivitas  atque 
propensio.  Sic  ego  propensus  sum  in  agri- 
colatum,  tu  in  fabrilia. 

Colon.  Non  modo  hoc,  mi  amice;  ipsi 
nos,  maturi9  quum  non  simus,  ingenia  no- 
stra nescimus;  hinc  satius  duco  ut  nobis 
utraque  via  ostendatur,  ut  utraque  perspecta 
iam  conscii  viam  nobis  eligamus. 

Colon.  Veritas  in  medio  est,  mi  Luci;  do- 
ceamur  in  scholis  urbanis  litteras  antemeri- 
diem,  opificia  postmeridiem;  ruri  autem  lit- 
teras antemeridiem,  labores  rusticos,  restate, 
postmeridiem,  hieme  autem  curam  pecoris. 

Colon.  Necessarium  quidem  haud  dixe- 
rim,  sed  certe  plurimum  nostra,  ideoque  et 
civitatis,  interest.  Etenim  quum  sororem 
meam  video  vestes  sibi  propriis  manibus 
parare,  vel  cibos  coquere,  indumenta  repa- 
rare,  hire13  a  me  quaero  ipso,  cur  ego  idem 
doctus  non  sim.  luvat  etiam  pueros  ambi- 
dextros  educari-  Si  vero  id  sumptu  privato 
minus  possit,  fiat  publico. 


Colon.  Haud,  sane,  aliter  et  mea  soror. 
Idem  me  mea  docet  cum  sororeexperientia. 
Tu  ergo  non  expedire15  existimas,  ut  etiam 


Fab.  Rem  acu  tetigisti.8  Ex  eorum  intel- 
lectu,  "vocatio"  fabrorum  tantum  est  ac 
mercenariorum,  non  autem  etiam  litterato- 
rum.  Caeteroquin  et  ego  faveo  opificiis, 
nam  et  ego  arte  illiberali  fabrorum  lignari- 
orum  multum  delector,  earn  et  ego,  quan- 
tum possum,  exerceo.  Quid  tu? 

Fabr.  Recte  memoras,  mi  Cnaee;  in  fabri- 
lia, cunctaque  opificia,  in  demoliendas8  res 
atque  novandas  et  inveniendas,  omnes  pue- 
ri  propensione  naturali  ferimur,  in  lucubra- 
tiones  doctas  nostrum  paucl.  Proinde  omnes 
nos  neutrum  versus  agi  et  "educari"  possu- 
mus  aut  debemus. 

Fabr.  Sed  quinam  hoc  fieri  possit?  Certe 
nee  omnis  schola  esse  potest  fabrica,  ager 
aut  hortus,  ex  una  parte,  ludus  autem  lit- 
terarius  ex  altera.  Si  litteris  studemus,  opi- 
ficia non  discemus;  vicissim,  si  his  nos  de- 
dimus,10  litteras  humaniores  non  colemus. 

Fabr.  Num  tibi  necesse  videtur  ut  omnes 
nos  et  litterati  et  fabri,  vel  agricolae  evada- 
mus?11  Et,  si  tta  putas,  an  id  sumptibus 
publicis  potius  quam  cuiusque  privato  ea 
discantur?  Num  id  nostra,12  an  civitatis  in- 
terest? 

Fabr.  Mea  tamen  aliter  fert  opinio.  In- 
genia, ac  propensiones  secundum  sexus  et 
aetates  continuo  variant  atque  mutantur. 
Puer  decennis  alia  appetivi,14  alia  modo. 
Puellas  alio  ducit  suus  nisus,  alio  pueros 
Intret  modo  soror  mea  opificinam  meam, 
penitus  obmutescet,  est  enim  omnium  re 
rum,  quarum  ego  gnarus  sum,  prorsus 
ignara,  ut  ego  sum  rerum  suarum.  Non  ita- 
que  oportet,  nee  fieri  potest,  ut  omnes 
omnium  rerum  sint  gnari. 

Fabr.  Ita  prorsus.  Ingenia  aut  reperium 
sibi  viam,  aut  faciunt.  Quibus  nullum  es^ 
ingenium,  sequantur  gregem!16 


516 

Minerva  adversante,  omnes  omnia  doce- 
antur. 

Colon.  Valde  placet.  Caeterum,  te  ex  cor- 
de  ad  visendum  meum  agellum17  invito. 


Fabr.  Habeotibigratium;  libenter'8  veni- 
am,  sed  ea  lege,  ut  et  tu  proxime  meara 
opificinam  inspicias. 


1.  Cnaeus  (or  Cneius),  is  pronounced  as  Gnceus,  the  third  letter  of  the  Roman  al- 
phabet having  originally  been  the  Greek  gamma,  G,  and  this  was  learned  from  the  Phe- 
nician  (Hebrew)  gimel. 

2.  II.,  a  Greek  word,  a  child-leader,  a  pedagogue,  an  educator;  adv.,  constantly. 

3.  A  Greek  word,  peri  —  around,  +  hodos,  road,  way,  that  makes  a  round  and 
comes  back;  -urn,  i,  a  round-roader,  a  booklet,  appearing  at  stated  times;  -is,  e,  relating 
to  the  people;  -us,  a,  urn,  fr  ,  II.,  m.,  (-urn,  i)  the  plant  veratrum,  hellebore,  much  used 
by  the  ancients  as  a  remedy  against  melancholy,  epilepsis,  other  nervous  affections,  hence, 
a  men  in  need  of  it,  a  crank;  -?o,i  r.,  to  twaddle,  to  prate. 

4.  II.,  dimin.  of  -tus,  us,  m.,  a  treatise,  an  article;  -io*  r.,  to  stammer;  magni  facto, 
I  make  much  of. 

5.  -us,  a,  urn,  relating  to  the  Bible;  IV.,  a  wink,  a  beckoning;  IV.,  a  state,  or  con- 
dition of  life;  adv.,  divinely;  actio*  accivi,  a*ccitum,  to  summon,  to  call;  I.,  a  work- 
shop, whence  the  contraction  offlcina;  -tas,  talis,  f.,  uprightness;  ad  +  lacto,1  r.,  to 
lure. 

6.  A  Latin  idiom,  you  have  hit  the  nail  on  the  head;  IV.,  intelligence;  -et,  bti,  a 
mechanic;  -tus,  a,  urn,  literary,  learned  people;  -ficium,  ii,  a  trade;  -yeo*favi,fau1um, 
to  favor;  ars  libetalis,  an  art,  befitting  a  gentleman,  such  as  engineering,  architecture; 
ars  illiberal^  et  mercenaria,  a  trade,  an  occupation  for  earning;  faber,  bri,  a  mechanic,' 
lignarius,  a,  urn,  about  wood,  a  carpenter,  joiner,  turner,  &c. 

7.  IV.,  an  inclination,  a  trend,  effort;  humanus,  a,  urn,  that  refers  to  man,  litterce 
humaniores,  studies  about  man,  not  of  his  physical  needs,  intellectual,  cultural;  proclivis, 
e,  leaning,  sloping  toward;  -sio,  nis,  f.,  hanging,  bending,  inclined  toward;  IV.,  the  till- 
ing of  the  ground;  -lis,  e,  pertaining  to  trade. 

8.  (Molior,  contrary,  demoliot  ,4  itus  sum,  to  pile  up,  build,  to  pull  down,  to  de- 
molish; -to,i  r.,  to  make  new;  -nio/  niy  ntum,  to  find  out,  to  invent;  -bro*  r.,  to  burn 
a  night-lamp,  a  research-study. 

9.  -us,  a,  urn,  ripe;  -turn,  ii,  our  mind,  faculty,  talent;  satius  duco,  \  deem  better; 
-us,  a,  urn,  having  the  knowledge. 

10.  Dedo*  dedidi,  ditum,  to  give  up  one's  self. 

11.  Evador  si,  sum,  to  vade  out,  to  escape,  to  become. 

12.  Med,  tua,  sua,  but  civitatis  interest,  it  is  mine,  thine,  his,  the  state's  interest. 

13.  Rightly;  iuvat,  impers.,  it  is  helpful;  ambidexter,  tra%  um,  a  scholastic  Latin 
word,  skilled  with  both  lands. 


517 

14  -to?  tvi%  itutn,  to  have  a  desire  for;  -sco*  ut,  to  become  mute;  gnarus%  a,  urn, 
ignarus,  a,  urn,  to  be  versed,  or  not  versed  in  a  thing. 

15.  E xpedit*  impers,  opportune,  fit,  expedient;  "invita*  MinervaV'  the  Goddes  of 
Learning  not  favoring,  is  a  Latin  idiom. 

16-  Let  such  follow  the  crowd ! 

17.  II.,  a  little  field,  farm. 

18.  Cheerfully;  lex,  gis,  f.,  law,  under  the  condition,  a  Latin  idiom. 


II. 
Colonius  atque  Fabritius,  duo  Studiosi,  colloquuntur. 


Cn.  Colonius.  Salvus  sis,  mi  Luci,  in 
agello,1  meo.  Promissis  stare,  egregia  est 
virtus. 


Colon.  Si  ergo  ita  videbitur,  sine  ut  tibi 
praediolum  patris,  praesertim  autem  tractum 
eum  exhibeam,  quern  meo  usui  pater  con- 
cessit. 

Colon.  En,  cerne  meum  agellum !  Ad  la> 
vum,  centum  iugera  patris  sunt,  cumrivulo 
iugi,4  atque  colle,  ultra.  Illic  vides  stabula, 
foenilia,  gallinaria,  cum  hortulo  ac  poma- 
rio.  H  cce  tractus  secundum  alterum  rivu- 
lum,  meus  est,  ad  latitudinem  quinquagin- 
ta  pedum,  quern  ego  ricis  a  reliquo  dister- 
minavi. 

Colon.  Quoniam  hie  coelum  asperius  est, 
fine  veris,  initioque  autumni.  gelicidia6  ti- 
menda  sunt;  hinc  vides  curmulos  fabalium 
termitum,  sarmentorum,  ramentorum,  ari- 
darumque  frondium,  qui  ubi  gelicidium 
imminere  suspicor,  vesperi,  in  plura  loca 
digestos  succendo,  atque  fumo  quoquover- 
su;n  difTuso,  plantulis  meis  contra  gelu  pro- 
spicio. 

Colon.  Hoc  remedium8  contra  vim  frigo- 


l.  Fabritius.  Num  me  adventurum  du- 
bitasti?  Hie  in  suburbanum2  excursus  non 
solum  oblectamento  mihi  fore  existimavi, 
sed  etiam  incrementum  doctrinal  hinc  me 
relaturum  scio. 

Fabr.  Perlibenter.3  Tuum  prsesertim  agel- 
lum cupio  videre,  indeque  discere,  quid  pu- 
er  solers  agricolatu  possit. 

Fabr.  Longitudo  itaque  ad  minimum  mil- 
le  pedes  esse  videtur  soli  eximii  secundum 
ripam,  sicque  fere  nimium  tractum  suscepi- 
sti.  Ut  video  tractus  meridiei  obiectus  est,  a 
cauro5  autem  et  ab  aquilone  arboribus  at- 
que arbustis  tectus.  Turn  gemini  rivuli! 
per  Deorum  fldem,  quid  prastantius?  Sed 
cernamus  singula. 

Fabr.  Factum  praestanter.  Et  unde  hoc 
didicisti?  Equidem  aedere  vix  queo  solum 
fumum  satis  tutelar7  contra  frigus  prasstare 
posse.  Tamen,  quum  te  sic  facere  video,  id 
non  perperam  fieri  facile  mihi  persuadeo. 
Sed  video  hie  arbusculas  ac  rubetum  sub  ul- 
mis  ac  fagis  secundum  supercilium.  Colisne 
haac  arbusta,  an  sunt  agrestia? 

Fabr.  Teneo.  Id  optime  statuisti.  Hie  tra- 


518 


ris  partim  ipse  ego  excogitavi,  partim  a  vi- 
cinis  audivi,  partim  etiam  ita  legi.  Ut  mox 
experieris,  hie  non  solum  rubi  nascuntur, 
sed  et  aliae  baccae,  quas  colimus. 

Colon.  Sic  et  nos  existimamus10  ego  nem- 
pe  sororque  mea,  item  duo  consobrini,  qui 
buscum  opus  hoc  lucri  causa  suscepimus, 
quod  ego  solus,    etiam  scholar  distentus, 
tantos  labores  perficere  utique  non  possem. 

Colon.  Libenter12  faciam.  Ut  vides,  tota 
ista  area,  ac  plures  iuxta,  fragis  consitae 
sunt.  Primordias  autem  plantulas  e  semi- 
nario  naturae,  e  sylvis  vicinis,  comparavi- 
mus,  utpote  quarum  baccae  dulcioreset  etiam 
fragrantiores  sunt,  quamquam  minores. 

Colon.  Huic  rei  nos  satis  cavimus  et  pro- 
speximus.14  Cerne  modo  rubos,  arbusculas 
totumque  fruticetum  ad  extremum  usque 
agellum.  Aspice  praesertim  arbusculas. 

Colon.  Tunc  sequentur  vaccinia!16  Nihil 
a  nobis  neglectum.  Praeterea,  cernedumfru- 
teta  nostra! 

Colon.  Recte  mones.  Haec  sunt  nostra 
mora  Idea,  quae  fragis  simillima  sunt,  et 
ut  ea,  in  pretio  habentur,  et  iis  abolitis  suc- 
cedunt. 

Colon.  Quid  illas  existimas  arbusculas* 
sub  ulmis? 


Colon,  Scite  coniectasti.  Ribis  tria  genera 
colimus,  rubrum,  album  atque  nigrum, quod 
vulgo  uva  passa11*  Corinthiaca  vocatur. 
Nos  ista  pulchre  pressa  et  pacta  victuariis 
vendimus. 

Colon.  Scio  varias  esse  species,  sed  nos 
purpurea,  caeteraque  minora  in  nullo  pretio 
habemus,  nee  nisi  viridia  et  maxima  coli- 
mus. 

Colon.  Eae  arbusculas  ut  virgulas  et  tu- 


ctus,  soli  obiectus,  vix  posset  ad  maiorem 
utilitatem  converti,  quam  ad  colendas  bac- 
cas,  quippe  quas  omnes  appetimus,9  et  in 
foris,  apud  pomarios  victuariosque  nun- 
quam  non  quaeritamus. 

Fabr.  Vos  istud  negotium,  profecto,  ma- 
gnifice  geritis-  Ostende  modo  quae  genera 
baccarum  colatis,  si  ita  placet.11 

Fabr,  Ut  rei  sum  ignarus,  tamen  et  ego 
ita  suspicabar,  nam  fraga  fimo  artefacto13 
in  enormem  magnitudinem  coacta,  iactu- 
ram  ferunt  tarn  odoris,  quam  saporis. 
Quum  vero  fraga  tempore  obsoleverunt, 
loco  eorum  quidnam  in  emporium  mittes? 

Fabr.  lam  video  quid  hie  satum  habeas, 
lllae  plantulae  nonne  mora15  sunt  rubi  ni- 
gra? Quid  autem  quum  et  ista  suo  tempore 
aboleverunt? 

Fabr.  Video  sane  mora  ldaea,17  quaequi- 
dem  omnes  haud  minus  quam  fraga  aesti- 
mamus. 

Fabr,  Ita  esse  solet;  mora  ldaea  excipiunt 
fraga,  moris  autem  Idaeis  duae  species  vac- 
ciniorum  succedunt,  glauca  atque  nigra.  Et 
quid  post  haec? 

Fabr,  Ilia  iam  pridem  speculatus  sum 
esse  ribes18  Coiinthiacum,  iis  autem  pro- 
ximae  ribes  grossularia  esse  coniecto,  quod 
aliud  genus  nihil  scio. 

Fabr.  Et  quot  genera  grossulariorum  co- 
litis? sunt  enim  plura  genera,  quantum  ego 
sciam. 


Fabr .  At  vero  ego  illic  quasdam  arbuscu- 
las conspicor,  quae  certe  baccifera  non  sunt. 
Species  earum,  aut  aliquarum  duntaxat, 
nota  mihi  videtur. 

Fabr.  Cornus?  Nee  arbusculam  cornum, 


519 


riones  ex  Italia  comparavimus;  sunt  autem 
ex  cornus,20  tu  eas  vix  unquam  vidisti. 

Colon.  Corn  a  sunt  cerasa  parva,  oblon- 
ga,  esu  sapida;  sed  lignum  admodum  est 
rectum,  sine  nodis,21  tenax,  lentum  ac  re- 
cellens,  Romanis,  ut  manubria  telorum  gra- 
tum. 

Colon.  Proximae  abusculae  sunt  nucum 
avellanarum,22  quae  tibi  notae  sunt,  perinde 
ac  nuces  ipsae. 


Colon.  Recte  memoras;  illud  est  vinetum 
nostrum,  cum  uvis  usque  immaturis- 

Colon.  Sic  et  nos  speramus,  saltern  pro 
magnitudine  vineae,  quae  certe  haud  magna 
est  Quidquid  futurum  sit,  partem  u varum 
in  usum  domesticum  conservabimus,  reli* 
quam  venumdabimus. 

Colon.  Fecimus  quod  potuimus.  Agellus 
patris  est,  locarium26  non  solvimus,  opus 
autem  cum  sorore,  atque  duobus  consobrinis 
partiario  suscepimus,  proinde  et  lucrum 
dispertiemur.  Faciam  ex  condicto.  Vale  plu- 


nmum 


nee  fructum  corna  unquam  vidi;  nomen 
tamen,  sed  quo  in  nexu,  nescio,  saepe  me 
audisse  certe  memini. 

Fabr.  Inde  ergo  memini.  Quod  de  ligno 
eius  me  doces,  valde  placet,  et  siquid  super- 
flui  eius  habueris,  velim  mihi  dederis.  Quid 
ulterius? 

Fabr.  Sic,  prorsus.  Lignum'  quoque  du- 
rum ac  lentum.  At  etiam  vineam23  video  ve- 
strarn,  cum  pimpinis  ac  palmitibus  viren- 
tibus,  inter  eas  vero  pulchros  racemos,  viri- 
desque  icinos! 

Fabr.  Sed  quum  maturuerint,  auguror24 
fore  ut  vind£mia  uberrima  fiuimini. 

Fabr.  Visis25  magnopere  gaudeo,  opus 
insigne  praestitistis,  magnos  sumptus  tolera- 
vistis,  et  labores  arduos  pertulistis,  unde  et 
magno  praemio  digni  estis.  Caeterum,  ut 
conventum  est.  proxime  te  in  opificina  mea 
te  me  conventurum  confido. 


1.  Dimin.  of  ager.  Promissis  stare,  to  keep  one's  word. 

2.  -urn,  i  (prcedium,  understood),  a  nearby  country  place;  -turn,  i,  delight,  pleasure; 
-turn,  i,  growth,  increase. 

3.  Most  cheerfully;  IV.,  the  cultivating  of  the  field,  what  is  (he)  able  to  accomplish. 

4.  -is,  £,  never  failing. 

5.  II.,  the  Northwest;  -us,  a,  urn,  properly   twins,  double,  two;  singula,  in  detail. 

6.  Gelicidiutn,  ii,  a  killing  frost;  Ma,  umt  bean  stalks;  -es,  itis,  m.,  branches,  with- 
out leaves,  cut  off  the  trees;  fr.,  sarpo?  — .  sarptum,  to  trim  a  tree,  dry  twigs,  boughs, 
brushwood;  -turn,  i,  fallen,  dead,  broken  branches,  fagots;  -do,3  di,  sum,  to  light,  set  on 
fire;  -cio,3  pexi,  ctum,  to  look  forward,  to  look  out,  to  take  care. 

7.  I-,  a  protection;  adv.,  in  vain,  uselessly;  rubetum,  i,  generally  bushes,  in  particu- 
lar, blackberry  bushes  and  fruit;  II.,  f.,  an  elm  tree;  II.,  f.,  a  beech  tree. 


520 

8.  -urn,  ii,  a  means,  remedy;  I  ,  a  berry. 

9.  -to,3ivi,  itum;  forum,  i,  prop,  a  public  square,  a  market  place,  market;  II.,  a 
dealer  in  victuals,  a  grocer;  we  seek. 

10.  -mo,1  r.  to  deem,  to  be  of  that  opinion;  II.,  a  male  cousin  on  the  mother's  side; 
-urn,  i,  a  gain,  a  profit;  -tineo,2  ui,  tentum,  to  hold  away,  detain,  to  be  kept  away. 

11.  If  you  please. 

12.  Adv.  cheerfully;  fraga,  orurn,  a  strawberry;  -us,  a,  urn,  first,  original;  -ro,*  r., 
to  acquaire,  to  procure;  -gto,1  r.,  to  be  of  sweet  scent. 

13.  Artefacio?  feci,  factum,  artificial;  -mis,  e,  not  in  accordance  with  its  pattern; 
too  \Ag\cogo*  coigi,  coactum,  to  force;  I.,  a  loss,  a  damage;  -or,  is,  m.,  a  taste;  aboleo? 
evi,  olitum,  and  aboleseo*  ui  (evi)  — ,  prop. ,  to  lose  fragrancy  (philologists  think  other- 
wise), fr.  oleo,  fr.  oleum,  oil,  to  get  out  of  season,  to  wither  and  die;  -urn,  ii,  the  market 
also  its  place. 

14.  Caveo,2  vi,  cautum,  to  take  measures  before  hand  (Dat.);  -picio,s  xi,  ctum,  to 
exercise  foresight;  I., small  trees,  both  which  will  grow  large,  and  those  which  stay  small, 
such  as  cornel  and  filbert  trees;  -urn,  i,  a  place  grown  over  with  bushes. 

15.  Moms,  i,  f.,  the  mulberry  tree;  -urn,  i,  the  fruit;  the  word  further  means  also 
black  berry,  i.  e.,  tubus,  proper,  both  bush  and  fruit. 

16.  -urn,  ii,  a  blueberry;  -turn,  i,  and  frutectum,  i,  a  place  of  shrubs,  bushes. 

17.  Morum  Idxum  an  ldaean  (Mons  Ida,  now  Psilori,  in  Crete)  mulberry,  a  rasp- 
berry. 

18.  Kibes,  is,  n.,  Linnaeus'  word,  but  used  in  Latin  throughout,  the  origin  of  which 
is  unknown  to  me,  the  currant ,  which  English  word  is  the  corruption  of  Corinthiacum, 
of  Corinthus,  a  city  in  Greece,  whence  the  black  variety,  dried,  is  imported;  the  tibes 
(not  declined  in  pi.)  grossularium,  so  called,  whether  after  Linnseus,  or  also  before  him, 
I  am  not  able  to  say,  is  the  goosberry ;  grossulus,  i,  properly  is  the  fig  in  its  first  stage  of 
growth,  resembling  a  goosberry;  -cto,i  r.,  to  conjecture. 

19.  Uvapassa  (pando,3  di.  pansum,  passum,  to  throw  open,  to  spread  out,  here, 
to  spread  out  for  drying  in  the  sun),  dried  grapes,  raisins;  premo*  pressi,  pressum,  to 
squeeze,  to  press;  -go,3  pepigi,  pactum^  to  bind,  to  pack. 

20.  II.,  f.,  -urn,  i,  the  tree  and  fruit  of  the  cornel  cherry,  small,  oblong  cherries, 
growing  wild,  not  cultivated. 

21.  II.,  a  knot  in  the  wood;  -ax,  cis,  tough;  -us,  a,  urn,  plyable,  -lo,3  — ,  to  spring 
back,  elastic;  -urn,  i,  a  weapon. 

22.  Nux  avellana,  a  filbert. 

23.  I.,  a  vineyard;  II.,  m.  f.,  a  vine  sprig;  -mes,  itist  m.,  a  tendril,  a  shoot  of 
grapevines;  II.,  a  bunch  of  grapes,  also  called  bothrus,  i,  a  Greek  word;  II,  grape 
berries.  —  24.  -or,1  atus  sum,  to  foretell;  I.,  a  vintage,  the  harvest  of  grapes. 

25.  Part.  prat,  of  video,  what  I  have  seen;  -do*fisus  sum,  1  trust. 

26.  -urn,  i,  ground  rent;  adv.,  on  shares  of  the  profit,  earnings;  4ior*  titus  sum, 
to  divide;  ex  condicto,  as  agreed. 


521 
PRINCIPIA  GRAMMATIC/E. 
VERSVS  MEMORIALES 

EM  MAN  VEL  IS  A  L  V  A  R  I,  S.  J. 
DE  GENERIBVS  NOMINVM. 

[This  is  the  famous  Qv^E  Maribvs,  so  called  from  the  first  two  words  of  its  text, 
of  EMMANVEL  Alvarvs,  or  Alvarez,  one  of  the  first  members  of  the  Society  of 
Jesus,  when  founded  in  Spain,  in  1534,  author  of  the  Institutiones  Grammatical,  the 
most  popular  Latin  grammar  in  all  countries,  the  last  edition  of  which  seems  to  be  the 
one  published  in  Paris,  about  1843  or  45.  That  grammar  was  reprinted  over  and  over 
again  in  all  countries,  partly  in  original,  partly  abridged,  adapted,  translated,  and  used  up 
to  our  own  times  until  elaborate  and  more  learned  German  grammars  crowded  it  oui 
everywhere. 

Although  the  Society  did  not  take  kindly  to  these  memorial  verses,  for  in  its  Ratio 
Sludiorum  or  Method  of  Instruction,  they  are  called  "incondita,"  awkward,  the  educa- 
tional world,  all  over  Europe,  despite  of  many  competitors,  has  taken  them  up  very 
promptly  surviving  the  grammar  itself,  and  we  all  have  memorized  them  even  in  my  boy- 
hood, whence  I  have  gained  the  experience  and  conviction,  that  nothing  can  take  their 
place  in  aiding  our  memory  to  holding  fast  on  the  general  principles  of  the  genders  of  the 
nouns,  of  the  exceptions,  of  the  prasterita  of  the  verbs,  &c-,  and  enriching  our  vocabu- 
lary. Now,  when  the  adulterine  learning  and  false  pretences  of  the  German  professors 
seem  to  be  definitely  wrecked,  and  will  soon  be  repudiated  in  our  schools,  I  consider  it 
opportune  to  show  the  way  to  our  old  Latin  traditions. 

Teachers  may  begin  to  assign  5 — 10  lines  of  these  verses  to  be  memorized  from  Pen- 
sum  Quintum  on,  as  they  will  find  them  in  instalments  in  the  subsequent  sheets,  till  all 
will  be  completed,  and  they  should  add  the  explanation  of  the  verbal  meaning  of  the 
verses,  over  and  above  the  explanation  of  the  subject  matter  in  my  notes.] 

A.  DE  GENERIBVS  NOMINVM, 
quae  significatione  cognoscuntur. 


201.  Masculini  Generis. 

1.  Qv^E  Maribvs  solum  tribuuntur,  mascula  sunto. 

2.  Mascula  censentur  specie  depicta  virili. 

3.  Et  quibus  appositum  tribuisse  virile 

4.  Credibile  est  veteres,  ut  lotto }  pmsul  et  hospes. 


522 

Some  nouns  are  masculine  by  meaning;  such  are: 

1.  All  nouns  that  mean  men,  \.  e.,  persons  of  the  male  sex,  as: 

a,  Proper  names  of  men,  as:  Caius,  Publius,  Marcus,  Tullius,  Dolabella. 
by  Nomina  appellativa,  as:  vir,puer,  miles,  pater,  poeta,  magister. 

c,  Names  of  nations,  as:  Persa,  Belga,  Celta,  Romanus,  Grcecus,  Gallus. 

d,  Names  of  trades,  professions,  occupations,  usually  engaged  in  by  males,  such  as: 
agricola,  mercator,  scriba,  auriga,  nauta,  opifex.  —  A  few  are  excepted,  in  which  not  the 
occupation,  but  the  grammatical  ending  decides  the  gender,  as:  opera,  laborers;  excubia* 
sentinels;  vigilix,  watchmen,  guards;  custodier,  guards,  these  are  feminine  of  the  I.  pi. 

2.  Names  of  real  or  mythological  figures  or  persons,  represented  by  sculptors  and 
painters  as  men,  as:  lupiter,  Mercurius,  Apollo,  Hannibal,  Scipio. 

3—4.  Words,  which  the  ancient  authors  used  in  masculine  gender,  by  attributing 
male  properties  to  those  designated  by  such  words,  such  are,  latro,  a  highwayman;  prx- 
sul  (prae  4-  salto,  1  dance  before  others),  a  high-priest;  hospes,  a  guest,  and  many 
others. 


202.  Fozminini  Generis. 

5.  Foemineum  dices,  quod  foemina  sola  reposcit. 

6.  Iungito  foemineis  muliebri  prasdita  forma; 

7.  Quseque  adiectivum  tantum  muliebre  requirunt. 

Of  feminine  gender  are 

5.  All  nouns,  which  can  be  applied  to  women  alone;  such  are, 

a,  Nouns,  denoting  occupations,  or  callings  of  women,  as:  impcrairix,  an  empress; 
regina,  a  queen;  nonnay  a  nun,  nutrix,  a  nurse. 

b,  Nomina  Propria  of  women,  as:  Tertullia,  the  name  of  the  wife  of  Cicero;  Tullio 
la,  the  daughter  of  Cicero;  Calpurnia,  Cornelia,  Volumnia,  Corinna,  Irene. 

c,  National  names  of  women,  as:  Laccena,  a  Lacedemonian  (or  Spartan  woman); 
Threissa,  a  female  Thracian. 

d,  Every  nomen  appellativum,  signifying  a  woman,  as:  mater,  a  mother,  uxor,  a 
wife;  soror,  a  sister;  cosmeta,  a  hair  dresser;  nutritia,  a  governess;  sutrix,  a  seamtress; 
saga,  a  witch;  fatidica,  a  fortune  teller;  lotrix,  a  laundress. 

6.  All  names  and  nouns  signifying  personification  of  some  idea,  and  are  represented 
by  painters,  sculptors  and  poets  in  woman's  shapes,  as:  Minerva,  Venus,  Victoria,  lusti- 
tia,  Furia,  Medusa,  Temperantia,  Ceres,  Vindicta,  Aurora- 

7-  Also  all  nouns,  or  words  standing  for  nouns,  which  are  qualified  by  grammar, 
owing  to  their  endings,  as  feminine,  as:  proles,  children;  soboles,  an  offspring;  progenies, 
a  race,  descendants,  a  progeny;  virgo,  an  adult  girl;  such  will  not  take  but  a  fern,  ending 
of  an  adjective. 


523 


203. 


Neutrius  Generis. 


8.  Quae  neutro  apposito  gaudent,  neutralia  sunto, 


Of  neuter  gender  are, 

8.  All  nouns,  which,  mainly  on  account  of  ending,  grammar  considers  as  neutrals; 
such  are:  tempus,  the  time;  malum,  the  evil;  fulmen,  a  thunderbolt;  cadaver,  a  dead 
body;  culmen,  the  top;  caput %  a  head;  animal,  a  living  being. 

204.  Communis  Gineris. 

9.  Est  commune  duOm,  sexum  quod  claudit  utrumque. 

10.  Articulo  gemino,  veluti,  bos,fortis,  et  hostis, 

11.  ^Antistes,  iuvenis,  vales,  patruelis  et  infans, 

12.  Affinis,  miles,  cum  cive,  cliente,  sacerdos, 

13.  Et  comes  atque  cants,  sus,  dux,  auclorque,  parensque, 

14.  Mtlncipi  coniux,  adolescens,  augur  adherent. 

Nouns  of  common  gender,  i.  e.,  masc  and  fern,  hie  and  hxe,  9—14.  To  this  class 
belong  all  nouns,  which  may  mean  males  and  females,  without  special  gender-ending; 
such  are: 


hie 

bos,  an  ox 

hcec  bos,  a  cow 

<t 

hostis  m.  enemy 

tt 

hostis,  f .  enemy 

M 

antistes,  m.  high  priest 

u 

antistes,  high  priestess 

M 

iuvenis,  a  young  man 

u 

iuvenis,  a  young  maid 

ti 

vates,  a  poet 

u 

vates,  a  poetess,  a  sooth- 
sayer 

it 

patru£lis,  a  male 

ti 

patruelis,  a  female  cousin 

cousin  on  the  father's  side 

on  the  father's  side 

ti 

infans,  a  m.  infant 

« 

infans,  a  f.  infant 

it 

afflnis,  a  m.  marriage 

« 

affinis,  a  f.  marriage 

relative 

relative 

it 

miles,  a  m.  warrior 

CI 

miles,  a  f .  warrior 

M 

civis,  a  m.  citizen 

M 

civis,  a  f .  citizen 

4< 

cliens,  a  m.  client,  or 

«< 

cliens,  a  f.  client,  or 

protege* 

protegee 

ti 

sacerdos,  a  priest 

« 

sacerdos,  a  priestess 

M 

comes,  a  m.  traveling 

« 

comes,  a  f .  traveling 

companion 

companion 

524 


hk 

sus,  a  boar 

h(U 

sus,  a  sow 

U 

dux,  a  general 

u 

dux,  a  duchess 

tt 

auctor,  a  m.  author 

u 

auctor,  an  authoress 

u 

parens,  a  father 

it 

parens,  a  mother 

it 

municeps,  a  m.  fellow- 

ft 

municeps,  a  f.  fellow 

citizen 

citizen 

M 

coniux,  a  husband 

tt 

coniux,  a  wife 

M 

adolescens,  a  m.  youth 

tt 

adolescens,  a  lass 

« 

augur,  a  soothsayer 

tt 

augur,  an  auguress 

205.  1*5.  Est  commune  trium,  generi  quod  convenit  omni. 

16.  Pro  maribus  pugnant  menses,  montes,  fluviique. 

17.  Insula  foeminea,  urbs,  regio  cum  nave  poesis. 

15.  There  are  words,  mainly  present  participles,  and  adjectives  of  one  ending,  which 
fit  all  three  genders,  as:  animans,  hie,  hasc,  hoc;  prcecox,  early  ripe,  early  cooked \felix, 
happy,  thriving;  hebes,  dull,  and  others. 

16.  The  names  of  the  months,  and,  for  the  most  part,  those  of  mountains  and  rivers 
are  masculin,  as:  Ianuarius,  Martius,  Aprilis,  October;  Mons  Taurus,  Vaticanus.  Vesuvi- 
us; Padus,  Tiberis,  Iberus,  Danubius;  but,  of  course,  in  many  cases  the  terminations  de- 
cide the  gender,  as  sEtna,  f .,  Sequana,  the  river  Seine;  but  Matrona  is  m. ,  though  it  is 
also  used  as  f . 

17.  Names  of  islands,  cities,  countries,  ships  and  poetical  works  are  feminine;  as, 
Rhodus,  Cyprus,  Delus,  Carthago,  Babylon,  Aigyptus,  Argo  (name  of  a  ship);  /Ends 
(name  of  a  great  Latin  epic  poem),  Mas  (name  of  a  great  Greek  epic  poem).  But, 
again,  names  ending  in  -urn  in  sing.,  or  -a,  -iay  in  pi;,  obey  the  grammatical  principles, 
and  are  of  neuter  gender. 

206.  18.  Foeminea  est  arbor;  foliis  oleaster  amarus 

19.  Mas  est;  hoc  acer  atque  slier,  cum  subere  robur 

20.  -urn  neutris  iunges,  hominum  si  propria  demas. 

18.  Names  of  trees,  in  most  cases  -us,  are  feminine,  as:  ulmus,  pinus,  malus,  ceYa- 
sus,  sambucus,  an  elder-tree,  and  others.  But  oleaster,  the  wild  olive-tree,    is  masculine. 

19-  However,  acer,  eris,  the  maple,  siler,  is,  a  species  of  willows,  brook-willow,  and 
robur,  roboris,  an  especially  hardy  kind  of  the  oak,  are  hoc,  neutrius  generis. 

20-  Words,  ending  iu  -umy  are  neutrius  generis,  as:  templum,  tectum,  oppidum,  bel- 
lum,  mancipium,  a  slave;  if,  however,  a  person's  proper  name  happen  to  end  so,  it  will 
be  m.  or  f. ,  according  to  the  sex  of  the  person,  as:  Glycerium,  f.,  being  the  name  of  a 
woman. 


525 


207.        21.  -a  plurale  genus  neutrum  sibi  poscit  ubique. 
22.  Nomen  in  -/  maribus,  si  sit  plurale,  reserva. 


21.  Plural  nouns  in  -a,  like  castra,  -orum,  are  always  neutral. 

22.  Plural  nouns  in  -f,  like  liberi,  -arum,  children;  and  fasti,  -orum,  a  court-day,  a 
calendar,  an  almanac,  are  masculine. 

208.         23.  Trade  notas  neutri;  et  vocem  pro  nomine  sumptam; 
24.  Et  verbum  quodvis  nuda  pro  voce  repos turn. 

23.  Names  of  letters,  of  parts  of  speech,  as  mere  signs  of  sounds,  as  well  as  Infini- 
tives, used  as  nouns,  are  of  neuter  gender;  thus  A  magnum,  a  parvum;  triste  Vale,  a 
sad  farewell;  Dula?  et  decora  est  pro  patria  mon,  it  is  sweet  and  decorous  to  die  for 
one's  country. 

24.  Every  noun,  when  considered  as  a  grammatical  subject,  regardless  of  its  ending, 
is  neutral;  as:  istud  mensa  non  est  recte  scriptum,  this  (word)  mensa  is  not  spelled  pro- 
perty. Rex  a  verbo  rego  est  derivatum,  the  (word)  rex  is  derived  from  rego. 


B.  DE  GENERIBVS  NOMINVM, 

quae  ex  terminatione  cognoscuntur. 

209.         25.  Foemineum  -a  Primas  est,  veluti  panther a,  sagitta. 
26.  z/ldria  mas,  aequor,  cui  iunge  cometa,  planeta. 
21.  Hie  mammona  petit,  Pascha  hoc,  cui  iungito  manna. 
28.  Norhen  in  -a  Ternas  neutrum  est,  ceu  stigma,  toreuma. 

25.  Nouns,  ending  in  -a,  of  the  first  declension,  are  feminine,  as:  panthera,  a  pan- 
ther; sagitta,  an  arrow;  ala,  a  wirig. 

26.  Adria,  when  it  means  the  sea,  is  masculine;  so  are  cometa ,  a  comet;  planeta,  a 
planet;  when  by  Adria  the  city  is  meant,  it  is  f. 

27.  Mammona  (the  Greek  forms,  mammonas,  ce,  f,,  and  -mon,  os,  m),  not  a 
Roman  word,  but  Syrian,  biblical,  properly,  riches,  personified  as  Deus  Mammona,  is 
masculine.  Pascha  (pas-cha),  when  declined  in  the  first,  is  f.;  when  in  the  third,  as 
pascha,  a'tis,  is  n.,  so  manna,  ce,  f..  the  other  forms,  nidn,  and  manhu,  are  n.,  indeclin- 
able. Both  are  Hebrew,  biblical  words. 

28.  All  nouns,  ending  in  -a,  in  the  third  declension,   are  neuter,  as:  stigma,  atis,  a 


526 

brandmark,  a  stun;  toreum  a,  atis,  an  embossed  work;  dogma,  atis,  a  tenet,  an  article  of 
faith  (in  Christian  sense);  diploma,  atis,  a  sheet  of  paper  folded  in  two,  are  n. 

29.  -e  Latiale  petit  neutrum,  ut  prcesepe,  monile. 

30.  Foemineum  est  aloe,  Rhodopeque  et  cetera  Grasca. 

29.  All  Latin  nouns  ending  in  -et  are  neuter,  as:  prcesepe,  is,  a  manger;  monile,  is, 
a  necklace;  mare,  is,  the  sea;  sedile,  is,  a  seat. 

30.  But  the  Greek  alofe,  'es,  the  aloe,  an  aromatic  bitter  plant,  is  f.,  as  is  Rhodope, 
h,  a  mountain  in  Thrace,  and  all  other  similar  Greek  words;  exceptions:  cete,  a  shark, 
any  sea  monster,  Tempe,  a  beautiful  valley  in  Thrace;  mele  (pi.  of  Gr.  melos,  m.),  a 
song,  are  indeclinable,  and  pi.,  as:  suavia  mele,  grandia  cete,  amoena  tempe. 


PRINCIPIA  SYNTAXEOS. 
1.  De  Sententiis. 

210.  While  Grammar*  sets  forth  the  forms  and  properties  of  individual  words, 
Syntax  teaches  the  art  of  arranging  words  into  sentences. 

The  word  sentence  is  the  French  adaption  of  the  Latin  word  sententia,  ce,  fr.  sentio* 
si,  sum,  to  feel,  both  physically  and  mentally.  Accordingly,  sententia  means  a  mental 
feeling,  a  sentiment,  i.  e.,  a  thought,  expressed  in  words.  How  to  express  these  mental 
sentiments,  or  thoughts,  or  opinions,  is  the  subject-matter  of  Syntax. 

211.  A  sentence  consists  of  three  constituent  elements:  a  person,  or  thing,  who  or 
which,  utters  the  thought,  or  about  whom,  or  which  a  thought,  or  assertion  is  expressed; 
a  statement,  which  is  made  about  that  person  or  thing;  and  the  matter,  that  statement 
contains.  The  first  of  these  is  called  the  Subiectum  (fr.  sub  +  iicio  I  throw  under,  quod 
verbo  subiicitur,  something  thrown  into  the  verb,  about  which  to  say  something) ;  the 
second  is  the  Pmdicatum  (pradico,1  r.,  to  proclaim,  to  announce),  i.  e-,  what  is  said 
about  the  Subiectum;  and  the  third,  the  Obiectum  (fr.  obiicio,3  ieci,  iectum,  to  throw 
something  into  the  way  of  the  verbum  pradicativum),  i.  e.,  upon  which  the  predicative 
verb  acts;  thus:  Deus  (Subiectum)  creavit  (verbum  pradicativum)  mundum  (Ob- 
iectum.) , 

*  Both  words,  Grammatica,  and  Syntaxis,  are  Greek.  The  former  is  derived  from 
mamma,  -tos,  n.,  a  letter;  adj.  grammaticos,  -c'e,  -con  (in  Latin  -cus  -ca,  -urn),  pertaid 
in*  to  ktters,  in  fern,  grammatic'e  (Lit.,  grammatica)  refers  to  techne,  (in  Latin  ars) 
means  the  art  of  letters,  words. 

Syntaxis  is  compounded  from  syn  (Latin  cum)  and  taxis,  -eos,  f.,  meaning  an  or- 
der cla^s,  arrangement,  and  together,  Syntaxis,  eos,  f.,  they  mean  the  art  of  arranging 
words  into  sentences.  All  Latin  writers  use  the  Greek  Genitivus,  Syntaxeos,  as  clearer 
than  the  Latin  —  «,  which  may  be  confused  with  the  Nominativus. 


527 

The  Obiectum  is  often  not  expressed;  for  we  can  say  puer  scribit,  without  saying 
what  the  boy  writes. 

The  Prsedicatum  may  be  a  verb,  as  in  puer  scribit,  or  it  may  be  a  noun,  as,  tu  es 
puer;  it  may  be  an  adjective,  as  puer  est  bonus.  In  such  cases  the  est  is  called  a  copula. 

The  Latin  verb,  having  its  endings  to  express  the  subject,  does  not  require,  and 
often  will  not  tolerate,  the  Personal  Pronouns,  at  least  in  the  first  and  second  persons, 
ego,  tu,  nos,  vos;  for,  when  I  say,  scribo,  the  o  by  itself  means  i  ego.  The  Subject,  how- 
ever, is  expressed,  when  we  emphacise  it,  as  when  I  say:  you  wrote  it  (not  some  one 
else),  tu  id  scripsisti  (non  aliquis  alius);  or  when  we  contrast  two  persons,  as:  ego  scribo, 
tu  autem  legis,  /  am  writing, you,  on  the  other  hand,  are  reading.  —  The  Latin  verb, 
then,  is  a  whole  sentence  in  itself,  for  scribo,  lego,  ludimus,  curritis,  single  verbs,  are 
whole  sentences  in  themselves,  each  containing  the  Subject,  and  expressing  the  Predicate. 

2.  De  Regimine. 

212.  Words  of  the  various  classes,  as  nouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  adverbs,  &c,  cannot 
be  arranged  into  sentences  in  their  original  forms,  for  they  would  offer  no  meaning.  They 
must  be  adjusted  to  each  other  according  to  their  cases,  genders,  numbers,  persons,  tenser* 
&c  And  this  adjusting  process  must  be  done  according  to  certain  principles  proper  to 
each  word.  These  powers  of  the  various  words  are  called  Regimen,  ruling,  governing,  or 
Government.  So,  when  we  learned  circuits  magnas,  Vmea  recta,  hate  duo  punct*  parva, 
sella  est  inter  duas  fenestras,  magister  in  scholtf  clocet  sues  discipulos,  puer  cucrit  in  ta" 
bernam  emptww  graphidem,  &c,  we  practiced  the  employment  of  the  principles,  that 
adjectives  must  agree  with  their  nouns  in  gender,  number  and  case;  that  verbs  must  agree 
with  their  subjects  in  number  and  person,  and  must  be  in  certain  moods,  and  tenses;  and 
that  prepositions  govern  certain  cases- 

One  of  the  most  important  principles  of  Government  was  that,  which  we  practiced 
when  we  learned  to  say,  du#  Xmece  oblique  Hciunt  unguium;  casa  hzbet  unum  tectww, 
czmmum  super  tect«*»,  unam  tenuam  et  tr^s  fenestras,  and  in  Deus  creavit  mundww  is 
the  one,  we  call  the  Direct  Govetnment.  A  Direct  Government  is  the  power  of  every 
Active  Transitive  Verb,  when  it  acts  upon  a  Noun,  or  any  part  of  speech  standing  for  a 
Noun,  and  this  word,  is  the  Direct  Object  of  the  Active  Transitive  Verb,  and  this  Direct 
Object  is  always  put  into  Accusative;  angulum,  tectum,  caminum,  graphidem,  mun- 
dum,  fenestras,  are  Direct  Objects  in  Casu  Accusativo.  On  the  other  hand,  puer,  casa, 
Deus,  are  the  Subiecta,  or  Subjects  of  the  sentences,  in  Casus  Nominandi,  for  the  Sub- 
ject must  always  stand  in  the  Nominative  Case. 

The  Praedicata  are  very  frequently  Verbs,  which,  according  to  their  powers  of  Gov- 
ernment, are  divided  into  two  general  groups,  Active  Transitive,  and  Active  Intransitive, 
i.  e-,  Verbs,  governing  directly,  and  Verbs  either  not  governing  at  all,  or  governing  in- 
directly, say,  through  Prepositions,  as,  for  instance,  I  stand,  sto,  iuxta  mensam,  I  stand 
beside  the  table,  not  1  stand  the  table. 


538 

The  'Aim  es  est  is  called  the  Verbum  Substantivum,  and  Verbum  Neutrum,  a 
Non  Transitive  verb,  because  it  only  means  being,  existing,  it  governs  nothing,  but  is 
used  as  a  joining,  or  copulating  particle,  is,  or  is  not,  two  or  more  conceptions,  acceptable 
to  our  judgment,  or  disjoining  conceptions  not  acceptable  to  our  judgment,  as:  sol  est 
corpus  coeleste;  casa  non  est  corpus  cceleste- 

But  when  we  say,  casa  est  domus  patva,  hie  puer  est  discipulus  bonus,  the  endings 
of  the  adjectives  expressing  the  genders,  cases  and  numbers  of  their  nouns,  is  a  different 
kind  of  power,  it  is  not  a  government,  but  an  Agreement,  or  Concordantia.  Accordingly 
Regimen  and  Concordantia  are  the  main  subjects  of  Syntax. 


3,   Verba  Intransitiva,  sive  Neutra. 

213.  All  verbs,  whether  Transitive  or  Intransitive  have  an  inherent  object  in  them- 
selves, to  which  their  existence  is  due,  as  sto  intrans.  but  its  action  is  statio,  and  status, 
which  are  its  objects,  as  sto  stationem,  of  statum.  These  inherent  objects  are  real,  con- 
crete nouns,  and  when  such  are  employed  as  objects  of  their  verbs,  we  call  them.  Cognate 
Objects,  and  such  an  Accusative  a  Cognate  Accusative,  of  which  are  many  examples  in 
the  authors  as  Cantilenam  eandem  canis,  Ter.  Phorm.  3,  2,  10;  Coenam  cosnavi  tuam, 
Plaut  Rud.  2  6,  24;  hanc  scio  mea  solida  gavisum  gaudia,  Ter.  And.  5,  5,.  8,  —  ut 
suum  gaudium  gauderemus;  Cael...  ap.  Cic-  Fam.  8,  2,  1,  —  mirum  atque  insci.tum.  so. 
mniavi  sommum,  Plaut   Rud-  3,  1,  5. 

Intransitive  Verbs  very  often  extend  their  power  of  Government  from  the  Cognate 
Accusative  toward  the  Implied  Object.  So,  for  example,  vivo  vitam  is  amplified  into 
vivo  cetatem,  dego  vitam,  ago  cetatemy  curro  stadium,  pugno  prcelia,  \agor  tei  ras ,  vivo 
Nestoris  annos,  etc.  Such  is  the  case  in  particular  with  Verbs,  expressing  smell  and  uste, 
as:  olere  crocos,  to  smell  saffron,  vinum;  redolere  flores,  to  have  the  smell  of  flowers; 
sapere  mella,  to  have  the  taste  of  honey,  manare  mella,  oozing  with  honey;  plujt.  stin- 
guinem,   it   is   raining   blood,  lapides,  stones;  siillat  rorem,  [[  is  dripping  dtw.  &c  ,  ajl 

poetical. 

Other  intransitive  Verbs  take   for   Implied   Accusative:  Pronomina  in  Neutial  Gen. 
der,  or  pronominal  phrases,  as:  quid,  aliquid,   quod,  quidquam,  nescio  quid,  froc,  id,  ni- 
hil, idem,    illud,   istud,  cuncta,   multa,   pauca.    Such   verbs  are:  cogo,  dubito,  dbsero, 
gaudeo,  glorior,  laboro,   laetor,    obsequor,    animadverto,    auctor  sum,  pecco,  stcmachor, 
succenseo- 

The  Neutral  Gender  of  adjectives  is  often  used  by  poets  in  an  adverbial  way  with 
verbs  expressing  feeling,  as:  dulce  ridere,  immane  spirare,  sonare;  perfidum  ruiere,  tur- 
bidum  l<ztari\  immensum  attolli;  suave  olere\  vana  tumere,  &c 

To  this  group  belongs  the  Accusativus  Partis,  as  it  affects  a  part  of  the  Object,  and? 
this  is  taken  by  a  few  Intransitive  Verbs,  as:  trcmere  artus,  ossa;  lorpere  nervos;  tumeu 
colla,  dolere  caput,  oculos,  etc,  but  most  frequently   with   Passive  Verbs:  suffundi  om 


529 

rubore;  expleri  mentem;  molliri  ingenium;  diduci  animum;  etc.,  and  particularly  with 
the  Pai'ticipium  Praeterti,  and  Adiectiva:  tectus  caligine  vultum;  ornatus  crities  apio;  init- 
ial a  mentem;  labef actus  animum;  laniata  genas;  madidus  unguento  comam;  os  humetos- 
qne  Deo  similis;  crura  thymo  plena:;  nudaz  brachia  et  pedes,  etc.,  and  occasionally  with 
nouns:  ora  puer  pulcherque  habitum. 

U.    Verba  Transitiva,  ut  Intransitiva. 

214.  The  Subjects  of  many  Transitive  Verbs  are  also  the  Implied  Objects  of  the 
same  Verbs,  for,  I  can  say:  moveo  me,  tu  te  moves,  is  se  movet.  By  omitting  this  Prono- 
minal Object,  we  turn  the  Transitive  Verb  into  an  Intransitive  Verb.  Such  Verbs  are: 
aequo,  ago,  abstineo,  augeo,  deflecto,  duro,  habeo,  inclino,  insinuo,  lavo,  minuo,  moveo, 
mulcto,  pono,  praecipito,  remitto,  ruo,  verto,  vibro,  volvo. 

Exempla:  Abstineto  irarum,  Hor.  Car.  3,  27,  70;  a  veritate  deflectit,  Cic  Rose-  Com. 
16,  46;  bene  habet,  Iuv.  10,  72;  ubi  Nilus  praacipitat  ex  altissimis  montibus,  Cic.  Rep. 
6,  18, 19;iam  nox  ccelo  pra?cipitat,  Virg.  JEn.  2,  9;  ubi  nos  laverimus,  lavato,  Ter.  Eun. 
3,  5,  48;  minuente  aestu,  Cas.  B.  G.  3,  12,  etc. 

The  opposite  of  this  happens  when  we  turn  Transitive  Verbs  into  Passive  Voice:  con- 
gregor,  delector,  effundor,  exerceor,  fallor,  feror,  lavor,  moveor,  mutor,  oblector,  pascor 
versor,  vertor,  avertor,  volvor,  etc. 

5.   Verba  Intransitiva,  ut  Transitiva. 

215.  A  number  of  Intransitive  Verbs  use  their  own  motives,  or  promptings  of  action 
as  Direct  Objects,  like  the  following:  doleo,  lugeo,  mcereo,  tremo,  erubesco,  ardeo,  esu- 
rio,  sitio,  lateo,  maneo,  miror,  pereo,  depereo,  queror,  sileo,  taceo,  audeo,  calleo,  fastidio, 
horreo,  horresco,  parco,  palleo,  parvesco,  pallesco,  etc.  Examples:  quia  meum  casum  lu- 
clumque  doluerunt,  Cic-  Sext.  69,  145;  ex  scatentem  Belluis  pontum  —  pallet,  Hor.  Car. 
3,  27,  28;  erubescit  soloecismum,  Sen.  Ep.  95;  nutum  divitis  horret,  Hor.  Epi.  1, 
18,  11. 

Other  Intransitive  Verbs  following  their  outside  motives,  use  them  as  their  objects; 
as:  latrare,  sibilare,  ridere,  flere,  gemere,  gemiscere.  Examples:  populus  me  sibilat,  Hor. 
Sat.  1,  1,  66;  flet  necem  filii,  Tac.  An.  6,  10;  He.  Ne  fie!  Er.  Egone  ilium  non  fleam ! 
Plaut-  Capt.  1,  2,  36. 

Some  Intransitive  Verbs  in  certain  applications  become  Transitive;  as:  annuo,  as- 
suesco,  desino,  censeo,  cunctor,  festino,  mature  propero,  iaculor,  laboro,  fugio,  migro, 
moror,  pergo,  plaudo,  puto,  sufficio,  ruo,  proruo,  surgo,  vergo  Examples:  Ego 
autem  venturum  annuo,  Plaut.  Bacch-  2,  2,  9;  libenter,  Hercle,  artem  desinerem,  Cic. 
Fam.  7,  1,  4;  lupini  strumas  maturant,  Plin.  H.  N.  22,  25,  74;  maturate  fugam;  Virg. 
Mn.  1,  141;  in  hostem  tela  iaculatur,    Flor.   1, .  14,    4;    Catus  idem  —  cervos  iaculari, 


530 

Hor.  Car.  3,  12,  11;  nam  vina  nihil  moror,  Hor.  Ep.  1, 15,  16;  I  care  nothing  for  wine; 
noctibus  hibernis  castrensia  pensa  laboro,  Prop.  4,  3,  33,  etc. 

On  the  other  hand,  some  Transitive  Verbs  are  also  employed  intransitively,  as: 
audio,  I  am  called;  rexque  paterque  Audisti  coram,  you  were  called  openly,  in  your  face, 
king  and  father,  Hor.  Ep.  L  7,  38;  Sine  me,  obsecro,  hoc  effugere,  volgus  quod  male 
audit  mulierum,  Ter.  Hec-  4,  2,  24,  the  vulgus  mulierum  has  a  bad  name;  differo,  debeo 
supero;  qui  re  consentientes  vocabulis  difTerebant,  Cic.  Fin.  4,  2,  differ  only  in  names; 
dicique  beatus  Ante  obitum  nemo  debet,  Ov.  M.  3,  137:  sol  superabat  ex  mari,  Plaut. 
Stich,  2,  2,  41. 

6.  Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo. 

216.  Many  of  those  Verbs,  which,  as  I  have  said,  are  whole  sentences  in  themselves, 
as  scio,  audio,  credo,  puto,  etc.,  are  employed  as  such  to  introduce  other  sentences;  thus, 
instead  of  saying,  You  are  a  soldier,  we  introduce  it  by  a  verb  and  say:  /  know,  that  you 
are  a  soldier,  or,  /  hear,  that  you  are,  or  that  you  have  been,  or,  that  you  will  become  a 
soldier.  It  is  evident  that  here  we  have  two  sentences:  /  know,  I  hear,  respectively,  is  one 
sentence  each,  and,  you  are  a  soldier  is  another,  the  two  are  joined  by  the  conjunction 
that. 

In  Latin:  Tu  es  miles;  tu  fuisti  miles;  tu  lies  (or,  futurus  es^  miles.  If  we  introduce 
these  sentences  by  verbs,  like  scio,  audio,  puto,  we  shall  have  a  construction,  called  Accu- 
sative cum  Infinitivo,  in  this  manner: 

Regular  Construction:  Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo: 

tu  es  miles  Scio  te  militem  esse 

tu  fuisti  miles  Scio  te  militem  fuisse 

tu  ties  miles,  or  Scio  te  militem  fore,  or, 

tu  futurus  es  miles  militem  futurum  esse. 

What  did  we  do?  We  introduced  the  sentence  "tu  es  miles"  by  an  introductory  sen- 
tence, Scio,  the  main  sentence,  which,  being  a  Transitive  Verb,  puts  the  Subject  of  the 
dependent  sentence  into  Accusativus,  as  its  object,  and  governs  its  copula,  es  as  it  would 
do  with  all  other  verbs,  into  Infinitivus;  the  conjunction  that  is  eliminated,  and  the  sen- 
tence thereby  made  one,  and  shorter. 

As  the  sum,  a  Verbum  Substantivum ,  and  Neutrum,  does  not  govern,  let  us  take  a 
regular  Transitive  Verb,  that  does,  and  use  the  same  sentence.  What  will  happen? 

Predicate  Verb  Sum  Predicate  Verb  Transitive: 

Scio  te  militem  esse  Scio  t       mte     vocare 

Scio  te  militem  fuisse  0  .    , 

Scio  te  militem  fore,  Sci°  te  milltem  vo^visse 

futurum  esse  Scio  te  militem  vocaturum  esse 


S31 


Observe,  however,  the  great  difference  between  the  two  sets  of  sentences.  In  the 
first  set,  the  militem  is  the  Predicate,  agreeing  with  the  Object,  te,  and  being  in  Accusa- 
tive, just  as  if  it  were  an  adjective,  te  bonum  esse;  whereas  in  the  second  set  is  the  Object 
of  the  Transitive  Verb,  vocare,  "l  know  (that)  you  call  (are  calling)  a  (or  the)  soldier, 
whereas  te,  is  the  object  of  scio,  and  so  there  are  two  objects  in  the  sentence. 

Let  us  now  change  the  Predicate  Verb  of  the  second  set  into  Passive  Voice: 


Predicate  Verb  active. 
Scio  te  militem  vocare 
Scio  te  militem  vocavisse 
Scio  te  militem  vocaturum  esse 


Predicate  Verb  passive. 
Scio  te  militem  vocari 
Scio  te  militem  vocatum  esse 
Scio  te  militem  vocatum  iri. 


In  the  Active  Voice  the  sentence  will  mean:  I  know  you  call  the  soldier. 

In  the  Passive  Voice  the  sentence  means :  I  know  thac  you  are  called,  have  been 
called,  will  be  called,  a  soldier. 

Let  us  now  apply  this  principle  to  a  full  sentence,  with  a  Subject,  an  Object,  and  a 
Transitive  Predicate  Verb,  and  use  a  variety  of  Introductory  Verbs  and  phrases,  first  in 
Active  Voice,  then  in  Passive,  and  be  the  sentence  in  the  regular  construction:  The  mer- 
chant buys  (sells,  repairs,  rents,  etc)  a  new  house,  Mercator  emit  (vendit,  reparat,  locat, 
&c.)  domum  novam: 


Ait,  nuntiat,  cre- 
debam,  audimus,  de- 
cet,  pudet,  audivisti, 
oportet,f  atetur,  mira- 
tur,  mentitur,  &c. 


mercatorem 


domum  novam 
domum  antiquam 


vendere,  -disse,  -turum 
emere,  -isse,  -turum 
locare,  -visse,  turum 
videre,  -disse,  -surum 
reparare,  -visse,  -turum 


esse 


To  express  these  same  things  with  the  same  words  in  Active  Voice,  we  make  the 
Object  of  the  original  sentence,  domum,  the  Subject  of  the  original  construction,  and, 
consequently,  the  Object  of  the  Introductory  Verbs,  while  the  Subject  of  the  original  sen- 
tences, mercator  falls  out  entirely,  as  a  part  of  the  sentence,  but  is  attached  to  the  sentence 
with  the  preposition  a  with  the  Abl.,  and  we  obtain,  as  a  result,  this  sentence:  domus  a 
mercatore  venditur.  emitur,  &c,  which  in  Accus.  c.  Infinitivo  constraction  assumes  this 
shape : 


Ait,  narrat,  cre- 
dit, famafert,  fan- 
do  accepimus,  Pu- 
blius  auctor  est, 
iucundum  auditu 
est,  fatetur,  men- 
titur, miratur 


vendi,  venditam  esse  -turn 

emi,  emptam         "    -turn 

domum  novam         a  mercatore   locari,  locatam      "     turn 

tabernam  antiquam  videri,  visam        "    -sum 

reparari,  -tarn       "    -turn 


in 


$32 

217.  A  large  number  of  Verbs  demands  this  construction,  some  of  them  absolutely, 
some  will  accept  other  constructions,  in  other  relations.  These  Verbs  can  be  classed  into 
the  following  groups : 

1.  Verba  Voluntatis,  as:  volo,  nolo,  malo,  cupio,  studeo,  iubeo,  veto,  sino,  patior. 

Examples;  Hoc  te  scire  volui,  Cic.  Att-  7,  18,  4;  Scin'  quid  nunc  te  facere  volo? 
Ter.  Heaut,  3,  1,  85.  —  Pluribus  praesentibus  eas  res  iactari  nolebat,  Caes.  B.  G.  l,  18. 
Nolo  eundem  populum  imperatorem  et  portitorem  esse  terrarum,  Cic-  Rep.  4,  7,  7.  — 
Maluit  (ilium)  esse  Deum,  Hor.  Sat.  1,8,  3.  Nihil  enim  malo,  quam  et  me  mei  similem 
esse,  et  illossui,  II.  Caes.  ad  Cic.  3.  —  Te  tua  frui  virtute  cupimus,  Cic.  Brut.  97,  331; 
cupio  in  tantis  Reipubl.  periculis  me  non  dissolutum  videri,  Cic  Cat.  1,  2,  4.  —  Verum 
ex  te  audire  studeo,  Plaut.  Bacch.  5,  2,  42.  Scire  studeo  quid  egeris,  Cic  Att.  13,  20,  3. 
lubeto  istos  foras  exire,  Ter.  Eun.  2,  3,  16.  Perdicca  pueros  equos  iussit  conscendere, 
Curt.  10,  8,  4.  —  Eos  suum  adventum  exspectare  iussit,  Cass.  B.  G.  1,  27.  Iussit  Hy- 
blaeis  tribunal  stare  Diva  floribus,  Perv.  Ven.  49;  Iussit  omnes  assidere  pueri  Mater  alitis, 
Perv.  Ven.  55.  —  Castra  vallo  muniri  vetuit,  Cass.  B.  C.  1,  41.  Lex  peregrinum  vetat 
in  murum  ascendere,  Cic  De  Orat.  2,  24,  100.  —  Sine  sis,  loqui  me,  Plaut.  Pseud.  3, 
2,  50.  Sine  te  exorem,  sine  te  prendam  auriculis,  Piaut.  Poen.  1,  2,  63-  Sine  sciam,  Li  v. 
2,  40,  5,  —  Siquidem  potes  pati  esse  te  in  lepido  loco,  Plaut.  Poen.  3,  3,  83.  Nullo  se 
implicari  negotio  passus  est,  Cic.  Lig.  1,3. 

2.  Verba  Affectuum,  as:  gaudeo,  laetor,  glorior,  miror,  doleo,  indignor,  aegre,  vel 
moleste  fero,  queror,  angor,  gratulor,  gratias  ago,  &c. 

Roman  Examples:  Hem,  salvum  te  advenire,  here,  gaudeo,  Ter.  Eun.  5,  6,  6.  — 
Hasc  tot  propter  me  gaudia  illi  contigisse  tetor,  Ter.  Hec.  5,  3,  35.  —  Nee  inventas  illis 
toto  orbe  pares  vires  gloriatur,  lust.  11,  9.  —  Illud  iam  mirari  desino,  quod  ante  miia- 
bar,  Cic  De  Or.  2,  14,  59.  —  Unum  hoc  maceror  et  doleo  tibi  deesse,  Terenti,  bona- 
tus  e  Suet.  Fragm.  Cass,  in  vita  Ter.  —  Eadem  nocte  transfuga  nuntiavit  Pompeium  et 
Labienum,  de  iugulatione  oppidanorum  indignatos  esse,  A.  Hirt.  B.  H.  18.  Ea,  quae  in- 
dignantur  adversarii,  Cic  De  Inv.  1,  17,  24.  Cedere  peritis  indignantur,  Quint.  1,  1,  8. 
—  Sed  ostendere  illi  me  aegre  pati  nolui,  Ter.  Adel.  1,  2,  63.  Hanc  rem  aegre  laturum 
esse  eum?  Ter.  Hec  3,  5,  46.  Moleste  et  acerbe  accipiebant  se  impediri,  A.  Hirt.  B  H. 
30.  —  Ne  querantur  se  reliclos  esse,  Cic  Tusc  5,  5.  Ipsi  in  tenebris  volvi  ccenoque 
queruntur,  Lucr.  3,  77.  —  Audio  te  animo  angi,  Cic.  Fam.  16,  142.  —  Vires  eius  sibi 
accessisse  gratulabatur,  lust.  13,  5,  15.  Gratulemur  nobis  Latini  et  socii,  nunc  esse  tarn 
parvum,  Val.  Max.  3,  2.  —  Diis  gratias  agebat,  tempus  sibi  dari,  Ter.  Phor.  4,  2,  6. 

3.  The  most  frequent  cause  and  occasion  for  the  Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo  con- 
struction are  brought  about  by  the  group  of  Verbs,  called  by  the  grammarians,  for  the 
lack  of  a  better  term,  Verba  Sentiendi  et  Declarandi;  such  are:  video,  animadverto,  sentio, 
opinor,  puto,  credo,  reor,  recordor,  arbitror,  iudico,  censeo,  suspicor,  inrelligo,  scio,  ne- 
scio,  ignoro,  obliviscor,  memini,  spero,  dico,  nego,  nuntio,  scribo,  affirmo,  promitto,  pol 
liceor,  memoriae  prodo,  trado;  certiorem  facio,  auctor  est;  assero,  aio,  memoro,  ostendb, 
doceo,  disco,  fateor,  &c. 

Roman  Examples:  Hercyniam  Sylvam  —  quibusdam  Graecis  fama  notam  esse  vi- 


533 

deo,  Cass.  B.  G.  6,  23.  Vidit,  siquo  esset  iter  facturus,  palam  pronuntiasset,  hostes  non 
credituros,  Nep.  Ages.  3.  Turrim  collocare  animadvertit,  Tac  H.  3,  38.  Postquam  tan- 
t6pere  id  vos  velie  animum  advorteram,  Ter.  Phor.  5,  7,  16.  —  Nee  sibi  enim  quisquam 
moriens  sentire  vLiecur  Ire  foras  animam,  Lucr.  3,  606.  —  Quoad  opinatus  sum  me  in 
provintiam  exiturum,  Cic.  Fam  7,  17,  2.  —  Homo  sum,  humani  nihil  a  me  alienum 
puto,  Ter.  Heaut-  1, 1,  25  Non  putabant  de  tali  tamque  claro  viro  suspicionibus  oportere 
iudicari,  Nep.  Paus.  3,7-  —  lam  ego  vos  novisse  credo,  Plaut.  Am.  Prol.  104.  Quum 
reliquum  exercitum  subsequi  crederet,  Cass.  B.  G.  6,  31.  —  Hoc  servi  esse  officium  reor, 
Plant.  Aul.  4,  1,  7.  Tunc  restitutas  fratribus  rebor  meis  animas,  Sen.  Here.  Fur.  303. 
Ne  forte  rearis  Impia  te  rationis  inire  elementa,  Lucr.  1,  81.  —  Inde  recordati  Teucros  a 
sanguine  Teucri  Ducere  principium,  Ov.  M.  13,  705.  —  Quid  consilii  ceperis,  quern  no- 
strum ignorare  arbitraris?  Cic.  Cat.  1,1.  —  Sanumne  credis  te  esse?  Mi.  Equidem  ar- 
bitror,  Ter-  Ad.  4.  7,  30.  —  Quoniam  meos  tarn  suspicione  quam  crimine  iudico  carere 
oporteie.  Suet.  Cass.  74.  —  Captivos  in  Senatu  reddendos  non  censuit,  Cic.  Off.  1,  13, 
39.  Plaro  mundum  esse  factum  censet  a  Deo  sempiternum,  Cic  Acad.  2,  37,  J 18.  Ar- 
dere  censui  asdes,  Plaut.  Am.  5,  1,  15.  —  Omnes  illico  Me  suspicentur,  credo,  habere 
aurum  domi,  Plaut.  Aul.  1,  2,  32.  Valde  suspicor  fore,  ut  infringatur  hominum  impro- 
bitas,  Cic.  Fam.  1,  6,  1.  —  Intellexi  ex  tuis  letteris  te  audisse,  Cic  Alt.  6,  9.  —  lntelligo 
quid  loquar,  Cic  Lig.  5.  —  Mi.  Ubi  ipse  est?  Ch.  Nescio.  Nihil  iam  me  oportet  scire  — 
nescio  etiam  id,  quod  scio,  Plaut.  Bacch.  4,  6,  21.  Scioquidem  me  te  esse  nunc,  et  te  me 
esse,  Plaut  Capt.  2,  1,  52.  ...  usque  adeone  Scire  tuum  nihil  est,  nisi  te  scire  hoc  sciat 
alter?  Pers-  1,  27,  28.  Is  omnes  linguas  scit  sed  dissimulat  sciens  se  scire,  Plaut.  Pcen. 
Prol.  112.  —  Quis  ignorabat  Q.  Pompeium  fecisse  foedus?  Cic.  Rep  3,  18.  —  Et  nescio 
quid  tibi  sum  oblitus  hodie,  ac  volui  dicere,  Ter.  And.  5.  2,  22.  Paene  suas  quatere  est 
oblitus  in  aere  pennas,  Ov.  M.  4,  676.  —  Memini  gloriari  solitum  esse  Q.  Hortensium, 
Cic  Fam  2,  16  3.  Memini  relinqui  me  Deo  irato,  meo,  Ter.  Phor.  1,  2,  24.  —  Totius 
Gallias  (imperio)  sese  potiri  posse  sperant,  Cass.  B-  G.  1,  3.  Spero  te  mini  ignoscere, 
Cic  1,  6,  2.  Et  turn  minfiee  sperabat  se  esse  locutum,  Catul.  84,  3.  Ex  quibus  sperant  se 
maximum  fructum  esse  capturos,  Cic.  Lasl.  21  79.  Spero  fore  ut  contingat  id  nobis,  Cic. 
'fuse  1.  34,  82-  —  Asiuius  Poilio  ne  tempus  quidem  concionandi  habuisse  eum  (C 
C:esarem)  dicit,  Suet.  Cass.  55.  An  non  dixi  hoc  esse  futurum?  Da.  dixti  Ter.  And.  3, 
5,  15  Stoici  negant  quidquam  esse  bonum,  nisi  quod  honestum  sit,  Cic.  de  Orat.  3, 

14,  54  Plerique  negant  Cassarem  in  conditione  mansurum,  Cic  Att  7,  15,  3.  Nam  nu- 
ptam  filiam  negabas  posse  te  pati  tuam  Cum  eo,  Ter.  Heaut.  4,  1,  22.  —  Nuntiate  regi 
vestro  Regem  Romanorum  Deos  facere  testes,  Li  v.  1,  22,  7.  Dimissi  nuntiant  adesse  cer- 
tamen,  Curt.  4,  45.  —  Cicero  quodam  loco  scribit.  id  esse  optimum,  Quint  11,  1,  92. 
In  roribus  scribat  occupatum  esse  se,  Plaut.  Asin.  4  i .  15.  —  Affirmavitque  (Aug.)  non 
daturum  se,  quam  vis  dare  destinarat,  Suet  Aug.  42  Quidquam  plures  Deo  ortos  affir- 
mant, Tac.  G.  2.  —  Promitto.  recipio,  spondeo  C  Cassarem  talem  semper  fore  civem, 
qualis  hodie  sit.  Cic.  Phil.  5,  18,  51.  Surrepturum  pailam  promisit  tibi,  Plaut.  Asin,  5, 
2,  80  Si  operam  dare  promittis.  Plaut  Trim  Prol  5.  -  Is  senem  per  epistolas  pellexit 
m>do  ion  montes  Auri  pollicens,  Ter.  Phor.  1,  17  Cui  (Fulviae)  quum  (Canlina)  mi 
nus  gratus  esset  —  repente  glorians,  maria  montesque  polliceri  coepit,  Sail.  Cat.  23,  3. 
Iusiurandum  pollicitus  est  dare,  Plaut.  Most.  5,  1.  36-  —  Hoc  vos  scire,  hoc  postens 
memoriae  traditum  iri,  Liv.  3,  67.  Idem  (Thucydides)  Ossa  eius  clam  in  Attica  ab  arm- 
cis  esse  sepulta  —  memoriae  prodidit,  Nep  Them.  10.  —  Certiorem  eum  fecit  id  agi,  ut 
pons  -  dissolveretur.  Nep.  Them.  5.  Factus  deinde  per  filiam  certior,  sine  aunbus  esse 
regem  lust.  1,9.  Fabius  Rusticus  auctor  est  scriptos  esse  ad  Cascinam  Tuscum  codicillos, 
Tac-  A-  13  20.  Auctores  sunt  ter  novenis  punctis  interna  hommem,  Phn.  11,  lu  IA. 


534 

—  Asserentes  —  ex  huiusmodi  necessitatibus  Maleum  morbum  solere  generari,  Veg.  Mu- 
lom.  1, 17.  Asserit  idem  (Columella)  noxia  animalia  ultra  praedictam  mensutam  non 
posse  generari,  Pall.  1,  18  —  Alii  Tarquinium  a  Cicerone  immissum  aiebant,  Sail.  Cat. 
48.  Ty.  Am*  verbero,  Me  rabiosum?  atque  insectatum  esse  hastis  meum  memoras  patrem? 
Plaut.  Capt  3,  4,  20.  —  Quern  infestum  ac  odiosum  sibi  esse  memorabat  mala,  Plaut. 
True.  1,  1,  65  Herculem  in  eo  loco  boves  abegisse  memorant,  Liv.  1,  7,  4.  —  Ostendit 
se  cum  rege  colloqui  velle,  Nep.  Con.  3,  2.  Tanti  eius  apud  se  gratiam  esse  ostendit, 
Caes.  B.  G.  1,  20.  —  Docui  per  litteras,  id  nee  opus  esse,  nee  fieri  posse,  Cic.  Att.  16, 
8.  Levique  certamine  docet,  vanam  sine  viribus  iram  esse,  Liv.  1.  —  Ne  pudeat,  quae 
nescieris,  te  velle  doceri:  Scire  aliquid  laus  est;  culpa  est  nil  discere  velle,  Dion-  Cat.  Dist. 
29.  —  Fateor  me  duci  ventre,  Hor.  Sat.  2,  7,  37.  Siquis  contra  Remp.  se  amici  causa 
fecisse  fateatur,  Cic.  Lael.  12,  40.  Me  despexe  ad  te  per  impluvium  tuum,  Fateor,  Plaut. 
Mil.  2,  6,  73.  —  Accepimus  eum  nihil  hominis  esse,  Cic.  Tusc.  3,  52,  47.  Quinam  illi 
fuerunt  viri,  quos  ab  elephantis  primo  proelio  obtritos  accepimus?  Flor.  1,  18. 

4.  The  Verba  Impersonalia,  as:  constat,  decet,  dedecet,  iuvat,  licet,  oportet,  necesse 
est,  fugit,  fallit,  praeterit,  latet  me;  interest,  refert,  convenit,  conducit,  expedit  praestat* 
pcenitet,  pudet,  piget,  taedet,  as: 

Constat  inter  omnes,  qui  de  eo  memoriae  prodiderant,  nihil  illo  fuisse  excellentius, 
vel  in  vitio,  vel  in  virtutibus,  Nep.  Alcib.  1,  2;  id  te  facere  non  decet;  olim  et  hoc  me- 
minisse  iuvabit;  non  licet  me  isto  tanto  bono  uti  (Cic  Verr.  2,  5,  59);  iam  me  domum 
ire  oportet;  non  me  fugit  (latet,  praeterit,  fallit)  mihi  earn  rem  te  misisse;  eum  bene  va- 
lere,  non  solum  mea*  (tua',  sul  nostra*,  vestrd),  sed  omnium  interest;  pueros  voluntati 
parentum  obtemperare,  plurimum  refert;  omnia,  quae  in  buccam  veniunt,  efTutire,  non 
expedit;  poenitet  (pudet,  piget,  taedet)  me  id  egisse. 

5.  Some  of  the  Verba  Sentiendi  et  Declarandi  are  also  used  in  Passive  Voice,  imper- 
sonally, i.  e.,  only  in  the  3rd  Person  sing,  and  plural;  such  are:  videtur,  traditur,  credi- 
tur,  dicitur,  but  such  are  scarce. 

Roman  Examples:  Non  mihi  videtur,  ad  bene  vivendum,  satis  posse  virtutem,  Cic. 
Tusc.  5,  5,  12.  Convertentem  se  inter  hanc  venerationem,  traditur  memoriae,  prolapsum 
cecidisse,  Liv.  5,  21.  Credetur  abesse  ab  eo  culpam,  Quint.  11,  1.  Quern  (Athin)  pepe- 
risse  Limnate  creditur,  Ov.  M.  5,  49.  Non  sine  causa  dicitur,  ad  ea  referri  omnes  nostras 
cogitationes,  Cic.  Fin.  3,  18.  —  Dicitur  eo  tempore  matrem  Pausaniae  vixisse,  Nep. 
Paus,  5,  3. 

6.  There  are  a  few  nouns  and  adjectives,  which,  with  the  copula  est,  erat,  fuit,  fu- 
esat  in  combination,  demand  the  same  construction,  such  are:  laus,  f acinus,  fas,  nefas, 
mos,  opinio,  spes,  par,  difficile,  manifestum,  utile,  iucundum,  verum,  aequum,  fa- 
cile, etc. 

Roman  bxamples:  Apud  quos  (Persas)  summa  laus  esset  fortiter  venari,  Nep. 
Tras.  11  Et  quibus  aurata  mos  est  fulgere  Iacerna?  Iuv.  10,  212.  Pronum  et  sumptuo- 
sum  in  libidines  fuisse  constans  opinio  est,  Suet.  Caes.  49.  Neque  me  id  facere  fas  existi- 
mo,  Plaut.  As.  3,  1, 11.  Nee  scire  fas  est  omnia,  Hor-  Car.  4,  4,  12.  Quibus  nefas  est 


535 

deserere  patronos,  B.  G.  7,  40.  Spes  est  eum  melius  facturum,  Plaut  Stich.  1,  1,  22.  — 
Tempus  est  iam  hinc  abire  me,  Cic.  Tusc.  1,  41,  99.  Nunc  corpora  curare  tempus  est, 
Liv.  21,  54,  2.  iEquum  esse  illos  viros  bonos  nobilesque  mittere,  Nep.  Them-  7.  Perfacile 
esse  —  totius  Gallic  imperio  potiri,  B.  G.  1.  Sic  par  est  agere  cum  civibus,  Cic  Off  2, 
23,  83.  Quid  me  facere  par  sit,  Suet.  Aug.  9,  2.  Manifestum  est,  ab  exordio  matutino 
latitudines  scandi,  Plin.  2,  16,  13.  Nunquam  est  utile  peccare,  Cic.  Off.  3,  11,  64.  Meti- 
ri  se  quemque  —  suo  modulo,  ac  pede,  verum  est,  Hor.  Eps.  1,  7,  98. 

U^ota.  Verbs,  that  lack  their  Supinum,  consequently  their  Partic  Praeteriti  ~tus,  ta, 
tumtor-sust  sat  sum,  like  disco,  cannot  be  employed  in  Futurum  Infinitivi,  -turum,  -am, 
-urn,  -surum,  -am,  -urn  esse,  in  which  case  we  resort  to  the  ut  —  construction,  thus: 
Spero  futurum  (or  fare),  ut  deinceps  diligentius  discas,  1  hope,  that  hereafter  you  will 
study  more  diligently.  —  Mark  here,  that  esse  after  futurum  is  left  out;  this  happens 
very  often,  whereby  the  sentence  gains  in  neatness. 

Nominativus  cum  Infinitivo. 

218.  The  Nominativus  cum  Infinitivo  is  a  construction,  directly  the  reverse  of  the 
Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo-  For,  while  we  say  Scio  te  militem  esse,  fuisse,  futurum  esse, 
Dicunt,  credimus,  putatis,  audivistis,  mercatorem  domum  novam  emere,  vendidisse,  re- 
paraturum  esse,  if  we  change  the  Introductory  Verb  into  Passive  Voice,  ve  transform  the 
Accus.  c  Infinitivo  into  Nominativus  c  Infinitivo,  thus: 

Tu  dicm's  mites  esse,  fuisse,  futures  esse. 

idicor  esse 

putor    2LUctor  eius  libri  fuisse 
credor  futurus  esse 

When  a  sentence,  having  a  Subject  and  an  Object  is  passively  introduced,  like  the 
merchant  buys,  builds,  sells  or  rents  a  new  house,  mercator  emit,  sedificat,  vendit,  locat 
domum  novam,  such  will  be  its  Nominativus  cum  Infinitivo  construction  : 


creditur 


emi,  empta  esse,  -turn 


y  m 


xdificari,  -ta  -turn 

dlc'tur  vendi,-dita      "    -turn 

Domus  nova    scitur  a  mercatore    ^^  _^        „    _tum 

fert"ru  reparari,-ta      "    -turn 

perhibetur  mutari, -ta       "    -turn  _ 

While  all  the  Verba  Sentiendi  et  Declarandi  admit  such  a  construction,  not  all  of 
them  can  be  employed  promiscuously,  i.  e.,  personally  and  impersonally,  that  is,  of  the 
first  and  second  persons,  as  well  as  of  the  third,  the  nature  of  the  thing  wants  it  so.  For 


536 

while  I  can  well  say  of  myself  dicor,  I  am  said,  or  told;  credor,  I  am  believed,  iudicor, 
I  am  judged,  and  many  others;  we  cannot  well  say,  scribor,  feror,  trador,  narror,  perhi- 
beor,  &c.,  i.  e.,  it  is  being  written  about  me,  it  is  being  related,  handed  down,  reported, 
narrated,  or,  there  is  a  tradition  about  me;  such  words  clearly  belong  to  v/riters  of  histo- 
ry. Non  but  Q.  Horatius  Flaccus  could  say,  Dicar ex  humili   potens  Princeps 

Solium  Carmen  ad  Italos  Deduxisse  modos;  I  shall  be  told  (my  renoun,  fame,  will  be 
spread),  as  from  small  beginnings,  a  mighty  Chief,  as  who  has  first  introduced  into  Italy 
the  Alcaic  form  of  verse  (Carm.  3,  30,  10).  Or,  Publ.  Ovidius  Naso  (Met.  85,  875  ss): 

Parte  tamen,  meliora  mei  super  alta  perennis  kstr^ferar, Ore  legar  populi,  perque 

omnia  saxula  faml  but  by  the  better  part  of  me  I  shall  be  borne  above  the  stars  on 
high,  to  live  for  ever;  I  shall  be  red  by  the  lips  of  the  people,  and  by  fame  I  shall  out- 
*ast  all  ages. 

Otherwise,  in  all  styles,  such  are  the  usages  of  these  Verbs: 


credor  scribere,  scripsisse,  scripturus   ^ 

ego  f 0r  has  litteras  ,efre'  'e.gjSSe-  le4ct"rus  [ 

ducor  edere,  edidisse,  editurus 

iubeor  ferre,  tulisse,  laturus 


esse 


crederis,  creditus,  ta  es 


scribere,  -psisse,  -pturus,  a 


tu 


diceris,   baris,  ctus,  ta  es  hunc         m  legere,  -legisse,  -turns,  a 


duceris,  -baris,  ctus,  ta  es 
iuberis,  -bare,  -sus,  sa  es 


vertere,  -tisse,  surus,  a 
accipere,  -cepisse,  -turus,  a 


>-   esse 


hie  liber 


creditur,  -batur,  -ditus 
putatur,  -batur,  -tus 
fertur,  -batur,  latus 
dicitur,  -batur,  -ctus 


lectus 
scriptus 
versus 
emptus  / 
missus  \ 
perditus  / 


esse 


Roman  Examples:  Creditus  est  optime  dixisse,  Quint.  3,  1,  11.  Creditur  olim,  Ve- 
lificatus  Athos;  luv.  10,  173.  Etiam  causa  mortis  fuisse  ei  per  Cn.  Pisonem,  legatum 
Synap,  creditur;  Suet.  Tib.  52.  Ut  nos  dicamur  duos  omnium  dignissimi  esse;  Plaut. 
As.  2,  2,  47.  Dicitur  acinace  stricto,  Darius  dubitasse,  an  fugae  dedecus  honesta  morte 
vitaret,  Curt.  4,  59.  Stella  Crinita,  quae  summis  potestatibus  exitium  portendere  puta- 
tur, per  continuas  noctes  oriri  coeperat;  Suet.  Claud.  36,  2.  Vos  eritis  iudices,  Laudine 
vel  vitio  duci  factum  id  oporteat;  Tei.  Adel.  Prol.  5.  Macedones  vero  milites  ea  tunc 
erant  fama\  qui  nunc  Romani  feruntur;  Nep.  Eum.  3.  Fide  ad  alios  sublevandos  saspe 
sic  usus  est,  ut  possit  iudicari,  omnia  ei  cum  amicis  fuisse  communia;  Nep.  Ep.  4.  The- 
mistocles  princeps,  civitatum  testimonio  iudicatus,  gloriam  patriae  suae  auxit,  lust.  2,  14. 
Traditur  autem  puer  (Lenaeus)  adhuc  catenis  subreptus,    refugisse  in  patriam;  Suet.  111. 


537 

Gr.  15,  2.  Quorum  (Aboriginum)  rex  Saturnus,  tantae  iustitiae  fuisse  traditur;  ut  neque 
servierit  sub  illo  quisquam,  neque  quidquam  private  rei  habuerit;  lust-  43,  1.  Unice  qui 
unus  Civibus  ex  omnibus  probus  perhibetur;  Plaut.  Stich.  1, 1,  13.  Neque  ille  sibi  mere- 
at  Persarum  Montes,  qui  esse  aurei  perhibentur,  Plaut.  Stich.  1,  1,  24- 

Nota.  —  The  Verbs  iubeo  and  euro,  used  as  Introductory  Verbs,  serving  as  circum- 
locution (periphrasis)  for  the  factitive,  which  neither  Latin,  nor  any  of  the  Western  lan- 
guages possess,  meaning  to  get  a  thing  done  by  others,  demand  an  Accusativus  cum  Infi- 
nitivo  construction,  but  the  Predicate  Verb  must  be  Passive,  thus:  I  shall  get  new  clothes 
to  be  made  for  me,  novas  vestes  mihi  fieri  (parari)  euro;  the  merchant  is  getting  a  new 
store  to  be  built  for  him:  mercator  novam  sibi  tabernam  asdificari  curat;  Cassar  orders  a 
new  bridge  to  be  built  across  the  Rhine:  Caesar  per  Rhenum  novum  pontem  fieri  iubet; 
orders  the  bridge  to  be  cut  down:  pontem  rescindi  iubet. 

The  Verb  coepi  governs  both,  passive  and  active  Infinitives,  as:  lure  coepta  apellari 
est  Canis,  Plaut.  Men.  5,  1,  18.  Ante  petitam  esse  pecuniam,  quam  esset  coepta  deberi, 
Cic  de  Or.  1,  37,  168.  Quae  (res)  inter  eos  agi  cceptae  neque  perfectae  essent;  Caes.  B- 
G*  1,  47.  Bello  premi  sunt  coepti,  Nep.  Tim.  3,  1.  Mitescere  discordiae  intestinae  cneptae, 
Liv.  5,  17,  10. 

ABLATIVVS  ABSOLVTVS. 

219.  The  Casus  Auferendi.  as  its  name  indicates  (cf.  Pens.  111.)  is  the  case  of  taking 
away,  moving  away,  the  opposite  of  Casus  Dandi.  This  power  of  the  case  is  modified  by 
prepositions,  as,  in  horto,  ex  agro,  de  die,  prx  foribus,  cum  magistro,  to  denote  the  con- 
dition of  being,  in,  at,  before,  with,  and  other  relations.  Accordingly  we  say:  obambulo 
in  agro,  I  am  walking  about  in  the  field;  moror  in  horto,  I  am  staying  in  the  garden, 
cum  magistro,  with  the  master,  prae  foribus,  before  the  door.  There  are  many  relations 
when  no  prepositions  are  used,  as,  when  we  say:  sol  surgit  hor#  sexttf  maturing;  toto  dtf, 
the  whole  day;  scribo  manu  recti,  I  write  with  my  right  hand,  &c.  The  Casus  Ablativus 
then,  often  requires  a  preposition,  and  often  it  does  not.  Here  we  consider  that  phase  of 
the  Ablativus,  when  it  admits  no  prepositions. 

The  Ablativus  without  a  preposition  has  a  kind  of  mechanical  meaning  and  appli- 
cation on  one  hand,  while,  on  the  other,  it  serves  like  a  clasp  in  narratives,  or  relating 
events,  contracting  sentences,  just  as  Accusativus  cum  Infinitivo  does.  We  quite  as  fre- 
quently introduce  a  sentence  in  English  with  the  adverbium  when  as:  When  I  was  a  boy, 
When  Numa  Pompilius  was  the  king  of  Rome,  When  Cicero  was  Consul;  or,  In  my 
opinion,  As  I  should  judge;  or  Without  the  order  of  my  father  &c,  single  sentences, 
with  one  subject,  although  mere  introductions  to  something  else  we  expect  to  say.  Such 
sentences  are  contracted  in  Latin  very  neatly  into  terse  and  concise  forms,  as:  me  puero; 
Num^  Pompilitf  Romas  regnante;  Ciceroni  consul^;  me  iudice;  iniussu  patris,  &c.  This 
latter  sentence  is  a  double  contraction;  the  original  would  be,  Quum  pater  non  iubet,  or 


538 

Quin  pater  iubeat,  contracted  into:  Non   iubente   patre,    and  this   in   turn,  into  iniussu 
patris. 

This  kind  of  contracting  construction,  exceedingly  frequent  in  Latin,  is  called  Abla- 
tivus  Absolutus,  an  Independent  Ablative,  which  is  not  unknown  in  English  for  it  is 
quite  idiomatic  to  say  in  English  "(with)  this  done"  instead  of  "after  this  thing  was 
done,"  a  correct  rendition  of  the  Latin  idiom,  hoc  facto,  instead  of ,  postquam  hoc  fa- 
ctum est. 

After  a  Latin  narrative  is  once  started,  the  succeeding  sentences  are  very  seldom  be- 
gin abruptly.  There  are  always  connecting  links  joining  the  new  sentences  to  the  complet- 
ed ones.  Such  things  are  the  particles:  itaque,  etenim,  quoniam,  verum,  attamen,  quan- 
doquidem,  siquidem,  enimvero,  antequam,  priusquam,  postquam,  nam,  namque,  equi. 
dem,  verum  enimvero,  then  the  phrases:  hoc  facto,  hoc  dicro,  his  dictis,  quibus  auditis" 
his  peractis.  These  examples  sufficiently  show,  that  such  contractions  are  only  introduc- 
tions to  the  real  sentences  which  are  to  follow,  whence  it  must  be  self  evident  that  of 
two  or  more  sentences  only  the  linking  ones,  the  less  important  ones  are  so  contracted 
as  though  forming  a  bridge  for  the  really  important  sentence. 

Events  narrated  are  expressed  either  in  Present,  or  in  the  Past,  or  in  the  Future 
happening  to  two  or  more  different  subjects  either  at  the  same  time,  or  in  succession  to 
one  another,  as:  When  the  sun  rises,  birds  sing;  When  the  sun  rose,  the  birds  were  sing- 
ing; When  the  sun  will  rise,  the  birds  will  sing.  In  Latin,  Quum  sol  oritur,  aviculse  ca- 
nunt;  Quum  sol  ortus  est,  avicute  cecinerunt;  Quum  sol  orietur,  aviculae  canent.  When 
we  contract  them,  the  following  figures  are  obtained: 

oriente   1  (  canunt 

Sole  °rto        V    avicute   <  cecinerunt 
orituro   )  (  canent 

The  way  we  contract  a  sentence  into  an  Ablativus  Absolutus  is  this:  The  Subjectum 
of  the  sentence  so  to  be  contracted  is  put  into  Ablativus  —  singular  or  plural  as  the  case 
may  be  —  the  Verbum  Pradicativum  is  turned  into  a  Participium  —  Praesens,  Praeteri- 
tum  or  Futurum  —  it  is  turned  into  Ablativus,  like  an  Adjectivum  agreeing  with  its  Sub- 
iectum  in  gender  number  and  case.  Should  there  be  no  verb  in  the  sentence  as  a  Praedica- 
tum,  but  the  copula  sum  -es  -est,  this  is  simply  left  out  and  the  noun  -  Praedicatum  is 
put  into  Abl.  as  in  apposition,  thus:  When  Cicero  was  Consul,  Cicerone  Consule;  when 
I  was  a  boy,  me  pueto;  After  the  City  (of  Rome)  v/as  built  Urbe  condita,  After  Troy 
was  captured,  Troia  capta;  After  Carthago  was  wiped  out,  Carthagine  deleta,  &c. 

Roman  Examples:  M.  Messala,  M.  Pisone  Coss.  (to  be  read:  Marco  Messala,  et 
Marco  Pisone,  Consulibus,  i.  e.,  when,  more  correctly,  Marcus  Pupius  Piso,  and  Marcus 
Valerius  Messala  were  Consuls,  i.  e.,  anno  ab  Urbe  Condita,  after  the  founding  of  the 
City  of  Rome,  692,  according  to  the  Christian  era,  58,  B.  C)  Cses.  B.  G.  1,  '2.  His 
responsis  ad  Ca?sarem  relatis,  Ca*.s.  B.  G.  1,  35.  Omnibus  rebus  ad  profectionem  com- 


539 

paratis,  diem  dicunt;  Cass.  B.  G.  i,  6.  Eo  opere  perfecto,  prsesidia  disponit,  Caes.  B.  G. 
I.  8  Catunges,  locis,  superioribus  occupatis,  itinere  exercitum  prohibere  conantur.  Com- 
plunbus  his  prceliis  pulsus,  —  in  fines  Vocontiorum  —  pervenit,  Caes  B- G.  1,  10.  Hoc 
proelio  facto,  —  pontem  in  Arari  faciendum  curat.  Convocatis  eorum  principibus,  —  in 
his  Divihaco,  et  Lisco,  -  graviter  eos  accusat,  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  16.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis 
—  satis  esse  causae  arbitrabatur,  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  19.  Bello  Helvetiorum  confecto,  totius 
fere  Galhae  legati  —  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum  convenerunt,  Caes.  B-  G.  1,  30.  Hac  ora- 
tione  a  Divitiaco  habita,  omnes,  qui  aderant,  magno  fletu  auxilium  a  Caesare  petere  coepe- 
runt,  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  32.  His  responsis  ad  Caesarem  relatis,  iterum  ad  eum  (Ariovistum) 
Caesar  legatos  cum  his  mandatis  mittit,  Caes.  B.  G.  1,  35. 

In  these,  and  similar  sentences  the  Subject  is  not  found,  until  we  reach  the  Praedicate 
Verb  of  the  principal,  or  Introduced  sentence,  as  in  "Omibus  rebus  —  diem  dicunt," 
where  the  verb  shows  that  it  is  they,  i.  e.,  the  Helvetii,  so  that  it  is  they,  who  gather  and 
collect  all  the  material  bearing  on  the  starting  out,  and  it  is  again  they,  who  set  a  day, 
both  sentences  having  the  same  Subject,  while  in  other  sentences  both  the  Introductory 
and  the  Introduced  sentence  have  separate  Subjects,  as:  Bello  Helvetiorum  confecto  — 
with  the  war  of  the  Helvetii  finished,  completed  (namely  by  Caesar)  =  after  Caesar  had 
completed  the  war  of  the  Helvetii,  —  legati  convenerunt,  representatives  nearly  from  alj 
Gaul  have  gathered  and  met,  to  congratulate  Caesar. 

Some  times  the  Abl.  Abs.,  particularly  in  not  strictly  historical  narratives,  is  not  so 
conspicuous,  consisting  some  times  of  single  verbs,  or  nouns,  or  adjectives,  enclosed  in 
the  sentence;  as: 

Non  ego  Daphnim,  ludice  U,  metuam,  Virg.  E.  2,  27-  Laureolum  Velox  etiam  bene 
Lentulus  egit,  ludice  me,  dignus  vera  cruce,  Iuv.  8,  187—8.  lamque  cinis,  vivis  ftatri- 
bus,  Hector  erat,  Ov.  Am.  2,  6,  42.  Me  suasore  atque  impulsore  hoc  factum  Plaut.  Most. 
3,  3,  13.  Sylvam  tu  Scantiam  vendas,  nobis  Consulibus,  atque  hoc  Senatu?  Cic  Agr.  1, 
1.  Haud  cuiquam  dubio  opprimi  posse;  Liv.  28,  17.  Multi  adnantes  navibus,  incerto, 
prae tenebris  quid  peterent,  aut  vitarent,  fdede  interierunt;  Liv.  28, 36, 12.  Ubi  Censores censu 
admittant  populum;  Varro  De  Re  R.  3,  2.  Dcdit  iura,  queis,  pace  et  Principe,  uteremur; 
Tac.  An.  3,  5,  fin.  Qui  proscriptions  pecunias  ex  aerario  acceparant;  Suet.  Iul.  11.  Rege 
incolumi  mens  omnibus  una  est:  Amisso,  rupere  fidem;  Virg.  Geor.  4,  212.  Nihil  te  ad 
me  postea  scripsisse  demiror,  praesertim  tarn  novis  rebus;  Cic.  Fam.  7,  18.  Nee  dubitare 
debes,  quin  aliqua  Republica,  sis  futurus,  qui  esse  debes:  Cic  Fam.  6,  1.  Exposito  quid 
iniquitas  loci  posset;  Caes.  B.  G.  7,  52. 

With  Part.  Fut.  Act.:  Caesare  venturo,  Phosphore,  redde  diem;  Mart.  8,  21.  Diony- 
sium  ad  commentanda  omnia  in  Orientem  praemisit  Augustus,  ituro  in  Armeniam  rraiore 
filio;  Plin.  6,  27. 

In  addition,  there  are  phrases  with  Abl.  Abs.  construction,  such  as:  invito  Minerva^ 
Deo  volente,  Diis  volentibus,  propitiis,  me  ignaro,  coelo  sereno,  aspera*  hyeme,  excepto 
quod  . .  .,  and  others. 

Quite  frequently  the  sentence,  which  seems  to  be  introductory,  is  emphatic,  and 
more  important  than  the  sentence  introduced.  In  such  cases,    it   must   be  evident,    that 


540 

such  a  sentence  canno  e  contracted,  and  so  such  must  be  introduced  with  particles,  like 
Quum,  Postquam,  Dum,  Interea,  Nam,  Siquidem,  Verum,  Igitur,  Itaqne,  and  the  like; 
as:  Sed,  postquam  Cn  Pompeius  ad  bellum  maritimum,  atque  Mithridaticum,  missus 
est:  plebis  opes  imminutse,  paucorum  potentia  crevit;  Sail.  Cat.  39,  1,  this  could  not  be 
contracted  into  "Cn  Pompeio  ad  bellum  —  misso,"  for  that  fact  is  the  very  cause  of 
what  is  said  in  the  Introduced  sentence. 

There  is  a  construction  in  Latin,  based  on  the  Participia  Prseteriti,  which  demands 
the  Subject  into  ZN^ominativus,  instead  of  Ablativus,  the  Participium  agreeing  with  its 
noun  in  gender,  number  and  case,  otherwise  the  construction  is  an  exact  counterpart  of 
the  Ablativus  Absolutus.  While  the  Part.  Praet.  of  the  regular  passive  verbs  always  qua 
lifies  the  object  of  the  original  sentence,  as  in  hoc  dido,  his  auditis,  and  has  no  bearing 
on  the  Subject,  a  few  Participia  Praeteriti  of  Active  verbs,  and  of  Deponent  verbs,  are 
used  with  active  meaning;  such  are:  ccenatus,  pransus,  potus,  iuratus,  coniuratus,  con- 
spiratus,  concretus,  adultus,  deflagratus,  obsoletus,  inveteratus,  prceteritus,  nupta,  ex- 
osus,  perosus,  consuetus,  assuetus;  and  of  Deponents:  ratus,  nactus,  usus,  secutus,  veri- 
ties, and  semi-Deponents:  fisus,  diffisus,  ausus,  gavisus,  solitus  (rarely  solens). 

Roman  Examples:  Ccenatus,  ut  pransus,  ut  potus,  ut  lotus,  i-  e.,  confecta  coena; 
Varro,  ap.  Non.  p.  94, 14.  Coenati  atque  appoti,  tabs  sibi  poscit  in  manum,  Plaut.  Cure. 
2,  3,  75.  Domum  bene  potus  redire,  Cic  Fam.  7,  22.  Ut  viri  equique  curati  et  pransi 
essent,  Liv.  28,  14.  Adde  inscitiam  pransi,  poti,  oscitantis  ducis,  Cic  Mil.  21,  56  Nactus- 
que  silentia  ruris,  Exululat,  Ov.  M.  1,  232.  Nactus  idoneam  ad  navigandum  tempesta- 
tem,  tenia  fere  vigilia*  solvit,  Caes.  B.  G.  4,  23, 1.  Utilissimum  ratus  impendentem  evi- 
tare  tempestatem,  clam  se  a  custodibus  subduxit,  Nep.  Ale  4.  Alii  rem  incredibilem  rati, 
—  plerique  Crasso  ex  negotiis  privatis  obnoxii,  conclamant,  indicem  falsum  esse;  Sail 
Cat.  46  Quum  meum  iusiurandum  tale  atque  tantum,  iuratus  ipse  (Populus  Romanus) 
una  voce  et  consensu  approbavit;  Cic.  L.  C.  Piso  3,  7.  Ego  adolescentes  bonos  et  for- 
tes, sed  usos  ea  conditione  fortunae  —  comitiorum  ratione  privavi;  Cic  L.  C.  Piso,  2,  4. 


DE  INTERROGANDO. 

220.  Questions  can  be  divided  into  real,  and  unreal.  Real  questions  are  those,  to 
which  we  expect  answers,  i-  e  ,  by  which  we  seek  information,  as:  Quis  es  tu?  Ubi  habi- 
tas?  Quo  is?  Quid  dicis?  Unde  venis?  Unreal  are  those  questions,  to  which  we  expect 
no  answer,  and  are  mere  rhetorical  figures,  such  as:  Quousque  tandem  abutere,  Catilina, 
patientia  nostra?  Quamdiu  etiam  furor  iste  tuus  nos  eludet?  Ubinam  gentium  sumus? 

Two  general  principles  govern  the  asking  of  questions  in  Latin,  one  is  by  the  em- 
phasis of  the  voice,  or  changing  the  order  of  words;  the  other  is  by  employing  interroga- 
tive particles. 

Roman  Examples  of  the  first  group:  Pro  lignea  salute  vis  argenteam   Remittere  ilii? 

Plaut.  Pseud-  1,  1,  45.  Non  audis  quas  hie  loquitur?  Plaut.    Pseud.   1,  3,  1.  Non  licet 

olloqui  te?  Id.  ib.  1,  3,  22.  Tibi  ego  credam?  Id.  ib.  84.  Patere  tua  consilia  non  sentis? 


541 

Cic  Cat.  1,  1.  Vis  pugnare?  Pi.  Rud.  4,  3,  72.  Maledicere  audes?  Plaut.  True.  2,  7, 
52.  Tu  etiam  mentionem  facies  Consulatus  tui?  aut  te  fuisse  Romas  Consulem  dicere 
audebis?  —  Ego  Consulem  esse  putem,  qui  Senatum  esse  in  Republica  non  putavit?  — 
Huius  tu  Clodiani  canis  insignibus  Consulatum  declarari  putas?  Cic.  Piso,  10,  23. 

Howcer,  by  far  the  most  questions,  like  in  all  languages,  are  formed  in  connection 
with  interrogative  particles,  such  as  the  Pronomina  Interrogativa,  and  the  Adverbia  of 
the  various  kinds,  thus:  Quis  es  tu?  Quae  est  ilia  mulier?  Quid  dicis?  —  Cuius  colons? 
Qualem  chartam  emisti?  ubi?  quando?  quant i?  Quomodo  dicis?  Quot  pueri  sunt  in  ve- 
stra  classe?  Quotus  es  tu?  Quoties  debebo  te  monere? 

Roman  Examples:  Quid  ais,  furcifer?  Plaut.  Cap.  3,  4,  45.  Qui  tu  scis?  Id.  ib.  3, 
4,  96.  Quid  hoc  est  negotii?  Id.  ib.  3,  5,  2.  Quid  rides,  berbex?  Petr.  p.  62.  Quid  cla- 
ims, insane?  Plaut.  True.  2,  3,  31.  Quo  vocatus  sum  ire  ad  coenam?  Quid  taces?  Id.  ib. 
2,  6,  66.  Etiam  clamas,  carnifex?  Plaut.  Amph.  1,  1,  120.  Cur  id  ausus  facere?  Plaut. 
Ps.  1,  3.  104.  Carnifex,  qux  loquitur?  Ter.  And.  1,  2,  12.  Quid  novi?  Petr.  5.  Quae- 
nam  est  haec  audacia?  ubi  fabulas  et  antecessa  latrocinia  didicistis?  Petr.  22.  Quando  vi- 
'cesimam  numerasti?  Petr.  64.  Qui  vocare?  Ter.  Adel.  5,  6,  3.  Unde  is?  Chce.  Egone? 
Nescio,  Hercle,  neque  unde  earn,  neque  quorsum  earn;  Ter.  Eun.  2,  3,  14.  Unde  hxc 
igitur  gentium  est;  Plaut.  Ep.  3,  4,  47.  Qui  genus,  unde  domo?  Virg.  A.  8,  114.  At  has 
quisquilias  quanti  parasti?  Apul.  M.  1,  p.  156. 

While  the  preceding  two  principles  of  forming  questions  are  common  to  Latin  with 
all  ocher  languages,  there  are  other  interrogative  particles,  which  are  specifically  Latin. 
Such  are: 

1.  The  particle  ni,  some  times  written  separately,  but  usually  joined  with  quid,  as 
quidni,  always  governing  Coniunctivus.  Its  meaning  is,  how,  ox  why  could  not  I?  or 
would  not  1?  requiring  no  answer.  It  is  used  in  this  manner:  Videsne?  Quidni  videam? 
how  or  why  shouldn't  1  tct  it? 

Roman  Examples:  Clinia  haec  fieri  videbat?  Me.  Quidni?  una  mecum  simul,  Ter. 
Heaut.  5.  1,  33;  Has  Clinia,  seen  these  things  happen?  (Me.  Why,  how  could  he  not? 
(why)  he  was  with  me  together.  —  Nostin'  porticum  apud  macellum  hanc  deorsum? 
De.  Quidni  noverim?  Ter.  Ad.  4,  2,  34.  Do  you  know  that  colonnade  down  there  by 
the  butcher  shop?  De.  Why,  how  shouldn't  I  know?  —  Sane  liceat;  ut  quidem  iudicetis 
et  feratis  de  meliore  sufTragium,  quidni  non  permittam?  Sen.  Ep.  52;  why  shouldn't  I 
permit?  —  Quidni  meminerim?  nunquam  enim  recepissem,  nisi  tu  perdidisses;  Cic  de 
Or.  2.  67,  273;  How  couldn't  I  remember?  for  I  could  never  have  retaken  (Tarentum, 
from  Hannibal),  had  you  not  lost  it. 

2.  The  enclitic  particle  -ne,  always  attached  to  the  emphatic  word,  upon  which  the 
stress  of  the  question  rests,  as:  egone  is  fui?  was  it  //  vidistiw  rem?  have  you  seen  the 
thing?  nonne  dixi  tibi?  isn't  it  (a  fact  that)  I  told  you  so?  Sicciw*  mihi  respondes?  Is  this 
the  way  you  answer  me?  Itawtf  factum  est?  Has  it  really  so  happened?  In  poetry  and 
colloquial  Latin  this  -ne  is  often  contracted  by  omitting  the  et  saving  one  syllable,  when 


542 

the  apostrophe  indicates  its  omission  in  this  manner:  Sed  scin'  (for  scisne)  quid  nos  vo- 
lumus?  Plaut.  Ps.  1,  3,  42.  But  do  you  know  what  we  want?  Tun*  te  Philocratem  esse 
ais?  for  tu«£  te.  Pergin'  (pergisne,  are  you  going  to)  servum  me  exprobrare?  Viden'  (vi- 
desne)  tu  illi  maculari  corpus  totum?  Audin'  (audisne)  lapidem  quaeritare?  Fuistin'  (fui- 
stine)  liber?  Satin'  isthuc  mihi  exquisitum  est?  Certon'  (certone),  Plaut.  Capt.  3,  4.  — 
Vin'  (visne)  tute  mihi  esse  obsequentem,  an  nevis  (non  vis)?  Do  you  want  to  be  obedient 
to  me,  or  not?  Ch.  Siccine  mihi  obsequens  es?  Ac.  Quid  vis  faciam?  Ch.  tun'?  (tune) 
id  quod  volo.  Egon'  (egone)  ausim?  Should  I  dare?  Plaut.  Merc.  1,  2. 

As  the  examples  show,  either  no  answer  is  expected,  the  questions  being  mere  rhetor- 
ical figures,  or  the  answers  would  be  in  the  affirmative. 

3.  The  particles  Num,  Numquis,  Numquid,  Numne,  in  most  cases  these  interrogatives 
precede  sentences,  but  often  they  are  preceded  by  some  verb  suspending  the  question,  and 
making  it  indirect,  as:  quxro,  videanius,  etc.  Direct  answer  is  usually  not  expected  to 
such  questions,  for  they  are  but  figures  of  rhetoric,  but  they  mean  that  the  hearers'  mind 
should  turn  to  the  negative.  We  have  no  equivalent  particles  in  English,  but  the  English 
phrase  "do  you  mean  to  say?"  does  similarly  impress  the  hearer.  However,  these  par- 
ticles are  frequently  real  questions,  expecting  negative  answers,  but  not  exclusively,  just 
like  &Qonne  dixi  tibi?  Didn't  I  tell  you?  may  also  be  answered  by  "No,  you  didn't"  so 
also  "Numquid  me  vis?"  "Do  you  want  something  of  me?"  or,  "Do  you  want  further 
to  see  me,  talk  with  me?"  may  be  answered,  "Yes,  1  do." 

Roman  Examples,  real  and  unreal  questions:  Da.  Num  videntur  hxc  con  venire  nu- 
ptiis?  Ter.  And.  2,  2,  29.  Answer:  Pa.  Non,  opinor,  Dave.  —  Num  ille  furor  tribuni 
Plebis  —  fraudi  Metello  fuit?  Certe  non  fuit.  Cic.  Pro  Domo,  123.  Num  eum  veternus 
tut  aqua  intercus  tenet?  Plaut.  Men.  5,  3,  14.  Num  igitur,  si  ad  centesimum  annum  vi- 
xisset,  senectutis  eum  sua*  poeniteret?  Cic.  Cato  M,  6, 19.  Numquis  hie  est?  nemo  est, 
Ter.  Eum.  3,  5,  1.  Numquae  trepidatio?  numqui  tumultus?  Cic.  Dei.  7,  20.  Numquando 
perditis  civibus  vexillum  defuturum  putatis?  Cic  Phil.  5,  11,  29.  Numquid  vis?  Al. 
Etiam;  ut  actutum  advenias,  Plaut.  Amph.  1,  1,  44.  Ps.  Eho,  numquid  tu  huius  nupsisti 
patrif  *Ba.  Dii  melius  faciant,  Plaut.  Ps.  1,  3,  80.  Numquid  xger  laudat  medicum  se- 
cantem?  Sen.  Ep.  52.  Numquid  sol  magnitudini  sua3  adiicit?  numquid  ultra  quam  solet 
luna  procedit?  Sen.  Ep.  10,  79,  8.  Numquid  aliud?  Pa.  Intro  ut  abeas;  Plaut.  Miles,  2, 
2,  104.  Numquid  igitur  is  bona  Lentuli  religionibus  obligavit?  Cic.  Pro  Domo,  124.  — 
Scribes  ad  me,  —  num  Clodia  —  vixerit,  Cic  Att.  12,  22.  Num  censes  igitur  subtiliore 
ratione  opus  esse  ad  hsec  refellenda?  Cic.  N.  D.  3,  24,  61.  Num  larvatus,  aut  cerritus? 
fac  sciam;  Plaut.  Men.  5,  3,  I4. 

Num  with  an  or:  Num  furis,  an  prudens  ludis  me  obscura  canendo?  Hor.  Sat. 
2,  5,  58. 

4.  The  particle  an  or,  or  perhaps,  is  it  perhaps,  introduces  the  second  part  of  a  split, 
or  disjunctive  question,  or  leads  a  second  or  third  question,  the  first  of  which  was  intro. 
duced  by  -ne,  utrum  (whether),  or  some  verb,  like  nescio;  it  is  repeated  at  the  head  of 
every  additional  portion  of  a  continued  question;  thus:  egone  an  tu?  Is  it  I  or  you?  In- 


543 

certum  est  utrum  is  usque  vivat,  an  sit  iam  mortuus.  Similar  sentences  are  usually  wound 
up  with  an  non,  or  annon,  or  necne. 

Roman  Examples:  Quid  ergo?  —  nihil  interest,  utrum  Pharsalica  acie  Cato  vinca- 
tur  an  vincat?  Sen.  Ep.  71,  &  O  stultitiamne  dicam,  an  impudentiam  singularem?  Cic. 
Coel.  30,  71.  Utrum  hostem  an  vos,  an  fortunam  utrimque  populi  ignoratis?  Liv.  21, 10- 

An,  and  anne,  often  begin  an  interrogative  sentence,  or  the  second  half  of  the  sen- 
tence, like  utrum,  when  either  of  the  two  parts  is  either  understood,  or,  as  self  evident, 
is  not  expressed,  as,  when  we  say,  "I  wonder,  whether  he  knows  that  I  am  here?  (oF 
whether  he  does  not,  is  omitted),  Miror,  utrum  me  hie  esse  sciat  (nee  ne),  the  question 
not  being  direct.  An,  quia  pauper,  sum  etiam  infortunatus?  because  poor,  am  I  also  un- 
fortunate? (or  not?) 

Roman  Examples:  An  vero  P.  Scipio  Ti.  Gracchum  privatus  interfecit,  Catilinam 
vero  nos  Consules  perferemus?  Cic.  Cat.  1,  1.  An  siquis  Hispanorum,  aut  Gallorum, 
aut  Thracum,  mille,  aut  duo  millia  occidisset,  non  eum  hac  consuetudine,  quae  increbruit, 
Imperatorem  saluteret  Senatus?  Cic.  Phil.  14,  5,  12.  An  vero,  si  actio  ista  popularis  es- 
set,  et,  si  ullam  partem  aequitatis  haberet,  aut  iuris,  C.  Gracchus  earn  reliquisseU  —  An 
pietas  tua  maior  quam  Gracchi?  an  animus?  an  consilium?  an  opes?  an  auctoritas?  an 
eloquentia?  Cic.  Rab.  Perd.  5,  14.  Anne  est  intus  Pamphilus?  Ter.  And.  5,  2,  10.  Anne 
tu  dicis  qua  ex  causa  vindicaveris?  Cic.  Mur.  26.  Isne  est  quern  quaero  annon?Ter.  Phorm. 
5,  6, 12.  Hoccine  agis  an  non?  Ter.  And.  1,  2, 15.  Tibi  ego  dico  an  non?  Ter.  And. 
4,  4,  23. 

5.  The  particle  ec — ,  an  assimilation  of  et,  to  the  gutturals,  whith  which  the  inter- 
rogative particles  begin,  and  joined  to  them,  imparting  to  them  an  emphasis  and  strength, 
as:  ncur  (et  cur?),  why,  then?  nquando?  when,  then?  acquis?  ecqux?  liquid?  nqnft 
how,  then?  or,  how,  in  the  world?  ecquo,  whither  in  the  world?  It  is  not  attached  to  par- 
ticles beginning  with  other  sounds. 

Interrogatio  Directa  atque  Indirecta. 

Questions  are  either  direct,  or  indirect;  the  indirect  are  also  called  Interrogatio  Obli- 
qua;  the  former  ones  alone  ate  marked  with  an  Interrogation  Mark  (?)  the  latter  are  not- 

Interrogations  Directce: 

Quis  es  tu?  who  art  thou? 

quid  es  tu?  what  art  thou? 

ubi  habitas?  where  dost  thou  live? 

qui  vocaris?  what  is  thy  name  (how  art  thou  called?) 

quo  is?  whither  dost  thou  go? 


544 


unde  venis?  whence  dost  thou  come? 
quid  dicis?  what  dost  thou  say? 


Interrogationes  Indirect^: 

Such  and  similar  questions  are  often  introduced  by  some  words  or  phrases  being 
placed  before  them,  in  this  manner:  "I  wonder,"  "I  ask  you,"  "I  know,"  "I  do  not 
know,"  "Who  can  tell,"  "We  do  not  care,"  in  which  cases  we  shall  hive  Indirect,  or 
Oblique  Interrogations,  as:  "I  do  not  know  who  you  are,"  "Tell  me,  where  do  you 
live,"  "This  man  wants  to  know,  where  your  home  is,  whence  you  come,  whither  you 
go,,;  &c. 

When  we  attempt  to  form  such  questions  in  Latin,  the  following  principles  will  have 
to  be  observed: 

1.  That  we  now  have  two  sentences,  the  Introductory,  and  the  dependent,  and  tha* 
each  of  them  has  either  a  verb,  or  a  copula. 

2.  That  we  be  conscious  what  Tempus  (tense)  we  are  using  in  the  Introduction.  The 
modus  is  indifferent.  We  must  divide  our  Tempora  into  two  groups:  Group  A-  Tempus 
Praesens,  and  Tempus  Futurum  Simplex.  Group  B.  The  Tempora  Praeterita,  i.  e. ,  Tps. 
Praet.  Imperf.,  Tps.  Praet.  Pert,  Tps.  Praet.  Plusqu. ,  and  Tps.  Fut.  Exactum. 

3.  As  a  general  rule,  the  verb-predicate,  or  the  copula  of  the  Dependent  Sentence 
will  stand  in  the  modus  Coniunctivus,  the  sole  question  will  be  the  Tempora.  With  the 
verb  of  the  Introduction  belonging  to  Group  A,  the  verb  of  the  Dependent  will  stand  in 
any  of  the  following  Tempora,  Tps.  Praes.,  Praet.,  Fut.  Coniunctivi,  according  to  what 
the  speaker  or  writer  may  wish  to  say.  Should  the  verb  of  the  Introduction  be  in  any  o* 
the  tenses  of  Group  B,  the  verb  of  the  Dependent  will  stand  in  Tps.  Praet.  Imperf.,  or 
;n  Tps.  Praet.  Plusquam  perfectum  Coniunctivi.  This  is  the  general  principle,  with  occas- 
sional exceptions  when  the  Tps.  Praet.  Perf.  is  also  employed. 

Putting  the  above  examples  into  practice,  we  change  them  into  Interrogationes  Obli* 
quae,  and  in  so  doing,  we  obtain  the  following  Paradigma: 

Introductio.  Modus  Indicati- 
ve aut  Coniunctivus. 

Tps.  Pices.      |       Tps.  Fut. 


Scio,  nesco,  sciam  quaero, 
euro,  curabo,  non  euro,  volo 
audire,  die  velim,  interrogo, 

-bo. 


Interrogatio 

Modus  Coni 

untivus 

Tps. 

Tps. 

Frees. 

Price.  Per. 

Tps.  Fut.  S. 

fueris 

fueris,  futurus  sis 

quis  tu 

-sis 

fueris,  futurus  sis 

quid  tu 

-sis 

fueris 

-taveris,   -taturus 

ubi  habi- 

-tes 

-taveris 

sis 

qui  voc- 

-eris 

-tus  sis 

-tus,  -eris,  -and us 
sis 
iveris,  iturus  sis 

qu6  e- 

-as 

iveris 

unde  ve- 

-nias 

-neris 

-neris,-  turus  sis 

quid  di- 

-cas 

-xeris 

-xeris,  -cturus  sis 

I- 


Tps.  Praet.  Imperf. 
Perfectum 
Plusquam 
Fut.  Exactum 


nesciebam,  nesci- 
vi,  nesciveram, 
sciebam,  scivi, 
sciveram,  audie- 
bam,  audivi,  au- 
di veram,  intelli- 
gebam,  intellexi, 
intellexeram,  in- 
tellexero,  scivero, 
&c 


quis  tu 
quid  tu 
ubi  habi- 
qui  voca- 
qu<5  i- 
unde  ve- 
quid  di 


545 

Imperfectum 

esses,  -reris 
esses,  -res,  -nires 
tares,  ceres 


Plusquam  perfectum 

-fuisses,  fuisses 
-tavisses,  -visses 
-tus  esses,  -nisses 
-xisses 


Other  examples:  Do  you  hear  what  he  says?  Audisne  quid  ille  dicat?  Do  you  und- 
erstand what  I  say?  Intelligis  (intelligisne)  quid  dicam?  But:  Do  you  understand  what  I 
say?  Intelligis  quod  (that  thing  which)  dico.  Have  you  heard  what  I  said?  Audivistine 
quid  dixessem?  Do  you  see  who  is  coming?  Vidisne  quis  veniat?  Did  you  see  who  came 
in?  Vidistine  quis  introvenisset,  intrasset?  Do  you  remember  what  I  had  taught  you? 
Meministine  quid  te  docuissem?  Could  you  recite  the  words  I  wrote  on  the  blackboard 
the  other  day?  Meministisne  vocabula,  quae  nuper  in  tabulam  scripseram?  Have  you  co- 
pied the  words  I  had  dictated  to  you  last  Friday?  Descripsistisne  vocabula,  qua?  ego  vobis 
prseterito  Die  Veneris  dictaveram? 

Notcz.  1.  In  the  above  Paradigma  the  Praet.  Perf.  Coni.  and  the  straight  Fut.  Simpl 
differ  only  in  the  first  person  sing.,  the  former  is  -erim,  the  latter  is  -ero.  The   student  is 
supposed  to  know  that  the  Fut.  Simpl.  in  the   Coniunctivus  has  also  an  other   form,  by 
circumlocution,  or  compounded  form,  called  Periphrasticum. 

2.  What  is  said  here  of  the  Interrogatio  Obliqua,  applies  also  to  the  Oratio  Obli- 
qua,  to  be  treated  later,  and  all  other  similarly  compounded  sentences,  like:  Vide  quid  fa- 
cias, or  feceris,  look  out,  what  you  do,  or  say.  Vide  quid  es  capturus  consilii,  Plaut.  Stich. 
4,  2,  51. 

3.  One  must  be  careful  on  these  compounded  questions  to  distinguish  quid  and  quod, 
which  is  not  difficult  in  plural  neuter*  both  being  quce,  for  the  former  will  be  in  most 
cases  Interr.  Obliqua,  the  latter  never;  as:  Non  audis  qu?e  hie  loquitur?  Plaut.  Ps.  1,  3, 
1,  a  direct  question. 

4  A  very  frequent  Introduction  is  Die,  after  which  often  follows  an  Interrogatio 
Obliqua,  but  not  always,  almost  as  often  is  an  Interrog.  Directa  is  introduced  by  it,  as: 
Die,  quis  est?  Plaut.  Bacch.  3,  6,  29.  Die  mihi,  quis  tu  es.  Id.  ib.  4,  2,  19.  And,  gen- 
erally, I  must  warn  students,  lest  they  be  misled  by  grammars,  which  seem  to  make  the 
principle  of  the  Interrogatio  Oliqua  a  cast  iron  rule,  which  it  is  not,  as:  Die  mihi,  isne 
isthic  fuit,  quern  vendidisti  meo  patri?  Plaut.  Cap.  5,  3,  10,  Cedo  mihi,  quid  es  factu- 
rus?  Id.  Ps.  1,  3,  153.  Sed  scin'  quid  nos  volumus?  Id.  ib.  42.  Quid,illud  quod  dico?  Ar. 
Hem,  scio  iam  quid  vis  dicere;  Plaut.  Mil.  1,  1,  36.  Men'  rogas,  hem,  qui  sim?  Ph.  Quin 


546 

ego  hoc,  rogem,  quod  nesciam?  Pa.  Quis  ego  sum  igitur,  si  tu  hunc  ignoras?  Ph.  Mihi 
odiosus,  quisquis  es.  Id.  ib.  2,  5,  16. 

5.  The  following  examples  illustrate  also  the  answers  by  ita  and  sic,  and  the  gen- 
eral principle  of  repeating  the  noun,  adjective  or  other  particles  emphacized  in  the  Inter- 
rogation : 

Gn.  Quid  agitur?  Pa.  Statur.  Gn.  Video:  Numquidnam  hie,  quod  nolis,  vides?  Pa. 
Te.  Gn.  Credo;  at  numquid  aliud?  Pa.  Quidum.?Gw.  Quia  rristis  es.  Ter.  Eun.  2,  2  38. 
Factum  hoc  est,  Dave?  Da.  Factum  est.  Ter.  And.  4,  1,  42.  Ubi  voles,  accerse.  Si.  Bene, 
sane.  —  Etiam  tu  hoc  respondes.  Quid  isthic  tibi  negotii  est?  Da.  Mihin7  Si.  Ita.  Da. 
Mihine?  Si.  Tibi  ergo.  Ter.  And-  5,  2,  7.  Itane  patris  ais  conspectum  veritum  hinc  abi- 
isse?  Ge.  Admodum-  Ph.  Phanium  relictam  solam?  Ge.  Sic.  Ph.  Et  iratum  senem.?  Ge. 
Oppido- 


ir 


Certa  ig 


Romanvs-.     Scisne  Latine,^ 
Barbara? 

BakB.  Ye-es.  to  spell,  parse 
and  translate,  if  you  write 


Palaestra, 

to  learn  Latin  to 
SPEAK;  for  clasr 
and  self  instruction 
Some  25  numbers- 
more  than  one  half 
issued.  Full  set  $5. 
No  samples 


ARCAOIUS  AVELLANUS. 
851  Lafayette  Ave..      Brooklyn.  N.  Y. 


lessor  C.     A*     I 
University  of  2 

[jrbana, 

Lear   Sir;- 

I  hai 
'the   continuation  of  Pa  lad 
In  re  pi  3/   I  wish  1 
since,    nor   an   3 
ill  bs   consul 
prevent   it,    for  the   schco 
lie  permits  their,   tc  thriv 
st  do   other   m 
out    in    1&$4  for   no   cause 
pi  eminent    as   a  private 
Latin  .    ce   for 

f 
bat  in  pros:         ids ,    I 

: 

,     o: 


o= 


COPYRIGHTED.      1919.    BY   ARCAD1VS  AVELLANVS 


Certa  igii  illi   qui  a  t*   lotut  d&versus  est.— Acad. 


RomanvS:      Scisne   Latine, 

B.irbare? 
Bakls.  Ye- es.  to  spell,  parse 
and  translate,  if  you  write. 


Palaestra, 

to  learn  Latin  to 
SPEAK;  for  clasf 
and  self  instruction 
Some  25  numbers- 
more  than  one  half 
issued.  Full  set  «5. 
No  samples. 


ARCADIUS  AVELLANUS. 
851  Lafayette  Ave..       Brooklyn.  N 


'Brooklyn,  U\[.  K.,  i*  Il}2 


Professor      .       . 

i  LLi?,ois, 
brbana,    III. 

I   have   jour   est  cricerr.i 

the   continuation  of  ^tra  fron,  Noi 

In  ret  sey,    that    I 

iir.e   since,    nor    an   I    sole   even  to   reproc .  .,    and  ni*   p] 

themselves  will  be   consumed  bv    disintegration   for   J  not 

prevent    it,    for  the    schools   "chejri.se  i\  .,    knowledge,    so  1  I  •  pub- 

lic permits  then,   to  thrive    on   false  pretence.    I   am   nor. 

lo  other  work  for   a  In         .     'or  even   Bt.    Jo)     T        oil 
out    3  4   for   no  oaue  I   knci  ,  '  sndent   on   ny 

~s   a  private  tux. or,    without  utcrin 

neon   Crusoe   for  ,  .:  in 

-  / 

I  b   care^ 

he  none    ,  ...  ere. 

call    t< 

school,    or 

,    or   tc 


CUc 


cu^aua  $ArtM<vyuU 


PAL/ESTRA 

BEING  THE  PRIMER  OF  the  TVSCVLAN  SYSTEM 

OF  LEARNING,    AND   OF  TEACHING  LATIN 

TO  speak; 

FOR  CLASS  USE  and  FOR  SELF-INSTRUCTION. 

THIRD,  NEWLY  WRITTEN  EDITION, 

BY 
ARCADIVS  AVELLANVS 

Dr.  Litt..  Dr.  Phil., 

Former  Editor  of  PRJECO  LATINVS. 


PART  II 


Nos.  27-34 


IN     THREE     PARTS 


84  LEWIS  AVENUE,  BROOKLYN,  N.  Y 


COPYRIGHTED.      1919.    BY   ARCADIVS  AVELLANVS 


